$33
Per kony
ae Me

at
ae
te

ie
4

om

ATS
pepe

Parte dies
rhe

‘alt
(ryan
Ae nit

‘

he

ix)
i i]
4 ve
iy

es

- ©

THE ANNALS

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY, AND OF
LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH 'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED 3Y

Sir W. JARDINE, Bart., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa., F.L.S.,
GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.L.S., F.GS.,
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh,
AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G:S.

as

PL

VOL: ZVI.

A

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOCD,
TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLiIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH -
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1845.

a ais - oe

Ae sa

<—

‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis
et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINNZvs.

. +... hic obitus rerum contemplor et ortus,
Et quibus é causis ordine cuncta fluant.
Et disco, quidquid medicos mare gignit ad usus,
Quidquid et omnifero terra benigna sinu.
Szpe juvat solem gelida vitare sub umbra,
Multaque de plantis arboribusque loqui.

Quid varios pisces, et nata corallia ponto
Eloquar, et conchis ostrea tecta suis ?
Ille sed equoree numerum subducat arene
Qui volet undivagos enumerare greges.

P. Loticuir Elegiarum lib. iii. eleg. 4,—lib. ii. eleg. 6.

PIT

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVI.

NUMBER CII.

‘I. On some species of Cuscuta. By Cuarres C. Basineton, M.A., ree
Pee eee. (With a Plate.) \ncocvacavessacocasennovecacsoscsn=Seen 1
II. Miscellanea Zoologica. By Georce Jounston, M.D., Fellow of
the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh. (With a Plate.) ......... 4
III. On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.CS., — -
perience CW AGN LAL!) can can nes vanesectiascwronapp vasncwsdasisesepuecan set 10
IV. On the Colours of Leaves and Petals. By Wixtiam E. C.
INO Sey Me oS syemncccieisiociee fo ctelsimaa stat cnideicisis seks Bucislols3ec'einslsisce|s acicalneaceds 16

V. Descriptions of Coleopterous Insects collected by Charles Darwin,
Esq., in the Galapagos Islands. By Georce R. Warernovse, Esq.... 19

VI. On the Organization of the Lucine and of Corbis. By M. A.
RERPERETER NES cence cane nneann-cnnanache--aeporscss cave uass. orecceeeeeeeeenees eee:

New Books :—The Genera of Birds, by G. R. Gray, F.L.S., illustrated
by D.W. Mitchell, B.A., F.L.S.—Descriptiones Animalium que in
itinere ad Maris Australis terras per annos 1772-74 suscepto col-
legit J. R. Forster, nunc demum editz curante H. Lichtenstein 45—47

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Microscopical Society ; Entomo-
logical Society ......sssesssseeeeees Beda aen aacsdat sudvaseeecenasscs our 48—66

Observations on the group Schizopetalee of the family of Crucifere, by
J. Marius Barneoud ; On the Microscopic Constituents of the Ash
of Fossil Coal, by Professor Ehrenberg and Dr. F. Schulz; On the
Tendrils of the Cucurbitacee, by M. J. Payer; Meteorological Ob-
SELVALIONS ANG Lables cccsscseseaccsscssscscoees RE OCCA AAC AER 66—72

NUMBER CIII.

VII. Notes of a Microscopical Examination of the Chalk and Flint
of the South-east of England; with remarks on the Animalculites of
certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits. By Gipzon Atcernon Man-
TELL, LL.D., F.R.S. ..0c.cceere Fars seins a’e% “Spores Ana henna re seadesuhe we 73

iv CONTENTS.

VIII. On the Occurrence ofan Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph. By

Page

M. Sars. (With a Plate.) ........ Suinainms okemoauslsnaan ace neues spmeame ream 88
IX. A List of the scarcer amongst the Lichens which are found in
the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional observa-
tions upon some of them. By the Rev. T. SanwEy ciseeceseseeeseeee see 90
A. Reply to some Observations of Prof. A. Wagner on the genus
Maulodon. By Prof Owen, FRSC) .3i5.nawenes<aassansoedasecedsoneeters 100
Xi. List of Birds found in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta, from
observations made during a month’s visit from April 21st to May 21st
1845. By H. M. Drumonp, 42nd R.H. ......... see vveceedude steve besene LOZ
XH. On the British Diatomacee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C. s.,
Penzance; -- -(With:a Plate.) . .weswssswowss aefivdor duaetteveentihee fe dele s eaisns 109
XIII. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WittkomM ...... 1}3

Proceedings of the British Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence—Meeting held at Cambridge; Royal Society ; Geological

Society ; Asiatic Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh... 128—140

Ranunculus Lenormandi, F. W. Schultz; Carex montana, Linn. ; Mi-
grations of Salmon; On the Spores of some Algez, by M. Gustave
Thuret; On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with Additional
Observations on the genus Dinornis of New Zealand, by Prof.

Owen; Meteorological Observations and Table...........+ --» L41—144

NUMBER CIV.

XIV. On the Anatomy of cteon, with remarks on the Order
Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages. By Geo. J. Atuman, M.B.,
F.R.-C.S., M.R.I.A., Professor of Botany in Trinity College, Dublin,
late Demonstrator of Anatomy T.C.D. (With three Plates.) .........

XV. Description of a new genus of Night Lizards from Belize. By
Deki. Gee, LSQagn bi dvas Oks) <nonwckuensdstnhommenectvenacieeeneosiinese ateeean

XVI. The Arctic Expedition under the command of Sir Joun

BANK LIN» Gch scorn wicaeraeenacasowe cannes anoastodeaaseoneoeene eseacnncensncoienee 163

XVII. Observations on some Plants obtained from the shores of
Davis’ Straits. By Wit1iam Setzer, M.D., Fellow of the Royal Col-
lege of Physicians, Edinburgh .......0.ccssssscccsecccseseeeseeecsseeeessseres

XVIII. Hore Zoologice. By Sir W. Jarpine, Batt F.R.S.E. &
Fabs. JC With two Plates.) <.cscsere status sean webaesendmeccneatat aes ee nena

XIX. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal Lepi-
doptera. By Epwarp Douszepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoological

Department of the British Museums. Pals.S. Ses. cto: okcasebcnctvece 176

XX. On the Development of the Annelides. By M. Sars. (With
a Plate.) ...s0 Pe ee errr coe Cone mermceudeles ey beens oR oa oc nd one

1838

XXI. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Monivz Winikomm...... 189

CONTENTS. v
: ; Page
Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society... 193—212

Description of a new species of African Monkey ; Mexican Fossils;
County of Down Fossil Infusoria ; Capture of Acipenser Huso;
On the Cystidee, by Von Buch; On the Origin of Infusoria and
Mucor; Meteorological Observations and Table ....... gs eubiagl 212—216

NUMBER CY.

XXII. On the Howling Monkeys (Mycetes, Illiger). By J. E. Grax,

PRR ag Malena \CUGereeressesrcresners adebash ied Sb. posi das adh ok Bogda -Yidonn ee 217
XXIII. Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Oxystoma and Magdalis,

By Joun WaAtTon, Esq., F.L.S. ..ccsrerecccesesctedreesaeonaeceeacecscsnl eat22l
XXIV. Descriptions of some apparently new species of Birds from

Malacca. By T. C. Eyton, Esq., F.L.S._ ......... Sasaw de suedncwsnentaadone 2a
XXYV. On the Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata, By Tuomas Moors,

Esqiscineace Bho g-YdedauGee -Ipspaede 7 GUDE IEG ds. Dk bide 0 SHE bbe cele wewsNpet « 230

XXVI. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal Lepi-
doptera. By Epwarp Dovstepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoological

Department of the British Museum, P.L.S. &. ...c.scceccseeeeeseeeveee en r2d2
XXVI{. On the Surface of the Stem and Contents of the Medullary
Cells of Nuphar lutea (Smith). By Junius MunTeR ...... ee eee eeeeee 296

XXVIII, Note on some Marine Animals, brought up by Deep-sea
Dredging, during the Antaretie Voyage of Captain Sir James C. Ross,
R.N. By Josern Datton Hooxer, M.D. ........00.2ssee0s cepuaeear sueeas OOS

X XIX. Report on a memoir by M. P. Duchartre, entitled ‘ Obser-
vations on the Organogeny of the Flower of the Malvacee.’ By MM.
Bronenrant, Ricwarp and DE JuSStEU .ivecccesessseneees ec tt aoe = be 240

XXX. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz Wittkxomm .,. 218

New Books :—A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,
with Figures of all the Species, by Joshua Alder and Albany
YARCOE ~oesenco ans See a= ee eee Sages naa eecons saeeeer 252

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society... 253—279

On the genus Saccopteryz of Mliger; On the Officinal Species of Pepper,
by M. Miquel ;, Obituary :—Professor Graham of Edinburgh ;
Dr. J. W. Meigen; Showers of Dust at Orkney; Rain during the
present year; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 279-—288

NUMBER CVI.
XXXI. Anatomical and Physiological Observations on Sagitta bi-
punctata. “By M. A. Kronn. (With a Plate.) ............cceccsceesesees 289
XXXII. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal
Lepidoptera. By Enwarp Dovutrepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoolo-
gical Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &e. ......45. Side sud abe ds 304

vi CONTENTS.
Page
XXXIII. On the genera Spirulina and Coleochete. By Joun
Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance. (With a Plate.) ......ccsseesssesoers 308
XXXIV. Notice of a new genus and several new species of Nudi-
branchiate Mollusca. By Josuva Auper and ALsany Hancock, Esqrs. 311
XXXV. Descriptions of some new genera and species of Hetero-
merous Coleoptera. By G. R. WATERHOUSE, Esq. .........ceeecesesecenes 317
XXXVI. On several new species of Crustaceans allied to Saphirina.
By Harry D. S. Goopstr, M.W.S., late Conservator of the Museum
of the Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinburgh, Assist. Surg. in H.M. Arctic Ex-

ploring, Ship.Erebus: ((With.aElate:), Sacncssc-vennnanspaneacneanes cameras 326
XXXVII. On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and Phallus.
By VAURICE LESETAUID ...1<.ccencacansnasees anaes Bey edandses 22 t oderct 327

XXXVIII. Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography
and Natural History. By Dr. Fr. JuNGHUHN ......cccscseneeseoeeess er

Proceedings of the Zoological Suciety ; Microscopical Society ... 382—347

On a Fish allied to Lepidosiren annectens; On the African Musk,
Moschus aquaticus, Ogilby; Occurrence of Aquila nevia in Ire-
land; On Mounting Minute Algz for the Microscope; On the
Discovery of a Fossil Frog and Butterfly in the Gypsum Deposits
of Aix, by M. Coquand; On a curious appearance presented by
the contents of the Capsules of a Moss from Chili, extracted from a
Letter to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, by Dr. Montagne ; M. Agassiz
on the Geological Development of Animal Life; Explorations of
Dr. Schrenk; Descriptions of three new species of Bivalve Shells
rof the genera Cytherea and Venus, by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq. ; On
the Disease of Potatoes, by Prof. Kiitzing ; On the Larus capistra-
tus, Temm.; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 348—360

NUMBER CVII.
XXXIX. Remarks on some forms of Rubus. By T. Brevi Satter,

IMD Satie bia Cro ccenehecaciacsvivescanevas Seereeease dononpaccosacasenctioassicc 386)
XL. Notice of the Foetus of Zygena laticeps, Cantor. By Dr, Can-
Tor, Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales Island ............ccsssesssecseecsens Sen Ole

XLI. On the Dissolution and Re-calcification of the Shell in Cyprea,
a genus of Pectinibranchiate Mollusca. By Lovett Resve, A.L.S. &e. 374
XLII. Researches on the Primary Modifications of Organic Matter,
and on the Formation of Cells. By M. Coste ...cccscscscecseesesesees 377
XLIII. Anatomical and Physiological Observations on some Zo-
ophytes. By Joun Rep, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., and Chandos Professor
of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of St. Andrews. (With a
Plate.) ...ccoscvcsscessescasonsrscceceseressesssscceccescssevcsrseees Ameo eee EnG ace 385
XLIV. Observations on the Spongiade, with descriptions of some
new genera. By J. S. Bowersann, F.R.S., LS. &c. (With two
PIAteS.))..ccceveeerenccecnersiserevesenese reeves vee sie bo sratelaletardien sieierchetslaisrenieiatercistentess 400

CONTENTS. vil

Page
New Books :—A History of the British Freshwater Alge, including
descriptions of the Desmideew and Diatomacee, with upwards of
100 Plates, by A. H. Hassall, F.L.S.—British Libelluline or Dra-
gon-flies, by W. F. Evans, M.E.S.—A Flora of Tunbridge Wells,

by Edw. Jenner, A.L.S. ........ SADE SOR. cde tas taaskvettcese 410—412

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; Zoological Society ......... 414—428

On the Existence of Tetraspores in a genus of Alge belonging to the
Zygnemata, by M. Montagne ; Hassall’s ‘ Freshwater Algz’;
Natural History in Ireland; Occurrence of the Belted King-
fisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Linn., in Ireland; Mr. Goadby ; Meteoro-
logical Observations and Table ...........seeeseeees Seccesecasss 428—432

NUMBER CVIII. SUPPLEMENT.

XLV. An Index to the British Aunelides. By Grorce Jounsron,
M.D., LL.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh.
(With a Plate.). ...... SECHESBERC ECR EECREO ub Sica. ston Bee eee rece 433

XLVI. Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography and
Natural History. By Dr. Fr. Junanuny

PLATES IN VOL. XVI.

Puate I. British Cuscute.
II. British Annelides.
III. British Diatomacez.
IV. Scolex Acalepharum.—Development of Annelides.—Anatomy of

Sagitta.
V.
vr} Anatomy of Actzon.
Vil.

VIII. Artamus mentalis.
IX. Gnathodon strigirostris.
X. Spirulina and Coleochete.
XI. New Crustacea,
XII. Anatomy of some Zoophytes.
ae } New Spongiade.
XV. British Annelides.

ERRATA.
P. 351, line 26 from top, for Robert Dairs ead Robert Davis.
— 357, last line, foot note, for hood vead head.

In the Meteorological Table for March (May Number), the average temperature observed at
Sandwick Manse, Orkney, is stated to be 49°40 instead of 38°72.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

6 ,. sesssereeseeees per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata @rallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

' Parthenit Ech. 1.

No. 102. JULY 1845.

I.—On some species of Cuscuta. By Cuaries C. Basrneton,
M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. &e.*

[ With a Plate. ]
SINCE the paper upon Cuscuta (Ann. xiii. 246) was published,

I have had an opportunity of examining recent specimens of C.
approximata, and been favoured with a drawing of it (PI. I. fig. 1.),
and also of the flowers of C. Epithymum and C. Trifolii from the
accurate hand of my friend Mr. J. W. Salter. I learn from these
beautiful drawings and an examination of numerous specimens,
that some slight alteration is necessary in the specific characters
and descriptions of the plants, all however tending to show their
distinctness in a clearer manner; and I trust that the difficulty
inseparable from the examination of such inconspicuous objects,
after the specimens have been dried, will be considered as a suffi-
cient excuse for the inaccuracies which I am now endeavouring
to correct.

In this paper I shall give revised specific characters for the
three species above-mentioned, and append to each of them such
observations as are requisite.

1. C, Epithymum (Murr.) ; forum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus,
calyce campanulato quam tubum corolle breviori : segmentis ovatis,
corona adpressa : /obis (squamis) tubo corolle cylindrico subeequan-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, May 8, 1845.
» Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. B

2 Mr. Ch. C. Babington on some species of Cuscuta.

tibus apice rotundatis fimbriatis convergentibus basi approximatis,

stigmatibus filiformibus. (Pl. 1. fig. 2.)

Calyx bell-shaped, thin, shorter than the tube of the corolla,
usually tinged with red; segments broad, ovate-apiculate, longer
than their tube. Tube of the corolla cylindrical, rather shorter
than the ovate-acute spreading segments of the limb. Anthers
roundish-oblong, without an apiculus, and even notched at the
end. Corona closely adpressed to the tube of the corolla below ;
its processes (usually called ‘ scales”) nearly as long as the tube
of the corolla, broad, rounded, fimbriated and converging at the
end, scarcely narrowed below, separated from each other by deep
narrow interspaces, which are not rounded at the bottom, and the
membrane at that point is closely adpressed to the corolla. Occa-
sionally, as in some specimens from Norfolk, the divisions between
the processes disappear, and the corona becomes a deeply-lobed
membrane, the lobes of which exactly resemble the upper parts
of the usual processes, and are fringed almost to their base, the
line of connexion between the corona and corolla remaining un-
altered. In one instance this change had extended still further,
and a rounded emarginate projection occupied the place of the
usual division, having down its centre an appearance of being
thickened: unfortunately this curious specimen has been lost
during its transmission for the inspection of a friend. “ Germen
spherical.” Stigmas simple.

The figures and descriptions of C. Epithymum differ so much
from each other that I have considered it advisable to omit all
synonyms, and give the authority for the name (Murray in Linn.
Syst. Veg. ed. 13. 140) with considerable hesitation. The plant
described above is probably that of Smith (Eng. Fl. i. 25), al-
though the figure in ‘Eng. Bot.’ (t. 55.) will admit of doubt.
It seems also to agree sufficiently with the description given by
Bertoloni (Fl. Ital. i. 69); and is, I believe, identical with a spe-
cimen from the neighbourhood of Hamburg, kindly sent to me
by Mr. W. Sonder of that city. It is worthy of remark, that in
that specimen the anthers have an apiculus, and that I have never
detected such a structure in British specimens.

The error committed in my former paper in describing the co-
ronal processes as “ spathulatis basi distantibus” may perhaps
admit of some excuse when it is remarked that, if a specimen is
softened in water, spread out and then allowed to become dry in
that position, the processes shrink in such a manner as quite to
agree with that description. It is hoped that the figure of the
interior of the flower now given will enable botanists to ascertain
the similarity or difference of their plants from that described by
me, as it is the opinion of some botanists that there is still, not-
withstanding the separation of C. Trifoli and C. approximata,

Mr. Ch. C. Babington on some species of Cuscuta. 3

more than one species included under the name of C. Epithymum.
My plant inhabits heathy places, growing upon Erica, Ulex, Sa-
rothamnus, &e.

2. C. Trifolii (Bab.) ; florum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus, calyce
infundibuliformi tubum corolle subequante : segmentis lanceolatis,
interstitiis corone saccatis: lobis dimidium tubi infundibuliformis
corolle subequantibus apice rotundatis fimbriatis convergentibus
basi distantibus, stigmatibus filiformibus. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

C. Trifolii, Bab. in Phytol. (Feb. 1843), 1. 467; Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii.
252; Eng. Bot. Suppl. ined. t. 2898.

C. Epithymum, /. trifolii, Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. 302.

C. minor, 73. Trifolii, Choisy in DeCand. Prod. ix. 453.

Calyx funnel-shaped, rather thick, about as long as the tube of
the corolla, cream-coloured, but occasionally tinged with red ;
segments lanceolate, about as long as their tube. Tube of the
corolla rather irregularly funnel-shaped, about equal in length
to the lanceolate-attenuate spreading segments of the limb. An-
thers cordate-ovate with a minute apiculus. Corona with saccate
interstices below ; its processes about half as long as the tube of
the corolla, narrow, rounded, fimbriated and converging at the
end, narrowed below, separated from each other by broad inter-
spaces rounded at the bottom. Between each process the mem-
brane projects towards the centre of the flower so as to form a
cup-like space between it and the corolla. Germen truncate, nar-
rowed below, elevated upon a longish stalk. Styles filiform,
seated upon small sunken tubercles. Stigmas simple.

A comparison of the above description and character with those
which precede them will, I think, prove conclusively that C. Trz-
folii is a really distinct species from C. Epithymum. It can
scarcely be necessary to call attention to the saccate corona and
the difference in the proportions and shape of the other parts of
the flower.

The natural place for this plant is upon clover (Trifolium pra-
tense), but it can live upon many other herbaceous plants.

3. C. approximata (Bab.); florum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus,
calyce campanulato carnoso quam tubum corolle paulo breviori :
segmentis latis truncatis apiculatisque vel rhomboidalibus, corona
adpressa : lobis latis adpressis tubo corolle cylindrico paululum bre-
vioribus bifidis segmentis divergentibus apice fimbriatis basi approvi-
matis, stigmatibus filiformibus. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

C. approximata, Bab. in Ann. Nat. Hist. (April 1844), xiii. 253.
Calyx bell-shaped, fleshy, rather shorter than the tube of the
corolla, green, tinged with purple at the edge ; segments broad,
transverse, truncate and apiculate or rhomboidal, usually shorter
than their tube. Tube of the corolla cylindrical, longer than the
B

A Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. .

triangular-ovate bluntly-pointed spreading segments of the limb.
Anthers cordate-ovate, apiculate. Corona closely adpressed to
the corolla ; its processes rather shorter than the tube of the co-
rolla, broad, adpressed, deeply notched : the lobes diverging, trun-
cate and fimbriated ; separated by narrow linear interspaces, which
occasionally extend almost to the base of the corolla, but usually
the corona is continuous throughout half its length. The form of
the summit of the coronal processes will be seen to vary consider-
ably, but always retains a general outline very different from that
of any other species with which I am acquainted. Germen round-
ish. Styles seated upon elevated promment tubercles. Stigmas
simple.

Introduced from the East Indies with the seed of Melilotus
officinalis, upon which plant it preys.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Cuseuta approximata, Bab.
a. The growing plant.
b. Clusters of flowers.
e. The calyx with an unopened corolla. Magnified.
d. An expanded flower. Magnified.
e. The corolla greatly magnified and laid open in order to show the
structure and proportions of the corona.
e'. Slightly different forms of the corona observed in other speci-
mens.
jf. The germen.
Lig. 2. Cuscuta Epithymum, Murr.
c, d, & e. The calyx, expanded flower, and the corolla laid open,
showing the corona.
Fig, 3. Cuscuta Trifolii, Bab.
c, d, e & f. The same parts as before.

Il.— Miscellanea Zoologica. By Grorcr Jounston, M.D.,
Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 148.]
[With a Plate. ]
Class ANNELIDES. Order Errantes. Family Nereipes.
Section NEREIDES NON-TENTACULATA,
No tentacular cirri: the antenne rudimentary.

Genus Potiicita*, Johnston.

Cuar. Body serpentiform: head rather indistinct, with three
small frontal antennee: eyes four: proboscis large, without jaws,

* This worm has been already published under the name of Bebryce
Peripatus (Thompson’s Rep. on the Fauna of Ireland, p. 273), but, having
discovered that the generic name has been used by Philippi, I am under
the necessity of changing it.

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. 5

the orifice naked : segments numerous: branchie in the form of a
globular tubercle over each foot, which is uniramous ; the briséles
simple: ¢azl truncate, without styles.

Oss. The relations of this genus are rather obscure. To
Nephtys and Glycera it may be considered to approximate in the
rudimentary state of the antennz, but in all other respects there
is too great a dissimilarity to allow us to consider them as very
nearly affined. The branchial tubercles over the feet might sug-
gest a comparison with Phyllodoce, but there is no structural re-
semblance ; the lamellz in Phyllodoce being merely modifications
of the superior cirrus, moveable and jointed at the base, and
acting as a kind of oar in the animal’s locomotion, while in Pol-
licita they are branchial only, being immoveable, and of no use
or applicability as locomotive organs. The difference in internal
structure is equally great, for im the one genus the organ is
veined with the ramifications of the blood-vessels, while in this
it is very distinctly areolar. I have seen one species only, which
may be named—

1. P. Peripatus. Plate II. fig. 1—6.
Hab. In deep water amid corallines, &c. Berwick bay.

I have seen several Irish specimens in the collections of Mr.
W. Thompson of Belfast.

Desc. Worm about 2 inches long, very slender, narrowed to-
wards both extremities, almost cylmdrical, of the usual yellowish-
brown colour, roughish : head small, indistinctly separated from
the following segment, longer than broad, rounded in front,
where there are three unjointed antenna, the medial nearly as
long as the lateral; on the sides of the head there are besides a
few minute fleshy papill, and the feet advance on each side
rather before the eyes, which are placed unusually backwards:
eyes small, four, the anterior pair most approximate: mouth in-
ferior : proboscis exsertile, large, smooth, emandibulate, the ori-
fice plain: segments numerous, about the length of their own
diameter, each of them furnished with a globose lamella or
branchial tubercle on each side placed over and above the foot,
immoyeable, unjointed, smooth, with a small papillary tip: feet
about sixty pairs, one pair to every segment, conoid, uniramous,
papillary, not projecting beyond the branchiz when at rest, but
capable of being protruded beyond them, armed with four or five
bristles and a spine; the Jdristles simple, sharp, curved like a
hedge-knife, altogether retractile : the skin is covered with minute
papille or granules, only visible under a high magnifier: anal seg-
ment truncate, without styles, but on each side there is a mam-
millary foot, which is larger than the penultimate, and, like it,
appears to be destitute of bristles.

6 Dr. Johnston on British Annelides.

The specific name attached to this worm was suggested by the
resemblance it has to the Peripatus juliformis of the Rev. L.
Guilding (Zool. Journ. vol. i. pl. 14). It is slow in its motions.
In some positions what appeared to be a minute antenna was
visible on the top of the head, and such as our figure represents
it, but of its real nature I could not satisfy myself, and the ap-
pearance may have been produced by a mere fold, or possibly by
some refraction of the light. The areolated structure of the
branchize seems to be peculiar ; and a foot bristled with papille
is a very rare formation among the Annelides Errantes.

Prate Il. fig. 1. Pollicita Peripatus of the natural size. Fig. 2. The same
highly magnified. Fig. 3. The anterior portion of the body from below, to
show the situation of the mouth and proboscis. Fig.4. A few segments from
nearly the middle of the body. Fig. 5. A single foot and branchiz to show
their structure. Fig.6. Three of the branchial globes separate from the feet.

The figures were taken from a specimen that was only eight
lines in length. The larger specimens were from the Irish coast.

Family Eunicz.
ONUPHIS TUBICOLA.
Nereis tubicola, Miill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2625. Zool. Dan. i. 18.
tab. 18. fig. 1\—6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 87. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt.
de la France, ui. 154.

I am indebted to Mr. C. W. Peach for my specimen of this
worm. It has lost the posterior half of the body, but what re-
mains is in excellent preservation, and will enable us to supply
some deficiencies in the figures and description of Miller, which
are very good so far as they go.

The shape of the body is similar to the Nereis, and composed
of numerous homologous segments ; it is somewhat compressed,
but convex or rounded on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, which
are smooth and polished. The colour appears to have been a
uniform yellowish-brown.

The cephalic segment (for it can scarcely be recognised as a
head) is very narrow, even behind, but tri-siuated in front, and
in each sinus there originates a long awl-shaped ¢entaculum (wood -
cut, fig. 1 a), the three being of nearly equal length. They are
smooth but annulated, the three basal joints very distinct and
short, the others less distinct, elongate, and rather regular. At
the base of the tentacula are the eyes, which appear to be four in
number, but they are so obscurely marked that the two outer
ones may possibly be only dark spots. Underneath the tentacula
and partly concealed by them are the antenne (fig. 2. aa), which
are minute organs reminding us of the antennee of some beetles,
having a short moveable pedicle with a clavate head. They arise
from the rounded front margin.

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. 7

The mouth is inferior, and so concealed that it can be seen only
from the ventral aspect. The wide undefined orifice is surrounded
by a thick lip, the upper lip being formed of two comparatively
large egg-shaped tubercles (fig. 2) ; and within the under lip
there are two processes like palpi. From the external side of the

anterior tubercles there arises, on each side, a ¢tentacular cirrus
(figs. 1,25), similar to the tentacula in all respects, and projected
in the same direction, but only one-third of their length.

The proboscis is armed with several small dark corneous Jaws,

denticulated on the inner side, and arranged in two rows, in the
same way as in the genus Hunice. See Aud. and Edw. Litt. de
la France, pl. 3. fig. 11.
_ The occipital segment has no appendages. The segment behind
is nearly of the same size, but those which follow are narrower,
the length bemg about one-third of the transverse diameter.
Above and below the foot there is a cirrus (tig. 3). On the an-
terior segments the superior cirrus does not project beyond the
foot, but it becomes considerably longer on the posterior, and is
simple on all of them, with a joint at the base. The foot is
formed of a tubercle and sheath, armed with bristles collected
into two fascicles. Each fascicle is furnished with a spine (fig. 4),
with two forceps (fig. 5), and with many lanceolate bristles curved
at the points (fig. 6) and very sharp, with a double edge at the
point of curvature. I have not before met with a worm furnished
with forceps-like bristles; and none of the kind are figured by
Audowin and Edwards.

The worm lives in a tube which has a singularly exact resem-

8 Dr. Johnston on British Annelides.

blance to the barrel of a dressed quill. It is about three inches
in length; and the superior portion is thinner than the lower,
which is very tough and not easily cut with a knife. I made a
vain attempt to form it into a pen.

Let us see if, in its curious structure, we can find a key to the
habits of the animal. We learn from Miiller that it lives im soft
mud, and one unceasing object of its life is the capture of prey.
For this end it must protrude the anterior portion of the body
beyond its tube, and raise it above the surface of the mud, and
in this position remain on watch. To enable the worm to do this
with ease, is, I conjecture, the office of the forceps-like bristles of
the feet : with their ends it may hook itself to the mm of the
tube, and thus support itself extended without the waste of mus-
cular power. A long watch is thus rendered less irksome, while
at the same time its capacity to seize upon a passing prey is in-
creased.

The prey caught, analogy leads us to believe that the worm
will instantly retreat and smk within its tube, where it can feed
without disturbance or fear. But as the entry and passage are
narrow and unyielding, it seems to follow that the prey should be
held by the mouth alone when in the act of being dragged within
the tube, and hence surely the reason that the mouth has been
furnished with the hard tubercles to the lips; for, when con-
tracted, they must give a firmer gripe and hold than could other-
wise be taken.

The use of the tube is to protect the body from the pressure
of the soft mud in which it stands immersed. When the tube is
overset or cast out by the waves or accident, the worm leaves it,
and becomes, in its turn, exposed to enemies. To protect itself
from these while a new tube is being secreted, nature has amply
furnished the Onuphis with a series of bristling lances on each
side. These arms are of exquisite make, very fine and very sharp ;
and those of the upper bundle have their pomts bent and in-
clined towards those of the lower bundle, which are likewise bent
to meet them. Do examine a foot under the microscope, and I
defy you not to admire them: and your wonder will increase
when you consider that a complex mechanism is also provided by
which these polished instruments can be drawn within their
sheaths, and pushed forwards and beyond at will. I can easily
suppose that the wounds they inflict upon the tiny assailants of
the Onuphis are severe and painful ; but worms are too retentive
of life to permit us to believe that the repulsed foe ever dies of
them.

Family APHRODITACES.
Genus Spintuer, Johnston.

Cuar. Body oval, exannulate, scaleless, acephalous ; antennze

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. 9

— ?; eyes none ; proboscis emaxillary : feet very numerous,
all alike, uniramous, and all furnished with an inferior cirrus.

1. Spinther oniscoides. Plate II. fig. 7.

« Dredged off Castle Chichester (Belfast Bay) Aug. 26, 1844, in
6—10 fathoms, Mr. Hyndman,” W. Thompson.

Desc. Body ovate, convex dorsally, flat on the ventral surface,
of a uniform cream-yellow colour, rounded and obtuse at both
extremities, which are so much alike, that, without a close exami-
nation, the anterior is not to be distinguished from the posterior.
There is no head, tentacula nor tentacular cirri. With a com-
mon magnifier we perceive that the back is crossed by numerous
(about thirty) narrow roughish edges (fig. 8), the roughness
being produced by a series of minute bristles which scarcely pro-
trude beyond the skin: the ridges are regular and equidistant,
and are continuous with the feet on each side. The feet form a
close-set range round the body, interrupted only in front by a very
narrow fissure i which the mouth is situated. They are all alike,
short and equal, formed of a single thick stump armed with a
bundle of bristles (fig. 10) that project very little beyond the
margin, and are all glued together by a sort of albuminous mem-
brane. There did not seem to be any cirrus above the foot, but
at the root of each of them underneath there is a cirrus shorter
than the foot itself, and with a large bulb at the base (fig. 11).
The bristles are of three kinds: viz. (1.), the spinous (fig. 12),
sharp and fashioned like a needle ; (2.), the forked (fig. 13), which
are filiform with a bulbous root, and cut into two scarcely equal
prongs at the apex; and (3.), the clawed (fig. 14), a bristle which
has a stem slightly incrassated upwards, where a strong curved
and sharp claw is articulated by an oblique joint. The forked
bristles are the most numerous ; and I did not observe more than
one clawed bristle in each foot, but there were two or three from
which the claw appeared to have been broken away. There are
no anal styles.

For the only specimen of this smgular worm that I have seen, I
am indebted to Wm. Thompson, Esq. of Belfast. It is half an
inch in length, with a breadth fully one half of the long diameter.
It has at first glance more resemblance to a Doris than to any
Annelide ; and when it was placed under a common magnifier, it
was compared, aptly enough, to the Cyprea europea, the compa-
rison being suggested by the similarity in the ridges that cross
the back.

The description, I am aware, is in several respects imperfect,
but from the distinctness of the worm as a species, it is assuredly
sufficient for its future recognition. Observations on living in-
dividuals seem necessary to ascertain the number and nature of

10 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez.

the oral appendages. That it is a member of the Aphroditacee
noone can doubt, although it possesses few of the technical cha-
racters by which that family has been hitherto defined. It has
no near ally in the family. In common with the Palmyre, the
back is naked or destitute of scales; but there is nothing else in
which the two genera agree.

Prare II. fig. 7. Spinther oniscoides of the natural size. Fig. 8. The
dorsal aspect viewed through a common magnifier. Fig. 9. A view of the

ventral surface. Fig. 10. Two feet detached and viewed from the back.
Fig. 11. A foot as seen from below. Figs. 12, 13, 14. The bristles.

[To be continued. }

IIL.—On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq.,
M.R.C.S., Penzance *,

| With a Plate. ]
Divymorrivm, Kitz.

Filaments elongated, gelatinous, fragile, eylindrical or subcylin-
drical, with a bidentate process or angle on each side of the
joints.

The filaments are elongated, simple, jointed, gelatinous and very
fragile, and finally separate into single joints ; each joint has two
opposite, bidentate angles or processes. Hence the margins of
the filaments are crenate, and as it is regularly twisted it not only
appears of unequal breadth, but the form of its joints also varies
as more or less of the angles is seen at the margin; in short, as
they are at one time fully visible and at length entirely disappear.

For synonyms, habitats, and description of the species, I must
refer to my former article on Desmidium.

1. D. cylindricum, Ktz. Filaments subcompressed, inclosed in a di-
stinct mucous sheath; joints broad as long. Kiitz. Phy. Gen.
p- 165. Desmidium cylindricum, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.
p- 373. pl. 8. fig. 1; Menegh. J. ¢. p. 204.

Prate III. fig. 4. Didymoprium cylindricum, joint dividing into two.

2. D. Borreri. Filaments cylindrical, not inclosed in a sheath ; joints
inflated, twice as long as broad. Desmidium Borreri, Annals of
Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 375. pl. 8. fig. 4.

Additional habitats. Ashdown Forest and near Battle, Sussex,
Mr. Jenner; Ireland, Mr. Andrews.

Prare III. fig. 5. Didymoprium Borreri, joints dividing.
Gixoprium, Berk. (in hit.)
Filaments elongated, simple, cylindrical, very gelatinous ; joints

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, July 11, 1844,

Myr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiece. 11

with either a slight constriction which produces a crenate ap-
pearance, or a grooved rim at one end which forms a bifid pro-
jection on each side.

The filaments are cylindrical, simple, jointed, invested with a
broad gelatinous sheath, and very fragile in one species, but not
so in the other. Either a groove passes round each joint, giving
a crenate appearance to the margins of the filament, and dividing
the endochrome into two portions, or else a grooved rim at one
extremity of the jomt appears on each side like a bifid process.

A transverse view shows a radiate endochrome in one species,
but m the other I was unable to obtain this view on account of
its want of fragility. .

The cylindrical filaments distinguish this genus from Desmi-
dium and Spherozosma. From Didymoprium it differs in the
absence of angular projections, in not being twisted, and in al-
ways having the same apparent breadth.

1. G. dissiliens. . Filaments fragile, crenate ;.a shallow groove round
each joint divides the endochrome into two portions. Desmidium .
mucosum, Breb. Alg. Fal. p. 65. pl.11; Menegh. Synop. Desmid.
in Linnea 1840, p. 204; Ralfs in Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.
p. 374. pl. 8. fig. 2.

This plant is apparently common, as, in addition to the habitats
already given, Mr. Jenner has gathered it in numerous stations
both in Sussex and in Kent. It has also been gathered in Ire-
land, near Bandon, by Dr. Allman, and in Kerry by Mr, Andrews.

In an advanced state it becomes of a pale opake green,

The mucous sheath is easily perceived, and is on each side of
the filament as broad as the central coloured portion. The en-
dochrome is divided into two portions by the central constriction,
which can always be detected on a careful examination with the
higher powers of the microscope.

This plant has been involved in much confusion ; it was by
mistake figured in ‘Eng. Bot.’ for the Conferva dissiliens of
Dillwyn, and afterwards altogether omitted im Hooker’s < Br.
Flora’ and in Harvey’s ‘Manual of the British Algz.’, From
the synonyms in Meneghini’s ‘ Synopsis Desmidiearum,’ it seems
that De Brébisson considered it the Conferva mucosa of Mertens
and Dillwyn.

2. G. mucosum. Filaments scarcely fragile; joints not constricted,
but having at one of the ends a minute bidentate projection on
each margin, the adjoining end of the next joint bearing similar
projections. Conf. mucosa, Mert. ; Dillw. Brit.Conf. tab. B. ; Hook.
Br, Fl. vol. xi, p. 851; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 127... Gloeotila monili-
formis, Kutz. Phyc. Generalis, p. 245?

In shallow pools and gently-flowing streams, probably not uncom-

12 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez.

mon. Most plentiful in the autumn. Bantry, Miss Hutchins ; Appin,
Capt. Carmichael. Trentishoe, Devonshire ; Penzance and Dolgelley,
J.R.; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall; Chiltington Common near Pulbo-
rough, Sussex; and in the peat bog at Fisher’s Castle near Tun-
bridge Wells, Mr. Jenner.

Filaments elongated, very gelatinous, of a pale translucent
green, not fragile. Under the microscope the joints are generally
about equal in length and breadth, and the endochrome forms a
single irregular patch. The joints are not constricted, but at one
end they have on each margin a minute bidentate projection: as
the similar ones of the next joint are at its adjoming extremity,
these projections oecur only near the alternate dissepiments.
When, however, the joint is elongated, preparatory to the forma-
tion of two joints, the endochrome is divided into two portions,
and then these processes are present at both ends, the next joint
undergoing a similar change. These projections are extremely
minute, and can only be detected by employing the highest power
of the microscope, and even then are liable to be overlooked if
not carefully sought for.

I examined many specimens of this plant in 1841, but did not
perceive these curious projections until the followmg year. I
believe they are really formed by a grooved rim round the end of
the joint, because however the tilament may be moved they are
equally apparent ; whereas if they were processes, as in Didymo-
prium, they would be sometimes either entirely concealed or ren-
dered less apparent.

The filaments have a very broad mucous sheath, which from
its great breadth and absence of colour is not easily discerned ;
it is more evident when a specimen is dried on talc or glass, as
the margins are then generally perceptible. When gathered the
filaments are very distinct, frequently parallel and subdistant
even to the naked eye : this depends on the great breadth of their
mucous sheaths, which prevent the coloured filaments coming into
contact. By this character G. mucosum may in general be known
even without the aid of a microscope. The same circumstance
occwrs In young plants of G. dissiliens, but is less remarkable, as
its mucous sheath is not more than half as broad.

Under a low power of the microscope G. mucosum has consi-
derable resemblance to G. dissiliens, with which it is probably not
unfrequently confounded, But they may always be distmguished
even without the aid of the microscope. The G. dissiliens is ex-
tremely fragile, and will break into pieces if a small portion be
placed on the hand and the finger gently passed over it; this plant,
on the contrary, will not break if it be taken out of the water and
allowed to hang down in long strings. It always has a clear
translucent appearance ; the G, dissiliens, except when very young,

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiece. 13

is of an opake green. The latter if kept in water for a few days
spontaneously separates into fragments ; G. mucosum, although
treated in the same manner for weeks, has not separated into
fragments sufficiently small to enable me to obtain a transverse
view. Iam therefore unable to say whether the endochrome in
that aspect appears stellate, as in G. dissiliens.

Under the microscope G. mucosum may be known by the joints
not appearing crenate and by the endochrome being in a single
patch, or if divided, the joints are longer than in G. dissiliens: Its
mucous sheath is with difficulty detected, and when seen will be
found to extend on each side twice the breadth of the coloured
filament ; whereas in G. dissiliens the mucous sheath is, except in
old specimens, detected without difficulty.

This is a remarkable plant, and differs in many respects from
the other Desmidiee ; indeed so much so, that I had some doubts
whether it would be correctly placed in this family; but as the
Rev. M. J. Berkeley, as well as every other algological friend
whose opinion [ solicited, considers that its place must be in the
same genus with the preceding species, I have described it here.

The joints seem to be in pairs, and a single one is consequently
unsymmetrical. ,

G. mucosum agrees with the other Desmidiee in its capability
of being kept a long time without undergoimg decomposition.

I was indebted to Mr. Hassall for the information that the
plant under consideration was the Conferva mucosa, Dillw., as
also for an opportunity of examining a foreign specimen under
that name from the herbarium of Dr. Greville.

1 have since been able to compare our plant with a portion of
an Irish specimen of Conferva mucosa presented to me by Mr.
Borrer, who received it from SirW. J. Hooker. From the latter
I learn that this was an original specimen from Miss Hutchins.
Sir W. J. Hooker has also presented me with an Appin specimen
collected by Capt. Carmichael. All these are identical with the
present plant.

Prate III. fig. 6. Gleoprium mucosum : a, portion of a filament much
magnified to show the bifid projections; 4, less magnified to show the
breadth of the sheath.

Sp £RozosMaA, Corda.

Filaments gelatinous, plane, fragile ; joints closely united by
means of glandular processes, and deeply divided on each side,
thus forming two segments and giving a pinnatifid appearance
to the filament.

The filaments are pale green, gelatinous, simple, plane, have a
pinnatifid appearance from the division of the joints into two

segments, are fragile, and finally separate into single joints. I

14 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez.

have not observed that the filaments are twisted, as in Desmidium
and Didymoprium. » At the junction of the jomts there are on
each margin one or two minute glands or processes which are
scarcely discernible in the front view, and do: not interfere with
the close junction of the joints. The transverse view is linear or
oblong, and the processes, one or two at each side, are much more
evident than im the front view.

: This genus differs from Desmidium, Didymoprium and Gileo-
prium in its flat filaments (which are not twisted), in the deep di-
vision of the joints into segments, and especially in the presence
of the minute gland-like processes at the junction of the joints.
From the Odontella of Ehrenberg it may be known by the joimts
being united along their entire breadth, whereas in Odontella they
are connected only by the elongated angles which inclose a small
vacant space between them.

On account of its deeply constricted joints, this genus forms a
connecting link between the three preceding genera and Stau-
rastrum.

In Spherozosma, as in the other genera with deeply constricted
cells, the segments are frequently unequal durmg the growth of
the plant, and they become in like manner equal when it ap-
proaches maturity and its joints no longer divide.

1. S. unidentata. Jointsas broad as long, divided into two segments
by a linear notch on each side ; junction-glands stalked, oblique,
solitary at the centre of each margin. Odontella unidentata, Ehr.
Infus. p. 159; Pritch. Infus. p.191. Desmidium compressum, An-
nals of Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 253. Isthmia vertebrata, Menegh. 1. c.
p. 205 ? .

This plant has been gathered at Rotherfield and near Tun-
bridge Wells by Mr. Jenner since the publication of my former
notice of it. I then considered it an undescribed species of Des-
midium. 1 have since been favoured by Mr. Berkeley with the
following extract from Ehrenberg’s observations on the Odon-
tella unidentata :—“ This species is surprismg by reason of its
evolution. There are always two great and two small joints
alternately turned to one another, and the processes are found
alternately between the small and large jomts. This reminds one
of Scenedesmus convergens and the Euastra.” This extract leaves
no doubt that Ehrenberg’s Odontella unidentata is identical with
the plant I described under the name of Desmidium compressum.
He correctly pomts out the affinity between the jomts in this
plant and the frond in Euastrum. As in both genera he consi-
ders the segments of the cell to be distinct joints, he has de-
scribed the process or junction-gland in the present plant as oc-
curring at every alternate dissepiment. But his description of the

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez. 15

alternate occurrence of two small and two large segments is in-
correct, for although the smaller segments are necessarily in pairs,
being formed during the elongation and bisection of the cells, I
have never seen all the jomts thus dividing at the same-time,
which must always happen if his statement be correct; on the
contrary, many joints with equal segments will often sueceed each
other, here and there followed by the unequal segments, as I have
described above. When the reproductive granules are perfected
and the filament of the mature plant ceases to elongate, all the
joints will be found similar and thew segments equal.

In my former notice of this plant 1 described it as destitute of
a mucous sheath; I have not gathered it since; but on further
consideration I believe that the sheath exists, although I failed to
detect it. The reason for coming to this conclusion is, that the
filaments when gathered were remarkably distinct and parallel,
exactly as those m Gleoprium mucosum; | have no doubt that in
both this appearance is an effect of the same cause, and that
broad colourless sheaths separate the coloured filaments. I sup-
pose therefore its tenuity, want of colour and great breadth pre-
vented its observation.

Prare III. fig. 7. Spherozosma unidentata: a, portions of filaments ;

b, front view of an empty joint ; c, joint with one of its segments newly
formed ; d, transverse view.

2. S. excavata. Joints longer than broad, with a deep excavation
on each side, and two sessile glands on each margin at their junc-
tion.

Pools, Dolgelley and Penzance, J. R.; Cross-in-Hand, and Ash-
down Forest, Sussex, and bogs at Fisher’s Castle, Kent, Mr. Jenner.

Very minute, seldom more than twenty jomts im the filament,
which is fragile, and finally separates into single joints ; at their
junction, in the front view, are two minute processes or glands
invisible before the escape of the endochrome, and situated one
near each angle. The joints are from one and a half time to
twice as long as broad, much constricted in the middle ; the con-
striction is like an excavation or broad sinus on each side, so that
the margins of the filament appear sinuated. The transverse view
is oblong with four sessile minute glands, two on each side and
situated near their ends.

The endochrome is pale bluish green with minute scattered
granules,

Prarte III. fig. 8. Spherozosma excavata: a, portion of a filament; 0,
front view of an empty joint; ¢, transverse view.

16 Mr. E. C. Nourse on the Colours of Leaves and Petals.

IV.—On the Colours of Leaves and Petals. By Wit1iam
E. C. Nourss, M.R.C.S,

Tue colours of leaves and petals depend on several conditions ;
some mechanical or structural, and some chemical. The latter
have been made the subject of many investigations. The former,
though requiring little more than common observation, have
been passed over, or but slightly noticed. It is to a clearer
knowledge of these that the present paper, so far as it goes, is
intended to contribute.

The structural or mechanical circumstances which influence
the colours are, Ist, the situation of the coloured cells ; 2nd, their
size, form and number ; 3rd, their mixture with each other; and
4th, their degree of visibility.

1. The situation of the coloured cells is different in leaves and
petals, though their general structure is anatomically similar. If
a leaf be torn, the green colour appears to be in the central sub-
stance ; while in a petal the centre is nearly white, and the co-
lour peels off with the cuticle. This difference merits a degree
of attention which has not hitherto been paid to it.

The structural parts of a leaf or petal, are, the substance, con-
sisting of cellular tissue and venous ramifications ; the cuticle, or
epidermis ; and a layer of cells immediately beneath the cuticle,
to which we may give the provisional name of Refe.

This latter structure is seldom mechanically distinct, but is
either continuous with the substance, as in leaves, or adherent
to the cuticle, as in petals ; though it can sometimes be shown in
a separate form in petals of a large size. Its characters, however,
effectually distinguish it from the other structures. It is the
densest parenchyma of the organ, consisting of an immense
number of nearly circular cells without any interstices. But the
circumstance which makes it most conspicuous is, that it is the
seat of colouring matters which are scarcely found in the other
structures. The rete thus appears entitled to be considered as a
distinct tissue, and may be found to perform important fune-
tions, especially in the petals, in which its development is most
distinct.

The colours of the rete possess an almost endless variety, and,
in fact, it is in this structure that the most highly coloured cells
are always found. Of petals, it contains the entire colouring ; the
yellow, red, blue, brown, black, and all the intermediate tints are
wholly produced in its cells, and can be completely removed by
simply stripping it off with the cuticle. This can be easily done
with any common flower. In leaves the rete is the seat of all the
modifications of the green colour which those organs present,
excepting variegation, cuticular changes, and what may be called

Mr. E. C. Nourse on the Colours of Leaves and Petals. 17

venous colours, like red cabbage, &c. All dark shades of green are
the effect of an immense crowding together of green cells in the
rete, as may be readily seen in the yew, the bay, the holly, &c. ;
and all those lesser variations and shades, such as brownish and
reddish, and a number of others, which add so much to the
beauty of each leaf and to the picturesque effect of the whole, are
due (with the above exceptions) to the different colours of the
cells in the rete. Of this kind are the shadmgs in the leaf of the
common wild ivy ; the reddish tips and edges of rose- and peony-
leaves, the purple of the cornel and cineraria, and many similar
appearances.

The colowrs of the substance, on the contrary, are marked by
their want of intensity and by their extreme simplicity. Few
coloured cells are found in this structure. In petals it is either
white or lightish, or some faint shade of the general colour of the
flower. It requires some care to show this m small specimens ;
but in large ones, such as garden poppies or peonies, the enticle
and rete can be easily peeled off on both sides, and the colourless
substance shown in a distinct form, having the exact shape of
the petal.

The substance in leaves is always green, except in the light
parts of variegated leaves, or in leaves of unusual thickness, like
the aloe. With these exceptions, there is but little difference in
the shade of green between the substance of one leaf and that of
another, taking them, of course, in a state of health and matu-
rity. Thus, in the holly and ivy, the substance is very little
darker than it is in the beech or laurel. In a great number of
leaves the difference of shade is not perceptible ; and even in the
holm-oak, remarkable for its gloomy foliage, the green of the
substance is not by any means so dark as might be imagined.

Tt will thus be seen that the coloured cells both in leaves and
petals are chiefly placed in the rete. A few are occasionally
found in the substance of petals, and a certain number in that of
leaves ; but not in general sufficient to determine the outward
colour.

2. The size, form and number of the coloured cells always vary
with the intensity of the general colour of the structure. When
the colour is very deep the cells are small, roundish, and densely
packed together in immense numbers. This is their appearance
in the rete. If the colour is lighter the cells are larger, more
elongated, and less closely packed together, as they are seen in
the substance of leaves, and of those petals which are somewhat
coloured throughout ; and where there is little or no colour, as
in the substance of the greater number of petals, the cells are
generally large and oblong, often muriform, and with distinct
intercellular passages.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. C

18 Mr.E.C. Nourse on the Colours of Leaves and Petals.

In white flowers, the cells which contain opake white matter
are always rounder and more thickly packed together than the
empty cells.

3. Tints may be produced by the mere mechanical mixture of
the coloured cells. In these cases no union of the colours takes
place, but they remain distinct in their separate cells, side by side.
When the cells are mixed with regularity, a uniform tint results ;
but when the colours are more or less massed together, variega-
tion or marking is the consequence. Coloured cells sometimes
lie over one another, causing a new tint by one layer being seen
through the other.

The leaf of the Pelargonium zonale is well-known for its pecu-
liar dark stam. This is entirely in the rete, for the substance of
the leaf is pure green. The rete however, viewed carefully in
various sections beneath the microscope, appears to consist, not
of dark cells, but of distinct red and green ones, very minute,
densely packed together and intermingled ; and it is by this juxta-
position of the red and green, and by the green cells of the sub-
stance being partially visible through it, that the effect of a dark
tint seems to be caused. The leaf of the variegated elder pre-
sents an appearance of similar origin. Some parts of the leaf are
of a decided green, and some almost white; but there are also
patches of a sort of imperfect green, paler, and somewhat glau-
cous. The substance in these parts is not less green than in the
darkest parts of the leaf, as may be seen by looking at the under
surface ; but the rete, instead of containmg dark green cells, con-
sists of a thin layer of white ones; and these, with the cuticle,
to which they are adherent, by lymg over the green substance,
produce the glaucous appearance.

4. The cuticle in this instance contributes to the effect. This
structure has not yet been mentioned, because coloured cells are
never found in it; and it merely modifies the appearances of co-
lows by regulating the visibility of the coloured cells. This is
so obvious, that it only needs to be referred to, as well as the
effects of the cuticular appendages.

In most petals the cuticle is extremely delicate ; often consist-
ing of the finest web, impossible to be detached, and only to be
seen occasionally at the carefully torn edges of a flower. It js
somewhat thicker in large petals, and can then be raised and torn
off in shreds. Cf course, in these instances, it is perfectly trans-
parent, and permits the colours to be seen through it in the most
distinct manner.

Such are the structural circumstances reiating to the colours
of leaves and petals. Simple as they are, and easily observed,
they required to be stated, to receive their proper share of atten-
tion. The chief pomts about them are, the anatomical differences

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some Coleopterous Insects. 19

between leaves and petals in the situation of the colours; and
the location of the colours of the petals in‘the rete, a fact hitherto
unnoticed, and one which may hereafter throw light on some
interesting points of vegetable physiology.

Reference was made to another kind of colours, also found in
the leaves and petals. These, with their peculiarities, which may
prove not devoid of practical imterest, together with some other
matters connected with the subject or suggested by it, remain to
be brought forward at some future time.

London, June 9, 1845.

V.—Descriptions of Coleopterous Insects collected by Charles
Darwm, Esq., in the Galapagos Islands. By Groren R.
Warternovse, Esq.

Tue insects here described are nearly all of small size, and none
of them display any brilliant colourmg. Some of the species are
referable to a little group found m Chile and Peru,—the genus
Ammophorus, a genus hitherto only found in those parts ; others
appertain to a genus (Anchonus) which is almost confined to the
West Indian islands and the northern parts of South America.
Again, in the collection under consideration are species of ge-
nera which are found all over the world or nearly so, such as
Feronia, Notaphus and Oryctes* ; and, lastly, there are species

* It is from genera like these, which have a very wide geographical range,
that the minor, local groups appear as it were to radiate. ‘hose genera
which are confined to comparatively limited districts, often containing but
few species, and also often presenting very remarkable abnormal medifica-
tions of structure, are in most cases referable to some family which has re-
presentatives in most parts of the world. Groups of high value, such as
classes, are never confined to any particular quarter of the globe; and
even when we descend to families, restricted as they now are by natu-
ralists; it is comparatively rare to find them so defined as not to embrace
species from widely separated localities. Genera may be arranged under
three principal categories as regards their geographical distribution. First
may be noticed those of universal range, such as Cicindela; secondly, those
which occur in both hemispheres but affect particular zones, such as Mega-
cephala, which is confined to the tropical zone; and thirdly, those which are
restricted to.a comparatively small district, such as Manticora, which is con-
fined to South Africa, ‘hese genera all belong to the same family of beetles,
and of this family Manéicora presents certainly one of the most aberrant
forms. The genus Cicindela would by most entomologists be regarded as
the typical genus of the family Cicindclid@, and here we find, as in many
other cases, the presumed typical genus has a universal range; it may be
inquired, therefore, whether such is not generally the case.

I must here observe that Mr. Swainson has expressed the opinion that
typical genera have a great geographical range; I was not aware, however,
of this fact until after the idea had been suggesied to me by a tabular ar-
rangement which I had formed of the Mammalian order Rodentia, in which

C2

20 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

which cannot be located in any known genus, but which apper-
tain to families havmg representatives in most parts of the world,
such as the Pedinide, Tentyriide, Anthribide and Halticide.

But four species amongst the Galapagos Coleoptera occur, so
far as I have been able to ascertain, in any other quarter, and of

Y

these, two (Dermestes vulpinus and Corynetes rufipes) are insects
which, feeding upon dried meat and such substances, have been
earried to all parts frequented by ships; the third is a wood-
feeding insect (genus Apate), and might be transported for a con-
siderable distance by floating timber ; and the fourth is a water-
beetle which appears to me to be clearly identical with the Hy-
drophilus lateralis (genus Tropisternus of Solier), an inseet found
in the United States, Mexico, and some of the West Indian
islands. I should observe, moreover, there is in the collection a
second, minute, species of Hydrophilus closely resembling the
Philhydrus affinis of our English collections, but which is rather
smaller, less distinctly punctured, and of a darker hue. I have
in my collection a species from North America from which the
Galapagos Philhydrus differs only in being of a darker colour ;
perhaps this little Hydrophilus should therefore be incorporated
amongst the species which are not peculiar to the Galapagos
Islands. Some of the insects of the collection have labels at-
tached, from which may be ascertained the particular island of the
Galapagos group from which they were procured, and where this
was the case I have not found any species which is common to
two or more of the islands.

both the classification of the minor divisions and their geographical distribu~
tion were displayed at the same time. After working out the affinities of the
groups of the Carnivorous quadrupeds, the idea again occurred to me; five
out of the six great divisions | had formed from the consideration of characters
furnished by the skull and dentition combined, had a typical form of very
great geographic range. In the order Rodentia I had made three great di-
visions, and had pointed out the distinguishing characters of a fourth, though
I hesitated to raise that fourth to the rank of the other three. Were the
geographical range to be taken into consideration, there would be four great
families of Rodents. In the order Yachydermata, the various species appear
all to approach more or less to four principal forms, typified by the genera
Equus, Tapir, Sus and Mastodon, and these genera, or very nearly related
genera, are found either living or in a fossil state in all the principal quarters
of the globe, Australia excepted, where only the last has been found. What
is characteristic of part of a small group might also be characteristic of part
of a larger group. I have noticed that in a certain family, Cicindelide, one
genus is confined to a tropical zone; so might we find in an order of ani-
mals, a family which is confined to the tropical zone—the Psittacide among
Birds is nearly a tropical family ; and in the class Mammalia we have an in-
stance (certainly a rare one) of an order (the Quadrumana) which is almost
confined to the tropical zone. The sections of water insects have generally
a wider range than most others, and the above generalizations, as regards
the distribution of groups, will not apply to parasitic insects.

from the Galapagos Islands. 21

Section GEODEPHAGA.

Family FeRonrip2.

Feronia Calathoides. Fer. nigra oblongo-ovata, nitida ; antennis pi-
ceo-rubris ; pedibus piceis; thorace subquadrato, subplano, foveis
duabus oblongis postice impressis, elytris sulcato-striatis.— Long.
corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 12 lin.

This insect very much resembles the Calathus cistelloides ; its
head however is rather longer, and both thorax and elytra are
rather shorter ; the latter, moreover, are much more deeply stri-
ated, and the interstices between the striz are convex. With the
exception of being a trifle shorter, the thorax resembles that of
Calathus cistelloides in being nearly quadrate and but little con-
vex: the sides are nearly straight and parallel behind, but shghtly
contracted in front ; the posterior angles are right angles; the
dorsal channel is distinct, and midway between the dorsal channel
and either side of the thorax is a narrow, impunctate, longitudinal
grooye, in length occupying fully the basal third of the thorax.
The elytra are of an oblong-ovate form, and rather broader than
the thorax ; the somewhat deep striz with which they are marked
are smooth, but a few punctures are observable on the outer
margin of each elytron. The legs are sometimes pitchy and
sometimes pitchy-red.

Feronia galapagoensis. Fer. angusta, nigro-zenea, nitidiuscula; an-
tennis rufescentibus, pedibus piceis ; thorace subquadrato, sub-
plano, postice angustiore ; foveis duabus postice impressis ; elytris
elongatis, lateribus subparallelis, leviter striatis—Long. corp. 54
lin. ; lat. 13 lin.

This species is equal in size to the Calathus cistelloides, but is
of a narrower and much more elongated form. The br oadest part
of the thorax is rather in front of the middle, and from this point
they are gradually contracted before and behind ; in front in such
a manner as to give to the sides a slightly rounded outline, but
behind, the margins are nearly straight, and converge in no very
marked degree. The elytra are elongated, but little broader than
the thorax ; the shoulders are obtusely rounded, and the sides
form a yery gentle curve, so that they might be compared to a
very long oval ; they have delicate simple striz : on the second stria
are two punctures rather remote from each other and situated on
the hinder half of the elytron ; and on the third stria is another
puncture situated on the anterior half: besides these, there are a
few punctures on the outer margin. ‘The legs vary in colour from
pitchy-black to pitchy-red. The eneous tinge on the body is
nowhere very distinct.

These two insects will not associate well with any of the sub-

22 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

divisions of the great Feronian group; possessing the essential
characters of Feronia, they have the general form and aspect of
the species of Calathus: so like indeed is one of the species to
Calathus cistelloides, that I could scarcely doubt its belonging to
the same genus, and was somewhat surprised to find the claws of
the tarsi destitute of the usual denticulations. The dilated tarsi
of the males have the joints triangular, as in Feronia.

Family Harpaip2.

Selenophorus (?) galapagoensis. Sel. piceus, marginibus thoracis ely-
trorumque rufescentibus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque ferrugineis ;
thorace transverso-quadrato, postice paululum angustiore, angulis
posticis obtusis, foveis duabus postice obsolete impresso ; elytris
striatis, striis 2°, 52 et 7* punctis remotis, indistinctis, impressis ;
interstitiis levibus.—Long. corp. 43 lin.; lat. 13 lin.

But one specimen of this species was brought home by Mr.
Darwin, and that being a female, I cannot feel certain that it be-
longs to the genus Se/enophorus ; it agrees in general aspect with
the species of that genus, and in having no tooth in the emargi-
nation of the mentum. :

Amblygnathus (?) obscuricornis. Ambl. niger subobscurus ; antennis
fuscis, articulis basalibus nigris apicibus piceis, palpis rufescentibus,
tarsis piceo-rufis ; thorace transverso, subquadrato, postice paulo
angustiore, supra convexo, angulis posticis rotundatis ;_ elytris
subparallelis, convexis, striatis, striis 2*, 5 et 74 punctis remotis
obsolete impressis, interstitiis convexis.—Long. corp. 42 lin.
This insect like the last is a female, there bemg but one spe-

cimen in Mr. Darwin’s collection ; it is almost destitute of any
gloss, and has a slight silky appearance. In general aspect it
greatly resembles a Cratognathus, having the same convex form
of body ; the mandibles however are obtuse at the apex, the
labrum much less narrow in the antero-posterior direction, the
head smaller, and the anterior tibize less dilated. Both im this
and the preceding insect there are three or four short spines on
the outer side of the anterior tibize.

The thorax has the ordinary two impressions behind, but)they
are extremely indistinct: the elytra are distinctly striated ; and
the striz are impunctate, if we except the second, fifth and seventh
from the suture, in each of which are a few punctures which are
widely separated and by no means distinct: at the apex of the
elytron, near the outer margin, is a series of five or six tolerably
distinct and large punctures ; the interspaces between the striz
are rather strongly convex on the hinder part of the elytra, and
but shghtly convex on the anterior part.

I am not acquainted with Dejean’s genus Amblygnathus, ex-
cept through his description, and with that the present insect

from the Galapagos Islands. 23

will not agree in all respects ; like Amblygnathus, it has no tooth
to the mentum, and the antennee short, but the eyes must be more
prominent. The tarsi are short.

Family Bempriprip2.

Notaphus galapagoensis. Not. eneus, nitidus, antennis nigrescen-
tibus, ad basin, pedibusque testaceis; thorace transverso, postice
utrinque fovea oblonga impressa, lineaque longitudinali elevata
notato ; elytris punctato-striatis, fasciis duabus arcuatis, rufescen-
tibus, ornatis.—Long. corp. 14 lin.

Body rather short and broad. Thorax broad and transverse, mo-
derately convex, the sides boldly rounded and but slightly sinuated
near the posterior angles, which are nearly right angles; dorsal
channel distinct, and continued from the base to the apex of the
thorax ; a narrow oblong fovea is situated on each side behind,
rather nearer the lateral margin, or angle, than the mesial line, and
extending from the angle is a ridge which is about one-third of the
length of the thorax and paralle! with the mesial line, and hence,
although the ridge springs from the angle, it is somewhat remote
from the lateral margin at its apex,—the margin being bowed out-
wards ; the disc of the thorax is smooth, but the lateral and poste-
rior margins are coriaceous. ‘The elytra are rather broad, of a
brownish zeneous hue, distinctly punctate-striated ; rather im front
of the middle is an irregular, transverse, yellowish band, which is
subinterrupted in parts, and does not extend to the suture ; it de-
scends obliquely downwards as it runs in from the outer margin,
where it is met by a humeral pale mark : there is a fait trace of
two pale spots above this band: about the hinder third of each
elytron is a curved mark which commences on the second inter-
stice from the suture, runs outwards to the margin, and forming
a segment of a circle, extends to the apex of the elytra. A largeish
depression is observed on the third imterstice from the suture on
the anterior third of each elytron. The whole of the basal joint,
and the base of the second, third and fourth joints of the antenn
are yellow ; the rest of the joints are blackish.

This species is from James’ Island.

Section HY DRADEPHAGA.
Family Dyriscip 2.

Copelatus (?) galapagoensis. Cop. ovatus, parum convexus, piceus ;
capite, marginibus lateralibus thoracis et elytrorum, antennis pe-
dibusque rufo-testaceis ; thorace disco nigro, punctis minutissimis
subremotis impressis ; elytris distincte sed anguste striatis.— Long.
corp. 2% lin.

This is a small insect, and might be mistaken for a species of

24: Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

fTydroporus before examined ; it however belongs to the Dytiscide
as defined by Aubé, and agrees with Krichson’s genus Copelatus,
excepting that its posterior tarsi are not ciliated... The hinder
tarsi are provided with a few spines only: the three basal joints
have each two large spmes at the apex, and there are besides some
few yery minute spines on other parts. I have seen several spe-
cies presenting this structure ; among others I may notice the
Colymbetes elegans of Babington, an insect which I have had sent
to me with the name Copelatus posticatus attached. Another
species was brought by Mr. Darwin from the Mauritius; they all
possess the sharp distinct striz to the elytra which are mentioned
as characteristic of the genus Copelatus, and neither of the four
specimens here alluded to have the slightest trace of dilatation of
the anterior tarsi.

The Galapagos species differs from the Colymbetes elegans of
Babington (which 1s found both in Rio de Janeiro and im Colom-
bia) in being smaller and proportionately rather narrower ; in
having the legs of a paler hue (these being pitchy-black in C. ede-
gans and pale testaceous in C. galapagoensis), and the strie of the
elytra more perfect. In C. elegans the second stria from the suture
is obliterated on the hinder half of the elytron ; the fourth, sixth,
eighth and tenth are also obliterated, but continued for the most
part to the hinder third. (or rather beyond that point) of the elytra.
In C. galapagoensis the same strize are abbreviated, but the second
and others mentioned, all terminate on the same line or nearly so,
that lie being about the posterior fourth of the elytron. The tho-
rax presents extremely delicate punctures, and numerous minute
longitudmal scratches, requiring a tolerably powerful lens to per-
ceive them ; they are most distinct towards the sides and hinder
part of the thorax. Should this little section of water-beetles be
not already characterized, I think it deserves the rank of a sub-
genus, which might be called Chetosphyrus, from yairn, a bristle,
and oupa, the ankle; the spines at the base of the foot being
much developed. I may further add, that all the species have
the anterior tibize somewhat dilated at the apex, and obliquely
truncated on the outer side at the same part ; the truncated por-
tion is provided with three or four spines.

Section BRACHELYTRA.

Creophilus, nov. spec. ?—Three specimens found under a dead
bird in Chatham Island. These specimens approach very nearly
in size and form to the Cr. maaillosus of Kurope, and the C. vil-
losus of North America. They have scarcely any hairs either on
the head, thorax or elytra, and are but sparingly clothed on, the
meso- and metasternum ; the hairs on these last parts are how-

from the Galapagos Islands. 25

ever entirely black, a character in which it approaches nearer to
the European species, for the same part is white at the sides in
C. villosus, and grayish black in the C. mazillosus. The few hairs
which I can perceive of the elytra are perfectly black ; they occur
however almost entirely on the hinder margin of the elytron. It
is possible that the insect may have had pale markings (which
have been rubbed off) on these parts, but I cannot trace any pale
hairs in either of the three specimens.

The abdomen is clothed throughout with hairs, but they are
rather less dense than in C. villosus and C. mazillosus ; on the
upper surface of the abdomen the hairs are black, excepting on
the second and third visible segments, where they are yellowish
white, but interrupted with black on the middle of each segment :
on the under surface the haus are black on the first segment,
and yellow-white on the second and third segments throughout ;
the remaining segments are rusty white in the middle only, and
the pale hairs are almost confined to the posterior margin, the
sides being black in all the specimens. In C. mazillosus I find the
fourth segment white throughout beneath, with the exception of
a small black dot on each side. C. villosus agrees with the Gala-
pagos insect in having the side of the fourth segment black.

Section STERNOXI.
Family ELaterip2&.

Physorhinus (?) galapagoensis.. Phys. oblongus sublinearis ; piceo-
fuscus, pube pallida tectus; capite rugoso-punctato, antice flavo ;
thorace rugoso-punctato, linea longitudinali leviter impresso ; ely-
tris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctatis; antennis pedibusque
flavescentibus ; abdomine fusco.—Long. corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 14 lin.
I have placed this Galapagos K/ater im a genus founded by

Eschscholtz, with which it agrees very closely im many of its cha-

racters ; as Germaz’s definition of the genus* in question does not,

however, in all respects apply to the insect before me, it will be
necessary to notice the pomts of disagreement ; but I will first
observe, that the Galapagos imsect agrees with Physorhinus in ha-
ving the tarsi apparently but four-jomted, the fourth joimt being
very small; in having the third joint short, and produced on the
under surface into a long, undivided, membranous lobe: the lobe
in the insect before me is equal in length to more than half that
of the terminal jomt. The fourth joint is exceedingly small;
forming a mere node, as it were, at the base of the claw-joint :
the basal joint is long. The antennez are rather less than half
the length of the body, and composed of longish, conical, and

* The account I refer to will be found in Dr. Germar’s ‘ Zeitschrift fiir die
Entomologie,’ Part 2 tor 1840, p. 244.

26 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopierous Insects

slightly compressed joints ; the first jomt is rather stouter than
the rest, and perhaps a trifle longer ; the second and third jomts
are short, but the third rather exceeds the second in length ; the
remaining joints are very nearly equal. There is an agreement
also in the form of the thorax, the length of which is about equal
to the breadth behind ; the fore-part contracted, and of the same
width as the head ; the posterior angles produced posteriorly, and
acute; the antennal groove beneath, short, and confined to the
anterior part of the preesternum, which has its point bent inwards.
The mesosternum has a small hollow with raised margins in front.
The metasternum is produced posteriorly so as partially to cover
the trochanter. In all these characters the Galapagos insect ap-
pears to me to agree with the type of the genus Physorhinus ; but,
on the other hand, it differs in having the head rather shorter,
presenting when viewed from above very nearly a semicircular
outline, but slightly inclining to a conical form,—whilst Germar
says of the genus Physorhinus, the head is longer than broad ; and
it differs also in having the terminal joint of the tarsus (as it
would appear from the figure) rather longer, so that although
the basal joint is long, it is not quite equal to the other four taken
together, as it is said to be in Physorhinus. The claws are slender
and simple, and the tarsi very hairy.

Section CLAVICORNES.

Dermestes vulpinus, Auct.
Corynetes rufipes, Auct.
From James’ Island.

Section PALPICORNES.

Tropisternus (lateralis, Fab.).
Philhydrus ——?

Section LAMELLICORNES.

Oryctes galapagoensis. Oryct. castaneus nitidus ; capite punctato, ca-
rina transversa tri-emarginata obsito; ante oculos lobis subtrigonis
productis ; clypeo producto, antice recurvo, constricto, subemar-
ginato; thorace punctis distinctis remotis, impresso ; elytris latis,
punctis minutissimis remote adspersis, rugisque indistincte notatis ;
stria punctarum apud suturam.—Long. corp. 10 lin. ; lat. thora-
cis 44 lin.; lat. elytrorum 52 lin.

Head with large irregular scattered punctures ; these most nu-
merous, and confluent, on the fore-part ; the vertex flat and smooth;
the sides produced into an obtuse angle immediately in front of
the eyes ; the fore-part with a distinctly elevated ridge, which is
most prominent in the middle, and has a deep notch ; it becomes
gradually less prominent towards the sides, but is there produced

from the Galapagos Islands. 27

again into an obtuse angle. Clypeus broader than long, con-
tracted and slightly recurved at the apex, which is indistinctly
emarginated. Thorax convex, withthe sides rather boldly rounded;
the posterior margin also rounded, but forming a segment of a
larger circle ; the fore-part emarginated ; anterior angles slightly
acute, posterior obtusely rounded ; the surface above with distinct
punctures, but these remote from each other—most numerous on
the fore-part ; there is moreover a fovea on each side about mid-
way between the anterior and posterior angles, and a little re-
moved from the lateral margins. Scutellum triangular, slightly
rounded at the tip. Elytra convex, much broader than the thorax,
and broadest at the posterior third ; the humeral angles obtusely
rounded, the hinder part very obtusely rounded ; they have a few
exceedingly minute scattered punctures, some indistinct little
ruge, and one or two longitudinal larger impressions. The
sutural stria is composed of a subinterrupted series of distinct
punctures. The body beneath is well-clothed with yellow hairs,
and so are the legs: the terminal segment of the abdomen, like
the elytra, has exceedingly minute scattered punctures; it is
convex, rounded at the extremity, and its transverse diameter is
about three times greater than the antero-posterior ; the penul-
timate segment above is tolerably well-clothed with yellow hairs
(the last has but few hairs), presents a distinct longitudinal fur-
row in the middle, and this furrow is bounded on either side by
a slightly elevated ridge. The legs are short and stout, and the
anterior tibize have three tooth-like processes on the outer side.
The insect is very glossy and of a bright chestnut-brown colour.

Section HETEROMERA.
Family Tentyriip 2.
Genus Stomion* (noy. gen.).

Clypeus truncated in front, its lateral boundaries indicated by
two shghtly impressed longitudinal grooves.

Labrum prominent, transverse, and slightly emarginated im front.

Mandibles projecting beyond the clypeus when closed, covered at
the apex by the labrum, but with the sides exposed when the
head is viewed from above ; they are bidentate at the apex.

Mentum broad and transverse and very nearly semicircular, the
rounded part being in front.

Mazillary palpi moderate ; the terminal joint triangular, at least
as long as broad : labial palpi short.

* Sropioy, a little mouth; having allusion to a peculiar cenformation of
the mouth of this and some allied genera, viz. that of having the mouth closed
beneath by a large mentum, by the sides of which there does not exist the
usual emarginations for the maxille, which are therefore hidden.

28 Mr. G. Rh. Waterhouse oz Coleopterous Insects

Head small, in width not equal to more than half that of the
thorax ; inclosed m the thorax as far as the eyes; the outline
of the part im front of the eyes, mcludimg the mandibles and

labrum, is conical, but taking the arch formed by the outline
of the clypeus, it is nearly semicircular ;—slightly indented on
each side of the clypeus.

Antenne of moderate length; if extended backwards would
scarcely reach the base of the thorax; slender, the jomts of a
long obconic form ; the second joint short, the third long, but
not equal in length to the two following joints taken together ;
the last three joimts dilated ; the antepenultimate and penulti-
mate present a triangular outline ; the last joint is about equal
in size to these, but of an oval form.

Eyes tolerably large and moderately convex, kidney-shaped, being
very slightly encroached upon in front by the lateral ridge of
the head.

Thorax transverse, narrower before than behind, rather deeply
emarginated in front, rounded at the sides and bisinuated be-
hind, where it is closely applied to the thorax: the upper sur-
face is convex, and there is an impressed line (not very distinct)
following the margins, but interrupted m the middle of the
anterior margin: the angles are acute in front and right
angles behind,—or nearly right angles.

Scutellum rather small, but distinct ; rounded behind.

Elytra soldered together, very convex, broader than the thorax
and of an ovate form, but sinuated in front, where the curved
outline corresponds to that of the hinder margin of the thorax ;
the humeral angles somewhat obtuse.

Presternum with its hinder margin obtuse, notched, and not pro-
duced posteriorly beyond the anterior coxe.

Abdomen but little inclosed at the sides by the elytra.

Legs slender and moderately long ; the tibie nearly cylindrical,
and terminated by two small spines : tarsi slender ; the hider
tarsi equal in length to more than two-thirds of ‘that of the
tibia.

In general appearance the species of this genus greatly re-
semble those of the genus Helops, and more particularly those
shorter-bodied species of which our common Helops striatus may
be said to form thetype. In size and general form, the Stomion
levigatus (hereafter described) greatly resembles the insect Just
mentioned, but its thorax and elytra are more conyex. The Sfo-
mion galapagoensis is half as large again as the H. striatus, and
of a much broader form and more convex above : the third species
of Stomion known to me is considerably less than the H. striatus,
and of a shorter and broader form. The structure of the mouth,

ae

from the Galapagos Islands. 29

however, shows that the present insects are in affinity remote
from the Helops group, and indeed belong to the Tentyriade.

In having a distinct scutellum, the eyes transverse and not
covered by the lateral ridge of the head, the mentum truncated,
and the tibi simple, the genus Stomion approaches to Anatolica,
and yet the general form of the species of Stomion is very differ-
ent to that of the species of Anatolica; the more slender antennz
with the terminal joints incrassated, and the absence of emargi-
nation to the mentum, would alone, however, serve to distinguish
Stomion trom Anatolica. Perhaps Eschscholtz’s genus Hurymeto-
pon is more nearly allied to our present genus; the species of
Eurymetopon are represented by Eschscholtz, however, as haying
the head broad, the thorax nearly as broad as the elytra, the eye
small, and the tibize very short, all of which characters will not well
apply to Stomion. The approach, on the other hand, is evinced,
as it would appear, in the structure of the antenne and the
truncated form of the clypeus.

Stomion galapagoensis. Stom. ater, obscurus, antennis palpisque
piceis, pedibus piceo-nigris ; corpore ovato, convexo ; capite tho-
raceque crebre punctulatis ; elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis
conyexis, punctis minutissimis adspersis.—Long. corp. 54 lin. ;
lat. 22 lin.

The body is very convex, of a broad ovate form, and dull black
colour ; the head is flat above or slightly concave in the middle
and thickly punctured ; the thorax is broader than long, and nar-
rower before than behind, slightly emarginated in front, where
the angles are somewhat acute ; evenly and gently rounded at the
sides, and indistinctly sinuated behind ; the posterior angles are
right angles; the upper surface is distinctly convex, and very
thickly and rather finely punctured; an impressed line runs parallel
with, and close to the posterior and lateral margins, and is also
continued on the anterior margin, but is interrupted in the mid-
dle. The scutellum is small and transverse ; the elytra are very
convex ; at the base they are scarcely broader than the thorax,
but in the middle they are considerably wider, and at the apex
they are pointed ; they have series of punctures forming the or-
dinary striz, but these punctures are by no means strong; the
interstices are convex and covered with very minute scattered
punctures. The mentum is distinctly punctured, and the thoracic
segments are strongly punctured in the middle beneath : the ab-
dominal segments have fine scattered punctures.

Two specimens in Mr. Darwin’s collection agree with this de-
scription ; there are others of a much smaller size, being about
four lines in length, and in which the notch on each side of the
fore-part of the head, marking the outer boundary of the clypeus,

30 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

is scarcely perceptible ; these notches are tolerably distinet in the

large specimens ; in other respects they all agree.

Stomion Helopoides. Stom. fusco-piceus, antennis pedibusque fusces-
centibus ; corpore ovate, convexo; capite sat crebre punctato;
elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis planis punctis minutis ad-
spersis.—Long. corp. 3—3H lin.; lat. 14 lin.

The punctures forming the striz on the elytra of this species
are less distinct, and those on the interstices are more distinct
than in the St. galapagoensis ; the interstices moreover are flat,
or sometimes, the one or two nearest the suture are very slightly
convex. The thorax is transverse, evenly rounded at the sides,
and of equal width before and behind, or very nearly so; the an-
gles are slightly obtuse; the upper surface is pretty thickly co-
vered with smallish punctures ; the under surface is smooth at the
sides, but presents small rugze and a few punctures near the base
of the legs. The punctures which are arranged in rows on the
elytra are by no means strong, and are distinctly separated ; and
the smaller punctures on the interstices are moderately numerous.
The abdomen is finely punctured.

Two specimens in Mr. Darwin’s collection agree with this de-
scription; there is a third individual which agrees in other respects,
but is rather larger and almost of a black colour, and has the legs
of a pitchy hue.

Stomion levigatus. Stom. ater nitidus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque
piceis ; corpore valde convexo, oblongo-oyato ; capite punctulato ;
thorace punctis minutissimis impressis ; elytris levibus.—Long.
corp. 4 lin. ; lat. 13 lin.

Both the antenne and legs are rather shorter and a trifle thicker
in proportion in this species than in others of the genus here
described ; the form of the body is more oblong, and the thorax
is not sensibly broader behind than in front ; the head moreover
is larger. The insect is very glossy, and to the naked eye its
thorax and elytra appear to be perfectly smooth. The head is
distinctly and thickly punctured : the thorax is but little broader
than long, has the sides nearly parallel and very indistinctly
rounded ; its upper surface is very convex and rather thickly
punctured, but the punctures are extremely minute: the elytra
are very convex and but little broader than the thorax ; sometimes
they exhibit excessively minute punctures arranged in striae, and
there are a few punctures in the interstices ; it requires however a
tolerably powerful lens to perceive these punctures : the thoracic
segments are punctured beneath, and so is the mentum ; the ab-
domen is smooth, or most indistinctly punctured.

Family Tacenrip# (Tacenrres, Solier).
Ammophorus galapagoensis. Amm. ater, nitidus, antennis pedibus-

ie

from the Galapagos Islands. 31

que rufo-piceis, vel piceis; capite thoraceque crebre punctatis,

punctis oblongis, prope latera plerumque confluentibus, interstitiis

angustissimis longitudinaliter parum elevatis ; thorace angulis an-
ticis acutis, posticis subacutis ; elytris sulcatis, sulcis catenato-
punctatis, interstitiis costatis; corpore subtus profunde punctato.

—Long. corp. 24—23 lin.

This species is smaller and proportionately rather shorter than
the Amm. peruvianus. The head is thickly covered with narrow
oblong punctures which run into each other, so as to leave very
narrow, regularly longitudinal ridges. The thorax is moderately
conyex above, rather broader than long, moderately rounded at the
sides, and but slightly sinuated near the posterior angles, which
are nearly right angles, but slightly acute; the anterior angles
are prominent, project forwards, and are somewhat acute. The
elytra are rather broader than the thorax and of an oblong form,
rounded at the apex, and moderately convex ; the humeral angles
are produced laterally into an acute angle (more prominent and
distinct than in Amm. peruvianus) ; each elytron presents eight
sulci, in each of which are a series of impressions or largeish
shallow punctures ; the interstices form narrow ridges, on which
a few very minute punctures are scattered. The mentum is ru-
gose and has two oblong depressions ; the thoracic segments pre-
sent a few large, irregular punctures beneath ; the abdominal
segments are very coarsely punctured, if we except the last two;
the penultimate has a transverse groove, and like the terminal
segment is rather finely punctured. The palpi are red ; the legs
and antenne pitchy-red, and sometimes pitchy.

. Found by Mr. Darwin under stones upon a hill in Chatham

Island.

Ammophorus bifoveatus. Amm. ater, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque
piceo-nigris ; capite punctato ; thorace angulis anticis acuminatis,
posticis acutis, extrorsum productis, supra punctulato, foveis duabus
et rugis tenuibus impressis ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitiis an-
gustis elevatis.—Long. corp. 3 lin.

The Amm. bifoveatus is so named from its having two largeish
but shallow depressions, situated, one on each side, about the
middle of each lateral half of the thorax : the thorax is moderately
convex, broader than long, broadest im the middie, and about
equally contracted before and behind; the sides are contracted
rather suddenly near the angles, which are prominent; the
hinder angles, which are most promiment, are acute : the surface
of the thorax is rather finely punctured, and presents numerous
little longitudinal rug, which are most distinct on the sides,
hinder part, and in the foveze described ; two grooves, move distinct
and longer than the rest, are observed on the middle of the thorax,
where they are separated by a narrow ridge. The elytra are
broader than the thorax, oblong, and have the humeral angles

32 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

produced laterally into small acute processes ; the ordinary inter-
stices of the strie of the elytra are very narrow and elevated ; the
punctures of the stric are large, transverse, and separated from
each other by narrow spaces. A few large punctures are seen on
the under surface of each of the thoracie segments ; the abdominal
segments are more thickly punctured ; the penultimate however
is mearly smooth, and the last is very delicately punctured. The
abdomen is depressed in the middle.

Two specimens from James’ Island present the above charac-
ters; some other specimens in the collection which cannot other-
wise be separated, display the thoracic fovea rather less distinctly,
and the double ridge on the disc is sometimes wanting.

Ammophorus obscurus. Amm. ater, obscurus ; antennis pedibusque
piceis ; capite thoraceque rugoso-punctatis ; angulis thoracis acutis
extrorsum productis ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitiis angustis
elevatis.—Long. corp. 25 lin.

This species has the thorax narrower than in either of the pre-
ceding, from which it may moreover be distinguished by its dull
colour, the thorax being rugosely punctured: the sculpture of the
elytra is rather more decided, and the suture is not raised as in
the other species. In Amm. galapagoensis the suture is fully as
much raised as the ridged interspaces of the striz ; in Amm. bi-
foveatus the suture is also distinctly raised, but not quite so much
as the ridges between the striz ; in the present species the suture
is flat. Like Amm. bifoveatus, the angles of the thorax are pro-
duced, and as in both the preceding species ; the humeral angle of
the elytra is produced and acute. The ordinary interstices of the
elytra form very narrow and considerably elevated ridges, mn the
grooves between which are large transverse impressions, and si-
milar impressions are observed on each side of the suture; not
extending quite to the suture, they give that part the appearance
of being slightly raised, and indeed it is so on the hinder part
of the elytra.

The three species of Ammophorus here described have the third
joint of the antennz shorter in proportion than in Amm. peru-
vianus, but they agree in this respect with Amm. costatus and
Amm. rubripes of Solier, with which they also agree in size ; they
all have the interstices of all the striz of the elytra elevated,
whilst in one only of the Chilian species (A. costatus) are any of
these interstices distinctly ridged, and here it is only the alter-
nate spaces between the striz which present that condition.

Pamily Pepinipa.
Pedoneces*, nov. gen.
Clypeus distinctly emarginated.
Labrum small, transverse.

* From xdov, the ground, and aixéw, to inhabit.

from the Galapagos Islands. 33

Mandibles short and. obtuse, bidentate at the extremity, and
hidden by the clypeus, when the head is viewed from above.

Mentum small, ovate, concave externally.

Mazillary palpi moderate ; the terminal jomt securiform: Jabial
palpi short ; the terminal joint swollen.

Head considerably narrower than the thorax; the visible portion
broader than long ; the fore-part im front of the eyes forms
nearly a semicircle, but is emarginated in front ; no indentation
marks the posterior or lateral boundaries of the clypeus: the
lateral ridge of the head, which protects the basal portion of
the antennz, is well-developed, and runs backwards so as to
divide the eye into two parts; the upper portion of the eye is
rather large and round, or very nearly so ; the lower portion is
nearly of equal size with the upper, and also nearly round.

Antenne moderate ; if extended backwards would reach the base
of the thorax ; the joints of a shortish obconic form ; the se-
cond joint short ; the third nearly as long as the two following
taken together ; the last three joints incrassated, and fully as
broad as long ; the terminal joint is round, and as large as the
penultimate.

Thorax subquadrate, but little broader than long, emarginated in
front, and with the anterior angles rather prominent and some-
what acute ; the sides are indistinctly rounded, and the hinder
part is but little broader than the front ; the posterior margin
is distinctly bisinuated, and the posterior angles are nght
angles, or somewhat acute: the surface is moderately convex,
and there is a distinct impressed line running parallel with, and
close to, both the lateral and posterior margins.

Scutellum distinct, triangular.

Elytra soldered together, oblong, convex, rounded at the extre-
mity: the humeral angles nearly right angles, but somewhat
obtuse, and presenting a slightly concaye triangular surface m
front, against which the thoracic angles are applied.

Presternum rather contracted, pointed behind, and but little pro-
duced beyond the coxz of the anterior legs.

Abdomen with the penultimate segment very narrow in the antero-
posterior direction; the last segment semicircular and depressed,
or concave, in the middle.

Legs moderate ; the tibie straight, very little compressed, and but
slightly dilated at the apex: the four anterior tarsi dilated in
the male sex, the anterior pair distinctly so, the width of the
second or third joint being nearly equal to the length of the
four basal joints taken together ; the first and fourth joints are
small, the second and third equal or very nearly so; the three
basal joints only appear to be covered with the velyet-like sub-
stance beneath: the middle pair of tarsi are less distinctly di-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

34 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

“lated; the’ claw-joint of each tarsus is nearly equal in length

to the four basal joints taken together.

“Tn general appearance, in the structure of the head and of the
tarsi, the species of this genus approach very nearly to the mem-
‘Bers of Déjean’s genus Blapstinus; they have the legs however
rather longer, the thorax less distinctly transverse, and the elytra
‘more convex; these are moreover soldered together, and there
are no wings as in Blapstinus. Judging from the definitions of
the various genera of Pedinide, the present genus presents a
combination of characters not hitherto noticed... Those genera of
the family of which I possess examples in my own collection I
find are capable of being distinguished from each other by the
following characters, which it will be observed are not peculiar to
either sex, and are therefore preferable, as it appears to me, to
those which have hitherto been pointed out, and which are chiefly
derived from the vafiations in the structure of the tarsi of the
male.

1. Apterous; elytra soldered together at the suture.
A. Eye divided by the lateral ridge of the head.
a. Anterior tibize distinctly dilated at the apex.

a*. Antenne short, submoniliform............... Heliophilus.
a**, Antenne with the joints, most of them,
obconic.

a*1. Middle tibie dilated at the apex . Pedinus.
a* 2. Middle tibiz not dilated at the apex Jsocerus.
b. Anterior tibize not dilated at the apex ......... ee. Pedonewces,

®. Eye uncovered (not divided by the lateral ridge of the
head).

a. Clypeus truncated-or slightly rounded in front .... Platyscelis.
a*, Clypeus emarginated in front.

«* 4, Antennze distinctly incrassated at
the apex..... Soacasast Feces nieces Secs Eurynotus*.
a*2. Antenne with the terminal joints
oblong, not broader than the rest. Dendarus.
IT. Winged; elytra free.
A. Eye divided by the lateral ridge of the head......... ... Blapstinus.
b. Eye uncovered at the sides .........0 wilds Caabe nian cia Opatrinus.

+ The mentum in Lurynotus is distinctly trilobed, having a central prin-
cipal portion and two lateral wings; these wings or lateral lobes diverge as
they part from the base of the mentum and are acutely pointed at the ex-
tremity ; they are separated from the mesial lobe by a deep hollow on each

“side. ' In the great Indian species, which Dejean arranges under the head
‘ Platynotus, the same structure of mentum is observable as well as in Opa-
trinus; but the lateral lobes do not exist in Heliophilus, or at least they are
here exceedingly minute and curved inwards, as I have observed to be the
case in the mentum of Blaps; Dendarus appears to agree with Heliophilus
in this respect. Platynotus of Dejean must undoubtedly be placed near to

from the Galapagos Islands. 35

Pedoneces galapagoensis. Ped. ater, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque
nigro-piceis ; capite thoraceque confertim punctulatis; elytris
subsulcato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis punctis minutissimis
adspersis.— Long. corp. 3 lin.; lat. 14 lin.

Var. (3. Elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis convexioribus, quarto
et sexto elevatis, subcostatis.

This species has the general form of the P. costatus, but the
thorax is rather longer m proportion ; here the interstices of the
strize of the elytra are simply convex, and do not form narrow
ridges as in P. costatus. The legs have mmute yellow spiny hairs
as in that species, and on the under surface of all the femora isa
small brush of yellow hairs.

Pedoneces costatus. Ped. uiger, parum nitidus ; antennis pedibusque
rufo-piceis ; corpore oblongo, convexo; capite crebre punctato ;
thorace confertim punctato, punctis longitudinaliter confiuentibus ;
elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis subcarinatis, alternis elevati-
oribus, costatis.—Long. corp. 22 lin. ; lat. 1 lia.

This species, which is from James’ Island, is easily distin-
guished from the Ped. galapagoensis by the sharp keel-like ridges
formed by the alternate interstices of the striz of the elytra, and
by the narrowness of the other interstices : the thorax, moreover,
is more strongly and more thickly punctured, and the punctures
are oblong, and the greater portion of them are confluent, join-
ing each other in such a way as to leave little, narrow, irregularly
longitudinal ridges for the interspaces. The thorax is rather
broader than long, subquadrate, the sides but shghtly rounded,
and indistinctly smuated near the posterior angle, which is nearly
a right angle ; the posterior margin is sinuated, presenting a con-
vex outline in the middle, and a slightly concave emargination on
either side near the angles. The elytra are scarcely broader than
the thorax, of an oblong form, but little broader in the middle
than at the base, and at “the apex they are rounded. The legs,
which, like the antenne, are of a pitchy colour, have very small
spiny yellowish hairs, and these become more dense and rather
longer on the under side of the middle part of the hinder femora.
The three terminal joints of the antennz are pitchy-red. The
body is distinctly punctured beneath throughout.

Eurynotus. In two species of Platynolus before me (one of which appears
to be the P. gigas) I find the scutellum is scarcely to be seen, whilst in Lu-
- rynotus it is distinct ; this, combined with the sinuated sides to the thorax of
the former, and the thorax being broadest behind in the Eurynotus, will help
to distinguish the two genera. I may add, the mesial lobe of the mentum
is distinctly emarginated in Platynotus and truncated in Eurynotus: the
structure of the tarsi and antennz also differ in these genera.

D2

36 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse.on Coleopterous Insects

Pedoneces pubescens., Ped. oblongo-ovyatus, supra modice convexus ;
piceo-niger, pilis breyissimis, adpressis, fuscis, obsitus; antennis
pedibusque piceis; capite thoraceque creberrime punctulatis ;
elytris punctato-striatis, striis non pilosis, interstitils convexis.—
Long. corp. 3} lin.

The thorax is rather broader than long, has the sides slightly
rounded, the anterior margin rather narrower than the posterior,
the hinder angles right angles : the elytra are of an oblong form,
scarcely broader in the middle than elsewhere, and very little
broader than the thorax ; the pale brownish mimute hairs have a
tendency to a linear arrangement, and are confined to the im-
terstices of the strize, which ‘under a strong lens have a coriaceous
appearance ; the punctures of the ‘strize are by no means deep,
and distinctly separated ‘from each other.

Mr. Darwin found this species under stones on a hill in Chat-
ham Island in the month of September.

Section XYLOPHAGI, Latreille.
Genus Apate, Fabricias

In Mr. Darwin’s collection are three specimens of a species of
this genus which are about equal in size to the Apate capucimnus
of authors, but differ m being of a black or pitchy-black colour,
in having the elytra more convex in the transverse direction, with
the punctures rather less deep and more distinctly separated ;
the hinder portion is obliquely truncated, but descends more sud-
denly than in <4: capucinus, and-each elytr on is somewhat humped
towards the’apex:' the upper surface of the thorax is covered
with ‘smal flattened, polished tubercles which are extremely close
together ; the fore-part is covered with angular or acutely pointed
tubercles of large size, and is produced into two largeish conical
protuberances, the points of which are bent downwards.and oyer-
hang the head; these protuberances. are not only’covered with
tubercles, but have numerous pale hairs * : the mesial portion of
the head, between the eyes, is smooth and polished ; the anterior
part is rough; the under parts are clothed with whitish hairs. I
have an insect, in my own collection froma part. of the world which
is, much better, known (Colombia), and which is undoubtedly the
same -species. as the Galapagos insect... From the wide range
which it has, it: is no doubt knowm and described.

The«specimens: above referred to were found by Mr. Darwin
in the branches ofa dead Mimosa tree*in Chatham Island, and
that gentleman:states m his notes that the whole knee, of ‘the
bough was perforated by them.

* These protuberances are less developed than in the 4pate cornuta,

from the Galapagos Islands. 37

Section RHYNCOPHORA.
Family ANTHRIBIDZ.
Ormiscus *, nov. gen.

Rostrum very short, transverse, truncated in. front ; the mandi-
bles rather prominent and sharply pointed. ,

Head shorter than broad, its vertex on the same plane with the
rostrum.

Eyes large, prominent, converging in front, and contracting the
forehead to about-half the width of the head; emarginated

SICIOW. . ff

Antenne springing froma little round cayity immediately beneath
the eye ; if extended backwards they would reach the posterior
margin of the thorax, or extend perhaps slightly beyond that
part; the joints most of them slender ; the first jomt nearly
hidden ; the second thicker than the following six joints, and
nearly globose; the third joimt slender and the longest, but
shorter than the two following joints taken together ; the fourth
to the eighth inclusive obconic, becoming successively shorter ;
the three terminal joints dilated, closely joimed, and together
forming an ovate club.

Thorax rather broader than long ; contracted, and subtruncated
in front, broadest near the posterior margin, and convex imthe
transverse direction; with an obtuse ridge at’ the side, but.con-
fined to the hinder part, anda curved transverse ridge behind ;
this ridge is very distinet;;)in the mesial line of the: thorax it
nearly touches the hinder margin, but from that part at ascends
as it runs outwards, so that it is somewhat distant from the
posterior angle; the hinder margin straight, and the posterior
angles right angles.

Scutellum very small. |

Elytra rather broader than the thorax; short, subcylmdrical,
rounded at the apex, and with the humeral angles obtuse:

Legs moderate ; tarsi as long as the: tibie ; theifirst:and fourth
joints long and nearly equal ; the second and third rdtlier short,
the latter distinctly bilobed at the extremity; the lobes:equal.

Ormiscus variegatus. Orm. ater flayvescenti-tomentosus ; capite tho-
raceque rugosis ; elytris eneo-micantibus, indistincte punctato-
striatis) pube alba; ‘flava et fusca variegatis ;/ posti¢e- macula fusea
communi cordifermiz>singulo prope medium fascia obliqua ornato ;
antenyis articulis basalibus ad basin, tibiisque flavescentibus ; ferno-
ribus piceis, ad basin pallidioribus.—Long. corp. 1 lin.

Var. f.: Elytris rufescentibus, marginibus maculaque transyersa prope
medium nigrescentibus.

* ‘Opuioxos, a small necklace, a collar. The little insect here described
has a curved ridge crossing the back part of the thorax, a character not
peculiar to it, but which is more distinct here than in most others of the
Anthribide.

33 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

Amongst the numerous genera of Anthribide detined by Schon-
herr, I have found none presenting the combination of characters
which are above pointed out. Ormiscus approaches most nearly
perhaps to Areocerus, but may be distinguished by the different
form of the eyes, which have the long diameter considerably
greater than the transverse, and are much narrower in front than
behind; the position of the antennz is also different, and ‘the
form of the jomts, which are shortér}'and especially the form of
the club, which is considerably shorter, and has not the joints
distinctly separated.

The «neous tint of the elytra is only seen in parts where the
pubescence has apparently been rubbed off: at the base of each
elytron near the seutellum is a slight hump, which, wantmg the
pubescence, always presents a dark hue ; on the outer side of this
is an oblong patch of a pale yellowish colour, and this is not due
to the colour of the pubescence only, for the elytron itself ap-
pears to be pale at this part: in the middle is a broad brownish
band, which as.it parts from the suture to the outer margin
slightly descends: on the outer margin is a broad dusky patch,
and there is a brownish heart-shaped spot on the suture, about
midway between the central fascia and the apex of the elytra:
the tibiz are somewhat dusky at the apex.

Mr. Darwin found this imsect amongst others when sweeping
the herbage in the high central parts of Charles’ Island, in the
month of October.

Family OrroRHYNCHID2.

Otiorhynchus cuneiformis. Ot. ater, fusco-cinereo-squamosus, setis
brevibus adspersis; antennis pedibusque piceis.

Caput breve subconvexum, fronte longitudinaliter rugosa; oculi fere
globosi: rostrum capite vix longius sed angustius, apice modice
dilatatum, supra fere planum longitudinaliter rngosum. Antennz
mediocres, funiculo articulis primo et secundo subeequalibus ;
clava breviter ovata, apice acuminata. ‘Thorax que longus ac
latus, subcylindricus, apice truncatus, angustior, lateribus pone
medium parum amphiatis; basi leviter bisinuatus ; supra rugosus.
Scutellum apice rotundatum. Elytra oblongo-subovata, antice tho-

‘ racis basi haud latiora, supra convexa, lateribus, pone medium am-
pliata, apicem versus, subacuminata, ad apicem,rotundata ; rude
punctato-striata, interstitis parum elevatis impunctatis, seriatim
setosis. Pedes mediocres.—Long. corp. 2# lin. ; lat, 14 Iin.

This insect is so thickly clothed with mud-coloured scales that
it is difficult to see the sculpturmg. It is considerably smaller
than the Otiorhynchus raucus, and the elytra bemg_ broadest
rather behind the middle, the thorax but little rounded at the
sides, and narrower in front than behind, where it is equal m
width to the base of the elytra, gives to the general outlme a

from the Galapagos Islands. 39

wedge-form, or at least an approach. It departs from other spe-
cies of the genus in haying the lateral processes of the rostrum,
forming the lower boundary of the groove for the antenne, rather
less prominent, the eyes more conyex, and the antenne shorter.
It is not without considerable hesitation that I place this msect
in the genus Otiorhynchus.

From Charles’ Island. Found in sweeping the herbage in the
high central parts of the island.

Family ErrRuINIDZ. | Poa oe 5 pa nas 3
Genus Anchonus, Schonh.
29000

Anchonus galapegoensis. Anch. subovatus, niger, opacus; .rostro,
basi constricto, rugoso-punctato ; thorace fere cylindrico sed intra.
apicem distincte constricto, antice truncato, postice sub -bisinuato, -
rugoso-punctato, setis fuscis adsperso; elytris seriatim punctatis
interstitiis tuberculis magnis, oblongis, dense fusco-setosis, obsitis ;
corpore subtus punctis magnis adspersis; antennis tarsisque pi-
ceis.—Long. corp. preter rostrum 24—2# lin. ; lat. 1 lin.

From James’ Island.

The thorax is narrower than usual in this species, beimg less
dilated in the middle ; its sides are nearly parallel, but in front
it is rather suddenly constricted, and immediately. behind the
constricted portion the thorax is sometimes a trifle_broader than
elsewhere : the punctures in the thorax are very large and coarse,
and close together, the interspaces bemg mere ridges. The elytra
are nearly ovate, but the sides in the raider nice an approach
to parallelism ; they are strongly punctured, and the punctures
are arranged in rows, and for the most part distinctly separated’
from each other; the interspaces between the rows of punctures
are impunctate, but present very narrow tubercles, and these are
rather widely separated on the fore-part of each elytron, but on
the apical portion they are longer and nearer together, and here
the interstices are somewhat convex; on the third, fifth and
seventh interspace the tubercles are rather more developed than
on the intermediate interspaces ; these tubercles are provided with
largeish semi-erect setiform scales, and these are of a brownish
yellow colour; similar scales are scattered in other parts, and
sometimes the whole surface of the thorax and elytra is covered
with a brownish substance, of the nature of which I cannot
satisfy myself.

Section CYCLICA.
Family Haxricip2.

Haltica galapagoensis. Hal. znea, antennis pedibusque testaceis ;
corpore oblongo-ovato, valde conyexo ; thorace postice transversim

40 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on.some Coleopterous Insects.

impresso ; elytris punctatis, punctis subseriatim depositis.—Long.

corp. % lin. =

From Charles’ Island. Procured by sweeping the herbage on
the high central parts of the island im the month of October.

This little insect somewhat resembles the Haltica\(Podagriea)
erata, but has the body rather more convex in the transverse di-
réction, the thorax broader, and the antenne shorter and stouter ;
when extended backwards they scarcely reach the middle of the
elytra. The thorax is transversely grooved ‘behind, as in the ge-
nera' Graptodera, Crepidodera, &e.; but it has not the small pos-
terior longitudinal imdentations which we observe at the extre-
mities of the transverse groove in the latter genus, and in the
structure‘of the antenne and tarsi it differsfrom both. The tarsi
are forméd! as in Halticw rustica, auct. (Mantura of Stephens),
but the joints of the antenn are shorter ; the basal jomt 1s long
and stout; the second and eight followig jomts scarcely differ in
length, but they very indistinctly increase in width towards the
apex of the antennz ; the second joit is nearly ovate; the third,
fourth, fifth and sixth are of a very short obconie form, and the
rest nearly globose, with the exception of the last, which is longer
than the preceding, and acuminated at the apex: the tarsi are
short ; the first’ joint very large and broad ; the second rather less
than the third, and nearly triangular ; the third cordiform, and the
fourth scarcely equal in length to the preceding two jomts taken
together. The eyes are lateral, moderately prominent. ‘The thorax
is narrower than the elytra, broader than long, and very convex
in the transverse, direction ; it is truncated behind, and slightly
rounded and produced over the head in front: the posterior
angles are very obtuse; the surface impunctate: on the hinder
part is a very distinct transverse impression which does not ex-
tend quite to the sides. ‘The elytra are of an oblong-ovate form,
and distinctly punctured above ; the punctures show a tendency
to arrange themselves in lines: each elytron is obtusely rounded
at the apex. The upper surface of the insect is glossy and of a
greenish brass colour: the legs and antennz are testaceous, but
the three or four terminal joints of the latter are somewhat
dusky.

Of the various genera and subgenera of Halticide which have
been characterized, | know none in which it can be placed; its
nearest affinities appear to me to be with Mantura; but the an-
tenn are less incrassated at the apex, and on the other hand, as
T have before stated, the basal jomts are shorter and_stouter ;
it moreover has a transverse groove to the thorax not found in
that genus, and wants the longitudinal impressions on the hinder
part, which all the species of Mantura which have come under
my notice present.

M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucia and Corbis. 41

Section TRIMERA.
Family CoccINELLIDA,.

Scymnus Galapagoensis. Scym. ater, pubescens ; capite piceo; tho-
race utrinque flavo; elytris pallide testaceis, indistinctissime punc-
tulatis ; sutura, margine anteriore, fascia valde flexuosa, maculisque
duabus subapicalibus, nigris ; antennis pedibusque flayis.—Long.
corp. $lin.

From James’ Island.

This species is about equal in size to the Se. minimus ; its form
is rather more elongated and less convex than im that insect. The
suture of the elytra is black; the black forms a broad mark at
the base, but becomes very narrow towards the tip of the elytra ;
the outer margin of each elytron is narrowly edged with black, but
on the anterior third the dark colour is suddenly expanded, and
forms a broadish mark which extends to the humeral angle, and
there meets a broad transverse black mark which crosses the base
of the elytra: about the middle of the elytron is a narrow black
fascia, which as it parts from the suture descends, about the
middle is suddenly bent upwards so as to become longitudinal,
and then again descends obliquely outwards and nearly reaches
the outer margin: behind this central band is an obhque black
spot.

V1.—Ona the Organization of the Lucine and of Corbis.
By Mi:A. VaLenciEnneEs*.

Tose anatomists who have been engaged in the study of the
Acephalous Mollusca, that numerous class of animals related to
the oysters, mussels, &c., regard as one of the constant characters
of these creatures, that the respiratory organ fixed on each side
of the body under the folds of the mantle is composed. of two
pairs of branchial leaflets, 2. e. that under the common covering
of the body there are four branchize arranged symmetrically on
each side of the visceral mass.

These branchiz are m some pectinated, or composed of small,
straight and triangular lamine arranged close together; the
oysters, scallops, and the Spondyli present examples of this general
structure, which calls to mind that of the branchiz of almost all
the osseous fish. In other Acephalous Mollusca the pectinated
lamelle are connected by numerous transversal ridges which im-
part more consistence to the branchial leaflet and render it more
dense ; the Anodonta, so common in all our fresh waters, offer,
with a large number of other Acephala, examples of this struc-
ture; a confirmation which is seldom met with in fish, for Xiphias
is the only one in which I have observed this arrangement,

* From the Comptes Rendus, June 9th, 1845.

42 M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis.

However, whatever be the organization of the branchize of Mol-
lusca, it is admitted and established by malacologists, that all
the Acephala have four branchial leaflets. This general rule has
hitherto been based on the study of several hundred animals of
this class.

Between the leaflets and near one of the extremities, called the
anterior one, is the mouth, a round aperture terminating imme-
diately in the esophagus, without any hard organ for the masti-
cation, and without any external lingual tubercle; it is sur-
rounded by small folds which bear the name of lips, and which
are frequently ornamented with appendages or plaited filaments,
varying somewhat according to the genera. Beyond the lips and
on each side of the body there are two small triangular processes
traversed by numerous ridges, which give to these organs an ap-
pearance of branchial lamella); they are called the labial palpi.

I have called attention to these external appearances of the
Acephalous Mollusca to render more intelligible what Iam about
to describe. I have now to communicate to the Academy an ob-
servation opposed to the general rule of the four branchial lamin.
The family of the Lucine is composed of mollusca which have
only a single branchial leaflet on each side of the visceral mass
and of the foot. This single branchia resembles that of the Ano-
donta; it is large, thick, and formed of pectinated and anastomo-
sing lamelle. I first noticed this smgular fact on Lucina jamai-
censis. Surprised at. this peculiarity, which I found to be con-
stant in all the individuals in the collection of the Muséum
@ Histoire Naturelle, I was immediately induced to ascertain
whether this difference occurred in other species of Lucina or in
animals) allied to them. I observed the same conformation ina
mollusk which had for a long time, been placed among the Ve-
nuses, which Lamarek and his followers arranged im the genus
Cytherea, but which I have been led to place near to Lucina from
the insertion and nature of the ligament of the two valves; I
mean the Venus tigerina of Linneus. My previsions have there-
fore been verified in this respect, for the far more important cha-
racter of the unity of the branchial leaflet leaves not the least.
doubt respecting the affinity of the two mollusca, which moreover
resemble each other in several other details of their organization,
although the shells differ widely with the exception of the liga.
ment.

A third species well-known to conchologists, Lucina colum-
bella, Lam., from the seas of Senegal, has likewise but one single
branchial leaflet on each side of the foot. And lastly, a small
species very abundant on all the sandy coasts of the Mediterra-
nean, Lucina lactea, Lam., which Poli formed into a new genus
under the name of Loripes, has also only one branchial lamina.

But this is not all. In the Polynesian Archipelagos an ace-

M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis. 43

phalous mollusk occurs, whose elegant shell, for a long time rare
and consequently sought for in collections, is well-known. Lin-
neus called it Venus Corbis; Lamarck arranged it among the
Lucine. Cuvier founded a genus with this species which pre-
sents indeed very striking characters; he left it near Lweina, as
Lamarck ‘had previously done. I have been so fortunate as to
meet with an animal of this species in a state of excellent pre-
servation among the collections made at the Friendly Islands by
M. Quoy, and which that zoologist has not had time to study ;
at least he has not spoken of it in the account of the voyage of
the Astrolabe. This mollusk has likewise only a single branchia
on each side of the visceral mass, and I have confirmed this same
conformation on a second idividual brought from the Feejee
Islands. However, the structure of its non-perforated foot di-
stinguishes it from the animals of Lweina.

From a sole comparison of the shells, it was thought that the
Unguline offered some relations with the Lucine. We are ac-
quainted with the mollusk of this genus from the excellent
anatomical descriptions made and published by M. Duvernoy.
As this anatomist found four branchial lamine, it is impossible
any longer to admit of an approximation between the Unguline
and the Lucine. My investigations confirm the relations poimted
out between the Unguline and Mytilacea.

It results, therefore, from the observation made by me, that
the Lucine and Corbis differ from all the Acephalous Mollusea by
a very prominent character, viz. that they possess only a single
branchia on each side of the foot and viscera.

Since I have confirmed this fact on animals inhabiting the
Mediterranean, the coasts of Africa, the Antilles, as well as the
seas of Brazil and of the Indies, we are led to admit it as a ge-
neral fact in the animals of this family ; it cannot be regarded as
a simple exception, which might have been the case had it been
observed only on a single individual or on a single species of
Enicina.

This great exception is not the’ only one which the Lucine
present: the aperture of the mouth is very small, surrounded by
tivo weak and thin folds of the skin, which require the greatest
attention to be seen; they are the rudiments of lips.

But what is most remarkable is, that the labial palpi are all
four wanting. There may possibly be traces of them in the
animal of Corbis.

Poli has given a very excellent figure of his Loripes, or of
Eucina lactea. Yt will be seen from it that he was entirely pre-
occupied in his investigation with the singularity of the foot of
the animal, for he has represented the branchie situated to the
right ‘and left of the viscera, without noticing the very remark-
able exception in the number of the lamine. As M. Cuvier has

44 M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis.

only mentioned Loripes in order to verify the observations of the
Neapolitan anatomist respecting the foot of this mollusk, it may
be conceived why he has not pointed out the absence of one pair
of branchie. I must however add, that the Lucina lactea, ex-
amined by these expert zoologists, is a very minute mollusk of
one to two centimetres in diameter, while I haye been. able to
examine Lucine from five to, six centimetres in diameter; the
observation was therefore easy to make ; and when once I had as-
certained the possibility of the existence of one single branchial
lamina in Lucina jamaicensis and L. tigerina, 1 could readily de+
tect the same organization in the smallest mdividuals of Lucma
lactea from the Mediterranean.

The conformation of the foot of these mollusks, which had at-
tracted the attention of Poli, is very remarkable ; but this anato-
mist has not given a very complete description of it, which it
nevertheless deserves. This foot is a fleshy cylinder folded back
on itself so as to be hidden between, the plates of the mantle of
the mollusk, for it is frequently twice as long as the diameter of
the animal. When not contracted it is much longer. It is re-
markable that it is hollow throughout its entire length, and that
this tube opens directly and widely into the spaces of the visceral
cavity. I have verified this fact by followmg the canal in its en-
tire length either by cutting it open or by injection, when the
spaces of the visceral mass became filled, and I also thought I
could perceive traces of injected vessels... This result: wall not
appear surprising if we call to mind the observations: which
M. Milne Edwards and I have communicated to the Academy on
the circulation in Mollusca, and on the large communications ex-
isting between the visceral cavity and the sanguiniferous vessels
of the Acephala. But there is a new fact here deserving of
especial attention, from its importance for the physiology of Mol-
lusca; itis, that the imner cayities contammg the blood are
placed by means of the canal of the foot in Lucia im free com-
munication with the. surrounding element. The heart and the
other viscera which I was able to observe of these animals, pre-
served in spirit, did not appear to offer anything remarkable.

[It is to be regretted that:M. Valenciennes has. not accompanied
his notice of the smgle gill dmeach: side of thesLucina with some

account of its structures: from -the »statement that’ it isdange, thick,!

and formed of pectinated and anastombsingtamelle, it may agree-essen=)
tially with the apparently single gill-ini the genera Pholadomy« and
Anatina, described by Prof. Owen in his.‘ Lectures’.on: the _Inver-.
tebrata,’ 1843, p. 283, where the exception to: the -ordmary strac-
ture and number of the gills m the Lamellibranchiate Acephala is
distinctly pointed out as follows :—

«« ‘The two branchial lamellz of one side are usually connected with
those of the opposite side by their posterior extremities only; but

-

Bibliographical Notices. 45

sometimes the union is more extensive. In a few genera, as Anatine
and Pholadomya, the two lamelle of the same side are so united as to
appear like a single gill. In the Pholadomya it forms a thick oblong
mass, finely plicated transversely, attenuated at both extremities,
slightly bifid at the posterior one. A line traverses longitudinally the
middle of the external surface, which has no other trace of division.
The branchiz on each side adhere to the mantle by the whole of their
dorsal margin, and are united together where they extend beyond the
visceral mass, being separated, by the interposition of that mass,
along their anterior two-thirds. A narrow groove extends along the
free anterior margins of each gill. When the inner side of this appa-
rently simple gillis examined, it is Seen to be divided into three longi-
tudinal channels, by two ridges, containing the vascular trunks and
nerves of the gills. -.A style passed from the éxcretory siphon; behind
the conjoined extremities of the branchig, enters,the dorsal channel,
from which the excretory respiratory currents are discharged: the
middie channel is characterized by an orifice which conducts into the
cavity of the gill, where the ova are hatched: the third channel forms
the inner or mesial surface of the gill, which is not otherwise divided.”
—Ep. Ann. Nai. Hist.}

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Genera of Birds. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S., illustrated by D. W.
Mitchell, B.A., F.L.S. Imperial 4to. | Parts 1—14.

Ir is now nearly twenty years since any naturalist has attempted to
give a complete synopsis of the species of birds. The accessions to
our knowledge during the interval have been very great; and the
progress which has been made in elucidating the characters and im-
proving the classification of the species previously known, is no less
remarkable. The facts thus elicited were however scattered through
rare and costly publications, many of which, especially the volumi-
nous Transactions of foreign Societies, are almost inaccessible to the
working naturalist, who will therefore hail with gratitude the work
before us, which supplies him with a ready index to the whole sub-
ject of ornithology. Mr. Gray’s position in the British Museum has
given him peculiar facilities for perfecting his laborious undertaking,
which requires a constant and ready access to books and specimens.
The classification which he has adopted is for the most part con-
sistent with natural affinities, though-some of the groups, Pachyce-
phaline for instance, consist of rather incongruous materials. Really
natural groups are generally confined within certain geographical
limits, and when we see an assemblage either of species or of genera
from remote parts of the world brought together to form a superior
group, there is often reason to suspect that their supposed affinities
are apparent rather than real.

The definition of families and genera is one of the most difficult
duties of the naturalist, and he is often unable so to generalize the
characters of groups as to satisfy the logician. We frequently see a
species connected by the closest affinity to others, yet differing from
them in the verypoints in which the latter mutually agree, so that

46 Bibliographical Notices.

it is impossible to draw up a definition which shall embrace the whole,
without qualifying it with such terms as ‘‘ generally,” “‘ more or less,”
‘‘except,” &c: Mr. Gray has overcome these difficulties by care and
judgement, and has given us very full generalizations of generic cha»
racters, though these would have been more useful if the diagnostic
portion of them were printed in a different type, or otherwise sepa-
rated from the general mass. Another important feature in the work
is the condensation of superfluous genera, which are daily manu-
factured by scores on trivial or imaginary characters, and which Mr.
Gray has used a sound discretion in reducing within reasonable limits.

In regard to species, the author has only been able to give a full
list of them under each genus, accompanied by their chief synonyms
and references to the principal works where they are figured or de-
scribed. To have annexed their specific characters would have ex-
tended the work fourfold and consumed years of valuable time: The
localities might however have been mentioned. with advantage, and
the specific characters of the new species which are occasionally in-
troduced ought to have been added. In other respects the student
is guided at once to the best sources of information, while the rigid
impartiality with which the rule of priority is enforced supplies him
with a nomenclature which seems likely to be permanent.

In the illustrative plates the essential characters of every genus are
admirably displayed, and im each subfamily a coloured plate of some
new or unfigured species is introduced. This portion of the work is
beautifully executed by Mr. Mitchell, who has entered fully into the
spirit of that improved style of delineation first introduced into or-
nithology by Mr. and Mrs. Gould’s unrivalled pencils.. Mr. Mitchell
has been the first to apply the art of /ithotint to the illustration of
zoological subjects, and in representing that wonderfully organized
structure, the plumage of birds, we are inclined to prefer it to any
other method, as attaining the happy medium. between the hardness
of line-engraving and the indistinctness of common lithography.
Indeed in respect both of drawing and colouring, it would be scarcely
possible to produce more perfect copies of nature than some of these
plates exhibit. ‘The only defect which we have noticed is the ocea-
sionally too abrupt transition of the leg into the body in some of the
ficures, that of Hsacus and Syrrhaptes for instance.

It will be evident to the practical zoologist that this beautiful and
elaborate work will tend greatly to advance our knowledge of orni-
thology, and that no public or private museum can be scientifically
arranged without its aid.

Descriptiones Animalium que in itinere ad Maris Australis terras per
annos 1772-74 suscepto collegit J. R. Forster, nunc demum edite
curante H. Lichtenstein. Svo. Berlin, 1844. Pp. 424.

Professor Lichtenstein has conferred a boon on literature and sci-
ence by rescuing from oblivion these original observations of a pro-
found and learned naturalist. John Reinhold Forster is well-known
as the companion of Cook in his second voyage round the world,
but by various mischances these memoranda of the valuable additions
which he made to natural history have remained in MS. for seventy

Bibliographical Notices. A7

years, and only obscure and imperfect notices of his zoological dis-
coveries have hitherto seen the light. The drawings of animals
made by his son George have met with nearly the same neglect as
the text to which they refer; having remained unpublished to the
present time in the archives of the British Museum. Schneider in-
deed, in his edition of Bloch’s Fishes, introduced some of the mate-
rials of Forster’s MSS., and Latham founded many of his species of
birds on the specimens and drawings brought home by the two
Forsters. The descriptions of Latham were however generally vague
and insufficient, so that it is often difficult to determine the precise
species or even genus to which they refer, and the exact descriptions
and measurements now furnished us by this work of Forster’s will
therefore be of the utmost use in identifying many obscure species,
especially those of the little-known islands of the Pacific. It is in-
deed much to be regretted that the work before us was not published
at the time that it was written, as it would then have supplied the com-
pilations of Gmelin and Latham with materials of the highest value,
while Forster would have had the credit due to his labours, and the
scientific names which he proposed would have been generally
adopted. But by publishing the work at the present time, nearly all
Forster’s specific names have lost their right of priority and must
take their rank as synonyms. Yet in spite of this inconvenience, the
work comes “ better late than never ;” it will remain a monument of
Forster's accuracy of observation and high attainments as a natu-
ralist ; and though the majority of the animals described were pre-
viously known from other works, yet some, especially of the Inver-
tebrata, appear to be now first described, while the most important
additional light is thrown upon others.

This volume is in fact the Zoological Appendix to ‘ Cook’s Second
Voyage,’ and is also a valuable accompaniment to the ‘ Observations
made during a Voyage round the World,’ which Forster published
in 1778, and to the ‘ Journal of the Voyage’ which his son edited.
Some portions of it are in the form of a diary, narrating the events
of the expedition, but the greater part is occupied with minute de-
scriptions of the animals collected or observed. Professor Lichten-
stein deserves great praise for the strictness with which he has ad-
hered to Forster’s text, and for his valuable notes on the synonymy of
the species described. In the latter department he has been aided by
Erichson, who has identified many of the insects described by Forster.

We may hope that this publication may draw attention to the
drawings of the younger Forster, now in the British Museum. It is
much to be wished that a selection of such of these drawings as are
of the greatest interest to science were engraved and published.
Their importance is shown by the fact that foreign zoologists have
on several occasions made pilgrimages to London to inspect these
designs, and have quoted them as the authorities on which specific
distinctions have been founded. The first step towards this object
would be to publish an exact catalogue of Forster’s drawings, distin-
guishing under each design the name which has been given to the
species by Schneider, Latham, Forster, and the modern zoologists
respectively.

48 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. .
January 14, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting a number of Birds from China,
being the first collection forwarded from Amoy to this country.
He described the following new species :—

Corvus pastinaTor. Cor. plumis ptilose saturate purpurascente-
nigris ; caudd virescenti; scapulariis tectricibusque caude maculd
semilunari nigrd ad apices ornatis ; rostro tarsisque nigris.

The entire plumage deep shining purplish black or plum-colour,
glossed with a greenish hue on the tail-feathers ; the scapularies and
upper tail- coverts with an obscure crescent- shaped mark of black at
the tip; bill and feet shining perk:

Total length 18 inches ; bill, 23 ; wing, 12; tail, 7 ; tarsi, 21; mid-
dle toe and Dee 22.

Hab. Chusan.

Remark.—This species is closely allied to the Rook of Europe, but
differs from it in the hue of the plumage, which is of a beautiful pur-
ple or plum-colour where the European bird is green; the bill is also
straighter and the face much less denuded, the fleshy base of the
nostrils being the only part destitute of feathers ; the feet and claws
are also larger.

Mercus ortentaLis. Mer. (Foem.) capite cristd colloque rubi-
ginoso-rubris ; mento albo ; corpore superiore, cauda, alis, lateri-
busque griseis ; primartis ferrugineo-nigris ; secundariis albis ;
corpore inferiore pallide cervino ; tectricibus caude albidis.

Female.—Head, neck and crest dark rust-red ; chin white ; all the
upper surface, wings, tail and flanks grey; primaries brownish
black ; secondaries pure white; under surface cream-colour, fading
into white on the under tail-coverts.

Total length 23 inches; bill, 25; wing, 92; tail, 5; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Amoy.

Remark.—Nearly allied to the Goosander of Europe, but smaller
in size and more delicate in colour than that bird. I believe a male
of this bird is in the British Museum; the female is in my own col-
lection, and-is the only one I have seen. The specimen in the Mu-
seum assimilates as closely to the male of the European bird as the
one here described does to the female.

Pica serica. LP. capite, collo, pectore et tectricibus caude saturate
nigris ; tectricibus alarum cinereo-ceruleis, ventre et scapulariis
albis ; cauda metallicé nigro-viridi ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Head, throat, chest, upper part of the back, upper and under tail-

coverts deep black; secondaries and greater wing-coverts shining
steel-blue ; spurious wing and edges of the base of the outer webs of
the primaries shining deep green ; inner webs of the primaries white ;
the tips of the primaries and the margins of the inner webs for a
short distance from the tip black; scapularies and belly pure white ;
tail greenish black, with bronze reflexions ; bill and feet black.

Zoological Society. 49

Total length about 19 inches; bill, 2; wing, 8; tail about 12;
tarsi, 2},

Hab. Amoy.

Closely allied to the common Magpie, but differs in the wings being
blue instead of green, in the rather less extent of the white, and in
having a longer bill and much longer tarsi,

Mr. Gould also exhibited to the Meeting a small species of Mam-
mal, which he characterized as

Dromicra concinna. Drom. macula nigra ante oculos ; corpore
superne et parte exteriore crurum pallide bruaneis ; crurum parte
interiore et corpore subtis distincte albis,

Before the eye a mark of black ; all the upper surface, the outer
side of the limbs and the tail, pale sandy brown; all the under sur-
face and the inner side of the limbs white ; the two colours distinctly
separated, or not blending into each other.

Tieaeeh of the head and body, 33 inches; of the tail, 31; of the
ear, 4.

Hab. Western Australia.

Very nearly allied to the Dromicia of Van Diemen’s Land, but
distinguished from that animal by its much smaller size, by the di-
stinct separation of the colours of the upper and under surface, and
by the absence of any enlargement at the base of the tail.

Also a new Grallatorial bird, which he named

Furica austrauis. ul. capite colloque nigris ; superne griseo-
nigro, subtis fuliginoso ; iridibus rubris ; vostro cinereo-ceruleo ;
verlice viridi-albo ; tarsis pedibusque griseis.

Head and neck black; all the upper.surface greyish black; under
surface sooty black; irides bright red; bill light bluish grey; crown
of the head greenish white ; legs and feet French grey.

Total length 14 inches; bill, 14; wing, 8; tail, 21; tarsi, 24.

Hab. Western Australia. :

‘‘ Descriptions of species of Bats collected in the Philippine Islands,
and presented to the Society by H, Cuming, Esq.’ . By G. R. Water-
house, Esq.

The following descriptions and notices, added to those given in
the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xii. p. 302, include all the species of the order
Cheiroptera collected by Mr. Cuming in the Philippine Islands; and
it is necessary to state, with regard to the descriptions alluded to,
that they are all drawn up from specimens preserved. in spirit; and
although every care has been taken to ascertain the true colouring
of the fur as nearly as possible by repeated examinations of the spe-
cimens, mounted as they were in clear spirits of wine, the colours
may not prove to be exactly as I have supposed.

The following table displays some of the more prominent charac-
ters of the species of Vespertilio (generally so difficult to determine)
about to be described :-—

Ann. § Mag. N, Hist. Vol. xvi. K

50 Zoological Society.

A. Wing-membrane extending to the distal end of tibia.
a. Ears moderate, or rather small, rounded ; tragus rather short,
rounded at the apex; heel-cartilage short.
a. 1. Nostrils separated by a moderately
wide space, and opening sublate-
rally... 22. 84 Esa .. Ll. Vesp. tristis.
a, 2. Nostrils with a narrow space be-
tween them (a distinct notch, how-
ever, in that space), and opening ’
almost ii‘front i075. 2ehe08 2. Vesp. Eschscholizii.

6. Ears large and pointed; tragus long, narrow and pointed ;
heel-cartilage long.

b. 1. Hind-foot very large.......... 3. Vesp. macrotarsus.
6.2. Hind-feot Smalt 2% oe esas: 4. Vesp. pellucidus.

B. Wing-membrane extending to base of toes.
a. Ears short, rounded at apex; tragus

short, subpoimted) =. .ctseeh -bo3 5. Vesp. Meyeni.
b. Ears large, pointed ; tragus long, at-
tenuated and pointed ........ 6. Vesp. rufo-pictus.

VesPErTILio TRisTis. Vesp. vellere molli, nigricanti-fuliginoso ;
auribus mediocribus, rotundatis ; tragis mediocribus arcuatis, apice
rotundatis ; rostro brevi obtuso ; alis angustis.

unc. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 2 5
CHU 25ers ee tes ete Peake ee eee
GNNOTECN os. setae ees ee eS Ze

QUITS <r ha sk S65 SL OES pret ae UE 0 32
Alarum amputdes 2.42 ss eka st eb n 8 ee 13 0

The fur is dense in this species, but not long; dense fur extends
on to the head, and leaves but a small portion of the muzzle, which
is covered with shorter hair: the general colour is sooty black, and
the hairs appear to be uniform to the root; those on the belly are
slightly tinted with greyish at the point. The incisor teeth are

=. The forehead is much arched; the muzzle short and obtusely

rounded, very broad and hairy; the lower lip has a narrow trans-
verse naked area at the tip; the nostrils are sublateral, moderately
separated, and there is a slight depression between them. ‘The
ears are moderate, rounded, but with the upper, or anterior, margin
nearly straight; the tragus is curved, and rather obtusely rounded
at the point, about 23 lines in length, and 1? line in width. The
wings are rather narrow, and have the membranes black; they ex-
tend to the heel of the hind-foot, which has the metatarsus narrow
and long, the distance from the heel to the base of the toes exceeding
the toes in length; the toes are shortish and equal, the nails are also
short and but little curved; the heel-cartilage is short, bent back,
and not easily brought in a right angle with the tibia, as in many of
the species of the present genus. ‘The hind-legs are rather long;

Zoological Society. 51

the interfemoral membrane ample, naked above and below, excepting
quite at the base; the tail is enclosed to the point in this membrane ;
the thumb is moderate.

VespertiLio Escuscuourzi. Vesp. vellere longo fusco-nigricante,
corpore subtus pilis apicibus cinerascentibus ; artubus fuscis ; au-
ribus brevibus ; tragis angustis, ad apicem rotundatis, antic? emar-

ginatis.
une. lin
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin,... 2 O
CHRO Soa. srtin, Bye rs. ae mataca, WAG, ele, Ee
— iG ga AG el ola Laid al ieee Bie paid eh
WUNIS ieiad:. i al 2, DE ae ete 0 34
Alarumyamplitudo...... ....ayist seve FOO 12 0

Incisor teeth =, the outermost incisor of the upper jaw is smaller

than the inner one. ‘The forehead is much arched, and separated,
as it were, from the muzzle by a deep transverse depression; on each
side of the head is a naked groove, which runs over the eye. The
muzzle is short and rounded, naked at the tip only, the other parts
moderately well clothed with hairs: the nostrils open almost in front,
and are more than usually approximated; their upper boundary
is prominent, and there is a deep groove between them. On the
inner side of the upper lip are two small fleshy folds, and some com-
pressed tubercles situated toward the angle of the mouth; the lower
lip has a narrow triangular naked area at the tip. ‘The ears are
short, broad and rounded, but have the upper margin subtruncated;
on the inner side are two transverse ridges; the lower part of the
ear is extended forwards to the angle of the mouth. The tragus is
narrow, curved, rounded at the point, indistinctly emarginated on
the outer side, and about 22 lines in length. ‘The wings are rather
narrow, and extend along the hind-leg to the distal end of the tibia
only. The hind-legs are moderate ; the metatarsus narrow and long,
the distance from the heel to the base of the toes exceeding the toes
in length; the toes are rather short and nearly equal. ‘The inter-
femoral membrane is ample, naked, excepting at the base; the heel-
cartilage is short; the tail enclosed in the interfemoral membrane to
the point; the thumb is very small.

Of the species described in this paper, Vespertilio Hschscholtzii
approaches most nearly to the V. tristis; it is much smaller, how-
ever, than that animal, has the thumb smaller in proportion, and its
colouring is less dark. Among the species of M. Temminck’s Mo-
nograph our V. tristis most nearly resembles, in the form of its head
and ears, the V. dlepotis (pl. 58. fig. 2.); the V. Eschscholtzii (of
which Mr. Cuming brought home several specimens) is at least one-
third smaller.

VESPERTILIO MACROTARSUS. Vesp. supra cinereus, subtis albicans ;
auribus longis, anguslis, ad apicem acutis, postice fere rectis ;
trago elongato, atienuato, acuto; alis amplis fuscis, ad basin pal-
lidioribus,

E2

52 Zoological Society.

unc. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caudz basin.... 2 3
—_— ad basin auris .... O 5
——_——. caude ...... ge eead RIL 2h AO
——_—— _ antibrachii........ es RAL, GA 1192
——— pollicis). 0008. ie He SUE. O 382
—__——_ auris . tere Sivas Somes Sa a PD gi
pedis postici a calce ad apicem digiti O 6%
Alarum amplitudo Sate A iis eat 2 Salen ieee ll O

The fur on the back is apparently atubley grey next the skin, and
pale ashy grey externally, and on the under parts the hairs are grey

at the base and whitish at the point. The incisors are aS the

pair of incisors on either side of upper jaw nearly equal. The fore-
head is convex, and separated from the muzzle by a transverse de-
pression: the muzzle somewhat produced and pointed, the mesial
portion above and in front naked, the naked portion above extending
about two lines from the tip, and separated from the somewhat
swollen cheeks by a longitudinal groove on each side: between the
nostrils, which are widely separated and pierced almost laterally, is
a shallow groove. ‘The lips have small scattered hairs, excepting at
the tip, where they are naked; on the chin is a naked wart some-
what removed from the apex. ‘The ears are largeish and rather nar-
row, pointed, and have the hinder margin nearly straight. The
tragus is narrowish, attenuated, and pointed at the apex. The wings
are ample, and the membranes encroach on the back so as to reduce
the portion covered with fur to a narrow strip of about half an inch
in width ; they extend along the hind-leg to the heel only ; the thumb
is comparatively long; the “hind- foot very large, and having the toes
equal, excepting the outer one (according to “the natural position of
the foot, but the toe corresponding to the inner toe in most other
animals), which is rather shorter. The interfemoral membrane is
moderately ample, and does not extend quite to the tip of the tail,
a portion of about one line in length being free. ‘The heel-cartilage
is very long.

In the large size of the hind-foot the present species approaches
the V. Hasseletii of Temminck’s Monograph, but it does not appear
that that species has the wings encroaching on the back as in V. ma-
crotarsus; the ears are much larger, the thumb also larger, tail
longer, &c. The proportions, as compared with those of M. Tem-
minck’s V. macrodactylus and V. brachypterus, differ considerably,
though both these species have the hind-foot large; the larger ears,
longer thumb, and more ample wing will serve to distinguish it.

VESPERTILIO PELLUCIDUS. Vesp. vellere longo, pallidé rufo, cor-
pore subtis cinerascenti-albo ; alis fuscis, pellucidis ; auribus mag-
nis, apice acutis, postice emarginatis ; trago elongato, attenuato ;
rostro producto, depresso, subacuto.

unc. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 1 8
CONE te eer et US eee 1 94

Zoological Society. 53

une. lin,
Longitudo antibrachti..... 0.0. eee g.ahi alas kod
AUIS Dafa. Bittern by ereretscl sreihs Quvash
Alaram ain plitudo yg ois. .s:0)rias. 3 01gs IGM He 9.6

The fur in this animal is long, of a delicate pale rufous on the upper
parts of the body, but slightly tinted with grey next the skin; the
under parts are ashy white. ‘The incisor teeth are as usual =, the
two innermost of the upper jaw are widely separated, long-pointed,
and resemble‘canine teeth; the outer pair are very small. ‘The forehead
is considerably arched ; the muzzle produced, pointed and depressed,
and has a slight concavity above; the nostrils are widely separated,
pierced laterally, and have a slight depression between them; the tip
of the muzzle is naked. The lower lip has a small, smooth, naked
space at the tip. ‘The ears are of a very pale brown colour, large, trans-
parent, pointed, and strongly emarginated behind ; the tragus is very
long and slender (its length being about 42 lines, and width at the
base less than 1 line), and decreases gradually in width from the
base to the point; close to its root, externally, is a slightly promi-
nent angle. [he wings are large and supported by very delicate
and slender bones, very transparent, and extend slightly on to the
toe of the hind-foot. The hind-legs are long and slender; the foot
small ; the metatarsus shorter than the toes, which are slender and
very nearly equal, if we except the one to which the wing is slightly
attached, which is distinctly shorter than the rest. The imterfemo-
ral membrane is ample, and presents a few scattered hairs: the heel-
cartilage long. ‘he tail is long, and enclosed in the membrane to
the point ; the fourth vertebra from the base has much flesh about
it, which forms a small lump,—perhaps this is accidental. The
thumb is slender, but rather long.

This species is remarkable for having long and extremely slender
limbs, and for the transparency of its flying-membranes. I could
read this writing through the wing-membranes, moistened as they
were with the spirit, at a distance of more than a quarter of an inch.

VespertTitio Mryrnt. Vesp. intense rufescenti-fuscus, pilis ad
basin albescentibus ; corpore subtis cinereo lavato; brachiis ru-
fescentibus ; rostro brevi, obtuso ; auribus subtriangulis, ad apicem
rotundatis, postice emarginatis; tragis arcuatis, angustis, ad apicem

subacutis.
' une. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin,... 1 7
pode -baid 0613 270k eaioqa wesc 0 11
ce obntibrachii. oy. abi odestt baw by isd
a MELTED. WV nim asm io (013 ayes Riba nahvithe O 22
Alarum amplitudo .......... PEN, rea 6 6

J . aby Ae 2-—2 B
This species has the usual number of incisors (==) ; the inner-

most pair of the upper jaw are larger than the external pair, and bifid
at the apex. The forehead is moderately arched; the muzzle is
broad and but sparingly clothed with hairs, swollen at the sides ;

54 Zoological Society.

two longitudinal grooves mark the usual external boundaries of the
nasal bones; and these grooves, at first shallow, become deeper be-
hind, where they are curved outwards towards the eyes, over which
is a small fleshy tubercle; the upper part of the nose (between the
two grooves mentioned) is almost naked, but a few minute scattered
hairs are observed at the tip, and even in front, and along the edge
of the upper lip. The lower lip presents a very small triangular
naked patch at the tip. The nostrils are rather widely separated,
and open obliquely outwards. The ears are short, subtriangular,
have the extreme point rounded, and the posterior border slightly
emarginated; on the inner side are three or four transverse ruge.
The tragus is narrow, subpointed, and has a notch in the middle of
the external margin. The wings are somewhat narrow, and have
the membranes of a very dark brown colour, the limbs being of a
dusky purplish red tint; the membrane of the wing extends to the
base of the toes. The thumb is small; the hind-legs shortish; the
metatarsus short, being about equal in length to the toes, which are
very nearly equal, the outer one being but a trifle shorter than the
others. The interfemoral membrane is by no means ample, brown
above and very pale beneath, where pale scattered hairs are observa-
ble, especially near the tail; above, this membrane appears to be
naked, excepting at the base. The heel-cartilage is moderate, and
on the lower or outer side of this cartilage is an obtusely-angular
piece of membrane, about 2 lines in length and 1 line in breadth. ‘The
tail has the extreme point free.

I have attached to this and one of the foregoing species the names
of two able naturalists who have contributed to our knowledge of the
zoological productions of the Philippine Islands.

The V. Meyeni apparently approaches most nearly to the V. trala-
titius of Temminck’s Monograph, but has the muzzle broader and
more rounded, the ears less pointed, the tail, antibrachium and tibiz
shorter, the latter considerably so ; the foot is also shorter and broader
than represented in M. Temminck’s figure of that species. ‘The co-
louring (so far as one may judge from specimens preserved in spirit)
also differs.

VESPERTILIO RUFO-PIcTUS. Vesp. supra ochraceis, pilis ad basin
cinereis ; corpore subtis flavescenti-albo ; alis nigrescentibus, ared
magnd ad basin, brachiis, membrandque interfemorali rufis ; auribus
longis, angustis, acutis, postice distincté emarginatis ; tragis at-
tenuatis, acutis.

une. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostriad caude basin.... 2 3

= 0aUd 28 ae Bia. Ca FE NS tte Fe Iti

— antibrachit..... 6 ete Se te - ot:

em GUNIS sii eT tp ee PES weet 0 53
Alarumvamplitudosiit . ..i0.0u). saiglosioe of 13 6

Fur moderate ; on the upper parts of the body pale grey at the root,
and of a delicate yellow colour externally ; on the under parts of the
body yellowish white, scarcely tinted with grey at the root. The
wing-membranes are black, excepting in the region of the bones of

——E EE

Zoological Society. 55

the fingers and a large area at the base, at which parts they are of
a bright red colour; a straight line drawn obliquely across the wing
from the thumb to the heel would mark the boundary of the red basal
portion. The small strip of membrane above the arm is red, clouded
with black. The limbs and interfemoral membrane are also red, and
the naked tip to the muzzle, as well as the ears, are very pale flesh-
colour. ‘he hinder toes are dusky at the tip.

The forehead is but little arched; the muzzle is produced, but
somewhat rounded at the tip, which is the only part which is naked,
and even here a few minute scattered hairs are observable in the
middle. Above the nose are two longitudinal grooves. The lower
lip has a semicircular naked space at the tip, and a tubercle is ob-
served between this point and the throat. ‘The nostrils are lateral,
and the space between them is slightly depressed. The ears are long,
rather narrow and pointed, and distinctly emarginated behind. The
tragus is about 4} lines long, narrow, attenuated and pointed. The
wings are very ample and extend to the base of the toes. The thumb
is long; the hind-legs moderately long ; the metatarsus shorter than
the toes (claws not included), and these are very nearly equal. The
interfemoral membrane is moderately ample, well-clothed with hair at
the base, and a few longish scattered hairs are observable on other
parts, especially on the upper surface. The heel-cartilage is long,
extending to within about four and a half lines of the tail.

This species very much resembles the Vespertilio pictus of Pallas,
but is much larger, and differs in the form and proportions of its ears.

Tapnozous PHILIPPINENSIS. Taph. vellere brevi fuscescente vel
castaneo, corpore subtis pallidiore ; pilis ad basin albescentibus ;
auribus mediocribus.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 I4
817 11 PM BP ER Pre PO 8 Ors
ab apice rostri ad basin auris Oma
URES ATE he aia es oie a nds, etre OWNG
= NELUTACIEL 00 6 ths, 2 ae tec Oe Oe Diag Uy
SS eee ere ee one Hae I$
PMI aBUIN -AOIOUROY 215.05. 5. 8 eo occ cia 2 ise 3 Lb

This species approaches most nearly to the Taphozous saccolaimus,
but differs in being considerably smaller, in having the muzzle
shorter and more pointed, the ears larger, and the feet considerably
smaller ; the colouring moreover is different. It agrees with 7. lon-
gimanus in having no throat-pouch or nakedness at that part, but
differs in its proportions, &c.

The fur is short and by no means dense, nearly white next the
skin both on the upper and under parts of the body; on the upper
parts the hairs have the visible portion tipped with reddish brown or
chestnut colour, sometimes brown. ‘The under parts are always of
a paler hue than the upper, and sometimes almost white, merely
suffused with pale chestnut-brown: on the throat this colour is usually
more intense. The wing-membranes are brown, sometimes dusky ;
the interfemoral membrane assumes a paler hue beneath.

56 Zoological Society.

The head, viewed from above, presents a triangular figure, of which
the tip of the muzzle forms the apex, and is somewhat acute; the
nose is slightly prominent; the nostrils terminal, and but. slightly
separated; the upper lip terminates in a point; the under lip is some-
what swollen at the extremity, and a largeish transverse swelling or
tubercle is observed below the chin. ‘he ears have the anterior
part running on to the forehead, but separated by a space of about
two lines, which space is occupied by the deep frontal pit; they are
of moderate size, perhaps might be called rather large; the lateral
and anterior margins meet so as to form nearly a right angle ; on the
anterior margin, which is thickened, is a series of pointed tubercles ;
the lateral or outer margin is very slightly emarginated, and on the
inner side numerous transverse small folds or ridges are perceptible ;
the point of the ear is narrow, but rounded. ‘The tragus is scarcely
2 lines in length, and about 23 lines in width, rounded at the apex
and contracted at the base. ‘The tail is enclosed in the interfemoral
membrane rather less than one-third of its length. The interfemoral
membrane is about eleven lines in antero-posterior extent, naked
beneath, slightly hairy above to the base of the free portion of the
tail, which has a few long scattered hairs. ‘The feet are almost naked,
having only a few scattered hairs. ‘The limbs are of a pale dirty flesh-
colour.

The teeth most nearly resemble those of skull fig. 11. pl. 60. of
Temminck’s Monograph, but the incisors are more expanded at the
apex than represented in that figure, and very deeply notched. The

= 1. molars, 22
1-1’ 75-5’
the first false molar of the upper jaw is small and almost hidden by
the gum; the second distinct; both first and second false molars of
lower jaw are distinct; the latter is most elevated, but the foremost
is the largest. The palate has numerous well-developed transverse
ridges, seven in number, if we commence from between the canines,
in front of which are two others less distinct; the third, which is
between the false molars, is most developed. ‘The tongue is thick,
but pointed at the apex, and presents a triangular transverse section,
extending in its ordinary position to the incisor teeth, which on the
inner side are covered by the gum up to their points.

Besides these, and the Philippine Island Bats noticed or described
in the ‘Annals,’ vol. xiii. p, 302, I have to add, as also forming part
of Mr. Cuming’s collection, a species of Nycticejus which agrees
most closely with the N. borbonicus; this and the Taphozous phi-
lippinensis appear to be extremely abundant in the Philippine Islands ;
and lastly, a species of Dysopes, which I feel very little doubt is the
D. tenuis of Horsfield; it agrees most closely with the detailed de-
scription and figure given by Temminck.

SERRE 0 :
formule are the same, viz. incisors, 3 canines,

January 28.— William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

‘Description of three new species of Shells belonging to the
genus Artemis,” by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq.

ARTEMIS SIMPLEX. Art. testd orbiculari-sublrigond, solidd, sub-

Zoological Society. 57

inequilaterali, nitida, eburned, ventricosd, concentrice et subimbri.
catim sulcatd; sulcis haud confertis ; margine ventrali arcuato ;
dorsali utringue declivi, antice retuso, postice arcuato; utrdaque
extremitate rotundatd ; lunuld haud magni, impressd ; ared dorsale
posticd nulld. Long. 1°63; lat. 1°55 poll.

Index Testaceologicus, sup. t. 15. f. 41.

Hab. Panama, St. Elena. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

The general outline, owing to the abruptness of its slopes, closely
resembles that of excisa; but in that species the sulci (or rather cos-
tell ) are elevated, the hinder dorsal area is excavated, and the lunule
is large and ill-defined. The colour is ivory-white, with usually a
zone or two of very pale blue; and, contrary to the other two spe-
cies, the greatest length is from the beaks to the lower or ventral
margin.

ARTEMIS sUBQUADRATA. Art. ftestd suborbiculari, subquadratd,

compressa, subpellucidd, valde inequilaterali, intus extusque albidd,
concentrice substriatd ; margine ventrali postice arcuato, antice
convexo et sursim acclivi ; dorsali antice convexo haudque declivi,
postice subrecto et declivi; extremitate postica latissimd, anticd
angustd ; lunuld magnd, subobsoletd. Long. 1°62; lat. 1°75 poll.

Yn. ‘Fest.; sup: t. Yo: f 39:

Hab. St. Elena, West Columbia. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

The peculiar breadth of the posterior side, whose upper or dorsal
angle is horizontal, or even ascending, the freedom from incurvation
and abrupt slope of the front dorsal line, and the scarcely defined
lunule, concur to render this rare shell strikingly different from any
known species in this genus.

ArreMis scuupTa. Art. testd orbiculari-subquadratd, magis mi-
nusve ventricosd, solidiusculd, inequilaterali, subnitidd,, sordideé
albidd aut albido-lutescente (nonnunquam pallide livido-fuscescente
alboque marmoratd), concentricé sulcatd ; striis radiantibus, sulcos
confertissimos antice (plerumque etiam postice) decussantibus ;
sulcis medio subimbricatis, ad utramque extremitatem lamellosis ;
margine ventrali subarcuato ; dorsali postice conveaxiusculo viaque
declivi, anticé retuso et paulo declivi; lunuld impressd, ovato-
cordatd; ared dorsali posticd nulld ; natibus haud prominentibus.
Long. 1°80; lat. 2 poll.

Ind, Test., sup. t. 15. f. 42.

Hab. Australia? Mus. Hanley, &c.

The radiating lines are not always perceptible on the posterior

side of the adult, and the concentric sulci in that case appear fim-
briated. It is allied to subrosea of Gray.

February 11.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

A specimen of Cancer norvegicus, taken by a fishing-boat at the
«Silver Pits,” eighty miles eastward of Scarborough, was presented
by Mr. Ingarfield.

A communication was read from James Stark, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
in which he advocates the hypothesis that the Tetrao medius is neither

58 Zoological Society.

a hybrid nor a distinct species, but merely an immature male of the
Tetrao Urogallus or Capereailzie, founding his opinion on the ap-
pearance of the Tetrao medius immediately after the re-introduction
of the Capercailzie into Scotland by the Earl of Breadalbane, and on
the fact, that no two species of a genus, however similar they may
be in appearance, pair voluntarily while in a state of nature.

February 25.—R, C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

‘* Descriptions of six new species of Donaz, in the collection of
Hugh Cuming, Esq. (Corr. Memb.),” by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq.

Donax Ticaonicus. Don. testd cuneiformi, convexd, nitidissimd,
solidd, obliqua, laevigata, maxime inequilaterali, albidd, aut livido-
purpurascente, concolore, epidermide flavescente indutd ; margine
ventrali integro, magis minusve convexo; dorsali, antice declivi et
subrecto aut subretuso, postice subrecto et subitd declivi; extre-
mitate lateris antici producti, attenuatd, rotundatd ; latere postico
brevissimo, truncato et inferne obtuse angulato ; pube concentrice
et profunde rugosd ; natibus acutis, prominentibus ; superficie in-
ternd aut violaced aut albidd violaced postice fucatd; dente late-
rali antico remoto, postico approximato. Long. 1*; lat. 1°50 poll.

Hab. 'Ticao, Philippines (Cuming).

Remarkable for its obliquity and the abrupt truncation of the pos-

terior side.

Donax cuLTEeR. Don. testd elongatd, angustd, convexd, satis inequi-
laterali, nitidd, striulis exilibus confertim radiatd, variis coloribus
pictd (plerumque purpured, sed etiam flavd lineis purpureo-brun-
neis radiata, albidd radiis violaceis aut lividis, aurantid et rosed,
sepe radiis albidis ornatd) ; margine ventral crenulato, antice sub-
recto, postice convexo; dorsali antice recto et viv paululim de-
clivi, postice convexo satisque declivi ; latere antico producto, ad
extremitatem obtuse rotundato ; postico rotundato-cuneiformi ; lu-
nuld ligamentoque angustis ; pube striis simplicibus radiatd ; costd
umbonali obtusissima ; dentibus lateralibus haud remotis.

Var. a. Testd subinequilaterali ; margine ventrali medio subposticé
retuso; dente laterali antico, plerumque magis approximato.

Var. 6. Testd minus elongatd et magis inequilaterali ; margine ven-
trali raro retuso ; dente laterali antico plerumque magis remoto.

Long. 0°50; lat. 1°50.

Hab. Var. a. Matzellan, Gulf of California (Cuming).

Var. b, Acapulco (Cuming).
Rather a common shell, and closely allied to pulchella.

Donax aspeR. Don. testa trigond, ventricosd, solidd, subinequilate-
rali, albidd aut carned, anticé nitidiusculd et radiatim striatd, pos-
tice impoliid et radiaiim costellatd ; striis exilibus et simplicibus;
costellis parvis, decussatis, aut subsquamosis aut subgranosis, supra
costam umbonalem angulatam confertis ; margine ventrali crenato,
arcuato ; dorsali antico, valde declivi, subrecto ; postico retuso,
inermi, subitoque declivi: extremitate lateris antici longioris, ro-
tundatd, posticd angulatd ; natibus valde prominentibus et maxime

Zoological Society. 59

incurvatis ; pube pland ; dentibus lateralibus approximatis. Long.
1°30; lat. 1°60 pol.

Hab. Tumbez, Peru (Cuming).

Closely resembling dentiferus, but not provided with the charac-

teristic tooth, much stronger and more triangular, and with its ven-
tral edge more arcuated, and its front extremity more attenuated.
The front dorsal edge appears retuse (which it is not in reality), from
the lateral projection of the swollen beaks. The lower margin is
stained with violet anteriorly.

Donax Navicuta. Don. testd elongato-trigond, crassa, subventri-
cosd, nitidd, subinequilaterali, sublevigatd (striis radiantibus
tantum in medio perspicuis), albd, epidermide flavd indutd, prope
marginem dorsalem utrinque brunneo-purpurascente strigatd ; mar-
gine ventrali in medio ventricoso, intus crenato ; dorsali antice
subrecto et subdeclivi, postice incurvato et declivi; ared posticd
levi, subconcavd ; latere antico longiore, angustato, ad extremitatem
rotundato ; postico cuneiformi, ad extremitatem obtuso ; ligamento
minimo ; costd umbonali obtusd ; superficie internd albidd, utrinque
superne purpured ; dentibus lateralibus maxime approzximatis.
Long. 0°40; lat. 0-90 poll.

Hab. Gulf of Nicoya, Central America (Cuming).

Allied to californiensis, but more triangular.

Dowax eGracitis. Don. testd elongatd, angustd, nitidd, valde in-
equilaterali, compressa, sublevigaid, albidd aut pallide violaceo-
rufescente, epidermide lutescente indutd ; margine ventrali convexo
aut subarcuato, haud flecuoso, intus crenulato ; dorsali magis mi-
nusve livido, utringue subrecto, antice viv paululim declivi, postice
valde declivi; latere antico producto, attenuato, ad extremitatem
rotundato, postico acuminato-cuneiformi ; ligamento minimo ; ared
posticd levi, obtusissima ; costd umbonali obtusd ; superficie interna
purpurascente ; dentibus lateralibus perspicuis, approximatis.
Var. b. Testa aibidd, radiis paucis livido-rufescentibus ornatd.

Var. ce. Testd rufescente aut lividd.

Long. 0°40; lat. 1 poll.

Hab. Bay of Guayaquil. Var. 6. Chiriqui. Var. ec. Bay of Carac-

cas (Cuming).

Allied to Owenii, but with the margin crenulated.

Donax sorpipus. Don. testa abbreviato-cuneiformi, converd, niti-
diusculd, solidd, valdé inequilaterali, striis exilibus simplicibus
confertim radiatd, sordide albidd ; lineis elevatis obliquis subcon-
centricis, partem superiorem et levigatam teste postice asperanti-
bus ; margine ventrali crenulato, medio arcuato ; dorsali antico,
declivi et subrecto ; postico subrecto et valde declivi ; latere antico
altenuato ; postico brevi et inferne (in adultis etiam superne) obtuse
angulato ; pube fortiter et confertim rugis subdecussatis concentricé
exaratd ; costd umbonali subangulatd ; superficie internd albidd,
purpureo infectd ; dentibus lateralibus approvimatis, antico per-
magno. Long. 0°70; lat. 1 poll.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Mus. Brit., Cuming.

60 Zoological Society.

Intermediate between striata and semisulcata. The raised oblique
lines which roughen the posterior side near the beaks where the
strize have become entirely obsolete, are a striking character in this
rare species.

Mr. Fraser exhibited to the Meeting and characterized three new
species of Birds from the Society’s collection, viz :—

Patmornis MopEstus. Pal. ptilose viridis ; genis pallide cervinis ;

vittd a naribus ad oculos viridescenti-nigrd ; mandibulis nigris.

Hab. ?

This bird is nearly allied to the P. pondicerianus, but differs in
the colour of the cheeks, breast and mandibles; it differs also from
P.. malaccensis in the paler colour of the cheeks, and that colour not
extending further back than the ears, in the colour of the beak, &c. ;
it may also be readily distinguished from Mr. Hodgson’s Nepaul spe-
cies by the colouring of the cheeks.

Lorius superBus. Lor. capite et tectricibus majoribus inferioribus
alarum nigris ; genis, lateribus, pectore et uropygio rubris ;
nuchd, ventre, femore, et tectricibus cuude inferioribus ceruleis ;
scapulis, tectricibus alarum inferioribus minoribus, et dimidio ter-
minali caude ceruleis ; alis externis viridibus.

Hab. P

This bird is about the size and is closely allied to the Lorius Phi-

lippensis, Briss., but differs in having the shoulders and smaller
under wing-coverts blue, the larger ones black (in this respect it
somewhat resembles the Lorius domicellus, Auct.) ; in the absence of
the red band immediately below the black crown; and in having an
entire red band from shoulder to shoulder, whereas in L. Philip-
pensis it is only partial.

Larus Briversu. Lar. ptilose griseus ; capite et mento pallidé ci-
nereis; primariis et secundariis nigris, apicibus secundariarum
albis, fasciam albam trans alas formantibus ; quibusdam primariis
apicibus albidis ; vittd nigra lat. 1 poll. prope apices remigum ;
rostro pedibusque nigris.

poll.
Vote lone oh beck cert “eee Foot ees
LN Aare AUDI eho Oe a se ped
CRUD sare cao cnale > ara eh eee ore le i resis ae wuz Oe
ECT US Fe he Voll OMAR AettesieN ot aoe Loads Se eee 25
1 Oe eC RCT AID OO BES Se Ber OS 2
PIG UCUS INEMINS ‘te tee kee e oe sas heMege 13

From Valparaiso, Chile. Collected by Mr. ‘Thomas Bridges, Corr.
Memb.

This apparently new species of Gull is closely allied to the Larus
fuliginosus, Gould, but differs in the beak being much more slender,
in the general colour being lighter, in the head and chin being nearly
white, in having a white band across the wings, and the black band
across the tail being more decided.

Zoological Society. 6]
March11.—Rey. John Barlow, M.A., F.R.S., Sec. R.I., in the Chair.

A paper by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq., was read, contaming descrip-
tions of two new species of Donar :—

Donax assrmiuis. Don. testd cuneiformi, magis minusve crassd,
antice compressa, postice ventricosd, valde inequilaterali, lividd,
albo-violascente, aurantid aut flavidd, zonis saturatioribus aut vio-
laceis plerumque pictd, radiatim striatd; striis haud confertis,
antice simplicibus, postice elevatis et decussatis ; margine ventrali
crenulato, haud arcuato, antic sursum acclinato; dorsali, antice
subdeclivi subrecto aut convexiusculo, postice subrecto et valde de-
clivi ; latere antico producto, ad extremitatem rotundato et atte-
nuato ; postico perbrevi et inferne angulato; costd umbonali sub-
angulatd ; pube decussatd, et costella ad extremitatem dentiferd,
sepe radiatd ; ligamento prominente et satis magno ; superficie in-
ternd in adultis, prope marginem violaced ; dente laterali antico
haud remcto, postico subapproxvimato. Long. 1; lat. 1°55 poll.

Hab. Panama. Mus. Cuming, Hanley, &c.

Very variable in colouring, often with a short purple perpendicular
ray upon the umbones; sometimes with three or four pale rays on a
darker ground, but usually uniform and only marked when aged, with
the rib-like stria projecting at the margin like a tooth. This latter
character and the identity of its sculpture render the species liable
to be confused with dentiferus, but the greater tenuity and less elon-
gated shape of that shell is preserved even in the younger specimens,

Donax Lusricus. Don. testd cuneiformi, compressa, solidiusculd,
valde inequilaterali, nitidissimd, lividd aut albo-violascente, antice
levigatd, posticé striis radiantibus ornatd ; margine ventrali ex-
iliter crenulato, convexo aut convexiusculo ; dorsali, utringue sub-
recto, antice declivi, postice valde declivi ; latere antico attenuato,
ad extremitatem rotundato; postico perbrevi et inferne obtuse
angulato ; vulvd rugis confertis concentricis, strisque evilibus ra-
diantibus, eleganter decussatd ; costé umbonali subobtusd ; natibus
acutis ; dentibus lateralibus obsoletis. Long. 0°6; lat.0°8 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

Peculiar for uniting a smooth surface to a crenulated margin.

March 25.--William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting a new species of Trogon, from
South America, and seven new Birds from Australia, which he cha-
racterized as follows :—

Trogon PuELLA. Trog. loris, plumis auricularibus et guld fusco-
nigris ; capite, corpore superiore, et pectore aureo-viridibus ; alis
nigris ; tectricibus alarum maculis minimis albis ornatis ; corpore
inferiore vivide coccineo, separato a viridi pectore fascid semilunari
alba; tribus remigibus exterioribus nigris vittis albis angustis
Srequentibus ornatis ; femoribus nigris.

Lores, ear-coverts and throat dull black; head, all the upper sur-

face and chest golden green; wings black ; the coyerts very minutely
freckled with white, and the primaries with a very narrow line of

62 Zoological Society.

white along the basal portion of their outer webs; all the under sur-
face scarlet, separated from the green of the chest by a semilunar
mark of white ; two middle tail-feathers golden green ; the two next
on each side golden green on their outer webs and black on their
inner, the whole six tipped with black; the three outer feathers on
each side black, crossed by numerous narrow bars of, and narrowly
tipped with, white; thighs black; bill orange ; irides red; feet dark
grey.
P Total length, 10 inches; bill, 1; wing, 53; tail, 53; tarsi, +.
Hab. Escuintla, South America.
Remark.—Nearly allied to Trogon collaris, Vieill.

Cucutus orpratus. Cuc. corpore superiore ceruleo-griseo ; pogo-
niis internis primariarum fasciis latis albis ornatis ; remigibus sa-
turate violaceo-brunneis ; apicibus subalbidis, serie macularum ob-
longarum albarum alternatim ordinatd ; corpore subtus albo, fasciis
nigris.

The whole of the upper surface slaty grey ; inner webs of the pri-
maries broadly barred with white; tail-feathers dark violet-brown,
with a row of oblong spots of white placed alternately on either side
of the stem, and slightly tipped with white ; the lateral feathers have
also a row of white spots on the margin of their inner webs; chin
and breast light grey; all the under surface buffy white, crossed by
bands of black; irides, bill and feet orange.

Total length, 13 inches; bill, 14; wing, 72; tail, 63; tarsi, 3.

Hab. Port Essington, Australia. ;

Remark.—Closely allied to the Common Cuckoo of Europe.

CucuLus inspEratus.. Cuc. capite, guld, et corpore superiore ce-
ruleo-griseis ; alis, dorsoque nitide viridescentibus ; caudd brunneo-
viridi singuld plumd apice albo, et marginibus pogoniorum inte-
riorum ordine macularum albarum triangularium ornatis ; parte
subseapulari tectricibus caude inferioribus, crissoque rufis ; corpore
subtis rufo-tincto-griseo.

Head, throat and all the upper surface dark slate-grey; back and
wings glossed with green; tail glossy brownish green, each feather
tipped with white, and with a row of triangular-shaped white marks
on the margins of the inner webs; primaries and secondaries with a
patch of white on their inner webs near the base ; edge of the shoulder
white; under surface of the shoulder, vent and under tail-coverts
rufous; the remainder of the under surface grey, washed with rufous ;
bill black ; feet olive.

Total length, 94 inches; bill, 1; wing, 63; tail, 5; tarsi, 2.

Hab. New South Wales.

Remark.—Nearly allied to C. cineraceus of Vigors and Horsfield.

CucuLus puMEToRUM. Cuc. capite, uropygio, colloque saturate
ceruleo-griseis ; alis, caudd dorsoque metallice brunneis ; apicibus
remigum leviter albis ; pogoniis interioribus serie macularum tri-
angularium parvarum ornatis ; pectore griseo, rufo-tincto.

Head, neck and rump dark slate-grey ; back, wings and tail bronzy

brown; tail-feathers slightly tipped with white and with a row of

Zoological Society. 63

small triangular-shaped spots on the margins of their inner webs ;
breast grey, washed with rufous ; under surface of the shoulder, flanks,
vent and under tail-coverts deep rufous ; irides brown.

Total length, 84 inches; bill, 3; wing, 5; tail, 4f; tarsi, 4.

Hab. Port Essington, Australia.

Remark.—Nearly allied to Cuculus insperaius.

SPHENG@ACUS GRAMINEUS. Sphen. vittd supra oculos albd ; corpore
superneé brunneo; medid plumarum saturate brunned ; subtis griseo ;
lateribus crissoque cervinis ; media parte singule plume pectoris
lined minimd saturate brunned ornatd.

Stripe over the eye white; all the upper surface brown, the cen-
tres of the feathers being dark brown; secondaries brownish black,
margined with buff; tail pale reddish brown, with dark brown shafts ;
under surface grey, passing into buff on the flanks and vent; each
feather of the breast with a very minute line of dark brown down the
centre ; bill and tarsi fleshy brown.

Total length, 5% inches; bill, 3; wing, 24; tail, 23; tarsi, 3,

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land and the southern coast of Australia.

PacHYCEPHALA GLAucURA. Pach. capite, loris, spatio infra oculos,
et lata macula semilunari trans pectus saturate nigris ; guld, intra
maculam nigram, alba ; nucha posteriore, lined angustd apud latera
pectoris pone semilunam nigram, et corpore inferiore flavis ; caudd
grised ; tectricibus caude inferioribus albis vel subflavis.

Head, lores, space beneath the eye and a broad crescent-shaped
mark from the latter across the breast deep black ; throat within the
black, white; back of the neck, a narrow line down each side of the
chest, behind the black crescent, and the under surface yellow ; back
and wing-coverts yellowish olive; wings dark slate-colour, margined
with grey; tail entirely grey; under tail-coverts white, or very
slightly washed with yellow; irides reddish brown; bill black ; feet
dark brown.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, $; wing, 4; tail, 32; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

Nearly allied to Pachycephala gutturalis, but distinguished by a
shorter bill and by the colouring of the tail, which is entirely grey.

Cysticota camMprstris. Cyst. capile ferrugineo-rubro, dorso tec-
tricibusque alarum brunneo-griseis ; singulis plumis corporis supe-
rioris fascid longitudinali saturate brunned ornatis ; caudd rufo-
brunned, plumis duabus mediis latd maculd nigrd juaxta apices ;
corpore subtis pallidé cervino.

Head rusty red; back and wing-coverts brownish grey, all the
feathers of the upper surface with a broad stripe of dark brown down
the centre ; wings blackish brown, the primaries margined externally
with rusty red, and the secondaries edged all round with brownish
grey; tail reddish brown, all but the two centre feathers with a large
spot of black near the tip; all the under surface pale buff.

Total length, 52 inches; bill, 3; wing, 22; tail, 23; tarsi, 2.

Hab, Australia.

Remark.—For the loan of this new species I aim indebted to the
kindness of H. E. Strickland, Esq.

64. Microscopical Society.

CALAMOHERPE LonerIRostRis. Cal. vittd pallidd, supra oculos cer-
vind; corpore superne rufo, subtiis saturate cervino; mento albido.
Faint line over the eye fawn-colour ; all the upper surface reddish
brown, becoming more rufous on the upper tail-coverts; primaries
and tail dark brown, fringed with rufous ; chin whitish ; all the under .
surface deep fawn-colour ; irides yellowish brown.
‘Total length, 64 inches; bill, 12; wing, 3; tail, 3; tarsi, 1.
Hab. Western Australia.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.
June 18, 1845.—Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

A paper by George Shadbolt, jun., Esq., “‘ On a British species of
Ivodes found upon Cattle,” was read.

The insects forming the subject of the present paper were found
on some cows belonging to a farmer residing at Chingford, Essex,
on the borders of Epping Forest. They are known to the country
people by the name of the ‘‘ Tick,” but they are aware that they
differ from the insects of that name which infest sheep and goats.
They are found upon cattle, attacking all parts indiscriminately, and
causing much irritation and annoyance to them. ‘They have been
found in the number of several hundreds on a single cow, and have
also been known to attack even human subjects, but this is not com-
mon, and although it is probable that they infest other animals, the
author has seen them only on cows. ‘They do not appear to breed
on the animals infested, but are produced in the forest into which
the cattle are sent to graze, and which appear to become infested
with them by their crawling up their legs while feeding. After
having attached themselves by means of a very curious apparatus
with which they are furnished, they gorge themselves with blood, and
the abdomen increases in size from about the ;4,th of an inch until
they become as large as a small bean; when tully gorged they fall
off, and the author was not able to ascertain their further progress.
The form of this insect is oval; it has eight legs, in which particular
it differs from the Brazilian species described by Mr. Busk in a former
paper read to the Society, these last having but six. These legs are
attached to the anterior half of the trunk, and consist of seven joints,
the tarsi being terminated by a species of webbed foot, capable of
being folded together and furnished with two recurved claws. The
oral apparatus by which it attaches itself is exceedingly interesting ;
it consists of two palpi serving as a kind of sheath to the other parts
when inactive, two jointed mandibles, and a barbed or hooked labium,
Specimens of this and other species were afterwards exhibited.

Also a paper by H. Deane, Esq., ‘‘ On the Existence of Fossil
Xanthidia in the Chalk,” was read.

After mentioning that the occurrence of Xanthidia in a fossil state
had not hitherto been observed in any other situation than in the
flint-nodules of the chalk, and consequently that great doubt existed
whether these fossils were really independent animal existences or
only parts of some other creature, Mr. Deane stated that there is a
grayish kind of chalk having no flints, but containing quantities of

Lintomological Society. 65

nodules of iron pyrites, which juts into the sea between Dover and
Folkstone, forming the beach for some distance. Upon exposing a
portion of this to the action of hydrochloric acid, and examining
microscopically the insoluble sediment, bodies similar to, if not 'iden-
tical with, the Xanthidia in flints were exposed to view ; several spe-
cies were clearly to be recognised, together with casts of Polythalamia
and other bodies frequently found in flints.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 3rd, 1843.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Samuel Stevens brought for exhibition a box of insects from
Dorking, in which were specimens of Claviger foveolatus taken from
the nest of Formica flava; also Molorchus minor, Micronyx Junger-
mannie, Tychius lineatulus, &c. ; also a box from Charlton and Plum-
stead, in which were Acalles Ptinoides, A. roboris, Pecilus lepidus,
&c.; also the following moths from the Hammersmith marshes :
Leucania straminea, reared from the larve exhibited at the last
meeting, Leucania obsoleta, Sensia sericea, Nudaria senex, Chilo phrag-
mitellus and gigantellus, the latter being most probably the female
of the preceding insect.

Mr. Walton exhibited specimens of Hrirhinus Chamomiile, and Mr.
Rich, a female Goliathus, apparently identical with G. regivs, Klug.

A paper was read by Mr. Westwood on the Indian genera T’rigo-
nophorus and Rhomborhina, published in vol. iv. part 1. of the Trans-
actions.

August 7th.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a male specimen of Tengyra Sanvitali,
taken during the last month by sweeping in hedge-rows near Ascot
heath.

Mr. Saunders exhibited a specimen of the Australian genus Cilibe,
which had been captured alive in a garden near London. Alsosome
pupz of a small Homopterous insect which had proved very injurious
in the oak plantations throughout extensive districts in Scotland,
by raising blisters upon the leaves. Also specimens of a small Di-
pterous insect (Phytomyza lateralis), which attacks the petals of the
pansy by puncturing them, as was stated, with the ovipositor, and
then sucking out the colouring matter with the haustellum.

Mr. Marshall exhibited a remarkable specimen of Hipparchia Ga-
lathea of a white colour with the ordinary markings obliterated, and
Mr. Evans a specimen of Lamia Textor, taken near Canterbury in
July.

ie he following memoirs were read :—

On the Insects residing in Bramble-sticks. By Mr. F. Smith.
(Published in the first part of the fourth volume of the Transactions
of the Society.)

Description of a new species of Ceria. By Mr. W. W.Saunders.
(Published in the first part of the fourth volume of the Transactions
of the Society.)

On some new exotie species of Aphodiide. By Mr. Westwood.

- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

66 Miscellaneous.

September 4th.—Edward Doubleday, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Dr. Becker of Wiesbaden exhibited a new species of Papilio from
South America, and also a specimen of the very rare P. Protodamas.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited specimens of Sibinia arenaria, Mononychus
Pseudacori, Cicindela germanica, Micronyx pygmea, &c., recently
captured in the Isle of Wight; also of Apion Schénherri, Choragus
Sheppardi, Mecinus circulatus, and various Lepidoptera, the latter
captured by daubing sugar upon the trunks of trees in the neigh-
bourhood of Arundel.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited specimens of Platypeza subfasciata? (a
Dipterous insect varying greatly in the two sexes,) reared from fungi
from Birch wood; also Pissodes Pini from Weybridge.

Mr. Evans exhibited specimens illustrating the natural history of
Mamestra Brassice and Euthalia impluviata ; also a specimen of Mar-
garitia diversalis, taken by himself either in Yorkshire or at Darenth
wood in June last.

The following papers were read :—

Notice of a Gynandromorphous specimen of Smerinthus Populi.
By George A. Thrupp, Esq.

Description of an ancient Irish Amulet made in the form of and
used as a charm against the Murrian Caterpillar. Communicated
by W. F. Evans, Esq.

Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Spiders, and two species
of Peciloptera. By A. White, Esq., by whom some additional ob-
servations were made on the study of arachnology, and upon the struc-
ture of the nests of two British species of spiders. He likewise read
an extract from Abbott’s MSS. in the British Museum, on the habits
of one of the fossorial Hymenoptera which collects spiders for the
provisioning of its nest.

MISCELLANEOUS.
Observations on the group Schizopetalez of the family of Crucifere.
By J. Marius Barneoup*.

In 1822 Mr. Francis Place, on his return from a voyage to Chili, intro-
duced into England a charming plant having four elegantly pinnate
petals, and furnished with an embryo with four yellowish cotyledons
rolled in a spiral. These extraordinary characters did not prevent
Sir William Hooker from placing this plant in the family of the
Crucifere ; he formed of it the genus Schizopetalon, of which he pub-
lished an excellent description and a very detailed figure in the ‘ Exotic
Flora,’ vol. i. p. 74, by the name of Schizopetalon Walcheri. A new
coloured figure, but without analysis, appeared somewhat later in the
‘ Botanical Magazine,’ tab. 2379.

Mr. Robert Brown, on his part, had adopted in the ‘ Botanical
Register,’ no. 752, precisely the determination and classification
of Sir W. Hooker. Nevertheless these two botanists, struck with
the remarkable forms which the embryo of this genus presented, had
not neglected to state, that it ought to serve as type of a new tribe
of Crucifere ; they differed solely on one point: Mr. R. Brown con-

* From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for March 1845.

Miscellaneous. 67

sidered the embryo as consisting of four entirely distinct cotyledons ;
Sir W. Hooker, on the contrary, stated that there were only two
semicylindrical cotyledons, each one divided into two very deep
lobes. But this interesting question, from the simply descriptive na-
ture of this note, will be examined subsequently in a more general
manner ; at all events, up to the present day the Schizopetalon Wal-
cheri continued the sole representative of a very curious group of
plants well deserving the attention of botanists.

Aug. Pyrame DeCandolle, after having established in his beautiful
memoir on the Crucifere the bases of an embryonal classification,
subsequently applied them in his ‘ Prodromus,’ and adopted thein
more or less successfully to the new species; but he had the prudent
reserve to place the Schizopetalon Walcheri at the extremity of the
series and among the genera Incerte sedis. Moreover the species,
then somewhat rare, was not well known to him, and he did well to
follow in this case the wise principles laid down by Jussieu. The
rich collections of plants brought from Chili by our indefatigable
traveller Claude Gay have furnished us with numerous materials on
the subject ; and since the true position of Schizopetalon can no longer
be called in question, we shall be able to show, that although science
owes its most beautiful and most profound investigations on the
Crucifere to the genius of DeCandolle, there may nevertheless be
objected to his embryonal classification, its frequently artificial side,
owing to the starting from one single organ. Nature appears to
have created the group of the Schizopetalee to prove how little stable
are frequently the majority of those sections or subdivisions of family
which are not founded upon a totality of characters of affinity, as the
true natural method requires.

In the herbarium from Chili we find six species of Schizopetalon,
of which five are new. If we study these plants with care before
dissecting the seed, we are led to arrange them all in the same genus ;
all have a perfect similitude in the various organs of the flower, the
same aspect, and nearly the same habit; in a word, we find an al-
most uniform plan of generic structure. The anatomy of the seed
then demonstrates a considerable difference between several of the
species. We find, on the one hand, very minute globular seeds pre-
senting an embryo with four linear and spiral cotyledons, with curved
radicle, evidently belonging to the Spirolobee of DeCandolle ; and on
the other, oval seeds larger than the preceding, their embryo with two
incumbent spathulate cotyledons, and with an almost straight dorsal
radicle, evidently belonging to the section Notorhizee. ‘This is the
most striking character of the new genus Perreymondia*.

Now it is quite plain that it is impossible to separate, without
violating the laws of natural affinity, in a methodical distribution of
the Cruciferous plants, these two genera (Schizopetalon and Perrey-
mondia), so nearly related, and solely distinct as respects the embryo,
as it would be necessary to do according to the classification of De-
Candolle.

The anatomical structure of the seed of the Schizopetalee is com-

* In honour of Perreymond, a distinguished botanist of Provence.

F2

68 Miscellaneous.

posed—-1. of an extremely thin, transparent, cellular external enve-
lope, coated with papille; 2. of a brown, somewhat thick, central
coating; and 3. of an internal membrane surrounding the embryo, and
performing the functions of a kind of perisperm. Iodide of potassium
shows the presence of numerous grains of starch in it.

The following is a brief monographic sketch of this tribe of the
Crucifere hitherto so little known :—

ScuizoPeTaed, R. Br., Botan. Reg. No. 752.

Petala pinnatifida, longe unguiculata estivatione involuta. Sta-
mina 6 tetradynama subequalia. Glandule 4 hypogyne. Siliqua
longa, polysperma. Semina globosa vel ovata subalbuminosa. Em-
bryonis cotyledones 4 spirales, vel 2 ecrasso-spathulate. Folia ele-
ganter pinnatifida vel dentata. Pili omnes ramosi. Flores albi.—Herbe
andicolz vel maritime in regno Chilensi.

Scuizopetaton, Hooker, Exot. Flor. i. p. 74.

Calyx 4-phyllus, apice clausus, erectus. Petala 4 pinnatifida longe
unguiculata. Stamina 6 subequalia. Siliqua pilosa. Stigma basi
hastatum subsessile. Semina globosa, minima, papilloso-rugulosa.
Embryonis cotyledones 4, lneares, equales, spiraliter convolute.
Radicula curvata.

1. Schizopetalon Walcheri, Hook. in Bot. Mag. tab. 2379.

2. Schizopetalon maritimum (nobis). Caule subsimplici, foliis an-
gustis pinnatifidis pilosis, spica laxissima, siliqua nervosa glabrius-
cula, embryone albo. ©

PERREYMONDIA, noy. gen.

Calycis foliola 4, eequalia, erecta, obtusa, clausa. Corolla petala 4,
hypogyna, longe unguiculata, lamina ovata, eleganter pinnatifida,
laciniis linearibus obtusis zstivatione involutis. Stamina 6, hypo-
gyna, tetradynama. Wilamenta libera, edentula. Anthere sagittato-
lineares. Glandule hypogyne 4, lineares, erectz, obtuse, petalis
subopposite. Ovarium 2-loculare, pubescens. Stylus brevis vel
nullus. Stigma hastatum, apice subacuminatum. Siliqua bivalvis,
dehiscens, et sepe ad maturitatem pendula, polysperma, anguste
linearis, et pilis ramosis vestita. Septum membranaceum stomatibus
destitutum. Semina ovata, fulva, subrugulosa, subalbuminosa. EHm-
bryonis albi cotyledones 2, incumbentes, spathulate, apice crassz.
Radicula dorsalis recta.—In regno Chilensi. Flores albi.

1. Perreymondia dentata (nobis). Pubescens; caule macilento, foliis
oblongis inequaliter dentatis; spica pauciflora, laxissima; florum
pedicellis pilosis. ©

2. Perreymondia rupestris (ncbis). Canescens ; caule folioso, ramoso,
foliis cano-pinnatifidis, carnosulis ; spica ae ; floribus pilosis ;
siliqua vermiculata, tomentosa. ©

3. Perreymondia multifida (nobis). Caule ramoso facpuinke foliis
angustis inciso-subbipinnatifidis albicantibus ; floribus pilosis; si-
liqua gracili; stigmate subsessili. ©

4. Perreymondia Brongniarlii (nobis). Caule erecto, ramosissimo, pa-
tulo, foliis dentato-pinnatifidis, canescentibus, crassiusculis ; spica
longa multiflora; siliqua vermiculata; stigmate sessili. ©

Miscellaneous. 69

On the Microscopic Constituents of the Ash of Fossil Coal.
By Professor Enrenpere.

At the meeting of the Berlin Academy of the 25th of October, Prof.
Ehrenberg communicated an observation of Dr. Franz Schulz of
Eldena, which the latter had addressed to M. v. Humboldt in a letter,
in which he describes his method of separating the silica contained
in coal so chemically pure as to enable us to recognise the microsco-
pical siliceous organisms. ‘‘The usual method of burning the
coal,” Dr. Schulz states, “is attended with an unavoidable vitrifi-
cation of the mineral constituents, even when conducted in the
slowest and most cautious manner, owing to which their cellular
structure is lost. After many fruitless experiments I succeeded in
hitting upon a method of incineration, which leaves the silica con-
tained in the coal perfectly unaltered. Very instructive preparations
are readily obtained (from the already known structural relations of
siliceous earth in plants) on moistening grass-halms, ears of grain,
Equisetum, Spanish cane, &c., with nitric acid, and afterwards burn-
ing them on platinum foil. The nitric acid not only facilitates the
combustion of the organic substance, but also prevents the potash
combined with the vegetable acid from being converted into carbo-
nate of potash before the silica has been heated to such a degree as to
be less liable to be acted upon. The greater degree of heat required
for the perfect combustion of the coal no longer destroys the cellular
form of the silica after nitric acid has prevented the production of
carbonate of potash on the first application of heat. An excess of
nitric acid has the effect of destroying the connexion of the siliceous
cells and acts too powerfully upon them, and should therefore be
avoided.

** Encouraged by the success of these experiments, I turned my at-
tention to coal, it being exceedingly desirable to be enabled to detect
remains of organic structure in it. The large quantity of siliceous
earth contained in all varieties of coal led me to infer that a judi-
cious method of incineration would be attended with good results ;
your excellency will be enabled to judge from the preparation at-
tached in how far I have succeeded. A piece of coal of about two
square inches was broken into twelve pieces of nearly the same size,
and then treated with nitric acid in a platinum vessel. The nitric
acid being evaporated at a moderate heat, I ignited the residue until
no further empyreumatic vapours were given off, treated the resi-
due again with nitric acid and repeated the ignition. Thus prepared,
the coal was placed in a platinum crucible with a lid perforated in
the centre, and air was blown from a gasometer through the aper-
ture in the lid, whilst the crucible was kept at a red heat overa
spirit-lamp, so that the coal was necessarily slowly consumed. The
ash thus obtained had not coked, but formed a brownish powder.
Some white splinters occur among this, which appear on microsco-
pical examination to be aggregated siliceous cells arranged in regular
succession, of the structure of the prosenchymatous cells of wood.”

Prof: Ehrenberg added, that the importance of a method for ob-
taining the organized siliceous parts from the lower strata of the
earth with their forms preserved for microscopical observation is ma-

70 Miscellaneous.

nifest, and requires no recommendation, to judge from the results
which haye already ensued. His own efforts with respect to coal had
never been attended with success, and he therefore considers this
method as a most useful and important discovery. He further stated
that the clearness of the specimens (which were, it was to be re-
gretted, not numerous) communicated by M. Schulz had astonished
him, and, as might have been expected, had immediately been at-
tended with a result. Prof. Ehrenberg had during many years
brought before the Academy descriptions of the parts of plants (con-
taining silica) which are found in marshy soils of all zones and in the
infusorial deposits, and had likewise alluded to their origin from re-
cent plants. This group, called Phytolitharia, had been as it were
classified by him into eleven genera. Of these eleven genera only
one is found in several forms in the purified siliceous ash of the coal
forwarded by M. Schulz, namely the genus Lithostylidium, which
contains regular siliceous nuclei of cells of plants. Lithodontia, or
marginal teeth of grasses, Lithodermatia, or epidermis of plants
(Equisetacea, Arundinacea), could not be distinctly recognised, al-
though the presence of the latter may be presumed. Other nega-
tive results were also particularly remarkable, namely the absence
of all Lithasterisci, Lithosphere, Spongolites, &c. &c., otherwise so
frequent. Finally, no trace of infusoria possessing a siliceous shell
was found, notwithstanding the most careful investigation.

He concluded by expressing a conviction that a rapid development
of our knowledge on this subject would, now that a method had been
discovered, undoubtedly take place, and a wish that this may be the
commencement of its study.

On the Tendrils of the Cucurbitacee. By M. J. Payer.

In organographical researches it is sometimes necessary to examine
comparatively the same organ, not merely in plants of the same fa-
mily, but likewise in the same plant at various periods of its exist-
ence, and, if necessary, to have recourse to anatomy. It is from
having neglected these two modes of investigation that all botanists
who have studied the nature of the tendrils of the Cucurbitacee have
either been completely mistaken, or have perceived the truth but in
a very indistinct manner, and without being able to demonstrate it.

There are many plants in which fibro-vascular bundles are de-
tached at three different points of the circumference of the cylinder
constituting the medullary sheath, generally at one and the same
height and at a little distance from the origin of a leaf: these bun-
dles traverse the herbaceous envelope and pass into the pulvinus
(coussinet) of that leaf. There, sometimes aJl three enter the pe-
tiole, sometimes only one of them,—the central one, the two lateral
ones continuing the nervation of the two lateral stipules. Now, if
the lower leaves of the cultivated melon be examined, no tendril will
be found to exist at their side*; it will be seen that the three fibro-

* This fact may be generalized, for it results from a large number of ob-
servations which I have made, that plants with tendrils, of whatever kind,
never present tendrils at their lower extremity.

Meteorological Observations. 71

vascular bundles which separate from the medullary sheath ascend
all three into the petiole, and that the bud formed at their axil, and
always placed between the intermediary bundle and the stem, is de-
cidedly at the middle of the base of the leaf. If, on the contrary, the
stem-leaves which have a lateral tendril are considered, we observe
that of the three fibro-vascular bundles, only two, the central and
one of the lateral ones, enter the petiole, and that the other pene-
trates into the tendril. In this case, the bud, from its constant
position between the intermediary bundle and the stem, is no longer,
like this intermediary bundle, at the centre of the base of the petiole,
but on the side, and appears to be almost between the leaf and the
tendril. Lastly, we frequently meet in botanical gardens with, the
upper leaves each accompanied by two lateral tendrils. The anatomy
then indicates that a single bundle, the central one, traverses the
petiole, and that the two lateral ones pass each one into a tendril.
With respect to the bud, it necessarily is situated between the middle
of the base of the petiole and the stem.—Ann. des Sci. Nat., March.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1845.

Chiswick.—May 1,2. Very fine. 3. Fine, with clouds. 4. Cloudy and cool.
5. Fine: dense clouds: clear. 6. Cloudy: rain, 7. Cloudy: showers. 8. Rain.
9. Cloudy: clear. 10. Foggy: cloudy: clear at night. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain:
showery. 13. Cloudy and fine. 14. Fine. 15. Overcast: fine. 16. Cloudy.
17. Overcast: slight frost at night. 18. Cloudy: showery. 19. Cloudy and
cold. 20. Cloudy: rain. 21, Heavy rain. 22. Cloudy: veryclear. 23. Over-
cast: fine: heavy rain. 24, Hazy clouds: heavy rain at night. 25. Rain.
26. Overcast: heavy rain. 27. Very fine. 28. Hazy anddamp. 29. Thick
haze: rain. 30, Fine. $1. Very fine: cloudless: overcast at night——Mean
temperature of the month 5°-3 below the average.

Boston.—May 1. Fine. 2. Fine: thunder and lightning r.m., with rain. 3.
Cloudy : thunder and lightning p.™., with rain. 4. Fine: rain earlya.m. 5. Fine:
rain early a.M.: rainr.M. 6. Rain. 7. Cloudy: rain early a.m.:rainr.m. 8.
Fine: rain a.m. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 10. Rain, 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine:
rain a.M. and p.m. 13. Fine: rainr.m. 14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy:
rain a.M. 18. Windy. 19. Fine: rainearly a.m. 20. Fine: raine.m. 21.
Cloudy. 22, Fine. 23. Cloudy: rainer.m. 24, 25. Cloudy: rain early a.m.
26. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raine.m. 27. Fine. 28. Fine: rain early a.m. :
raine.M. 29. Cloudy: raine.m. 30, 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—™May 1. Drops: showers. 2. Showers. 3. Showers:
sleet. 4. Bright: showers. 5—7. Clear. 8. Rain: showers. 9, 10, Showers,
11. Bright: cloudy. 12,13. Clear. 14. Drops: clear. 15. Fog: drizzle.
16. Showers: drizzle. 17. Bright: clear. 18. Cloudy: clear, 19. Clear.
20. Cloudy. 21. Bright: cloudy. 22,23. Cloudy: damp. 24, 25. Cloudy.
26. Bright: cloudy. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29. Bright: clear. 30. Cloudy: fine.
31. Bright : fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—-May 1. Heavy showers. 2, 3. Heavy
showers, with hail. 4. Sunshine and showers. 5. Fine. 6. Moist: light drops.
7—9. Slight showers. 10. Fine. 11. Rain p.m. : hoar-frost a.m. 12. Showers,
13. Fair and fine. 14, Rain nearly all day. 15—17. Fair: fine: bracing air.
18. Fair, but threatening. 19. Fair, but threatening: fine. 20, 21. Fair, but
threatening: droughty, 22—24, Fair, but threatening. 25. Fair, but threaten-
ing: few drops of rain. 26. Fair, but threatening: very droughty. 27—30.
Fair, but threatening. 31. Fine : warm.

|

ZO-T |€9-0 \LE-€ |68-% ZE-GP 08-8 6:3 {LLG |L-ZG |SE-0P |PL.6S |€F6.62 |£6-62 £18-6% 208-62 | 9£-66 9£8-62 |S88-6 | ‘aveTA
sereer|rreeslieceesterrees! seve | egg luntea| sms | $Oh | 6h | PH|FE9| Go| Eh | 69 |LO-0€ | PI-0€ | 00.0€ | 80-08 | 79-62 |99T-0€ |I8T-0F | “IE
991290.0 [FO [|| oua| tou | cu | oh | 29 | SP} 29] gS] 6€ | F9 |PI-0€ |1-0€ | 00-0€ | 16-62 | SE-6% |1SL.08 |SP0-08 | “of
seteee og. |Lo. | ‘ou | ou | a | cou | OF | 2G |%ah) gS| 0G] gh | SG |PLO€ |F1-0€ | 78.6z | 68-62 | SE-62 [89-62 |Z69-60| *6%
zo. |10- | ‘au | ‘ou | ‘a | ou | Ob | 6P Eh] LS] LG] 6 | Lo [04-08 |€Z-0F | $6-6z | 00-08 | OF.62 |ZLL-6z 064-6 | *gz D
189, | go. | ‘ou | au | ‘s | cou | Sb | 6h |fSh| FS} 09| Bh | Lo |61-0F | 11-08 | 96.62 | 84-62 | £€.66 [892.62 \gLL-60 | “Le
serederreesl Oo, 172, | sau | coum | wea] °s Sop 0S |£er| 2S! ro] oF 6S |86-6% | 86-62% | 19-6% | 89:62 | S1-6% |019-62 |$89-6%| *9%
rreecleseenel 7Q, (QL. | ‘au | ‘au | wea] *a ov | Seb |fb7) FSS) of] OF | LS | 66-62% | 70-08 | 8-62 | 18:60 | 9£-6% |$89.6% 882-62) “Sz
‘99.0 19h: {PG | ‘ou | cou | wyeo| «m | Sop | 6h hh! 9G] £9! Sh | 19 |90-08 | 60-08 | £8-6z | 8-62 | SZ-6z |£08-6z 228-60 | “bz
go: fete lot. | au | ou | ca | -mu | toh | Lb Shh| £9.9.19] FP | 09 |00-08 | 00.08 | Fg-6z | 98-62 | SE-6% |86L-6z PE8-6z| “fz
Sesesiseeslevenl zo. | ou | cou | cou | cu | Sh | 0G | OF) 6S) 99| Ih | 6G |00-0€ |00-0€ | 19.62 | 08-62 | 62-62 |P69.62 68L-62| *2%
jereleerl 6. [oz | au | ‘ou | mea} ma | gh | oS |#PP| 19.6.8] wh | 99 | 00-08 |£0-G€ | gL.6z | 61-62 | PE-6z |PS9-62 |F9L-62| "1ZO
tereeslesereeleerees! 27) | sou | tou “1 ‘u or Lv \$€v\£L9| #9] 17 6G | 10:08 |S0-08 | 08-62 | 68-62 VE-6% |178-6% |678-62| “0%
seeder! fo, feel cog | cou | cu | «a | of | LP | Shi 09! 19] gf | 6G |£0-08 |86-62 | $8-6z | 08-62 | 0€-6 |908-62 F18-62| “61
“199. {Zo.| cu |tau | cu | sm | Op | gh |F1V) fP9 S-PS| oF | 69 | 96-62 |S0-0€ | 28.60 | L6.6% | 75-62 |198-60 950.08) “ST
OL eestor too. | eau | tm | unre | vo or | gf | 0S| 19/¢.29| 1€ | LG |ST1-0€ |91-0€ | 80-08 | $0.08 €9-6% |SI1-O0€ jgf1-08| “LT
go. logo ff] mu | +m | uyeo}| -u | Sop | $67 | gh] FO! SS| Sh | €o |OT-0€ |LI-O€ | E1-0€ | Z2-0€ | LL.62 |PES-OF |g82-0F| “OL
serecsleeeecelvereerleereerlemtim | cm [uted] ‘au | gh} of |FZh| $9 G.99| gh | £9 | 92-08 |P3-0F |ZZ-0F | 12-08 | GL-6% |PLZ-0£ BLz-0F| “SI
tereeleeree] po. fees muan | cm | cu | cu sr | £67 | 6£/8SS| Sc| oF 19 |£%-0€ |Pz-0€ | 02-08 | LZ-0£ | 08-6z |LVZ-0€ |Z0£-08 | “VI C
serveelerererl gz, 10g, ] *s | u | cu | cau | Gp | 86h | oh $69 .¢.€9| PP | 19 |9%-0€ |€1-0€ |81-0€ | 00-0€ | 89-62% |€76-62 |IZ1-0£| “ET
go. fete |60. |«wua) a juyeo! ‘u | oF | 6F | ah FZS| $9} ab | 8G | 68-62 | 99-62 | 08.6% | 69-6 | 72-62 |LEL-60 698-60 | “ZI
tesedeerel tg. [go. | cass | cs | upeo| cu oF | oS | PE) 6S] 0S] wh | gS |0S-6% | 89-62 | 09-62 | 69-62 | 00-62% |S08-6z 678-60) “IT
OL {160- |Fo. | ‘a | ‘ou |wyeo| -u | Ph] LH} 6£| SS! 6h] Of | gS | €L-62 | L9-62 | 09.6 | SV-6% | 80-62 |LSP-62 |L6S.62| “OI
60. |t77| Fo. |e] -a | ca |mpeoj sms | €h | Lh | LE) SS| gh} € | 6G | 02-62 | 69-62 | 11-62 | 1-62 | 80-62 [Esh-60 067-62 | *6
ol. |1€-0/S8. | To. | ‘2 |asteu) wyeo| «ms | Oh | Gh |S6E] ZS] oS] PE | ZS, | 29-66 | 29.62 | 0-6 | SP-6Z | 00-62 |LOP.62 |LSV-62| 8
reeeeleorree] 7, 1Qz. | ouu| cu |uyeo| mu | Pr | Seb |F1h| OF! oF | LE | oS | F8-6% | 86-62 | 89-6z | GL.62 | 72-62 |685-6z 679-60 | *L
srdeerel 6g, fap. | cou | cou juyeo| m | ob | SZ /foe) €¢| Zr] Le | ¢¢ |g0.0€ | 76.62 | LL-6z | ZL-6z | 0€-6z |189-6z |9£8-62| ‘9 @.
zz. (| Eo. |€o. | tas | ‘au }wyeo| smu | Sop | oF | PE| SG\G.09] Lz | gS | P6-6% | 6-62 | 08-62 | 8L-62 | OF-6% |ZZ8-62 |$88-6| °*S
corevdeseveel oz, [eoeveel mun] cm fuujeo| au | Op | gh | 6€/ 9S] 6P| 9€ | 09 |98-6% |9L-6z | 8L-6z | 99-62 | PE-6z |16L-62 |S68-62 | “?
tz [r7"1G0. | 10. |‘ | ‘m |uyeo| a | fap] gh | Sh/¥oo} oS} LE | 69 | 19-62 |09.6z | 99-62 | 09-62 | OF-62 |8L8-60 |686-6 | ‘€
tecnselecsces|rccsceieoeees| 044 *m | wayea| sas PP 6r |Z07|§Sg| LS] 9o€ 9 |2S-6c | PL-6% | 99-62 | 8P-6z 6-60 1128-62 |L96-62 | “%
pana To. | ‘ms | mss] cm | om gh | zo | 6F) S| 09| gh | So | 06-6 | £2-6% | OF-62 | ZP-62 | LZ-6% 628-62 |$06-62 | “I
2 s} Or) ee 9 O| tel fol & a | Fs | = | ‘wa | ‘we | curd | cure | | oe a “Ae
a2 Sgro demote: ferme | Fe ics) alles BP | -youmsryo uo. — | exus-seryung BS momo | eS
“UIey "PUL AA, *IOJOULOWIIY T, *IOJOULOAV | es A

"RANWMUQG) ‘asunyy younpung 7H “uo NOD *Zd ‘Ady ay7 Ag puv SauULHs-salUIWaAcy ‘asunypyr yquvSojddy yw ‘aequaq MW “aay ay7 Ag ‘NoLsog

7D “||BOA “AYN 4q Suopuory avau ‘MOIMSIHY Jv Ajowo0g jounznoysozy ayy fo wapevyy ay; qo uosdwoyy, “A, 49 apow suoryvasasgy¢ jvrG0/0L0a;a 47

EP Ene AN Neb

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 103. AUGUST 1845.

VII.—Notes of a Microscopical Examination of the Chalk and
Flint of the South-east of England ; with remarks on the Ani-
malculites of certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits. By Gipron
ALGERNON Mante.t, Esq., LU.D., F.R.S.*

Tue founders of this Society could scarcely have imagined that
the structure and economy of those minute forms of animal ex-
istence which are invisible to the unassisted eye, would become a
legitimate subject of geological investigation ; and that the du-
rable coverings or cases of these miniatures of life would be found
preserved in a fossil state, and in such inconceivable numbers, as
to constitute not only a large proportion of many rocks, but the
entire mass of certain deposits of great thickness and extent :
still less could they have surmised that the soft perishable bodies
of animalcules of this kind would be preserved by mineralization,
and be found entombed, like flies in amber, in the flint nodules
of which our roads are so largely constructed.

When the attention of geologists was first directed, a few years
since, to this most interesting department of paleontology, by
the surprising discoveries and startling deductions of that emi-
nent philosopher, M. Ehrenberg, several observers in this coun-
try entered upon the investigation with much alacrity, to satisfy
themselves of the correctness of the marvellous statements of the
Prussian naturalist ; but this mexhaustible and most inviting field
of inquiry has not been followed up with the zeal and assiduity
which might have been anticipated, from the facility of the ex-
amination, and the important results which could not fail to be
obtained by any competent and patient observer.

With the exception of the able “ Memoir on the Siliceous
Bodies of the Chalk, Greensands and Oolites,” by Mr. Bowerbank,
and which is published in the sixth vol. of the Geological Trans-
actions,—a memoir to which I shall hereafter have occasion to
refer,—no express communication on this subject has, I believe,

* Read before the Geological Society of London, May 14th, 1845.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. G

74 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animaleulites of the
been laid before this Society. My friend the Rev. J. B. Reade

(of Stone, Bucks),a gentleman well-known as an eminent observer,
was the first to investigate the flints of the English chalk in
search of those curious bodies termed Xanthidia ; several species
of which were discovered by him, and are figured and described in
the ninth number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History.” Mr. H.
Hopley White subsequently pursued the inquiry, and contributed
a notice on flint Xanthidia to the first vol. of the ‘ Microscopical
Journal,’ illustrated with figures of several new forms.

Many interesting remarks on the microscopical examination of
flint and chalk by Mr. Reade are inserted in the fourth edition
of my ‘ Wonders of Geology,’ as well as in my recent work, ‘ The
Medals of Creation’; which also contains an account of some dis-
coveries by my assistant Mr. Hamlin Lee, and by my son*.

I propose on the present occasion, to lay before the Society the
general results of a microscopical examination of numerous spe-
cimens of chalk and flint, from the south-east of England, with
the hope of exciting those who have more leisure and greater
ability than myself, to pursue the inquiry, and not from an undue
estimate of the importance of the facts embodied in this commu-
nication.

With a view to conciseness, it will be convenient to arrange
my observations under three heads, viz.—

I. On the organic composition of the white chalk.

II. On the organic structure and minute fossil bodies of chalk
flints.

III. On the animaleulites of the tertiary strata of England;
and on the occurrence in the British seas of livmg genera and
species of infusoria, identical with many that occur fossil in the
miocene deposits of Virginia.

I. On the White Chalk.—Mr. Lonsdale long since demon-
strated that the white chalk of England was largely constituted
of minute shells, corals, and foraminifera, which bodies might be
readily detected by brushing the chalk in water and collecting
the sediment ; but it was not at that time suspected that almost
the whole of the residue of the detritus was composed of distinct
organisms, so minute as to require the highest magnifying powers,
and a peculiar mode of manipulation, to develope and define.
Ehrenberg, who has determined several hundred species of ani-
malculites from the chalk, states that some layers of that lime-
stone are so rich in fossil remains, that a cubic inch is made up
of at least one million of recognizable forms. In his memoir
“On numerous Animals in the Chalk Formation which are
still to be found m a livmg state,” are particularized all the

* See ‘ Medals of Creation,’ vol. i. chap. vii.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 75

species and genera detected in the chalk from various parts
of Europe, Asia, and America*. It will suffice for my present
purpose to enumerate a few of these fossil organisms, premising
that the term Polythalamia, or polythalamian animalcules, de-
signates the calcareous-shelled foraminifera, as for example, Ro-
talia, Textilaria, Nodosaria, &e., and that of Infusoria, the sili-
eeous-shelled animalcules, as Xanthidia, Coscinodisci, &c. ; while
the name Animalculites, is 2 convenient general designation for
the fossil remains of both divisions of these microscopic forms of
animal organization.

Infusoria of the Chalk—M. Ehrenberg describes one species
of Eunotia and two of Fragillaria from Gravesend ; and from the
chalk marls of Sicily several species of Actinocyclus, Coscinodiscus,
and Gaillonella, which are also found alive in the sea at Cuxhaven.
The most remarkable forms are certain species of Dictyocha, a
genus formerly supposed to be extinct, which abound im the
white marls of the chalk of Cattanisetta, and have lately been
found living in the Baltic 7.

Another interesting animaleulite is the Peridinium pyrophorum,
which occurs in the flint of Delitzsch, and has recently been de-
tected living and luminous in the Baltic.

Numerous species of all the above genera abound also in the
tertiary strata, and were formerly supposed to be absent in the
secondary formations ; and with the exception of a few kinds to
be noticed hereafter, my own researches and those of several
competent observers have not revealed any traces of these orga-
nisms in the English chalk; we have never found Eunotie or
Fragillarig in that of Gravesend. Of the microscopic calcareous-
shelled animalcules, the chalk contains species, said by Ehrenberg
to be identical with living, of the genera Globigerina, Rosalina,
Cristatella, Textilaria, Rotalia and Nodosaria ; and so far as my
observations extend, species of these genera form the greater part
of the cretaceous animalculites of England. But although it is
easy to demonstrate the abundant occurrence of these forms in
some masses of chalk, yet in many of the strata it is scarcely pos-
sible to detect any well-defined specimens ; and I confess, that
frequent disappointment in my search for these bodies, had made
me somewhat sceptical of receiving at their full value, the glow-

* See a translation of this memoir, with plates, in Taylor’s ‘ Scientific
Memoirs,’ vol. iii. Art. 13. Also a masterly abstract of Ehrenberg’s ob-
servations ‘On the Composition of Chalk Rocks and Marls by invisible or-
ganic bodies,” by Mr. Weaver in the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ for June and
July 1841.

t+ The Dictyoche are polygastric animaleules of the family Bacillaria,
which are invariably coloured by green granules, and have a slow creeping
motion.

G2

76 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

ing descriptions of the Prussian philosopher. A short time since,
however, I discovered some layers of chalk which are wholly com-
posed of polythalamia, principally of the genera Rotalia and Tex-
tilaria ; and it may perhaps be interesting to other observers if I
mention the circumstances which led me to institute a microsco-
pical examination of these deposits.

Every one knows that m our white chalk corals are but spa-
ringly distributed, and that the species hitherto determimed are
comparatively few. Those enumerated in Mr. Morris’s ‘Catalogue
of British Fossils’? amount to between twenty and thirty spe-
cies, and belong to sixteen or seventeen genera. The cretaceous
deposits of Maestricht and Faxoe present in this respect a striking
contrast with those of England. There are however a few loca-
lities in which certain layers of the chalk abound in small, deli-
cate, calcareous polypidoms ; and of late years many beautiful
specimens of the genera Jdmonea, Ceriopora, Pustulopora, Rete-
pora, &c. have been obtained from the neighbourhood of Dover.
For the most part the specimens are small, but occasionally
some occur of considerable size, as in the fine example on the
table (presented to me by Mrs. Smith of Tunbridge Wells), which
consists of hundreds of branches of Pustulopora and Idmonea,
intertwined into a mass more than two inches in thickness.
When clearing this beautiful fossil, the extremely friable nature
of the chalk, and the sensation of a peculiar asperity to the touch,
which experience had taught me was commonly characteristic of
the presence of minute fossil bodies, induced me to submit a few
grains to a microscopical survey; and the entire block of chalk
in which the coral is imbedded, proved to be almost wholly con-
stituted of Rotalie and Textilarie, associated with spines of
sponges and of other Amorphozoa, and a few discs apparently of
Pyzidicula: the residue consists of the detritus of similar orga-
nisms and of polyparia. I have distributed samples of this coral-
line chalk among my friends, and the result of their exploration
is in accordance with my own.

The incoherent character of the Dover coralline chalk, results
therefore from its organic composition, and the absence of any
cementing material. For in other cretaceous strata where an
infiltration of cale-spar has consolidated the rock, the chalk pos-
sesses great compactness and durability, and the organisms may
be seen in polished slices, and sometimes in relief on the surface.
That the white chalk was origmally everywhere of the same or-
ganic constitution there can be no reasonable doubt ; and it is
remarkable how universal was the distribution of certain species
throughout the cretaceous ocean. The Rotalia globulosa, Rot.
perforata, and Teatilaria globulosa, have been found in every chalk
district in Europe; and I have the same species, through the

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. ry

kindness of Dr. Bailey of West Pomt, New York, from various
parts of Asia and America.

I will now venture to digress for a brief space to inquire whe-
ther the original organic incoherent condition of the chalk, as
shown by the above investigations, may not offer a satisfactory
explanation of the formation of the grooves and furrows on the
surface of chalk rocks, and of the vertical funnels or sand-pipes
with which in certain districts the cretaceous strata are traversed ;
and of the origin of the beds of loose, but not water-worn, flint
nodules, which are so constantly met with lying on the surface of
the rock, and immediately beneath the turf of the downs, and
with scarcely any intermixture of transported materials ; phzeno-
mena, that have very recently been brought under the notice of
this Society. From what has been advanced, it is manifest that
the chalk when first deposited at the bottom of the ocean must
have been in the state of a fine white detritus or mud, resembling
in appearance and in chemical and organic composition, the chalk
now in progress of formation along the coasts of the Bermuda
Islands ; some layers of which are as rich in animalculites as any
of the American tertiary formations. The veins and beds of flint,
probably originated from the periodical introduction of thermal
waters highly charged with silica, into the calcareous sediment :
and the subsequent conversion of the incoherent detritus imto
compact white chalk, must have resulted in part from pressure,
and from the infiltration of crystallized carbonate of lime ; a pro-
cess which at the present moment is in constant action on the
shores of the Bermudas, and whose effects are seen in the spe-
cimens on the table, in which the sediment thrown down by the
sea is shown in various states, from that of a white pulverulent
earth, to the compact limestone with which the forts and bridges
of those islands are constructed.

It may, therefore, with great probability be assumed, that at
the period when the eretaceous strata of the south-east of En-
gland were exposed to those elevatory movements which ulti-
mately raised them, together with the Wealden deposits on which
they repose, above the level of the sea, the lowermost beds of
chalk were already consolidated ; but the uppermost and latest
deposits were in the state of the soft Bermuda earth. Upon the
emergence of the chalk above the sea, those last formed and con-
sequently least coherent beds, would be the first exposed to the -
destructive effects of the waves; and if the elevation were gra-
dual, successive strata would be subjected to the same agency,
until the chalk-hills were lifted up above the operation of these
denuding causes. The drainage of the elevated portions of the
soft caleareous rock would then commence, and give rise to nu-
merous streams and rills, by which the surface would be worn

78 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

into furrows and channels; and funnels (sand-pipes) would be
formed by the gyratory action of eddies, or whirlpools, induced
by opposing currents ; effects in every respect analogous to those
observable on the mud-banks of a delta, during the recession of
the tide. The beds of loose, unrolled, and but slightly abraded
flints, the smooth rounded contour of the gently swelling hills
and undulated coombs and valleys of chalk districts, appear to me
to be the natural consequences of the phenomena here contem-
lated.

Il. Chalk Flints—I now proceed to the consideration of the
organic structures, and microscopical fossil bodies, observable m
chalk flints. Itwas a current opinion with Parkinson, Towns-
end, M. Guettard, and other early observers, that the external
forms of a large proportion of the flint nodules had been derived
from various kinds of sponges and alcyonia, which, while growing
in their native sea, or floatmg in its waters, had become enve..
loped and saturated by the fluid silex ; and it was also inferred
that these organisms had served as pomts of attraction for the
siliceous matter, and were in a great measure the cause of the
irregular nodular character, and mode of distribution, of the flints
of the cretaceous formation. The occurrence of minute shells,
corals, and other organic remains im the flints, was adduced as ad-
ditional confirmation of this opimion ; since a similar entangle-
ment of foreign bodies in the hollows and meshes of recent
sponges is constantly observable. My much-valued friend the late
Mr. Parkinson, mvestigated this subject with his wonted ability
and caution, and many interesting observations on fossil sponges,
illustrated by excellent figures, will be found im the second volume
of the ‘Organic Remains of a Former World.’ That various
kinds of Porifera or Amorphozoa have formed the nuclei of im-
mense numbers of the flint nodules, will be readily admitted by
all who have paid but a moderate share of attention to the sub-
ject ; and the prevalence of spicula of sponges in chalk and flmt,
proves the abundance of these organisms in the cretaceous seas.
The microscopical examination of flint corroborates this inference,
for the brown reticulated éisswe, so general in siliceous nodules, is
unquestionably referable to certain kinds of sponges. This fact
Mr. Bowerbank has satisfactorily established in the valuable me-
moir previously cited; a memoir which presents so admirable an
illustration of the nature of the spongeous structure observable in
chalk flints, and in the agates of Oberstein, and in the green jasper
of India, and such clear and ample directions for the successful
investigation of these organic remains, as to render but few re-
marks on the subject necessary. I will only state that my own
observations confirm those recorded by Mr. Bowerbank in every
essential particular ; namely, in the frequency of the reticulated

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. vo

spongeous tissue, and of spicula, in our flints ; in the presence of
polythalamia and infusoria, particularly of Xanthidia, in the canals
of sponges, and their frequent suspension throughout the mass
of a siliceous nodule ; as if the spongeous tissue had retained its
form sufficiently long to allow of the silicification of the animal-
cules, and had subsequently perished. At the same time I must
express my conviction, that the facts he so faithfully portrays do
not warrant the hypothesis that all the nodules, veins, dikes, and
sheets of flint, are to be ascribed to the silicification of sponges ;
neither can I admit that the cavities of the shells of echinoderms
and mollusks, now found filled with flint, were previously occu-
pied by sponges. The theory of M. Ehrenberg, that the compact
nodules of flint are the consolidated pulverulent siliceous parti-
cles of infusoria, I conceive to be equally untenable. Nor do the
facts hitherto brought before us seem to warrant the inference,
that the abundance of siliceous spicula m any of the porifera
rendered those bodies more favourable for silicification ; on the
contrary, the soft gelatinous animal matter, as Mr. Bowerbank
has suggested, does appear to have exerted such an influence by
some species of elective affinity or attraction : hence the frequent
silicification of the bodies of mollusks, while the shell retains its
calcareous character, as in the specimen of an oyster figured in
the ‘ Medals of Creation,’ p. 363.

In many of the silicified fossils of the chalk, the mineralization
is simply that of incrustation and infiltration ; such is the state of
numerous sponges, which are, as it were, invested by the flint, and
haye their pores and tubes filled with the same substance ; but the
spongeous tissue is in the condition of a brown friable earthy sub-
stance. In other examples the sponge has been incrusted by a mass
of liquid silex, and its tissue has subsequently perished ; in this
manner have been formed those hollow nodules, which, on being
broken, present a large cavity containing only a little white pow-
der, or some loose fragments of silicified sponge; while in other
specimens the cavity is lined with quartz and chalcedony, probably
introduced by subsequent infiltration through the nodule. It fre-
quently happens that the zoophyte is only partially invested with
silex, while the other portion is imbedded in the chalk, and is a
friable caleareous substance. The Choanites and Ventriculites are
often found in this condition, and hence the protean forms assumed
by the flints that have been moulded in the cavities of these orga-
nisms. These specimens appear to demonstrate that the organic
bodies became permeated with flint, only when they happened to
be exposed to the current or stream of liquid silex, which pene-
trated such portions of structures, or entered the cavities of such
shells, and echimoderms, as were lying at the bottom of the ocean
over which it flowed, or were immersed in the calcareous detritus

80 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

into which the stream was injected. And there are innumerable
nodules of flint which exhibit no trace of spongeous structure ;
as well as veins, dikes, and sheets of tabular flint, that may be
regarded as pure, and free from organic remains, excepting such
as must necessarily have become entangled and imbedded in a
stream of mineral matter flowing over a sea-bottom.

The shells of mollusks, and the crustaceous cases of echino-
derms, do not occur silicified m the white chalk, but their cavities
are very commonly filled with flint, and these casts are well
known as among the most common fossils of the ploughed lands
of chalk districts. The phosphate of lime, like the carbonate,
seems to have been unfavourable for the phenomenon of silicifica-
tion. I have seen but two examples of bone imbedded in flint,
and in one of these the silex has merely incrusted the bone ; m the
other, a caudal vertebra of the Mososaurus from Brighton, the
mineral has partially mvested the bone and permeated the cells,
but the calcareous tissue remains unchanged. A coprolite of
Macropoma, partially surrounded by flint, retains its caleareous
character ; and the teeth of fishes, although sometimes enveloped
in flint, are not silicified. I had teeth of the Hypsodon, and
Mr. Charlesworth has a portion of a jaw with teeth of the Moso-
saurus from the chalk, in which the pulp-cavities are filled with
flint, which must have permeated the parietes of the teeth, and
yet the calcigerous tubes remain unchanged, and are not filled
with silex; here probably the contents of the pulp-cavity in-
fluenced the pseudomorphism, as in the case of the oyster.

But in other fossils the mineralization pervades the entire or-
ganism, and has been effected by replacement. The original sub-
stance has been removed, and the silex substituted in its place ;
such is the common petrifaction of wood, and of most examples
of the softer zoophytes. The Choanites, which, from their per-
fect silicification, are im such request at Brighton for brooches and
other ornamental purposes, afford a good illustration of this
process.

This complete transmutation of organic structures into flint,
quartz, or chalcedony, is very common in other divisions of the
chalk formation. In the well-known fossils of the Devonshire
whetstone, the shells are almost invariably converted into flint
or jasper.

An able American mineralogist, Mr. Dana, suggests* that the
reason why silica is so common,a material in the constitution of
fossilized wood and shells, as well as in pseudomorphic crystals,
consists in the ready solution of silex im water at high tempera-
tures under pressure whenever an alkali is present, (as is seen at

* See American Journal of Science for January 1845.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 81

the present time in many volcanic regions,) and its ready depo-
sition again when the waters cool. A solution of silica, whether
resulting from the deposition of felspar at the ordinary tempe-
rature, or whether proceeding from submarine volcanic action,
will in either case contain other substances. The alkali of the
felspar, potash, or soda, passes off with the liberated silica ; and
in the latter case, the heated waters, if marine, will mclude both
soda and magnesian salts. Mr. Dana goes on to show that a
mere heated solution of silica i water, under great pressure, 1s
sufficient to expla the phenomenon of silicification of organic
structures. Thus in the strata of white chalk, in which the shells
of mollusca are not silicified, but remain calcareous, the streams
of water holding silex in solution, were probably of a lower tem-
perature than in the case of the Devonshire silicified shells, the
pseudomorphism of which may have been effected by a very hot
solution of silica. “ For a erystal of cale-spar in such a fluid,
being exposed to solution from the action of the heated water
alone, the silica deposits itself gradually on a reduction of tempe-
rature, and takes the place of the lime, atom by atom, as soon as
set free. Every silicified fossil is an example of this pseudomor-
phous process ; but there seems to be no union of the silica with
the liberated lime, since silicate of lime occurs extremely seldom,
if at all, either in the fossils themselves or in the surrounding
rock. There appears to be something in the chemical or electro-
chemical forces excited among the molecules by the process of
solution, which leads the molecules of any body that may be
passing at the time from a liquid state to take the place succes-
sively of each molecule that 1s removed; and thus it is that the
form of the original structure, to the minutest character, is so ex-
actly assumed by the substituting mineral. Fluor spar, and even
heavy spar or barytes, although stated to be insoluble, have evi-
dently undergone solution in heated waters, and thus been depo-
sited in cayities and veins of sedimentary limestones that show no
trace of the effects of a higher temperature ; for they are not fused,
nor even rendered crystalline. The agency of hot waters and
vapours in producing changes in rocks and in organic remains
has perhaps scarcely received sufficient attention. When we con-
sider the number of hot springs on the surface of the earth in
regions of modern volcanic action, as well as in others not of this
nature; when we remember the many eruptions of hot water
even from subaérial volcanoes ; and when further we have before
our eyes the wide-spread effects of voleanic action beneath the
sea,—can we refuse to the agency of heat thus conveyed by vapours
and flowing mineral waters, a large share of the various meta-
morphic changes in the mincral kingdom ; especially if we take
into view the condition of a vast submarine volcanic region in

82 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

full action, with its floods of melted rocks, its opened fissures,
and its fountains of boilmg waters and jets of heated vapours ?”
For a full explanation of these views I refer to the original paper
of Mr. Dana in the ‘ American Journal of Science’ for January
1845. The elaborate work of Dr. Blum on the Pseudomorphous
Minerals may also be studied with advantage*.

I return from this digression to the consideration of the minute
fossils which are of most frequent occurrence in our flints. The
polythalamian forms are chiefly referable to the genera Rotalia, Ro-
talina and Textilaria ; there are also some kinds of the compound
foraminifera, but these are comparatively rare, and I have not yet
examined them with sufficient attention. In some slices of flint
prepared by Mr. Darker from the Paramoudra of Ireland, polytha-
lamia are very numerous. The shells or cases invariably appear to
be silicified, and the cells of the dead shells to be filled with flint.
By dead shells I mean those in which the animal was dead, and its
soft parts removed and the shell empty, before its immersion in the
silex ; for I can now bring unequivocal evidence to prove, that in
many examples the animal itself must have occupied its shell, and
all its soft parts been entire, at the moment when it became en-
veloped by the siliceous fluid. A specimen figured in the ‘ Me-
dals of Creation ’ first directed my attention to this interesting
fact ; and several specimens both of Rotalie and Textilarie have
since been discovered, which confirm the opinion I then ventured
to suggest.

In illustration of this highly interesting fact, I select on the
present occasion an atom of flint (scarcely larger than a pin’s
head) discovered by Mr. Lee, in which are imbedded two Rotale,
having the cells filled with a rich amber-coloured substance, that
under a high power presents a granular structure analogous to
that of the body of the recent Rotate. In these fossils the soft
parts appear to be in the state of molluskite, or they may have
undergone silicification ; the mineral being coloured by the ani-
mal matter. To persons unaccustomed to the microscopical ex-
ploration of objects of this nature, these specimens may seem to
be merely casts of the interior of the shell; but to the eye well-
instructed in the character of such remains, they will at once be
seen to be entirely dissimilar. I would content myself with re-
ferring to the ‘ Medals of Creation,’ in proof of the above infer-
ences, did I not know that many of the Fellows of this learned

* The experiments of Mr. Jeffrys, published in the Report of the British
Association for 1840, confirm these opinions, and prove that simply by the
agency of heated water and vapour, silex will be dissolved, and be precipi-
tated upon the cooling of the liquid or vapour. In one of these experiments
several pounds of silica were deposited on substances placed within reach of
the current of vapour.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 83

Society do not read works of so unpretending a character, and
may consider this statement as startling and unsatisfactory ; I
therefore claim the indulgence of entering upon a few details to
render the above remarks more intelligible.

It must be borne in mind that the case or shell of the Rotalia,
although presenting the general form, and the internal chambered
structure, of the shell of the Nautilus, is essentially different ; for
the whole of the external case is perforated with numerous holes
or foramina (hence the name Foraminifera), designed for the pass-
age of delicate processes called pseudopodia, which are organs of
motion ; and the cells or chambers are dissimilar in form, and still
more so in their office, from those of the Cephalopoda. For while
in the Nautilus the animal occupies only the outer chamber, and
all the posterior compartments are successively-quitted empty
dwellings, in the Rotalia the body distinctly fills up all the single
cells. According to Ehrenberg, the first four cells in the living
animal are occupied by colourless matter ; the hinder ones are
filled with less transparent parts, consisting of two differently co-
loured organs. One of these is the very thick alimentary canal,
which forms, like the whole body, a jointed chain expanded in
each chamber of the shell, and connected by a narrow isthmus
(the sipho ?) with the adjoining anterior and posterior ones.

M. Ehrenberg dissolved the shell of a hvmg polythalamian,
nearly allied to the Rotalia (the Nonionina germanica), by im-
mersion in weak hydrochloric acid, and thus exposed the ali-
mentary canal, which was then seen to be a simple organ dis-
tended in the compartments of the body, consequently itself ar-
ticulated with a single anterior aperture; and various siliceous
infusoria were distinctly perceived in the digestive tube, having
been swallowed by the animal. Beside the alimentary canal,
a yellowish brown or amber-coloured granular mass was percep-
tible in each of the cells, up to the last of the spirals, the first
excepted.

It was the striking resemblance between the specimen first
submitted to my notice, and the figure of the Nonionina deprived
of its shell, as given by Ehrenberg, that led me to suspect the
true nature of the fossils under review ; and the exquisite example
which will be placed under the microscope for the inspection of
those present, appears to me to leave no doubt of the correctness
of that opinion. In the same chip of flint there is another and
larger Rotalia, in which the body of the animal also is pre-
served. And now that we are accustomed to the microscopical
appearance of these organisms, we find that the pale yellowish
brown, or amber colour, of many semidiaphanous flints is derived
from the soft parts of Rotalia, Textilaria, and other polythala-
mian animalcules; in like manner, as I showed in a paper read

84. Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

before this Society (but not published), the dark vems and mark-
ings in the pillars of Purbeck marble in the Temple Church,
are attributable to the remains of the soft bodies of the fresh-
water shells of which that limestone is composed, in the state of
molluskite.

I have stated my conviction that the experienced microscopical
observer will not hesitate to agree with me in the opinion, that
in the fossils before us we have the mineralized soft bodies of
polythalamia; and I have obtained, through the kindness of
Mr. Williamson of Manchester, a recent object for comparison,
which is perfectly analogous, not to say identical, with the best-
preserved flint specimen. It is the body ofa Rotalia from which
the shell is removed, and is associated with other polythalamia,
&c.; 1t was obtained ‘with numerous other interesting recent or-
eanisms in sediment from the Levant.

Infusoria in Flint :—Xanthidia.—Our flints contain abundance
of several kinds of infusoria; as for example, various species of
the genera Pywidicula, Peridinium and Xanthidium. 1 shall re-
strict my remarks to the last-named animalculites, which, from
their elegant forms and good state of preservation, are highly in-
teresting to microscopic observers. The Xanthidia are minute,
globular or spherical bodies (from 535th to =45th of an inch in
diameter), beset with tubular processes, which terminate either
in fimbriated or acuminated extremities. They are stated by
Ehrenberg to be siliceous, and to be analogous, and some of the
species identical, with living forms which abound in boggy pools
and ponds. Several of the recent kinds occur in the ponds on
Clapham Common, Hampstead Heath, and other ‘places around
London. These organisms are however considered by the most
eminent botanists not to belong to the animal kingdom, but to
be vegetable structures, related to the Desmidiacee; and are
defined as plants having “ fronds simple, constricted mn the mid-
dle ; segments shghtly compressed, turgid, reniform or orbicular
and entire; their surfaces more or less furnished with simple or
brancbed elongated spines, either scattered over the surface or
confined to the margin, where they are placed in two rows, one
on each side the marginal line*.” Ehrenberg, on the other hand,
describes the Xanthidia as animals having spontaneous motion
and increasing by self-division. But I must not dwell on this
important and difficult question ; the arguments on both sides
ave concisely stated in ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.” March 1845, p. 188,
to which I would refer those who are interested in the subject.
I do not presume to think that my opinion on this problem is
of any value ; but waving the question of the animal or vegetable

* See Mr. Ralfs’s paper on the Desmidiacea, Ann, Nat. Hist. Jan. 1845.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 85

nature of these bodies, I may be permitted to state, that a careful
examination of both recent and fossil Xanthidia leads me to doubt
whether there is any analogy whatever between the organisms in
our flints and their supposed living types. The fossil forms have
the body more decidedly spherical or globular, their spines more
strictly tubular and differently arranged ; and they never exhibit
that reniform or constricted character so constant in the recent
Xanthidia, nor do they present any indication of spontaneous
fissuration. The fossils are supposed by Ehrenberg to have been
originally siliceous like the shields of other infusoria, but I know
not that any proof has been obtained of this inference. On the
contrary, so many examples occur in which the tubular arms are
bent, contorted, and contracted and shrivelled in the middle,
as to convey the idea of a flexible, rather than of a brittle, un-
yielding substance. A crushed or torn specimen very lately found
by my son, exhibits an appearance much at variance with the
supposition that the original was composed of silex or of any
other material that had a conchoidal fracture. If the Xanthidia
were originally siliceous, there is no reason why they should not
be detected in the chalk itself, simce bodies equally minute are
readily discoverable*. If to these arguments be added the @-priori
objection as to the probability that inhabitants of fresh water, of
boggy pools and ponds, should be found swarming in the sponges
and other marine structures of the cretaceous ocean, I think in
the present state of our knowledge it will be proper, notwith-
standing the high authority from which we must differ, to con-
sider the so-called Xanthidia of the chalk as distinct from the
recent organisms after which they have been named ; in fact, as
a genus of marine infusoria, should they not hereafter prove to
be the gemmules of polyparia or the spores of marine plants.

I will conclude this imperfect notice of the flit animalculites,
by stating that several kinds of disciform bodies of great beauty
have recently been detected by Mr. Lee; these appear to be
transverse sections of different species of the foraminifera termed
Nodosaria, or of some allied genus.

Ill. Tertiary Animalculites—I now arrive at the last division
of the present inquiry, which will comprise a few remarks on the
occurrence of animalculites in the tertiary strata of Great Britain ;
and of living species and genera of infusoria in the British seas,
analogous to those of the miocene deposits of North America.

The organic constitution of the tertiary marls of Virginia, and
the nature of the fossils of which they are composed, are too well

* Since the above remarks were written, numerous Xanthidia have been
detected in chalk from Dover by Mr. Henry Deane of Clapham; but the ap-
pearance of these specimens, when cleared from the chalk and mounted in
Canada balsam, seems to support the opinion that the originals were flexible
and not siliceous.

86 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

known to require particular description. They are almost entirely
made up of the aggregated siliceous cases or skeletons of infusorial
animalcules ; the prevailing forms belonging to the genera Cos-
cinodiscus (sieve-like disc), Actinocyclus (wheel-hke disc), Dic-
tyocha, Gaillonella, Pyxidicula, and numerous kinds of the family
of Bacillaria. Figures and descriptions of many of these fossils by
Dr. Bailey will be found in several of the late numbers of the
‘American Journal of Science.” The most remarkable of the si-
liceous shields are the orbicular cases of the Coscinodisct, which,
when entire, consist of a pair of discs, connected at the periphery
by a broad band or ring. The delicate and elegant markings with
which the surfaces of these shields are elaborately sculptured,
render them objects of great beauty and mterest. An assemblage
of these tertiary animalculites presents so strikmg a contrast to
any I have seen from the chalk of England, Asia, or America, that
I am very desirous M. Ehrenberg’s statement as to their preva-
lence in cretaceous strata should be verified by further ivesti-
gations ; and the more so, as Dr. Bailey mentions that Ehrenberg
referred certain unquestionably miocene American deposits to the
chalk, because they yielded animalculites resembling some he had
obtained from European strata supposed to belong to the Chalk
formation.

I have sought in vain among the tertiary strata of England
for infusorial deposits analogous to those of America. Polytha-
lamia frequently occur in the London clay (as was first made
known by Mr. Wetherell in a valuable paper published in our
Transactions); and within the last few weeks several kinds of fo-
raminifera have been obtained from clay brought up in sinking a
well at Clapham, at the depth of 120 feet. But no one has dis-
covered in our tertiary formations a bed, or even seam of earth,
composed of fossil infusoria. In fact, so far as my information
extends, our only rich deposits of this kind are of very recent ori-
gin. Near the banks of the river Bann, in the county of Down,
Ireland, there is a layer of infusorial earth a foot thick, under-
lying a bed of peat. Specimens of this earth, with which I have
been favoured by the Countess of Caledon, accompanied with
drawings by her ladyship of the prevailmg organisms, show that
the bed consists of an aggregation of the siliceous shields or cases
of numerous kinds of Bacillaria, but no traces of Coscinodisci or
other usual American tertiary species occur ; this arises probably
from the Irish deposit being of fluviatile origin*.

* Tt may be added, that the property of polishing metal, which deposits
of this kind are so well known in Germany to possess, has been discovered
by the Irish ; and as this earth occurs on the estate of Lord Roden at Tul-
leymore, it is locally known as Lord Roden’s plate-powder.

Some white earth recently sent from New Zealand as magnesia, proves
to be a fluviatile infusorial deposit like that of Ireland.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 87

But if I have hitherto been unsuccessful in the microscopical
exploration of our tertiary strata, an unexpected assemblage of the
American miocene forms has been found in the digestive organs of
certain living mollusca. Mr. Lee’s discovery of recent Coscino-
disci in the barnacle (announced in the ‘ Medals of Creation’) has
been followed up by his detection of numerous species and genera
of infusoria in the stomach of the common scallop (Pecien mazt-
mus*). These recent animalcules present almost all the genera and
some of the species that prevail in the tertiary marls of Virginia ;
in particular two very striking and abundant fossils of the Rich-
mond earth, the elegant Coscinodiscus radiatus and the Dictyocha
fibula. So close is the analogy, not only of the individual shields,
but even of their collocation, that it would be difficult for an ex-
perienced observer to distinguish slides mounted with the re-
spective organisms, although the one group is from deposits of
unfathomable antiquity, and the other from the British seas.

I have already stated that the modern calcareous deposits of
the Bermuda Islands contain layers of infusorial earth ; these are
made up of organisms resembling those of America and the recent
species found in the scallop.

One more fact in connexion with this subject remains to be
mentioned. Along the shore of the Sussex coast to the east of
Brighton, a bed of sand and calcareous mud, the detritus of
the neighbouring cliffs, is in the progress of formation ; and in
this sedimentary deposit my son, Reginald Neville Mantell, has
discovered shells of recent Rotalie, Nodosarie, and other poly-
thalamia, associated with the siliceous shields of Coscinodisci, Dic-
tyoche, and other infusoria, and with fossil Rotalie and Texti-
larie from the chalk. Were then at the present moment a deposit
is in progress, whose organic contents consist of an assemblage
of the living species of the animalcules of the present sea with the
fossil forms of the ancient chalk ocean ; in like manner in the bed
of the Nile, the polythalamia of the Nummulite rock are being
imbedded with the existing mollusca of that river: collocations
of this nature may perhaps exercise the ingenuity of the geolo-
gists of future times, and give rise to speculations of as little
value as some of those with which I have ventured to trespass on
the indulgence of the Society.

In conclusion I would remark, that the preceding observations
are the result of the examination of organisms within the reach
of the best microscopes which modern art has produced ; yet
there can be no doubt, that if the powers of ow instruments
could be increased, fossil structures yet more minute and far

* See Annals of Nat. Hist. April 1845.

~

83 M. Sars on an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph.

more abundant would be detected.. And if the naturalist be al-
lowed to assume, that in the existing creation, “ within and_be-
neath all that minuteness which the aided eye of man is able to
explore, there may be a world of invisible beings; and that could
we draw aside the mysterious curtain which shrouds them from
our senses, we should behold a theatre of as many wonders as
astronomy can unfold,—a universe within the compass of a point
so small as to elude all the powers of the microscope,’—surely
the geologist may be permitted to conclude, that a large propor-
tion of the sedimentary strata, which at present appears to con-
sist of amorphous particles of lime, of flint, and of iron, may be
the aggregated skeletons of beings yet more infinitesimal than
those which have formed the subject of the present communica-
tion.

19 Chester Square, Pimlico, May 1845.

VIII.—On the Occurrence of an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph.
By M. Sars*.

[ With a Plate. ]

In Wiegmann’s Archiv,’ vol. u. p. 822, 1841 (Annals, vol. i.
p-148), it is stated that a parasitical worm resembling a Mlaria
had been discovered by Prof. EK. Forbes im a species of Cydippe,
and subsequently (vol. u. p. 870, 1842), that this parasite, which
attaches itself by means of four suckers to the walls of the stomach
or vessels, had been described by Messrs. Forbes and Goodsir
under the name of Tetrastoma Playfair. The reporter adds, that
further observation would be of interest, as hitherto no intestinal
worms had been met with in the Meduse.

The reporter had forgotten that the discovery of an intestinal
worm in an Acaleph had been published by me already in the
year 1837. (See Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1837, vol. vil. p. 247.)

It is not to claim any priority as to this discovery, which is a
matter of perfect mdifference to science, that I return to this
subject, but merely to communicate the following short notices
written down in 1835, which I have hitherto kept back on ac-
count of their imperfect state, in the hope, unfortunately hitherto.
delusive, of completing them by further observations,

It was on a gigantic individual of my Mnemia norwegica, five
inches in length, which I caught on the 4th of November 1835,
near the island Florée, that I observed, within the transparent clear
body, from ten to twelve longish opake white bodies of about a
line in length, which proved, on closer examination, to be intes-

* Translated from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845, part 1.

7

M. Sars on an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph. 89

tinal worms. They were affixed to the internal wall of the
stomach of the Acaleph by one of their extremities, and moved
but slightly and very slowly the rest of thar bodies. Carefully
detached from their place of adhesion they became more lively,
and crept about a glass plate, alternately lengthening and short-
ening their body (PI.1V.fig. 1’. of the natural size). The form of the
body is consequently very variable, beng sometimes much elon-
gated, sometimes ribbon-shaped (fig. 1 to 3) ; sometimes shorter
and broader anteriorly, or in the centre (fig. 4), but posteriorly
(5) always acute; further somewhat flattened, so that the two sides
(fig. 1) are broader than the other two (fig. 2). Not a trace of
articulation is visible on the smooth, soft body, which even in the
perfectly contracted state, in which it almost acquires the form of
a pitcher, indicates no perceptible transverse folds.

The anterior extremity of the body (a) is circular, and surround-
ed by four suckers, (ec) of oval form, and whose longitudinal axis
coincides with the axis of the animal: each of them is divided
interiorly by a septum into two spaces or cavities, the hindermost
of which is largest, the front one being a little smaller and nar-
rower. By means of these organs the worm attaches itself to the
walls of the ventral cavity of the Acaleph. From between these
suckers projects the conical anterior extremity of the body, at the
apex of which is observed a small circular aperture, which is pro-
bably the mouth. When the worm crawls, the anterior extremity
is sometimes projected (figs. 1. and 4), sometimes retracted within
the suckers (figs. 2, 3.) ; this always takes place alternately, the
entire body expanding and contracting, in which mamner the aui-
mal each time advances a little distance.

The worm observed by me may probably be identical with that
which the British naturalists have described as a new genus with
the name Tetrastoma. I have for the time placed it in the ge-
nus Scolex, O. F. Miller, with the specific name Acalepharum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. FIGS. 1 To 6.

Fig. 1'. Two individuals, natural size ; all the other figures are more or less

magnified.

Fig. 1. An individual] seen from the broad side, with the anterior extremity
projected.

Fig. 2. The same from one of the narrow sides with retracted anterior ex-
tremity.

Fig. 3. The same slightly, and fig. 4. greatly contracted.

Fig. 5. The anterior portion of the body with the suckers highly magnified.

fig. 6. An individual pressed flat under the compressorium.

In all these figures, a designates the anterior extremity of the body; 6, the
posterior ; cc, the suckers.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. H

90 Rev. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

IX.—A List of the scarcer amongst the Lichens which are found
in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional
observations upon some of them. By the Rey. T. Sarwey*.

As a study of the Lichens is confessedly one of the greatest
difficulties the botanist has to contend with, and as Sowerby’s
‘English Botany’ and the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica’ (so far
as this last extends), the principal works in our language which
give any detailed description of them, are in the hands of few, I
have thought that observations upon some of the least common
of such Lichens as are found in this part of England may be
acceptable to those who are entering upon the study of them.

Having already made some remarks upon the Welsh Lichens
in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Nat. History,’ vol. xii. pp. 25,
260, I have enumerated in the present list such only as I have
met with out of the Principality, and these more particularly such
as are found in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, so
that the following may be regarded almost as a list amongst the
scarcer of the Lichens of Shropshire, the great majority of the
habitats being such as are confined to this county. The de-
scriptions of the several species in the ‘ English Flora’ are much
too concise to enable the student, without occasional help from
some experienced botanist, to make them out. Dr. Taylor in the
‘ Flora Hibernica’ has given much more ample details of such as
he describes, and has added several new species, some of which
are still to be discovered on this side of the Channel, but his work
necessarily embraces such only as are found in Ireland. It is
much to be regretted that we have as yet no monograph of the
Lichens, and till some one competent to undertake so arduous a
task shall have supplied this desideratum, any occasional obser-
vations upon them may perhaps meet with acceptance at the
hands of those who are desirous of studying this branch of botany.

It is only as a help to such, and not under the presumption
that I am capable of throwing much light upon the subject, that
I have ventured to send to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh
the following list of Lichens, with such observations wpon some
of them as a long acquaintance with, rather than an accurate
knowledge of them, has led me to form. If my observations
should be the means of removing any difficulties in the way of a
single inquirer mto this branch of botany, my end will be fully
answered.

Oswestry, March 28, 1845.

Beomyces anomalus. Craigforda and Pentregaer in the parish of
Oswestry.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, June 12, 1845.

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. oT

I retain this name in deference to the authority of my friend Dr.
Taylor, though I confess Iam more inclined to consider it as a Lecidea.
Whatever generic name it may properly claim, it certainly ought to
retain the specific one of anomalus ; for a plant which has been de-
scribed by Acharius as a Lecanora, by Hooker as a Verrucaria, and
by Taylor as a Beomyces, evidently occupies so doubtful a place, that
its position can scarcely be considered as thoroughly established. It
is not an uncommon lichen on the Cambrian rocks. The rock at
Craigforda indeed on which it grows is an indurated sandstone ; but
at Pentregaer it grows on the rocks of the Silurian system. It varies
very much in the colour of the thallus from a dull or yellowish white
to a smoky brown. The apothecia are immersed in the crust, and do
not appear to me to possess a sufficient stipes to enable it to rank
with Beomyces.

Calicium stigonellum (sessile, Persoon, M. and N. 858). Upon old
oaks at Llanforda, scarce, but profusely upon a single oak in Mid-
dleton-lane, just beyond the Llys House.

This plant and the following one, the turbinatum, have been fre-
quently confounded, though no two plants can be more distinct.
The present is a plant of unfrequent occurrence, growing either upon
the crust of the Porina pertusa, or else upon the rugged bark of old
oaks. On the oak-tree in Middleton-lane it is much more developed
than when growing on the Porina pertusa. ‘The apothecia are per-
fectly sessile, and when cut exhibit rather a thick, white layer im-
mediately underneath the disc, connected at the edges with a lower
one of much less thickness, and containing between these two a
black powdery mass. The disc is covered with a gray bloom, and
has a border of a darker colour, giving it the appearance of a
Lecidea.

C. turbinatum (gelatinatus, With.; Spheria sphincterica, Sow.
Fung. 286, M. and N. 366). This is a very common plant, grow-
ing on the crust of the Porina pertusa. The apothecia in this are
polished and pear-shaped, with a depression at the top and a little
dot in the centre of the depression, giving it the appearance of a
Verrucaria or a Spheria. I had suspected that it ought to be re-
moved again to the genus Spheria where Sowerby had placed it, but
upon requesting my friend Mr. Berkeley to examine it, he confirms
the authority of Fries in still retaining it as a Calicium.

C. ferrugineum. Old park pales at the Moor Park and Hay Park
near Ludlow ; not of very common occurrence.

C. chrysocephalum. Park pales at Downton Castle in Hereford-
shire, near the bridge above the Hay Mill. This is one of the scarcest
of this genus: the bright vivid hue of the crust will not fail however
to arrest the practised eye of the lichenist, should he come within its
reach, so that he will not be likely to overlook it.

C. pheocephalum. Pales of Hay Park near Ludlow. This is a
very distinct species, and cannot possibly be confounded with any
other. The ‘‘ tumid, crowded and leaf-like appearance of the crust,”
so well described in the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica,’ gives it indeed
very much the appearance of a minute Baomyces, or a diminutive

H 2

92 Rey. T. Salwey ; List of the scarce Lichens found

resemblance of Cenomyce cespititia. The pilidia however are truly
those of a Calicium; and the dull brownish green hue of the capitu-
lum, surrounded, as it frequently is, by the bright yellow ring of the
sporulés bursting from the edge of the disc, give the plant a very
distinct and peculiar appearance. It is of very unfrequent occur-
rence.

Calicium spherocephalum. Probably common upon the old decaying
timber of barns, &c., but overlooked from its minuteness, the crust
appearing to be scarcely more than a stain upon the wood of a bluish
gray colour, in which the young apothecia before they are fully de-
veloped appear to the naked eye like immersed black dots.

C. furfuraceum. Dry banks about Oswestry ; on the bank be-
tween the pool and the common at the Lodge near Ludlow.

This is not a plant of general occurrence. The bright pale lemon
colour of the whole plant readily points it out. It is quite dissimilar
in habit and place of growth from the rest of the Calicia, and has
been removed by Dr. Taylor to Beomyces.

Opegrapha saxatilis. Sandstone rocks, Craigforda.

O. dendritica. On the smooth bark of trees, but not common.

Verrucaria gemmifera. Craigforda.

Lhis plant arrests the eye by presenting the appearance of a ver-
digris or bluish gray stain upon the rock: the apothecia are very
minute.

V. gemmata. Upon the bark of old ash-trees, Pentregaer, &c.

This is the largest of the Verrucarie, and not uncommon upon the
bark of old ash-trees, where the size of the apothecia contrasting
with the white ground of the bark, give it a conspicuous appearance.

V. rupestris. Common upon the limestone rocks at Oswestry,
upon the Moelydd, and at Pentregaer.

V.immersa. In the same habitats as the former and at Craig-
forda, but less common. The smaller size both of the apothecia and
of the cavities in which they are immersed, its gray crust as opposed
to the white one of rupesiris, and a certain peculiar neatness in the
appearance of the whole plant, distinguish it from the former.

V. levata... Upon stones in the Morda Brook under Craigforda.

V.epipolea. Limestone rocks on the Moelydd and at Pentregaer.

This is a very handsome and conspicuous species; the crust is
often suffused with a pale rose-colour, which, contrasting with the
bluish colour of the apothecia, gives this plant a.very beautiful ap-
pearance.

V.acrotella. Craig-y-Rhu : scarce.

V. epigea. Hay Coppice, Herefordshire. Perhaps not uncommon
in.a barren state, when it may be overlooked as a young state of
some Conferva or Vaucheria.

V. Hookeri.. Mynydd-y-Myfyr : very scarce.

Endocarpon miniatum. Limestone rocks, Oswestry ; Wickliff rocks,
Ludlow, and Downton Castle.

E.. Hedwigti. On the top of the wall opposite the house at the
Moor Park near Ludlow, and other similar situations.

E. lete-virens. In fruit on Mynydd-y-Myfyr in the parish of

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 93

Oswestry. Common on the Welsh mountains, but scarce with us.
The apothecia are immersed, but protrude in an oblique direction
from the thallus ; small, and of a dull opake black colour.

Endocarpon rufo-virescens. Craigforda and Mynydd-y-Myfyr.
Common in Wales, but of more rare occurrence with us.

Lepraria chlorina. Craig-y-RKhu.

L. Iolithus.. Craig-y-Rhu.

Variolaria globulifera. Upon old ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu.

V. conspurcata. Limestone rocks, Pentregaer.

Lecidea fusco-atra. Craigforda and Pentregaer. This minute
Lecidea, with its finely radiating thallus, presents a beautiful appear-
ance on the surface of quartz or chert.

L. fumosa. Moelydd and Craig-y-Rhu. The crust forms brown
smoky patches upon the rocks. It is probably not uncommon.

LL. petrea. In great abundance and perfection upon the mud-
stones of the Silurian system about Ludlow, and common also about
Oswestry. My reason for noticing this common lichen is because
there is some resemblance to the naked eye between this and lapi-
cida, and experienced botanists have I believe proposed to unite them ;
but the crust of dapicida is smoother, more polished, harder, and
more cream-coloured. The apothecia too are more sunk in the crust
in lapicida. In petrea they are often surrounded by a whitish border
formed of the crust, giving the plant the appearance of a Lecanora;
in a more advanced ‘stage they have an urceolate appearance, the
border being raised and inflexed ; and the under side of this being
white, the plant still retains somewhat of the appearance of a Leca-
nora. ‘The concentric arrangement of the apothecia is usually very
strongly marked, so that the name of Davies and Dickson (concen-
trica) ought I think to be restored to it instead of that of petrea,
to which it has no more title than many others which are equally
confined to rocks, and which, in fact, expresses nothing peculiar to
the plant itself. The petrea grows upon soft rocks. I only know
lapicida as growing upon the hard slaty rocks of the Cambrian sy-
stem, where it is by no means a common lichen.

L. prominula. A minute and obscure lichen, varying however
much in the size of its apothecia. The var. /yg@a of Ach. has been
sent to me by Mr. Leighton from Haughmond Hill.

LL. anomala. Acharius characterizes this species as ‘‘ polymorpha,
nam apothecia, quoad formam et colorem eximié variant ;”” we have
what I believe to be one of the varieties of this polymorphous species
growing upon some elm-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow. ‘The crust
is very thin, smooth, polished, and of a pale whitish colour. The
apothecia conspicuous, variable in size, and of a brownish black
colour.

L. eleochroma and parasema. ‘These lichens have been well di-

‘$tinguished in the work of Mougeot and Nestler, ‘ Stirpes Crypto-

game Vogeso-Rheuanz,’ and by Dr. Taylor in the ‘ Fl. Hib.”’ The
crust of parasema is frequently almost white ; the apothecia scattered
irregularly about the disc, and larger than in eleochroma. In this
last the crust is always greenish and granulated, the apothecia

94 Rey. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

smaller, and usually crowded together in a circular group in the
centre of the thallus. The e/eochroma is by far the most common
species ; the parasema indeed is of rather rare occurrence.

Lecidea dubia. Upon barns at Overton and Maryknowle, and at
Little Leinthall near Ludlow. It is not a common lichen with us.

L. Griffithsit. Upon old oaks in the Hay Coppice, Herefordshire.
We have what is perhaps a variety of this growing upon the scales
of some old spruce fir-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow. The apo-
thecia are larger and more convex than in the usual state of Griffithsii,
and more variable in colour, varying from a pale fawn to a deep
claret colour. Mr. Borrer, to whom I sent a specimen, said it much
resembled one he had received from Acharius as his Lecanora hy-
popta.

L. aromatiea. Upon the mortar in an old wall in Llanforda-lane :
scarce.

This plant has been considered as a state of ceruleo-nigricans or
vesicularis. If it be so, I see no reason why it should not grow to
the same size, and assume the same habit in every respect as vesicu-
laris. ‘The vesicularis grows with us on limestone; the aromatica
on mortar: what should prevent the latter, if the same plant as the
former, from attaining the same size as the former, seeing they both
have a calcareous base ?

L. sanguinaria. Upon the pales of the Hay Park, Herefordshire,
and upon the pales below the Ambry at Croft Castle, Herefordshire.

LL. muscorum. Pentregaer.

L. scabrosa. An obscure lichen, and probably not uncommon.
Upon a wall in Weston-lane, Oswestry, and at Craig-y-Rhu.

L. Lightfootti. Birch-trees, Llanforda: scarce.

L. incompta. Upon an old wych-elm at the Hayes near Oswestry,
and upon an old maple-tree upon the High Vawr. An inconspi-
cuous lichen and of rare occurrence.

LL. quernea. Old oaks, Oswestry, and at the Lodge near Ludlow,
and in the Hay Coppice. A very handsome lichen when in per-
fection.

L. eruginosa. Old gates and posts, Oswestry : not common.

L. quadricolor. Craigforda and Mynydd-y-Myfyr. ‘These and
the Cyrn Moelfre in the adjoining parish of Llansilin are the only
habitats I have for this plant.

LL. Pineti. Wood above the house at Llanforda, on the scales of
fir-trees. This is a very rare lichen with us, the habitat here given
being the only one I know. It grows principally on the base of the
stem just above the roots. The pale yellow apothecia present to the
naked eye nothing but minute specks on the thin green crust of the
thallus.

L. cornea. Upon oak-trees in the Hay Coppice, Herefordshire,
and about the Lodge near Ludlow.

L. marmorea. ‘This occurs with us upon the roots of old thorn-
trees growing in the crevices of the rock, as well as upon the rock
itself. It seems to be almost wholly without crust, the shields thus
presenting the appearance of minute Pezize. Fries, who makes this

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 95

plant his Gyalecta cupularis, makes the Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana of
Ach. ‘ Syn.’ his var. 6. of this plant. Now, if what I regard as the
Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana of Ach. be indeed that plant, I cannot but
confess my surprise at its being united with marmorea. The two
plants appear to me ‘“‘toto ccelo distinctz.’” I first discovered the
Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana about twenty years ago upon the rocks at
Craig-y-Rhu in this parish, but the habitat there is now lost. I did
not find it again till the year 1840 upon the Wickliff Rocks at Lud-
low, where it still grows, investing decayed mosses. This plant
forms a continuous crust of a pale yellowish colour, and of a sub-
stance somewhat between leprous and waxy. ‘The apothecia, which
are numerous, appear to be of exactly the same substance as the
crust, and are of an urceolate form, having the disc either of a pale
yellow, or in some instances of a diluted greenish colour. ‘The
border, which is inflexed, is granulated. The apothecia are far more
fragile and tender than in marmorea. The plant resembles much,
upon a very minute scale, the beginning of a honeycomb. Wahlen-
berg’s description of his plant, ‘‘ substantia mollis et subgelatinosa,”’
and its habitat, ‘‘ in locis obscuris supra muscos putridos,”’ agree ac-
curately with our plant, which indeed I can have no doubt is the
same as his, and I cannot reconcile myself to its being united with
marmoreda.

Lecidea lutea. Upon a single tree at Llanforda, now cut down.

L. polytropa. Mynydd-y-Myfyr. This is the only English ha-
bitat I at present know for this plant.

L. lucida. Upon sandstone walls about Oswestry, in fruit, but
seldom found in this state.

L. desertorum. Dr. Taylor, to whom I sent this plant, seems in-
clined to refer it to ceruleo-nigricans. Mr. Borrer regards it as the
desertorum of Acharius. I cannot but regard it as distinct both
from ceruleo-nigricans and from Lecidea coronata, and also from
guadricolor, with which Ach. unites it. It grows upon the lime-
stone rocks here with c@ruleo-nigricans, but is much scarcer. It
differs from this in having the crust more continuous, and in the
scales of this being far smaller and flatter, and having to the naked
eye somewhat of a filmy appearance. The shields also have not the
bluish colour of those of c@ruleo-nigricans, nor are they smooth like
these, but are of a deep black colour, and appear rough under the
lens. In qwadricolor again the shields are always some shade either
of brown, yellow, or red, and the crust not scaly, but granulated.
The quadricolor too grows upon the earth in heathy situations ; the
desertorum upon limestone. In coronata again the crust is a conge-
ries of minute bluish granules which form also the border of the
apothecia, which are of a reddish brown colour. Fries makes guadri-
color and desertorum the varieties «. and /3. of his Lecidea decolorans.

L. canescens. In fruit upon an old oak at Whittington : common
upon old oaks, but usually barren.

L. ceruleo-nigricans. Limestone rocks at Pentregaer, Craig-y-Rhu,
and on the Moelydd.

L. scalaris. Pales of the Hay Park near Ludlow : scarce.

96 Rev. T. Sulwey ; Lest of the scarce Lichens found

Lecanora periciea. This is an obscure and by no means a com-
mon lichen. It grows with us occasionally upon old oak- and ash-
trees; upon an ash-tree in a field south of Treflach-lane, about a
quarter of a mile from Croeswilin.

LL. squamulosa. On the Moelydd, and upon the rocks at Pentre-
gaer.

L. glaucocarpa. Craig-y-Rhu, but barren. The crust of this
plant consists of a number of thick, smooth, hard scales, here and
there collected together, but more usually scattered, wavy, and
rounded in the centre ; in colour varying from a glaucous to a dark
brown in an old state, and the younger ones white at the edges. It

. grows upon the perpendicular face of a limestone rock.

LL. rubra. This is a very beautiful: hehen and of rare occurrence.
The only two habitats I know for it are upon the walls of Wigmore
Castle in Herefordshire, and at Craig-y-Rhu in the parish of Oswes-
try... In both habitats the plant grows upon patches of decayed
Alypna hanging loose from the stone.

L. hematomma.. Craigforda, Craig-y-Rhu, &c.

Parmelia glomulifera. Upon a wych-elm at Llanforda. ‘There is
only a single plant of this upon the tree in question, and it is at pre-
sent the only English habitat I know for it. I have watched this
plant for upwards of twenty years, and cannot perceive that it has
either increased or decreased. It has glomeruli, but no apothecia ;
many of the Parmelie certainly seem to propagate themselves by
buds or gonidia without apothecia. The shields of scortea and of Ja-
nuginosa are I believe yet a desideratum in English botany, and those
of proboscidea, perlata, Borreri and others are very rare, even where
the plant itself is not uncommon. I cannot but suspect from the
above instance, that the apothecium is at all events the only mode
by which this particular species is propagated. Dr. Taylor considers
the glomeruli of the present plant as the only distinction between
this and herbacea. I confess I cannot be of this opinion. Even Fries,
so prone as he is to diminish species, though he removes. both of
these to the genus Sticta, and in which I think they may well be
placed, still keeps them distinct. Dr. Taylor also considers that they
would rank as well with the Sticte as with the Parmelie. Both of
them grow in great profusion in the wooded parts of Wales, often
upon the same trees ; but whether in a wet or dry state, they equally
strike the eye as being distinct ; but most so in a dry state, the smoky
white colour of the thallus of the glomulifera contrasting with the
brownish green of that of herbacea. It is also thicker and more
leathery, and not so much wrinkled.

P. herbacea. Upon an old wych-elm on Bringewood Hill, oppo-
site Downton Castle, in Herefordshire.

P. caperata. Craigforda and other places about Oswestry, but not
common, and usually barren.

P. conspersa. Craigforda: not common. The var. stenophylla of
Ach. grows upon the sandstone rocks there.

P. Borreri. Woodhill and Porkington, but with us always barren ;
this plant is scarce with us.

in the neighbourhood uf Oswestry and Ludlow. 97

Parmelia aquila. Upon the north side of a small mass of sandstone
rock on the southern slope of Mynydd-y-Myfyr. This may almost be
called a maritime plant, being so commonly and abundantly found
on maritime rocks, and scarcely met with elsewhere. The late Sir
J. E. Smith told me however that he had met with this plant at
Stonehenge, which is about thirty miles from the sea, in a direct
line ; we are about forty-five. In the great storm however of January
6th, a few years ago, our windows even at this distance from the
sea were copiously incrusted with sea-salt, so that the seeds of a
maritime lichen would be readily carried to us. The plants in
question do not spread upon the adjoining stones, and which is
perhaps singular, they occupy the face of the rock from the sea ;
upon the coast, as far as I have observed, they always face the sea.

P.aleurites. Not uncommon upon old pales: Hay Park near
Ludlow, and Oteley Park near Ellesmere.

P.ambigua. In similar situations to the last, but very scarce in
fruit ; upon an old gate at Pentregaer.

P. physodes. Very finely in fruit upon the pales of the Hay Park
and about the Moor Park near Ludlow.

P. plumbea. Upon ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu, but barren.

P. crassa. Limestone rocks, Oswestry.

P. hypnorum (Lecanora). Hay Coppice, Herefordshire: scarce.

P. erosa. Upon the elm-trees in the walks at Ludlow Castle on
the west side.

P. cesia. Not uncommon, but usually barren. 1 have found it
in*fruit on the Moelydd.

Sticta scrobiculata. Hay Coppice, about the roots of old oaks in
fruit.

S. limbata. Hay Coppice, on hazels.

S. pulmonaria. Ditto, and at Oswestry : not uncommon.

S. sylvatica. A single plant only of this has grown for many years
upon a mass of rock in the Hay Coppice.

Collema fragrans. On trees at Llanforda and Pentregaer, but not
common. It clothed nearly the whole inside of an old pollard-ash
(new cut down), one half of which had been torn away, and the
other half exposed to the weather. I could never detect any pecu-
liar scent about it to entitle it to its specific name.

C. ceranoides. Upon a wall near the garden at Llanforda.

C. multipartitum. This is a beautiful plant, radiating from a
centre upon flat masses of the limestone rock, the rounded appear-
ance of the narrow segments of the thallus giving it an appearance
as if made of minute cord; the centre soon decays, so that what is
usually found of the plant are simply detached broad ares of a circle.
It grows both on the Moelydd and at Pentregaer:

C. marginale. Pentregaer.

C. tuneforme. Ditto: scarce. Mr. Borrer considers this to be
the same as dermatinum.

C. granulatum. \

C. dermatinum. > Pentregaer.

C. sinuatum.

98 Rey. T. Salwey : Lest of the scarce Lichens found

Collema velutinum, Ach. Upon ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu. Dr. Tay-
lor refers this to nigrum.

Solorina saccata. Wickliff Rocks, Ludlow : scarce.

Peltidea venosa. Ditto. Ditto. -

P. scutatc. On trees at Pentregaer, in fruit.

P. horizontalis. Wickliff Rocks, Ludlow, Craigforda, &c.

P. aphthosa. Craigforda, and woods at Downton Castle, Here-
fordshire.

P. spuria. Dry banks at Oswestry, but very scarce. Ido not
regard this as the same with venosa. If not a distinct species, I
should consider it with Fries a state of canina. Though about the
same size as venosa, the spuria is distinguished from it by not having
the thick dark-coloured veins underneath which that plant has, and
by the apothecia being smaller and narrower. In venosa they are of
a roundish shape and flat, something like those of horizontalis, but
of a dark colour like those of scutata. ‘There is a Peltidea I have
occasionally met with, which I believe is regarded, if it has been no-
ticed at all, as the young state of canina; it is however of much less
frequent occurrence than the canina, whilst the great difference in
habit and appearance inclines me to believe it to be a distinct one.
It is of an extremely thin and delicate texture, of a light bluish co-
lour, and grows in an imbricated manner, forming cushion-shaped
plants upon dry bare banks. The segments of the thallus are cir-
cular and inflexed, and the surface is copiously sprinkled by white
soft sorediz. It has much the habit and appearance of Sticta lim-
bata. Though I would not undertake to affirm that it is not the
young state of canina, I am inclined to think it is not. 1 am satis-
fied that a most patient and long-continued examination of parti-
cular plants in the same locality is required to enable us to clear up
many difficulties which make the study of the Lichens so perplexing.

P. polydactyla. This is not so common as either rufescens or ca-
nina. I never saw it growing in such perfection as upon some
heaps of burnt turf upon a common which had been left for two or
three years before they were spread. I mention this because lichens
are generally considered to be, and certainly are usually, of very slow
growth, and yet here, where the turf on which they were growing
had undergone the action of fire, the plants were of a larger size
than usual, grew in the greatest profusion, and were copiously
fringed with apothecia. Now even admitting that the original ve-
getation upon these heaps had not been destroyed by the fire, but
that the plants in question escaped, still their unusual growth and
luxuriance were unquestionably influenced by the alteration the soil
had undergone. It has been suppposed however that lichens de-
rive their nourishment only through the media of air and light:
«Typicus lichenum omnium proventus est in aére et luce,” says
Fries. I cannot but think however that in the instance now men-
tioned, the rapid growth and luxuriance of the plants must have
arisen from their deriving some nourishment through their roots, if
the fibres attaching the thallus to the soil may be so considered. I
have seen frequently an analogous case in the Hepatice, the old beds

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 99

where charcoal has been burnt in our woods being often carpeted
over for many square feet with a luxuriant growth of Marchantia
polymorpha. In both these instances, the carbonized soil has un-
questionably exerted an influence upon the development of the plants.
Liebig, in his ‘ Organic Chemistry,’ p. 62, remarks upon the effects
of charcoal in promoting the vegetation of plants, and attributes the
effect to the charcoal supplying the roots of plants with an atmo-
sphere of constantly renewed carbonic acid and air. I cannot but
think that the two instances I have now adduced tend to show that
it was through the fibres underneath the thallus that the carbonic
acid reached the plants in question and affected their growth, and
therefore that these fibres do in some degree supply the place of
roots in conveying nourishment from the soil.

Nephroma resupinata. Upon rocks in woody situations : Craigforda,
Craig-y-Rhu, &c.

N. parilis. In one instance in fruit at Craig-y-Rhu.

Gyrophora polyphylla. Mynydd-y-Myfyr : very scarce with us and
in a dwarfish state.

Umbilicaria pustulata. Nesscliff, growing very finely upon the
red sandstone rocks at that place.

Cetraria sepincola. Upon some old park pales at Oteley Park near
the water.

C. glauca. Craigforda.

Borrera furfuracea. Mynydd-y-Myfyr, and pales of the Hay Park,
Herefordshire, near Ludlow.

Ramalina pollinaria. Dorrington: not uncommon upon old barn
doors ; grows also upon some elm-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow.

Alectoria jubuta. Not common with us.

Cornicularia aculeata. Craigforda.

Isidium coccodes. Old oaks, Oswestry.

I. microsticticum. Rocks, Pentregaer.

I. corallinum. Craigforda, &c.

Spherophoron coralloides aud compressum. Ditto, and Mynydd-y-
Myfyr.

Stereocaulon denudatum. Clee Hilland Mynydd-y-Myfyr, &c.

S. nanum. Upon walls at Sweeney.

Cenomyce cespititia. Craigforda: scarce. I have received it also
from Mr. Leighton, I think from Haughmond Hill.

C. sparassa. Hay Coppice, Herefordshire.

C. deformis. Ditto.

C. bellidiflora. A barren state of this grows at Craigforda.

Pycnothelia papillaria. Barren: Craigforda. This is very scarce
with us. I never met with it in such perfection as upon the com-
mon immediately above the house at Llandrindod Wells in Radnor-
shire.

Addendum to the List of Welsh Lichens.

Parmelia stygia. Ulandegley Rocks, Radnorshire, upon the end
of the range next to the village, and upon the side facing the east,
Sept. 1844.

100 Prof. Owen on the genus Mylodon.

X.—Reply to some Observations of Prof. Wagner on the genus
Mylodon. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In the very excellent report on Mammalogy, in 1842, by. Prof.
A. Wagner, which forms part of the first valuable volume just
published by the Ray Society, there occur two criticisms, to which
satisfactory replies were given soon after they appeared, but which,
bemg reproduced mm an English translation, without comment,
might mislead the zoological student on the points to which those
criticisms refer.

The first (p. 60) relates to the genus Mylodon, and Prof.Wagner
cites the late lamented and talented naturalist Dr. Harlan as
having ‘ proposed, in 1835, the name Aulaxzodon or Pleurodon
for Mylodon ;” adding, ‘ the latter of these two is evidently better
than Mylodon, which signifies nothing else than grinder.” | 1
have shown in a letter, which the editors of the ‘ American
Journal of Science’ did me the honour to insert in the 44th vol.
(January—March 1843) of them most useful periodical, that the
fossil remains to which Dr. Harlan proposed to attach the names
Aulaxodon or Pleurodon belong to an entirely distinct genus from
the Mylodon, and that Dr. Harlan himself recognised the di-
stinction, when remains of a true Mylodon were first presented to
him, and accordingly proposed, m ignorance of my previous de-
termination of the genus, to call the extinct animal to which those
remains belonged ‘ Orycterotherium missouriense?

This species, also noticed as new in Prof. Wagner’s Report
(p. 60), is synonymous with my Mylodon Harlani, first described
m the ‘ Fossil Mammalia of the Voyage of the Beagle,’ 4to, part 3,
1839, and afterwards with further details derived from examina-
tion of the very Missouri specimens on which Harlan had founded.
his genus ‘ Orycterotherium’ in my memoir on the Myledon ro-
bustus (Ato, 1842).

With regard to Harlan’s dAulaxodon or Pleurodon, that genus
is much more closely allied to Megalonyz, if it be really distinct
from Cuvier’s genus.

And now a word for Mylodon as a name, admitting the genus
to be a reality in nature. ‘It is true that wwAn, mola, ddovs, dens,
implies merely a beast having molar teeth only, and no canines
or incisors; and that this character is equally applicable to other
genera of Megatherioids. But the same objection might be urged
against Megalonyx (wéyas, magnus, dvuE, unguis), the species of
which genus had not longer or larger claws than those of My-
lodon or Megatherium. All the Megatherioids were remarkable
for the enormous bulk and strength of their hind legs, and Sce-

Prof. Owen on the genus Mylodon. 101

lidotherium (credits, femur, Onpiov, bellua,) manifests but a slight
exaggeration of this character im its fossil thigh-bones. Nor can
any of the known Megatherioids be termed other than great
beasts, although the Megatherium proper best merits that deno-
mination. In selecting, therefore, the term Mylodon for an ad-
ditional genus to this extinct race, I had in view a principle of the
nomenclature of the Megatherioid genera by which all the cha-
racteristic peculiarities of the family are readily fixed in the
memory.

The second remark on which I beg to advert bears upon an
anatomical point, but one which I believe to be of high iumport-
ance. Dr. Wagner (p. 38), referrig to Prof. Mayer’s valuable
remarks on the Anatomy of the Marsupialia, specifies those of
the brain, im which, in opposition to Owen, he recognises conyo-
lutions and a ‘corpus callosum,’ p. 38. I need only refer to my
paper in the ‘Philos. Transactions,’ 1837, where the cerebral
convolutions in the kangaroo and wombat are specially de-
seribed, in order to demonstrate the want of a concomitant deve-
lopment of the ‘ corpus callosum’ in those animals.

The great transverse band or commissure which unites the two
hemispheres, spanning from one to the other above the lateral
ventricles,—which is plainly visible, as such, im the lowest Rodent
or other Placental Mammal, with the smoothest, and, to outward
appearance, sunplest brain,—this great commissure or corpus
callosum, I again affirm, after reiterated dissections, to be absent
mall the known genera of Marsupials. If the narrow transverse
band, which unites together the hippocampi majores, at the front
part of the fornix, be regarded, as I originally stated it might be,
a rudiment of the ‘corpus callosum,’ the comparative anatomist
is at liberty to apply that name to it. But, in pomt of fact, a
great hiatus exists between the condition of the cerebral com-
missures in the Implacental and that condition which we find in
the lowest of the Placental Mammalia. The transitional struc-
tures by which M. de Blainville traces a progressive deterioration
of the commissural apparatus from Bats and Rodents to Marsu-
pials I have not yet met with, and they seem to have equally
escaped the observation of the able editors (Fréd. Cuvier and
Laurillard) of the posthumous edition of Cuvier’s ‘Legons d’Anat.
Comparée,’ 8vo, tom. 11. 184.5, who have subjoined the following
note to the text of the great master :—‘“ Le corps calleux semble-
rait étre en rapport de développement avec le corps strié, si Pon
constatait dans d’autres animaux ce que montre déja le cerveau
du dauphin, qui a des hémispheéres volumineux, un corps calleux
proportionnellement petit et peu €pais, et un corps strié trés mé-
diocre. Mais il y a, dans les Marsupiaux, une disposition re-
marquable de l’appareil de commissure formé par la youte (fornix)

102 Mr. H. M. Drummond : List of Birds found

et le corps calleux (corpus callosum). Cet appareil y est réduit
& ce point, que l’on a pu dire avec quelque vérité que le corps
calleux n’existe pas.” The editors then give a detailed account
of a dissection of the brain of a kangaroo, confirmatory in all re-
spects of my own, and they rightly remark: “ Cette disparition
presque totale du corps calleux ne se lie pas 4 un développement
moindre du cerveau. Les hémisphéres sont, avec la masse totale
de Pencéphale, dans leurs rapports ordinaires, et rien au premier
aspect ne ferait soupconner la disposition de la voute.” They add,
probably in reference to Prof. Mayer’s statement: ‘ L’observa-
tion de M. Owen sur cette disposition du cerveau des Marsupiaux
a été repoussée A tort comme erronée. II ne nie pas Pexistence
du corps calleux dans les Marsupiaux : il déclare formellement
qu’on peut voir, si on le veut, dans ce qui reste de la commissure,
le rudiment d’un corps calleux; mais il reléve avec raison Pab-
sence dans les Marsupiaux d’un corps calleux comparable a celui
des autres Mammiféres.”—Loc. cit. pp. 101, 102.

The interest which you have always shown in the mamtenance
as well as the discovery of truths in natural history, has induced
me to beg permission to trespass thus far on your valuable space.

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,
Your obedient servant,
London, July 18th, 1845. Ricuarp Owen.

XI.—List of Birds found in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta,
from observations made during a month’s visit from April 21st
to May 21st 1845. By H. M. Drummonp, 42nd R. H.

Tue following list of a few of the birds frequenting the N. coast
of Africa, as well as a former one of the birds of Crete (vide Ann.
Nat. Hist. vol. xu. p. 423), I have been enabled to draw up
through the kindness of Capt. Graves, H.M.S. Beacon, in in-
viting me to accompany him to the above-mentioned places, to
whom also I am greatly indebted for the facilities he afforded me
in accompanying the boats on an expedition up the lakes of
Biserta. This list however is necessarily imperfect, owing to the
shortness of my visit, as well as from the passage of the migra-
tory birds being nearly terminated at the time of my arrival.
The whole of these birds are found in the vicinity of the Biserta
lakes, with the exception of the Pterocles arenarius, P. setarius,
and Otis houbara.

The lakes of Biserta are about 40 miles to the westward of
Tunis; it was said that they are much more extensive than is
really the case, and also that a communication for shipping could
easily be opened, rendering the lower lake one of the finest har-

in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta. 103

bours in the Mediterranean. That however is out of the question,
the channel bemg so shallow and filled up with sand, that it
would be a Herculean task to clear it out, and when done, pro-
bably the very first north-easter would fill it up again. The lake,
the entrance of which is about a mile from the sea, is a beautiful
sheet of water about 20 miles in circumference, and from 3 to 7
fathoms deep. It swarms with various kinds of fish ; an exten-
sive weir reaches across the mouth, and the fisheries are very
valuable. Benayed, a wealthy Moor, who is the present pro-
prietor, assured us that he pays an annual rent to the Bey of
Tunis of nearly 3300/. sterling. The surrounding country is most
beautiful ; it abounds with game, chiefly boars, partridges, hares
and wildfowl, and is clothed down to the water’s edge with olive-
trees and corn-fields. This is I believe the richest district in the
regency ; I could have fancied myself in one of the most beautiful
parts of England, and the climate is delightful. The upper lake
is freshwater, and nearly as large as the salt one, but only 6 or
7 feet deep. On the upper part is a deep and extensive marsh,
out of which Gibel Tschar rises almost perpendicularly to the
height of 2000 feet and upwards. This lake also swarms with fish,
chiefly large barbel of 10 lbs. weight, gray mullet (Mugil Chilo,
Cuv.), basse (Labrax Lupus, Cuv.), spotted shad (Alosa Finta)
and eels. The lakes are connected by a river winding through
a rich plain about two miles in extent, more or less cultivated
according to the encroachments made by the floods in winter.
From the great variety of country, consisting of hill, plain, and
undulating ground, olive-groves, thick brushwood, corn-fields,
marsh, and rich pastures, it is a very general resort of the
feathered tribes, as will be seen from the following list.

Vultur fulvus. Seen in great numbers on Gibel Tschar,

Cathartes percnopterus. at the head of the upper lake of Biserta :
they probably breed there.

Falco tinnunculus. A few seen: breed on the cliffs at Cape
Carthage.

F. tinnunculoides. | These birds do not appear to remain, as only a

F. rufipes. few were seen on my first arrival,

F. Bonelli*.

F. brachydactylus *.

F. haliaétus. Common on the lakes of Tunis and Biserta at the
fisheries.

F. albicilla. A few seen in the marshes round the lakes of Biserta.

F. ater *.

F. cyaneus. One or two only.

F. rufus. Found in the marshes: not very common.

* These birds I understand are not uncommon, none however were seen,
but having obtained some well-preserved skins of all three species that were
shot near Tunis last winter, it is perhaps as well to mention them.

104. Mr. H. M. Drummond: List of Birds found

Striz noctua. This is the same species given in a former list of the
birds of Corfu under the denomination of S. passerina:.they are
common in the olive-groves about Biserta, and on the approach of
any. one seem easily disturbed, as I constantly saw them flitting from
tree to tree ; probably this may be only during the passage.

S. brachyotus. A few seen at the ruins of Carthage 21st of May,
none afterwards.

Corvus Corar. A pair only of these birds were seen: they breed
on the cliffs at Cape Carthage.

Coracias garrula. | Common, though none of the nests of these

Oriolus Galbula. \ birds were found; they probably breed in
this part of the country, as they were always seen in pairs.

Sturnus unicolor. This is the common starling of the country,
and seems (at least at this season of the year) quite to have sup-
planted the 8. vulgaris, which I understand is also found, but pro-
bably only in the winter ; their habits as also their song, or rather the
chattering and long plaintive whistle of the cock-bird, are precisely
the same; they are very common, especially in the neighbourhood
of Biserta; they build on houses as well as in trees, and are also
found in small flocks on the muddy parts of the shores of the lakes,
in company with stints and ring dottrels, feeding on the larve of
small marine insects.

Lanius excubitor. One was shot near Tunis; it is I suspect very
rare, as I have only known of one instance of its being shot at Malta,
and have never met with it in the Ionian Islands or Levant.

IL. minor. Only one seen, probably owing to the passage being
nearly over.

L. cucullatus. 1 obtained a beautiful specimen of this rare bird
(at least in Europe) through the kindness of Sir Thomas Reade,
H.B.M. Consul General ; it was shot last December along with se-
veral others ; they are never seen near the coast, but chiefly frequent
the thick brushwood on the sides of the mountains, about twenty
miles in the interior, where they are not uncommon.

L. Collurio*. One individual only : probably rare, as they have
never been found in Malta, and are very rare in Corfu.

L. rutilus. Most numerous, the olive-groves round Tunis and
Biserta being literally filled with them : breed there,

Muscicapa grisola. Very common: breeds.

M. albicollis. Common.

M. luctuosa. One or two only.

Turdus Merula. Very common at Biserta, making the woods re-
sound with their melody.

T. cyaneus. Only one seen.

Sylvia turdoides. A few seen in the marshes at Biserta.

S. palustris. A few seen in the olive-groves.

* It is singular that these birds, which I have found most numerous in
the spring and summer months in Switzerland, and also in some parts of
England, where they are not uncommon, should be so rare along the shores
of the Mediterranean. Query, as they have not been noticed during the
autumn passage, where do they go in winter ?

- x
in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta. 105

Sylvia Phragmitis. | Both these species are very common in’ the
S. arundinacea. vicinity of Carthage, frequenting the high
standing corn, where they breed.
S. Luscinia. A few met with in the thickets along the shores of
the upper oer freshwater lake.
S. orphea. Common: breed.
S. rubiginosa. Most numerous, especially at Biserta, frequenting
the olive-groves.
S. atricapilla. Only one or two seen ; probably do not remain.
. melanocephala. Common: breed.
. cinerea. Common: breed.
. conspicillata. A pair only of these birds seen 21st April.
. Phenicurus. Ditto.
. hippolais. )
. trochilus. f
Savicola CEnanthe. A few seen at Biserta lst of May, none after-
wards.

S. stapazina *.
S. aurita. A few seen.

One or two seen about the end of April.

RNRNRRR

S. rubeira.

S. rubicola. Very numerous: breed.

Motacilla cinereo-capilla. Very common, frequenting the pastures.

Anthus arboreus.

A. pratensis.

Alauda arvensis.

A. cristata.

A. brachydactyla. Very common: found in small flocks on the
dry sandy grounds near the Goletta of Tunis.

A, Calandra. Very common about the freshwater lake at Biserta,
also in the immediate vicinity of Tunis : breed.

Parus ceruleus +. Common: breed.

Emberiza Miliaria. Very numerous : breed.

Ef. Hortulana. Not very common: these birds are kept in cages
at Tunis, being much prized for their song, and one that sings well
will fetch as high a price as sixty piastres ; the Tunis piastre is equal
to eightpence.

Fringilla Chloris. Common: breeds.

F. hispaniolensis. This is the common house-sparrow of Barbary ;
it is very numerous, and though frequenting the towns and villages,
I also found it in large flocks in the country many miles from any
habitation. I was unable to ascertain whether it also builds in trees,
or whether these large flocks so late in the season might have been
occasioned by their being on their passage to Europe; they were en-

\ Not uncommon.

Very common, especially the latter ; breed.

* From my own observations I have been unable to decide whether the
stapazina and aurita are the same species; probably they are; but it is re-
markable that out of numbers examined and shot at the same season of the
year, none should be found in an intermediate state.

+ It is curious that the Parus major should not have been found, as they
generally frequent the same localities.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. I

106 My. H. M. Drummond: List of Birds found

tirely composed of old birds. The eggs of these birds vary like those
of the F. domestica, which they closely resemble.
Fringilla Celebs.)

F. cannabina. | Common about Biserta ; probably breed there,
F. Montium. > as they were seen as late as the middle of
F. citrinella. | May.

F, Carduelis. J

Cuculus canorus. Common about Biserta.

Upupa Epops. Very common; probably breed: seen as late as
the 21st of May.

Merops Apiaster. Very common during the passage : the first of
these birds made their appearance this season the 27th of April, none
seen after the 15th of May. I could not ascertain if any remain.

Alcedo Ispida, Only one seen at the Goletta 21st of April. I un-
derstand they are common in winter.

Hirundo rustica. p ‘
TE -aiebiee Most numerous, especially H. rustica : I saw no

airs signs of their building.
H. riparia. g ir building

Cypselus alpinus. Only two seen, on the tops of Gibel Tschar.

C. murarius. Very numerous.

Caprimulgus europeus. A few seen as late as the 10th of May.

Columba Livia. Very common: breed in the old wells about the
ruins of Carthage.

C. Turiur. Very common : breed in the olive-groves.

Piterocles arenarius. | Very common about ten miles from Tunis

P. setarius. i and throughout the interior: sedentary.

Perdix petrosa. Most numerous, especialiy at the upper lake of
Biserta and throughout the interior; rare in the immediate vicinity
of Tunis. A young covey was found as early as the 22nd of May:
sedentary.

P. Coturniz. Most numerous, especially about the ruins of Car-
thage during its passage, which I understand commences about the
beginning or middle of March, and lasts until the end of May: a very
few only remain.

Hemipodius lunatus. Dedasionally found near Tunis and Biserta.
Sir Thomas Reade assures me that these birds do not migrate.

Glareola torquata. ‘The first of these birds made their appearance
the 24th of April, and after that were most numerous, especially on
the muddy flats between the lakes of Biserta, where they were so
tame that they would unwillingly take wing though approached
within a few feet, and would almost immediately settle again.

Otis* houbara. ‘These birds are never found near the coast, but as
they are not unfrequently met with in the interior, it is perhaps as
well to mention them. They are very wary and difficult of approach,
frequenting the dry arid plains, and are only taken by means of
hawking, of which amusement the Arabs are excessively fond. Sedi
Mohammed, the Bey of the Camp, keeps a number of falcons trained
for the purpose.

* JT could obtain no account of the Odis tarda ever having been met with
in this regency, though it is I believe common in other parts of Barbary.

in the vieinity of Tunis and Biserta. 107

Otis Tetrax.. The Pollo di Cartagini, or Carthage fowl, the name
it is generally known by at Tunis; it is held in great estimation for
the table, and is consequently rare in the immediate vicinity. I
however met with a few, chiefly in the high corn-fields, where at
this season they probably have their nests: from the quick vibratory
motion of their wings, the flight is so peculiar that they are not
easy to be mistaken ; they appear when flying almost white.

C&dicnemus crepitans. Common : breed in the fallows.

Himantopus melanopterus. A few seen in the marshes at the head
of the freshwater lake at Biserta : probably breed there, as they were
seen in pairs.

Charadrius Hiaticula.

C. minor.

C. cantianus. 1 never found these birds mixing with the other
kinds of dottrels and sandpipers, but they were generally seen scat-
tered about the dry sandy grounds near the Goletta, or in some
neighbouring fallow, where on the approach of any one they run
most swiftly in preference to taking wing ; indeed they are so much
the colour of the ground they frequent, that they are not easily de-
tected: though I did not find their eggs, yet I have no doubt they
breed there.

Vanellus melanogaster. A few seen on the shores of the saltwater
lake.

Strepsilas collaris;, Common on the shores of the saltwater lake.

Grus cinerea. ‘These birds were not seen, but Sir Thomas Reade
informs me that they are not uncommon in the winter months round
the lake of Tunis, and are probably found at Biserta.

G. Virgo. Is also occasionally seen in winter at Tunis, during the
breeding-season ; they are very common on some of the islands along
the coast, especially at Lampidosa.

Ciconia* alba. A few seen at Biserta, in the marshes only.

Ardea* cinerea. Very common.

A.* purpurea. Only one seen.

A.* Garzetta. Very common, especially on the banks of the river
that connects the fresh with the salt lake at Biserta.

A.* Verany. A few of these very rare birds I found at the fisheries
at Biserta; they seem more addicted to perching than others of the
tribe, as when disturbed they would immediately fly for refuge to
some tree, where, standing with outstretched neck on the highest
part, it is difficult to get near them: though frequenting localities
where fish abounded, and which one would suppose to be their na-
tural food, yet on examination I never in any one instance found a
vestige of fish in the stomach, but invariably found it to contain the
remains of the blind-worm (Anguis fragilis) ; one 1 found entire and
about 8 inches long, also locusts and small beetles.

A.* ralloides. Common along the banks of the river between the
lakes.

* It is remarkable, that though most of these birds were common about
Biserta, none of them should have been found on the borders of the ‘Tunis

lake,
12

Common along the shores of the salt lake.

108 List of Birds found in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta.

Ardea* minuta. Very common in the deep marshes.

Nycticorax* ardeola. Common at the fisheries at Biserta, and
generally scen sitting on the reed-fences of which the weirs are
composed.

Phenicopterus antiquorum. Very common on the lake of Tunis,
which they seem to monopolize; a few also were seen at Biserta ;
they are excessively shy and difficult of approach; they do not breed
here, but probably go over to Cagliari:in Sardinia; as they leave
about the beginning of June, at which season they are occasionally
met with in Malta, and return in September. J was informed by Sir
Thomas Reade that a smaller species inhabits the lake, and though I
certainly saw some of a smaller size, yet being unable to procure one,
I could not ascertain whether these may be the young or a distinct
species.

Recurvirostra Avocetta. One seen on the salt lake at Biserta, which
I fortunately procured.: these birds I consider to\ be very rare, for
though I have been several years in the Mediterranean, this and
another shot at Corfu in April 1841 are the only two of the species
I ever obtained.

ae \ A few seen at Biserta.

Numenius arquatus.

Totanus fuscus. Common at Biserta: these birds were in the
summer plumage, and differed widely from those shot in winter at
Corfu; the legs of the present ones were black, with a very slight
tinge of orange about the knees.

a es i A few seen at Biserta.

. glareola.
T. hypoleucos. Common.
T. glottis. A few seen at Biserta.

olopax rusti : :
Scolop usticola Not found at this season, but are numerous

rua about Biserta in winter.

Rallus aquaticus. Only one seen.

Gallinula Porzana,

G. pusilla. Only one or two seen inthe marshes at Biserta.

G. chloropus.

Fulica atra. Very numerous on the salt lake: breed in the
marshes.

Podiceps cristatus.

P. cornutus. Several seen on the salt lake.

P. auritus.

Sterna Hirundo.

S. nigra. Mery common about Biserta.

S. minuta. J

S. leucoptera. A few seen on the river between the lakes.

Larus argentatus. Common: breed.

L. melanocephulus. Large flocks of these birds were seen in the
Bay of Tunis 21st of April; none afterwards.

Puffinus cinereus. Very numerous all along the coast : breed.

* See note, preceding page.

| My. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacese. 109

Puffinus anglorums A few seen.)
Thalassidroma pelagica: Very common : breed.

‘Cygnus: musicus. A few seen in the lakes of Biserta, and one in
the lake of Tunis.

Anas Boschas. Common: breed in the marshes round. Biserta.

A. marmorata. -1 only saw two small, flocks of five. or six each
flying up the river between the lakes; one of these very rare birds I
was fortunate enough to procure ; it proved to be a female.

A. Fuligula.. Very numerous: scen on the salt lake on/y,in large
flocks of two or three hundred ; it is singular that they should be in
flocks so late in the season.

Pelecanus onocrotalus, A few seen.on the salt lake.

Carbo Cormoranus. Very numerous on both lakes.

XII-—On the British Diatomacer. By Joun Rarrs, Hsq.,
M.R.C.S., Penzance*.

: [ With a Plate. ]
Hommoc.apia, Ag.

Frond membranaceous, tubular, filiform, transversely wrinkled,
branched in an umbellate manner ; frustules linear.

1. H. anglica, Ag. Fronds umbellate at the base, above elongated
and either simple or dichotomous ; frustules. linear, many times
longer than broad, with striated lateral surfaces. Ag. Consp.
Diatom. p. 25; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 208; Kiitz. Die Kieselschaligen
Bacillaria oder Diatomeen, p. 110. tab. 30. fig. 82... Oscillatoria
chthonoplastes, Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. vol. ii. p.373. Microcoleus
marinus, Hary. Br. Alg. p. 168.

On marine rocks, Ilfracombe, and Petitor near Torquay, Septem-
ber and October.
Since my former note on this plant (Ann. Nat. Hist. vol.xi. p.77)

I have examined specimens in a fresh state, and find its structure
agrees so closely with Agardh’s description of H. Martiana, that the
difference appears to be but slight. It is brownish when recent and
becomes of an opake olive-brown when dry, and often acquires a
metallic lustre, particularly in the Torquay specimens. _ It arises
from a comparatively thick scutate base, but soon divides. m an
umbellate manner into many branches, each of which. is again
similarly divided. In this second division the branches, which
vary in number from three to five, are elongated, and are either
sunple or once dichotomous, or occasionally trichotomous... The
extremities are often clavate, but not unfrequently shghtly at-
tenuated. The frond, which is from one to two inches high, is
terete, erect, tubular, with numerous transverse but irregular
wrinkles, which produce a crenated appearance of the margin.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

110 My. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacee.

The frustules are numerous, and either scattered or collected
in bundles, between which the frond is somewhat contracted.
The extremities of the frond finally become _ and suffer
the frustules to escape.

The frustules are remarkable for ther length, bemg many times
longer than broad; they are siliceous, simple or bmate, linear,
not unlike those of Frustulia Una, but their ends are rounded.
The lateral surfaces in form resemble the front, but are marked
with numerous transverse striee.

The endochrome is interrupted at regular mteryals by hyaline
globules producing a variegated appearance.

Puate IIL. fig. 1. Homeocladia anglica: a, natural size; b, portion of
a filament magnified ; c, front view of frustule; d, lateral view of empty
frustule.

BERKELEYA, Grev.

Frustules linear, included within tubular submembranaceous fila-
ments which are free at one extremity, but have the other im-
mersed in a gelatinous tubercle.

This genus differs from Homeocladia and Schizonema in haying
the base of the filaments immersed in a tubercle.

1. B. fragilis, Grev. Filaments subsimple, minute ; frustules nu-
merous, crowded, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, eight to twelve
times as longas broad. Grev. Crypt. Fl. tab. 294; Grey. in Hook.
Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 416; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 24; Harv. Br. Alg.
p- 209; Kutz. /. c. p. 109.

Parasitical on Zostera marina and the smaller marine algz, also on
rocks in the sea; November.

Southampton, Miss Hill; Mount’s Bay, J. R.; Ireland, Mr.
M‘Calla, according to a specimen from Dr. Scouler.

When recent this plant is dark olive-brown with a shght lustre ;
when dried it becomes greener, and is generally glossy.

The filaments are very short, seldom exceeding a quarter of an
inch in length, and pale at their immersed base. They issue
from the tubercle in a penicillate or radiate manner, and though
usually simple are occasionally dichotomous at their origin.

The tubercle is colourless and large in proportion to the size
of the plant. It is more diffuse in those growing upon rocks
than in parasitic ones, sometimes mdeed to so great a degree
as to lose the appearance of a tubercle. It is always. gelatinous,
is easily broken, and if put into fresh water very soon becomes
partially dissolved, and thus allows the separation of the. fila-
ments.

Under the microscope the filaments are hyaline and slightly
crenate at the margin ; the frustules are simple or binate, nume-
rous, crowded, often confined to the middle of the filament, elon-

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacee. lll

gated (eight to twelve times longer than broad), not striated ; the
front view is narrow linear-lanceolate with truncate ends, and
the lateral surfaces, which are about the same breadth, are lan-
ceolate with subacute extremities.

The colouring matter occupies only the central third of the
frustule, and consequently the ends are hyaline.

Prare ITI. fig. 2. Berkeleya fragilis: a, front view; 6, lateral view.

Encyonema, Kiitz.
Frustules cymbiform, siliceous, arranged in longitudinal series
within submembranaceous, tubular filaments.

The filaments are tubular, submembranaceous, and under the
microscope colourless. The lateral surfaces of the frustules being
convex are observed in the front view, in which also the frustules
are quadrilateral with two puncta at each end. These puncta are
less easily discerned in the dorsal view as the dorsum is longi-
tudinally convex. The lateral view 1s semi-elliptic with numerous
transverse striee, which are interrupted as in Cocconema by a lon-
gitudinal pellucid line.

This genus differs from Schizonema and other frondose genera
of Diatomacee in the form of its frustules, as a single frustule
resembles one of Cymbella or Cocconema ; therefore, notwithstand-
ing the similarity of habit, it belongs to a different series.

It is far more probable that some bodies of a totally different
kind will be at first sight classed with Encyonema. 'These, which
are really congeries of the ova of certain insects, were once de-
scribed by Agardh as Algeze under the name of Gloionema. A
little attention however will secure the observer from this mistake,
for although eymbiform and arranged in longitudinal series, the
eggs are neither siliceous nor striated.

1. E. prostratum, Berk. Kutz. Die Kieselschaligen Bacillaria oder
Diatomeen, p. 82. t.25.f.7. KH. paradoxum, Kutz. Synop. Diatom.
in Linnea 18338, p. 589. f. 73; Die Kies. t. 22. f. 1. Monema
prostratum, Berk. Br. Alg. p. 15. t. 4. f.3. (1832)! Schizonema
prostratum, Grev. in Hook. Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 414; Harv. Br. Alg.
p. 214. Gloionema paradoxum, Ehr. Inf. p. 237 (not of Agardh
nor Kiitzing); Portlock in Microscop. Journ. vol. ii. p. 6. pl. 3.

fey.

In freshwater rivulets, outlets of ponds, &c. near King’s Cliffe,
Northamptonshire, Rev. M. J. Berkeley ; Farnham, Surrey, Mr. W.
Reeves; Brambletye, Sussex, and ‘‘ abundant in the rivulet which
parts Kent and Sussex between Bodiham and Sandhurst,” Mr. Jenner;
near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. Ufracombe, Devonshire, J. &.; ‘* Lough
Erne, Ireland, Capt. Portlock.”

This plant forms small tufts, which not unfrequently are so

112 My. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacez.

crowded as to constitute considerable patches. When recent it
is dark brown, but dried it assumes a dull green colour. ~ It is
soft, but not gelatinous, and adleres only imperfectly to paper
or glass.

The filaments are short, straight or flexuose, simple or shghtly
branched, slender, subequal, quite colourless under the micro-
scope. Generally the frustules form a single series and have
their convex margin alternately m opposite directions; occa-
sionally a frustule is placed transversely, and in the broader fila-
ments there are two, or even as many as three or four longitu-
dinal series of frustules.

The frustules are in the front view about three times as long
as broad, and slightly rounded at the ends ; their convex lateral
surfaces are visible at the sides.

The lateral view is broader than the front and semi-elliptic.. The
inferior margin is mostly prominent at the centre. The ends,
which are rounded and separated from the body by ashght con-
striction are usually similar, but m the Ilfracombe specimens one
of them is often produced into a short beak. A pellucid line
passes from one to the other and divides the striz into two un-
equal series. There is a dilatation at each extremity of this line,
and at the centre a larger one, towards which, as in Gomphonema
and Cocconema, the strie slightly converge.

In the recent frustule the endochrome is tawny with a paler
transverse band in the centre.

Kiitzing in his last work deseribes two species of Encyonema*.
Judging from his characters and figures, I doubt whether they are
sufficiently distinct, as I find that the form of the frustules varies
even in the same specimen.

I have examined an original specimen of Mr. Berkeley’ s Mo-
nema prostratum. The frustules in the lateral view are generally
less constricted at the ends than in my other specimens, but
they vary in this respect as well as in size.

Glotonema paradoxum, Ag., which at first sight bears some re-
semblance to this plant, has been shown by the Rev. M. J. Ber-
keley to be an animal production +.

Puate III. fig. 3. Eneyonema prostratum: a, front view of frustule ;
b, lateral view, Sussex specimen ; d, front, and ¢, lateral view of empty frus-

tules from an Ilfracombe specimen ; e, lateral view of frustules deprived of
their colouring matter from an original specimen of Monema prostratum.

* « FE, paradoxum, tubulis sparsis, solitariis ; cymbellis a latere secundario
acuminatis cornutis striatis. . paradoxum, Kiitz. Syn. 1833. Gloionema
paradoxum, Ehr. Inf. Isthmia catenata, Menegh.”

“ E. prostratum, stratum gelatinosum formans, tubulis maxime intricatis ;
cymbellis minoribus, obtusiusculis non cornutis, striatis. Monema prostra-
tum, Berk. Encyonema paradowum, Menegh.”

+ Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 449.

Botanical Notices from Spain. 113

XIUL.—Boianical Notices from Spam. By Moritz WittkomM*.
[Continued from vol. xv. p. 419.]

No. IV. Grawnapva, August 12, 1844.

Weartep with the view of the endless plains of the Mancha, which
present only an aspect of corn-fields and brown arid heath, here and
there broken by a copse of the Quercus Jlex or Pinus Pinea, 1 was
not a little delighted, when on the morning of the 10th of July I
descried the blue mountain-ranges of the Sierra Morena, the frontier
of the long-desired Andalusia. This long and wide chain of moun-
tains, which rises in gentle gradations to a height scarcely exceeding
6000 feet, is at this point almost wholly covered with copses of oak.
The rivulets, which are particularly numerous on the south side,
permeating the valleys, and emptying their waters into the Guadal-
quivir, give birth to a richer vegetation than I had hitherto observed
in the Spanish mountains, and were chiefly inclosed with flowering
oleanders, ash-trees and elms, interspersed with the vine, which grows
almost wild here, as in the lowest part of the Sierra Nevada, and
hangs in picturesque festoons from the tops of the trees down to the
ground. After traversing the celebrated Pass of Spinasperros, and
crossing many wide mountain-ridges, we arrive at the ancient Swabian
colonies of S'® Helena and Carolina; and the environs of these beau-
tiful localities, especially of Carolina, show the traveller, by their fer-
tility, that he has reached the happy land of Andalusia. Hedges of
Agave americana and Opuntia vulgaris, which surround the intermina-
ble fields of wheat, maize, hemp, beans, garbanzos( Cicer arietinum, .),
tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum, Mill.), pimento (Capsicum annuum,
L.), plantations of mulberry-, olive-, almond--and vine-trees, which
extend to the banks of the Guadalquivir, recall to mind the fruitful
plains of Valencia. The extensive and very barren Sierra de’ Jaen
separates the wide valley of the Guadalquivir from the noble Vega of
Granada,—the former so celebrated in history, which extends at the
foot of the Sierra Nevada, rising like an immense wall, with snow-
capped summits to more than 11,000 feet in height, and bounded on
the west by the Sierra Tejeda and Sierra de Alhama.. Although; in
the country around Granada, neither the date- and dwarf-palm, nor
the orange-hedges of Valencia are found, yet the vegetation bears a
far more southern character. I had nowhere before seen in Spain such
a luxuriant and almost tropical vegetation, not excepting even Aran-
» juez, where it is evident that the cultivating hand of man has. pro-
duced by artificial irrigation that rich growth of trees and plants of
all kinds which convert this spot into a charming oasis in the deserts
of New Castille.

On one of the peninsular tracts of land formed by the small but
celebrated rivers of the Jenil and Darro lies the ancient royal city
of Granada, at the foot of the proud Alhambra, whose Moorish.towers
crown the last offshoot of the rocky wall which divides the valleys

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, Nov..29 and Dec. 6, 1844.

114 Botanical Notices from Spain.

of the Jenil and Darro, and forms an offshoot of the Sierra Nevada.
The south side of this rock, which consists of disintegrated lime-
stone, as well as the other hills, is covered with thick bushes of
Opuntia vulgaris, which are now in flower, and whose fruit yield a
favourite food to the lower classes. Interspersed are everywhere seen
the Agave americana, which is here quite wild and very generally now
in bloom. For instance, I have seen in the environs of the Capella
San Miguel, on the southern slope of the valley of the Darro, more
than twenty specimens together in a small space, whose flowering
stems reached a height of 12 to 20 feet. Both plants ascend in the
warm valleys of the Sierra Nevada, for instance in that of the Jenil,
to a height of 3000 feet. Copses of elms, impenetrable hedges of
Rubus fruticosus *, Bupleurum fruticosum, L., Coriaria myrtifolia, L.,
interspersed with Fouteea etrusca, Santi, Clemiitz cirrhosa, DeC.,

Cl. Flammula, L., and other climbers, clothe the northern slopes of
the valleys ; whilst the arid, sunny hills, destitute of all shrubby ve-
getation, are covered with a number of Labiate (several Thymi and
Teucria, especially T. Polium, L., Ballota hirsuta, Bth., Origanum
virens, Lk. and Hoffmsegg.), accompanied by several species of
Ononis, Rubiacee and Composite, as an Andryala, Delphinium pere-
grinum, L., Ruta montana, Clus., R. angustifolia, L., Antirrhinum
molle, L., &c. On shady walls—frequent for instance on the walls
of the Alhambra as well as on the aqueducts—grows the Tra-

* This Rubus, the only species which I have hitherto met with in Spain,
but which seems to be everywhere frequent, belongs to the Rubus digitati-
folis, in the Div. II.** R. candicantes of Reichenbach’s ‘ flora,’ and is
very different to the R. fruticosus, L., which belongs to the Div. I., as well
as to the species in Div. II. Boissier enumerates it in his Voyage, under
No. 601, as &, fruticosus, L., without adding any remark. I regard it as
new, and propose to call it A. hispanicus.

R. hispanicus, turionum fol. omnibus quinato-digitatis, foliolis oblongo-

lanceolatis, caulis floriferi fol. ternatis, foliolis oblongis aut ellipticis, late-
ralibus szepe bilobis, corymbo composito erecto muitifloro, floribus amplis
roseis, ¢ calyce fructifero reflexo, mora mediocri atra nitida ex acinis parvis
numerosis composita, dulcissima. Frutex 12-pedalis et ultra, turionibus
longissimis decurvatis 5-angularibus subtomentosis infra purpurascentibus
superne lete-virescentibus, fol. omnibus supra obscure virentibus subtus
albo-tomentosis, aculeis conformibus recurvis numerosis, calyce peduncu-
lisque div ergentibus cano-tomentesis, laciniis calycis ovatis ,petalis calyce
duplo longioribus obovatis roseis. Differt a R. fruticoso, L., foliolis tomen-
tosis oblongis nec glabris cordato-ovatis, corymbo composito nec simplici,
turionibus tomentosis decurvatis nec glabris erectis, petalis roseis nec albis ;
a f. discolore, Whe., cui maxime affinis, foliolis turionum oblongo-lanceo-
latis nec suborbicularibus, aculeis recurvatis nec rectiusculis, mora aterrima
nec atro-cerulea.—l! have frequently observed this beautiful species (No. 157
of ny Spanish Plants), which forms impenetrable and entangled hedges, and
bears flowers and fruit in uncommon abundance (the bunches of fruit attain
the length of one foot), around Valencia, in the Sierra de Chiva, in Murcia, in
the Mancha near Aranjuez, Madrid and Escurial, and in Andalusia, where
they grow in the valleys of the Sierra Nevada up to a height of 4500 feet, and
are common, especially in the environs of the village of Guejar. In Anda-
lusia this /twbus bears the name of ‘ Sarza mora.’

Botanical Notices from Spain. 115

chelium ceruleum, L., which is also found in the low warm valleys of
the Sierra Nevada: from the rocks hang down the thorny branches
of Capparis spinosa, L.., mingled with Sedum amplexicaule, Boiss.; and
in the moist grassy valleys, in the shade of willows and elms, is
frequently found Dorycnium rectum, Ser., Mentha rotundifolia, L.,
Lythrum Salicaria, L., Epilobium hirsutum, L., Retama spherocarpa,
Boiss., and Chamepeuce hispanica, DeC., which occurs in the Sierra
Nevada up to a height of 4500 feet.

As soon as I had made all arrangements requisite to prolong my
stay in the Sierra Nevada, whose lofty mountains attracted me irre-
sistibly, I quitted Granada; and accompanied by a merry Andalusian,
who acted at once as servant, guide and assistant, as well as a ca-
pital beast of burden, I set out for the Cortijo de S. Geronimo, which
consists of a few scattered dwellings lying about 4500 feet above the
sea, the highest inhabited spot on the northern side of the mountain,
whose inhabitants still retain a clear recollection of Boissier. The
Sierra Nevada is, with the exception of the mountain-ridges which
enclose the valleys, almost wholly bare, and is even deficient for the
greater part in the ‘Monte bajo,’ which everywhere covers the Spanish
mountains, All the lower portion of the northern slope consists of
limestone, in part interrupted by a beautiful marble, which for in-
stance at S. Geronimo and Guejar forms immense rocks. In some
places are found traces of coal (for example at the north foot of the
Cerro Trevenque) and mines of mica (as on the southern slope of the
Dornajo) ; and on the Cerro Calal, at the village of Guejar, are still
found some lead-mines, which are now abandoned. ~ I have however
not succeeded in finding any trace of fossils in the whole of this
limestone range. ‘These limestone mountains rise to a height of
7000 to 7500 feet, and the highest and most interesting summits
are those of the mountains Dornajo, Cerro Tesoro and Cerro Treven-
que, in the neighbourhood of 8. Geronimo. At S. Geronimo the
gneiss formation commences, which in the snow-region passes into
the micaceous slate and constitutes the highest chain of the Sierra,
whose highest peak is the Cerro Mulehacen (said to be 11,600 feet),
Picacho de Veleta (11,200 feet), Cerro Alcasava and Cerro Caballo,
The region which is scarcely to be termed that of eternal snow,
since every summer it melts, with the exception of some scattered
snow-fields (hitherto I have nowhere observed the glaciers of which
Boissier speaks), begins at about the height of 8500 to 9000 feet,
and is clearly distinguished by its geognostical nature as well as by
its highly peculiar vegetation from the lower regions. ‘Traces of
iron are here found frequently. The alpine region commences at a
height of about 6000 feet, and the mountain region at 3500 feet.
The environs of the Cortijo de 5. Geronimo, on the southern slope
of the magnificent alpine valley through which the rapid Monachil
takes its course, form those districts of the entire northern declivity
which abound most in water, and consequently in plants. The
northern ridge, enclosing the valley known by the name of the De-
hesa de §. Geronimo, whose highest slaty ridge rises to 8000 feet,
is especially remarkable for its arboraceous luxuriance, being almost

116 Botanical Notices from Spain.

wholly covered with copses of various species of oak (especially Qu.
Ilex, L. and Qu. Toza, Bosc.), Berberis vulgaris, var. australis, Cra-
tegus granatensis, Boiss., Cotoneaster granatensis, Boiss., &e. Rye
and barley are cultivated high up im the alpine region, whilst in the
valley and on the southern slope much wheat, maize, Phaseolus com-
munis and Cicer arietinum, are grown.

In the very first excursion which I made into a side valley of the
Dehesa, I found the two celebrated trees discovered by Boissier,
Lonicera arborea and Adenocarpus decorticans, both in fruit. L. ar-
borea has a very shrubby growth; but I have observed single trees,
from twenty to thirty feet high, which were then mostly crowned
by arounded top of thick foliage. This rare tree, which according to
Webb is also found in Asia Minor, has a fissured grayish-brown and
almost leathery bark, and leaves of a dark green on the upper side
and somewhat shining, and underneath of a sea-green colour. I have
not observed any flowers; the berries are oval, and when ripe black.
This Lonicera is somewhat frequent, both in the valleys of the De-
hesa and in the ravines of the south side of the valley, and ascends
to 7000 feet,—nearly to the limit of the region of trees. ‘The Adeno-
carpus decorticans is much more frequent, especially in single spots,
but it does not grow at a height exceeding 5500 feet. The lowest
point at which I have seen it is in the valley of the Jenil, below
Guejar, at a height of about 2500 feet. In that valley, where I first
found it, I :met with only small trees, all growing on the north side,
on an arid limestone soil; but it is much more frequent in the copse
of Pinus sylvestris, which bears the name ‘ La Cartejuela,’ and covers
the saddle between the Cerro Tesoro and Trevenque, as well as on
the northern slope of the valley, through which the river Maydena
flows, where it forms the arboraceous vegetation together with the
Quercus Toza. ‘This tree, which from its narrow and small leaves
appears at a distance to be a Conifer, and has quite the habitus of
shrubs of the Juniperus communis, attains a height of twelve to twenty
feet, and a thickness of half a foot. The yellowish-white wood is
very tough, and its yellowish-brown bark separates even from the
youngest branches, and hangs down from the whole stem in long
riband-like bands, whilst the ground all around is covered with pieces
of bark shed from the tree. Beside these two trees, which are pecu-
liar to the Sierra, the following also are found:—Sorbus Aria, L.,
which ascends from the rocks at the Monachil to the limit of the
region of trees, accompanied by the Cotoneaster granatensis, Boissier,
which still decorates the highest northern limestone rocks of the
Dornajo and Trevenque, and is especially frequent in the wide valley
between the Cerro Tesoro and 'Trevenque; Acer opulifolium, Vill.
(A. granatense, Boissier, El. 39.), on the rocks near the Monachil,
frequently in fruit ; Pinus sylvestris, L., which forms the above-men-
tioned Cartejuela; Salix Caprea, L., only a few specimens in the
upper part of the valley; S. alba, around the Cortijo, more frequent
in the valley of the Jenil; S. purpurea, ditto; and Tacus baccata, L.,
on the upper Monachil, rare. The southern declivity lying opposite
to the Dehesa, as far as the limestone formation and the mountain

Botanical Notices from Spain. 117

region extends, is almost entirely covered with thorny shrubs, of the
Berberis vulgaris, L., var. australis, Crategus granatensis, Boiss.,
Prunus Ramburei, Boiss., Rhamnus infectorius, L., and Cerasus pro-
strata, DeC., which forms small and very entangled and stiff shrubs,
from half a foot to three foot high, and is found as far as the highest
summit of the Dornajo, where, creeping up the loose rocks, it covers
them like a kind of moss. In very isolated spots, under the thorny
shrub, grows the beautiful Lonicera splendida, Boiss., which is di-
stinguished from L. Caprifolium, L., and L. implexa, Ait. (to which it
is nearest allied), partly by the many-flowered racemes, and partly by
the white dust on the under side of the evergreen leaves and of the
young branches. The berries are oval, large and orange-coloured.
L. etrusca, Santi, is found in the neighbourhood of brooks, in shady
bushes, generally in company with the Clematis Flammula, L. On
the banks of the Monachil I found frequent the Rumex pulcher, Li,
Delphinium pentagynum, Desf., Thalictrum glaucum, Desf., Nepeta
granatensis, Boiss., Junci, Huphorbie, and two Resede; in the upper
part of the valley, Heracleum granatense, Boiss., with Cochlearia
glastifolia, L., and Aspidium nevadense, Boiss. The shady-clefts of
the rocks are decorated with patches of the delicate and fragile
Linaria villosa, DeC., and L. verticillata, Boiss., along with Hiera-
cium amplezicaule, L.; whilst on the sunny limestone and marble
rocks of the southern declivity are found the pretty Campanula Leff-
lingit, Brot., in company with Putoria calabrica, T., several Teucria
and others.

Among those portions of the limestone alps which are the most
celebrated as producing the rarest plants, the Dornajo and Cerro
Trevenque occupy undoubtedly the first place. The latter, above
7000 feet high, presents a huge pyramid of rock, and is seldom as-
cended by the inhabitants of the mountain on account of its extra-
ordinary steepness. I ascended it on the 7th of August, accompa-
nied by my servant. We first followed the steep bed of a rivulet
filled with blocks of marble, which contributes the waters of its little
stream to the Monachil, and soon saw ourselves surrounded with
some isolated pines, which announced the Cartejuela. In this copse-
wood, which is scarcely to be called thick, as well as in the ascent,
I found frequent the tender Reutera gracilis, Boiss., of the habitus
of an Asperula, as well as the Peonia coriacea, Boiss., which is not
rare on the Dehesa, S. Geronimo, and even around the Cortijo.
When we had reached the plateau, about 6000 feet, I first ascended
the Cerro Tesoro, lying on the right, and of a not much greater ele-
vation, whose entire northern declivity is covered with Anthyllis
erinacea (common throughout the whole limestone alps) and a thorny
Astragalus. Besides the Passerina Tartouruira, L., which is here
very small-leaved, Anthyllis tejedensis, Boiss., and Ononis cephalotus,
Boiss., the vegetation consists of the same plants as I had already
found on the Dornajo. The Odontites longiflora, Webb, is found, as
well as on the Dornajo, from the base to the summit; in the clefts of
the rocks grow on both mountains Potentilla caulescens, L., forming
hard thick beds, in company with Arenaria Armeriasirum, Boiss.,

118 Botanical Notices from Spain.

Cerastium repens, L., Piilotrichum longicaule, Boiss., &c. From
Cerro Tesoro I descended to the Cartejuela, where there are several
springs,— a rare occurrence in these frightfully arid limestone alps.
With the exception of a few very scattered specimens of Vicia lutea,
L., and Hypericum hyssopifolium, L., there was scarcely anything of
importance to be found; in May the vegetation may be more inter-
esting. In that part which hes at the foot of the Trevenque, whose
immense cone rises here proudly, the Adenocarpus decorticans 18, as
I have said, very common ; besides this, the Juniperus Sabina, L., and
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi grow in great abundance, as well as Bupleu-
rum spinosum, L. fil., which is found very abundant on many spots
of the limestone portion of the Sierra, and grows as low down as
3000 feet and more.

At length we gained the base of the cone of the Cerro Trevenque,
the ascent of which I undertook from the east side. This, as well
as the western declivity, is almost wholly filled with steep rocks and
boulders of limestone, and it was often necessary to dig out steps in
the soft limestone sand to get a firm footing. Notwithstanding these
circumstances, so unfavourable to vegetation, the rarest plants are
found on this very side, as for instance, Scabiosa pulsatilloides ; Boiss.,
Helianthemum pannosum, Boiss., Santolina elegans, Boiss. (the only
locality for this plant hitherto known is the Trevenque, and even
here it is rare), Convolvulus nitidus, Boiss., Anthyllis tejedensis, Boiss.,
Ononis cephalotes, Boiss. On the highest summit, from whence there
is an indescribably beautiful view over the whole limestone alps, as
well as the charming Vega of Granada as far as the Sierra Morena,
no plants worthy of mention grow, except the Cotoneaster grana-
tensis, Boiss., and some trees of Pinus sylvestris. ‘The whole north-
ern declivity is covered with Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.

Excepting these spots, which are distinguished by rare plants,
the vegetation of the limestone range is throughout very uniform.
As far as the warm region extends, the hills and mountains are
covered with the same plants which I have already mentioned in the
environs of Granada. The Berberis vulgaris, var. australis, charac-
terizes the mountain region, and extends into the alpine region, and
is everywhere common, especially on arid sunny spets. Besides this,
the Salvia officinalis, L., together with another species of this genus
clothed with a thick white wool, Santolina rosmarinifolia, Mill.,
Helichryson serotinum, Boiss., Daphne Gnidium, L., Lavandula lanata,
Boiss., an Andryala and a Thymus are the principal constituents of
this mountain flora. The Jnula montana?, the beautiful Hchium
albicans, Lag., and others, are limited to some localities. Of
Cryptogamia, beside some few mosses and liverworts, some Alge
and Aspidium nevadense, Boiss., there are only lichens, apparently in
great quantity, especially of the genera Parmelia, Lecidea and Ver-
rucaria.

No. V. Gursar DE La Sierra, September 5.

Since the middle of August I have been staying in this village,
which is situated in the valley of the Jenil, about 3000 feet above

Botanical Notices from Spain. 119

the level of the sea,—the highest on the north side of the Sierra
Nevada. In spite of its lofty position, one might fancy oneself
in the neighbourhood of Granada, this village being surrounded by
the most luxuriant vegetation of the warmregion. Fig- and almond-
trees raise their heads in the dells, even in the mountain region,
and are almost to be considered wild here, while the slope of the
valley lying to the north of the village is partly clothed with luxu-
riant chestnut trees, succeeded by an extensive wood of Quercus Ilex.
The whole valley of the Jenil, the chief river of the north, is con-
siderably wider and deeper than that of the Monachil and Dilar, and
therefore much warmer. The banks of the river are bordered, from
Granada to a league above Guejar, with thick woods of Salix alba, L.,
Populus nigra and alba, Ulmus campestris, L., and Celtis australis, L.,
which latter tree occurs in countless numbers in the immediate en-
virons of the village. ‘The underwood consists of the already-men-
tioned Rubus, Coriaria myrtifolia, Daphne Gnidium and Retama sphe-
rocarpa, while the numerous impenetrable hedges are composed ex-
clusively of Rubus hispanicus and Eleagnus angustifolia, with a spe-
cies of Clematis, Tamus communis, L., and Asparagus albus, L., running
over them. Feniculum vulgare, Gertn., with other Umbellifere,
are plentiful along the river. In some places Hypericum baticum,
Boiss., Chiora perfoliata, L., &c. Mentha rotundifolia, L., is most
abundant in moist shady spots, in company with Huphorbie, species
of Atriplex and Chenopodium, Plumbago europea, l.., Origanum virens,
Lk. et Hottmsegg., Heliotropium europeum, L., and Althea cannabina,
L. On the rugged cliffs of marble I found a Dianthus common,
with Bupleurum gibraltaricum, Lam., and in the shady dells to the
northward Hypericum Caprifolium, Boiss., Pyrethrum Parthenium, L.,
Lithospermum officinale, L.., Epilobium hirsutum, L. On dry sandy
places, in sunny fields and on the road-sides grew Senecio linifolius, L.,
ascending as far as the alpine region, Picnomon Acarna, Cass., with
other thistles, and in a single place, Cynara alba, Boiss. For the
rest, the vegetation is exactly the same as in the other parts of the
limestone alps.

Very different from the above-described vegetation of the limestone
districts of the Sierra Nevada is that of the primary rocks, which
begins at a height of about 4000 to 5000 feet. ‘The flora of the
lower mountain region agrees tolerably with that of the moun-
tain limestone, but in the upper region and the alpine portion many
other plants make their appearance. Among trees and shrubs Quer-
cus llex and Quercus Toza especially prevail, mingled with Lonicera
arborea and Crategus granatensis, which rise to the highest alpine
valleys and are the most beautiful trees here. Adenocarpus decorti-
cans also occurs frequently; more rarely, Cerasus dvium, Pyrus
Aria and Tarus baccata. The whole upper mountain and lower
alpine region is clothed with Genista aspalathoides, DeC., and. Astra-
galus aristatus, L’Hérit., with a woody stem often as thick as a man’s
arm; both ascend to the snow-region, where I have even found the
latter in flower. The mountain region is also particularly charac.
terized by Artemisia campestris, L., var. glutinosa, ‘Ten., which

126 Botanical Notices from Spain.

spreads ‘over all the mountains, in many places alternating with 4.
camphorata, L., while A. Absinthium is abundant chiefly in the alpine
region, In the bogs and springy places of the mountain region,
especially in the upper part of the valley of the Jenil, Helosciadium
nodiflorum, Koch, occurs frequently, and Anagallis tenella, L., in
company with a Lythrum and Senecio, Juncus glaucus, L., which also
fills all the bogs of the limestone formation, and is the commonest
species in the Sierra; a few Carices are also met with; while on very
dry, sunny places, with soil of a stony hardness, particularly in‘ the
neighbourhood of the chalets, Merendera Colchicum, Ram., are still in
flower in countless numbers. The upper alpine and lower snow-region
is the richest in rare plants, peculiar to and most plentiful in these
mountains. These consist almost solely of micaceous slate, the stra-
tification of which has an inclination of about 20° from south to north.
Accordingly the north slope of the chief alpme chain is encompassed
by much steeper and sometimes formidable perpendicular cliffs and pre-
cipices than the south side, which is almost everywhere covered with
loose masses of slate rock. On this side, im the passes between the
highest peaks of the mountain-chain, pools or small mountain-lakes
are frequently met with, occasionally of unfathomable depth, as for
instance the famous Laguna de Vacares: these lakes are more rare on
the north side. The main valleys, which extend to the snow-region,
terminate ii peculiar scattered meadows, watered by many springs and
brooks, and sometimes perpetually inundated, and in grassy, often
very steep declivities. ‘These peculiar meadows bear the name of
Borreguiles, and are particularly distinguished by their vegetation
from the rest of the snow-region. Excepting these green meadows the
snow-region presents from a distance a forbidding and seemingly
quite sterile appearance, for nothing is seen but gray boulders of
slate ; but between the several masses of this rock grow a number of
small alpine plants, often scarcely an inch high, mostly in thick
patches. The beautiful Péilotrichum spinosum, Boiss., which ascends
from the valleys of the lower alpine region up to the highest summits
of the snow-region, is generally diffused and very frequent. Besides
this, the following plants occur on almost every part of the summit :
—1. In the upper alpine region: Senecio Tournefortii, Lap., 6. gra-
natensis, Boiss., very frequent on moist loose masses of rock ascend-
ing into the snow-region; Thymus angustifolius, Pers. ; Dianthus
brachyanthus, Boiss. (here and in the snow-region scarcely an inch
high, whilst in the limestone alps it reaches a height of from half a
foot to one foot); Plantago serpentina, Vill. ; Jurinea humilis, DeC. ;
Eryngium Bourgati, Gou., also in the snow-region ; Armeria allioides,
Boiss., especially on steep rocky declivities ; Hieracium Pilosella, Li,
var. incanum, Boiss.; Arenaria tetraquetra, L., var. granatensis,
Boiss., in the thickest beds up to the highest summit of the snow-
region, mingled here and there with a small form of A. Armeriastrum,
Boiss.—2. In the lower snow-region, at about 8500 to 9500 feet :
Arenaria tetraquetra, Li, var. A. pungens, Clem.; Ptilotrichum pur-
pureum, Boiss.; Ranunculus demissus, DeC., var. hispanicus, Boiss. ;
Plantago nivalis, Boiss., on moist and grassy loose masses of rock, on

Botanical Notices from Spain. 121

both sides of the Sierra, exceedingly frequent ; Anthyllis Webbiana,
Hook. ; Pyrethrum radicans, Lag.; Lepidium stylatum, Lag.; Eryn-
gium glaciale, Boiss., very frequent up to the highest summits ; Silene
Boryi, Boiss. ; Cerastium ramosissimum, Boiss.; Carduus carlinoides,
DeC.; Herniaria alpina, lL. ; Jasione amethystina, Lag. ; Armeria au-
stralis, Boiss., a most striking shrubby form, with stiff, almost spines-
cent branches; Agrostis nevadensis, Boiss.—In the upper snow-region,
9500 to 11,000 feet and above: Viola nevadensis, Boiss.; Saxifraga
miata, Lag.; Linaria origanifolia, DeC., y. glareosa, Boiss.; L. su-
pina, DeC., var. nevadensis, Boiss., rare; Artemisia granatensis,
Boiss., known and celebrated as a popular medicine under the name
of Manzanilla; Umbilicus sedoides, DeC.; besides Eryngium glaciale,
Ptilotrichum purpureum, Pyrethrum radicans, Jasione amethystina,
Sideritis scordioides, var., and Agrostis nevadensis.

Upon the above-mentioned Borreguiles are found in particular the
following plants: Savifraga stellaris, L., also frequent near the rivu-
lets of the upper alpine region; Stel/aria cerastioides, L.. ; Campanula
Herminii, Lk. and Hoffmsegg. ; Pedicularis verticillata, L.; EHuphra-
sia minima, Schleich.; Reseda complicata, Bory, descending into the
alpine valleys ; Ranunculus angustifolius, var. uniflorus, DeC.; R. ace-
tosellefolius, Boiss.; Veronica alpina, L.; Gentiana verna, L., also
frequent on the banks of the alpine lakes; G. Pneumonanthe, var.
depressa, Boiss., especially on the Borreguil de 8. Juan; Pinguicula
leptoceras, Rehb.; Lotus corniculaius, var. glacialis, Boiss. (very dif-
ferent from the typical form!) ; Sempervivum tectorum, L.?; Meum
athamanticum, L.; Epilobium origanifolium, Lam.

The following plants appear to be more limited to certain locali-
ties of the snow-region, but are there frequent : Sawifraga oppositi-
folia, L., which I met with most beautiful on the frightful precipice
on the northern declivity of the Mulehacen, called the Val de Casil-
las; Butinia bunioides, Boiss.,in rocky clefts near the Laguna de Dilar ;
Senecio quinqueradiatus, Boiss., on the way to the perpendicular
groups of rocks called the Pollo de Vacares, and in the Val de Casillas ;
Nepeta Nepetella, L., ditto; Vicia pyrenaica, Pourr., very sparingly
in the Val de Casillas and in the upper part of the Barranco de Guel-
non, &c.

In the highest part of the great valleys stretching into the snow-
region the following are very frequent: Parnassia palustris, L., in
many places very small; Kuphorbia Esula, L.; Cirsium acaule, var.
gregarium, Boiss. ; Carum verticillatum, Koch ; Aconitum Lycoctonum,
L., and A. Napellus, L. Among the rarest plants of the snow-
region are the Potentilla nevadensis, Boiss., which I have hitherto
found only in small quantities on the Borreguil of S. Juan, and
Linaria glacialis, Boiss., a small grayish-green and very large-flowered
species, of which I have only met with three specimens in the highest
snow-region. From the valleys of the upper mountain region,—for
example, from the banks of the Monachil at S. Geronimo up to the
snow-region,—the Digitalis purpurea, L., is found frequent, which at
a height of from 8000 to 9000 feet takes a somewhat different habi-
tus, but seems to me not sufficiently to differ from the typical form

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

122 Botanical Notices from Spain.

to be regarded as a distinct species, especially as we find various
forms of transition at different heights.

Among the inost interesting points of the snow-region and the
whole primitive rocks is the Corral de Veleta, a deep and frightful
basin situated on the northern declivity of the Picacho de Veleta,
whose rocky sides are perpetually filled with snow, and on which
are the sources of the principal branch of the Jenil, which flows down
hence through the deep Barranco de Guelnon, and afterwards unites
with the two other small rivulets proceeding from the Barranco del
‘Real and the Barranco de Vicares. A narrow steep path, partly
over loose masses of rock, partly over snow and ice, leads from the
lofty precipice, above 10,000 feet in height, down inte the rocky
basin, whose highest patches of meadow are about 9000 feet high.
Around the margin of the Corral de Veleta I found especially beau-
tiful the Artemisia granatensis, Sempervivum tectorum, Ptilotrichum
purpureum, and Gentiana verna: on the descent, the Brassica Chei-
ranthus, Vill., var. montana, DeC.; Ranunculus acetosellefolius, Le-
pidium stylatum: on dripping mossy perpendicular sides of rock, be-
tween masses of ice, the Montia fontana, L.; Stellaria cerastioides ;
Veronica alpina: but on the level meadows, the Gentiana verna, with
G. alpina, L., Plantago nivalis, Pinguicula leptoceras, Lotus cornicu-
latus, var. glacialis, Luzula spicata, Phleum pratense, &c.

The cryptogamous flora of the primitive rocks is, as respects the
ferns and mosses, far richer than that of the limestone alps, but as
regards the lichens, poorer. Of ferns I found Ceterach officinarum,
W., very sparingly; most frequent, especially on the shores of the
Laguna de Dilar, a species similar to the Aspidium falcatum, in com-
pany with Cystopteris fragilis and Cheilanthes odora; besides these
are found Asplenium Trichomanes, A. Filix femina, Aspidium Filiz mas
and A. nevadense. Of the Lycopodiacee I have hitherto found no
trace in the entire Sierra; on the other hand, the Hquisetum sylvati-
cum is frequent on the banks of the Jenil in the upper warm region.
The alpine rivulets of the Borreguiles are filled in parts with several
liverworts, especially a species belonging to Nees von Esenbeck’s
genus Chiloscyphus ; but I have hitherto not seen any in fructification,
which is the case also with a large number of mosses. Alge are
rare, and of the Fungi I have hitherto observed only a few Contomy-
cetes on the leaves of the Quercus Ilex and the stems of [teseda com-
plicata, Bory. Of lichens there are scarcely any, except stone lichens,
amongst others especially a reddish-yellow, but little-fructifying
Parmelia, up to the highest rocks of the Picacho de Veleta, Mule-
hacen and Cerro Alcasana.

I have now, as far as time permitted, gone through the portion of
the northern side of the Sierra Nevada which lies between the rivers
Agua blanca, Maydena, Jenil, Monachil and Dilar; and I purpose
now to explore the south side of the range, in the district known by
the name of the Alpujarras.

British Association. 123

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.—MEETING
HELD AT CAMBRIDGE.

Section of Zoology and Botany.

June 19, 1845.—The Rev. Professor Henslow in the Chair.

The following are abstracts of the principal communications laid
before the Section.

The first paper read was a Report by Dr. Richardson ‘‘ On the
Ichthyology of China.”

Till within a recent period little was known of Chinese fishes.
Linnzus was acquainted with about a score of Japanese fish ; and a
few were afterwards added to the list by Langsdorff, who accompa-
nied the Russian admiral, Knesenstiern, in his voyage to the Isles of
Japan and the South Sea. With these exceptions, the fish of the
eastern coasts of Asia, from the sea of Ochotsic down to Cochin
China, were till very recently known to European naturalists only from
Chinese and Japanese drawings, several collections of which are to
be found in the Paris and British libraries. Yet the fish of the coasts
of China are abundant, and the fisheries extensive and important.
Materials for the description of these fishes were not wanting. Mr.
John Reeves had beautiful coloured drawings, mostly of the size of
life, made of no fewer than 340 species of fish which are brought to
the markets in Canton. Copies of these drawings now exist in the
British Museum. Some fishes have been recently sent from Chusan ;
other Chinese fishes have been described in the account of the voyage
of the Sulphur. A collection of 100 fishes made at Canton exists in
the museum of the Philosophical Society of Cambridge. From these
and other recent sources the present report was drawn up. The
author concluded from his researches, that the existence of chains of
islands or of continuous coast having an east and west tendency pro-
motes the range of a species or of a group of species. Thus, to take
the intertropical zone of the ocean, we find very many fish common
to the Red Sea, the coasts of Madagascar, the Mauritius, the Indian
Ocean, the southern parts of China, the Philippines, the whole Ma-
lay Archipelago, the north coasts of Australia, and the entire range
of Polynesia, including the Sandwich Islands. In the generic forms
of its freshwater fish, China agrees closely with the peninsula of
India. If we could suppose the extensive belt above alluded to,
enclosing more than two-thirds of the circumference of the globe, to
be suddenly elevated, we should find the remains of fish scattered
over it to be everywhere very nearly alike; the species having a local
distribution being comparatively few and unimportant. ‘These spoils
of fish would of course, in accordance with the observation of Prof.
E. Forbes, be associated with very various assemblages of mollusks
and other marine animals, according to the depth at which the de-
posit took place. This was an important fact for the science of
geology.

K2

124. British Association.

‘“‘ On a new genus of Mollusca Nudibranchiata.” By Messrs. Alder
and Hancock. |

‘This new genus is founded on the Tritonia arborescens of authors
and its allies, which are distinguished from the true Tritonie (T. Hom-
bergii, &c.) by the form of their tentacula, and the free, arborescent
nature of their branchi. hese characters alone induced the authors
to consider them generically distinct before they had an opportunity
of examining their internal structure, in which such important dif-
ferences in the digestive organs were exhibited as to show that this
new genus, for which the name of Dendronotus is proposed, should
be removed from the family Doride to that of Holide, to be placed
first in order, as the connecting link between these two families.

“« On the Cilia and Ciliary Currents of the Oyster.” By the Rev.
J. B. Reade.

The author stated that in a microscopic investigation of infusoria
which had for some years occupied his attention, he had been led
particularly to notice the beautiful contrivance by which many spe-
cies, when not exerting their powers of locomotion, are supplied with
food. When they are examined under the microscope by such an
arrangement of transmitted light as makes the infusoria luminous
points on a perfectly dark field, it is immediately seen that the action
of the cilia attached to their tentacula produces a strong current in
the water, and hereby a countless number of minute living organisms
is brought within the influence of the cilia, and a sufficient supply is
selected for food. ‘Thus with respect to infusoria it is a known fact,
that the absence of the prehensile organs possessed by larger crea-
tures is compensated by this delicate but efficient ciliary apparatus.
It is also a fact equally well known, that the lips of the oyster which
surround the orifice of the alimentary canal are in the same manner
fringed with cilia; and that these cilia of the oyster, as of infusoria,
equally cause currents in the water. But it has never been suggested
and proved by any naturalist, that the proper office of the cilia of
oysters is to bring to these acephalous mollusks that food which they
have no power to follow or to seize. Such however, without doubt,
is the case ; and accordingly an examination of the contents of the
stomachs of oysters discovers to us their infusorial food ; and after
undergoing the process of digestion in the stomach, the siliceous
shields of these infusoria, deprived of their organic and carbonaceous
integuments, are ejected as effete matter. In a paper communicated
last year to the Microscopical Society of London, on animals of the
chalk still found in a living state in the stomachs of oysters, these
infusoria were described and enumerated. The apparent identity ex-
isting between these recent living infusoria and the fossil makes the
inquiry of considerable interest to the geologist; for the addition of
this connecting link to the chain of organized beings extends a con-
tinuous line of the same organic structure from the secondary for-
mation to the tertiary, and seems to preclude the supposition of
Prof. Phillips, that below the tertiary formation are no recent species.
Whether or not this conclusion be admitted, it is a fact, ascertained
by pursuing this inquiry, that the oysters and other bivalves, which are

British Association. 125

innumerable in the Kimmeridge clay, lived, like recent oysters, upon
infusoria ; and consequently the conclusion is unavoidable, that the
Kimmeridge clay, like the chalk, contains a considerable per-centage
of these minute and indestructible bodies which the microscope His-
covers in it, and,is not the mere comminuted detritus of more an-
cient and unorganized materials. With these facts established, we
may still further conclude from analogy, that a similar ciliary appa-
ratus and similar infusorial food were common to the still earlier
bivalyes.in the seas of the transition formation; and we may then
ask,—what right have we, in the absence of a careful microscopic
examination of still earlier rocks, to deny the possibility of any por-
tion of their mass being due to the agency of siliceous infusoria ?

June 20.—The Rey. L. Jenyns read a paper ‘‘ On the Turf of the
Cambridgeshire Fens.”

This turf was not formed by sphagnum, as most peat, but from
various species of aquatic plants which had been accumulated for a
long period of years above the remains of forest trees which lie
buried at the bottom of the moor. There are two distinct kinds of
turf, the wpper and the lower. The former is the more compact and
heavy of the two; the latter consists entirely of the bark, wood
and branches of the submerged trees. The turf is not now rapidly
formed, on account of the improved system of drainage. [ormerly
it was supposed to grow about twenty inches in sixteen years.

Sir R. Schomburgk read a description of the Murichi, or Ita Palm
of Guiana. ‘This tree grows from the Llanos of Cumana to the
western tributaries of the Rio Negro and the mouth of the Amazon,
or over an area of 550,000 square miles. It was called by Father
Gumilla the arbol de la vida, or tree of life, on account of its various
uses. It is of the greatest importance to the inhabitants of the
country in which it grows. The trunk and its leaves are used for
various household purposes. ‘he sap is a saccharine fluid, much
drunk by the natives. The flowers afford a sweet fermentable liquid,
resembling champagne. ‘The pith of its trunk affords a kind of sago.
Even in its decay this palm is of use, and affords a delicacy to the
Indians, which likewise many colonists do not refuse, namely, the
larva of a large beetle. The Curculio palmarum is found in large
numbers in the pith when the trunk is near its decay, and which,
when boiled or roasted, resembles in taste the marrow of a beef bone,
Its average height is about fifty feet, and it has been observed grow-
ing at a height of 3000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea.

Prof. Allman laid before the Section a monstrosity occurring in
Savifraga Geum. The three external verticels of the flowers were
normal, but between the stamens and pistil there was developed a
series of adventitious carpels crowded upon the margin of a cup-like
production which surrounds the lower half of the pistil. These ad-
ventitious carpels were characterized by their backs being turned
towards the axis of the flower. ‘The carpels bear ovules on their
margins, which acquired a very considerable degree of development,
becoming completely anatropous, like those in the normal ovary.
Dr. Allman explained this monstrosity by supposing the existence of

126 British Association.

a series of secondary axes, which are given off in a whorl between
the stamens and the primary axis of the flower. These axes termi-
nate in imperfect flowers, of which the additional carpels are the
only remains.

Prof. Henslow exhibited a specimen of Papaver orientale, in which
the filaments of the stamens were converted into bodies bearing
ovules,

Prof. E. Forbes read a paper on the Endemic Distribution of Plants.

The hypothesis of the descent of all the individuals of a species
either from a first pair or from a single individual, and the conse-
quent theory of specific centres being assumed, the isolation of as-
semblages of individuals from their centres, and the existence of
endemic or very local plants, remain to be accounted for. Natural
transport, the agency of the sea, rivers and winds, and carriage by
animals, or through the agency of man, are insufficient means in the
majority of cases. It is usual to say, that the presence of many
plants is determined by soil or climate, as the case may be; but if
such plants be found in areas disconnected from their centres by
considerable intervals, some other cause than the mere influence of
soil or climate must be sought to account for their presence. This
cause the author proposes to seek in an ancient connexion of the out-
posts or isolated areas with the original centres, and the subsequent
isolation of the former through geological changes and events, espe-
cially those dependent on the elevation and depression of land. Se-
lecting the flora of the British Islands for a first illustration of this
view, Professor Forbes calls attention to the fact, well-known to bo-
tanists, of certain species of flowering plants being found indigenous
in portions of that area at a great distance from the nearest assem-
blages of individuals of the same species in countries beyond it. Thus
many plants peculiar in the British flora to the west of Ireland have
the nearest portion of their specific centres in the north-west of
Spain; others, confined with us to the south-west promontory of
England, are, beyond our shores, found in the Channel Isles and the
opposite coast of France; the vegetation of the south-east of En-
gland is that of the opposite part of the continent; and the alpine
vegetation of Wales and the Scotch Highlands is intimately related
to that of the Norwegian Alps. ‘The great mass of the British flora
has its most intimate relations with that of Germany. The vegeta-
tion of the British Islands may be said to be composed of five floras :
Ist, a west Pyrenean, confined to the west of Ireland, and mostly to
the mountains of that district; 2nd, a flora related to that of the
south-west of France, extending from the Channel Isles, across
Devon and Cornwall, to the south-east and part of the south-west
of Ireland; 3rd, a flora common to the north of France and south-
east of England, and especially developed in the chalk districts ;
4th, an Alpine flora, developed in the mountains of Wales, north of
England and Scotland ; and 5th, a Germanic flora, extending over
the greater part of Great Britain and Ireland, mingling with the
other floras, and diminishing, though slightly, as we proceed west-
wards, indicating its easterly origin and relation to the characteristic

British Association. 127

flora of northern Germany. Interspersed among the members of the
last-named flora, are very few specific centres peculiar to the British
Isles. The author numbers in ascending order these floras, accord-
ing to their magnitude as to species, and also, in his opinion, accord-
ing to their relative age and period of introduction into the area of
the British Islands. His conclusions on this point are the following :

1. The oldest of the floras now composing the vegetation of the
British Isles is that of the mountains of the west of Ireland. Though
an alpine flora, it is southernmost in character, and is quite distinct
as a system from the floras of the Scottish and Welsh Alps. Its very
southern character, its limitation, and its extreme isolation are evi-
dences of its antiquity, pointing to a period when a great mountain
barrier extended across the Atlantic from Ireland to Spain.

2. The distribution of the second flora, next in point of probable
date, depended on the extension of a barrier, the traces of which
still remain, from the west of France to the south-east of Britain,
and thence to Ireland.

3. The distribution of the third flora depended on the connexion
of the coast of France and England towards the eastern part of the
Channel. Of the former existence of this union no geologist doubts.

4. The distribution of the fourth, or alpine flora of Scotland and
Wales, was effected during the glacial period, when the mountain
summits of Britain were low islands, or members of chains of islands,
extending to the area of Norway through a glacial sea, and clothed
with an arctic vegetation, which, in the gradual upheaval of those
islands and consequent change of climate, became limited to the
summits of the new-formed and still existing mountains.

5. The distribution of the fifth, or Germanic flora, depended on
the upheaval of the bed of the glacial sea, and the consequent con-
nexion of Ireland with England, and of England with Germany, by
great plains, the fragments of which still exist, and upon which lived
the great elk and other quadrupeds now extinct.

The breaking up or submergence of the first barrier led to the de-
struction of the second; that of the second to that of the third; but
the well-marked epoch of migration of the Germanic flora indicates
the subsequent formation of the Straits of Dover and of the Irish Sea,
as now existing.

To determine the probable geological epoch of the first or west-
Irish flora,—a fragment perhaps with that of north-western Spain, of
a vegetation of the true Atlantic,—we must seek among fossil plants
for a furthermost starting-point. This we get in the flora of the
London clay or eocene, which is tropical in character, and far ante-
rior to the oldest of the existing floras. The geographical relations
of the miocene sea, indicated by the fossils of the crag, give an after-
date certainly to the second and third of the above floras, if not to the
first. The epoch of the red or middle crag was probably coeval with
the second flora; that of the mammaliferons crag with the third. The
date of the fourth is too evident to be questioned ; and the author
regards the glacial region in which it flourished as a local climate,
of which no true traces, as far as animal life is concerned, exist

128 British Association.

southwards of his second and third barriers. This was the newer
pliocene epoch. The period of the fifth flora was that of the post-
tertiary, when the present aspect of things was organized.

Adopting such a view of the relations of these floras in time, the
greatest difficulties in the way of changes of the earth’s surface and
destruction of barriers—deep sea being found where land (probably
high land) was—are removed when we find that those greater
changes must have happened during the epoch immediately subse-
quent to the miocene period ; for we have undoubted evidence that
elsewhere, during that epoch, the miocene sea-bed was raised 6000
feet in the chain of Taurus, and the barriers forming the westward
boundary of the Asiatic eocene lakes so completely annihilated, that
a sea several hundred fathoms deep now takes their probable place.
The changes required for the events which the author would connect
with the peculiar distribution of the British flora are not greater than
these.

Prof. Forbes maintains that the peculiar distribution of endemic
animals, especially that of the terrestrial mollusca, bears him out
in these views. He proposes to pursue the subject in detail; with
reference both to animal and vegetable life, in connexion with the
researches of the geological survey.

June 21.—‘‘ Report on the Microscopic Structure of Shells.” By
W. B. Carpenter, M.D.

This report formed the continuation of last year’s on the minute
structure of the skeletons of Bivalves and Echinodermata. Dr. Car-
penter stated that he had lately examined a recent Terebratula pre-
served in spirits, and ascertained that the perforations in the shell,
before described, were filled up in the livmg animal by membranous
czeca, containing cells, forming, as he considered, a glandular appa-
ratus, though its connexion he had not yet been able to trace. | He
then described the structure of those bivalve mollusks in which the
mantle is more or less closed as being generally less characteristic
than that of the families already described, their texture being ap-
parently more homogeneous, and the membranous residuum left: by
the action of acid being less distinct. Frequently, however, traces
of a cellular origin were to be seen in shells whose general texture
was most homogeneous ; sometimes it was seen in the shell, and not
in the decalcified membrane, and frequently m the membrane when
no traces of it were visible in sections of the shell. Hence Dr.
Carpenter felt himself justified in regarding all shells as originating
in the secreting action of the cells forming the superficial layer, of
the mantle; these cells remaining persistent and separate in some
cases, whilst in others they coalesced. ‘The peculiar tenacity of the
cellular membrane in Pinna and its allies was attributed to the pre-
sence of an intercellular horny matter, between the true cell-walls ;
the same substance being elsewhere thrown out upon the surface of
the layer as an epidermis or periostracum. Among the shells under
consideration in the present report, those of the family Myade were
particularly distinguished by their evident cellular structure; the
genus Pandora, formerly referred to as one of the most aberrant and

&

British Association. 129

exceptional in the structure of its shell, was now shown to be con-
nected with the surrounding families by Mya, Thracia, Anatina, and
other genera of Myade, whose characters were of an intermediate
nature. In the class Echinodermata, Dr. Carpenter extended and
confirmed the results he had before given respecting the minute
structure of their skeletons, which preserve a remarkable conformity
throughout the group, extending to the small calcareous plates met
with in the Holothuride. Dr. Carpenter had also ascertained that
the same minute structure existed in the Nummulite with the small
existing foraminifera described by Ehrenberg ; but that the supposed
Nummulites brought by Mr. Pratt from Bayonne presented several
forms of structure entirely distinct from that of the true Nummulite.

«On the Sounds produced by one of the Notonectide under
Water.” By Mr. Ball.

He stated, that the fact having been mentioned to him some two
years since, he had not had an opportunity of testing the observation
until within the last few days, when a specimen was brought to him
in an ordinary jelly-glass ; it was, he believed, the Corrira. affnis.
When suspended in the water, about four inches below the surface,
it emitted three short chirrups, and then a long cricket-like sound.
It appears the sounds are emitted in the evening and night, and are
so loud that they may be heard in an adjoining room, and are con-
tinued during the night. Mr. Bali stated that time did not permit
him to make any accurate observation; but he thought the matter
so curious, that he noticed it with the view of attracting the atten-
tion of entomologists, in the hope of obtaining an explanation of the
manner in which this noise is produced under water.

** On the Scientific Principles on which Classification in the higher
Departments of Zoology should be based.” By Mr. Ogilby.

The dental system was, no doubt, a valuable means of diagnosis,
and this depended upon the fact that it had a relation to the stomach
and other viscera intended for the digestion of food. Just in the
same way, the extremities of the mammalia, more particularly the
fore-arm, are the exponents of the habits, mental power and ceconomy
of animals. The fore-arm is the seat of the function of locomotion,
of manipulation and touch. According to the real position of an
animal in the scale of organization will be the character of its fore-
arm. ‘This position was illustrated by examples from the various
families of mammalia. He thought, that in our usual systems of
zoology a too exclusive regard had been given to the structure and
form of the teeth.

Mr. W. Thompson read a letter from Mr. Alder, dated Salcombe,
June 17, 1845, in which the writer stated that he had lately obtained
in Torbay at least ten, and perhaps twelve new species of Mollusca
nudibranchiata, to add to the British fauna. They consist of four
species of Doris, five or six of Holis, and an animal of an entirely
new genus, approaching nearest to Tritonia.. A singular species of
mollusk obtained at the same time, resembling in general appearance
the genus Pelta of Quatrefages, was noticed in detail,

130 British Association.

June 23.—* On the Development of Vegetable Cells.” By Mr.
A. Henfrey.

The conclusions were as follows :—1. That there is no such thing
as the interruption of continuity between the liber and alburnum,
called the cambium layer. 2. That the potentiality of the black
granules described by Schleiden is not proved, and that the utricle
first developed from the so-called cytoblast is not the permanent cell,
but the primordial utricle of Mohl, the existence of which in growing
tissues seems to be universal, , 3. That this primordial utricle is not
a layer of mucilage, as stated by Niageli, but a true membrane. The
nucleolus, or central spot of Schleiden’s cytoblast, is the germinal
point, and is situated on the wall of the primordial utricle. When
a new cellis to be formed the nucleolus divides into two, and a corre-
sponding construction of the primordial utricle takes place until it
separates into two, a layer of permanent cell-wall substance being
meanwhile secreted in this fold from the cireumference to the cen-
tre, till a complete septum is formed. ‘The lateral walls grow by
extension, being moulded on the growing primordial utricle within
them. In the nascent cell the primordial utricle is filled with gra-
nular matter, which during the subsequent growth of the cell re-
mains aggregated round the nucleolus, and thus gives rise to the
appearances whence Schleiden derived his theory of development
from a cytoblast.

“ On the Phytelephas Macrocarpa (Vegetable Ivory or Tagua
Plant).” By E. Lankester, M.D.

The author brought this plant under the notice of the Section, as
he was enabled to present a drawing of a young plant, which was
now growing in the garden of Messrs. Loddiges of Hackney. A
fruit also of this plant existed in the British Museum, of which a
drawing was exhibited. A remarkable point in the ceconomy of this
plant was, that the horny albumen of the seed appeared to undergo no
change during the process of germination. In the plant at Loddiges’,
which was now five years old, the seed still remained on the surface
of the soil, apparently as hard as ever. In germination the young
embryo was carried down by a rhizoma an inch or more long into
the earth, and commenced growing at that point. Several analyses
of the albumen of the seeds had been made by Payen, Connell, and
Baumhauer, and, at the author’s request, by Dr. Percy of Birmingham.

Prof. Allman gave a description of the fruit of some of the Hepa-
tice. In the capsules, he pointed out the existence of spiral cells
or vessels which he believed had a hygroscopic power, and that it
was by their expansion that the capsule burst.

“ On Ergot.” By Dr. R. Latham.

Dr. Latham stated his conviction, that ergot was on the increase
in this country. When he first began to observe it eight years ago,
he found it on only a few plants; he now found it in great quanti-
ties. He had collected it altogether from eighteen different species
of grasses. It had also increased on the cultivated grain, and he
believed that ergot was, at this moment, increasing absolutely and
indefinitely. A friend of his attributed its increase to the use of

Royal Society. 131

animal manure, and stated that he had always found the ergot most
abundant in the grasses of churchyards.

June 24.—‘* On the Germination of Plants.”” By Dr. Lankester.

The author took the following view of the phenomena :—That
the only essential process in germination is the growth of the young -
plant, or embryo. The process of development of the embryo, from
primitive cytoblasts developing its tissues, is precisely the same as
that of every other part of the plant, and from an identity of struc-
ture an identity of function might be inferred. But the ordinary
theory of germination gave a different function to the tissues of the
embryo. ‘The author regarded the absorption of oxygen, the disen-
gagement of carbonic acid gas and ammonia, as the consequence of
the decomposition of the starch and proteine contained in the albu-
men or perisperm of the seed; and that the growing cells of the
embryo appropriated the carbonic acid, ammonia and water, just in
the same way as all other cells in the vegetable kingdom.

Mr. Westwood made some remarks on the Honey-Bee.—After
shortly noticing the general ceconomy of the hive-bee as to the pro-
duction of queens and the swarming of casts, he contended, from
the analogy between the circumstances connected with the latter
event and those which accompany the swarming of ants, gnats, white
ants, mayflies, &c.,—I1st, that the swarming of insects has for its
principal object the union of the sexes; 2nd, that from analogy with
other insects subject to swarming, it is to be inferred that that species
does not differ in this respect from other swarming species; and,
rd, that it is the newly-hatched, and not the old queen which leads
off the swarm.

June 25.—‘* Notes on the Irish Species of Robertsonian Saxi-
frages.’ By Mr. Andrews.

The author having studied the Irish Saxifrages, and compared
them with those of the Pyrenees, had come to a different conclusion
from Mr. Babington, and believed that there were only two true
species in Ireland, the Savifraga umbrosa and the S. Geum, The
other species described by Mr. Babington in his ‘ Manual,’ he re-
garded as varieties of one or other of these forms.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

June 19, 1845.—“ The Blood-Corpuscle considered in its different
phases of development in the Animal Series.” By Thomas Wharton
Jones, Esq., F.R.S., Lecturer on Anatomy, Physiology and Patho-
logy, at the Charing Cross Hospital.

This paper is divided into three parts: the first relating to the
blood-corpuscles of the Vertebrata; the second to those of the In-
vertebrata ; and the last to a comparison between the two. He first
describes the microscopic appearances of these corpuscles in differ-
ent classes of vertebrate animals, beginning with the skate and the
frog, and proceeding to birds and mammifera; first in their early
embryonic state, and next in the subsequent periods of their growth,
He finds in oviparous vertebrata generally, four principal forms of

182 Royal Society.

corpuscles. These he distinguishes as the phases, first of the gra-
nule blood-cell, which he describes as a cell filled with granules, dis-
closing by the solyent action of dilute acetic acid on these granules
a vesicular, or as the author terms it, a “celleform” nucleus. These
granule cells appear under two stages of development, namely, the
coarsely granulous stage and the finely granulous stage. The se-
cond phase is that of the nucleolated blood-cell, oval in shape, con-
taining a vesicular (or “ cellzeform”) nucleus, and red-coloured mat-
ter. These cells likewise appear under two stages of development ;
colourless in the first and coloured in the second, in which last stage
it constitutes the ved corpuscle. In the early mammiferous embryo,
he finds, in addition to the former, a third gues that of free vesicu-
lar nucleus, exhibiting, like the Hicleolated cell, the colourless and
the coloured stages.

On examining the corpuscles of the lymph of vertebrate animals,
the author finds them in all the classes to be identical in structure
with their blood-corpuscles, and differing only in the inferior degree
of coloration attending their last stage. In the oviparous classes, he
observes that the nucleolated are more numerous than the granule
cells, while in the mammifera the latter are predominant, which is
the reverse of the proportion in which they exist in the blood of
these animals. He finds that some of the nucleolated cells of the
contents of the thoracic duct exhibit a marked degree of coloration,
and have an oval shape; thus offering a resemblance with the blood
of the early embryonic state.

The blood-corpuscles of all the invertebrate animals in which the
author examined them, present the same phases of granule and nu-
cleolated cells as in the higher classes, excepting that in the last
stage of the latter phase the coloration is very slight, but the vesi-
cular nucleus is frequently distinctly coloured. As in the higher
classes, corpuscles exist in different states of transition from the gra-
nular to the nucleolated form of cell. In some of the invertebrata,
corpuscles are found which appear to be the nuclei of some of the
nucleolated cells become free ; and these the author considers to be
abortions, rather than examples, of cells haying attained their third
phase of free cells. Corpuscles are also met with in these animals,
in greater or less abundance, belonging to the lowest forms of or-
ganie elements, namely, elementary granules.

The comparison which the author institutes between the blood-
corpuscles of the vertebrate and invertebrate divisions of the animal
kingdom, tends to show that they in all cases pass through similar
phases of development, except with respect to the last, or coloured
stage of the nucleolated cell, which they do not attain in the lower
classes of animals. He finds that the blood-corpuscles of the crab,
according to an analysis made by Professor Graham, contain a sen-
sible quantity of iron, perhaps as much as red corpuscles, He con-
siders the corpuscles of the blood of the invertebrata, inasfar as re-
lates to the absence of nucleolated cells, as resembling those of the
lymph of vertebrate animals.

“Observations on the Growth and Development of the Epider-

Royal Society. 133

mis.” By Erasmus Wilson, Esq., F’.R.S., Lecturer on Anatomy and
Physiology in the Middlesex Hospital.

The author adduces evidence derived from his microscopic obser-
vations, in confirmation of the commonly received doctrine respect-
ing the origin of the cells of the epidermis and epithelium generally,
from the materials furnished by the liquor sanguinis or plasma of
the blood; which fluid, passing by endosmosis through the walls of
the capillary vessels and peripheral boundary of the surface, deve-
lopes granules by a vital process, analogous to coagulation. Ona
careful examination of the inner surface of the epidermis with the
aid of the microscope, he finds it to be composed of four kinds of
elements, arranged in such a manner as to constitute an irregular
plane, similar to a tesselated or mosaic pavement. These elements
are,—l1. Granules, which the author terms primitive, of a globular
form, solid and apparently homogeneous, and measuring about
1-20,000th part of an inch in diameter. 2. Aggregated granules,
having about double the diameter of the former and apparently com-
posed of as many of these as can be aggregated together without
leaving an unoccupied space in the centre of the mass. 3. Nucleated
granules measuring in diameter from the 6000th to the 4000th part
of an inch, each being composed of an aggregated granule as a
nucleus, enveloped by a single layer of aggregated granules, giving
to the whole mass an oval or circular, and at the same time flat-
tened shape. Their constituent granules have acquired, during this
aggregation, greater density, and are separated from each other by
distinct interstitial spaces filled with a transparent homogeneous sub-
stance. 4. Nucleolo-nucleolated cells pervading the deep stratum of
the epidermis, and of which the longer diameter measures from the
3000th to the 2500th part of an inch. These cells, which constitute
the principal portion, and may be regarded as the chief constituent
of the epidermis, are formed from the nucleolated granules, on the ex-
terior of which there is superposed a transparent layer, bounded by a
well-defined outline, by the dark interstitial substance of the wall of the
cell; the nucleolated granule being the nucleus, and the aggregated
granule the nucleolus of these primitive cells of the epidermis. The
author is of opinion that the nuclei, up to a certain point, grow with
the cells, by the separation of the original granules from the deposi-
tion between them of interstitial matter, and also by the cleavage of
the latter and the consequent multiplication of the granules. This
peripheral growth of the cells is totally different from the mode of
growth described by Schwann, and explains the disappearance of the
nucleus in the scales of the epidermis. The observations of the
author lead him to believe that the same process of development and
of growth is followed in the epithelium as in the epidermis; and he
offers evidence, showing that similar arrangements take place in the
cells of melanosis, in the pigment cells of ‘the choroid membrane of
the eye, and in those of the skin of the negro.

“On the Temperature of Man.” By John Davy, M.D., F.R.S
Lo & E.

Having in a former paper shown that, contrary to a commonly

134. Royal Society.

received opinion, the temperature of the human body, as mea-
sured by a thermometer placed under the tongue, is not a constant
one, the author has resumed the inquiry, and gives, in the present
paper, the results of numerous observations made with a particular
instrument constructed for the purpose, admitting of minute accu-
racy (each degree of the scale being divided into ten parts), and
when used with the precautions pointed out, affording satisfactory
indications of the many problems which may be proposed relative to
the temperature of man, &c., confining himself to a small number,
and offering the information he brings forward only as a preliminary
contribution in aid of their solution.

The paper is divided into seven sections.

The first treats of variations of temperature during the twenty-four
hours. The author finds from his observations, that the temperature
is highest in the morning, on rising after sleep; that it continues
high, but fluctuating, till the evening; and that it is lowest about
midnight, ranging on an average from 98°7 to 97:9.

The second, of variations during the different seasons. These, he
finds, bear some relation to the temperature of the air, but less than
might be expected; which he attributes to the majority of the ob-
servations having been made within doors, under circumstances pe-
culiarly favourable to uniformity.

The third, of the influence of active exercise on the temperature.
The effect of this, when not carried to the length of exhausting fa-
tigue, he finds to be elevating; and that the augmentation is, within
a certain limit, proportional to the degree of muscular exertion.

The fourth, of passive, such as carriage exercise. The effect of
this in a cool air, contrary to that of quick walking or riding, would
appear to be lowering.

The fifth, of abstinence from all exercise in a cold atmosphere.
This he finds to be depressing in a still greater degree; sitting in a
cold ehurch has occasioned a reduction of temperature from 1° to
2°, the air of the church being from 42° to 32°.

The sixth, of sustained attention or exertion of mind. This would
appear to have the effect of raising the temperature, but in a much
less degree than bodily exercise.

The seventh, of taking food. It would appear that a light meal,
such as breakfast, alters very little the temperature, whilst a heavy
meal, such as dinner with wine, tends to lower it.

The conclusion drawn by the author from his observations, con-
sidered in their greatest generality, is, that the temperature of man
is. constantly fluctuating within a certain limit, regularly during
the twenty-four hours; and irregularly according to the operation
of certain disturbing circumstances.

Should multiplied observations give similar results, he infers that
they will admit of many applications, both as regards the regulation
of clothing, the warming of apartments, and it may be the preven-
tion and eure of diseases,—conducive alike to increase of comforts
and health.

Tables ave appended containing a series of observations extend-

Geological Society. . 135

ing through eight months, in which not only the temperature of the
body is noticed, but also the frequency of the pulse and of respira-
tion, and the temperature of the air.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Feb. 26, 1845.—A paper was read by Mr. Lyell, ‘‘ On the
Miocene Tertiary Strata of Maryland and Virginia, and North and
South Carolina.”

These rocks of the middle tertiary period are chiefly exhibited
between the hill country and the Atlantic, end form a band of low
and nearly level country, almost 150 miles wide, and not 100 feet
high. They are assumed to belong to this period, because they are
seen resting on the eocene deposits, and exhibit about the same pro-
portion of recent species. The United States miocene beds consist
chiefly of incoherent sand and clay, and the sandy beds, otherwise
barren, have often been fertilized by the use of shell marl. In the
suburbs of Richmond, Virginia, there is however a remarkable bed
of siliceous sand, derived from the cases of infusorial animalcules.
The paper was accompanied by comparative tables and lists of the
fossils.

A paper, also by Mr. Lyell, ‘“‘On the White Limestone and
other Eocene ‘Tertiary Formations of Virginia, South Carolina and
Georgia.”

The eocene beds extend chiefly to the south of the miocenes de-
scribed in the foregoing paper, and are very widely spread in the
Southern States on the shores of the Atlantic. The mineral character
of the beds in the north is so like that of the cretaceous series, that
were it not for the fossils, they might readily be mistaken; but to-
wards the south a new mineral type is put on, and the rocks consist
of highly calcareous white marl and white limestone. In point of
fact, there seems to be as great a chasm between the cretaceous rocks
and the tertiaries in America as in Europe.

A second part of Mr. Lyell’s paper gave an account of a series of
rocks, called in America the Burr-stone, a siliceous rock, containing
fossil sponges, and belonging, it would seem, to the upper division of
the eocene period.

-March 12.—A communication was read by Prof. Sedgwick, ‘On
the Comparative Classification of the Fossiliferous Slates of North
Wales, with the corresponding deposits of Cumberland, Westmore-
land and Lancashire.”

The object of the author in this memoir was to give a general ac-
count of the Silurian rocks of the lake district of the North of En-
gland, comparing them with those of North Wales, so far as he had
hitherto investigated the subject. In both there appears to be a se-
ries extending through the various members of the Silurian rocks.
In the lake district, the Lower Silurian rocks are imperfectly seen,
and are not more than 300 or 400 feet thick, the Ash Gill beds being
the highest ; but the Upper Silurians are admirably shown, and con-
tain characteristic fossils. Of these latter, the Coniston limestone

136 Geological Society.

and the Coniston flags form an important group as much as 1200 or
1400 feet thick, and correspond with the Denbigh flags of North
Wales and the Wenlock shale and limestone of the Silurian system.
The Ireleth slate and grits succeed and occupy a considerable space,
and must be of very great thickness. These higher beds in Cumber-
land abound with Terebratula Navicula, but above them are remark-
able bands with Astevias, while the upper portion is full of fossils,
the prevailing type of which is Upper Ludlow.

April 2.—A paper was read by Mr. Austen, “On an Aérolite
said to have fallen near Lymington, Hants.”

A paper was also read by Capt. Bayfield, R.N., ‘‘On the Junction
of the Transition and Primary Rocks of Canada and Labrador.”

April 16.—A paper was read by Mr. Macintosh, ‘‘ On the Sup-
posed Evidence of the former existence of Glaciers in North Wales.”

Mr. Macintosh combated the opinion of Dr. Buckland as to the
origin of scratches and grooves on various rocks, referring these ap-
pearances, in many cases, to structural phenomena.

April 830.—A paper was read by Mr. Murchison, ‘ On the Pale-
ozoic Deposits of Scandinavia and the Baltic provinces of Russia,
and their relations to Azoic or more ancient crystalline rocks, with
an account of some great features of dislocation and metamorphism
along their northern frontiers.”

In this paper Mr. Murchison gave a general outline of the result
of his recent examination of Northern Europe, and the conclusions
to which he has arrived, chiefly with reference to the classification
of a large tract of country before undescribed on a large and compre-
hensive scale.

May 14.—An extract was first read from a letter by Dr. A. Ges-
ner, ‘‘ On the Gypsiferous Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia.”

A paper was read by Mr. Austen, ‘On the Coal Beds of Lower
Normandy.”

The chief object of the author was to describe the actual geolo-
gical position of these small basins, and suggest that they might
rather be of the Permian than the true Carboniferous period.

Dr. Mantell read a paper, entitled ‘* Notes of a Microscopical Ex-
amination of the Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England, with
remarks on the Animalcules of certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits.”

This paper is given entire in our present Number, p. 73.

A paper was read by Mr. Bowerbank, ‘“‘ On some specimens of
Pterodactyl recently found in the Lower Chalk of Kent.”

May 28.—A communication was read, “‘On the Geology of Lycia.”
By Prof. E. Forbes and Lieut. Spratt, R.N.

The authors stated, that the rock forming the greater part of Lycia
consists of the scaglia, or Apennine limestone, a series not very di-
stinctly defined, and that near the river Xanthus another rock of
greenish sandstone, whose age was not determined, rested conform-
ably on the scaglia. In other places true tertiary beds, both marine
and freshwater, overlie the scaglia ; and of these the marine are the
most ancient, and, from the fossils which occur in the different beds,
they are found to be all of the same age. The authors then described

Asiatic Society. 137

the districts in which the tertiary marine beds appear, some of them
being from 2000 to 3000 feet, and others at a still greater elevation
above the sea-level. The freshwater tertiaries of Lycia are much
more extensive than the marine beds, and extend over the district at
heights of 200 or 300 feet above the plain. They consist of marls,
capped by flat tables of conglomerate limestone. The relative age
of these tertiary beds is determined by the presence of both marine
and freshwater strata in the two great valleys of the Xanthus, the
former being identified with the Bordeaux miocenes, and the latter
therefore being much newer than the eocene freshwater tertiaries of
Smyrna. A considerable mass of travertine is found in the great
plains of Pamphylia, and it forms cliffs of considerable height, through
which the rivers pour. Certain recent changes of level were also
noticed, which had attracted the attention of Sir C. Fellows. In
conclusion, the authors consider that the scaglia, the formation of
most ancient date, was deposited as fine sediment in a deep sea, and
was in progress during the whole of the secondary, including the
cretaceous, epoch ; the evidence of this consisting in the remarkable
mixture of fossils observable in Mount Lebanon and elsewhere, and
the great thickness, the extent, and the conformable superposition
of the different beds. The sandy beds resting on the scaglia seem
to have been more recent than the miocene marine strata, the pre-
sence of which marks a great change in elevation. This change was
more than paralleled by a converse one of depression, producing
lakes in which the freshwater tertiary beds were deposited, and which
have been since drained by changes in level still going on.

A short notice was read, being the translation of a memoir by the
Baron Leopold von Buch, ‘“‘ On a new family of Crinoidal Animals,
called Cystidee.”

The stony cases of these animals differ from Encrinites chiefly in
the absence of arms and the presence of ovarial apertures in the
plates. They are found abundantly in the lower beds of the Silurian
series, chiefly in Scandinavia.

A paper was read, ‘‘ On the Relation of the New Red Sandstone
to the Carboniferous Strata in Lancashire and Cheshire.” By E.
W. Binney, Esq.

The author endeavoured to show that the Lancashire coal-field, al-
though of great thickness, does not exhibit a passage upwards into
the new red sandstone, but that it is a more perfect series than that
in the west of Yorkshire and Derbyshire. He also supposes that the
coal-measures are generally thrown down by the various faults, the
dislocation being of some extent; that these measures continue un-
altered beneath the upper beds ; and finally, that the lower portions
of the new red sandstone are but imperfectly exhibited in the coal-
field in question.

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

June 21.—Sir G. T. Staunton, Bart., M.P., in the chair.
Mr. A. Bettington, of the Bombay Civil Service, read a paper “‘ On
certain Fossils procured by himself on the Island of Perim, in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Vol. xvi. L

138 Asiatic Society.

Gulf of Cambay ; more particularly on a Gigantic Ruminant, having
some affinities to the Sivatherium and the Giraffe.” After adverting
to former notices of fossils obtained on this island, the writer de-
scribed its situation in the midst of the gulf-stream of Cambay,
which separates it from the main land, and deposits large quantities
of alluvium brought down by the rivers emptying themselves into it.
These rivers, in the present day, in the freshes, transport into the
Gulf large trees, and the bodies of oxen, deer, bears, and other ani-
mals; and in the great floods of past ages are considered to have
brought down and deposited, as now discovered, the remains of rumi-
nants and Pachydermata, some extinct and unheard-of, others having,
in the present day, their living congeners in the Indian rivers. The
bed from which the writer obtained the fossil specimens exhibited is
below the usual water-mark, and inaccessible except at the ebb of
spring-tides. A portion only of those obtained were brought to
England, the remainder were left in India. The most remarkable of
those in this country was a large skull, which is now, by competent
judges, pronounced to be the first specimen of anew genus. The
mass of conglomerate which contained it weighed about 170 lbs., and
the separation of the skuli from near 100 lbs. of matrix occupied Mr.
Bettington many weeks. The skull, on the whole, is well-preserved,
though a portion has suffered from the action of water. The lines
of teeth on the two sides of the palate are unconformable ; and it has
been conjectured that the head must at this part have suffered from
violence, but there is no appearance of fracture. For the purposes of
comparison, Mr. Bettington had made a close measurement of every
part of the Perim fossil, of the Sivatherium, and of the skull of the
adult giraffe in the British Museum ; from all which it appeared that
the Perim fossil is the smaller. The teeth are similar in number and
character to those of the Sivatherium, and are somewhat smaller, as
the comparative size of the heads would lead us to expect A marked
distinction between the two is found in the excess in width of the
cranium at the vertex, being in the Sivatherium twenty-two inches,
and in the Perim fossil little more than eleven inches, in which cha-
racter the latter approaches nearer to the giraffe. But the greatest
point of difference is in the form and position of the horns. In the
Sivatherium the horns bear somewhat the same relation to each other
as in the four-horned antelope; whereas, in the fossil under consi-
deration, the anterior horns rise from a confluent base measuring
twenty-five inches, the horns above the line of division measuring
eighteen inches. ‘This formation the writer considers to be without
precedent in the animal kingdom, fossil or recent. The general
character, cancellar structure, and extensive development of the pro-
tuberance at the lower edge of the transverse ridge of the occiput,
compel the conviction that it was a posterior horn, “reflected” as in
the common Indian butfalo, and must have produced an appearance
truly monstrous. The whole formation indicates great force and
power. Among the other fossils, there were some identical with
those of the Sevalik hills, and others peculiar, as yet, to Perim.
Among the latter was a new Crocodilean. There were specimens of

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 139

three species of mastodon, gariols and rhinoceros, and the heads,
horns and teeth of stags, antelopes, oxen, &c. The writer concluded
with the observation that there was still a rich field of research re-
maining at this deposit, and that he had sent to India, not only for
some of the specimens before referred to, but was also making ar-
rangements for prosecuting further research.

Dr. Mantell remarked, that the specimens afforded additional
confirmation of the fact, first pointed out by Capt. Cautley and
Dr. Falconer, that in the tertiary formations of India were collocated
the remains of several species of reptiles and mammalia, with those
of extinct species and genera belonging to the most ancient European
deposits of the same geological group (the eocene) ; as, for example,
the teeth and bones of the Cheiropotamus, and other pachyderms of
the Paris basin, with those of the existing gariol of India. Dr.
Mantell then offered some observations on the analogy which the
specimens from Perim, as well as those from Ava and from the Se-
valik hills, presented in their mineralogical condition, and the me-
chanical action to which they had been subjected, with those more
ancient fossil bones and teeth that abound in the Wealden deposits
of the south-east of England, particularly with those obtained from
the conglomerate and grits of Tilgate Forest. The Indian and the
British fossils are alike mineralized by iron, and have an investment
of indurated ferruginous sand, interspersed with quartz, pebbles and
rolled fragments of other rocks; and the bones are, for the most part,
mutilated and much water-worn, proving that previously to their
mineralization they had been exposed to abrasion from streams and
rivers, and were transported from a great distance by currents.
Dr. Mantell dwelt on the discrepancy between the faunas of the two
epochs, although that of the Wealden was as decidedly of a tropical
character as that of the tertiary strata of India; but in the latter
large mammalia prevailed, while in the far more ancient secondary
formation of England mammalia were absent, and the place of the
gigantic ruminants and pachyderms was occupied by herbivorous
reptiles of appalling magnitude.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
May 8, 1845.—Dr. Seller, V.P., in the Chair.

A collection of British specimens was announced from the London
Botanical Society ; and fresh specimens of a Primula, regarded as the
P. elatior of Jacquin, from Dr. Dewar, Dunfermline, were placed on
the table.

The following papers were read :—

1. “‘On some species of Cuscuta.” By Charles C. Babington,
M.A., F.L.S. &c., Cambridge. (Ann. Nat. Hist. p. 1 of the present
volume.

2. “On the genus Diodium, Breb.” By John Ralfs, M.R.C.S.
&c., Penzance.

June 12.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan, President, in the chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. “‘ List of the rarer Lichens found in the neighbourhood of

L2

140 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional observations.” By the Rev.
T. Salwey. (See p. 90 of the present Number.)

2. Dr. Seller read part of a paper, entitled ‘‘ Observations on some
Plants obtained from the shores of Davis’s Straits.”

3. ‘On Datura tatula, as a Specific for Relief of Asthma.” By
Mrs. H. N. Ferguson of Biel. In this communication (which is an
extract from a letter), the Datura tatula is described as most effica-
cious in relieving asthmatical complaints, while the D. Stramonium,
the species commonly used, was found quite inert.

The following directions regarding the preparation of the plant
may be deemed useful :—‘‘ The proper time for taking up the roots
is towards the end of October, when the seed-pods are ripe; the
plants should be drawn from the ground, and the roots cut off, with
an inch or two of the stalk. They should then be freed from soil,
and dried in the shade. When required for use, the root should be
torn into small shreds, and put into a clean tobacco-pipe. The
smoke causes no nausea, so that the most delicate lady may use it.”

July 10.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan, President, in the chair.

The Curator reported that several valuable additions had been
made to the Society’s collections during the present season, both in
the Foreign and British departments, and that the library had re-
ceived valuable additions through the liberality of members and
correspondents. During the past year the Assistant-Curator has
been chiefly engaged in adding to and arranging the Society’s her-
barium, and he has to acknowledge the valuable assistance rendered
by Mr. C. C. Babington of Cambridge, in reducing to order the ex-
tensive collection of European plants. A very valuable and instruc-
tive series of these has been selected for the Society, the remainder
being set aside for distribution among the members. Much of
the Assistant-Curator’s time has also been employed in the distribu-
tion of the Society’s duplicates, especially to foreign members. This
work is now nearly completed. A large collection of British plants
which have been accumulating for several years is now being ar-
ranged, and specimens for the Society selected, in order to fill up
the different sections marked out in Mr. Brand’s plan for arranging
that part of the herbarium. A detailed account of the donations to
the herbarium and library will be published in the annual report.

The following communications were read :—

1. Dr. Seller read the remainder of his paper, entitled ‘‘ Observa-
tions on some Plants from the shores of Davis’s Straits.”

2. ‘* On two species of Desmidiee.” By Mr. J. Ralfs.

Mr. James M‘Nab exhibited a Pelargonium bearing two distinct
varieties of flowers which were strikingly dissimilar, and were
growing on separate branches, no artificial means having been em-
ployed in their production.

Dr. Neill exhibited a specimen of the Tussac grass, received from
the Falkland Islands.

Miscellaneous. 14]

MISCELLANEOUS.
RANUNCULUS LENORMANDI, F. W. SCHULTZ.

In my ‘ Manual’ I have noticed a plant as a variety (3. grandiflorus)
of R. hederaceus, which it seems quite certain is the above species,
described by Schultz in the ‘ Flora,’ vol. xx. p. 726, and again in the
same journal, vol. xxiv. p. 171, and recently figured by Cosson and
Germain in the first portion of their beautiful ‘ Atlas de la Flore des
Environs de Paris.’ It differs from R. hederaceus by each lobe of its
leaves having two or three notches, its carpels obovate and tipped
with a terminal style, petals broader and longer, stipules very broad
and scarcely at all adnate to the petioles. It is a considerably larger
plant than R. hederaceus, and has probably been overlooked in En-
gland as either that species in a vigorous state or perhaps as a state
of R. aquatilis, from which the want of capillarily-divided leaves and
the absence of setz on the receptacle distinguish it.—C. C. B, :
Fisap Dd S 42932,

CAREX MONTANA, LINN.

Mr. William Mitten, of Hurstpierpoint, has had the good fortune
to find this plant in a field in Sussex, near to Tonbridge Wells. It
much resembles C. pilulifera, a specimen of which is I believe pre-
served in the Linnzan herbarium in mistake for C. montana; but the
true plant of Linnzeus has been accurately determined in Sweden.
C. montana differs from C. pilulifera by having ovate fertile spikes,
much blunter or retuse and darker glumes, oblong-obovate hairy
fruit, and an oblong nut.—C. C.B.

MIGRATIONS OF SALMON.

About a year and a half ago, Lord Glenlyon, with the praiseworthy
motive of deciding the long-agitated question as to whether the sal-
mon, after returning to the ocean from its spawning-ground, again
resought the same river on another return of the season, caused a
number of kelts, or foul fish, to be caught and marked, by attaching
a label, by a ring, to what is called the dead fin of each. Last sum-
mer a number of these were captured on various stations in the Tay,
but, so far as we have heard, none in the Earn; on Tuesday last an-
other was caught at the Rashbush, a fishing-ground below Inchyra.
This fish was in excellent condition, and weighed 21 lbs. The label
bore as follows :—‘‘ Lord Glenlyon, Dunkeld, No. 129.”—Perth
Advertiser.

ON THE SPORES OF SOME ALGH. BY M. GUSTAVE THURET.,

M. Unger has published a very interesting investigation of the
Achlya prolifera*. The researches which I have made on this sin-
gular Alga, whilst confirming most of the observations of M. Unger,
have presented to me some new facts, which I shall describe else-
where. I shall content myself here with rectifying an error into

* Ann. des Se. Nat., 3rd Series, 1844, vol. ii. p. 5. pl. 1.

142 Miscellaneous.

which the German naturalist has fallen on the subject of the organt-
zation of the spores. M. Unger regards them as clothed with a
ciliated membrane, similar to that which he was the first to observe
on the spores of the Vaucheria. Iam convinced, on the contrary,
by repeated observations, that they are furnished with two long cilia
inserted on the rostrum; an analogous arrangement to that which I
have figured in the spores of the Conferva glomerata and crispata*.

During the excursion which I made with M. Decaisne on the coasts
of the British Channel, we had frequent opportunity of studying the
spores of Ectocarpus siliculosus, of Ulva lactuca, and of Enteromor-
pha compressa. In the Ectocarpus we found two cilia inserted on
a colourless rostrum. In Ulva and Enteromorpha the spores have
four cilia. I found this same number .in soft-water Algz, the Con-
ferva zonata, whose spores are similar to those of the Chetophora and
Draparnauldia. ‘They present a very visible red point, which I have
even perceived sometimes on spores still enclosed in the tube of the
plant. I may remark that the Conferva zonata is, moreover, a very
distinct Alga from the true Conferve. These latter appear to me to
form a clearly limited genus, all the species of which have the tube
finely striped with longitudinal striz, for instance Conferva glomerata,
crispata, rupestris, &c. ‘These longitudinal striz are themselves in-
tersected by extremely fine transversal striae, which appear to me
to have hitherto escaped all microscopic observers.—Ann. des Sci.
Nat., Mai 1845.

On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with Additional Observations
on the genus Dinornis of New Zealand. By Prof. Owen.

In a previous report Prof. Owen had demonstrated the former
existence in Australia of two genera of Marsupial animals, rivalling
in size the rhinoceros and hippopotamus of the old continent. Since
the reading of his first report, Prof. Owen had received three molar
teeth belonging to the upper jaw of the Diprotodon; the crown of
each tooth was divided into two principal transverse ridges, like those
of the lower jaw, and the enamel presented the wrinkled and punc-
tate surface peculiar to the genus. With these was found a large
scalpriform inciscr, whose bevelled cutting edge showed that it
worked upon a similar tooth in the lower jaw. The Diprotodon,
therefore, had molars like the kangaroo; but, instead of the two
large incisors in the lower jaw being opposed to six smaller in the
upper, as in the kangaroo, it had two large incisors above as well as
below, agreeing in form and structure, and relative size, with those
of the Wombat. Prof. Owen considered himself justified in conclu-
ding that the Diprotodon combined the characters of Phascolomys
with those of Macropus, exhibiting both upon a gigantic scale, and
constituting one of those links in the chain of being which the course

® Recherches sur les Organes Locomoteurs des Spores des Algues (Ann.
des Se. Nat., 2nd Series, 1848, vol. xix. p. 266. pl. 10.). In that memoir I
have erroneously designated the Conferva crispata by the name of C, rivu-
laris.

Meteorological Observations. 143

of time has broken and destroyed. Prof. Owen also stated that a
large collection of bones of the Dinornis had been obtained from a
new locality by Mr. Perey Earle. This collection contains four of
the species of Dinornis already described, including the three most
remarkable for gigantic stature. One of these, with a stature nearly
equalling the ostrich, presents in all the bones of its leg double the
thickness in proportion to their length, and must have been the
strongest and most robust bird in proportion to its size that ever
existed. Of the gigantic species, vertebre, ribs, and an almost en-
tire sternum, most resembling that of the Apteryx, have been ob-
tained. ‘The Rev. Mr. Williams has also transmitted the cranial
portion of a skull related in size to the Dinornis struthoides, mani-
festing many peculiarities and a striking resemblance to the same
part in the Dodo and Apteryx.—Proc. Brit. Assoc. Cambridge.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1845.

Chiswick.—June 1. Overcast and fine. 2. Very fine: sultry. 3. Sultry: rain
atnight. 4, Showery. 5. Slight rain: cloudy: boisterous at night. 6. Cloudy
and windy. 7. Very fine: showery, and boisterous at night. 8. Boisterous:
clear and fine. 9. Very fine. 10—12. Very fine: sultry: clear and fine at nights.
13. Foggy: sultry. 14,15. Very hotand sultry. 16. Overcast. 17. Sultry.
18. Rain: clear at night. 19. Hazy: very fine. 20. Cloudless: very fine.
21—23. Very fine. 24. Uniformly overcast: heavy rain: clear. 25. Cold and
dry: cloudy: rain. 26. Cloudy: fine. 27. Rain. 28. Overcast: heavy showers:
clear. 29. Very fine. 30. Slight rain: very fine.— Mean temperature of the
month 13° above the average.

Boston.—June 1. Rain: rain early a.m.: rain a.m, 2. Fine. 93. Fine:
2 o’clock p.m. thermometer 72°: rain e.m. 4. Fine: thunder and lightning, with

raine.m. 5. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 6, Windy. 7. Fine: raine.m. 8. Cloudy,
9. Fine. 10. Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. thermometer 74°. 11. Fine: 1 o’clock p.m.
thermometer 75°. 12. Fine: 4 o’clock p.m. thermometer 76°. 13. Fine:
1 o’clock p.m. thermometer 78°. 14, Fine: 12 o’clock nooa thermometer 78°.
15. Cloudy. 16. Cloudy: 1 o’clock p.m, thermometer 78°. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy:
rain early A.m.: rain a.M.and p.m. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy. 21. Fine. 29.
Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Fine: rain, with thunder and lightning p.m. 25. Cloudy.
26, Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m.andv.m. 28. Cloudy: rain a.m.: thunder
and lightningle.m. 29. Fine. 30, Fine: rain early a.m.—N.B. The warmest
June since June 1826.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Cloudy. 2. Cloudy: clear. 3. Bright:
cloudy. 4. Showers. 5. Bright: showers. 6. Bright: drops. 7. Clear:
fine. 8. Drops: rain: clear. 9. Drops: cloudy. 10, Bright: damp. 11,
(12, Bright: cloudy. 13. Bright: clear, 14. Damp: cloudy: fine. 15. Cloudy:
rain. 16. Fog. 17. Bright: damp. 18. Rain: damp. 19. Bright: clear.
20. Bright: damp. 21. Cloudy. 22. Showers: cloudy. 23. Bright: cloudy.
24. Damp: fine. 25. Bright: showers: cloudy. 26. Rain: damp. 27. Showers.
28, Cloudy: showers. 29. Showers: clear. $O. Cloudy : clear.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—June 1. Fine soft rain. 2. Very fine:
fair. 3. Finerain. 4. Showers all day. 5. Rain continued. 6. Kain. 7. Soft
showers, 8, Heavy rain a.m.: fair e.m. 9. Showers. 10. Fair and growing.
11—14. Very fine summer day. 15. Very fine summer day: thunder: a few
drops of rain. 16. Showery all day. 17. Slight showers. 18. Slight showers
pM. 19, 20. Fair and fine. 21. Fairand fine: a few drops: rain. 22. Fair
and fine: very dry. 23. Fine: one slight shower. 24. Rain, very heavy. 25.
Showers. 26. Fairand fine. 27. Rain: wind: thunder. 28. Fair and clear.
29. Fair a.m. : shower p.m. 30. Showers.

Mean temperature of the month ............ceeseeceeseeees 56°°55
Mean temperature of June 1844 —........cseccesecreseces 55710

OV-Z | 8P-E F0-% 9€-1 OF-15 99-FS 0-0§ 0-£9 3-F9 |EL-6P ‘0G-FL 1LL.62 lout.6 1€L-63 9PL-6Z | 16-62 |878-6% 040-62 | “ava

—_S— | | | | _| —$—$_$_—_—

Lo- joL-1| Fo. |€o-| *9 | ‘ms| *m | ‘m | 6h | FS | 1S] Zo] Fo} ES | OL | S9.6% | 89-62 | 69-62 | 85-62 | E£-6% |8£8-62 958-62 | “of
rereetoreee 60. 1 FO, | sm |tassal wea! «am | 0G | 6h | SP} 09) €9| 1G | ZL |1L-60 | 89-62% | £9-62 | 89-62 | 6£-6% |L68-6z \LE6-6z | “6%
IXoyy ||P ‘u a |ujeo| «wm | fcp | F19 | LP) gS) 19) €F | 69 | 29-60 | 79-62 | 19-62 | 81-62 | SL-8% |0€%-62 |1SL-6% | “gz
Ly. [eee ‘au | ‘a |wyeo| ‘us| 6h 08 |FIh f09) LG| 99 | 99 | 69-6 | FL.60 Lz-6% | 09-6% 62-62 |Z9P-6% 09L-62 | “Lz
OF. freee] smu | mo | cm | mw | 8h | gh |r| 419! 19] 6 | PL | 08-62 |7L-62 | €L-6z | 69-62 | 0€-60 9LL-60 998-62 | “9% D
sssteelereres! 7, 160. | «m | «wm | om | cms | OG | FS | gh!) 29 S-0¢| 29 | PL |S9-6z |99-6% | 19-62 | 89-62 | 92-62% |86L-62% 808-62) *Sz
60. \ot.0 0" wm |'muml sma | ms | 19 | LG tgh| 99) Lo| 2G | PL |99-6% |08-66 | 09-62 | LL-6@ | Lt-6z |L6L-6% VE0-08 | “rz
Loar | ser) ems |emum| smu | tas | 1G | 49 | Lp} €9) zo] 19 | EL |00-0€ |00-0€ | 26.6% | 00-0€ | 09-62 |F60-0€ 921-08 | “Ez
| “lems |emum}uneo| cou | 19) 39 | gh fz9) Fo! gh | EL | 26-6z |£6.6% | 76-62 | L6-6z | PY-6% |S€6.6% 110-08 | “zz
GOs |rvrreritereericetees| om | cm | upeo| ‘a 1g | 29 |f€¢ Lo) Go| 1 | 08 | 00.08 | 16.6% | L6-6Z | 00-0€ | 65-62 |166-6% Z80-0£ | “1Z |
Tsteeeleeeseelevsseeicrceee) omg | om (urpeo| ‘au | €S | $79 | OG} g9| 09] OG | VL |S6-6% |90-0€ | €0.0€ | G0.0€ | 89-62 €g0-0£ |LIT-0£| “0
rereeleeeeee) TH, lerreee] mumicmum) a | “Ss | Zo | PS | 0f| 19) Go| gh | BSL | 00-08 |08-62 | $6.62 | 61-62 | 6£-62 |F16.62 680-08 | “610
ot. Go. | ‘wu mum | wyeo!| ‘on | FG) gS | FS) %€9) b9| br | OL | 9L-6z |08-6% | S962 | 14.62 | 91-62 |6£L.62 |LS8-62) “81
onneae 61. | ‘a | ‘as |uyeo| au | 2G | GS |€€S| €9 9.6L! 6S | 0g | §88-6% |98-6% | PL-62 | PL-6% | 61-62 |ILL-62 |\P18-62| “LI

SO ca

ZI: E10 [oy ‘asa | ‘ass | wyeo| ‘s | fzG | $€9 | 8G) 29! Lo| oS | SL | 8L-6% |€8-62 | 69-62 | £L-62 | 22-62 |V6L-62 'Ph8-62| ‘91
rttelsererssssseeaeeeel og | og |unpea| cas | zo | SS |¥69| 69| L9| 09 | FE | 68-6z |£0-08 |78-6z | $6.62 | 9F-6z [06-62 8C0-08| “SI
seeeesirevevslesveesizereee! om lragaps| ta | ‘a | €9 | 09 | €9|¥GL| OL} €G | ZB |SI-O£ |1Z-0€ |Z0-0£ | 60-0€ | SP-6z |0S0-0€ [0Z1-0€ | “V1
ae m |cms |wyeo| ‘ou | 0S | PG |F0S|¥SL.9-12| LG | Pg | 08-0€ |60-0€ | €1-0€ | ST1.0€ | 60-62 \90T-0€ |LG1-0€) “Er C
Behar ‘ms |upwo| ‘a | LG | €9 | ZG| GL) oL| HS | Sg |£0-0€ |OT-O€ |O1-0€ | O1-0€ | OF-6Z |IPT-0€ |SO1-08 | “ZI
reeeetlececeeieveesisrroee] cms | ms |uupea| ‘ou | GG | gS | PS) OL] €L| oF | BL |£1-0€ |90-0€ | 11-0€ | 71-08 | 0S-6z {191-08 |SEz-08| “11
oeyees (Sco ec |seseeieeee"=ititas =| faNS! |/UL|ED> ||. °8 zo | tS | €9) bo) Lo| OF | OL | 1T-0€ |61-0€ | 8I-0€ | 61-0€ | 89-6% 692-0£/S9E-0€ | ‘ol |
titeecissseesieereeel msm | ems | tm | MS”! 0G | €¢ | Lh| LG| z9| ob | GL |00-0€ | 16-62 | 10-0€ | 60-08 | 99-62 |SEE-0F |S9£-08 | °6
seoree] om lemum |] “Mm | cms:| Qf | 9G 467 | 19| 9S| iv | 89 | 28.6% | PL-6% | 68-62 | 61-62 | £1-6% |L08-62 |007-08 | *8
G7enleecs ‘ou | *M *s ec | £1¢ |26h| 29! Go| Lv | Lo |2l-6z% | S.62% | 29-62 | 19-62 | O£-6% |9EL-6 |\V98-6%| “L
ttereelseeserveseeel mss | ems | tm | sms | LG | SP¢ | 2G] eS/¢.z9}] of | Lo | £%-6% | 01.6% | 8E-6% | £0-6% | €8-8% |SLS-6% [008-62 | “9
steel z7. go. | ‘as | cms | cms | cms | €¢ | SG |¥gh|F6S| gS} SS | go | LI-6z | Z£-62 | Lo.6z | £2-62 | 76-82 |EPS-6z |L6S-62| "5 @
“889/59, | GQ. |*msm| cas | -m | ‘ms | 67 | OG | PH) LS| 69} 6h | OL | LT-6% | 80-62 | 62-62 | $1-62 | 64-82 |915-62 |L09-62) “V
reressieeeeesl gy, [terres | os | unpeo] ‘ms | OG | 69] 0S] 09| 99] FF | 18 | FI-6% |Sz-62 | 20-62 | OF-62 | £6-82 |LOE-6z |029.60 | “€
po. |] -s | *s | -m | cs | PS | 69 | 2G] 09| €9] ob | 18 | 1S-6% | 79-62 | 29-62 | GL-62 | LE.62 |19L-6 156-62 | *%
ard It || cms | ts | peo] sms | ZG] zo | for) LS] 99] fh | ZL | 18-62 | 06.62 | 78-62 | 16-62 | VS-62 |Zh0.0€ |EC1-08 | “LE
p alg ) @ levecl bebe om 2 | = | cud | cure | urd | we | | Bee hs aa
mom, | SH piicy So Sy uo 5S
= = _ = — ale o&
“Urey PUT *IIJIULOWIIY J, *LIJIULOIV et s
et)

RANE O) anny younpung 70 “UOysNO[A “CQ *AdY 247 AQ pup faurHs- saruanag ‘asunyy yztvoaddp 4 cequng aN 104] ayy hg tNomsog
yD “|[eaA “AI 49 SuopuoT avau ‘MOIMSIHD yo Ajav0g jounynayaozy 24) fo uopuvy ayz qv uosdwoyy, ‘AJ 49 apm suoynasasgg Jv21s0j0409}2 7

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 104. SEPTEMBER 1845.

XIV.—On the Anatomy of Acteeon, with remarks on the Order
Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages. By Guo. J. ALLMAN,
. M.B., F.R.C.S., M.R.L.A., Professor of Botany in Trinity Col-
lege, Dublin, late Demonstrator of Anatomy T.C.D.*
[ With three Plates.]

In the seventh volume of the ‘ Linnzan Transactions’ is a memoir
by Colonel Montagu, in which is described, under the name of
Aplysia viridis, a small gasteropod discovered by this naturalist on
the coast of Devonshire. The Aplysia viridis of Montagu was
afterwards separated by Oken from the true Aplysias, and made to
constitute a distinct genus under the name of Acton. A mollusk
evidently referable to the same genus is named Aplysiopterus
neapolitanus by Delle Chiaje, who describes and figures it in his
great work on the Invertebrate animals of the kingdom of
Naples. ‘The Itahan naturalist gives some details of its anatomy,
but his account is manifestly full of errors, and he seems to
mistake the ramified apparatus in connexion with the stomach
for a vascular system. A mollusk also apparently referable to
Oken’s genus Actgon is described in the ‘ Faune d’Europe Sep-
tentrionale’ of Risso, under the name of E/ysia timida ; and more
recently M. de Quatrefages (Ann. des Sci. Nat. March 1844) has
published a very elaborate description of the genus, in which he
advances some new and startling views to which he had been pre-
viously led by the examination of Holidina, a small nudibranch,
apparently an Holis, but for the reception of which this naturalist
believes it necessary to construct a new genus. The claims of
M. de Quatrefages’ opinions to reception by naturalists will be
considered in the present paper.

The followmg anatomical details have been drawn up from
careful dissections of Acteon viridis, and as no figure which we
have seen represents with sufficient accuracy the external cha-
racters of this little mollusk, we have thought it necessary to give
among the illustrations of the present memoir a drawing made
with great care from the living animal.

* Read before the Meeting of the British Association at aos Sept. 1844,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

146 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteon.

Acrmon, Oken, Aplysia, Mont., Aplysiopterus, Delle Chiaje,
Elysia, Risso.

Body subcylindrical, with two foliaceous lateral expansions
which are produced beyond the posterior extremity of the body,
where they unite with one another along the mesial line. Ten-
tacula two, auriform, not retractile. Anus lateral, placed at the
right side.

“A, viridis (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2, 3.).—The largest specimens of A.
viridis measured about nine lines in length ; the general colour
of the body and foliaceous expansions is a dull green ; the latter
are margined with purple and dotted on both sides ‘with small
green, blue, and rose-coloured poits of a brilliant metallic lustre,
and arranged in groups without any definite order ; similar dots
are also found upon the upper surface of the body; a nearly co-
lourless line extends from the posterior extremity of the body to
the termination of the branchial expansions. The tentacula are
of a dull purple, and the eyes are placed in the centre of a nearly
colourless areola. The upper lip is dark purple.

This little mollusk was obtained abundantly by means of a
small dredge among Zostera marina in the harbours of Glandore,
Castletownsend and Crook Haven, co. Cork, in the months of
August and September 1844.

When confined in a glass of sea-water it would creep upon the
sides of the vessel, adhering not only by the under surface of the
body, but by that of the lateral expansions along the whole
length of thei junction in the mesial line ; external however to a
narrow space corresponding to their line of junction, the expan-
sions were entirely free, and possessed no power of attachment.
Our little mollusk would also take delight in suspending itself in
a horizontal position with its back downwards, from the surface
of the water. It would sometimes separate its lateral expansions
till they became placed nearly in the same plane, and again ele-
vating them vertically, would bring their opposed surfaces nearly
into contact.

ANATOMY.

Digestive system.—From a simple unarmed orifice in the an-
terior extremity of the body, a short but rather wide canal,
Pl. VI. c, with membranous walls leads beneath a slightly bifid
lip (PL. V. fig. 3.) to an irregularly spherical body, Pl. VI. a, which
consists of thick walls melosing a central cavity. In this body
is contained a tongue of very singular structure, Pl. VI. 6 and
PL. VII. fig. 5. It consists of a chain of hard transparent spines,
and is curved so as nearly to return into itself, thus forming a
loop, whose long diameter will be parallel to the axis of the buccal
mass. M. de Quatrefages has given a correct figure of the organ
as detached from the animal, but has overlooked a most singular

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 147

appendage with which it is furnished. This appendage is a py-
riform sac, P]. VII. fig. 5 a, which communicates by means of a
canal with the left extremity of the tongue.

The sac is filled with spines, precisely similar to those of which
the tongue is composed. They seem to be perfectly formed, and
are placed without any apparent order in the sac. It is difficult
to assign to this sac any other function than that of secreting
the tongue-spines ; and we can easily conceive that as the tongue
is worn away at one extremity, additions are as constantly made to
it from the contents of the sac at the other. The lingual sac is
applied against the outer side of the buccal mass, being wholly
external to this body.

The tongue terminates at the right side in a small unarmed
prolongation, Pl. VII. fig. 5 6, which curves forwards along the
convexity of the loop.

From the posterior part of the buccal mass a slightly smuous
esophagus, Pl. VI. d, runs backwards and terminates in an oyal,
longitudinally striate stomach, e, from which a short mtestine, f,
runs transversely to the right side in order to terminate near the
anterior margin of the lateral expansion. The direction of the in-
testine thus places the true position of the anus beyond all doubt,
though so accurately is the external orifice kept closed, that it has
hitherto escaped my attempts at detection.

The stomach and intestine are clothed internally with a ciliated
epithelium, by which their contents are kept in a constant state
of agitation.

In connexion with the alimentary canal just traced are several
accessory organs which require special mention. Four glands
analogous to salivary may be detected. Of these, two, Pl. VI. gg,
are connected with the anterior extremity of the buccal mass, and
appear to consist each of a cluster of small vesicles, which pour
their contents into the commencement of the alimentary tract.
The posterior pair of salivary glands, / /, consists each of a sim-
ple tube of great delicacy, which commences in the buccal mass
just anterior to the origin of the cesophagus, and then becoming
attached to the esophagus runs over the supra-cesophageal ganglia,
and soon exhibits a series of little cecal offsets forming small sacs
appended to the tube for the remainder of its course, Pl. VII. fig.6.
The gland thus constituted runs back through the body of the
animal, extending for a considerable distance behind the stomach.

The salivary glands i in Aci@on are highly interesting from their
simplicity of constitution, and afford a fine illustration of the
reduction of glandular structure to one of its least complex ex-
pressions.

At a short distance from the termination of the cesophagus
there opens into this tube a small sac of a pyriform figure, Pl. V1.7;

M2

148 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteon.

but whether this is destined to receive from the cesophagus a por-
tion of the alimentary matter, thus performing the office of a crop,
or whether its function is that of simply discharging into the ali-
mentary tract some peculiar product of secretion, I have been
unable to determine.

But perhaps the most remarkable of all the organs accessory
to digestion is the singular ramified system which constitutes so
large a portion of the viscera of Act@on, and which M. de Quatre-
fages, conceiving it to be of high importance, has assumed, along
with certain other peculiarities of structwre which he supposes
invariably to accompany it, as entitling him to unite into a new
order a certain number of Gasteropodous Mollusca, distinguishing
them under the name of Phlebenterata.

The system under consideration consists in our mollusk of two
tubes which open, close to one another, into the stomach, at its
cardiac extremity. Near to its termination in the stomach each
tube divides into two branches, one, Pl. VI.’ k, passing forwards
towards the head, the other, //, running backwards into the late-
ral expansions. Hach of these branches then undergoes minute
subdivision, the ramifications extending forwards nearly to the
anterior margin of the head, and backwards to the posterior ex-
tremity of the lateral expansions. The ultimate ramuli termimate
each ina cul-de-sac, mmm, and PI. VII. fig. 4, filled with a green
or brownish substance, in which the microscope enables us to
detect oleaginous globules floating through a fluid of aqueous
consistence.

It is to this curious system, visible through the semitransparent
integuments, that the prevailing colour of the species must be
attributed ; its nature and function, and its claim to constitute a
character of ordinal importance, will be presently considered.

Vascular and Respiratory systems.—The best way of detecting
the vascular system of Actgon is to view the mollusk as an opake
object by means of a single lens and without compression, when
a delicate ramification of vessels will be seen creeping over the
upper surface of the foliaceous expansions, Pl. V. fig.4. Those
vessels which spread themselves over the posterior part of the ex-
pansions terminate in two trunks, a a, one for each lateral half,
which running nearly parallel to the mesial line and at a short
distance from it, at either side appear to end in a circular canal, 3,
into which the vessels from the anterior part of the expansions
also open. This circular vessel cannot be satisfactorily seen with-
out actual dissection ; it is placed immediately beneath the inte-
guments of the back and over the posterior part of the body, and
embraces an organ, c, of an irregularly semicircular figure, into
whose structure strong fibres may be seen to enter with a reticu-
lated arrangement. Beyond this point my researches have failed

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton. 149

to trace the anatomy of the apparatus under consideration. We
can however have no difficulty in recognising in the system now
described a heart and vessels. That the vascular ramification ob-
served upon the upper surface of the foliaceous expansions is a
system of branchial vessels, there can indeed be no doubt, and the
expansions themselves must therefore be considered as true aéra-
ting organs. It will at once be seen too, that the ventricle must
be sought for in the reticulated organ just described, though, from
the difficulty of the investigation, I have been unsuccessful m my
attempts to discover its direct connexion with the vessels. ‘The
circular vessel also must be considered as performing the func-
tions of an auricle, and it is indeed by no means improbable that
what appears under the microscope as simply a circular canal
surrounding the ventricle, is really the projecting margin of a de-
licate transparent auricle, whose central portion is rendered invi-
sible by the stronger and more opake ventricle.

The general opacity of the tissues im -dct@on, the extreme te-
nuity of the walls of the vessels, and the transparency of the fluid
which these contain, render the investigation of the circulatory
apparatus a subject of great difficulty. If too much reliance be
placed on the compressor, it will certainly escape detection ; and I
have no doubt that the abuse of this instrument will account for
the fact of M. de Quatrefages having denied the existence in Ac-
teon of a vascular system, as well as for many other errors into
which this naturalist has fallen.

Nervous. system : Sensation.—Soon after the cesophagus leaves
the buccal mass it passes through a system of seven ganglia,
Pl. VI. n, and Pl. VII. fig. 1, of which six are arranged im three
symmetrical pairs, and one is azygous.

Of these ganglia, the two largest, Pl. VII. fig. 1 aa, are placed
upon the upper surface of the cesophagus, being in contact with
each other iternally. The ganglia of the second pair, b 4, are
placed immediately below the first, upon the sides of the ceso-
phagus, being thus separated to allow of the passage of this tube.
The third pair, ec, seems like a protuberance upon the under side
of each of the ganglia last mentioned, and the azygous ganglion,
d, occupies an inferior and median position, completing the sub-
esophageal portion of this ganglionic collar. The different parts
of this system of cesophageal gangha are maintained in union by
three commissures. One commissure, ee, sprigs from each of
the large ganglia on the upper surface of the cesophagus, and
then running down along the side of this tube, terminates in the
azygous ganglion; while the third commissure, f, runs trans-
versely beneath the cesophagus, uniting the two ganglia of the
second pair. The cesophagus thus passes between the great
supra-cesophageal ganglia above, and the transverse commissure

below. Two small spherical bodies, Pl. VI. 0, most probably

150 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton.

pharyngeal ganglia, are placed upon the cesophagus just as this
organ emerges from the buccal mass; but the means by which
they are connected with the other parts of the nervous system, I
have not succeeded in detecting.

The great supra-cesophageal pair seems to be chiefly destmed
for the organs of sense. The optic nerves, Pl. VI. p, arise from
this pair, and large nerves, ¢ 7, are sent off from it to the tenta-
cula and lips and the parts immediately surrounding the mouth.
Some nerves going to the generative organs would also seem
traceable to the same source, while the digestive and other sy-
stems would appear to derive their nerves, s, from the remainder
of the cesophageal mass.

Vision.—The organs of vision are placed at a short distance
behind the tentacula, and to the naked eye present the appear-
ance of minute black points ; with the assistance of the micro-
scope, the followmg parts may without difficulty be detected in
them. The first thing which strikes us is a pigmental body,
Pl. VII. fig. 2 a, of a somewhat pyriform figure, furnished poste-
riorly with a prolongation, at one side of which the optic nerve,
b, may be seen entering. Whether this body contains a cavity
with a retinal expansion I cannot assert as the result of observa-
tion, though all analogy would lead us to suppose such to be the
case.

The pigment is of a deep black colour, and is doubtless in-
tended to effect the absorption of all rays of light which may
happen to fall on it. A crystalline lens, c, of a nearly spherical
figure and powerfully refractive, is imbedded in the anterior ex-
tremity of the pigmental body, and surrounding the whole appa-
ratus is a transparent capsule, d, perforated posteriorly by the
optic nerve, and apparently performing the function of a cornea
anteriorly.

Hearing.—The organs detected by Siebold in several mollusca,
and supposed by this anatomist to be destined for the function of
hearing, are demonstrable without much difficulty in Acton.
They look like appendages to the cerebral system, and present
the appearance of nearly spherical bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 1 gg, with
a transparent refractive nucleus, and supported upon a club-
shaped peduncle. They would seem to consist of two spheres
concentric with the nucleus, which become apparent when a short
exposure has caused some degree of collapse in the bodies from a
slight evaporation of their contents. The nucleus, which corre-
sponds with the otolites observed by Siebold, is single, and did
not present the peculiar oscillatory motion manifested by the oto-
lites of other mollusca. The peduncles arise between the first
and second pair of ganglia, but with which of these they are more
intimately connected I have not been able to satisfy myself.

Touch.—Though the sense of touch is without doubt univer-

ak 20 ‘as neil

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton. 151

sally diffused over the soft and constantly lubricated skin of the
mollusk, yet it would appear that the tentacula are specially ap-
propriated to its exercise. These organs consist in auriform
expansions rolled into a cylindrical tube, Pl. V. figs. 1 and 2, but
capable of being to a certain extent opened out at the will of the
animal. They are incapable of undergoing any true retraction,
but may be slightly shortened and thickened, in which condition
they present a number of transverse rugee. They are supplied
with large nerves from the supra-cesophageal gangha. No fact
has thrown any light upon the question whether another sense
besides that of touch has also its seat in these organs.

The entire surface of the skin is copiously lubricated with a
thick mucous secretion, which is poured out in large quantity
when the animal is irritated. The source of this fluid would seem
to be in certain pyriform bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 8, which are found
in considerable numbers beneath the tegument. Hach termi-
nates in a sinuous duct, which after running for some distance
beneath the skin, opens, most probably, upon the surface. These
organs are described and figured by Quatrefages, but the French
naturalist is in error when he speaks of them as the source of
the beautiful metallic tints with which the surface of our mollusk
is adorned. These tints are due to a pigment inclosed in distinct
cells, arranged in irregular groups beneath the epidermis, consi-
derably smaller than the bodies just described, and evidently
without any duct or external communication whatever. I am
unable to bring forward any observations of interest relative to
the senses of taste and smell in Act@on.

Generative system: Embryology.—The reproductive system of
Act@on is one of great complexity, and one in which there must
be great difficulty in assigning to each part its proper function.
Acton is hermaphrodite. A pyriform body, Pl. VI. ¢, placed
anteriorly and at the right side, would seem to be the male in-
tromittent organ. ‘This body is furnished with a tubular perfo-=
ration which occupies the axis, and leads from the apex into an
oval cavity, v, situated in the base. From this cavity a simuous
tube, or vas deferens, w, may be traced backwards, which, after a
course of considerable length, communicates with an oval body, z,
to be presently described, and then pursuing its course backwards
may be seen to bifurcate, one branch passing to the right and the
other to the left. Beyond this point I have in vain attempted
to trace the course of the tube. Its whole internal surface is
thickly clothed with cilia, whose presence is rendered manifest
by the constant rotatory motion imparted to the granular fluid
with which the tube is filled.

Occupying a median position in the posterior part of the body
is an oval sac, y, near whose anterior extremity two tubes may be

152 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteon.

seen to enter close to one another. One of these tubes, z, runs
a little forwards, then bends backwards and bifureates, the divi-
sions again bifurcating dichotomously: its ultimate distribution,
however, I have not succeeded in tracing. The other tube, £,
runs forwards to the oval body, z, just alluded to, into which it
opens. This body is evidently furnished with a cavity ; its ante-
rior half is of a peculiar complex structure, perhaps glandular,
and destined for the elaboration of some definite secretion. From
its anterior extremity a tube may be traced forwards till lost be-
neath the edge of a large, irregularly-shaped, somewhat plicated
body, y. In this body the tube would seem to terminate, though
here I cannot speak with certainty. The sac, y, contains a yel-
lowish semifluid secretion, which can be forced by the action of
the compressor forwards into the oval body, z, and backwards
through the bifureating tube, z. With the plicated body, y,
which I would feel inclined to look upon as a testis, a pyriform
sac, 6, is connected ; this sac contains a substance of a semifluid
consistence, and is furnished with a long neck, which can be
traced into the plicated body ; but whether it termimates here or
is continued to some external outlet, I have been unable to satisfy
myself.

Occupying the great lateral expansions, and placed immediately
beneath the ramified organ already described in connexion with
the digestive system, is a curious and very complicated body, €&€.
This body, which is perhaps an ovary, is double, being formed of
two perfectly similar portions, one of which is placed in each
branchial expansion, and consists of a delicate tube dichotomously
ramified, and furnished along its entire length with closely-set
sacciform appendages, Pl. VII. fig. 8 a. These contain a granular
substance, but whether they communicate with the interior of the
tube is not very manifest. Besides these appendages, numerous
spherical capsules, Pl. VI. @ 6, and Pl. VII. fig. 86, may be seen
arranged at tolerably regular intervals along the tube, and appa-
rently communicating by means of a short neck with its interior.
These capsules inclose a number of oval bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 8 ce,
and fig. 7, in each of which is a granular mass surrounding a
very distinct nucleus, which is placed towards one extremity, and
is itself furnished with a secondary nucleus. The connexion be-
tween this curious system and the other parts of the reproductive
apparatus has escaped my attempts at detection: neither can I
speak positively as to the exact position of the external orifices of
generation.

Embryology.—Some days after the capture of our little mol-
lusk, I was much gratified at finding that it had deposited its
spawn upon the sides of the glass jar in which it was confined.
The spawn was laid in little spiral dises, Pl. VII. fig. 9, of four or

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton. 153

five lines in diameter, and I at once recognised it as similar to
what I had observed in considerable abundance upon the leaves of
Zostera marina in the locality where the Acteon was captured.
It consisted of numerous ova enveloped in a gelatinous covering,
and deposited in the form of a ribbon rolled into a plane spiral.
In about six days after the deposition of the spawn the eggs were
hatched, and the young Actzeons, Pl. VII. figs. 10, 11, 12, escaped,
not in any respect resembling the parent, but of a totally different
type of organization,—very similar to what has of late years been
observed in the young of Doris, Aplysia, and some other Gaste-
ropoda.

The embryo-Acton is inclosed in a nautiloid shell, and fur-
nished anteriorly with two oval dises, figs. 10, 11 aa, ciliated along
the margin, and capable of being appr oximated till the upper sur-
faces are brought into contact, “fig. 11, and again separated till
they lie nearly i in the same plane, fig. 12. The discs are con-
tinued anteriorly into a sort of foot, figs. 10, 116, also ciliated
on the margin and provided with an operculum, figs. 11, 12 c,
which is drawn after the little animal when it retires into the re-
cesses of its shell, and thus completely protects it from all intru-
sion from without, fig. 12.

Near the place where the foot joins the discs are two ocelli-
form spots, figs. 10, 11, 12 d, doubtless visual organs, though Van
Beneden considers what are evidently the same organs in the
embryo of Aplysia, as the rudimental cesophageal ganglia. That
the organs under consideration are not ganglia, would alone ap-
pear from their high refractive power.

I could not succeed in detecting a mouth, though a tube,
fig. 11 e, which I believe to be an cesophagus, may with some care
be traced from the root of the discs backwards, till it dilates into
an oval cavity or stomach, f, part of which is concealed beneath a
granular mass, g, which occupies the posterior convolutions of the
shell.

Near the origin of the cesophagus are two spherical bodies, / ;
these I believe to be the true rudiments of cesophageal ganglia.

Two fibres, fig. 11 72, may be seen to run from the root of the
dises backwards, and would seem to have some attachment to the
interior of the shell ; they bifurcate near their termination. It is
difficult to say whether they be nervous filaments connected with
the cesophageal ganglia, or muscular fibres destined for the re-
traction of the embryo.

The little embryo is eminently natatory, swimming about with
wonderful activity by means of its curious ciliated discs, and by
its varied and elegant gyrations, constituting an object of great
beauty and interest.

154 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzeon.

General Observations.

Such are the facts which, from a most careful examination of
a great number of specimens, I believe myself justified m consi-
dering as demonstrated. I took much pais in again and again
verifying their correctness ; and as most of them have not as yet
been recorded, while many are in direct variance with recently
published statements, 1 lose no time in making them public.
This I am the more desirous of doing, from the fact of the ana-
tomy of our little mollusk having within the last year been as-
sumed by an acute and indefatigable French zoologist as charac-
teristic of a new order of Gasteropoda which he has thought fit
to construct, but which appears to me to be constituted upon
grounds totally msufficient, in some respects the result of im-
perfect observation, and in others of conclusions which the ob-
servations, supposing them to be correct, will in no degree
warrant.

In the ‘ Ann. des Sci. Nat.’ 2nde série, tom. xix., is a memoir
by M. de Quatrefages on the anatomy of a small Nudibranchiate
Gasteropod, which this naturalist conceives himself justified in
separating, under the name of Holidina, from all previously cha-
racterized genera of Nudibranchs. In this memow M. de Qua-
trefages maintains, that in the anatomy of Kolidina there are pe-
culiarities of such importance as to afford grounds for the esta-
blishment of a new order among the Gasteropodous Mollusca.

M. Milne Edwards had previously directed the attention of
zoologists to a remarkable character of the stomach in the Eoli-
dian Nudibranchs, demonstrating the existence in Calliopea of
an extensive system of ramified canals connected with this organ.

Upon this fact M. de Quatrefages seizes with avidity : he main-
tains that the gastric ramifications perform the office of branchial
vessels ; that they are therefore subservient to respiration as well
as to digestion ; and finding them also in his Holidina, he con-
nects them with other peculiarities which he asserts to have dis-
covered in this mollusk, raises them to a rank of ordinal import-
ance, gives them the name of phlebenteric system, and then sur-
prises zoologists with the somewhat startling announcement of
the existence of a new order among the Gasteropodous Mol-
lusca.

The doctrines which the examination of M. de Quatrefages’
Eolidina had thus led him to adopt, are carried out to their full
extent in a subsequent memoir (Ann. des Sci. Nat. March 1844),
in which, after the examination of Actwon and of five new genera
of his own characterizing (Zephyrina, Acteonia, Amphorina, Pelta
and Chalidis), he maintains the complete establishment of his
new order, and enters into the details of its zoological affinities.

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 155

The general characters upon which the French naturalist main-
tains the distinctness of his new order of Gasteropods, are the dis-
appearance in whole or im part of the circulatory system, and the
transference of the respiratory function from special organs to the
digestive system or common integument,—peculiarities which he
asserts draw with them a general degradation of the organism,
approximating it to the Acalephze, and thus establishing a group
of animals which depart from the type of their class, and are
among the Gasteropods what the Entomostraca are among the
Crustacea.

The memoirs of M. de Quatrefages are certainly characterized
by great ingenuity and will well repay perusal. They have how-
over, I fear, thrown themselves open to justly severe criticism, and
by advancing statements of great zoological importance upon
what must be admitted to be imperfect and too manifestly pre-
judiced observations, would, if not corrected, exercise a most in-
jurious influence upon a science so strictly inductive as zoology.
Of the various animals dissected by M. de Quatrefages in the con-
struction of his Phlebenterate group, Act@on is the only one which
I have had an opportunity of examining. The result of the ex-
amination of this one however is so totally at variance with the
anatomy of the same animal as recorded by the French zoologist,
that though we can hardly be justified im asserting from this,
that his observations on the others are equally erroneous, we must
yet surely hesitate before we adopt conclusions of such great im-
portance in zoology as those to which M. de Quatrefages has
arrived.

On comparing the description and figures of Acteon, as given
by M. de Quatrefages in the memoir to which allusion has just
been made, with the structure which my own observation of this
animal had revealed to me, I was struck with a discrepancy, for
which I must confess I found it difficult to account by reference
to any of the ordinary and unavoidable errors to which the obser-
vation of these minute animals is necessarily liable.

Among the most important poimts in which the observations
just recorded differ from those of M. de Quatrefages, may be
mentioned the detection of a distinct heart and vessels, organs
whose existence is denied by the French naturalist, and of a /a-—
teral termination to the intestine, which is described in the fo-
reign memoir as opening dorsally and medially. The form and
disposition of the gastric ramifications do not at all correspond
with M. de Quatrefages’ description; the terminal cu/s-de-sacof this
system are arranged very differently from the disposition which
he assigns. to them, and the ramifications of opposite sides do not
communicate. There is certainly no such organ in the posterior

156 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteeon.

extremity of the branchial appendages as M. de Quatrefages de-
scribes under the name of cloaca*. The length of the cesopha-
gus and the form of the stomach are altogether at variance with
his description. The cesophageal collar consists of seven, not
four, ganglia ; and if to these pomts of discrepancy we add some
others mentioned in the present paper, and call to mind that he
has totally overlooked the salivary apparatus and made no men-
tion of the highly-developed generative system, we cannot but
conclude that the establishment of a new order of animals on ob-
servations so imperfect is unwarrantable and rash.

But suppose the observations of the French zoologist not al-
together so erroneous as is here maintained, is he yet justified in
the step which he has taken? We assuredly think not.

Let us consider for a moment whether the singular ramified
system connected with the stomach in Acteon and other allied
genera is really of that vast importance in a zoological point of
view with which M. de Quatrefages would invest it. If the sy-
stem in question be merely a ramification of the stomach, we can
certainly see in it a disposition by which the surface of the gastric
cavity is greatly increased; but this disposition, exercising no
marked influence over the organism, cannot be supposed to de-
mand any important modifications in the other organs, and surely
offers no solid grounds for believing that its office is to expose
the products of digestion to the influence of the aérated medium.
In truth it is ill-adapted to this function, separating its contents
from the surrounding fluid, not only by its own walls but by the
intervention of a portion of the cavity in which it floats, and by
the whole thickness of the integumentary structures.

But it may be asked, what office is it possible to assign to the
system now under consideration, if it be not that of respiration ?
I believe that the ramified apparatus in Acteon and the Holidide
is truly a hepatic system, and affords an interesting example of
the reduction of a gland to one of its simplest conditionsf.

We have in these gastric ramifications one or more offsets from
the liming membrane of the alimentary canal greatly extended

* We can in no way explain what M. de Quatrefages intended by the
organ which he describes as a cloaca, unless we suppose that. he really meant
the oval sac (y, Pl. VI.) in the posterior part of the body, which we have de-
scribed in connexion with the generative system, and which by some strange
confusion he has transferred to the posterior extremity of the branchial ex-
pansions.

+ Since the opinions here expressed were laid before the Association,
there has been placed in my hands anumber of the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ con-
taining a paper by M. Souleyet on the Phlebenterata (Annals, xiv. p. 342),
in which I find that the author’s observations on this subject are entirely in
accordance with my own.

a>" *

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 157

and terminating in culs-de-sac, where doubtless resides the fune-
tion of elaborating the biliary secretion. We have just such an
appearance as a careful preparation of glandular structure would
present with all its component ducts and termimal cu/s-de-sac
accurately disentangled ; we have in fact in the Phlebenteric sy-
stem of M. de Quatrefages nothing more or less than an unra-
veled liver.

This view of the subject would appear to be admitted to a cer-
tain extent even by M. de Quatrefages himself, who describes the
blind terminations of the branches as surrounded with a layer of
a peculiar substance which he believes to be the liver. Of the
connexion of this substance with the gastric ramifications I can-
not speak, as im Acteon I could find nothing of the kind. As
M. de Quatrefages however has not succeeded in isolating it from
the culs-de-sac, his statement amounts to an admission that on
these terminations of the branches devolves the function of secre-
ting the bile*.

To the view now taken it may be objected, that the bihary
ducts ought to open into the intestine behind the stomach. In-
stances however of the bile beg poured into the stomach itself
are by no means without example among the Gasteropoda, and
in some cases, as in Scyllea and Onchidium, this secretion is
discharged into the cesophagus. The remarkable partition of the
liver in Onchidium moreover is an evident approach to the con-
dition assumed by this organ in the mollusca now under consi-
deration. Another objection to the hepatic character of the gas-
tric ramifications may be urged from the curious discovery by
Messrs. Alder and Hancock, that in Holis the extremities of the
ramuli are not really ceeca, but open externally through the ter-
minations of the branchial papillee. This however cannot be con-
sidered as a valid objection. It is true that the termination of
the ducts in culs-de-sac has been described as a universal con-
dition of glandular structure, but it has been by no means proved
that a perforate state of the terminations of these tubes is incon-
sistent with the performance of the secreting function. The pur-
pose served by this curious condition of the organ in Eolis it is
not very easy to explain. I cannot however avoid looking upon
the perforations in the extremities of the branchial papillz as
analogous to the orifice placed at the base of the branchial plume

* I have just seen an excellent paper on the anatomy of Eolis by Messrs.
Hancock and Embleton (Annals, xv. pp. 1, 77), in which these gentlemen
describe the terminations of the gastric ramifications in Kolis as lined by
glandular structure, which in most species exhibits a complex follicular dis-
position. The czeca in Acton are certainly much more simple, nor do they
seem to be furnished with any distinct glandular lining.

158 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

in Doris where it gives exit to a part of the hepatic secretion,—an
office which it is by no means unlikely the branchial apertures
in Kolis are also destined to fulfil.

M. de Quatrefages maintains, that throughout the whole of his
Mollusca Phlebenterata, with the exception of Kolidina, there is a
total absence of a heart and vessels. In Holidina he allows the
existence of a heart and arteries, but denies that of a venous sy-
stem. We have already seen that so far as deteon is concerned,
the French anatomist is quite in error, and we have no doubt that
future researches will still further prove the untenableness of his
positions. When we consider the extreme tenuity of the venous
tubes in these animals, and the colourless nature of their contents,
we can surely place but little reliance on any statements which
deny their existence solely from the fact of their having escaped
detection.

But after all, is a diffused condition of the venous fluid of such
great importance in determining the position of a molluscous
animal in the zoological scale? Setting aside the Ascidia, a
group universally allowed to manifest a degradation of structure,
we know that in Aplysia a diffusion of this very kind begins to
show itself in the remarkably imperfect condition of the venous
trunks in this genus, and yet M. de Quatrefages himself would
hardly be rash enough to degrade from its co-ordinate Gastero-
pods this highly organized mollusk.

It remains for us now to consider the zoological relations of
Acteon and its true position among the Mollusca. We have seen
that Montagu originally described able mollusk under the name
of Aplysia, and all zoologists since his time have, with the ex-
ception of M. de Quatrefages, agreed in placing it in the vicinity
of the Aplysie. Sander Rang, it is true, in his ‘ Manuel des
Mollusques,’ expresses in a note his opinion that the position of
Acteon is in the neighbourhood of Placobranchus, a genus esta-
blished by Van Hasselt for a mollusk discovered by him on the
coast of Java; in the text however he follows the opinion of
other zoologists, making Act@on a genus in his family of
Aplysiens.

It is without doubt to M. de Quatrefages that we are indebted
for having first decidedly removed Acteon from the Tecti-
branchiate Mollusca, and placed it in the vicinity of Holis and
its allies,—a position which is assuredly its true one, being fully
borne out, not only by its internal structure but by its external
conformation, however at variance this last may at first appear
with the legitimacy of the position now assigned to it.

The lateral expansions of Acton are truly analogous to the
branchial papillee of Holis, their real homology bemg easily found

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteon. 159

in the united branchiz of an Kolidian mollusk ; and if to this we
add the gastric or hepatic ramifications, and consider the general
character of the anatomy as detailed m the present paper, we can
have no hesitation in making Act@on a genus of NUDIBRANCHIATE
Mo.uvusca. As to the close affinity of Acteon to Placobranchus,
I fully agree in the opinion of M. Sander Rang, expressed in the
note just alluded to. Indeed I believe the relation between these
mollusca to be closer than has been yet suspected, though, from
the imperfect state of our knowledge of Placobranchus, it would
be at present premature to urge with confidence any further opi-
nion upon this subject.

While I have thus strongly objected to the establishment of a
new order for the reception of the Eolidian Nudibranchs, I yet
believe that strict zoology peremptorily demands the formation
among the Nudibranchs of a distinct group for these mollusca,
by which they may be kept apart from other Nudibranchs with
which many zoological writers have too closely united them. In-
deed the light which has of late years been thrown upon the ana-
tomy of the Mollusca Nudibranchiata places us in a position for
recognising those relations by which a natural subordinate group-
ing of the order may be effected. A dismemberment founded
upon the differences of organization of the Mollusca Nudi-
branchiata had been to a certain extent carried out by M. de
Blainville in the establishment of his groups Polybranchiata and
Cyclobranchiata, the former corresponding to the family T7ito-
niade of subsequent zoologists, and the latter to that of Dori-
dide. De Blamville divides the Polybranchiata into two minor
groups, Tetracerata and Dicerata, both natural, the former in-
cluding Holis, Glaucus, &c., and the latter Tritonia, Scyllea and
Thetis.

With the position here assigned to Tritonia, Scyllea and The-
tis, though the group is in itself natural, | cannot concur, as I
believe these mollusca much further removed from Holts and its
allies than from Doris.

Sander Rang (Man. des Mol.) rejects De Blainville’s groups
Polybranchiata and Cyclobranchiata, and primarily divides the
entire order into five families: 1. les Ptérosomes, established for
the reception of a single genus Pterosoma, discovered by Lesson
in the equatorial seas ; 2. les Glauques = Polybranchiata Tetra-
cerata, Blainv.; 3. les Tritonies = Polybranchiata Dicerata, Blamv.;
4. les Doris = Cyclobranchiata, Blainy. ; 5. les Placobranches, esta-
blished for the Placobranchus of Van Hasselt.

Pterosoma, wpon which Rang founds his first family, is cer-
tainly a very doubtful Nudibranch, and I believe admitted into
this order upon very uncertain grounds. Lesson, its discoverer,

160 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

described it (Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.) as a Nucleobranch
nearly allied to Firola, and there is at least as much reason for
considering it in this point of view as for assigning it a place
among the Nudibranchs. Rejecting therefore Pterosoma from
the Nudibranchs as a mollusk as yet too imperfectly understood,
the remaining four families are judiciously constructed, based as
they are upon true differences of organization, and consisting of
really natural groups.

In the beautiful work of Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the
British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, the first part of which, just
published by the Ray Society, I have had an opportunity of
seeing since the present paper was placed in the printer’s hands,
these gentlemen distribute the British genera under the three
families, Doridide, Tritoniade and Eolidide. 'They make more-
over a most important revision of the old genus Zrztonia, separa-
ting from it the Tritonia arborescens of previous authors, which
they find, notwithstanding its divided branchize and general Tri-
tonia-like appearance, to possess a true Kolidian structure, and
which they accordingly locate in the family of the Holidide as a
distinct genus under the name of Dendronotus.

In order however that Actgon may also find a place among the
Mollusca Nudibranchiata, an additional family must be formed
for its reception. The family which it is thus found necessary to
constitute will perhaps correspond with the Placobranches of
Sander Rang, though, from our entire ignorance of the structure
of Placobranchus, it is umpossible to form a decided opinion as
to the identity of the two families.

Having thus established four families among the Mollusca
Nudibranchiata, the next question which suggests itself is, whether
these families, when arranged in strict zoological co-ordination,
are separated from one another by equal intervals? The answer
must here be at once given in the negative, the Doridide bemg
much more nearly allied to the Tritoniade than these are to any
of the remaining families of the order. This circumstance there-
fore demands the division of the entire order into two great pri-
mary sections, by which means a natural grouping of the families
themselves may be effected, and their true relations to each other
be rendered apparent.

The grounds upon which this primary division of the Nudi-
branchiata is based, will be found in the singular system of
hepatic ramifications, to which attention has already been so
frequently directed, and which, though far from being of that
importance with which it has been invested by M. de Quatrefages,
is yet a decided indication of the existence of two subordinate
groups in the order Nudibranchiata.

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzeon. 161

In accordance therefore with this arrangement, the Nudi-
branchiate Mollusca will stand as follows :—

ORDER. SECTION. FAMILY. GENUS,
{ Branchiz in the mesial
line, placed in a circle
more or less complete
around the anus.
Liver compact......... Doripipz.

Doris, Polycera,
&e,

Tritonia, Scyl-

| the sides, or scattered. lea, Thetis.

Branchie arranged cf
L TRITONIADZ.

NupIBRANCHIATA.

branched or muricated, Dendronotus*,

Branchie _ papillose, mf Dea Alderia,
Eo.rpipz. Glaucus, &c.

Liver disintegrated...

Branchiz foliaceous. Acteon, Placo-
AcTAONIDA. branchus ?

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. Acton viridis, viewed from above.

Fig. 2. The same, viewed in profile.

Fig. 3. The head seen from below.

Fig. 4. Vascular system: a a, trunks which receive the blood from the pos-
terior parts of the branchial expansions; 6, circular vessel into
which the trunks a a open, and which also receives the blood from
the anterior part of the branchial expansions ; c, the ventricle.

Puate VI.

Acteon viridis opened from above; that portion of the hepatic ramifications
which occupies the right side has been removed in order to sim-
plify the figure, and for the same reason the ovaries? have not been
represented on the left: a, buccal mass; b, tongue; c, canal through
which the buccal mass opens exteriorly ; d, esophagus; e, stomach;
Jf, intestine; gg, anterior pair of salivary glands; hh, posterior
pair ; 2, pyriform sac opening into cesophagus; & #, anterior trunks
of hepatic ramifications; //, posterior trunks; m mm, culs-de-sac
in which the hepatic ramifications terminate ; ”, ganglionic collar
of cesophagus ; 0, pharyngeal ganglia? ; p, optic nerve; g7, nerves
running to tentacula and lips; s, nerves supplying the digestive
system ; ¢, penis; v, oval cavity in base of penis; w, vas deferens;

* I would feel well-inclined to separate Dendronotus as the type of a
small family distinct from the true Kolidide. With Dendronotus | would
also join Doto (Melibea, Johns.), and then the second section of Nudi-
branchs would consist of three families, of which the Dendronotide would
be exactly co-extensive with the subfamily Melibawine of Messrs. Alder and
Hancock. With the animal assumed by Rang as the type of his genus Me-
libea, I am not sufficiently acquainted to decide upon its exact location.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

162 =-Mr.J. E. Gray on a new genus of Night Lizards.

x, oval body with which vas deferens communicates ; y, sac of un-
known function; x, dichotomously divided tube which opens into
the sac y; @, tube connecting the sac y with the oval body 2;
vy, the testis ?; 3, pyriform sac connected with y; €€€, the ovary ?;
6 4, capsular bodies connected with ovary.

Pruate VII.

Fig. 1. System of cesophageal ganglia : aa, great supra-cesophageal ganglia ;
bb, second pair; cc, third pair; d, azygous ganglion ; e e, com-
missures connecting supra-cesophageal ganglia with azygous gan-
glion; f, commissure which runs beneath the cesophagus and
unites the two ganglia of the second pair ; gg, organs of hearing.

Fig. 2. Organ of vision: a, pigmental body ; 6, optic nerve; ¢, crystalline
lens ; d, transparent capsule inclosing pigmental body and lens.

Fig. 3. Subcutaneous mucous glands.

Fig. 4. Terminal culs-de-sac of the hepatic system.

Fig. 5. The tongue: a, lingual sac; b, unarmed prolongation, in which the
tongue terminates at the right side.

Fig. 6. Portion of posterior salivary glands.

6
Fig. 7. One of the oval bodies contained in the ovarian capsules.

8. Portion of the ovary with its capsule: aa a, sacciform appendages;

b, capsule ; c, oval bodies inclosed by the capsule.

Fig. 9. Group of ova as deposited upon the leaves of Zostera marina, &c.
Fig. 10, 11, 12. Embryo: aa, locomotive dises; 6, foot; ¢, operculum ;
d, organs of vision ; ¢, esophagus; f, stomach; g, granular mass,
beneath which the posterior part of the alimentary canal is con-
cealed ; A, rudiments of cesophageal ganglia; 27, filaments which
pass backwards from the base of the dises.

XV.—Description of a new genus of Night Lizards from Belize.
By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GenTLEMEN,—This interesting new form of Gecones, or Night
Lizards, was sent from Belize by Mr. Dyson under the name of
«* Gallwaspe,” a name which appears to be generically applied to
most Lizards by the English in Tropical America. It is at once di-
stinguished from all the genera of the family before known by the
short, blunt, compressed, equal-diametered toes, but more particularly
by the very small size of the claws, which are completely hidden be-
tween two large, half oblong scales, which have a narrow one between
the base of the upper edge.

Genus Cotronyx. Fam. GecorTip#.

Toes rather compressed, equally thick their whole length, blunt
at the end; edges simple, rounded; upper surface covered with a single,
and the sides with three series of six-sided scales, the under surface
witha single series of rather narrow, slightly convex, transverse scales ;
the end of each toe furnished with large, oblong, convex scales on
each side, forming a complete sheath to the small claws, and with

The Arctic Expedition. 163

an elongate tapering scale covering the suture between these two
scales above. Preanal pores distinct, in an angular series; scale gra-
nular, with series of larger, round, convex granules. Tail cylindrical,
with rings of larger subangular tubercles, swollen near the vent be-
neath, and with large tubercles on each side.

Coleonyx elegans. Gray ; head and nape with concentric black streaks;
back and tail with irregular black cross-bands, beneath gray ;
back with numerous series of roundish tubercles, smaller and
more distant on the head and nape, and more crowded on the
limbs.

Inhab. Belize. Collection of the British Museum.

XVI.—The Arctic Expedition under the command
of Sir JoHn FRANKLIN.

We have been favoured with the sight of letters from Mr. H.
Goodsir, who is attached to this expedition, and hasten to com-
municate to our readers an outline of the results alr eady obtained.
The zeal and scientific knowledge of our friend Mr. Goodsir have
raised high anticipations of the value to natural science of this
voyage, and these have, if possible, attained a still greater eleva-
tion by what has been already done. It is most satisfactory to
learn that the officers of the expedition, and also a considerable
number of the men, are most active in rendering every assistance
to him in his researches. They have indeed kept him at work
almost night and day (if there can be said to be any night in
these latitudes), examining, drawing, and describing new or
highly interesting animals.

We will now proceed to give a short account of the voyage, as
learned from Mr. Goodsir’s letters, which are dated from “ Disco
in Baffin’s Bay, July 7, 1845.”

The earlier part of the voyage was rather tedious, owing to ad-
verse and stormy winds, so that the ships were driven far to the
north-east, near enough on June 11th to have seen the moun-
tains of Iceland, had the state of the atmosphere allowed. On
the 22nd they were off Cape Farewell, the southern point of
Greenland. Up to this date there were only two days upon
which he could make any observations, but the results of these
are extremely interesting. On the 10th of June, in lat. 61° 47’,
long. 14° 14/, numerous specimens of a species of Briareus were
obtained, furnishing an important addition to our knowledge of
these animals. The presence of “ cilia frmging the bifurcated
portions of the lateral extremities of its body,” decides the posi-
tion of the genus in nature, and proves that Quoy and Gaimard’s
idea of its being molluscous is not correct. Its intestinal canal
consists of a straight tube with but one oval opening. The re-

N

164. The Arctic Expedition.

jection of the indigestible portion of its food is effected by dila-
ting the whole body with water and then ejecting it.

At the same time a small species of Clio, several Beroé, one
specimen of a free Actinia, and a very beautiful Crustacean, form-
ing a new genus in the family Pontza and allied to Jrenzus, were
obtained. The last is characterized by its large size, “the enor-
mous length of the four central tail-filaments; the inner of which
are not themselves armed with filaments, all the others being so ;
each of the antenne has a joint at the distal part of the first third,
thus enabling the animal to bend them and conceal them under
its body.”

On the second fine day a most interesting Ciliograde was ob-
tained of very peculiar form, and having the ciliated ribs trans-
verse instead of longitudinal ; the cilia arising from either edge
of the nbs. Mr. Goodsir thinks that its minute structure, which
is very complicated, proves its affinity to the Diphyde and also
the Salpe. All the Meduse obtamed on these two days were
Ciliogrades.

On the 23rd of June, having rounded Cape Farewell in a
heavy gale of wind on the preceding day, on entering Davis’
Straits numerous beautiful Pteropoda of the genus Clio were ob-
tained in company with Spiratella. They were swimming ac-
tively in the water and were adorned with the brightest colours ;
only. approaching the surface of the sea on calm evenings. The
observations made upon these animals have enabled Mr. Goodsir
to confirm the observations of Eschscholtz in most points.

On the 25th numerous Meduse were seen, all of these of the fa-
mily Beroide and mostly of the species B. punctata of Eschscholtz.
On the 27th soundings were obtained in 41 fathoms and a dredge
put down, which produced, amongst many other interesting cap-
tures, a new species of Caprella, Amphipoda im great number,
several Asteriadea, a Terebratula and several other Mollusca, an
Isopod forming a new genus allied to Munna, a very beautiful
Ascidian, four species of fish—Cyclopterus, Liparis, Ammodytes,
and a beautiful species new to the observer. On the same day a
large shoal of the Caing whale (Phocena Melas) passed on their
way towards the south.

On the 28th a dredge was sunk to the enormous depth of
300 fathoms, and produced many highly interesting species of
Mollusca, Crustacea, Asteriade, Spatangi and Corallines ; such
as Fusus, Turritella, Venus, Dentalium, &c.; and also some large
forms of Isopoda. As bearing upon the geographical distribution
of species, Mr. Goodsir considers the occurrence of Brissus lyrifer
(Forbes) and Alauna rostrata (Goodsir) as of the greatest in-
terest, both of them bemg natives of the Scottish seas. The
yemarkable depth also appears to us to give peculiar interest to

The Arctic Expedition. 165

these researches, as we believe that the deepest dredgings ever
previously obtained were those of Prof. E. Forbes im the Levant,
the deepest of which was 230 fathoms, itself far beyond any made
by other naturalists. Such valuable and laborious researches can
only be made when the officers of a ship have such kindly dispo-
sitions towards the observer of nature as was the case during
Prof. Forbes’s voyage, and is now shown by those under the
command of Sir J. Franklin.

On the 1st of July two specimens of a small species of Beroé
were obtained, which greatly illustrated the process of their deve-
lopment. “A thick germinal membrane of a red colour was ob-
served lining the central cavity of the body, in which both male
and female cells appeared to be developed. The ova having ar-
rived at some size project so far as to become pedunculated, and
so hang from the membrane into the cavity. The male cells are
also developed in the same membrane.”

Mr. Goodsir is making minute observations upon the ice of the
bergs, and as he purposes continuing them throughout the voy-
age, there can be little doubt of his arriving at valuable conclu-
sions. He observes that it is quite without salt; this was to be
expected, when we consider that they are not formed of marine
ice, but are parts of glaciers which have become detached and
fallen into the sea. “The surface of a mass when melting pre-
sents numerous flat concavities, all of them of about the same size
and form, and without any interruption, excepting the ridges
forming the walls of separation.” A loud cracking noise is heard
and small particles are occasionally thrown off. The minute
structure of the ice consists of three series of cells—two traver-
sing the mass in one direction, and one at right angles to them.
Of the former, one series consists of moderately large and quite
globular cells of nearly uniform size, each having within it “a
small globule of a peculiar fluid ;’ the oblong, sausage-shaped
cells of the other series also contam small globules, but usually
several instead of one. The mode of formation of these cells and
the nature of the inclosed fluid are subjects to which his atten-
tion will be especially turned. The third series consists of very
minute cells, arranged in well-defined wavy bands, which run
across the lines formed by the other series. These bands are of
an opake white colour.

We also find some observations upon the action of floating ice
upon the granitic shores of the islands. All the rocks below high
water mark and some considerably above it are rounded off into
long irregular ridges with intervening hollows by the half-float-
ing masses of ice.

As the ships were to stay at the Whale-fish Islands for a few

166 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

days, Mr. Goodsir hoped to obtain a complete collection of the
animals, plants and minerals existing upon them.

The expedition has now proceeded into the inhospitable icy
regions of the north, and we must not expect to receive any
further accounts of it until it has either succeeded in making its
way into the Pacific Ocean, or having found that to be impossible,
ison its return to England. In either case there can be no doubt
that much valuable scientific information will be obtained.

XVII.— Observations on some Plants obtained from the shores of
Davis’ Straits. By Wiii1aM Setier, M.D., Fellow of the
Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh*.

A rew weeks since, Mr. Sutherland, a student of medicine, who
made a voyage last summer to Davis’ Straits as medical officer of
a whale ship, presented me with some plants gathered on the
coasts and dried as he best could without any of the usual bota-
nical conveniences. There are in all about twenty-five species,
and a few of them are plants which cannot fail to imterest the
botanist. All of them were gathered withm or close upon the
Arctic Circle, on the coasts of Davis’ Straits and Baffin’s Bay,
adjacent to the usual course of whale-fishing vessels, so that, were
it deemed desirable, it would be easy, by holding out a little en-
couragement, to induce some of the many young men who go
out annually in the same capacity with Mr. Sutherland to bring
home collections of this description.

It is impossible to believe that the variations of species under
the opposite circumstances of different regions, as respects soil,
situation and climate, do not take place in obedience to fixed ge-
neral laws. Yet our knowledge on this head at present consists
almost exclusively of what may be called unreduced particular
observations on certaim species ; too few to found upon. It ma
be that such laws prevail, yet he beyond our reach. If such be
the case, the only resource is to make up our minds to sacrifice
brevity in regard to species observed to vary, and to practise de-
tailed description of all their varieties. And fortunately, while
this method serves as a considerable corrective of the evil in the
meantime, it is the only plan, by following out which we can
hope to arrive at the general laws of variation, if these be attain-
able.

When a species is known to be polymorphous, we might, in
the meantime, advisably lay aside the ordmary circumscribed

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 12th of June and
10th of July, 1845.

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 167

form of definition in regard to it as leading only to error, and, in
its stead, adopt detailed descriptions drawn from individuals pro-
duced in distant localities offermg the widest possible range of
circumstances. The obvious objection to such a practice is the
room it takes up. In methodical botany, without doubt, brevity
is a prominent excellence. But here there can hardly be any
real sacrifice of brevity. For the needless multiplication of spe-
cies is an unavoidable result of our definitions being not universal
but local, that is, applicable to some localities only. All who have
attended to Arctic botany feel in particular the force of the diffi-
culties referred to.

Sir Wm. Hooker has well remarked on the extreme difficulty
which attends the determination of what ought and what ought
not to be considered as good species among Arctic plants : “ Ve-
getables,” he says, “of our own more southern latitudes often
~ assume in those frigid regions an aspect quite different from
what we are accustomed to see them wear; and which, without
referrmg to a very extensive series of specimens, might well be
supposed to afford decided marks of specific distinction*.” And
Wahlenberg, the well-known author of the ‘ Flora Lapponica,’
speaking of the botanist who limits his attention to the charac-
ters of species as studied in one district, says, “ Fingit sibi cha-
racteres sic dictos certos, et putat se eorum criteriis dijudicare
posse diversitatem specificam plantarum totius mundi ;” adding,
after some further observations, “In hac re alii faciant que me
facere vetant visa repertaque +.”

On such views the observations with which I am about to
trouble the Society are chiefly founded.

Crucirer#.—Among the plants in this small collection are
some Crucifere. There are several specimens of Cochlearia and
a Draba. Most of the specimens of Cochlearia are so imperfect,
that it would be a waste of time to attempt to determine whether
they should be referred to the C. officinalis or to the C. anglica,
the latter of which is said to be the most common of the Arctic
species. There is however one well-developed specimen in fruit
which agrees with the C. fenestrata of Mr. Brown, with the ex-
ception of having long peduncles, particularly in the lower fruit,
in which respect it answers to the C. lenensis of DeCandolle. It
seems very certain, as Sir Wm. Hooker has remarked, that the
fenestra occurs in the fruit-septum of other species of Cochlearia
besides that which Mr. Brown named fenestrata ; still, if the fe-
nestra or rima be of rare occurrence in the other species, and if
the absence of it be the exception in the C. fenestrata, it is a

* Appendix to Parry’s Second Voyage, p. 382.
+ Flora Lapponica, Ratio operis, p. 9.

168 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

useful descriptive character. In our specimen it appears in
almost all the silicule that have been opened. In DeCandolle’s
description of the Crucifere, he mentions, as occasional, the pre-
sence of a stria or a rima in the axis of the fruit-septum ; and as
far as I have observed, the stria, which may be regarded as indi-
cating the tendency to the rima or fenestra, occurs generally in
the species of Cochlearia, This stria or fenestra in the axis seems
to suggest the idea that the dissepiment im the fruit of the Cru-
cifere is composed of two portions extended from the opposite
sides to meet there. And if this be deemed probable, then the
conclusion would follow that their seed-vessel is composed, not
of two, according to the received view, but of four carpels. As
Mr. Brown says he met with one specimen of C. fenestrata in
which many of the siliculee were three-valved and three-celled, I
was curious to ascertain if any of those in our specimen presented
this anomaly, but was disappomted. Mr. Brown does not say
how the second dissepiment was placed. It is impossible to sup-
pose that there were two dissepiments parallel to each other. I
infer then, particularly as Mr. Brown uses the word “ dissepi-
mentum” in the singular number, that the additional septum
joined the normal septum in the axis. Mr. Brown’s discovery
of three-celled pericarps in a cruciferous plant is an encourage-
ment to botanists to search for the farther anomaly of four-celled
pericarps among the same; which can hardly fail to occur, if the
theory of their fruit bemg composed of four carpels or carpellary
leaves be correct ; for on this view it must be by abortion that
placentz and a septum fail to appear opposite to the cleft of the
stigma, at the place in the valves occupied by the carma, when
that is present in this kind of fruit. Mr, Brown also remarks,
in his description of the C. fenestrata, that the umbilical cords
are jomed together at their bases by a narrow membrane. ‘This
narrow membrane farther illustrates the structure of the fruit im
the Crucifere. It represents the margin of the interior layer of
the carpellary leaf stopping short close to the inner side of the
middle rib, which here enters into the replum or frame of the
dissepiment, while the dissepiment itself is composed of the outer
layer jomed with its fellow of the adjacent carpellary leaf and ex-
tended to the axis. This accords m so far with DeCandolle’s
account of the structure of the septum in the Crucifere, though
he describes it in different terms ; he says the septum is formed
by the reflexion inwards of the epicarps, while the endocarps stop
short close to the sutwre and produce the placentz. But if there
be four such shortened borders of the endocarp, two at each
margin of the septum, as in all silicule with a double row of
seeds in each cell, then there must have been four original car-
pellary leaves, two entermg into each valve, and two into each

ee

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 169

half of the septum ; and the replum or frame of the septum must
be double, being composed on each side of the middle ribs of two
of these leaves united ; and further, each lobe of the stigma must
be double, as being a prolongation of this double replum. Again,
as the middle ribs of the carpellary leaves which make up each
double lobe of the stigma are manifestly to the right and left
of the portions of these produced into the dissepiment, the place
of the dissepiment itself, though not in appearance, is in reality
between these united halves of each lobe of the stigma, or the
dissepiment in the Cruciferae, according to this view, is not a false
but a true dissepiment, as alternating with the divisions of the
stigma; and this must be very apparent if cases occur in which
the usual abortions do not take place im the region of the carinze
of the valves.

Our next Cruciferous plant is plainly a Draba. It is not easy
to say with certainty to what species this plant should be re-
ferred. But for the small number of leaves on the stems, it
might pass for a variety of the D. incana. I set it down as the
D. hirta; not the D. hirta of the ‘English Botany,’ but the D.
hirta, var. a, of Wahlenberg. The number of leaves on the scape
is not so constantly two in our specimens as stated in the descrip-
tion of that species ; sometimes there is but one ; sometimes even
four. The silicles are glabrous, oblique or slightly twisted, the
peduncles shorter than the silicles and not absolutely free from
pubescence. Some of the root-leaves are slightly toothed, those
of the scapes uniformly toothed. DeCandolle remarks on this
species, Planta polymorpha cum sequentibus sepe confusa et
extricatu difficillima.”

Caryoruytitex.—Of the Caryophyllee we have the Lychnis
alpina, the Cerastium alpinum, and a single specimen of a small
plant with the habit of a Stellaria. The plant being far advanced,
the form of the petal could not be made out at first, so that it
was difficult to say whether it was an Arenaria or a Stellaria. At
our last meeting, when the plant was shown, Mr. M‘Nab sug-
gested its being the Stellaria seapigera. This I believe it to be,
and have since found that the petal is cleft to the base as in that
species. Though found on our highland mountains, the S. sca-
pigera has not appeared, as far as I have observed, in any of the
lists of Arctic plants hitherto published. It does not oceur in
Wahlenberg’s ‘ Flora Lapponica,’ nor even in Hooker’s ‘ Flora
Boreali-Americana.’ In a small collection of Arctic plants in the
Society’s museum, a specimen of what appears to be the same
plant occwrs under the name of Stellaria Edwardsi. To this
species, however, our plant has but a distant resemblance. In
our plant the leaves are connate, which I do not find to be re-

170 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

marked in the descriptions of Stedlaria scapigera. As the plant
in the Society’s herbarium was obtamed also from the shores of
Davis’ Straits, we nay hope that opportunities will occur of ex-
amining the species under more favourable circumstances.

Rosaceax.—Of the Rosacee, besides the Potentilla tormentilla,
there are several specimens of a Potentilla which deserves some
attention. These specimens are of the same species, though one
is much more branched than the others. The lower part of the
stem is covered with a dense brown mass, composed of the en-
larged stipules of the inferior leaves. In the midst of this cover-
ing the stem divides into several branches. These stems or
branches in all our specimens are one-flowered and few-leaved,
yet each at its base is covered with brown stipular sheaths arismg
from itself. The radical or lowest leaves are on pretty long pe-
tioles arising in the mass of stipular sheaths. These petiolated
leaves are ternate, and each leaflet is crenate, having from five to
seven convex teeth nearly but not absolutely equal; im the ter-
minal leaflet there are commonly seven such teeth. Both sur-
faces of the leaflets, particularly the lower, are covered with silky
hairs, and hairs of the same description copiously ciliate their
margins. They are rather small, each leaflet being about the
third part of an inch long and less than a quarter of an inch
broad. The few leaves on the flower-bearing stems are also ter-
nate, but smaller and less perfectly developed, the terminal leaflet
having no more than three convex teeth ; these have no petiole,
but in leu of it a pair of connate stipules. The flower-bearmg
stems, as well as the petioles of the lower leaves, are hairy, the
hairs on the former being shorter. The calycine sepals are ovate,
blunt or subrotund, the five exterior rather smaller than the five
interior, the mner rather less round than the outer, subequal in
both rows; both are hairy and frmged with haus. ‘The petals
are considerably longer than the sepals, large and broad, obcor-
date or emarginate.

There are not a great many species of Potentilla hitherto de-
scribed with ternate leaves. Of these, the only species to which
our plant approaches are the P. nivea, Vahlana, emarginata and
nana. In some respects it agrees with each of these. The flowers
are too large for the P. nivea, and moreover it differs in its whole
aspect from the P. nivea at least of the Alps. It agrees better
with the P. Vahliana, which is held to be the same as the P.
Jamesoniana from Greenland, described by Dr. Greville. The
leaves however m Dr. Greville’s figure have hardly the same
aspect; im Dr. Greville’s plant the lateral leaflets are trifid, in
ours usually quinguefid; moreover Dr. Greville describes the
leaflets as gashed at the apices, those of our plant are crenate

i —————————eeeeee,r lle

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 171

over the whole margin. The description of the P. emarginata
is rather vague ; it seems indeed, as Sir Wm. Hooker * suggests,
to be the same as the P. nana. Our species on the whole agrees
very well with the P. nana, though the name does not seem very
applicable to it, unless it refer to the large size of the flowers as
compared with the moderate height of the plant. Lehmann, as
cited by Hooker+, says the P. nana is distinguished from all the
allied species by the “ fohola calycina exteriora subrotunda obtu-
sissima.”” These leaflets in our specimens are certainly roundish,
though it may be doubted if they come completely up to the
strong expression just quoted. The remarkable fringing of the
leaves with silky hairs, so strikimg in our specimens, is hardly
referred to in the description of P. nana or of the allied
species.

SANGUISORBEZ.—Here we have the Alchemilla vulgaris, a
well-developed plant.

Onacrarex.—Among the plants before us there are two
Epilobiums: one a single imperfect specimen, which may probably
pass for the Epilobium angustissimum of Linnzus, among the
habitats of which he gives Greenland ; the other the Epilobium
latifolium, of which there are several excellent specimens ; the
most beautiful mdeed im this small collection.

DeCandolle says, in his definition of the Epilobium latifolium,
“ caule simplici,” with a mark of interrogation ; Sir Wm. Hooker
says, “caule subramoso.” In all our specimens there are several
stems arismg immediately from the root, while there is hardly
any branching ineach. The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, as stated
by all authorities. It is not however commonly noticed that the
leaves are distinctly unequal on the opposite sides of the middle
rib. Again, they are said by DeCandolle to be “ integriusculis,”
and by Hooker to be “subintegerrimis.” On examining the
leaves in the specimens before the Society, I find the margins
minutely revolute with shght irregularities, which give the ap-
pearance of very small straggling teeth. This appearance has
possibly given rise to the belief of the leaves not being absolutely
entire, as the above expressions imply. In these specimens the
leaves are glabrous, which seems to be less usual. The leaves
moreover in our specimens are alternate and opposite, as described
by Linneus. The peduncles are axillary, yet sometimes so close
as to appear to be ternate or fasciculate. These peduncles, which
are as long as the flower, are purple and inflated. The calyx is
coloured as in the EH. glandulosum of Lehmann.

SaxIFRAGEX.—There are four Saxifrages, the Savxifraga op-
positifolia, S. tricuspidata, S. cernua and S. rivularis.

* Flora Boreali-Americana, vol. i. p. 194. f- 2b.

172 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

Of the S. oppositifolia I have nothing to observe. The speci-
mens of S. ¢ricuspidata are several and very well marked. Of the
S. cernua the specimens are pretty numerous, while very few, as
is usual, have flowers. One has a rather large flower with two
unblown flowers near it, so as to form an approach to a simple
umbel. In another there is a well-blown flower and an unblown

small flower near it. The only specimen besides, which has a_

flower at all, is one-flowered. Sir Wm. Hooker in the ‘ British
Flora’ remarks on this species, “frequently there is no flower,
and [ have never seen more than one upon a stem.” Linnzeus
also describes the S. cernua as one-flowered, Wahlenberg how-
ever says, ‘ caule subunifloro,” and Sir Wm. Hooker in his ‘ Flora
Boreali-Americana’ has in the definition “ flore seepe subunifloro.”’
In these specimens the minute rounded bodies or bulbils which
stand instead of flowers are easily extracted from the axils of the
uppermost leaves. And in all the specimens the root is clothed
with amylaceous scales, giving to it at the first inspection no small
resemblance to the root of the 8. granulata. In none of the de-
scriptions that I have consulted is this singularity of the root
referred to except by Mr. Don, who speaks of the “ radix squa-
mata, squame e basibus petiolorum foliorum primordialium
enata.” And moreover he places this species in his third section
of the genus Savifraga, termed Leiogyne, of which he remarks,
that “the roots, whether scaly or fibrous, scarcely afford any spe-
cific character, as they have all a tendency to become scaly.”

Our fourth Saxifrage is the S. rivularis. It is wholly im fruit,
and is taller and stouter than usual. Wahlenberg says the S. r7-
vularis hardly exceeds an inch in height. Hooker describes it
as “pigmea.” Don gives two inches as the height of the stems.
Our specimens approach to three inches. There can be no doubt
however that these are specimens of the S, rivularis.

Composir#.—Of the plants before us, one only belongs to
the Composite. On mentioning at our last meeting that | took
this syngenesious plant for a species of Arnica, my opinion met
with very little countenance. I have since examined the speci-
mens with some care, and I feel satisfied that the plant is an
Arnica, and that it is the same as what authors have described as
one of the Arctic forms of the Arnica montana.

As however this Arctic plant differs so much in aspect from
the luxuriant plant of more temperate countries, it may be worth
while to give the results of that examimation. Our specimens
have no root-leaves, and Mr. Sutherland assured me that he saw
none when he gathered them. On this however I shall not insist.
The scape is five or six inches long, hollow, one-flowered. Be-
tween one and-two inches above the base two opposite leaves or
leafy scales arise, in some degree amplexicaul, or even approach-

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 173

img to connate, each almost an inch long, triangular, acute,
broadish at the base; above the middle of the scape are produced
two other leaves, alternate, of the same form, smaller in size,
the lower being rather the larger, distant from each other about
the third part of an inch, each being amplexicaul in the same
degree as the two opposite leaves beneath. The leaves are ribbed.
In one of the specimens these upper leaves are wanting, and in
another they are opposite, like those below. The scape has a
joimted appearance at the origin of the opposite leaves, and is
somewhat inflated just below the flower. It is slightly striated
and clothed, as the leaves also are, with soft hairs varying in
length. The receptacle is round, slightly convex, distinctly
pitted, the apertures minute but deep, of two sizes with a raised
narrow margin, which is fringed with an evident pubescence. In
the Linnzan definition of the genus Arnica, which has been fol-
lowed by most authorities, the receptacle is represented as naked ;
but DeCandolle says, “ receptaculum fimbrilliferum pilosiuscu-
lum,” as exhibited in these Arctic specimens. The leaflets of the
involucrum are in two rows, eleven in the outer row, eight in the
inner ; those of the outer row ovate-lanceolate, nearly uniform ;
those in the inner less regular, some being of the same form and
size with the outer leaflets, while others are narrower and even
shorter. The outer leaflets are near half an inch long, more
hairy on their external surface than the scape, their outer sur-
face and both surfaces of the inner leaflets being less hairy. The
leaflets in both rows are deeply concave on their inner aspect, or
rather cariate, with a middle rib. The ligulate florets are few
compared with the number of tubular florets in the disc. They
stand in a single row, and being eight in number, one seems to
correspond with each of the inner leaflets of the involucrum. The
pits or apertures in the receptacle answering to the insertion of
these ligulate florets are wider than those from which the bases of
the tubular florets arise, with the exception of two pits near the
centre, which have the same diameter as those around its border.
The ligulate florets are rather large and conspicuous, being an
inch in height from the receptacle ; the lamina is broad, marked
with several prominent, nearly parallel nerves, which branch off
to bound the margis of the terminal teeth. The tubular florets
are short, intermixed with the abundant pappus and overtopped
by it: these are five-toothed. The style is forked in the florets
of both dise and ray, the branches being long and pubescent, a
part of DeCandolle’s character of the genus Arnica. The pap-
pus is scabrous, the achenium hairy.

Ericacez.—The Ledum palustre.

Monorrorex#.—The Pyrola rotundifolia.

ScROPHULARINEZ.—There are several specimens of Pedicus

174 Sir W. Jardine’s Illustrations of Ornithology.

laris. The form of the petiole and leaves resembling the snout
of the saw-fish, marks them out as belonging to P. hirsuta.

Potyconexz.—Polygonum viviparum and Oxyria reniformis.

EmPetRe£.—Hmpetrum nigrum.

Sarices.—Salix Myrtilloides and two imperfect specimens not
yet determined.

Cyrerace®.—HLHriophorum capitatum and E. polystachion.

I owe an apology to the Society for the length to which these
observations have extended,—far beyond the slight notices at first
designed; and yet I have been able but very imperfectly to
execute the task proposed. But in the progress of this slight
attempt I have felt more and more convinced of the advantage
to be derived, in abler hands, towards the improvement of prac-
tical botany from detailed descriptions of individual plants in the
case of species liable to much variation.

XVIII.—AHore Zoologice.. By Sir W. Jarvinz, Bart.,
F.R.S.E. & F.LS.

[ With two Plates. ]
No. VI. Illustrations of Ornithology.

Artamus mentalis (Plate VIII.).—Of the native country of this
Artamus we have no information. The specimen from which our
illustration was taken forms part of the ornithological collection
belonging to the York Philosophical Society, and was noticed there
by Mr. Gould as distinct from any of the previously described
species. The principal characters that are at first sight apparent,
are, the strength and size of the bill, the dark colour of the upper
plumage, and the small size of the dark space on the chin com-
pared with the colouring of the same part on A. leucorhynchus,
where it covers the whole front of the throat and neck.

The bill is dilated and swollen at the base, and appears to have
been of the same rich blue colour which prevails in those species
which have been described from recently killed birds ; towards the
tip it shades gradually into black. The head, cheeks, mental
patch, back and wings brownish black with an opake grayish
shade ; tail black, narrowly tipped with white ; the throat, breast
and under parts, the rump and upper tail-covers, under wing-
covers and axillary feathers pure white.

Entire length of the stuffed specimen, 6,8, inches; bill to
gape, 1; to forehead nearly ;8; ; of the wing to the end of second

or longest quill, 5. The accompanying figure is slightly reduced.

Genus GNatHopON, Jard.

Gen. Characters.—Bill strong, maxilla hooked, sharp-pointed ;
mandible cut at the tip mto three distinct angular teeth ; nostrils

Sir W. Jardine’s Ll/ustrations of Ornithology. 175

basal, linear, pierced in an oval membrane ; wings broad, concave ;
quills acuminated, second, third, fourth nearly equal; bend of
the wing with a small tubercle ; tarsi short (the tarsi here are im-
perfect and cannot be defined) ; feet gressorial ; toes unconnected
at the base, exterior and interior equal in length; claws slightly
curved. Type G. strigirostris.

Zs

Gnathodon strigirostris, nat. size.

Gnathodon strigirostris (Plate 1X.).—We are indebted to Lady
Harvey, whose extensive collection of natural history in Edin-
burgh is always open when science can be promoted, for a speci-
men of this very remarkable bird. It was purchased at a sale
of various Australian productions, and although we cannot fix
upon the district or locality whence they were obtained, we have
little doubt of the specimen having come to this country with the
others.

The size is about that of the common stock dove. The maxilla,
strigine-like, hooked and sharp-pointed, has been yellowish
orange. The nostrils are externally linear, and are pierced in an
oval membrane ; the mandible is proportionally strong, and at
the tip is cut imto three distinct angular teeth, orange-yellow,
red at the base. Space between the nostrils and eyes, and a small
patch on each side of the throat bare of feathers. The head, neck,
upper part of the back, breast and belly are black with green re-
flections, brightest on the upper back and sides of the breast, and
there having each feather tipped with a broad margin of gray
conspicuous in some positions, and appearing at times to occupy
the whole space. The back, rump, wings except the quills, tail
and under tail-covers rich orange-brown ; quills and secondaries
grayish black. The tarsi and feet have been pink or scarlet.

Entire length of the stuffed specimen from 11} to 12 inches;
bill to gape, 1 ; to forehead, {7 ; of wing to the end of third
quill, 8.

The first general appearance of this bird is somewhat dove-like,

176 Mr. B. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

but the very strong hooked bill and remarkable teeth displayed
in the mandible are at variance with the most powerfully-billed
pigeons, and we cau form at present no opinion as to the pro-
bable use or adaptation of the latter structure. The position and
linear form of the nostril agree with that of Megapodius as well
as the bare space in front of the eye, and the indication of the
want of feathers on the sides of the throat. The form of the wing
approaches to that of Penelope. The tail of fourteen feathers is
square and comparatively short, while the colouring of the plu-
mage reminds us of some of the ground doves. The tarsi are
short, and are naked very shortly above the tarsal joint ; the out-
ward covering has been destroyed, but in front appears to have
consisted of rounded scales. The feet are of moderate size, and
the outer and inner toes, quite unconnected at the base, are of
equal length.

From a careful consideration of the general characters, we are
inclined then to place this singular bird with the Peneloponine or
Megapodine, probably the latter. We are aware of no existing
description, though there is one allusion made to a bird which
may eventually turn out to be this. Im Mr. Strickland’s Report
on the Recent Progress and Present State of Ornithology, read
before the British Association at York, it is stated, “The recent
American voyage of discovery will extend our knowledge of Poly-
nesian zoology, and its researches will be made known by Mr.
Titian Peale, who is said to have discovered among other rarities
a new bird allied to the dodo, which he proposes to name Diduncu-
lus ;’ and we believe “ strigirostris” has been applied specifically.
In that part of these voyages already published there is no zoology
given, so that we cannot now ascertain the value of this discovery,
and from the specimen before us possessing no characters im com-
mon with a struthious bird, we have ventured to characterize it
as a new generic form.

July 30, 1845.

XIX. — Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal
Lepidoptera. By Epwarp Dovus.epay, Esq., Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. PAPILIONID.

Genus PapiLio.
P. Bromius. P. alis omnibus nigris, fascia cominuni lata punctisque
marginali viridibus ; subtus fuscis, posticis fascia maculari pallide
aurea. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 9 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Ashanti. P. Bromius, Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus. 147.
Wings above black, traversed by a broad bright green fascia di-

~

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 177

vided by the nervures, commencing in the discoidal cell of the an-
terior wing, and terminating on the inner margin of the posterior
wings, of which it occupies fully two-thirds. This band is nearly
straight on its inner side, but externally it is suddenly widened. be-
low the radial nervure of the anterior wings, and much dentated on
the posterior wings. It is preceded on the costa by a large sub-
quadrate spot of the same colour divided into four by the nervures.
At the apex of the anterior wings are two elongate green spots,
followed on the outer margin by a series of geminate spots and
a simple round one at the “anal angle of the same colour. On
the posterior wings, towards the outer margin, are three rounded
green spots, each followed by a small dot of the same colour
(sometimes very indistinct). “These are succeeded by three ge-
minate spots; the first rounded, the second elongate, the third
rounded, mear the anal angle and almost touching the transverse
band. Below fuscous, the anterior wings darker at the base ; to-
wards the anal angle a marginal series of five or seven small
white spots placed in pairs between the nervules, between which
and the margin are two or three very minute white dots. Pos-
terior wings with three black striz in the cell, a macular band
of a pale gold colour near the outer margin, and two points of
the same colour near the anal angle.

Head and thorax black, spotted with white.

Abdomen fuscous, above with the edges of the segments paler,
below with five series of white spots ; anal valves rounded.

This species is closely allied to P. Nireus, but has the band
much wider and somewhat different in its direction, and the anal
valves are much rounder. 1| may here remark that ‘the P. Nireus
of Cramer, t.378. f. F.G, from the Cape of Good Hope, is quite
a distinct species from the true Nireus of the west coast of Africa.
The distinctions were clearly pointed out to me by Dr. Boisduval,
who had placed the name Charopus to it in his cabinet about four
years ago. This name having been lately used by Mr. Westwood
for a species in my brother’s collection, the name cannot be now
used for the Cape insect. I therefore propose for it the name of
Lyeus. It may be known from P. Nireus by its generally smaller
size, its cilia spotted with white, the apex of the anterior and disc
of the posterior wigs below clouded with silvery gray, and by
the band of the posterior wings not being macular. This band is
wanting in the females, the whole of the disc and outer margin
of the posterior wings, and the apex of the anterior being clouded
with light brown with silvery reflections. Only having seen im-
perfect specimens, when I drew up the catalogue of the Papilionide
in the collection of the British Museum, T was afraid to sepa-
rate the Cape specimens, not being then aware that Dr. Boisduyal,
from the examination of numerous perfect specimens, had become

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xvi.

178 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

convineed of their being a separate species. To secure the name
of Lyeus, it may be well to add the following short character :—

P. Lyeus. P. alis omnibus supra nigris, fascia transversa communi,
macula costali, nervis divisa, maculisque duabus apicalibus alarum
anticarum octoque submarginalibus posticarum viridibus subtus
fuscis, nebulis apicis anticarum, discique posticarum argenteo-
albidis, fascia submarginali haud maculari, maculisque duabus ad
angulum ani pallide aureis : foemina alis omnibus subtus fuscis, ar-
genteo-brunneo nebulosis, ciliis in utroque sexus albo maculatis.
Exp. alar. 5 unc. 7 lin. vel 93 millim.

Hab. Africa Australiori.

P. Aidoneus. P. alis anticis elongatis, fuliginosis, striis nigris ; pos-
ticis angustis, dentatis, nigris, immaculatis (¢). Exp. alar. 3 unc.
10 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Montibus Himalayis. *

Anterior wings elongate, fuliginous; the nervures and nervules,
the inner margin, four longitudinal strize in the discoidal cell and.
eight between the nervules, black. Posterior wings long, narrow,
dentate, the abdominal fold broad; entirely black, with purple
and greenish reflections. Below all the wings as above, but
paler.

Head rose-coloured, occiput black, forehead with a few black
hairs. Antenne black.

Thorax with the sides below rose-coloured.

Abdomen black above, rose-coloured below; the anal valves
very large, rose-coloured.

This interesting species belongs to the same group as P. Naz
and Varuna, close to which should be placed P. Rhetenor, Pro-
tenor, &c. The anterior wings have the mner margin very short,
not being nearly one-half the length of the anterior margin: the
posterior resemble in form those of P. Rhetenor, but like those
of P. Varuna have no disco-cellular nervure, the median and sub-
costal actually anastomosing.

In the collection of H. G. Harrmgton, Esq.

Fam. APATURID/E.
Genus APATURA.

A, Namouna. A. alis omnibus supra fuscis, splendide czruleo nitente,
fascia transversa punctisque marginalibus albis, subtus argenteo-
albis fimbria, fasciaque transversa, rufis,

All the wings above fuscous black, with a transverse pure white
band slightly bordered with bluish, commencing by three rounded
dots at the extremity of the discoidal cell of the anterior wings,
afterwards widening and attainmg the abdomimal margin of the

Mr. E. Doubleday on some.new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 179

posterior wings; beyond this band are three white dots towards
the apex of the anterior wings, and one or two indistinct ones
towards their anal angle, and on the posterior a series of seven
whitish dots: anal angle rufous. The whole disc and inner mar-
gin of the anterior wings, and the whole of the posterior, except
the pure white part of the transverse band and the white dots,
are in certain lights of the most splendid metallic hght blue. Be-
low silvery white with pearly reflections, a faint indication of the
band above ; the costa of the anterior wings except at the base,
the outer margins of all the wings, a transverse band beyond the
middle much widened towards the anal angle of the anterior
wings, rufous. This band is marked at its widest part by a round
black spot, and bordered there externally with two sublunulate
black spots and a sagittate one. In addition to this are two small
black spogs in the discoidal cell followed by two short black per-
pendicular lines, below this is a black spot and two black lunules,
and on the posterior wings a black dot near the anal angle, pre-
ceded in the band by a similar one.

Head fuscous ; the orbits of the eyes, the palpi below, and four
spots on the vertex white. Antennze fuscous.

th tee and abdomen fuscous above, paler below ; legs silvery

white.

In the collection of the British Museum. Presented by W.
W. Saunders, Esq.

Fam. ADOLIADZ.
Genus Apotias, Boisd.

A, Euihymius. A. alis omnibus supra lete aurantiacis anticis puncto
discoidali, margine externo, strigaque submarginali valde angulata,
fuscis; posticis strigis duabus, submarginalibus, lunulatis, nigris

). Exp. alar. 3 une. 7 lin. vel 90 millim.

Hab. Montibus Himalayis.

All the wings bright orange-red above, the anterior with a
large spot on the disco-cellular nervure, followed by two small
ill-defined ones on the lower discoidal nervule ; the outer margin
broadly fuscous black, with famt mdications of four or five red-
dish lunules ; this black border dilated towards the apex, much
dentate internally, preceded by a broad zigzag striga, commencing
near the anterior and extending nearly to the imner margin ;
the median nervules each with a round fuscous spot before their
middle. Posterior wings clothed at the base with long hairs; a
discoidal spot, two lunulate bands, and the outer margin slightly
fuscous.

Below paler, all the wings marked at the base with some in-
distinct fuscescent spots, beyond which is an undulating striga
crossing the middle of the discoidal cell of the anterior wings,

O02

180 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

and reaching the inner margin of the posterior wings near the
middle. Beyond this isa less curved band commencing on the
costa beyond the middle and reaching nearly to the anal angle,
followed by a space rather paler than the rest of the wings. Be-
yond the middle are four black dots, the first and fourth largest,
the latter pupiled with white. Faint indications of the bands
above are visible below.

Head rufous ; antennee brown, darker towards the apex ; palpi
red.

Thorax and abdomen brick-red.

In the collection of H. G. Harrington, Esq.

Fam. NYMPHALID.
Genus Draprema, Boisd.

The genus Diadema of Boisduval is a most interesting one,
from the resemblance which many of the species bear to those of
other families. In general we find a Papilio and either an Eu-
plea, Danaus or Acrea always of the same country, which they
much resemble in form, colour and character of the markings,—
in some species so close as to have caused some confusion as to
their identity with the older figures. In D. Bolina it is only the
female which offers this resemblance to species of other groups,
and as yet there has not been found representatives for two or
three species, but probably some day these will occur.

D. Boisduvahii. D. alis subdiaphanis, anticis fuscescentibus, supra
basi margineque interno pallide rufescentibus, maculis basalibus
discoidalibusque decem, striolisque marginalibus septem nigris ;
posticis rufis basi maculis nigris undecim, margine externo nigro,
rufo maculato. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 9 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Ashanti. Diadema ? Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus. 97.

Anterior wings semitransparent, fuscescent, the ternal mar-
gin tinged with red: in the discoidal cell are four rounded black
spots, three placed in a triangle towards the base, one near the
extremity, a similar spot on the disco-cellular nervule, one on the
first median nervule, three at the base between the median and
radial nervure, one on the radial a little beyond the middle ; ner-
vules fuscous, between them a series of fuscous strize, on the fourth
of which is a rounded whitish spot. Posterior wings rufous,
paler towards the inner margin, the base itself black ; the dis-
coidal cell with three rounded black spots, the two nearest the
base almost confluent; around the cell are six black spots, of
which the fourth is very small, the fifth on the disco-cellular ner-
vure. These are followed by two spots near the inner margin ;
the outer margin has a rather broad black border, undulated in-
ternally, marked with seven more or less lunulated red spots.

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera, 181

Below the anterior wings are nearly as above, but are shaded
with a rosy red at the base, the posterior are yellowish, the dis-
coidal cell rose-coloured in the middle, the lunules in the mar-
ginal band paler, the fourth of the spots round the discoidal cell
wanting.

Head black, with six white spots ; palpi rufescent ; apex black ;
autenne black.

Thorax black, spotted with white, two rufescent spots on the
dise.

Abdomen black, with a row of brown spots on each side above,
a series of paler ones on each side, and also a median series
below.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species closely resembles in its colourmg P. Ridleyanus,
and some of the Acree near to A. Zidora. For the first time I
have deviated from a rule I had laid down for myself, never to
name an insect after any living entomologist, or even after any
entomologist whatever ; but having, i accordance with the law of
priority, converted into a synonym the name of Bozsduvalii, given
to an Adolias by Mr. G. R. Gray, I have as a compensation de-
dicated this beautiful msect to my excellent friend, whose kind-
ness and liberality to me in placing at my service his books, ma-
nuscripts and collections has been beyond all praise.

D. Anthedon, Boisd. MSS. OD. alis omnibus nigris, anticis plaga
magna, subapicali, alteraque magna marginis interni, maculaque
parva disci albis, czeruleo-nitente. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 7 lin. vel 90
millim.

Hab. Africa Occidentali. Diadema ——? Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus.
98.

Anterior wings black, a longitudinal spot in the discoidal cell,
a broad transverse fascia before the apex, and a large patch oc-
cupying nearly the whole mner margin, pearly white shaded
with blue. Posterior wings silvery white at the base, the outer
margin broadly fuscous, the fuscous colour extending inwards
between the nervules. Below the wings nearly as above, but
paler towards the apex, three small white spots at the base, an-
other in the discoidal cell, and towards the anal angle a series of
small gemmate white dots, preceded by two spots of the same
colour ; a faint fuscous line in the white fascia near the margin.
Posterior wings pearly white, clouded with fuscous towards the
outer margin, the nervules and a series of striz between them
fuscous, the margin narrowly fuscous with white lunules. Cilia
spotted with white.

Head and thorax black with white dots.

Abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum, &c.

182 Mr. BE. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

This species as closely resembles A. Hippocoon and Eupl. Nia-
vius as D. dubia does Eupl. Damocles. I have adopted the name
under which it stands in Dr. Boisduval’s cabinet.

D. Euryta. OD. alis omnibus supra nigro-fuscis, fascia media, com-
muni, transversa, albida, anticis punctis duobus basalibus albis,
nigrisque quinque, fascia subapicali alba, posticis subtus basi ru-
fescente, punctis utrinque basalibus, nigris decem ( 2). Exp. alar.
3 unc. 3 lin. vel 82 millim.

Hab. Africa Occidentali.

This insect is the true P. Euryta of Clerck, t. 31.f. 4, but not
the A. Euryta of Godart. Perhaps P. Hirce of Drury (Diadema
FMirce, Cat. of Lep. Brit. Mus. 97) is only the male of this spe-
cies. I have however seen a specimen, apparently a male, more
nearly resembling D. Euryta in colour in the fine collection of
M. Marechal at Paris. I therefore give the characters of D. Hirce.

D. Hirce. D.alis anticis rufo-fuscis, basi nigro punctatis supra ma-
cula subapicali alteraque marginis interni rufis, posticis rufis basi
nigro punctatis, striato fimbriatoque margine externo nigro subtus
basi saturatiore.

D. Nyctelius. D. alis anticis supra nigris, apice ceruleo-nitente,
margine externo albido striato; posticis albidis, basi, nervulis,
margineque externo fuscis. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 3 lin. vel 82 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings brownish black, the apex broadly shaded with
pale blue, the colour varying with the direction of the light : be-
tween the nervules isa series of whitish strize, becoming less elon-
gate towards the anal angle; posterior wings dusky white, fus-
cous at the base, the outer margin narrowly fuscous, the colour
extending inwards between the nervules, which also are fuscous.
Below the anterior wings are fuscous, with a marginal series of
whitish spots, and two submarginal ones near the anal angle.
Posterior wings fuscous ; the ner margin and a double series of
ill-defined spots towards the outer margin, of which those of the
inner series are rounded, of the outer elongate, geminate, whitish.

Head and thorax black with white dots; antenne with an
elongate club, fuscous.

Abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species closely resembles some of the Indian Huplee.

(To be continued. ]

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 183

XX.—On the Development of the Annelides. By M. Sars*.
[ With a Plate. ]

Tit recently, all that was known respecting the development
of the Annelides was based solely upon observations made on the
leech ; the other Annelides were judged of from this, and their
development considered to be extremely simple, i. e. that the
animals left the egg as perfectly formed as they appear during
their whole life. To what very erroneous conclusions we fre-
quently come in this way, and how cautious we ought to be in
generalizing, abundant instances prove. So, for instance, not to
mention others, it was concluded, from the knowledge of the de-
velopment of the craw-fish, that all the other Decapods were in
this respect similar ; and naturalists were thus led to doubt for a
long time, to the injury of science, the beautiful discoveries of
Thompson.

In the month of February 1840 I discovered, in the examina-
tion of a Polynoé cirrata, Fab., that the young when they leave
the egg have a very different form from that of the adult animal,
and that they are deficient in most of the external organs which
are so characteristic of these animals ; in a word, therefore, that
this Annelide is subject to a metamorphosis. I only succeeded in
observing the first stage of development, and therefore kept back
my observations on this subject, with numerous other imperfect
notices, with the hope of being able to complete them in the
course of time. However, although I had occasion to repeat the
observation in February and March 1841, I could not succeed in
tracing the development any further; and it might, perhaps, appear
superfluous to publish these observations at present, after Lovén
has communicated to the public his far more complete observa-
tions on the metamorphoses in a species of Annelides. I do it
however partly to confirm the latter, which no one yet has done,
and partly because I am able, which was not the case with Loven,
to point out a known species in which at a certain period of the
year the development may be observed. When the minute cir-
cumstances or conditions in the generation are once known, some
one will undoubtedly succeed in completing that m which our
knowledge of the development of the Annelides is still deficient.

Polynoé cirrata is common on the coast of Norway, and occurs
between the roots of Laminaria, under stones, in empty shells and
other holes in which it can hide itself. It agrees perfectly, as I
have convinced myself by comparison, with the Greenland species
characterized by Fabricius under this name, but it never attains
on our coast the immense size it does on that of Greenland.

In the months of February and March is the period of propa-

* From Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845, Part I.

184 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

gation of this Annelide: in some individuals, the body, which at
other times is of a light brownish gray or whitish gray and
shining with a blue reflection, is observed to have assumed a pale
rose-colour. This arises from a numberless quantity of eggs
which fill the common cavity of the body, with the exception of
about the first anterior fourth and the feet, and appear every-
where through the skm. When the skin is cut open, the eggs
ave found to hang together in great masses by means of a con-
necting tenacious mucus. They are spherical, the yolk finely gra-
nular and opake, closely surrounded by the transparent chorion.
When the egg is somewhat compressed (Plate IV. fig. 13), it ex-
hibits the large Purkinje’s vesicle without any perceptible trace
of Wagner’s spot. In other individuals the eggs have frequently
been secreted at about the same time. ‘They occur on the top of
the back of the mother, beneath the branchiz or so-called dorsal
scales, in immense numbers, connected with one another by a
tenacious mucus.

The heaps of eggs cover the whole of the hinder half of the
back, but more anteriorly only the sides above the base of the
feet : no eggs are met with on the seventh to the eighth front rigs
of the body. It seemed to me as if the eggs passed through a very
small aperture just above the feet, as Rathke found to be the case
in Nereis pulsatoria. They are all of the same size in the same
individual (viz. about 1th of a millimeter), and mostly equally
developed, and therefore all of one and the same brood. ‘Their
colour is still very pale rosy red, or almost reddish white. Here,
protected beneath the branchie, the eggs remain until the young
creep out. In the meantime the yolk, between which and the
chorion is a small space filled with hmpid albumen, undergoes
the usual process of division or furcation. Thus I once observed
that the yolk had the appearance of a blackberry (fig. 14), its sur-
face being covered with granules of different sizes, as was proved
on submitting them to compression (fig. 15); each contained a
bright roundish spot with a distinct outlme like a nucleus, and
were therefore evidently cells. On the following day, the 4th of
March, the surface of the yolk had already become more finely
granular, and approached again nearer to an even surface.

The ova subsequently become slightly oval, and the yolk or
foetus into which the entire yolk is converted, without any part
whatever separating, is smooth, grayish white, and is more or
less narrowly surrounded or inclosed by chorion (fig. 16,17). A
peculiar kind of motion was now perceptible on the separated
ova under the microscope, the ova turnmg round and round.
This was effected by the very short fringe, consisting of mimute
mucous filaments (fig. 16,17 a), which is attached to the one ex-
tremity of the ovum, and probably covering the entire egg in the

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 185

form of a membrane, similar to the so-called membrana nidulans
of Burdach, connects all the ova as it were by means of a tena-
cious mucus. ‘This fringe is seen now and then to move slowly,
and curve in a worm-lke form, drawmg the egg with it back-
wards and forwards. The cause of this motion remains a
mystery to me, if it be not owing to the action of the water on
the mucous substance of the fringe. The foetus itself, which gra-
dually acquires a bright grayish green colour, was still without
motion in most of the ova; only in a few a circle of extremely
minute, projecting and vibrating cilia was perceptible, which sur-
rounds horizontally the centre of the body of the foetus at an
equal distance from the two poles of the ovum.

At last the foetus is arrived at maturity, and the mother now
carries on its back many thousands of young ones (fig. 12 aaa),
which gradually come forth from the mucus surrounding the eggs,
leave their mother and swim freely about in the water, visible to
the naked eye us very minute greenish gray points (z\,th of a
millimeter m size) endowed with a lively motion.

The young, which have just left the shell (fig. 18, 19), are ex-
tremely unlike the mother both in form and m structure. They
are short, oval, cylindrical, unarticulated, and have, as above men-
tioned, horizontally round the centre of the body, a-circle of tole-
rably long cilia (dd), in other respects however without any ex-
ternal organs. The portion of the body situated anteriorly to the
ciliary circle is somewhat narrower than the hinder one, and
bears two eyes (ee), and should therefore without doubt be con-
sidered as the head, the more so as the young one always swims
with this extremity in front. The eyes are at some distance from
the anterior free extremity (b), in the vicinity of the circle of cilia,
one on each side and a little towards the back; they are very
large in proportion to the body, black, and slightly elongated
diagonally, or almost kidney-shaped, with the convexity turned
anteriorly ; not a trace of tentacula or antenne is observable
about the head.

We just now called the side where the eyes approach nearest
together the dorsal side, while the opposite one, which moreover,
when the young is regarded from the anterior extremity, is some-
what more projecting (fig. 19 @),1s proved to be the ventral side,
from the fact, that on it, close behind the circle of cilia, there is
an aperture (fig. 18 @), which I look upon to be the mouth. This
mouth-aperture is a diagonal fissure, whose lips are provided with
vibratory cilia, which are however much smaller than those of the
circle of cilia. There are also some very minute cilia at the most
anterior extremity of the head (fig.18 4). The intestine, as far as I
could observe from the slight transparency of the body, appears

186 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

to expand considerably from the very mouth and to form a large
sac, the stomach, and then gradually narrowing to proceed to-
wards the hinder part of the body, where probably the anal aper-
ture is situated. I could not distinctly recognise this, but I have
observed it very clearly at this place m similar young of another
Annelide, which will be noticed subsequently (fig. 21f). The
colour is everywhere of a dirty pale green and only slightly trans-
parent. The body is soft, but it rarely exhibits contractions or
variations of form ; it is only when the young animal is quiet, or
has but little water, that contractions are perceptible on its body
(and sometimes also of the intestinal canal), from its becoming
broader or narrower and curving slightly at some places.

Locomotion, that is to say swimming, is effected by the vibra-
tion of the cilia. Only the large cilia of the circle effect the loco-
motion ; the small ones near the mouth and at the front extremity
of the head contribute little or nothing to it. The former cor-
respond therefore to the powerful cilia which, in the young of the
Nudibranchize and many other Gasteropods, effect the swimming,
and are subject to the will of the animal ; the latter, on the other
hand, are not subject to their will, and constitute the so-called
ciliary organs.

During the swimming, which is very rapid, uniform, and in
all directions, the anterior portion of the head (fig. 18 0) is always
directed forwards. Frequently these young animals revolve du-
ring swimming round their longitudinal axis: their sight is di-
stinctly developed, for they are seen to avoid one another with
adroitness, and they always swim towards the light. Although
I turned the glass contaiming an immense number of them in
various ways, they immediately swam in great troops to the side
turned towards the light.

The time from the laying of the eggs till the extrusion of the
young may probably amount to a couple of weeks, for I have
found, in the first days of February, the cavities of the body of
a Polynoé filled with eggs; but from the middle of this month
to the middle of Mar ch, exes on the backs in some individuals ;
and in others at this same “period, young just on the point of
quitting the backs of their mother (fig. 12 aa).

I kept the above-described young of Polynoé, which left the
egg under my eyes, alive for four weeks in glasses filled with sea-
water, during which time they grew it is true somewhat, but ex-
hibited no further changes. In this respect Loven was more
fortunate, for the young Annelides which he met with swimming
freely in the sea were evidently further advanced, and therefore
exhibited to him in the space of two days the further development,
the tentacula, and the articulations of the body growing under

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 187

his eyes. I therefore refer to his observations, as probably the
further development of our young Polynoé takes place in a coim-
cident manner.

The results of the above observations are briefly as follows :—

1. Polynoé cirrata propagates in the months of April and
March by ova which are secreted from particular apertures on
the dorsal side in masses connected together by mucous fila-
ments ; they collect on the back and under the branchie of the
mother, where they remain during their further development
and until the exit of the young. The branchiz have here there-
fore a similar function as in the freshwater Mollusca (Unio, Ana-
donta), that of protecting the brood.

2. The young when they leave the egg have a very different
form from that of the mother and a very imperfect structure.
_ They are short, oval,cylindrical, unarticulated, and so to say, little
more than mere head, for this occupies more than half of the en-
tire body, and has two very distinct eyes (the full-grown animal
has, as is well known, four). The mouth is a horizontal fissure
on the ventral side of the body, and the anus is situated at its
posterior extremity. With the exception of a circle of cilia, which
surround horizontally the centre of the body and effect locomo-
tion, there exist no other external members, no tentacula or an-
tennze, no feet with their appendages of cirrhi and bristles, and no
branchiz. All these organs must therefore be developed sub-
sequently, when the true body (abdomen) has grown and become
divided into articulations (as the observations of Lovén show), as
well as the two eyes, which are still deficient, while the cilia, as
transitory, disappear. In short, we have here all the criteria of a
metamorphosis,—different external form, parts which disappear
entirely, and numerous organs which are subsequently added.

It is therefore certain that many Annelides undergo a very
considerable metamorphosis. In this respect they are related to
the other Articulata, and indeed most to the Myriapoda, whose
young, according to the observations of Waga and Newport, leave
the egg in a very imperfect state and without any articulated
members.

As connected with this subject, I must mention the mucous
globules which are likewise met with in the months of: Fe-
bruary and March on our coast, adhering at the depth of some
feet to Zostera marina and Fucus vesiculosus. These globules
(fig. 20) are about an inch in diameter, of a beautiful grass-green
colour, and consist of an immense number of eggs (bb) enveloped
in a tenacious mucus which is rolled irregularly like a riband
into a knot, the whole of which is coated with a slimy envelope.
The eggs are globular, filled with lmpid chorion, somewhat al-
bumen, and grass-green yolk, which I observed in all the various

188 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

forms of the process of division or furcation durmg its metamor-
phosis in the foetus. The young (fig. 21) are, when they have

escaped from the egg, short, oval, cylindrical, of a lively grass-

green colour, and have the centre of the body surrounded horizon-
tally by a circle of cilia (dd), while the head (4) is remarkable from
two kidney-shaped eyes of a bright red colour, which occupy the
same position as in the young Polynoé: these young are hkewise
without any articulated jomts. The anus (/) is more distinctly
visible as a small round aperture at the posterior extremity of the
body than in the young Polynoé. They swim very quickly about
in the water by means of the cilia, and always towards the light.
In short, they resemble so closely the young of the Polynoé, that
there can scarcely be a doubt of their belonging to some Annelide.

As I was unable to ascertain either the species to which these
eges and young belonged or their further development, I must
content myself at present with the mere announcement, that some
sea-Annelides secrete their ova enveloped in a mucous mass of a
certain form, as has long been known of the leech ; on the con-
trary, others deposit free eggs *.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. FIGS. 12 To 21.

Fig. 12. represents a Polynoé cirrata, natural size: a dorsal view. The yel-
lowish gray mass, @ aa, which covers the back (with the exception
of about the anterior fourth and below and between the branchiz),
from which the young are on the point of escaping.

Fig. 18. An egg taken from the cavity of the body, magnified and some-
what compressed, to show Purkinje’s vesicle.

Fig. 14. An egg taken from the back, showing the blackberry form of the
yolk.

Fig. 15. The same egg very much compressed, exhibiting a bright nucleus
in each of the large granules (cells) of the yolk.

Fig. 16,17. Further developed eggs, whose yolk or foetus is become smooth
and whitish : a is the moveable fringe consisting of mucous fila-
ments by which the eggs are connected.

Fig. 18. The young animal just escaped, magnified and seen from the left
side: a, mouth; 6, front, and ¢, posterior extremity of the body ;
dd, circle of cilia; e, left eye.

Fig. 19. A front view of the same animal: a, ventral surface ; dd, circle of
cilia; ee, eyes.

Fig. 20. represents the globular masses of eggs of an unknown Annelide of
the natural size adhering to a piece of Zostera marina, cc: aa, the
surrounding envelope of mucus; b 6, the eggs.

Fig. 21. One of the young escaped from this mass of eggs: a dorsal view
magnified: 5, anterior; ¢c, posterior extremity of the body; dd,
circle of cilia; ee, eyes; f, tail.

* For instance, the Nereides, as I have observed in Nereis pelagica and
in a species of the genus Heteronereis Oersted. I saw in the month of
March an immense number of eggs, which were very minute, globular, and
of a beautiful azure-blue colour, deposited one by one by both of these An-
nelides.

Botanical Notices from Spain. 189

XXI.— Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WiLLKomnM*.

[Continued from p. 122.]

No. VI. Granapa, November 4th, 1844.

On the 12th of September I quitted the village of Guejar, and on the
following day, after traversing a very difficult and somewhat danger-
ous path over the Puerto de Vacares, | reached the south side of the
Sierra Nevada, where I pitched my quarters in the village of Tre-
velez, lying at an elevation of about 6000 feet, the first-and highest
inhabited place of the Alpujarras. ‘This village lies immediately at
the base of the Mulahacen, in a very rocky valley, watered by the
wild river of the Trevelez, which runs parallel to the principal chain
of the Sierra, and divides this from the second, much lower and very
sterile chain, the Sierra de Contraviesa. Notwithstanding the great
height at which this village lies, it is surrounded with the most lux-
uriant chestnut- and nut-trees, and rye and barley are even grown
in the alpine region ; the vine however will no longer flourish here.
This very circumstance shows that the position of the region is very
different from that of the northern declivity, and moreover its limits
are not so sharply marked as on the opposite side.

The southern declivity of the Sierra Nevada presents a perfectly
different appearance from that of the northern declivity. Whilst
the summits of the principal chain terminate abruptly toward the
north, and form immense and frequently inaccessible rocks, these
toward the south pass into long, parallel, gradually descending
coombes, which on the whole leave but very little undulating country
between them. Between these mountain coombes, at a height of
from 8000 to 10,000 feet, there lie a number of tarns or small moun-
tain lakes as clear as crystal, from which innumerable rivulets issue
into the valleys of Trevelez, the Rio Toqueira and Rio Grande. I
have myself seen and visited, between the Cerro Caballo and the
Puerto del Lobo,—apparently the two terminations of the mountain
range,—fourteen lakes on the south side; but their shores present
no remarkable vegetation ; indeed, in general the vegetation of the
whole southern declivity appears to be much less rich than that of
the northern, which may be partly explained by the formation of
this side, and partly by its exposure to the south. One of the most
characteristic plants of the south side of the Sierra Nevada is the
Arenaria pungens, Clem., which is found throughout the whole alpine
and snow region, growing from the valleys up to the mountain re-
gion, and forms the flora of the snow region and the highest sum-
mits, together with A. tetraquetra, Artemisia granatensis, Ptilotri-
chum spinosum, Eryngium glaciale, E. Bourgati, Gouan., Sideritis
scordioides, var. vestita, Boiss., Thymus angustifolius, P., and Teu-
crium Polium, y.aureum. The shores of these lakes are for the most
part so thickly covered with Plantago nivalis, Boiss., that from a

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, May 2, 1845.

190 Botanical Notices from Spain.

distance they appear quite white, and have frequently deceived me.
On the margin of the alpine rivulets and on moist alpine meadows
grow Savifraga stellaris, L., Parnassia palustris, L., Euphrasia mi-
nima, Schleich., and some liverworts ; in begs of the mountain re-
gion Juncus bufonius, J. glaucus and a Senecio, whilst the fissures of
the limestone rocks are filled especially by Linaria origanifolia and
Antirrhinum molle. On the fallow fields around Trevelez I found
here and there Jasione montana, L., a rare plant in Andalusia, and
very frequent Carlina corymbosa, which grows high up into the al-
pine region, as well as Polygonum Persicaria and lapathifolium. On
walls and hedges in the environs of the village grow Senecio linifo-
lius, L., very frequent and in full blossom, Artemisia Absinthium, L.,
Mentha rotundifolia, sylvestris and Pulegium, Brassica adpressa, Boiss.,
Crambe filiformis, Jacq., Rumex pulcher, Helichrysum serotinum,
Boiss., Alihea officinalis, Rubus hispanicus, Pieris aquilina, Cystopteris
Sragilis, Asplenium Trichomanes, A, Adiantum-nigrum and Ceterach
officinarum, all which plants I have for the most part met with on
the north side. ‘The Mulahacen yielded a somewhat richer booty ;
I began its ascent on the 15th of September, after having in vain
attempted to ascend it three weeks before from the north side, when,
instead of the Mulahacen, I came upon the Cerro Alcasava, and
found my way back only with great danger over the frightful rocks
of the northern declivity. The ascent to the highest summit of the
Sierra Nevada (according to the measurement of D, Simon de Roxas
Clemente equal to 42593 varas castellanas, or 12,779 feet, which
appears to be somewhat exaggerated) is not at all dangerous starting
from Trevelez, at least in fine weather, which I was so fortunate as
to have. After ascending for six hours, I came at noon to a pretty
steep and pathless acclivity, on the highest rocks of the summit, and
obtained such a magnificent view over a great portion of Spain,
bounded by the sea and the coast of Africa, as is seldom presented.
With the exception of some lichens, there is only found between the
loose masses of rock of the summit, which consist of mica, contain-
ing an endless number of garnets, the Artemisia granatensis, with
the pretty Evigeron frigidum, Boiss., which is distributed over the
whole of the upper snow region, but everywhere only sparingly, in
company with Viola nevadensis, Galium pyrenaicum and Ptilotrichum
purpureum. On the side opposite to the Picacho de Veleta, about
100 feet below the summit, I found about a dozen specimens of
Papaver pyrenaicum, Gouan., already in fruit, gathered by M. Bois-
sier on the same spot seven years ago, without doubt the rarest plant
of the Sierra Nevada, as hitherto no other habitat is known, and
even here it occurs very seldom. On the wet alpine meadows on
the southern declivity of the Mulahacen and on the margins of the
rivulets I found the dwarf Gentiana Boryi, Boiss., immersed among
mosses, in company with G. alpina and G. Pneumonanthe, var. de-
pressa, Boiss., Ranunculus angustifolius, DeC., and Plantago nivalis.
On a subsequent excursion of two days, which I made on the 16th
and 17th of September toward the Puerto del Lobo lying nearly at
the east end of the Sierra, I found that the eastern portion of the

Botanical Notices from Spain. 191

southern declivity is still poorer in plants than the central part of
Trevelez, and gathered only one new plant, viz. the rare Hrodium
trichomanefolium, L’Hérit., which grows pretty plentifully on boul-
ders of mica on the broad and high coombe between the Puerto de
Jeres and Puerto del Lobo, but seldom blossoms.

On the 18th of September I quitted Trevelez, with the hope of
obtaining a richer harvest in other parts of the Alpujarras; but in
this hope I was soon deceived ; for the further I went towards the
south, all was parched under the summer sun. Except Carlina co-
rymbosa, Picnomon Acarna, Chamepeuce hispanica, Antirrhinum molle,
Senecio linifolius, Helichrysum serotinum, Artemisia campestris, Bu-
pleurum spinosum, Althea cannabina, Centaurea Calcitrapa and sal-
mantica,—plants which are especially common on the limestone for-
mation and which I had already collected,—I observed in the valleys
of the limestone mountains between Trevelez, Notaéz, and Orgiva
only Scilla maritima, L., in blossom, and on the perfectly arid lime-
stone in the neighbourhood of Notaéz, some bushes of the beautiful
Lavatera oblongifolia, Boiss. Even the environs of the charmingly
situated baths of Lanjaron presented, with the exception of some
salt-plants growing around the mineral springs, little of interest.
There were in blossom Samolus Valerandi, L., Erythrea maritima ?,
Statice globulariefolia, Desf., and a Linum ; whilst on the arid lime-
stone rocks in the neighbourhood of the town grow the sweet-
smelling Balsamita malta, Clem. (according to Boissier’s ‘ Voyage’
Tanacetum annuum, L. ?), and in some fissures of the rock, but very
rarely and not in blossom, the Lapiedra Martinezii, Lag. On per-
pendicular limestone rocks at Orgiva and between Lanjaron and
Granada I for the first time met with the rare Brassica moricandioides,
Boiss., with thick, round, fleshy, bluish green leaves, with ripe fruit,
in company with Bupleurum gibraltaricum, Lavandula multifida and a
Satureja. In order also to ascertain the nature of the vegetation of
the coast at this season, I made an excursion on the 20th of Sep-
tember to the town of Motril, distant four leagues from Lanjaron
and half a league from the coast, which is reached by the romantic
valley of the Rio Grande, which carries off almost all the water from
the southern declivity of the Sierra Nevada to the sea. The valleys
of the Alpujarras possess quite a different character from those of
the north side, for they are all very wide and the beds of the rivers
very broad, even and sandy. Their banks, as especially those of the
Rio Grande, are clothed with thick and high bushes of Arundo Do-
naz, L., which began to unfold its colossal bunch of blossoms, and
the beautiful Saccharum Ravenna, L., clothed with its elegant silver
panicles; in company with which plants are found in profusion the
Tamariz gallica and Nerium Oleander. Further toward the sea ap-
pear the Salir alba, S. purpurea, Populus nigra, alba and canescens
frequent on the banks; Passerina hirsuta, L., which blossoms through-
out the year; Scilla maritima and Chamerops humilis, which already
from Orgiva and Lanjaron indicated the neighbourhood of the coast
and the hot region. On the northern declivity of the last chain of
hills between the valley of the Rio Grande and the Plain of Motril,

192 Botanical Notices from Spain.

I noticed some gigantic shrubs of Kentrophyllum arborescens with
stems as thick as an arm, but already completely dried up. It was
here that the Andalusian robbers paid me a visit; but fortunately I
escaped them by the speed of my horse. The very friendly town of
Motril lies at the foot of a limestone chain of hills planted with vines,
which surrounds the basis of the Sierra de Lujar, and at the com-
mencement of a wide fruitful plain, quite covered with the most
luxuriant fields of cotton, sugar-cane, batates and maize. The coast
is quite flat and very sandy ; Pancratium maritimum, L., blossomed
in parts in company with a Salsola, Kakile maritima, L., and Euphor-
bia Paralias, L. ‘The last had past flowering, whilst on the banks
of the ditches of the above-mentioned plains and on grassy places
Panicum arenarium, Brot., Xanthium Strumarium, L., and Ricinus
communis, L., and in the cotton plantations Datura Stramonium, L.,
are not rare.

At the end of September I returned to Granada, and in the begin-
ning of October I made the last excursion, of four days, in the Sierra
Nevada, from whence I brought away little more than seed. The
fresh-fallen snow which already covered the mountain down to the
lower alpine region, prevented me from visiting the snow region, as
I had intended. A subsequent excursion to the neighbouring Sierra
of Alcafar yielded little beside a small form of Merendera Bulboco-
dium, Crocus nudiflorus, Sm., and Satureja cuneifolia, Ten. The
summer months are not the most favourable months of the year for
botanizing in Andalusia, even in the mountains, as I have found by
experience ; but much the best time is the spring, from March to May,
and June and July for the mountains. On the arid hills around
Granada, the Artemisia Barrelieri, Boiss., which is here very frequent,
begins to flower in the end of October; and about the same time I
found on moist shady places in the valley of the Darro the beau-
tiful Sternbergia lutea, Ker. (Amaryllis lutea, L.), which had not
hitherto been found in the kingdom of Granada. In the second half
of October it rained almost incessantly, which prevented my making
any distant excursions, but favoured the development of the Cryp-
togamous plants; so that I have obtained a tolerable harvest of
lichens and liverworts during the latter part of my stay in Granada :
of the last species, besides several forms of the Pellia epiphylla, 1
found especially Marchantia paleacea, Bertol., everywhere in moist
shady places, common on walls and on stony sites and with spore-
bearers ; on moist masses of rock I also gathered Targionia and Lunu-
laria vulgaris, Mich., both very beautiful and im rich fructification.

Zoological Society. 193

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 8, 1845.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

Abstract of a paper on Nepalese Birds, by Bryan H. Hodgson,
Esq., Corr. Memb., late British resident at Nepal :—

BRAcHYPODINA.
Genus Stachyris, mihi (olim Cilathora). Types, S. nigriceps, pyrops
et chryseus, all new.

Bill as long as head, strong and straight, elongate-conic, much
compressed ; towards base much higher than broad, with its ridge
elevated and keeled between the large nareal fosses; rounded for-
wards, and the tips either straight, entire and depressed, or the upper
one suddenly inclined, with remote notch; gape smooth; frontal
plumes rigid, and concealing the base of the bill; nares placed at fore
end of the fosse, and covered by a salient arched incumbent scale,
which closes the aperture forwards ; tongue narrow, simple, with bifid
jagged tip; wings short, bowed, perfectly rounded; tail moderate,
gradated, rather cuneate than fan-shape, and either frayed or subrigid ;
feet suited to creeping and clinging; tarse elevate and strong, longer
than central toe and nail, and nearly or quite smooth; toes short,
depressed, unequal, basally connected ; hind large, and equal to outer
fore toe; nails repent and Parian. Exclusively monticolous and shy
of man; not gregarious ; feeds on tiny hard insects and the larvee and
pupe of tree-haunting species—rarely on seeds ; exclusively arboreal ;
builds large globular nests, which are fixed upon and between the
crossing twigs of low thick bushes, and lays four or five eggs, of a
pale fawn-colour, either unmarked or spotted with brown.

Ist species, S. nigriceps, mihi.—53 inches long; bill to gape, 14;
tail, 2; tarse to sole, 1$; central toe and nail, 14; hind toe and
nail, ,®;; closed wing, 22.

Colour.—Above medial red-brown, deeper and purer on wings and
tail; below sordid rusty, brightest forwards; top and sides of head
black, picked out with hoary; chin hoary, confined by a black band
running from the cap towards the breast; legs fleshy; bill horn-
yellow, darkened on ridge; iris pale orange.

2nd species, S. pyrops, mihi.—Olive-brown above, sordid rusty
below and on the sides of head and neck; beneath and before the eye
and under the chin a black spot; bill sordid sanguine, dusky on the
ridge; legs horn-colour; eye sanguine. 44 inches long; bill, 3;
tail, 2; tarse, ?; central toe and nail, ,9,; hind, ;4,; wing, 2.

3rd species, S. chryseus, mihi.—Above vernal green, deeply tinged
with golden; below bright golden; cap with dusky stripes; bill
dusky ; legs yellow. Length, 4% inches; bill, ;9,; tail, 2; wing, 22;
tarse, 2; central toe and nail, 4; hind, ;7,.

Remark.—These singular birds belong I think to Swainson’s group
of the Brachypodine, among the creeping genera of that group; but
they show some tendency to pass to the Leiotrichanians, by means

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xvi.

194: Zoological Society.

of Pteruthius and our Heterornis ; Heterornis at all events must take
place next / teruthius; but I think the true position of Stachyris is
among the Brachypods, near to Jéra and Icteria, with the forms
that we shall next give, and leading to the Crateropodans.

Genus Mivornis, mihi.

General structure of Jéra, but the bill quite different and Meruline ;
commissure and culmen subarched throughout; tarse lower and not
exceeding the large thumb with its nail; tail fully rounded. Type,
M. ruficeps, mihi.—Timalia gularis of Horsfield ?

M. ruficeps.—Body vernal green, passing to yellow on the throat
and breast, where also there are dark lines down the shafts of the
plumes ; cap, wing and tail brunescent; bill bluish horn; legs fleshy
grey; iris hazel. Length 53 inches; bill, 2; tail, 24; tarse, 13;
central toe and nail, =%; hind, ;8;; closed wing, 23. Sexes alike.

Genus Erpornis.

General structure of the last, but the bill very straight, compressed,
with the culmen well-raised and keeled between the nares, as in Sta-
chyris and in Jéra, but less thick and rounded and the notch more
remote than in Jéra; wings longer and more acuminate, with the
first three quills less equally gradated ; legs smaller; tail even.

Type, Erpornis vanthochlora, mihi.—Above vernal yellow, below
white ; legs and bill fleshy grey ; iris brown. Five inches long; bill, 4;
tail, 2,; closed wing, 23; tarse, 14; central toe and nail, =%;
hind, ,8;. Sexes alike.

Remarks.—The above two forms are much related to each other,
as well as to Stachyris and the other Brachypodan clinging-birds ; but
Mizornis inclines towards Timalia among the Crateropodans, while
Erpornis is nearer to Stachyris and Zosterops, which last I consider
to be a Brachypod. Both inhabit the lower and central hills, and
feed on tiny tree-insects and their larve and pupe. ‘Their tongue
is simple.

Genus Jvulus.

General structure of Polyodon, but the bill, tongue and nares sim-
ple, and Brachypodan, not Meliphagian ; bill short and singly notched
at the tip.

Type, Polyodon flavicollis or Yuhina flavicollis, as printed.

Remark.—Polyodon is a strictly Meliphagian form. Jzulus is one
of the genera serving to connect the true Honeysuckers with the re-
pent Brachypods, such as Zosterops, Chloropsis, &c., and which are
so like the former.

CRATEROPODIN#E.
Genus Pyctoris, naihi.

Bill short, strong, perfectly entire, arched throughout the culmimal
and tomial lines; nareal fosse and scale obsolete; rictus with very
strong short bristles; orbits nude; wings short and feeble, the first
two quills much, the next two little gradated; third pair equal and
longest ; tail long, broad and gradated throughout ; legs and feet ty-

Zoological Society. 195

pically Crateropodan, with a high strong tarse; toes medial, unequal,
central not elongated, laterals unequal, hind large; nails large, but
not much curved nor acute; hind one largest.

Type, Timalia hypoleucos, Auct.

Hab. The plains only, represented in the hills by Deceira.

A. rufifrons, mihi.—Above sordid ashen olive, passing to clear
rusty brown on the alars, caudals, brows and chin, and the former
(typically) marked with frequent regular cross-bars of black; tail
longer and more gradated than in Nipalensis ; head similarly crested ;
bill and feet embrowned fleshy or horny grey; iris brown. Length,
83 inches; bill, 2; tail, 42; wing, 35; tarse, 14; central toe and
nail, +3; hind, 14.

Remarks.—These birds form one of those singular links which
unite the Crateropodan and Brachypodan thrushes with the Meli-
phagide, of which last our Alcopus is a true member, having the
brushed tongue in perfect development. Zosterops, Chloropsis,
Hypsipetes, &c. of the Brachypodan group, likewise have the brushed
tongue in more or less development, but not so perfectly as in Al-
copus. In Iwops there is little trace of it. «ops leads from a Meli-
phagian type (Alcopus) to the Crateropods, and Jzulus from another
(Polyodon) to the Brachypods.

MYoruERIN&.
Genus Proepyga (olim Testa), mihi.

Bill short, straight, Cinclosylvian, depressed as far as the nares,
compressed beyond, with inflexed tomia and tip faintly inclined and
notched; nares large, fossed, unplumed, furnished with a salient
membranous scale, which lunates the aperture; rictus and brows
smooth; wings very short, bowed, and perfectly rounded; tail rudi-
mentary, consisting of only six plumes, which are hid by the puffy
rump-feathers ; legs- and feet ambulatory; tarse elevate, smooth ;
lateral toes equal. ‘Types, the following :—

Ist species, albiventer (M. squamata, Gould, postea), mihi.—
Above and sides olive-brown, more or less dotted with rufous; below
white, largely picked out with central dusky drops ; feet dusky grey ;
bill dusky horn. Length, 44 inches; bill, 59; tail, 3; closed wing,
22; tarse, 1; central toe and nail, +3; hind, 1%.

2nd species, rufiventer.—Very like last, but the ground-colour
below invariably rufescent, not white, and size rather less.

3rd species, unicolor, mihi.—Throughout of a dull brunescent
olive, like Cinclus. Length, 32 inches; bill, {8 ; tail, 44; closed
wing, 2,5,;, tarse, 15; central toe and nail, #; hind, 5%.

4th species, pusillus, mihi.—Above saturate olive; below orange
tawny, margined finely with black above and below; the colours
confused towards the vent; legs sordid fleshy; bill dusky horn; iris
brown. Length, 32 inches ; bil, 33 tail, ,9; closed wing, 13;
tarse, 12; central toe and nail, +1; hind, ;%.

Genus Oligura, mihi.

General structure of Pnoepyga, but the tail more developed and
P2

ao

196 Zoological Society.

furnished with twelve plumes; the bill more depressed ; rictus less
entirely smooth; nareal tect less developed and nares consequently
ovoid; lateral toes unequal, hind large, and nails more acute. ‘Types,
the following :—

lst species, flaviventer, mihi.—Above deep grass-green, below
rich yellow ; cap bright chestnut ; legs fleshy grey ; bill Ausky above,
fleshy below; iris brown. Length, 32 inches; bill, s tail, 1:
wing, 12; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 12; hind, plus $

2nd species, cyaniventer, mihi.—Above grass-green, below slaty
blue; legs and feet Srey grey; bill dusky above, horn below.
Length, 32 inches ; bil 1¢ ; an +¢; closed wing, less 2; tarse, 1 ;
peal ae and nail, 11; hind, 5%.

Remarks.—The above genera were first discovered and described
by myself, but I failed then to note the distinction between the two.
I have now thrown all the prior and new species together. These
singular birds are peculiar to the mountains, and dwell in moist
woods where there is plenty of underwood ; they are solitary, silent,
live and breed on the ground, and feed on seeds, gravel and insects ;
their stomach is thick—almost a gizzard. They should stand with
Aipunemia and Brachypterix, between Pitta and Cinelus. Our Horor-
nis and Monticola are analogous forms among the Sylviane, and Todus
among the Muscicaps. Gould has figured our first species of Tesia,
which he calls Micrura squamata.

SYLVIAD,
SAXICOLINE.
Dimorpha, mihi (see ‘ Indian Review,’ Siphia).

Bill short, cylindrico-depressed ; Muscicapan, but less wide and
less armed at the tip; base loaded with a forward soft zone, putting
forth hairs which partly conceal the nares ; rictus less wide and less
armed than in Muscicapa, but approaching thereto ; wings more or
less elongated and acuminated, with 4th, 5th, or 6th quill longest ;
the first three or four more regularly gradated than in Muscicapa;
alar and caudal plumes wedged and mucronate, and the tail itself
either slightly gradated from centre and sides, or cuneate ; legs and
feet more suited to walking than in Muscicaps; tarse smooth and
exceeding the mid toe and nail; toes medial, compressed, unequal ;
hind sometimes large, but not broad; nails large and slender, or
small and more bent.

The subgenera seem to be three, or Dimorpha, Digenea, and Syn-
ornis.

Dimorpha

proper, with long wings, having the fourth quill longest ; tail broad
and gradate from centre and sides ; feet with the lateral fore-toes
nearly equal and the hind-toe small, and the nails faleate and short.
Types, D. strophiata, monileger and rubrocyanea. LD. strophiata
printed apud Indian Review, quod vide.
D.? monileger, mihi.—Above olive-brown, sordid, save on the

wings and tail; below diluted and sordid ; frontal zone rusty; chin

Zoological Society. 19%

and throat white, enclosed by a black band; bill black; legs fleshy ;
iris brown. Length, 52 inches; bill, 3; tail, 2; closed wing caret ;
tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 14; hind, +8. Sexes alike nearly.

D.? rubrocyanea, mihi.—Above indigo-blue, below deep rusty ;
frontal zone, basal edges of tail and vent white; bill black; legs
fleshy. Length, 43 inches; bill, ,9,; tail, 12; closed wing, 23;
tarse, #; central toe and nail, plus 5°; hind, 58. Deviates from the
type in form of wing, which has first three quills much gradated
and fifth longest, and it has the legs, feet and nails of the next sub-
genus,

Digenea, mihi,
which differs from. Dimorpha proper by having the wings shorter,
with the fifth or sixth quill longest, the legs and feet longer and
slenderer, and the nails less bent, but larger; the thumb larger and
the nail cuneate. The types are tricolor and leucomelanura.

D. tricolor.—Above olive-green, passing into ruddy olive-brown
as you recede from the head; below sordidly luteous or fulvous ; bill
blackish ; legs fleshy grey. Length, 43 inches; bill, 5 ; tail, 2; closed
wing, 2,5,; tarse, less 2; central toe and nail, 3; hind, >.

D. leucomelanura, mihi.—Above saturate slaty, passing to black on
wings and tail; tail laterally towards the base white, below albescent
slaty; throat pure white; bill and legs black. Length 5 inches;
bill, 3; tail, 23,; wing, 23; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 14;
hind, 58,.

Passing next to the subgenus

Synornis,

we have a medial Muscicapan wing, whereof the first quill is spurious,
the second long, and 3-4 longest. The bill is more exposed at its
base, the rictal and nareal hairs are shorter, and the legs and feet
are more ambulant, with smaller thumb and nails, neither slenderly
elongate nor shortly falcate. The type of this form is our Joulaimus,
but it is the species whereof the male seems to be Sykes’s Sazicola
rubeculoides, and the female Gmelin’s Muscicapa leucura.

S. Joulaimus, mihi.—Above earthy brown, below diluted to luteous ;
throat and breast bright rusty ; sides of head and neck dull slaty ; tail
black, with white lateral base. Female below void of the red colour,
being throughout sordid white. Length, 52 inches ; bill, 9, ; tail, 21;
wing, 22; tarse, #; central toe and nail, 5°; hind, 7,4. Weight,
+ oz.

Hab. Tarai. Rarely or never the hills, to which the others are as

entirely confined.
PHILOMELINA.

Genus Muscisylvia, mihi.

General structure as in Grillivora, but feebler; gape wider and
bristled ; tip of the bill more suddenly bent; nares elongated, with
nude membranous tect and lunato-elliptic aperture, set over by tiny
hairs; wings and tail ample, with broad webs and obtuse mucronated
terminations ; wings round, acuminate ; fifth quill longest; tail me-

198 Zoological Society.

dial, even, broad; legs and feet suited to walking and perching;
tarse equal to mid toe and nail; toes long and slender; nails acute ;
hind much the largest, and equal to the digit ; exclusively Montico-
lous; stomach muscular and strong; feeds on hard and soft insects,
pulpy berries and small seeds. A shy forester; not gregarious.

Type, M. leucura, mihi.—Throughout deep indigo-blue, passing
to black on alars and caudals; forehead and shoulders rich cobalt
blue ; tail basally and laterally whitened ; a white spot on the side of
the neck of the male; bill and legs black; iris dark. Length, 74
inches; bill, 3; tail, 31; wing, 3}; tarse, 1,3,; central toe and nail,
15; hind, 3. Weight 1 oz.

Genus Nemura, mihi.

General structure of Phenicura, but slighter, with slenderer legs
and feet, and bill more armed at the point, and lateral toes unequal ;
wings and tail mucronated, as in the last, but the webs less broad
and the tips narrowed wedgewise; nails long, slender and delicate,
like the digits and legs. Manners of Phenicura, but a forester and
shy. Feeds on insects, soft and hard, and on pulpy berries. Found
in central and northern regions of hills. Types, N.rufilatus et flavo-
livacea et cyanura.

N. rufilatus, mihi.—Above and the cheeks indigo-blue; brows,
shoulders and rump soft czrulean; below white, save the flanks,
which are bright rusty; bill and legs black; iris brown. Length, 53
inches ; bill, 3; tail, 23; wing, 3%; tarse, 1,1;; central toe and nail, 3;
hind, 5%.

N. flavolivacea, mihi.—Possibly female of the last. Above olive-
green, with a yellowish tinge; below sordidly fulvescent; bill and
legs fleshy grey.. Length, 53 inches; bill, ;§; tail, 23; wing, 3;
tarse, 11; central toe and nail, }}; hind, 73.

N. cyanura, mihi.—Head, neck, breast and wings olive-brown,
more diluted below ; rump and tail verditer-blue ; flanks bright rusty ;
chin, belly and vent white ; legs and feet black. Sexes alike. Length,
53 inches ; bill, 3; tail, 27; wing, 3; tarse, 1 ; central toe and nail, $;
hind, less 3.

SYLVIANE.
Genus Tarsiger, mihi.

Bill equal to head, straight, subdepressed, feeble, gradually widen-
ing from the tip ; the upper mandible more than half exceeded by the
nareal fosse, and much overlaid by the soft frontal plumes; nares
broad lunate, forward, apert, shaded by a nude membrane; tip of
bill obtuse, and nearly unarmed; gape rather wide and ciliated;
wings submedial, round rather than acuminate, firm; fifth quill
longest ; 4-6 and 3-7 respectively equal; alars and caudals wedged
and mucronate ; tail medial, rounded; tarse very elevate, slender
and smooth; toes ambulant, simple; laterals unequal, hind rather
large ; nails large, slender, simple; hind largest. Exclusively mon-
ticolous; dwells in low brushwood solitarily, and is much on the
ground, feeding chiefly on small ground insects. Makes its nest on
the ground, saucer-shape, of moss, and places it under cover of some

Zoological Society. 199

projecting root or stone; eggs verditer. Has much analogy with both
the last genera, which it represents among the feebler Sy/viane, to
which it belongs, as they to the Philomeline. It differs from the last
by its feebler, more depressed bill, larger and more membranous
nares, and more slender legs and feet; also by its mucronate and
wedge-tipped alars and caudals. The mucronation allies it to Mus-
cisylvia, from which it differs by its less ample wings and tail, more
elevate tarse, and feebler bill.

Type, T. chryseus, mihi.—Below the whole body with the entire
shoulders, the lower back and greatest part of tail, deep gamboge-
yellow; superciliary line the same; head above, neck and upper back,
yellow-tinted olive; lores, orbits and ears continuously, central
caudals and tips of the others black; alars dusky black, fringed on
the lower edges with yellow; legs fleshy brown; bill horn-yellow
below, dusky above. Female duller-hued, devoid of the black cheek-
mark and superciliary line; her body above entirely olive-green ;
alars and caudals dusky olive. Length, 53 inches ; bill, 44; tail, 24;
wing, 22; tarse, 1,5, ; central toe and nail, 13; hind, 44.

Genus Orthotomus, Horsf.

Ist subgenus, Orthotomus.

Bill sub-certhian, long, slender, inclining to arch, and entire, with
the base largely exceeded by the nareal fosse ; nares large, membra-
nous, free, the aperture lunate-linear and shaded above by a large
unarched membrane; rictus slightly bristled; wings short, bowed,
and feeble, but not perfectly rounded ; first four quills conspicuously
gradated in a diminishing ratio; 5—6 equal and longest; tail mode-
rate, narrow, feeble, much-rounded, with the two central plumes
frequently elongated, as in the Bee-eaters; tarse high, stout, double
that of the central toe, and strongly scaled; toes short, unequal, the

outer fore longer and basally connected; the hind large and strong;
nails strong and acute, the hind largest. Nearly confined to the
hills; rare below in the cold season; solitary or in pairs; familiar ;
dwells in low bushes and hedge-rows and fences, picking up minute
insects from the leaves and decayed wood, and frequently descending
to the ground, where they move fitfully, by hops, to take minute in-
sects, and presently return to their low perch. Make beautiful pen-
sile nests, by sewing together the edges of large leaves, and hence
are called ‘ Patia’ or the ‘ Leaf-bird’ in the hills.

Type, Sylvia putoria, v. sphenura, v. ruficapilla, Auct.—Above
vernal green, below white; the great alars and caudals dusky; the
top of the head brown-red; bill dusky horn; legs fleshy brown; iris
brown. Female similarly coloured, but wanting almost entirely the
prolonged central tail-feathers of the male, and smaller. Length (of
male), 55 inches; bill, $; tail, 23; closed wing, 13; tarse, 3; cen-
tral toe and nail, ,%; hind, ;4. Weight 4 or}o0z. Has a loud
shrill monosyllable note—tee-tee-tee. 1 suspect there are two spe-
cies, because the eggs differ in colour in the nests brought me,
some being verditer-blue and unspotted, and others bluish white,
with fawn spots. The latter, I think, belong to the above, and the

200 Zoological Society.

former to a smaller species, having the caudal appendage very little
developed. [I call this’

Orthotomus Patia, and subjoin the following measurements. Length
(of male), 4} inches; bill, 3; tail, 12; wing, 14; tarse, 18; central
toe and nail, plus 5°, ; hind, 5%.

2nd subgenus, Prinia, Horsf.

Bill shorter and straighter, but still longer than the head, and not
notched; less cut out at the base by the nareal fosse ; rictus hispid ;
nares smaller, with wider aperture ; wings yet shorter and absolutely
rounded, with the first five quills conspicuously gradated up to the
sixth and longest; tail ampler, more elongate and more gradate,
fan-shaped, feeble ; legs and feet slighter. Manners and nidification
of the last, but a lowlander, being more rarely found in the hills than
these.

Type, Prinia fusca, mihi.—Length 5 inches; bill, ,%,; tail, 2;
wing, less 13; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 5% ; hind, z's. Above
lutescent brown; laterally luteous; below white; tips of the caudals
with black drops, margined with white; bill dusky; legs carneous ;
iris brown.

2nd species of Prinia, P. brunnifrons, mihi; ruficapilla, Auct. ?—
Above olive-brown, deeper and ruddier on the cap, wings and tail;
below sordid white; under tail-coverts sordid olive, and the thighs
the same; bill yellow horn; legs plumbeous grey; tail smaller than
in the last. Length, 4 inches; bill, plus 4; tail, 12; tarse, 2; central
toe and nail, 1?; hind, 5%.

Remark.— Aberrant towards Horeites by its smaller tail and more
perfect foot. This is a common species in the plains, and may pos-
sibly be the Tailor-bird of authors rather than our Patia, which is
rare there.

3rd subgenus, Horeites, mihi.

Bill shorter than the head, quite straight, cylindric, feeble, di-
stinctly notched; nares basal, ovoid, covered with a membranous
scale; legs and feet stronger than in either of the above, and more
suited to ground action; tarse high, strong, and heavily scaled, as in
Orthotomus ; toes longer, more ambulant, with the laterals equal and
central elongated ; rictus quite smooth; wings and tail as in Prinia,
or as in Orthotomus. Inhabits the northern region near the snows,
dwelling in brushwood and being much on the ground.

Ist species, H. pollicaris, mihi.—Remarkable for its small wings
and tail and large hind digit, the tail being equal in length to the
closed wing, which is perfectly rounded and short, as in Prinia.
Above olive-brown ; below and the eyebrow pale yellow; bill sordid
corneous grey; legs fleshy grey. Length, 35 inches; bill, 54;
tail, 13 ; wing the same; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 12; hind, Z.

2nd species, H. schistilatus, mihii—Has an ampler wing and tail
than the last and a smaller thumb; its wing is as large as in Ortho-
tomus, and its tail broad and fan-shaped, like Prinia. In colours very
like brunnifrons, but distinguished by its broader ampler tail, larger

a

Zoological Society. 201

wing, and shorter Regulus-like bill. Above uniform olive-brown ;
laterally pale slaty and below pure white; cap clear brown-red or
chestnut. Dwells near the snows, like the last-named. Length,
4t inches; bill, 4; tail, 23;; wing, 1}%; tarse, 2; central toe and
nail, 3; hind, ;%.

Allied to the last two species are some more Cachar birds of very
similar manners and plumage, distinguished by a compressed bill,
which is raised between the keeled nares, as in our Stachyris, and
by the inner toe and nail of their strong ambulant feet being longer
than the outer toe and nail. Some have the tarse smooth and the
tail more or less scansorial, that is, cuneate in form and rather rigid
or worn; these I call Tribura. The others have the turse scutellate
and rather longer, and the tail broad and fan-shaped, and not at all
rigid or worn; these I style Horornis, though they hardly deserve
subgeneric separation.

Genus Tribura, mihi.

Bill to gape equal to head or less, straight, cylindric, compressed ;
at base higher than broad, and having the ridge raised and keeled
between the oval apert nares ; tip of upper mandible scarcely inclined,
but distinctly notched ; rictus smooth; wings short and feeble, but
not much or equally gradated ; first two quills conspicuously gra-
dated, three next subequal and longest ; tail more or less elongated,
and gradated throughout, rather cuneate than fan-shaped, and some-
what rigid or worn ; tarse stout, smooth, longer than the mid toe and
nail; toes and nails simple, compressed, inner fore with its nail ex-
ceeding the outer fore, central elongate, hind least ; nails acute.

Type, T. luteoventris, mihi.

Tribura luteoventris, mihi.—Above olive-brown, with a luteous
lustre ; below lutescent laterally and albescent centrally; a pale line
over the eye ; bill dusky horn; legs carneous. Length, 53 inches ;
bill, 5%; tail, 22; wing, 2,; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 13;
hind, ;§;- Inhabits the Cachar, among brushwood; manners un-
known.

Genus Horornis, mihi.

General structure of Tribura, but the rictus more or less armed ;
the tarse strongly scaled ; the wings more gradated, having the fifth
or sixth longest, and the tail broad, fan-shaped, and not worn or rigid.
Inhabits the northern hills ; manners unknown.

Types, fortipes and flaviventris.

H. fortipes, mihi.—Above olive-brown, dark and pure; below and
the brow yellowish ; bill yellow horn; legs pure fleshy. Length, 4%
inches; bill, $; tail, 2; wing, 2; tarse, 13; central toe and nail,
14; hind, 5%.

H., flaviventris, mihi.—Very similar to the last, but a smaller bird,
with shorter tarse ; above olive-brown; below and the brow greenish
yellow and pale; bill and legs fleshy. - Length, 42 inches ; bill, 3;
tail, 13; wing, 2; tarse, +3; central toe and nail, +4; hind, 5%.

H. ? fuligiventer, mihi.—Aberrant ; probably a Tribura, having the
wing of that form, but the tail not worn or rigid, and hence perhaps

202 Zoological Society.

that character may not be permanent. Above dusky olive-brown,
diluted into greenish of a dusky cast below; bill and feet dark.
Length, 5 — ; bill; Z; tail, 2; wing, 24; tarse, £; central toe
and nail, 14; hind, 4.

H. ? fulviventris, mihi.—Above saturate olive-brown ; below sordid
luteous, shaded on the flanks with the upper hue ; bill and legs dusky
grey. Length, 42 inches; bill, =; tail, 12; wing, 22 ; tarse, 13;
central toe and nail, +4; hind, 55.

Our singular genus

Temnoris (olim Suthora),

and which name, if objected to, may give place to Hemirhynchus, is
I think a Parian form, being much allied to the small long-tailed Tits.
It seems however to group well with our Heteromorpha and Conostoma
and Gould’s Paradoxornis, and the whole may perhaps fall into the
Glaucopine. There are two species of Suthora confounded by me
under the name of nipalensis ; I now erase that name, and substitute
atrifrons and fulvifrons, thus:

T. atrifrons, mihi.—General colour bright rusty. palest on the
belly and vent, brightest on the wings; false wing black; margins
of the prime alars albescent; caudals and alars internally blackish,
and apertly so towards their tips; head saturate slaty, margined late-
rally and in front by a darker zone, and passing into diluted slaty,
mixed with rusty on the sides of the neck; chin transversely barred
black ; cheeks albescent; bill a oes with a bluish base; See sordid
grey. Length, 44 se bill, less 4; tail, 24; wing, ; tarse, 2;
central toe aid nail, 2 3; hind, 3.

T. fulvifrons, mihi.—General hue of the preceding, but the head
and neck concolorous with the back; the cheeks not whitened,
the chin unbarred, and the size larger; ~ paler or fleshy, with a
dusky ridge. Length, 44 inches; bill, 3 4 ; tail, 23; wing, 2);
tarse, 13: central toe and nail, 5%; hind, 55.

MuscicaPinz.
Genus Chelidorynz, mihi.

General structure of Rhipidura, but the bill very short and Crypto-
lopho-hirundine, being as broad as long from the forehead and
very slightly armed at the tip; rictal bristles long, as in Rhipidura ;
nares advanced, lateral, elliptic, and shaded above by a membrane ;
tail rigid, with wedged tips to the plumes, smaller and less rounded
than in Rhipidura.

Type, Ch. chrysoschistos, mihi.—Above slaty, with a greenish
smear; below bright yellow; wings and tail dusky; shafts of the
caudals whitened ; ears, lores and orbits black. Length, 47 inches ;
bill to pie 3; t call: 21; wing less 24; tarse, a3 central toe and
nail, 52; ; hind, 3. Weight 4 oz. Inhabits the central hilly region
and great valley, on skirts of woods, among shrubs and low trees;
very lively and shows itself much ; ‘solitary or in pairs. Stomach
distinctly muscular ; diet small insects.

Zoological Society. 203

This type seems to require a place between Rhipidura and Crypto-
lopha, to which last it is allied by the bill, which however is shorter
and broader, leading to the next singular form, which is a flycatcher
in the guise of a swallow, and forms with this one a perfect passage
from the Flycatchers to the Swallows.

Genus Hemichelidon, mihi.

General structure of a swallow, with only something Muscicapan
in wings and rictus; bill as in Hirundo exactly, but the gape hardly
so wide and slightly bristled ; nares round and vertical, as in Hirundo ;
wings long and pointed; 1st quill spurious, 2nd long, 3rd longest ;
tail moderate and subfurcate; legs and feet small and slender.
Types, H. fuliginosa and ferrugined.

H. fuliginosa, mihi.—Uniform sooty brown, darkest on the wings
and tail, and shaded with white on the belly, vent, and under tail-
coverts; the body below paler than above. Length, 4% inches;
bill, 3; tail, 2; tarse, 4; central toe and nail, less ,7,; hind, 53;
wing, 23.

H., ferruginea, mihi.—Size and proportions of the last; colour
rusty brown, passing to olive on the cap; alars and caudals inter-
nally blackish, and more or less so apertly; bill dusky carneous ;
legs pure fleshy ; tail (in both) moderate and slightly forked.

Found only in the hills, and chiefly the central region; dwell in
woods and have the general manners of the Flycatchers, but with a
bolder and more continuous flight.

Genus Hemipus, mihi.

General structure of Rhipidura, passing to Myiagra ; legs and feet
very small; bill more or less elongated and cylindric; rictal bristles
moderate, that is, shorter than in Rhipidura; tail gradated and
narrow.

Type, H. picecolor, mihii—Above dusky brown, passing to black
on the wings and tail; a large oblique central bar of white down the
wing; two bars on the croup, the margin of the black cap, and the
terminal part of the lateral alars white; below pale sooty to the
breast, thence to tail-coverts albescent ; bill and legs black, Female
wanting the black cap of the male. Length, 5# inches; Dill, 12;
tail, 23; wing, 23; tarse, $; central toe and nail, ;4,; hind, 55,.

Inhabits the hills generally ; chiefly procured in the great valley.

ALAUDINA.
Genus Heterura, mihi.

Bill to gape equal to the head, to brow much less than the head ;
Anthine in the general character, but stronger, with the culmen,
commissure and gonys more or less curved; base of the upper man-
dible a good deal cut out by the nareal fosse, and its tip inclined and
notched ; tomiz trenchant and scarpt internally ; nares advanced, la-
teral, oval, shaded above by a nude scale-like membrane ; rictus to
eye, and slightly bristled ; wings very short, not surpassing the base

204. Zoological Society.

of the tail, yet strictly Alaudine in all their details, with the primes
ungradate, the tertials equal to primes, and all the centrals notched
at the tips and emarginated on the outer web towards the tips, as in
the Alaudines ; 1st quill equal to 5th, and both rather less than 2, 3,4,
which are equal and longest ; tail ample, scansorial, that is, distinctly
rigid, and the separate plumes acutely wedged ; form of the tail Pa-
rian, or slightly gradate from centre and from sides; legs and feet
strong and typically ambulant, with high scutellate tarse and medial,
compressed, full, solid toes, having the laterals equal, the central
sufficiently long, and the hind least and not depressed ; nails simple,
slender, fully curved ; hind long and nearly equal to the digit.

Exclusively monticolous ; found in the brushy uplands of the cen-
tral region; feed and breed on the ground ; food grylli and other in-
sects and seeds; stomach strongly muscular; intestines of medial
length and furnished with tiny ceca. Nest made loosely of grass
and saucer-shaped ; eggs bluish, thickly spotted. Type, H. sylvana,
mihi.

H. sylvana.—Above clear brown, picked out marginally with clear
rufous, as in the Larks; below rufescent, with narrowing central
stripes ; chin immaculate ; a dark mustache ; superciliary line pale;
tail-feathers internally and laterally albescent; upper coverts pro-
longed and pointed, as in the Larks; bill sordid fleshy or horn ;
legs clear, carneous; iris brown; sexes alike. Length, 74 inches ;
bill to gape, 14; tail, 27 ; wing, 3; tarse, 1,; central toe and nail,
1§; hind, 2.

Remark.—This singular bird has been thus particularly described
because of the difficulty of sparing details by anything like an assured
allocation of it. It seems to be an analogous form to Praticola, and
to belong to the Alaudine, near Brachonyx. Its tail in form reminds
one of Dolichonyz.

PARIANE ?

Genus Accentor, Auct.

These birds are found in the central and northern regions of the
hills only, and chiefly in the northern. We have four species, all of
which are I believe new.

1. Acc. Nipalensis, mihi.—Head and neck dusky olive ; body above
ferruginous, with large central dashes of black ; shoulders and all the
wing-coverts dusky, with white drops; alars and caudals blackish,
with ochreous red margins ; breast and belly ochreous ; under coverts
of the tail dusky, picked out with white; bill dusky, with a yellow
horn base ; iris golden brown ; legs sordid brown. Length, 64 inches ;
bill, 12; tail, 25; wing, 33; tarse, 1; central toe and nail, 73;
hind, +4.

2. Acc. Cacharensis, mihi.—Very similar in colours to the last,
but larger, and the wing proportionally longer; head and neck,
shoulders and wing-coverts dusky; throat white, with black bars ;
breast and belly deep clay-red; back and upper tail-coverts rusty,
with large central blotches of blackish ; alars and caudals blackish,
margined and tipt with rusty red; vent dusky, picked out with

a

Zoological Society. 205

whitish ; bill yellow horn, with dusky tip; legs fleshy. Length, 7
inches ; bill, 14; tail, less 3; wing, 32; tarse, 1,4,; central toe and
nail, 13; hind, 19.

3. Acc. immaculatus, mihi.—Least of the three; not unlike them
in colours, but the plumage more uniform and freer from spots and
blotches; head and neck dusky olive, passing gradually into em-
browned ochreous red on the body above and below, as well as on
the whole visible part of the closed wing ; shoulders pale slaty blue
and unspotted ; alars and caudals dusky brown, and nearly void of
brighter margins or tips; bill blackish; legs fleshy grey; iris straw-
colour. Length, only 6 inches; bill, 5 ; tail, 14 ; wing, 27; tarse, 7;
central toe and nail, 3; hind, 5%.

4. Acc. strophiatus, mihi.—Above and laterally sordid rusty, with
black central blotches ; below white, with similar marks, but smaller
and paler; wings and tail black-brown; the alars and their coverts
margined with embrowned rusty; ears and lores margined towards
the body all round with bright rusty, and a large gorget of the same
on the top of the breast ; from nares to brow a white line, joining the
red one above spoken of; bill dusky horn; legs fleshy brown ; iris
brown; wings shorter and tail longer than in any of the others.
Length, 6 inches; bill, plus }; tail, 23; wing, 24; tarse, 14; central
toe and nail, 3; hind, ,9,. Weight less 1] oz. Breeds on the ground,
making a saucer-shaped nest of moss, well-compacted. These birds
are much on the ground and have an ambulatory structure of legs
and feet : I should place them among the Finches, near to the next-
named, or Buntings, which also are exclusively monticolous I believe,
and are found in the central and northern regions. They are con-
stantly flushed from the ground in corn-fields and are comparatively
familiar birds to the Accentors, which avoid houses and cultivation.

Genus Hmberiza.

We have four species, three of which are the erythroptera, chlo-
rocephala, and aureola of authors, and the fourth is I think new, as
follows :—Emberiza oinops, mihi.

New subgenus, Ocyris, mihi,

Bill very acute and perfectly conic, without any curve along the
culmen or gonys; mouth simply angulated, without palatal knob ;
wings with 2-3 longest and equal.

Type, EH. oinops, mihi.—Above rusty red, picked out with large
blackish central dashes ; below white, with narrower dark marks, and
none on the lower belly and vent ; wings and tail black-brown ; wing
with large ruddy margins; alars internally and laterally albescent ;
head and face rusty red, with two longitudinal black marks on the
crown and another circling round the ear from the eye nearly to gape ;
bill dusky horn; legs embrowned fleshy; iris brown. Length, 52
inches ; bill, 4; tail, 22; wing, 23; tarse, ?; central toe and nail, *,
Weight § to #0z, Sexes alike. Stomach gizzard-like; contents
seeds and gravel.

206 Zoological Society.

PYRRHULINE.
Genus Lozia.

L. himalayana, mihi.—Structure typical and plumage very similar
to that of the European type, and indeed I believe to all the known
species ; size small,and most resembling the American bird ; most part
of the head and neck and whole body below red, of a hue between
roseate and blood, and more or less sordid; rest of the head, neck,
back, wings and tail deep dusky brown, more or less suffused, and
emarginated with the richer colour; wings long, reaching two-
thirds down the tail; 1—3 quills rather shorter than the second; legs
and feet strong; tarse heavily scaled, less the mid-toe and nail;
lateral fore-toes equal and basally connected ; hind large, equal alone
to the laterals, and, with its large nail, much exceeding them; claws
large, but not greatly curved. Female dusky brown above, slightly
suffused and margined with vernal greenish yellow; below greenish
yellow, with dusky centres to the plumes; bill and legs in both
blackish ; female smaller. Male measures 5% inches; bill, 5%; tail,
23.; wing, 34; tarse, 19; central toe and nail, +4; hind, 13. In-
habits the Cachar only, near the snows, and rare there.

To the same region are for the most part confined the other thick-
billed Finches of the genera Coccothraustes, Corythus, Pyrrhula, and
their allies; but most of these pass into the central hilly region in
spring in search of ripe fruits and berries, and in the winter some of
them proceed to the plains in search of food and warmth, or are car-
ried there by dealers. The Himalayan Siskin is almost always found
in the central region, where indeed it is commoner than in the north-
ern; and one of the roseate Finches is very common below in the
winter, under the name of the Tooti or Surkha Tooti. This I believe
is the Hemorhous rosea and Coccothraustes rosea of authors: it is an
anomalous or osculant form, which cannot I think be referred to any
known genus. I call it Pyrrhulinota, because it unites a semi-
pyrrhuline bill with the wings, tail and feet of Linarta and Linota.

Genus Pyrrhulinota, mihi.

Bill Pyrrhulo-Linarian ; wings long and pointed, with the first quill
usually longest ; tail deeply forked ; tarse rather shorter than the mid-
toe and nail; toes long, laterals unequal, central long, hind least, but
with the nail equal to the inner fore; nails simple.

Type, the common Tooti or Surkha Tooti of Hindostan; Cocco-
thraustes roseata of Vieillot? P. roseata, mihi.

The other two rosy Finches of the hills are much less known be-
low, though they also are found there, in the hands of dealers at
least, and are called without distinction Goolabi Tooti. They are
the Fringilla rhodopepla and rhodochroa of Vigors, apud Gould; but
they are not I think true Fringilie, but nearer to Passer. I deno-
minate them

Zoological Society. 207

FRINGILLINE.
Genus Propasser.

Bill Passerine, with the culmen and gonys more or less curved or
straight, and the tip distinctly notched; wings short, first quill less
than three next, and longest; tail forked; legs and feet ambulant;
tarse longer than mid-toe ; toes compressed, laterals equal, central
long, hind least; nails simple. Types, rhodochroa and rhodopepla.

We have in the northern region chiefly two species of true Bull-
finch or Erythrocephala, Gould, and Nipalensis, mihi, to which we
must add a third species, styled epauletta by me, but which deviates
too much from the typical form to remain under Pyrrhula; I separate
it as a new type, by the name of

Pyrrhoplectes.

Bill Pyrrhuline, but longer and less tumid, with the upper mandi-
ble subterminally, and the lower subcentrally notched; the gape
angulated; wings shorter and more gradate than in Pyrrhula, with
the fourth quill commonly longest; tail even or divaricated, not
forked ; legs and feet slenderer, longer, and more suited to action on
the ground than in Pyrrhula. Type, Pyrrhula epauletta, As. Trans.
vol. xix.

Propyrrhula Rubeculoides, mihii—Above, together with the lower
breast, belly and vent, smoky brown; face as far back as the eye,
chin, throat and breast, bright red, of a sanguineous scarlet hue;
bill dusky horn, paler below; legs dusky. Female fulvous, below
with large central dashes of dusky brown, and the croup the same.

I shall conclude this paper with the description of a new and
splendid species of Buzzard, peculiar to the Cachar and Tibet.

FALCcONID2.
BUTEONINE.

Genus Buteo ?

Buteo leucocephalus, mihi.—General structure Buteonine, but the
tarse two-thirds plumed to the front, and the nude part reticulate,
not scutellate ; acropodia half reticulate and half scutellate ; colour
medial brown, with the head and neck more or less perfectly albescent ;
chin to breast darker, and breast again paled crescent-wise ; tail with
frequent pale buff bars ; bill blue ; its tips and the talons black ; legs
and cere greenish yellow ; iris hoary ; size extremely large. Length,
253 inches (feem.) by 5835 in expanse of wing; closed wing, 173 ;
bill to gape, 2; tail, 114; tarse (to sole), 32; central toe and nail,
23; hind, 13. Weight 35 lbs. Caught beyond the snows in Tibet.

Another species, with the tarse considerably plumed, leads to this
bird from the Moor Buzzards. ‘This second species has the general
form and characters of the moor buzzard, but is distinguished at
once by half the tarse being plumed; the tarsi likewise are shorter,
and so are the toes; but the tarse is scutellate before and behind, as
in that species and the rest of the Buzzards. There is no sign of

208 Entomological Society.

the Circine facial disc in the present bird, which is I believe new,
and belongs to Buteo proper and not to Circus.

Buteo plumipes, mihi.—Throughout of a uniform dusky brown,
as in the moor buzzard; region of the lores only albescent; cere
and legs greenish yellow; Dill blue, with black tips and talons; tail
very vaguely rayed with a paler shade of colour and wings inter-
nally. Of slender make, and with long and acute talons, whereas
* the white head is of very robust make, and has less acute but stronger
talons. This is in make as in colours, a Circus; that, a buzzard
proper or an eagle. In plumipes the tarse is scutellate before and
behind, reticulate to the sides and at base, and two-thirds of the
acropodia likewise are reticulate. The cere is large in both, and in
both the nares are longitudinally cleft and irregularly ovoid in form.
The one passes towards Buteo from Circus, the other towards Aguila
from Buteo. Length (feem.), 194 inches; bill, 14; tail, 9; tarse, 3;
central toe and nail, 2; hind, 14. Procured in the central hilly re-
gion. Manners not noted.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

October 2nd, 1843.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Captain Parry exhibited a box of Coleopterous insects from Co-
lombia, including Megasoma Elephas, a curious genus allied to Me-
galopus, and another apparently allied to Ancistrosoma.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a gynandromorphous specimen of En-
dromis versicolor from the collection of Dr. Becker, the antennz and
wings on the left-hand side being masculine, and those of the right
side being female.

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a specimen of the larva of Acilius
voided by a boy at Tunbridge Wells.

The following memoirs were read :—

“Description of new species of exotic Coleoptera.” By the Rev.
F. W. Hope, F.R.S.

Lucanus Parryi, Hope. Niger nitidus, mandibulis longitudine capite
equalibus, apicibus acutis supra dentatis ; elytris glabris ; tibiis
anticis externe serratis, posticis unispinosis. Long. corp. lin.
163; lat. lin. 54. <Affinis L. nepalensi, Hope-—Hab. in Agro
Nepalensi. Mus. Parry.

Lucanus Vitulus, Dejean (ined.) 2. Niger nitidus glaber, man-
dibulis brevibus acutis ; thorace marginato, angulis anticis haud
productis, posticis partun rotundatis ; tibiis anticis extern? denti-
culatis, posticis 4 in medio unispinosis. Long. corp. lin. 16; lat.
lin. 6.—Hab. in Java. Mus. Buquet.

Lucanus (Hexarthrius) Buquettii, Hope. Niger, mandibulis exsertis
arcuatis, apicibus 2-furcatis, introrsum crenatis unidentatis den-
teque majori fer? basali; capite thoraceque scabriusculis ; tibiis
intermediis 1-spinosis, posticis 2 inermibus. Long. corp. lin. 35 ;
lat. lin. 9.—Hab. in Jaya. Mus. Buquet.

ig ew

PSS I te

aire

Entomological Society. 209

Pholiodotus Reichei, Hope, ?. Niger, capite thoraceque rugosis
hoc tuberculato, mandibulis apice acutis; thoracis lateribus ser-
ratis, angulis posticis acutis ; elytris fere glabris obscuris, lined
elevatd obliqud erosd, e humeris ad medium disci extensd ; pedibus
simplicibus. Long. corp. lin. 15 ; lat. lin. 5.—Hab. in Colombia.
Mus. Reiche.

Callirhipis Laportei, Hope. Rubro-tesiaceus seu fulvus ; antennis
nigris, articulo basali antrorsum flavescente ; thorace lineis tribus
nigris ; elytris maculis tribus basalibus apicibusque nigris ; pe-
dibus nigris; femoribus fulvis. Long. corp. lin. 61; lat. lin. 13.—
Hab. apud Coban. Mus. Hope.

Saperda ocularis, Hope. <Aurantia, antennis nigro-griseis pubescen-
tibus, capite antrorsum atro, oculis albo cinctis ; thorace postice
nigro, maculis 5 albis; elytris octo maculis albis atro-cingulatis
ornatis ; pedibus atro-griseis. Long. corp. lin. 4}; lat. lin. 1.
—Hab. in Amer. Merid. Mus. Hope.

“Description of a new exotic genus of Longicorn Beetles, remark-
able for the dilatation of the anterior femora.’ By J. O. Westwood,
F.L.S.

Evupromera, Westw. Corpus breve, crassum, subdepressum. Caput
breve, verticale, pronoto pariim angustius. Antenne fere corporis
longitudine, 11-articulate, subfiliformes ; prothorax subquadratus,
dorso lateribusque subtuberculatis, pone medium subconstrictus ;
elytra lateribus parallelis, apice inermia. Femora antica maxima
inflata, tibie antice curvate, tibie 4 postice in medio haud sco-
pifere.

Eupromera Spryana, Westw. Grriseo-villosa fusco luteoque paridm
variegata, apicibus articulorum antennarum fusco-cinctis, elytris
fusco tuberculatis. Long. corp. lin. 834.--Hab. in Brasilia. In
Mus. Hope and Westwood.

** Account of the Fire-flies observed at the Baths of Lucca.” By
G. Woolmer, Esq.

These insects, which are termed Luccioli by the natives, evidently
from their bearing light, belong to the same family (Lampyride) as
the English fire-fly ; but the females are winged, and in the spring
und early part of the summer are seen in all directions on the wing,
emitting a phosphoric kind of light at intervals; thus producing a
most beautiful effect where they abound in company with the glow-
worm. Previous to a storm they are more than usually active, and
their light much more brilliant. In the day-time they rest on the
bushes in a state almost of torpor. Their flight is very regular, the
light appearing and disappearing at short distances. They entirely
disappear shortly after the hay is gathered in. It is considered that
it is the female which emits the light, thus attracting the male. The
lower (posterior) part of the body, which emits the light, is of a sul-
phur colour, and is observed to shine for a short time even after
death. When alive, any irritation offered to the part causes the in-
sect to emit its light.

‘Descriptions of various exotic Crustacea, Coleoptera and Homo-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

210 Entomological Society.

ptera.” (Annals of Natural History, vol. xii. p. 342.) By Adam
White, Esq.; by whom it was stated, that a nest of Pelopeus pro-
visioned with spiders had recently been presented to the British
Museum from Sierra Leone by Mr. Whitfield.

November 6th.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited two distinct species of Geophilus, which he
had ascertained to possess luminous powers. Also a species of Or-
nithomyia (O. viridis?) which he had found to be parasitic both on
bats and swallows.

Mr. W. F. Evans exhibited a specimen of the common Hornet,
which he had confined in a small box, in which, some time subse-
quently, were found several specimens of the Dipterous genus Mo-
lobrus, which Mr. J. F. Stephens suggested had been hatched from
eggs deposited upon the hornet after death and whilst still damp.
He also exhibited the larva and pupa of a Lepidopterous insect (most
probably the Diatrea sacchari, Guilding) which he had found in
sugar-canes brought from Madeira. Also specimens ef Trechus ful-
vus captured during flight after dark by candle-light.

Mr. Yarrell exhibited a specimen of Lemargus imbricatus which
had been found parasitic upon the short sun-fish. Also specimens of
Cecrops Latreillei from both the sun-fish and tunny.

A paper by G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., containing descriptions of
some new species of Curculionide from the Philippine Islands, was
read.

Mr. Walton brought under the notice of the Meeting the following
case, in which some fixed rule of nomenclature seemed necessary.
It appears that the Curculio Alliarie of Linneus belongs to the mo-
dern genus Magdalis. A very careful description of a species of the
modern genus Rhynchites has however been published by Paykull,
who applied the specific name of Alliarie to it, expressing at the
same time his doubts whether it were really the Curculio Alliarie
of Linnzus. Paykull’s specific name has subsequently been altered
by Stephens and Schonherr, as they considered, that as it was not
the species described by Linneus under the name of Adliarie, it was
improper to give the Linnean name to it. After considerable dis-
cussion among the members present, it appeared to be the general
opinion, that as Paykull had first given a good description of Rhyn-
chites Alliarie, it was proper to retain his specific name, citing his
name, however, and not that of Linneus, more especially as the
Linnean species belongs to a distinct modern genus, so that no con-
fusion could arise from the employment of the same name in both
genera.

December 4th.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a drawing of a new genus of Goliath
Beetles, received by Mr. Melly from Signor Passerini (Amaurodes
Passerinii). Also a box of Beetles from the Ashantee district, in-
cluding a new genus of Goliath Beetles (Asthenorhina Turneri),
Paussus microcephalus, and other rare and new species from the col-
lection of Mr. Turner.

Entomological Society. 211

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a series of drawings of the trans-
formations of various Indian Lepidoptera, made by Mr. Ezra Downes.

The following memoirs were read :—

«On the Existence of Thoracic Branchie in the Imago state of the
Neuropterous genus Pteronarcys.’”’ By George Newport, Esq., Presi-
sident E.S. (Annals of Natural History, vol. xiii. p. 21). In refer-
ence to this memoir Mr. Westwood stated, that he had detected
some thoracic appendages in the genera Ptychopteryx and Heliophi-
lus, described and figured in his ‘ Introduction to the Modern Clas-
sification of Insects,’ vol. ii. fig. 126, 7. p. 526. note f, and p. 557,
which he considered to be analogous to the branchie discovered by
Mr. Newport in Pteronarcys. The latter gentleman however objected
to this analogy, as the organs in question existed simultaneously with
the true spiracles. Mr. E. Doubleday, in reference to a suggestion
made by Mr. Newport, stated that he had always noticed that the
North American species of Chauliodes are on the wing in rainy
evenings.

“On the proceedings of a species of Trombidium which infested
the Plane-trees in the Regent’s Park during the past summer.” By
George Wilson, Esq., M.R.C.S. Communicated with additional
notes by A. White, Esq.

At the beginning of September Mr. Wilson’s attention was directed
to the trees, several cf which had the trunks and branches entirely
or partially covered with a very delicate web, upon which myriads
of a small Arachnidous insect were running to and fro, extending
their webs rapidly along the branches. ‘The web was so fine as to
appear like a thin compact layer of varnish upon the stems of the
trees; and from the vast numbers of the insects, the grey web ap-
peared dusted with a reddish powder, the insects being of a light
orange colour inclining to brown. From the web so completely en-
veloping the tree and obstructing the vital influence of the atmo-
sphere, the leaves became withered and fell. This was especially
the case with the plane-trees, the elms and horse-chestnuts being
free from them. ‘The weather for several days previously and sub-
sequently was fine and sultry, but in the course of a few daysa heavy
fall of rain, accompanied by a thunder-storm, put a stop to the injury
by destroying the insects. On placing a portion of the web with
its inhabitants in a bottle, Mr. Wilson observed that in about an
hour a beautiful transparent cylinder had been spun within the bottle
from the base of the top, impinging against the side of the bottle at
about half its height; and it was remarkable that there was not a
single thread stretched across the inside of the cylinder, nor was a
single insect enclosed within it. Having completed their first cylin-
der, they threw a second around it more slender than the former,
leaving only asmall interval between them.

Mr. White considered the species to be the Trombidium tiliarium,
Herm., or an allied species, and distinct from the Acarus telarum,
Linn., and Trombidium socium, the habits of which, as described by
Hermann, were mentioned by Mr. White.

Mr. Walton informed the Meeting that a specimen of the true

Q 2

212 Miscellaneous.

Curculio Bacchus, Linn., but not of Marsham, had been captured on
the 20th of September last on a young oak-tree at Birchwood, Kent,
by Mr. B. Standish; Mr. J. F. Stephens however stated that he had
taken both R. Bacchus and auratus from the same tree at Crayford.

MISCELLANEOUS.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AFRICAN MONKEY.
Black-cheeked Ascagne, Cercopithecus melanogenys, n. s.

Black, olive speckled ; ears, middle of the back and end of tail red-
dish ; sides and outer side of the limbs grayish; hands and feet,
frontal band, and lower part of the cheeks black ; temples yellowish,
broad cordate spot on the nose white ; chin, chest and beneath ashy
white.

Inhab. Africa. British Museum.

This species is at once known from the Cercopithecus Petaurista,
with which it appears to have been confounded, by the distribution
of the colour on the cheeks : in this species they are black below and
yellowish above, while in that they are black above and yellow be-
neath, like the throat and chest, and in the spot of the nose, which
is ovate and elongate in C. Petaurista, and broad and cordate in the
one now described, and it also differs in the general colouring of the
fur.

The species of this genus may be thus divided :—

a. Face flesh-coloured, whiskers white: C. Cynosurus.

b. Face black, whiskers white. * Frontal band none: C. Sabeus.
** Frontal band distinct, not bearded: C. pygerythrus, C. Engy-
thithia and C. ruber, *** Frontal band distinct, chin bearded :
C. Diana.

c. Face black, whiskers annulated : C. albogularis, C. Monu, C. Camp-
bellii ?, C. leucocampyx, C. labiatus, C. Temminckii, C. Burnettii,
C. Pogonias.

d. Nose reddish: C. erythrotis.

e. Nose blue, white beneath: C. Cephus.

jf. Nose white: C. nictitans, C. Petaurista, and C. melanogenys.

J. E. Gray.

MEXICAN FOSSILS.

In a letter to Prof. Bronn, M. Claussen states that he has again
found in Brazil a great many fossil bones, and among them the head
of a large tiger related to Felis meganthereon (Ursus cultridens), but
it is much larger; the upper canine teeth are nearly 10 inches long
and 14 broad. The French Institute has purchased it for 4000 francs.
The remainder of the collection, except the duplicates, has been dis-
posed of to the British Museum. He promises subsequently to com-
municate some remarks on the occurrence of these fossil bones, and
especially on that of the human remains, which are found among
the bones of various extinct animals. He has discovered two kinds
of monkeys, which approximate to the genera Mycetes and Cebus. A

Miscellaneous. 213

short time since also, among a number of pieces of amber (not copal),
he found some containing insects, in which distinct spiders’ webs
could be seen (thus fossil spiders’ webs!!) ; in some, the webs and
also the insects hanging in them were evident.— Leonhard and
Bronn’s Jahrbuch fiir Geologie.

COUNTY OF DOWN FOSSIL INFUSORIA.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Belfast, August 9, 1845.
GentLEMEN,—As Dr, Mantell, in a communication published in
the last Number of the ‘ Annals,’ p. 86, briefly notices some Fossil
Infusoria from the county of Down, without any allusion to their
having been previously described, it is perhaps desirable for the in-
formation of persons interested in the subject to state, that a paper
on the subject of these same Infusoria, accompanied by some figures,
appeared in 1839 in Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’

vol. iii. Wo. Tuompson.

CAPTURE OF ACIPENSER HUSO.
Cork, July 31, 1845.

A fine specimen of the Isinglass Sturgeon (Acipenser Huso), 8 feet
4 inches long, and weighing 14 cwt., was taken within a mile of this
city on Tuesday July Ist.

I examined it carefully, and compared it with the plate of A. Huso
in Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ with which it exactly agreed.

As this is, I believe, the first instance of that fish having been cap-
tured on the coast of this county, or, as far as I am aware, on any
part of the coast of Ireland, I feel a pleasure in sending information
on the subject to the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ The common
sturgeon (4. Sturio) has been taken more than once in the river
Lee, near Cork.

Joun Humupureys, Librarian R C. Institution.

ON THE CYSTIDEZX. BY VON BUCH.

In a letter to Prof. Bronn, M. Buch states that his monograph of
the Cystidee is now printing. ‘Troschel’s drawings to it are very
beautiful, and he hopes that the copper-plates will turn out well.
A lucky incident has rendered this work more perfect than he had
anticipated. The Hchino-encrinus (a barbarous term, and one
founded upon an entirely erroneous analogy !), described by Meyer
and Schlotheim,—this extinct form has been collected and brought
here in several pieces, by the industry of M. Krantz. Hence he had
an opportunity of studying all its peculiarities, its affinity, the points
in which it differs from other Cystidee, and the laws of its develop-
ment. He clearly saw that M. Vollborth in his first paper (Bullet.
de Pétersb. 10. no. 19. pl. 1 and 2) had figured it well and accurately,
with a commentary which did not seek for laws but curiosities! In
Bullet. 1844, 3. 2b, he imagines that this form possesses two rows

214, Miscellaneous.

of arms, and consequently refers it to the Crinoidea. M. Vollborth
saw these tentacula once only ; no one else has seen them. ‘They
are placed on the lip of the mouth; the arms of the Crinoidea how-
ever are really never placed there ; the apertures which our speci-
men exhibits on the lip, moreover, are so small, that they could
only have allowed the passage of very small tentacles. And worse
than all, what a huge ovarian aperture! No crinoid ever had
such. M. Vollborth continually calls it the anus of the animal, not
considering that in all such animals the anus is situated very near
the mouth, never in the deeper-seated parts; in fact, in Pentremites
it is in the mouth itself. But in Spheronites and Cryptocrinites this is
still more striking; in both, at the point of the five valves which
close the ovarian aperture, there are five openings, just as in the mi-
nute ovarian plates of the Cidarites and other Echinodermata. Who
will hereafter seek in them for cloacal excretions ?

The Cystidee are essentially distinguished from the Crinoidea by
these ovarian apertures; this M. Von Buch states that he shall al-
ways maintain, and to have explained it is certainly of some service.

— Leonhard and Bronn’s Jahrbuch fiir Geologie, &c.

ON THE ORIGIN OF INFUSORIA AND MUCOR.

In the ‘ Ann. des Sci. Nat.’ 1845, Zool. p. 182, Dr. M. F. Pineau
describes the first origin of infusoria and of mould, which resemble
one another so much on their first appearance, that it is impossible
to determine what will become an infuscrium, what a mould. We
shall here merely communicate one of the cases relating to the man-
ner in which Penicillium glaucum is formed; as in the other cases
enumerated, the observer could not follow the originating mould to
its perfect development, and was consequently unable to determine it.

An infusion of bread exhibited up to the sixth day at a tempera-
ture of 10° to 12° R. the appearance of a considerable production of
Bacterium Termo, Vibrio lineola and Monas lens. Soon after this pe-
riod acid fermentation commenced, when all these animals died, and
the liquid became covered with a uniform granular pellicle. The
surface of the piece of bread was also covered with granulations, and
numerous particles, more or less in the granular state, were seen
floating about in the water. On the following day traces of a sepa-
ration in the form of a network with polyangular meshes 0°003 mil-
limeters broad were noticed in the granular mass covering the sur-
face. A similar formation of small globules also tock place in the
granular substance on the bread. After twelve hours these globules
possessed well-defined outlines and began to assume an oval form.
Small isclated patches consisting of considerably larger oval globules,
difficult to separate from one another, likewise floated about. A few
hours afterwards the liquid contained a number of micodermic glo-
bules which had evidently originated from the above patches; these
globules now expanded into filaments and formed the Penicillium
glaucum. In the same manner this Penicillium likewise formed on
milk; but the author could not observe what Turpin has said re-

ee ee

Meteorological Observations. 215

specting the fat globules which change into filaments of mucor. The
other experiment, which was not carried on to the fructification of
the mould, was made with isinglass and the addition of a little vine-
gar. No animals were formed in it, but in other respects it presented
all the appearances of the other case, only that the filaments aggre-
gated into a thick thallus.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Dr. Johnston is preparing for the press a second edition of his
‘History of British Zoophytes.’ It will be published by Mr. Van
Voorst in a style to correspond with that spirited publisher’s series
of ‘ Histories of British Animals,’ and will contain descriptions of
all the species discovered since the publication of the first edition,
with numerous additional plates.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1845.

Chiswick. —July 1. Rain and boisterous, with heavy rain in forenoon: over-
cast. 2. Overcast: rain. 3. Sultry: thunder and rain: clear at night. 4, 5.
Very fine. 6. Sultry, with slight dry haze : lightning at night. 7, 8. Very fine.
9, Cloudy: rain. 10. Rain: overcast. 11. Rain: cloudy: 1 p.m. thunder and
excessively heavy rain commenced. 12. Fine. 13. Slight rain: overcast.
14, Very fine: rain. 15. Showery: fine. 16. Very fine: rain. 17. Showery.
18, 19. Very fine. 20. Cloudy: rain. 21. Fine. 22. Very fine: rain. 23.
Drizzly. 24. Overcast. 25, 26. Foggy: overcast. 27, 28. Cloudy: rain.
29. Heavy clouds: clear. 30. Densely clouded: rain. $1. Heavy showers.—
Mean temperature of the month 14° below the average.

Boston.—Juty 1. Cloudy: rain early a.v.: rain a.m. and stormyp.m. 2.
Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain with thunder and lightning a.m.
4. Cloudy: rain, with lightning p.m. 5, Fine. 6. Fine: lightning at night.
7. Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. thermometer 81°. 8. Fine. 9. Fine: rain p.m. 10.
Cloudy. 11. Rain. 12,13, Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain p.m.
15, 16. Fine. 17. Rain. 18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m.
21—27. Cloudy. 28. Fine: rain p.m., with thunder and lightning. 29. Rain:
rain early a.m: raine.m. 20, Fine: raine.m. 31. Fine: rain, with thunder
and lightning p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Cloudy: rain. 2. Damp: clear. $. Clear:
drizzle. 4. Clear: showers. 5,6. Clear. 7. Rain: fog. 8. Clear. 9. Cloudy:
showers. 10. Showers: clear: damp. 11. Bright: showers. 12. Showers.
13. Showers: clear. 14, 15. Cloudy: showers. 16. Cloudy. 17. Clear.
18, 19. Bright: hot. 20. Damp: fog. 21. Fog. 22,23. Cloudy. 24. Cloudy:
damp. 25. Cloudy: drops. 26. Drops: cloudy. 27. Clear: showers.
28. Clear: rain: clear. 29. Fine. 30. Cloudy: fine. 3]. Bright: drops.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—-July 1. Very heavy rain. 2. Very beau-
tifulday. 3. Showers: thunder, 4. Fine. 5. Very fine. 6. Showers : thunder.
7. Showers a.m.: fine p.m. 8,9. Showers. 10. Fair and fine. 11. Showers.
12. Fair and clear. 13. Wet. 14. Heavy showers. 15. Fair and fine. 16.
Heavy showers. 17. Fair and fine. 18, 19. Fair, but cloudy. 20, 21. Fair,
but clear. 22,23. Fair, but cloudy. 24,25. Fair and fine. 26. Showers,
27. Fair a.M.: showers p.M. 28. Fine: thunder. 29. Showers p.m. 30, 31.
Showers.

Mean temperature of the month .......... “eno 2005 56°°2
Mean temperature of July 1844 —....eeseseee seen 56 *9
Mean temperature of July for twenty-three years . 58 °1
Rain in July ........ Peace aioe pape te dginsnaes see seem 2 rt Sd DChes.

Mean rain in July for eighteen years —.......+.4 ss SecOlu ls,

69-1

cite

OT-

09:0 secs) Lo-

eeeeee

Seow eel sorees senses

|
GZ-0|"""""

Co.

Sel ols
seeeee peso Va

eeeeee

|
seneee 60- | Z0-

Gir BOB2891 OYO '€0.
To. eeeeee 90: Fo.
60. eoesenice ses 10:
Go- |"*"""| go. | Lo-
Ol: weoeee OL- dp
6th easliog. |zo.
weeeee Poe el ema CT.
€0. ral} (a) oaee 10-
90. 10:
90- see 13. eeeeee
Vz. pen Os te eeee
sstnaleewees] oT. | 106
oP. 91. | 90
eerefoeess) Og, | ET.
eSlae |p | &
Zo/BE | 8 | 4
gS ("es | F | &

*AAINWUQO ‘asunpyy younpuny qv ‘uojysnoyO *d

5
3
=

88-05 P-eF ,

67 L-62 |\POP-62 | B£-66 |ZS8-02 1136-6

i

yD “ROA ‘AN Ag Suopuoy uvau

‘MOIMSIHYD 7p hjav0g jounynaysozy ayy fo uap

DY)

9g

90)0.

"aay 977 Ag pup Saurns-saruawag ‘asunpy ypuvSaddy yo ‘sequag *A\ *Aey 277 49 {NoLsog
ay7 qo vosdwoyy, “ay 29 apow suorwasasq¢ 70020

}

|

| £0.12 |€S8-6% % | ‘uvayy
‘a | cas | tm | sms 9S 69 | $9.62 62-6 | 82-62 GPS.62/L8S-62| “If
‘as | ‘as |ulyeo| «ms eg P9 | C9.6% 0£-6Z | 0S.6z LLS.62\06L.62| “of
sreees | sans | WUTBO| “AA 9S G9 | L-6 09-62 | 89-62 6S9.6%/76L-62 | *6%
creoes | oa | yo | “AU c¢ ZL | $9.6 £6.62 | GS-62 LLS-6/9PL-62 | “8%
“mw | ‘ms | uyeo| sm 09 | LO | ZV-6% 0S.6z | 8-62 VLL-62/698-62| “LZ
‘s "MS | u]eo| ‘as eS | iZ | 19-62 89-6@ | 8L.6% 1Z6-62|676.6z| *9z )
"MS ‘Ss wyPa} ‘au 9S | v9 | 8l-6% 08.62 | £8:6% 1£6-62/2£6.62 | °Sz
an ‘wm |uyeo} cau cc 09 | 26-62 06.62 | 26-62 C06-62|726.62 | ‘Pz
‘mu | ‘au | uso | ‘au ZG gS | o1-08 86-62 | 86-62 606-62/016-62 | *€z
‘a | -oue| ‘a | ‘ou &1¢ | IL | 03-08 00-0€ | 00-0€ 998-62/S£6.6%| *Z%
‘au | ‘oua | wyeo| +a v¢ cL | St-0€ 10-08 | 20-08 806.62|7Z6-6% | “1%
aT ge 5) vs 1Z | L2-0€ 70-08 | 80-08 GS6.6Z/170-0€ | *0@
as |-aua | -m cP) gS | IL | 22-08 G0-0€ | £0-0£ 020-0£'890-0€ | ‘610
oF) 9 || “mM || *ms 9S gL | L1-0€ 00-08 | 76-62 990-0£|160-0£| *g1
‘as | ‘Mm | wvo| ‘ms SG CL | 06.6% P8-6z | LL-62 7L6.62\620-08 | “LI
"mS | ‘aS | wea] ‘ms 160 IL | 16-62 78-66 | £6.66 | $00-0€ SV0-0€ | “OL
‘u | ‘mu | emu | eu 6v IZ | 60.08 46.62 00-08 | 6$0.0€'690-0€ | *S1
“mu | "MU | “AN | cm {1S 1Z | €0.0€ 96-62 | 08-62 188-62 ,S£0-08 | ‘PI
‘mu | ‘aS | w]e] -ms 81G 1Z | 08.6% 69-62 | 6L:6% | 118-62'076-6z | “EI
“mu | mud! sm | smu G¢ v9 | Lg.6% 18-62 82-63 L06-6¢ 946-62 | “ot C
“mu | ‘aud | “m | ms &%G OL | 8.62% | 99:66 £9.62 | €£S.60/\20L-60| “11 |
“uu O35 | oy | one cc IL | L9.6z ZS-6% 90-66 1ZL.62/818-6Z| ‘O1
‘msm | °MS | *m | sms 8S 1Z | LS.6z 99-63 99-63 8L6-62/100-08 | *6
‘as | *s | tm | ‘ms 09 gL | 09.6% 19-6% 12-62 066-62 696.62 | ‘8
88 rie ssl Sil tas zg v8 | 18-6¢ 18-62 62-62 £h6.62 096.62 | *L
*9)- |) tas |||) cas ) 19 i8 | 9T-0€ | 06.6Z L0-0€ 066.62 290.08 | “9
*s | ‘aso | *M ‘s $g¢ LL | 61-08} 01-0€ 0-08 191-0£961.0€ | *G
"msm| ‘oss | cm “s 9S GL | L8.6% 16-62 | 89-62 | £€0.0€ 601-08 | ‘Fb @ |
"ay Sol y| caea)| 28 LS v8 | S9.6% 0b-6% 09-62 0F9.62\8%8-6z | “€
"ms | ‘mu | uo] -s 567 SQ | 08-62 OL-62 | SS-6% OLL.6Z|0Z8-62 | °S
‘au ['as-a| "s | ‘ms €S 1L | 18-62% 01-66 91.6% ZLS.62/S99-62 | “I
nm ~ KS 2 cad ‘ur rye nerve P “f n
a a 5 2 | Bo : Po] ie Pe hae ui | “xen ee
Solemn | oS ol Bis |. : +
pe fe) # | PR | games sors | RES | onyesonyung sows | ee
ae
“Pulm *19JIULOWIAIY J, *19JIULOIV = Ey

loajayr

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 105. OCTOBER 1845.

XXII.—On the Howling Monkeys (Mycetes, Iiliger).
By J. BE. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c.

Mvcu attention has been paid by various zoologists to the spe-
cies of Monkeys of the Old World, but as yet little consideration
has been devoted to those of the western hemisphere, and pro-
bably zoologists have been deterred from attending to them on
account of the difficulty of the subject.

Humboldt in his ‘ Zoological Observations,’ Prince Maximilian
and Spix m their works on Brazilian zoology, are almost the
only modern authors who appear to have written on them from
the personal examination of the specimens, having moreover en-
joyed the advantage of observing them in their native forests.

Spix described one of the species, M. Caraya, as bemg black
im the male and yellow in the female and young; and Prince
Maximilian observes that the males and the specimens of M. ur-
sinus from the more northern regions of Brazil are rufous or fer-
ruginous, whilst the female and aihose from the more southern
regions are brown or blackish brown, and Lichtenstein describes
the young of this species as blackish. Cuvier observes, that there
is very little difference between M. ursinus and M. seniculus.

We have been fortunate at the British Museum in having pro-
cured a considerable number of specimens of this genus, and
as I find amongst those that have been received at the same time
or from the same localities the two sexes of nearly the same colour,
and the young and adult equally so, L am inclined for the pre-
sent to regard them as species; at the same time I must confess
that some of the specimens of the same apparent species vary
considerably in tint, and that some of the black species have so
many red hairs scattered amongst their fur when it is bent back
and examined, as to make one almost doubt if the black are not
another state or local variety of the red ones.

Under these difficulties, [ think it is desirable that the various
Ann. §& May. N. Hist, Vol. xvi. R

218 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Howling Monkeys.

specimens which we have in the British Museum should be ac-
curately described, leaving the consideration of the permanence of
the distinctions pomted out to be determined at some future time,
or by a person more fortunately placed for such a purpose. In
examining the species, I have been mduced to believe that the
manner in which the hai of the forehead is directed offers
perhaps a better character for the separation of the species than
that of the colour, or the length, softness or stiffness of the hairs ;
IT have therefore used it to divide the species or varieties into two
groups, though it separates specimens of nearly the same colour
and external appearance ; and I am aware that sometimes the hair
of the forehead has its direction more or less changed by the
animal-preserver ; yet, as far as I have been able to examine
these animals, it appears to afford a very available character.

The next character in importance appears to be the length and
softness, or the stiffness of the hairs of the fur ; unfortunately,
the different degrees of this character are not easily expressed in
words. In most of the species the hair is of one colour, appear-
mg more or less annulated from the shght curl or rather wave in
the hair; but in others it is darker at the base, and one species
has an obscure indication of a paler central ring.

I shall now proceed to characterize the different specimens in
the British Museum collection, premising, that for the purpose
of coming to a more correct conclusion as to their distinctness,
I have examined all the specimens which have come under my
observation in other Enghsh and continental museums. I may
remark that measurements are of little importance, as the adults
of all the specimens are nearly of the same size, and as nearly as
one can judge from stuffed specimens, the limbs, &c. are nearly
of the same proportion.

I. Forehead high, with the hair reflexed, forming a ridge across
the centre of the head.

1. The Araguata or Brown Howler, Mycetes ursinus, Pr. Max.
Abbild. t. Stmia ursina, Humb. Obs. t. 30. S.Guariba, Humb.
Obs. Zool. MM. fuscus, Kuhl, Beytr.; Spix, Braz. t. 30. brown
var.; M. stramineus, Spix, Braz. t.31. yellow var.; M. barbatus,
foem., Spix, Braz. t. 33 ? yellow var. ?

Brown or blackish, yellow-washed ; hairs rather rigid, brown
with yellowish tips.

Inhab. Brazils and British Guiana.

We have two males and two females of this species ; one of the
latter is young and the other adult. One male is yellow, with
the tail, hands and feet, the sides of the head, body and limbs

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Howling Monkeys. 219

redder. It agrees well with the MW. stramineus, Spix, t.31. The
young female is yellow-brown, darker on the shoulders; the
adult is black slightly washed with yellow from the small yellow
tips to the blackish hairs, and the other male is just intermediate
in colour between the two females ; the latter nearly agrees with
M. fuscus, Spix, t.30. In the Zoological Society’s museum are
two females from British Guiana, which are of a uniform dark
brown, with the hair between the shoulders very minutely yellow-
tipped.

2. The Golden Howler, Mycetes seniculus, Kuhl. Simia seniculus,
linn. Royal Monkey, Penn.; Buffon, N. H. Supp. vii. t. 25.

Reddish chestnut ; middle of the back golden yellow; hair
one-coloured to the base, short, rather rigid, without any under-
fur; of the head short.

Inhab. Brazils.

The Museum collection contains three adult males: we have
no females of a different colour that would suit them, and we
have none that have not their proper-coloured mates.

3. The Silky Howler, Mycetes laniger.

Reddish chestnut ; middle of the back golden yellow; hair
elongate, very soft and silky, dark brown at the base, golden or
chestnut at the tip, with a close under-fur; of the head rather
elongate.

Inhab. Columbia. Purchased at Paris.

We have two males and two females of this species, an adult
and half-grown specimen of each sex; one of the females has the
end half of the tail decidedly rather paler, so that in this parti-
cular it agrees with M. chrysurus of M. 1. Geoffroy ; but the other
specimen varies a little in the intensity of the colour of this part,
so that I cannot consider it of any importance.

4. Black and Yellow Howler, Mycetes bicolor.

Black ; hair rather rigid, uniform black, sides of the loins varied
with yellow ; hair of this part black, with a broad subcentral red-
dish-yellow band.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult male; it is much hke M. Caraya im external
appearance, but the hair of the forehead is decidedly reflexed,
marking a distinct ridge. It is most like M. seniculus in texture
of fur, &c., but very different-coloured. If it had not been of the
same sex and age as our specimen of that species, I might have
been inclined to have regarded it as identical.

R2

220 Mr. J. i. Gray on the Howling Monkeys.

Il. Forehead with the hair directed forwards ; crown smooth with
radiating hairs.

5. Red and Yellow Howler, Mycetes auratus.

Dark red chestnut-brown ; back and sides golden yellow ; haus
rather short and rigid, dark at the base; beard darker.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult specimen which appears to be a female. It
is very like M. seniculus m colour and in the shortness and rigid-
ness of the fur, but differs im the hair being brown at the base,
like M. ursinus and M. laniger, and from all these species in the
direction of the rather short close-pressed hair of the forehead.

6. Black Howler, Mycetes Caraya. Simia Caraya, Humb. Obs.
Zool. M. niger, Pr. Max. Abbild.

Black ; hair rather elongate and rigid, uniform black; the
sides, especially at the lois, with mterspersed reddish hairs.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult male.

7. Gray-handed Howler, Mycetes barbatus, Spix, Braz. t.32 2.

Black ; circumference of the face, hands, feet, mside of the
thighs and end of the tail grayish ; hair moderately long, rather
rigid, uniform-coloured.

Inhab. Brazils.

An adult (sex doubtful, probably female).

8. Yellow-handed Howler or Guariba, Mycetes Beelzebul. Simia
Beelzebul, Linn. M. rufimanus, Kuhl, Dict. Sa. Nat. xlix.
M. discolor, Spix, Braz. t. 34?

Black ; hands, feet, wpper line and tip of the tail, spot in front
of the ears and on knee reddish yellow; hairs rather soft, uni-
form black or reddish, with a few interspersed brown hairs on
the shoulders.

Inhab. Brazils, Para.

We have an adult anda half-grown female, and the very young
of the adult specimen.

9. The Villose Howler, Mycetes villosus.

Black ; hair very long, silky, uniform black, on the cheeks un-
der the ears brownish at the base.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult specimen of this species, which is imme-
diately known by the abundance, softness and length of the hair ;
but unfortunately it is in such bad condition that we cannot be

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 221

quite certain of the direction of the hair on the forehead, though
it appears to be directed forwards, nor of the sex.

Besides the nme species here described, there have been de-
scribed two which do not exactly agree with any specimens I have
seen, viz. M. chrysurus, I. Geoff., Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1832, and
M. flavicaudatus, Humboldt.

XXIII.— Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Oxystoma and Mag-
dalis. By Jonn Watton, Hsq., F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONID &.

Genus Oxystoma, Steph., Westw., Spry and Shuckard.

Mr. Sreruens has created this genus for the reception of the
following three species, separated by him from that of Apion,
which he refers to Duméril; but the latter author has taken his
characters from Attelabus Pomone of Fabricius*, and it is very
remarkable, that Duméril appears not to have been aware that
Kirby had previously characterized the genus Apion as a tribe of
insects which includes that species, consequently the name Oxy-
stoma of Duméril is cited by Kirby and Schonherr as a synonym
to that of Apion. I have always entertained considerable doubt,
from the characters selected by Mr. Stephens, whether Apion
fuseirostris, Ulicis and Geniste ought to be separated generically ;
Kirby and Curtis have located them in a separate section in the
genus Apion, because the rostrum is bent downwards or nutant
(a character common to many species), and this appears to be the
chief character upon which the new genus Oxystoma is founded.
It is generally understood that the female of Oxys. Ulicis, with its
remarkable elongate deflexed rostrum, is the type of the genus as
figured and referred to im the ‘ British Coleoptera’ by Spry and
Shuckard, and is also referred to Ap. Ulicis of Kirby by West-
wood in his ‘Generic Synopsis’; but Stephens describes the second
and third joints of the antennz as “ subglobose,”’ whereas they are
elongate, neither does the form of the rostrum nor the structure of
the antennze in the male agree with the characters given by him ;
therefore I think he has drawn them from Oxys. fuscirostris, as
it stands first in the genus. The three insects in question approx-
imate rather closely in general habit and affinity to some of those
species of the genus Apion which are placed by Germar and
Schonherr in the section that have their antennze seated near to
the base of the rostrum, and lkewise have the rostrum (when in
its natural position) deflexed ; for example, the small males of Ap.

* Dumér. Consid. sur les Ins. tab. 16. f. 6, 1823.

222 Mr.J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

Ulicis to the large females of Ap. atomarium, and the female of
Ap. Hookeri to that of Ap. Geniste: m the construction of the
rostrum Ap. fuscirostris resembles Ap. Ervi, Vicia, vicinum and
vorax, whilst others are more curved and deflexed, as Ap. varipes,
Ononides of Gyll., &e. Many species both foreign and British
are clothed more or less with hairs or bristles, and some with
elongate scales of various forms, as Ap. Malve, vernale, fusciros-
tris, Ulicis and Genista, but these characters are only regarded
as specific, not generic. All the species of the genus Apion have
the rostrum with two oblique fossulets or oblong foveze more or
less deep, terminating outwardly at the sides and inwardly be-
neath the rostrum ; their external edges or margins are more or
less incrassated or dilated, and are placed at a greater or less
distance from the base; the antennz are inserted within the
fossulets at the under sides, and always in the same relative
situation ; the form of the rostrum, the structure of the antenne,
together with the sexual dissimilarities m those organs are so ex-
tremely anomalous and discrepant in this natural group of insects,
that it is very difficult to find good or fixed characters for the
foundation of genera; the species are held together by general
habit, and especially by a peculiarity in the form of the trochan-
ters first described by Kirby*.

The three species comprised in the genus Oxystoma are fur-
nished with a remarkable process at the base of the rostrum be-
neath, which I shall endeavour to describe under their respective
names, and which, as far as I know, has not been noticed before ;
but these appendages or processes are not confined to thosé spe-
cies, for Apion Carduorum participates, and others in the genus
Apion have modifications of the same, but not so fully developed ;
Oxys. fuscirostris, Ulicis and Geniste differ however from all the
species of the genus Apion that I have examined in not having
antennal grooves at the base of the rostrum beneath, or under the
head, as in Apion Cracce, Pomone and subulatum ; these charac-
ters may be considered of sufficient importance to constitute a
new genus, and I therefore leave Ovystoma as it 1s.

1. O. fuscirostris, Fab., Steph.
Apion melanopum, Marsh., Kirb.
— fuscirostris, Germ., Schonh.

This insect is sparmgly clothed with whitish and cinnamon-
coloured elongate scales, which are distinct and well-defined when
magnified. ‘The rostrum is thickened at the base above, and
dilated on both sides at the pomts of insertion of the antenne,
and has two deep oblong fovee very near the base beneath,

* Linn. Trans. vol. x. p. 347.

|

——

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 223

diverging outwardly and terminating on each side in a deep sinus
for the reception of the antennze when extended forward ; the de-
curved edges behind each sinus are much produced in the middle,
curved inwardly, and form the posterior edges of the fovez ; the
latter have between them a narrow longitudinal ridge; the rostrum,
when viewed at the sides, has the appearance of being bidentate
at the base; the antennz are inserted at the under sides of the
rostrum near the base and within the fovez.

Apion difficile of Herbst, of which I have specimens from
Germar, is a distinct species, but closely allied to O. fuscirostris,
and having the rostrum at the base, as described by Germar, bi-
dentate.

I have taken many specimens of this imsect in the Charlton
sand-pits, and at Shirley Common near Croydon, from the broom
(Spartium Scoparium) 1 October.

2. O. Ulicis, Foster, Steph.

Apion Ulicis, Marsh., Kirb., Germ., Curt., Schonh.

This insect is densely covered with silvery gray elongate scales.
The female differs from the male in having the rostrum remark-
ably longer, the antenne distinctly longer and more slender,
and as a consequence the length of the articulations is extremely
disproportionate im the sexes. The rostrum at the base above and
beneath and its appendages are very similar to the preceding
species, but it differs m having the foveze strictly at the base,
with their external decurved edges considerably more dilated in
the middle, and when viewed laterally it appears to be acutely
bidentate ; the antennz are inserted at the under sides of the
rostrum near the base and within the fovez.

Very abundant in Yorkshire and in the south of England on
the common furze (Ulex europeus) from February to November.
Mr. George Luxford, by gathering (on the Ist of August) a num-
ber of the unopened pods of the common furze, found several
perfect insects of this species inclosed in nearly every one that
he examined.

3. O. Geniste, Steph.
Apion Geniste, Kirb., Germ., Curt., Schonh.

Densely clothed with silvery white and fawn-coloured elongate
scales; the rostrum at the base is constructed like that of fusci-
rostris, and with a similar process, but the decurved edges of the
foveze in the middle are less produced, and consequently when
viewed in profile it appears indistinctly bidentate.

I found this insect abundant on the north side of the Lake
House, Wanstead Flats, on Genista tinctoria in September, and
it is the only locality for it near London that I am acquainted
with; it appears to be very local and not frequently met with.

224 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

Genus Maepauis, Germ., Steph., Curt.
Magdalinus, Schonh. yu, p. 135.

Thamnophilus Schinh. olim, Rhinodes Schinh. olim, Steph., Pa-
nus Schinh. olim, Steph., Westw.

The few indigenous species of this genus have been described
by British and foreign authors under so many different names,
which have been so often transposed, that the nomenclature and
synonymy of several species are in the greatest confusion ; the
sexual dissimilarities in the form of the rostrum and the clava of
the antenne in many species, and the great variation in magni-
tude in nearly the whole, have added to the difficulty of determi-
ning the species correctly.

A. Femora dentate.
1. M. phlegmatica, Herbst, Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

Linear-elongate, blue-black and subglabrous. Head narrow,
oblong, subconical, depressed between the eyes, very closely and
minutely punctured; eyes rather large, prominent, and obscure
brown; rostrum subcylindrical, nearly as long as the head and
thorax, porrect, a little bent, slender, black and shining, delicately
punctulated throughout. Antenne rather longer than the ros-
trum, the basal joint piceous, the club robust, pubescent and
fuscous, inserted just behind the middle of the rostrum. Thorax
longer than broad, constricted and deeply impressed in front,
the anterior margin elevated, the base bisinuated, with the pos«
terior angles produced and reflexed, almost flat above, very thickly
punctured and dull blue-black. Elytra punctate-striate, the in-
terstices very distinctly punctulated and shming, and greenish
blue. Legs blue-black, with all the femora acutely dentate.
(Length 21—23 lines.)

I possess specimens of M. frontalis of Gyll. from Germar, which
are identical with Curc. Alliaria and C. violaceus of the Linnzan
cabinet, and I also possess Swedish specimens that agree with the
description of Rhynch. violaceus of Gyllenhal.

A specimen of this fine msect, which is new to our fauna, was
first found by the Rev. Wm. Little four or five years ago, on the
25th of May, by sweeping in marshy ground in Dalmeny Park,
Scotland; subsequently Mr. R. N. Greville captured two others
in the same locality, one of which he kindly presented to me:
these are all that are known.

2. M. carbonaria, Linn. (Mus. Linn.), Gyll. 2, Curtis d ¢.
Rhynch., atratus, Gyll. g, vol. iii.
M. atramentaria, Germ. (not Marsh.), Gyll. g 2, Schonh.

This insect differs from the following m having the thorax nar-

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 225

rowed in front, dilated and rounded at the sides, and the latter
crenulated before the middle ; the elytra very shining, profoundly
punctate-suleate, the mtervals between the punctures narrow and
distinctly elevated, the interstices of the sulci narrow, convex,
nearly smooth or very finely rugose transversely. (Length 2—3}
lines.) Gyllenhal justly observes, that it varies greatly in magni-
tude ; it also varies in having the sides of the thorax more or ‘jess
dilated and rounded in the middle. Mr. Waterhouse has a fine
male specimen (34 lines) that has the thorax subglobose, with
the sides remarkably dilated and rounded. I have a very small
female specimen that only measures two lines in length, and has
the thorax less rounded at the sides in proportion. The insect
preserved in the Linnzan museum, which is pinned to the name
carbonarius, agrees so well with the short description of Linnzeus,
that I have no doubt of its authenticity ; it 1s a large female (84
Imes), and the insect placed near to the label, but not upon it, is
certainly a small male (2 lines) of the same species ; these insects
agree so very closely in every character with Gyllenhal’s deserip-
tions of Rhynch. carbonarius ( 2?) which he refers to Linnzeus, and
R. atratus (3g), that there can be no doubt of their identity.
Mr. Curtis has figured with his usual accuracy the female, and
the head and rostrum of the male; ; I have frequently inspected
the two msects in his cabinet, and I am now satisfied they are
correctly referred by him to Cure. carbonarius of Linnzus, al-
though at one period, from the variable form of the sides of the
thorax and their small sides, [ was a little dubious. Germar has
incorrectly referred this insect to Cure. atramentarius of Mar-
sham* ; Gyllenhal in his 4th volume, in accordance with the opi-
nions of Schonherr and Germar, has adopted that name, and
cited carbonarius of Linnzeus as synonymous ; Schonherr in his
Supplement (vu. p. 140) still adheres to the Marshamian name,
and there refers it to Germar!, notwithstanding he had pre-
viously received specimens from me (as will be seen below) of the
true Cure. atramentarius of Marsham and Kirby. Cure. carbo-
narius of Fab. (Mus. Fab.) is referred with doubt by Germar to
Linneus ; it is elaborately and well described by Professor C. H.
Boheman in the work of Schonherr under the name of Magda-
linus carbonarius of Fabr., a name that must necessarily be
changed. I possess an insect given to me by Mr. Bracey Clark
(which he found upon the fir, pane sylvestris, at the sides of the
Jura mountains in Switzerland) that agrees exactly with the de-
scription by Boheman of Cure. carbonarius of Fab.

Only seven specimens of this insect have come under my ob-
servation : two in the collection of Mr. Curtis, taken by him from
a hazel-tree near Ambleside the 19th of June; one in each of the

* Ins. Spec. p. 1938.

226 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

cabinets of Mr. Dale and Mr. Waterhouse ; the fifth in that of the
Rev. Wm. Little, captured at Raehills in Dumfries-shire ; the
sixth received by Mr. 8. Stevens from Newcastle, and the seventh
kindly presented to me by Mr. Heysham of Carlisle ; it appears
to be rare and only found in the north.

3. M. aterrima, Fab. 1781 (Mus. Fab., Mus. Banks), Germ.,
Steph.
Cure. atramentarius, Marsh. 1802 (Mus. Steph., Mus. Kirb.),
Steph.
— stygius, Marsh. var., Gyll., Schénh., Curt.
M. asphaltina, Steph. ¢.

This insect differs from the preceding in having the thorax sub-
quadrate, the sides slightly rounded, sometimes nearly straight,
and armed on each side adjacent to the anterior margin with a
large tooth, behind which are several smaller ones ; the elytra less
deeply punctate-striate, the interstices flat, broader than the striz,
and very finely strigated transversely or coriaceous. I forwarded
many specimens of this insect to Schénherr and Germar, with
the name Cure. atramentarius of Marsham and Kirby, citing
Curc. stygius as synonymous, with a note of mterrogation to the
latter name ; all my specimens were referred by them to Magd.
stygia of Gyll., aterrima of Fab. ; subsequently I have had an op-
portunity of examining a typical example of Cure. stygius of Mar-
sham, and I have now no doubt whatever it 1s but a small nar-
row variety of his Cure. atramentarius. According to the mu-
seums of Fabricius and Banks, the first examined by Germar and
the last by myself, this species 1s doubtless the true Curc. ater-
rimus of Fabricius ; but he refers it to Linnzeus ; yet the Linnean
Cure. aterrimus, according to the insect in his cabinet, is the
Apion marchicum of Herbst, and as it does not entirely agree
with the description of Linnzeus, the name is sunk ito a syno-
nym (see notes on Apion marchicum) ; under these circumstances
I consider there will be less risk of confusion by followmg Ger-
mar and Stephens in adopting the oldest name.

This is rather a common insect im the south of England, but
apparently very scarce in the north ; I have found it in Yorkshire,
and plentifully near Gravesend, always upon the common elm-
tree (Ulmus campestris), in July.

B. Femora unarmed.

4. M. Cerasi, Linn., Marsh., Germ., Gyll., Schonh.
Rhynch. Rhini, Gyll. 2, vol. ii.
Rhinodes Cerasi, Steph. 2.
Panus barbicornis, Steph. , Mus. Steph.
Curc. Cerasi, Mus. Kirb.

The males of my foreign specimens of Magd. barbicornis from

Mr. T.C. Eyton on some new species of Birds from Malacca. 227

Germar and Chevrolat differ from the males of this insect in ha-
ving the basal joints of the antennz rufous ; the club of a very
different form, being narrower, considerably longer, and densely
clothed with erect rigid hairs ; the thorax very finely punctured ;
the elytra glossy, deeply sulcate, the sulci famtly punctured, and
the interstices convex and finely coriaceous: although I have ex-
amined many collections of this family of insects, I have never
seen a British example of Magd. barbicornis.

Occasionally found upon the black-thorn (Prunus spinosa) in

hedges in July.

5. M. Pruni, Linn., Mus. Linn., Marsh., Gyll., Germ., Curt.,
Schonh.
Curc. ruficorne, Linn., Mus. Linn.
Rhinodes Pruni, Steph.
Cure. Pruni, Mus. Kirb.

Mr. Stephens has separated this and the preceding species from
Magdalis under the name of Rhinodes, but they are closely linked
in general habit and in affinity to M. carbonaria and M. aterrima,
especially in the sexual disparities in the form of the rostrum ;
and as no other writer that I am aware of, excepting Mr. West-
wood in his ‘ Generic Synopsis,’ has concurred in this subdivision,
I have no hesitation in following those authors who have retained
them in the genus Magdalis.

I have always found this insect (but not plentifully) upon the
same plant as the foregoing in July.

The following observations on genera, on which I have nothing
further to remark, may be as well introduced here.

Phloéobius griseus, Steph., is, according to Schéuherr, Arece-
rus Coffee, Fab., a native of the East Indies, &e.

Rhinobatus planus, Steph.: British specimens sent to Schén-
herr were named Larinus Carline, Oliv.

Lizus productus, Marsh., Steph., is, accordmg to the Linnzan
museum, Livus paraplecticus of Linn.

Bothynoderes, Schouh. olim, albidus, Fab.; now Cleonus, Schonh.,
albidus, Fab. .

XXIV.—Descriptions of some apparently new species of Birds from
Malacca. By T. C. Eyton, Esq., F.L.S.

Tue collection of birds from which the followmg have been
selected was brought to this country by Capt. Andrew Charlton
of the East India Service, the discoverer of the tea-plant in As-
sam, and collected by him on the Malay Peninsula.

Astur barbatus. A. brunneus, gula alba linea atra longitudinali

228 Mr. T. C. Eyton on some new species of Birds from Malacca.

notata ; posteriore parte colli albis maculis ornata, macula post-
oculari subtusque strigis transversis albis notatis; tectricibus su-
perioribus caudie albis maculis notatis, inferioribus totius ejusdem
coloris ; rectricibus caude supra quatuor vectibus, subtusque api-
cali, transversatis ; rostro aoe cera pedibusque flavis.
Long. tot. 163 unc. ; tarsi 25%; unc. ; ros. fron. 1 unc.

Athene malaccensis. A. fuliginoso-brunnea subtus alba maculis ro-
tundatis brunneis notatis rectricibus secondariis vectibus angustis
albis et transversis ornatis ; cauda utrinque fasciis quatuor atris
transversatis ; rostro atro, culmine pedibusque flavis.

Long. tot. 11 unc. ; tarsi 1 une. ; ros. fron. # unc.

Pycnonotus rufocaudatus. P. vertice cinereo, gula alba dorso alis
tectricibusque caudz flavo-brunncis ; subtus lete flavus, cauda
rufa, pedibus flavis ; rostro nigrescente, marginibus flavescentibus.
Long. tot. 74 unc. ; tarsi 11 lin. ; ros. fron. 3 in.

Fem. mari similis, sed capite brunnea et reliquis coloribus obscuris.

Malacopteron squamatum. M. capite dorsoque superiore oleaceo-
brunneis, gula subtusque albis, singulis pennis media parte atro
notatis ; uropygio marginibusque exterioribus rectricum caude
lete castaneis ; ventre imo brunneo ; rostro atro, pedibus tarsisque
cinerels.

Long. tot. 6} unc.; ros. fron. $ une. ; tarsi 10 lin.

Malacopteron aureum. M. dorso uropygio marginibus externis rec-
tricum caude alarumque aureo-viridibus tectricibus inferioribus
caude lete aureis, capite collo subtusque cinereis ; rostro atro, pe-
dibus viridibus.

Long. tot. 54 unc. ; tarsi Zunc.; ros. fron. unc.

Tvos metallicus. 1. flavus capite gulaque atro-zneis, remigibus fascia-
que prope apicem caudz atris, rostro pedibusque atris.
Long. tot. 8 unc. ; tarsi $ unc.; ros. fron. 5 lin.

Fem. mari similis, sed capite subtusque cinereis rectricibusque caude
interne brunneis.

tole

Brachypteryx maculatus. B. partibus superioribus brunneis, vertice
saturatiore, medio pennarum capite dorso superiore scapularibus-
que striga longitudinali alba ornatis ; genis gula subtusque albis,
macula ad basin rostri lateribusque ferrugineis, pectore fascia atra
indefinita transversato ; rostro atro, pedibus flavis.

Long. tot. 5 unc. ; ros. fron. 5 lin. ; tarsi 9 lin.

Brachypteryz nigrogularis. B. capite gula thoraceque atris, linea
superciliari macula ad basin rostri marginibus pennarum frontis
fasciaque pectorali semicirculari albis ; dorso, scapularibus, margi-
nibus externis remigum rectricibusque caude lete brunneis, sub-
tus cinereis ; rostro atro mandibula inferiore ad basin alba, pedibus
nigris.

Long. tot. 54 unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin, ; tarsi 11 lin,

Brachypteryx acutirostris. B. vertice dorso caudaque brunneis sca-

Mr. T. C. Eyton on some new species of Birds from Malacca. 229

pularibus marginibusque exterioribus remigum lete castaneis
subtus genisque cinereis ; rostro atro, pedibus cinereis.
Long. tot. 42 unc. ; ros. fron. $ unc. ; tarsi 3 unc.

This is the smallest species of the genus with which I am ac-
quainted. The above three species differ in the comparative length
of the bill, but as they agree in the structure of the wings, feet and
tail, I am unwilling to increase the number of genera by subdividing
them.

PHILENTOMA, 0. g.

Rostrum capite zequale ad apicem incisum latum depressum lateribus
tumidis, ad basin setis longis armatis nares ovales.

Tarsi mediocres digiti externi vix longiores quam interni posteriores
medios zquantes, ungues compressi, posteriores longissimi, scuta
tarsi indivisa.

Ale rotundatz prima penna remigum spuria, secunda breviore tertia,
tertia duabus proximis inter se eequalibus.

Cauda mediocris rotundata tectricibus superioribus mollibus et longis.

The above genus has the bill of nearly the same form as in Musci-
peta, but the long and soft feathers at the base of the tail at once
distinguish it from that genus.

Philentoma castaneum. P. capite pectore dorsoque superiore azureis,
gula cauda marginibusque rectricum alarum castaneis, ventre tec-
tricibusque inferioribus caudz albis ferrugineo leviter tinctis, tec-
tricibus superioribus caudz elongatis mollibus et ferrugineo-cine-
reis ; rostro atro, pedibus corneis.

Long. tot. 64 unc. ; tarsi 7 lin.; ros. fron. 7 lin.; ros. latum 4 lin.
Fem. mari similis, sed capite pectore dorsoque superiore cinereis, et

rostro corneo.

Picus rubiginosus. P. capite gula subtusque brunneis fronte palli-
diore collo capistro coccineo circumdato nisi anteriore parte, dorso
brunneo verticibus pennarum sordide rubiginosis remigibus mar-
ginibus exterioribus rubiginosis interioribus fuscis, totiusque fasciis
angustis brunneis transversatis, cauda atra ; rostro flavo, pedibus
atris.

Long. tot. 8 unc. ; ros. fron. 1,5 unc.; tarsi 10 lin.

Dendrocopus sordidus. D. gula genis paucisque pennarum cristze
sordide cinereis reliquis criste verticeque flavo brunneo, dorso re-
migibusque secondariis atris, marginibus flavo-albis remigibus pri-
mariis caudaque atris, uropygio marginibusque pennarum tectri-
cum inferiorum caudz flavo-albis tinctis ; rostro pedibusque atris.
Long. tot. 54 unc.; ros. fron. 2 unc. ; tarsi 7 lin.

Fem. mari similis, sed crista verticeque totius cinereis.

Tripsurus auritus. 'T. ater fronte verticeque cinereis brunneis leviter
tinctis, occipite atro vix cristato lateribus utrinque macula parva
coccinea, dorso alis caudaque atris, illo immaculato, his transver-
satis et maculatis albo, subtus sordide albus mediis pennarum atris,
rostro pedibusque atris.

Long. tot. 43 unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin. ; tarsi £ unc.

230 Mr. T. Moore on Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata.

Theron tenuirostre. 'T. capite colloque castaneis, dorso humerisque
vinaceis, pectore ochraceo, uropygio ventreque canis, cauda supe-
riore parte tectricibusque viridibus inferiore atra apice cano tec-
tricibus inferioribus lete castaneis et elongatis ad extremitatem
caude, tibiis maculaque inter illos flavis remigibus scapularibusque
atris flavo lete marginatis ; rostro flavo, pedibus rubris.

Long. tot. 10 unc. ; tarsi 3 unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin.

Perdix Charltonii. P. dorso alisque superiore parte atris oleaceo-
brunneis irroratis et maculatis, vertice nuchaque brunneis, gula
fronte lineaque superciliari albis singulis pennarum atro apice ma-
culatis, collo capistro ferrugineo ornato pectore lateribusque atris,
fasciis ferrugineis, transversatis ventre maculaque post-oculari fer-
rugineis, tibiis albidis, rostro pedibusque flavis.

Long. tot. 12 unc.; tarsi 14 unc. ; ros. fron. ? unc.

Rallus superciliaris. WR. oleaceo-brunneus gula alba striga superci-
liari rufo subtus strigis atris et albis transversis alternate notatis,
pedibus rostroque viridibus.

Long. tot. 95 unc. ; tarsi 14 unc. ; ros. fron. 54, unc.

XXV.—On the Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata.
By Tuomas Moors, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,
Tr may be interesting to some of your readers to know that the
Glyceria plicata of Fries has been determined to hold a place in
the British flora.

The following are the circumstances upon which this state-
ment has been made. In the summer of 1844 I was much struck
by the great difference in appearance between the plants of Gly-
ceria (assumed to be G. fluitans) which surrounded one or two
pools of water in some meadows northwards of London. The
plants appeared to consist of two distinct forms, which grew in-
termixed, and were so different from each other as to be detected
on the slightest glance. One of these forms had the leaves about
half-folded, so as to appear channeled ; at the same time, they
were long and gradually tapermg to a fine pomt, and conse-
quently had the appearance of being much narrower than those
of the other form, which had (comparatively) short, flat (and
therefore apparently broad) and obtusely-pomted leaves. Ona
closer examination, that which may be termed the narrow-leaved
plant was found to have large, oblong outer pales, whilst in the
broad-leaved plant these were smaller and of an ovate form. I
generally noticed that in plants of equal vigour the spikelet was

eee

96S CEO Bhs

Mr. T. Moore on Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata. 231

about of equal size im the two kinds, but in the broad-leaved one
there are a greater number, about one-third more, of flowers.

From the first, I had formed an opinion that the plants were
abundantly distinct either as species or varieties; and with this
impression I took an early opportunity of sending them to Mr.
Babington, who, not having time to give them the requisite
careful examination, forwarded them to Dr. Parnell, and also
subsequently communicated to me Dr. Parnell’s opinion, that
“he could find no character to distinguish them.” I could not
however believe that two grasses, as different in their foliation as
grasses well could be, were really identical ; and accordingly I
procured some seeds of the broad-leaved plant, which I conceived
to be the least common, and from them I have this season raised
a plant or two, which though not old enough to flower, retain
precisely the same character in their foliage, and thus furnish
collateral evidence that the plant im question is permanently dif-
ferent.

Mr. Babington has subsequently given both plants a most
rigid and careful examination, and has detected the following
specific distinctions :—

Narrow-leaved (G. fluitans). Broad-leaved (G. plicata).
Outer pale oblong, nearly three times Outer pale oval, twice as long as
as long as broad; apex rounded, or broad ; apex obtuse-angled, with
with a large triangular point, and three nearly equal teeth.

a minute tooth on each side.
Anthers about five times as long as Anthers three times as long as broad,

broad, pale yellow when dry. fuscous when dry.

Panicle nearly simple, with few Panicle with numerous branches from
(1—3) branches from the lower the lower joints.
joints.
To which the following may be added :—

Leaves tapering, acute. Leaves broad, less acute.

Ligule twice as long as broad; apex Ligule about as long as broad; apex
rounded, ending in a fine point. with a long central tooth and two

smaller toothlets.

Another summer acquaintance with the plants, both in a wild
and cultivated state, tends only to confirm the conviction of their
being decidedly distmet. Mr. Babington has also several times
during the present summer examined fresh specimens; and the
result is, that he considers the narrow-leaved plant to be un-
doubtedly the G. fluitans, and the broad-leaved one the G. pli-
cata of Fries.

The figure given m ‘English Botany, t. 1520, most nearly
agrees with the latter plant.

Having directed attention to these plants, I shall leave for more
competent hands the task of pointing out the details of the dif-
ferences between them. I may mention, that I have since met

232 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

with both plants in several localities ; in fact, both appear to be
plentiful in situations suitable for them.
I am, yours, &c.,
September 1, 1845. Toomas Moore.

P.S. Mr. Babington has just favoured me with the following
specific characters for these two plants :—

G. fluitans (R. Br.); panicle subsecund, slightly branched,
very long ; branches nearly simple, roughish, divaricated whilst
in flower ; spikelets linear, of 7—12 flowers; outer pale nearly
thrice as long as broad, blunt ; anthers about five times as long as
broad (purple); sheaths compressed. Leaves pale green, acute.
Ligule elongate. Outer pale blunt, with a triangular central
point. Dry anthers pale yellow.—Poa fluitans, var. subspicata,
Parnell’s British Grasses, p].95. This plant is considered as the
true Festuca fluitans of Linnzeus by the Swedish botanists ; it was
originally published under that name in ‘ Linn. FI. Suec.’

G. plicata (Fries); panicle compound; branches compound,
nearly smooth, divaricated whilst in flower ; spikelets lmear, of
7—20 flowers ; outer pale oval, twice as long as broad ; apex ob-
tuse-angled, with three nearly equal teeth ; anthers thrice as long
as broad (yellow) ; sheaths compressed. Resembling G. fluitans.
Ligule shorter. Dry anthers fuscous. Leaves glaucous, bluntish.
—G. plicata, Fries, Noy. Fl. Suec. Mant. 1.6. F. fluitans, Eng.
Bot. pl. 1520. Poa fluitans, Parn. pl. 45 (not good). Mr. Ba-
bington has seen authentic specimens of this plant, from Fries
himself, which agree with that found commonly in Britain.

XXVI.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal
Lepidoptera. By Eywarpv Dovus.epay, Esq., Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum, F°.L.8. &e.

{Continued from p. 182.]

Fam. NYMPHALIDAL.
Genus Diapema, Boisd.

Diadema Nama, Boisd. MSS. D.-alis anticis sinuatis nigris, posticis
castaneis, omnibus albo lineatis maculatisque. Exp. alar. 3 unc,
6 lin. vel 90 millim.

Hab. Sylhet, &c.

Anterior wings with the outer margin sinuate, slightly glossed
with purplish, especially towards the apex ; with numerous semi-
transparent markings of a bluish white, viz. a longitudimal vitta
in the cell at the base, followed by two spots, of which the outer
one is triangular; above these three indistinct spots, the middle
one sometimes wanting ; between the lower median nervule and

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 233

the radial nervure two vitte united at the base, the upper one
followed by a round spot; above these between the nervules five
vittee, of which the one nearest the costa is pointed, the others
bifid externally, each vitta followed by three spots, of which the
lower are somewhat lunulate, the upper ones more rounded ; four
rounded spots near the apex, two near the anal angle. The imner
margin is glaucous, the apex tinged with brown. Posterior wings
castaneous, darker in the females than in the males, with seven
whitish subdiaphanous vittz placed between the nervules, all, ex-
cept the innermost, followed by a round white dot, beyond which
the ground-colour of the wings is slightly darker; towards the
outer margin a series of indistinct whitish spots, sometimes nearly
obsolete. Cilia of all the wings spotted with white. Below, the
anterior wings are black with strong blue reflections, the apex
broadly chestnut, slightly bronzed towards the disc ; the markings
as above but clearer, with two additional spots on the costa near
the base. Posterior wings paler than above, the white portions
more or less irrorated with chestnut scales; on the margin a di-
stinct series of whitish lunules.

Head, thorax and abdomen black, clothed with gray hairs ;
head above and thorax below spotted with white ; abdomen below
gray ; palpi black, spotted with white ; antenne black.

In the cabinets of the British Museum, Xe.

This species, which much resembles Pap. Agestor and Danais
Tytia, has the cells of all the wings open. The genus Diadema
as it now stands requires subdivision ; the neuration I believe will
be of great service for this purpose.

D, Lisarda. D. alis omnibus fuscis, vittis discoidalibus albidis, se-
riebus duabus submarginalibus punctorum albidorum. Exp. alar,

5 unc. 6 lin. vel 140 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings fuscous with whitish markings, viz. an elon-
gate spot at the base and extremity of the discoidal cell, an oval
one near the costa towards the middle, a series of vittee between
the nervules, of which the first and third from the costa are short
and narrow, the second also slender but longer, the fourth long,
the fifth and sixth progressively shorter, well-defined towards the
base, less so externally, the seventh broad, short, the eighth broad,
longer than the seventh, the ninth long, commencing near the
base, the tenth occupying the mner margin from the base nearly
to the anal angle ; near the margin between the nervules a series of
seven more or less rounded spots, of which the one nearest the anal
angle is geminate ; this series, preceded by another of six spots,
of which all except the first are connected with the vittee by im-
distinct prolongations. Posterior wings with the base and abdo-
minal margin whitish, the nervures broadly brown, a broad yitta

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

234 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

near the anterior margin, five vitte around the cell, a series of
eight round spots near the margin, and four between these and
the terminations of the vittee, all whitish. Cilia fuscous, spotted
with white. Below, anterior wings with the disc fuscous, the
apex light brown, the markings nearly as above but more defined ;
posterior wings brown, the discoidal cell and abdominal fold
whitish, the vittee nearly as above but much less distinct ; the
vitta between the first and second discoidal nervules terminated
by a rounded spot ; the mner row of whitish dots very small, the
outer much larger.

Head and thorax black, spotted with white, the latter gray pos-
teriorly. Abdomen gray at the sides, fuscous above and below.

This insect in form and in some respects in colourmg resem-
bles P. dissimilis. It has the cell of both wings closed. Of three
specimens in the Museum collection, no one has the antennze
perfect ; a fragment on one specimen is black.

Fam. MORPHID/Z.

Genus THAUMANTIS.

Th. Diores. Th.alis omnibus nigro-fuscis supra maculis magnis disci,
perpulchre czeruleis, nitidis; subtus strigis disci fuscis marginisque
externi albidis; posticis ocellis duobus. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 9 lin. .
vel 95 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Above, all the wings fuscous black, the anterior with a broad
band-like spot, commencing near the costa beyond the middle,
and extending towards the anal as far as the lowest median ner-
vule. This spot is of a brilliant metallic, changeable blue, much
paler and less changeable externally. On the posterior wings is
a large patch of the same rich blue, paler in the centre, oceupy-
ing the whole disc of the wing. Below, all the wings less black
than above, the outer margin paler; this pale portion bounded
internally by an undulated pale or whitish striga, becoming
brown towards its termination at the anal angle of the posterior
wings: between this and the margin is another less distinct si-
milar striga. The anterior wings have besides two fuscous strigee
in the discoidal cell inclosmg a paler space, and a third striga
commencing on the costa beyond the cell and extending ob-
liquely nearly to the anal angle, slightly bordered internally with
whitish. The posterior wings have a transverse fuscous striga
near the base, and another commencing near the middle of the
costa and reaching nearly to the anal angle. Just within the
pale submarginal striga near the costa is a round yellowish spot,
inclosing a brown one placed towards its outer margin, and be-
tween the first and second median nervule a round black spot
sprinkled with blue atoms anteriorly, and surrounded by a yel-

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 235

lowish and a black iris. Anal angle with a geminate spot com-
posed of black and white atoms.

Head, thorax and abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum, &c.

This species seems to be the representative of Th. Odana in
Northern India, and does not seem to be rare. The blue is of a
peculiar brilhancy.

Fam. PAPILIONID/.

Genus Papriio.

P. Evan, P. alis anticis elongatis falcatis acuminatis, posticis elon-
gatis, dentatis, caudatis, omnibus luteo-rufis, margine externo
late fusco-brunneo, maculis lunulisque luteo-rufis, Exp. alar.
5 une. | lin, vel 130 millim.

Anterior wings elongate, faleate, acuminate, of bright light
fulvous, the base and anterior portion of the costa more ob-
scure, the costa from the middle to the apex and the exterior
margin deep brown, with fulyous spots at the apex and anal
angle ; a sigmoid spot in the cell and a larger spot on the disco-
cellular nervure of the same colour as the margin. Posterior
wings elongate, dentate, caudate, light fulvous at the base, deep
fuscous brown beyond ; a series of five lunulate light fulvous spots
near the outer margin, preceded by three spots and a striga of a
deeper fulvous near the anal angle, the tail fulvous brown, paler
towards the apex; cilia marked with pale fulvyous near the outer
angle. Below, the wings a bright yellow-ochre colour, the ante-
rior with seyeral irregular spots in the cell, a larger one on the
discoidal, three on the costa near the apex, a fourth below the
last of these, followed by a zigzag line, and the outer margin
bright brown : the margin is marked with lighter-coloured clouds,
and preceded by some indistinct spots on the nervures more or
less confounded with it. The posterior wings have four brown
spots at the base, a broad band beyond the middle of deep rich
brown, extending along the abdominal margin to the tails, which
are brown. This band is marked anteriorly between the nervules
with silvery atoms, those nearest the inner margin forming a sil-
very lunule. Beyond the band the wings are of the same colour
as at the base, with four sigmoid spots, a narrow line on the
margin itself, and the cilia at the ends of the neryules rich
brown.

Head and antenne brown.

Thorax bright shining black, covered at the sides with brown
hair and scales, apparently naturally almost bare on the dise.

Abdomen yery pointed, luteo-fulyous.

This beautiful species, figured on the second plate of my Ge-
nera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, is closely allied to P. Payeni of Van

S2

236 M.J. Minter on the Structure of Nuphar lutea.

der Hoeven ; but a comparison of the two figures will at once
show the difference, P. Payeni beg much smaller and not having
the posterior wings dentate, and also wanting the broad deep
brown band below.

[To be continued. ]

XX VII.—On the Surface of the Stem and Contents of the Medul-
lary Cells of Nuphar lutea (Smith). By Jutivs Minrer*.

AttuoucH the internal structure of the submersed stems of
Nuphar lutea, Sin., is but little adapted for indicating the dico-
tyledonous nature of the Nympheacee, still in other respects it
possesses so much interest, that it appears well-worthy of a spe-
cial notice in these pages. The stem of the yellow water-lily is
found in tolerably deep stagnant waters, lakes and large rivers ;
its length is 5 feet or more, and its diameter from 23 to 3 inches ;
it is sometimes simple and sometimes branched, and sends off
from its summit to the surface of the water its floating leaves and
beautiful flowers on smooth footstalks, which are often 6 to 8
inches long. The stem is sometimes brought to the surface of
the water or the banks either by the net of the fisherman or the
drying up of the water, and we are then enabled to examine it
more accurately.

The entire surface of the stem is coated with elastic leaf-scars
directed obliquely from above downwards, as in the stems of the
Cycade@, and the torn bundles of woody fibre are indicated on these
scars. We do not, however, usually find any buds in the angles
of the leaf-scars, and in such a case not even the slightest trace
of one. But where the buds situated in the angles are developed,
they form a branch directed almost at right angles to the axis,
which soon acquires the thickness of the stem. A little below
the leaf-stalk scars, which are arranged circularly around the stem,
we find single or grouped foveolee of the size of a pea, of a more
or less rounded form, which are either arranged beneath these
leaf-scars around the stem, or are only visible on those parts of
its surface directed towards the soil. When these foveole are
grouped, three, five or six together, the lower ones are usually
larger than the upper, and on minutely examining them we find
a remarkable resemblance of each foveole to the cavity of the
human acetabulum. In the former a circular protuberance
(limbus) surrounds the fovyeoles, as in the latter, but this has in
addition a notch at its lower part ; we then find on the inner sur-
face of the pit a rmg running parallel with the limb, 7. e. con-

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, Aug. 1845,

M. J. Minter on the Structure of Nuphar lutea. 237

centric ; at the bottom of the pit a bundle of woody fibres, broken
off, but still somewhat projecting, hke the ligamentum teres of
the human acetabulum ; the surface of the pit between this woody
bundle and the ring-shaped scar is smooth, and presents nothing
remarkable. As regards the nature of these elegant pit-like scars,
by comparing all parts of the surface we soon perceive that they
owe their origin to roots, which separate spontaneously ; this view
is confirmed by tracing the course of the separation. Hven whilst
the root is perfectly entire, the bark of the stem is raised from
the surface of the latter, and gives rise to the above-mentioned
limb. The concentric rmg on the inner surface of the pit is
formed by the separation of the bark of the root from that of the
stem, and the broken-off woody bundle found in the bottom of
the pit was previously continuous with the central woody bundle
of the root.

Besides this interesting formation of sears from the spontaneous
separation of roots, a phenomenon which I have never elsewhere
observed, the solid contents of the cells of the highly developed
pith excited particular interest.

If we examine microscopically that portion of the stem most
remote from the buds placed on the summit, we find that the
contents of the cells do not assume any definite shape, but form
a parenchymatous tissue filled with water or air. At the distance
of 2—3 inches, however, and especially just beneath the buds on
the summit, all the cells of the pith are filled with a solid sub-
stance which has a definite form, is coloured blue on the addition
of aqueous solution of iodine, and consequently agrees in proper-
ties with starch. As regards the forms of the particles, some are
simple, more or less rounded cells ; others are hemispherical, and
formed of two grains lying in contact hke rolls; again, others
form segments of circles, and derive their shape from the union
of three double grains, and are arranged either in a linear or
superficial manner : we also observe granules which are formed
from the union of four, and finally perfect penta- and polyhedra.

Whilst these forms agree most distinctly with those of the
starch particles which I found and described in Gloriosa superba,
their size forms also another point of similitude ; it cannot indeed
be asserted that the Nuphar starch in general exhibits such
large particles as the Gloriosa, but it most resembles it in the
relative size of the separate granules ; in it the internal layers are
as sharply outlined as in the Gloriosa starch, and thus afford a
good substitute for the latter, which is so difficult to obtain. For
this reason I recommend the Nuphar starch as an excellent ex-
ample for those who have occasion to demonstrate microscopi-
cally ; and also to those who may think it worth while to test my
view of the centripetal formation of the starch granules, as I am

238 Dr. Hooker on some results of Deep-sea Dredging.

unacquainted with any other plant, except the Gloriosa, which
exhibits the innermost layers of the compound starch forms with
such remarkable distinctness.

XXVIII.—Note on some Marine Animals, brought up by Deep-sea
Dredging, during the Antarctic Voyage of Captain Sir Jamus
C. Ross, R.N.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

My pear Sir, West Park, Kew, Aug. 31, 1845.
Havine remarked, in the notice given of Mr. Goodsir’s valuable
labours in the last number of the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.,’ that
300 fathoms is supposed to be the extreme depth from which
living animals have been dredged, I think it may interest some
of your readers to know that Sir James Ross, during the late
Antarctic Voyage, used the dredge on several occasions with
considerable success in the same and in much deeper water.

In latitude 33° 82! S. and long. 167° 40! E., living specimens
of Hornera frondosa, besides four other Corals, a Dictrupia, two
Ophiure, an Annelide, one small Kehinus (and the spines of an-
other, three inches in length), were all procured in a living state
from 400 fathoms.

Off Victoria Land, between the parallels of 71° and 78° of south
latitude, the dredge was repeatedly employed; once with great
success at 380 fathoms. Generally the contents of the net, after
dredging at between 200 and 400 fathoms in these latitudes,
were various Crustacea, as numerous Nymphia, Pycnogona of a
very large size, and such Arctic genera as Crangon, Alpheus,
Gammarus and Idotea, the species sometimes resembling very
closely indeed those that Capt. Ross had met with during the
North Polar voyages: of Mollusca, the genus Chiton, Boltenia,
and the remains of both univalve and bivalve shells, of which we
found no traces on the lands we visited; various Annelides and
Serpule, Ophiure and Asteria, Alectos, Bicellaria, an Encrinite
resembling the Irish one, very many Virgularie and Sponges,
with Holothurie several inches in length. The pebbles were ge-
nerally covered with Flustre ; but on one occasion a magnificent
mass of syenite was procured, the edges of which were sharp
and the surface clean; it must have been but recently deposited
by an iceberg, for the greater proportion of the stones around
were of trap or basalt of various kinds.

The most remarkable circumstance connected with this subject
of deep-sea dredging is, that the bottom of the Antarctic Ocean,
near the lands visited by Sir James Ross, was found to be covered
with a mud consisting in great part of the remains of Infusoria,

i i i i i i

Dr. Hooker on some results of Deep-sea Dredging. 239

very similar to those forming the “fossil powder” detected in
the neighbourhood of New York and in other parts of the globe.
Prof. Ehrenberg has described from our collections as many as 140
species, or thereabouts, all brought from the vicinity of Palmer’s
and Victoria Land. In a living state they inhabit the surface of
the ocean and the newly-forming ice, and afford food for Salpe
and animals of a higher organization ; which, in their turn, nou-
rish the most fully-developed beings inhabiting those regions
where the animal kingdom lives and abounds independently it
would seem of the vegetable. Well may we agree with Professor
Owen in regarding these “minute Infusory animalcules” as “the
wakeful members of nature’s invisible police, everywhere ready
to arrest the fugitive organized particles which are suspended in
water, and to turn them back into the ascending stream of ani-
mal life.”

It is probable that animal life exists at a very great depth, sus-
pended im the ocean. On one occasion a sounding-line that had
been lowered to 1000 fathoms brought up at the 550-fathom
mark, long strings of animal matter, about the diameter of a
crow-quill, of indefinite length, great elasticity, and as viscid as
bird-lme. It is certainly possible that in descending or ascend-
ing the line may have become entangled with this substance
nearer the surface; but I am not inclined to suppose so for the
following reasons : because the tow-net was constantly used, both
during and before and after the soundings, without procuring
any of the substance; because its viscidity was so great, that no
other part of the line could well have passed through without a
portion adhering to it; and because, upon two future occasions,
the same substance came up on the sounding-line from unques-
tionably very deep water.

Allow me to conclude by expressing my earnest hope that your
pages may be destined to announce the results of dredgings at
far greater depths than those I have just mentioned, and in lesser
ones too, from all longitudes between Baflin’s Bay and Behring’s
Straits; for I am satisfied that every means of forwarding this
object will be granted to Mr. Goodsir, who has already proved
himself admirably qualified to turn such opportunities to the best
account.

Believe me ever yours very truly and respectfully,

JosEPH Datton HooKeEr.

240 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacez.

XXIX.—Report on a memoir by M. P. Duchartre, entitled ‘ Ob-
servations on the Organogeny of the Flower of the Malvacex.’
By MM. Broneniart, Ricnarp and DE Jussizu*.

We have been requested by the Academy to give an account of
the botanical memoir presented by M. Duchartre, and bearing
the above title.

M. Duchartre has distinguished himself by various investiga-
tions, several of which have had the same object as the present,
but related to different plants ; many of them have been submitted
to the Academy and have received its approbation. These re-
searches may serve to explain several particular questions relating
to the vegetables to which they refer ; but in addition to their m-
terest in this point of view, they are of much greater importance
for the solution of general questions. We shall commence by
giving a sketch of them, and enunciating the problems to which
they relate, before detailing the results at which the author has
arrived in seeking for their solution.

It is well known that botanists agree pretty generally in con-
sidering that the different parts of a flower represent so many
more or less modified leaves. These leaves, which constitute the
segments of the calyx and of the corolla, the stamens and the parts
of the pistil, are sometimes independent of each other as the true
leaves generally are, sometimes coherent by a portion of their
margins or their surfaces. DeCandolle, who has contributed so
much to the establishment of this theory, has proposed the word
soudure (confluence) to express this union, which implies that the
parts were primarily separate before being thus combined. How-
ever, he admitted that the separation could only have existed
prior to that period at which the parts become accessible to ob-
servation, and then this adhesion is called by him predisposed.
But that which he had not been able directly to establish, others
might anticipate doing, when the perfection of instruments and
methods of observation had removed the barrier by which he was
checked. This is, in fact, what has been accomplished. With
the aid of the microscope, the development of the organs has
been traced from their first appearance ; that is to say, from the
moment at which they separate from the axis to which they are
attached, and appear constituted simply by the aggregation of a
few cells.

Now, are these primary rudiments constantly or only occa-
sionally independent of each other? Upon this point observers
are not agreed.

M. Schleiden speaks decidedly for the primitive independence

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus for August 15, 1845,

OO EE

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacer. 241

of the parts*: “In all those calyces and corolle called mono-
phyllous, the various parts, which subsequently cohere, are at
their origin everywhere, and without exception, separate, and
their independent existence is prolonged for a sufficient length of
time to render all reasoning on the number of parts superfluous,
because it-is a matter of observation susceptible of demonstrative
evidence.” He subsequently maimtains the same original inde-
pendence of the stamens and carpels. He has supported his
conclusions by numerous examples, and especially, at a later pe-
riod, by a very detailed history of the development of the flower
of one of the papilionaceous Leguminose.

However, on the other hand, M. Adolphe Brongniart + had
established the fact, that in the very young buds of mono-
petalous flowers, the corolla at first forms a kind of minute ring
around the stamens. A high authority, Mr. R. Brownf, also
adopts this view: he says, “ In the description of the modifica-
tions of the ovary and stigmia which I have given, in conformity
with the ordinary language of botanists, I have employed the
term confluence, by which however we must not understand the
union or cohesion of parts originally distinct. For in the great
majority of cases, the separation or the complete development of
these parts from their original cellular and pulpy state has never
occurred ; but with this understanding the term may be preserved,
unless we prefer the word connate as subject to less objection.”
The previous memoirs of M. Duchartre led to the same result, b
proving in certain cases the union of certain parts of the flower
after their first appearance ; and we shall see that he has found
new examples of this original cohesion in the Malvacee.

There is another class of facts in the history of the flower
which may throw great light upon organogenic researches ; such
are those known by the name of duplication. Frequently in the
place which should be occupied by a single organ we find two
or more arranged in the same plane, or in several different planes,
2.é. in bundles. Each of these bundles may then be considered
to represent a single leaf. Is this the case? and how has this
multiplication of organs, this duplication of a single one, oc-
curred ?

The family of the Malvacee is well-chosen for studying this
question. In that of the Byttneriacee, which was once united
with it, and which, although now separated, cannot be far re-
moved from it, and evidently forms part of the same natural
group, we sometimes find only five stamens opposed to as many
petals ; sometimes opposite each petal, a system of several united

* Wiegmann’s Archiv. [A translation of this paper appeared in the
Philosophical Magazine for Feb. ee Ep. i
t Ann. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxiii. p-2 { Plant. Javan. Rar. p. 112.

242 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee.

stamens, consequently represented in the first case by a single
one; and alternating with these systems of stamens in a circle a
little more internally situated, an equal number of lobes or teeth,
which according to the laws of position should represent the row
of normal stamens,—that which should alternate with these same
petals. In the true Malvacee we find a large number of sta-
mens cohering inferiorly into a single hollow column, which en-
velopes the pistil; but notwithstanding the apparent confusion
resulting from their multiplicity, it is not difficult to perceive, in
many cases, that this collection of stamens is divided into five
groups, which are opposite to the petals ; and even where it is
difficult to prove this distinction, it is indicated by the existence
of double vascular bundles, which, arising from the base of the
petal, follow the column to its summit, where it divides into a
large number of antheriferous filaments. * Frequently the column
within and above these threads is divided at the summit into five
more internal teeth alternating with these vascular bundles, and
these more or less distinct groups of stamens; these teeth are
incontestably analogous to those described in many of the Bytt-
neriacee. Finally, in the centre of the flower we find a pistil
composed of five more or less intimately combined carpels ;_ but
at other times the carpels are more than five,and even become very
numerous, and either still arranged in a circle or situated at un-
equal heights, so as to form together a kind of capitulum. Does
each of these carpels then represent a carpellary leaf? or is each
of these five carpellary leaves doubled so as to simulate several ?
Their arrangement in five distinct systems can hardly leave a
doubt on this pomt in Kitaibelia; but in Malope, and others
of the same group, an apparent confusion results from the un-
equal or completely arrested developments of a certain number
of carpels.

In tracing these parts from their first appearance, we should
expect a decided answer to these questions; this is what M. Du-
chartre has proposed in the memoir before us, and which it re-
mains for us to analyse.

The calyx, which at a later period becomes monophyllous with
five divisions, appears at first in the form of a contimuous rim,
surrounding the central mass of the flower, bounded by a large
convex tubercle having no distinction of parts. This border soon
sends off five small festoons, which correspond to the five sepals
thus united at the base from the commencement. The author
insists upon this mode of formation, which he has found in the
envelopes of all those flowers having a monophyllous calyx or
corolla, the development of which he has had an opportunity of
studying. The petals and stamens may be subsequently distin-
guished and are simultaneously developed, so that it is well to

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 243

trace their evolutions together. Soon after the appearance of
the calyx, the margin of the central tubercle becomes raised into
five smaller tubercles, which are rounded, alternating with the
segments of the calyx, and thus representing the floral whorl
which immediately succeeds it. Hach of these tubercles soon
appears like two in juxtaposition, its development ensuing more
rapidly at the two sides than in the median line; and thus, in-
stead of five small primitive eminences, we have five pairs.
Nearly at the same time a slight transverse fold appears below
and outside of each of these five projections; this appears to be
another appendage of the tubercle, which, at first single, sub-
sequently becomes double. The fold becomes the petal; the
tubercles become stamens. Hence the petals and stamens here
belong to one and the same group of organs developed from a
base which is common to that spot which in most flowers is oc-
cupied by the petal alone.

The petal in its further development, which is generally rather
slow, much more so than that of the stamens, does not become
doubled, and gives no other indication of this tendency except in
its more or less bilobate summit.

Not so however with the stamens; for shortly after the first
ten staminal tubercles have become distinct, we find that a for-
mation perfectly similar to the first is produced. Five new pairs
of tubercles opposite to the first appear in a more internal circle;
then a third arranged concentrically, and consisting of ten other
tubercles ; then a fourth, so that the total number is successively
doubled, tripled, and quadrupled. We thus have ten radiant
series, opposed in pairs to the petals, and supported upon a com-
mon base, which is frequently cut into five corresponding lobes,
more or less marked. At a little later period, each of these tu-
bercles, continuing to grow more at the sides than in the median
line, is itself divided mto two, and we find that four parallel
series become substituted for the two before each petal, and the
total number is a second time doubled. The same occurs in
those flowers which have very numerous stamens; but there is a
shght difference in those in which they exist im less numbers.
Then, either fewer concentric rows are formed, or each of these
rows stops at that period at which the pairs are simple and not
doubled, or within the first pairs a single tubercle only is formed ;
this is slightly lateral and oblique, then another still more inter-
nal and on the opposite side, so that within the first pair we
find only isolated tubercles, sent off alternately, first from one
side, then from the other, in a zigzag direction. In all cases,
there are invariably five systems of stamens opposite to the petals.

During these changes, the small common tube, to which all
these organs are attached, continues to elongate, raising these

244 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvaces.

concentric formations so as to produce a system of stages ar-
ranged one above the other; and although they enlarge at the
same time, they do not do so in the same proportion. The or-
gans which enlarge do not then find sufficient room to he side by
side in regular and concentric circles ; they become rather con-
fusedly mixed, and the original symmetry becomes less and less
apparent. When they have arrived at a certain degree of deve-
lopment, each of the tubercles shrinks up at the base mto a mi-
nute filament which becomes more and more elongated. Hach
also becomes marked by a median furrow, and buried within
two cells which subsequently fuse into a single one. In short,
these are so many reniform, unilocular anthers, which tend more
and more to assume their definite form.

In several species M. Duchartre has observed an ulterior change,
from which a new increase in the number of stamens results.
Several of them are curved into a horse-shoe form, and termi-
nate by becoming divided into two by a constriction of the sum-
mit of their curve,—a constriction which ends by forming a com-
plete solution of continuity ; this, extending from above down-
wards, also divides the filament which was at first simple into
two corresponding to the anthers thus formed. This is a true
duplication.

This term would apply with less accuracy to the anterior for-
mations, from which the multiplication of the stamens has re-
sulted; for we may say, that at each of these changes they have
doubled rather than multipled. Be this as it may, we have
clearly five groups of organs alternating with the five leaflets of
the calyx, each comprising a petal and several stamens, supported
upon a base which is common and simultaneously developed. This
is the whorl which is within and alternate to the calyx, and which
is ordinarily called the corolla, with this difference, that here each
petal is replaced by a group or bundle of organs.

One of us has long since professed the doctrine, that in those
flowers which have stamens double in number to the petals,
whenever the stamens of the external row are opposed to the
petals (and this is most frequently the case) they do not constitute
a distinet whorl, but form a part of that of the corolla. The de-
velopment of the flower of the Malvacee supports this opinion,
exhibiting to us each of the petals, opposed, not to a stamen, but
to an entire bundle. We may add, that such appears to be the
most common symmetry in polyadelphous polypetalous flowers,
as is seen in so many Myrtaceae, Hypericacee, &c., where the
bundles, which are perfectly distinct, are opposite to the petals.

But what has become of the normal whorl of the stamens,—that
which should alternate with the petals ? M. Duchartre discovers
this in the five terminal lobes of the staminal tube, situated upon

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 245

a plane anterior to that of the filaments, alternating with their
five groups,—lobes which we observe in many of the Malvaceae,
although they are barely perceptible, and even are entirely want-
ing in many others. MM. Dunal and Moquin-Tandon recog-
nised them, and considered them as the border of a five-lobed
disc. But the nature of the disc is far from rigorously defined,
and in many cases this term exactly applies to abortive whorls,
as may be seen in many Vinifere, in the Myrsinee, &c.,—families
which are equally remarkable by the opposition of their stamens
to the petals, to which they are equal in number. M. Duchartre
mentions this example of the Myrsinee as exhibiting exactly
the symmetry of the Malvaceae, with this difference, that a single
stamen only corresponds to each petal. We do not agree with
him in this opinion, but think that in the Myrsinee there are
two whorls of stamens independent of the corolla, the external
or that alternating with the petal bemg metamorphosed or abor-
tive. This appears to be demonstrated by the flowers of Theo-
phrasta, or better still by Jacquinia.

The author, arriving at the pistil of the Malvacee, finds in their
different genera variations which are sufficiently considerable
to establish four different categories, which he successively ex-
amines. In the first the quinary symmetry is at once apparent,
and the five carpels differ but little m their mode of development
from the views and theories generally adopted. In fact, we know
that each carpel is considered as a leaf folded on itself, and that
numerous organogenic observations exhibit this organ to us in
the form of a minute scale which soon becomes concave internally,
then tends more and more to close up by the approximation of
the borders of the concavity, the adhesion of which completes
the formation of the ovary and forms a perfectly closed cavity, m
which one or more ovules subsequently become developed. Now,
imagine five of these scales or plates soldered together by their la-
teral surfaces, we then have the first condition of the pistil of Hi-
biscus. That will be a small border having five angles, which alter-
nately project and recede internally ; the projecting angles corre-
spond to the borders of five carpels, approximated in pairs, and
these angles projecting more and more and converging, terminate
by uniting so as to form a quinquelocular ovary. But at a still
earlier period, before the internal projections were marked, we
had a pentagonal border which soon becomes festooned by five
tubercles, the first indications of the styles.

In a second category, Malope for mstance, we also observe
a pentagonal border, the five angles of which are opposite to the
petals, and consequently correspond to the place which five nor-
mal carpels should occupy. That border of the pentagon which
is first united sends out a series of rounded tubercles, which sub-

246 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacez.

sequently become slightly swollen externally and inferiorly, so that
each tubercle presents two enlargements; one external and inferior,
the future ovary,—another superior and internal, the future style.
The latter becomes elongated and raised in proportion as the
former increases in size; but as it elongates, the stylous portions,
remaining distinct at their summits, are confounded at their base,
—at least all those which correspond to the same angle of the com-
mon support of the carpels ; an angle which becomes more and
more marked as far as the point at which the entire body is as
it were cut into five oblique lobes loaded with ovules on every
part of their surface. A bundle of styles, equal in number, di-
stinct superiorly and united inferiorly, thus corresponds to each
of these systems of ovaries; and each of these systems, in the
general symmetry, plays an analogous part to that which we have
found assigned to each of the bundles of stamens, because it oc-
cupies the place which a single carpel should oceupy, and which
it consequently represents. How is the cavity of the ovary
formed ?

M. Duchartre has not in this case found that the margins of a
folded leaflet approximate towards one another, then touch and
adhere ; but, at a certain period, dissection has exhibited to him
the cellular mass of the ovary excavated by a slight fissure, which
continues to enlarge, without any manifest external appearance.

A third category, and that includes the greater part of the
Malvacee, exhibits the carpels not in constant relation with the
quinary number of the other parts of the flower; but they form
a perfect circle, are not grouped into five systems, and frequently
their entire number is no multiple of five. However, M. Du-
chartre is led to believe that the same symmetry occurs here as
in the preceding case. The ovaries and styles are developed in
the same manner, with this difference, that all the styles are
united inferiorly into a single cylinder.

Finally, a fourth category seems to belong to the first by the
quinary number of the carpels; but here we observe ten tu-
bercles on the pistillary border, which subsequently form ten
summits of distinct styles, and which correspond in pairs to five
ovaries, the centre of which also becomes hollowed by a fissure,
which forms its cavity without any change bemg externally ap-
parent.

The necessary conclusion from all these observations is, that the
parts, from their earliest appearance, present the relations of ad-
hesion which they subsequently exhibit in the perfect flower. The
monophyllous calyx on its first appearance was a body simple at
the base. The petals, coherent by their base with the staminal
tube, originated from a base common to them with the stamens,
and the latter at their origin were united by this base in the same

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 247

manner as they appear subsequently. The ovaries were from the
first grouped and adherent together, nearly in the same manner
as the flower subsequently exhibits them, their styles being di-
stinct at the summit, coherent in the rest of their extent, which
has been more slowly developed. As regards the peculiar results
to be deduced from these observations relative to the symmetry
of the flower of the Malvacee, we have noticed them above, and
it would be useless to repeat them.

Undoubtedly we have not been able ourselves to verify all these
facts, for this would occupy almost as much time as that devoted
by the author to the original investigations ; but we have verified
a sufficient number to justify the truth of most of them. We
regret that M. Duchartre has not carried out his extensive re-
searches still further, so as to teach us by anatomical details the
formation of the tissues in the organs, the external forms of which
he describes, and informing us at what periods the developments
he describes correspond to the changes gradually established in
the tissues, which are at first entirely cellular.

We think that these details would throw a new light upon the
phenomena of duplication, which are still so obscure, and would
enable us better to comprehend the mechanism of this substitu-
tion of several fascicled organs fora single plane organ. The for-
mation of cayities by an excavation in the centre of a cellular mass,
which assimilates certain carpels closely to anthers, is a fact so
much opposed to the generally admitted theories as to require
new obseryations and more development, especially by connecting
with it the history of the ovule, and ascertaining how it is formed
in the cavities thus produced.

We acknowledge that these are researches of extreme delicacy,
since the point at which M. Duchartre has arrived presented in-
contestable difficulties, and the dissection of such minute bodies
is exceedingly tedious, and even sometimes appears impossible.
But for some years we have seen that microscopic observation
surmounts difficulties which had long been considered insur-
mountable, and facts, the direct knowledge of which had been
despaired of, have become familiar to all those who are occupied
in this kind of researches : just as those parts of the earth which
were long unknown, now, being frequented, have become easily
accessible, and from them we set out for more remote unexplored
parts. These reflections must not be looked upon as detracting
from M. Duchartre’s investigations, but rather as an encourage-
ment for pursuing them. We address them to him the less re-
luctantly, because what he has already done proves what he is
capable of doing.

248 Botanical Notices from Spain.

XX X.—Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WittkommM*,
[Continued from p. 192.]

No. VII. Sevitie, December 30, 1844.

Own the 5th of November, after a continuance of the most dis-
agreeable rains for nearly four months, I quitted Granada and tra-
velled the next day to Malaga. From the incessantly rainy and
misty weather, I could see very little of the character of the vegeta-
tion from the diligence. The only specimens which I had not before
seen were some bushes of the cork-oak, which I noticed on the se-
cond day of my journey. The environs of Malaga, situated as it is
in a kind of paradise,—which in the spring is so rich in plants,—pre-
sented now little or nothing, although the surrounding hills began
already to be decked with fresh green and gave signs of approaching
spring. Scilla maritima, long faded, unfolded everywhere its broad
dark green leaves, in company with Asphodels ; but, with the excep-
tion of the ever-blossoming Alyssum maritimum, L., and some late
plants of Atractylis humilis, L., there was scarcely anything in
bloom to be remarked. The gardens presented more flowers than the
country around. Upon the balconies I saw frequently the splendid
Euphorbia heterophylla, in the gardens Datura fastuosa, Brugmansia
arborea, Verbena citriodora, Plumbago zeylanica, Cestrum nocturnum,
Viola odorata, Calendula officinalis, &c., and roses in full bloom. In
a garden without the city I noticed several gigantic bushes of banana,
and a noble tree of Dracena Draco 16 feet high, which grows here
quite as in its own climate. ‘The Alameda of Malaga, a public pro-
menade, is planted with large trees of Gleditschia triacanthos, Melia
Azedarach, Phytolacca dioica.and Acacia Farnesiana. In the environs
batatas and oranges are much grown, as well as Annona squamosa,
whose spicy and much-prized fruit is everywhere sold under the name
of Chirimoyas.

As it was impossible, on account of the backward state of the sea-
son, to study the flora of Maiaga from nature, I was greatly desirous
of being allowed to do this in the rich herbarium of the chemist Don
Pablo Prolongo, whose name is so well known from Boissier’s ‘ Voy-
age’: he is the only botanist at present in Malaga, and unfortu-
nately, from great occupation of his time, he is able to do little for
the natural history of his province. Don Prolongo has fortunately
also preserved a portion of the herbarium of M. Felix Hanseler,
whose death three years ago deprived science of an able botanist ;
the other portion of his collection is lost. At the desire of Don
Prolongo, I undertook the agreeable task of putting in order his
herbarium, which was in great confusion; and this gave me an op-
portunity of becoming generally acquainted with the character of
the vegetation of Malaga, which I hope to study from nature also
next April. Sometimes by myself, and sometimes accompanied by
my friend, I made many excursions in the environs of the city du-

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, May 9, 1845.

Botanical Notices from Spain. 249

ring my stay, although, as was to be expected at this season of the
year, with little success. On moist grassy spots blossomed the Ra-
nunculus bullatus, L., plentifully ; in hedges and under impenetrable
bushes of dwarf palms and thorny species of asparagus grew Aristo-
lochia betica and Melissa Calamintha, and upon the arable fields in
great profusion Mandragora officinarum in company with Ecbalium
Elaterium. On the sea-shore I met with Glaucium corniculatum in
abundance, which had already begun to blossom, or flowered a second
time. On the fallow fields the Verbena supina began to shoot up its
stalk, and on the adjoining hills the root-leaves of the rare Diplotazis
Prolongi, Boiss., appeared here and there. Upon an excursion into
the neighbouring Sierra de Mijas I found Viola arborescens, L., al-
ready in full blossom, and the Thymus capitatus, Lk. and Hoffm., had
also begun to flower. In fissures of the limestone rocks occurred
frequent the Lapiedra Martinezii, Lag., but not a single specimen in
flower, as well as Cheilanthes odora and Lycopodium denticulatum.
Under groups of palms on the loamy plain known by the name of the
Dehesilla, between the river Guadalhorce and the sea, I noticed here
and there Narcissus serotinus, and some scattered plants of Scilla
autumnalis, LL. In hedges of Spanish reed in the vicinity of the shore
I found tall luxuriant shrubs of Tagetes graveolens, L’ Hérit., certainly
run wild, and especially on the sea-shore often gigantic tree-like
specimens of Ricinus communis, L. This is nearly all that can be
said of the November flora of Malaga. The coast, which is mostly
flat and sandy, presents also but few sea plants, like almost all
the flat sandy coasts of the Mediterranean, where, from the absence
of a tide, only rarely a few Alge are cast up.

On the Ist of December I quitted Malaga, and, favoured by the
most glorious spring weather, I travelled on horseback towards
Seville ; for the roads between these two cities are only to be found
upon the map, but do not exist in reality—not a bit more than roads
from Granada and Jaen to Seville! The corn-fields were already
clothed in the most beautiful green, as with us in April, and the
blossoms of the almond-trees were already far advanced. Every-
where there were still in flower the Mandragora officinarum, as well
as Alyssum maritimum and Aristolochia betica, whilst the Ranunculus
bullatus and Balsamita multifida, Clem., here plentiful, were appa-
rently over. Here and there Lavandula multifida was seen in flower,
and a small Calendula. In the immediate vicinity of Malaga com-
mence arid hills and extensive tracts of uncultivated land, mostly
covered with dwarf palms and species of asparagus. Several species
of Ulex had already unfolded their beautiful yellow flowers. Beyond
the small town of Cardama the land is better cultivated, and the
banks of the neighbouring Guadalhorce are in many parts clothed
with hedges of orange-trees, which were now loaded with golden
fruit, and, together with the perfectly leafless fig- and apple-trees,
which are found in great quantities in the intervening space, pre-
sented the appearance of summer and winter at the same time. On
the branches of the olive-trees, whose shining black fruit the people
were busied everywhere in gathering, I remarked frequently the Vis-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

250 Botanical Notices from Spain.

cum cruciatum, Sieb., with yellowish red berries, as well as here
and there upon the banks luxuriant shrubs of Viburnum Tinus, with
young blossoms. On the second day I reached the little town of
Yunquera, lying at the foot of the lofty Sierra de la Nieve, to which
I made an excursion on the 3rd of December, in spite of the violent
rain and snow, which had set in the night before, in order to see the
Abies Pinsapo, Boiss., and Quercus alpestris, Boiss. The first I met
with at a height of 5000 feet, but arrived unfortunately too late, for
the cones had long fallen off and lay quite withered upon the ground.
The Pinsapo has the growth of the Scotch fir, but with respect to the
bark and position of the branches it resembles the spruce fir, from
which it is however very remarkably distinguished by the peculiarly
short and thickly-set needles. I cannot say with certainty whether I
have found the Quercus alpestris. Boissier remarks, that this oak grew
in company with the Pinsapo. ‘There are however two species of
oak frequent here, one of which with evergreen leaves appears to be
no other than the Qu. [/ex. The other, whose leaves had fallen off,
may be the Qu. alpestris ; but both had quite lost their fruit. Tua
the shade of the adjacent rocks of marble a small Lberis blossomed
in abundance, the only one which this excursion yielded ; I returned
to Yunquera wet through to the skin and half-killed by the cutting
cold wind. On Wednesday the 4th of December I started again,
and after passing through a part of the lonely, wild and rough Ser-
rania de Ronda, I arrived in the evening at the town of Ronda. The
above-mentioned mountain, which at this season of the year presents
nothing except species of Ulex (not yet in flower), although in its
proper season it is one of the richest mountains in plants of Anda-
lusia, is almost wholly covered with low bushes, chiefly of Pistacia
Lentiscus, P. Terebinthus, Rhamnus Alaternus, Rh. lycioides, Olea
europea, var. sylvestris, Juniperus Oxycedrus, J. phenicea, Daphne
Gnidium and Quercus coccifera, as well as a number of Cisti. The
large and beautifully situated town of Ronda is in summer one of
the pleasantest spots in Andalusia, but in winter it is the coldest
point, as on the following morning all the ditches and water-
courses were covered with ice an inch thick and the fields with
hoar-frost,—which is something extraordinary in this country. As
soon however as we had passed one of the chains of hills covered
with thick oak-woods, in which I noticed among others many spe-
cies of Helianthemum, of course still without blossom, and had en-
tered upon the broad and cheerful valley of the Rio Guadalete, I
found myself at ouce in another and warm climate, in which a per-
petual spring reigns. ‘The banks of the above-mentioned river are
mostly surrounded with the thickest bushes, 12 feet high, of Pistacia
Lentiscus and Nerium Oleander, encircling whose branches a beautiful
Atragene (?) occurred here and there in full blossom. In this valley
I also found for the first time between groups of palms some few
specimens of the odoriferous Iris scorpioides, Desf., which I have
subsequently observed at Seville on loamy declivities, on the right
bank of the Guadalquivir in great quantity and in full blossom.
Between the villages of Algodonalee and Puerto-Serranos, where I

Botanical Notices from Spain. 251

lodged on the fifth night, is a pleasant but quite lonely and very
unsafe table-land, almost wholly covered with Pistacia Lentiscus,
which gives it a beautiful dark green colour. Among these I found
single shrubs of Phillyrea angustifolia, Ph. media and Arbuius Unedo,
the latter loaded with white bunches of blossom. At Puerto-Ser-
ranos, lying on the Guadalete, which from this point rushes in innu-
merable windings to the Atlantic Ocean, commences the immense
broad land of the Guadalquivir. The Sierra de Montellano had still
to be crossed,—an undulating plateau covered with pistacios and the
kermes-oak, where I found the shrubby Globularia Alypum, L., in
flower, and for the first time descried the Atlantic in the distance:
upon this terrain, extending as far as the little town of Coronil,
olive-trees and large groups of palms occur. The country from
Coronil as far as the pleasant town of Utrera is an undulating
arable land with scarcely a tree upon it, which, as the dried stalks
showed, may in summer be covered with, in great part, Atractylis
cancellata. On the 7th. of December I at length rode, in the rain,
which from that day to the present has continued almost uninter-
rupted, from Utrera to Seville, five leagues distant, the road to which
leads almost continuously through olive-groves and forests of Pinus
Picea.

The perfectly level environs of Seville, consisting of a sandy
loamy soil, are said to be clothed in April and May with flowers, but
I scarcely think the character of the soil is such as to produce any
very remarkable flora. For, besides that the country is very level,
it is almost all cultivated, with only occasional patches untilled. The
heat of the climate of Seville, as I have been assured by Americans
from the Havannah and Peru, is in the summer not exceeded by the
glowing heat of the West Indies, and its spring is of short duration ;
as early as June everything is completely burnt up. In the summer
a suffocating heat prevails, whilst in winter the air is not cold but
disagreeably moist,—so moist, that in the chambers, which are
always on the ground-floor, everything,—clothes, beds, books, paper,
&c. are in a few hours wet through. This part of Andalusia espe-
cially, where snow is only known through tradition, is visited by a
thoroughly rainy season, like the tropics. In spite of all my endea-
vours, I could not succeed in obtaining any dry paper, so that I
could only preserve my plants from complete destruction by fre-
quently turning and shifting them ; for drying them was out of the
question here, where nothing could be had to obtain artificial heat.
I took advantage of the few fine days during my stay in the capital
of Andalusia to make excursions in the neighbourhvod, which at
first the Guadalquivir, a mile in width, surrounding the whole city
like a lake, utterly prevented. On the walls and ditches in the im-
mediate suburbs I found Mercurialis annua, l., and the Calendula,
which has been before mentioned, frequent ; also in the latter part
of my stay, on shady grassy spots, Ficaria ranunculoides, a Fumaria
and a beautiful large-flowered yellow Owalis, together with O. corni-
culata, frequent and in flower. Under the high corn I saw Veronica
hederefolia, V. verna, V. arvensis, Lamium purpureum, Capsella Bursa-

a

252 Bibliographical Notices.

pastoris ; in short, the same spring flora as in our corn-fields, only
some months later. On some uncultivated spots under clumps of
palms I found Allium Chamemoly, L., plentiful in flower, as well
as Arum Arisarum, L., which occurred also in the olive-groves with
Corrigiola littoralis, L., Bellis annua, L., and a small Sisymbrium?
The banks of the Guadalquivir are clothed with Tamarix gallica,
Ricinus communis and Malve; Anacyclus Valentinus already unfolded
its flowering heads here and there, and on loamy declivities on the
other side of the river the Vinca major with Ivis scorpioides before
mentioned, and Doronicum Beilidiastrum, flower in abundance. The
hedges between the orange-groves for the most consisted of Agave
americana, Cactus Opuntia, Osyris alba and Lonicera Caprifolium.

As the weather did not permit my making daily excursions, and
as moreover the vegetation was so backward, I was not a little happy
to have an opportunity of inspecting the valuable herbarium of the
late botanist Don Claudio Boutelou, the pupil of Cabanilles, which
contains above 15,000 species. ‘The present possessor of this col-
lection, Don Pablo Boutelou, son of the late botanist, had the kind-
ness to place it at my disposal. In this herbarium I have not only in a
great measure become acquainted with the flora of Seville, but also
with the Spanish flora in general, as it contained a great portion of the
collections of Clemente, Lagasca, and Cabanilles. M. Boutelou is
the present professor of botany in the university of Seville, but he
has almost wholly relinquished this branch of natural history, since
he has neither any pupils, nor is he in the smallest degree assisted
by the government. ‘The botanical garden, of which he was the
director, has been unavoidably given up for want of pecuniary re-
sources, and it is at present a complete waste. Boutelou is also di-
rector of the gardens of the Alcazar and of the public walks, which,
although at first laid out in the stiff French fashion, are kept up ina
manner truly praiseworthy.

In the commencement of the approaching new year I think of
visiting the town of Sanliicar de Barrameda, lying at the mouth of
the Guadalquivir, where I hope the vegetation will be more advanced,
or at least that the shore will yield a richer harvest of maritime
plants.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, with Figures of
all the Species. By Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock. London,
printed for the Ray Society, 1845. 4to. No. 1.

Tue ten plates in this number represent—1. Doris flammea, 2. Doris
Johnstoni, 3. [dalia aspersa, 4. Dendronotus arborescens, 5. Eolis alba,
6. Eolis concinna, 7. Holis olivacea, 8. Kolis tricolor, 9. Eolis Far-
rani, and 10. Kolis despecta. We have felt a difficulty, as we turned
over the leaves to make this enumeration, to suppress the repeated
expression of our delight. ‘The figures of the species are admirable

i i i a i an

Diet te

Zoological Society. 253

in every point of view: the position of the animals well-chosen to
exhibit their characters and habits,—nothing overstrained, nothing
exaggerated,—and yet, sobered down as they are to nature, nothing
can well be imagined more chaste and beautiful in colouring, or more
curious in exterior decoration. ‘The letter-press is not less worthy
of praise for its correct and almost severe simplicity. The singular
beauty of the objects before them has never tempted the authors to
the indulgence of a figurative and flowery style, which, while it might
have rendered the descriptions obscure, would only have marred the
pleasing effect which these portraits must produce on every culti-
vated mind. All is in keeping,—artists and authors,—and every
page of the work bespeaks the correct and excellent taste of the
authors of it.

The promise which this number gives us of the value of that which
is to come, will be kept, we feel assured, to the letter; and what
pleases us most of all, is the fact, that this beautiful volume will have
a circulation far beyond what similar works have hitherto had ; that it
will not be confined to the libraries of the rich, but will travel down,
unaided by the cheapness of plain copies and of inferior paper, to the
table of the great bulk of the naturalists of this country. It is this
diffusive quality of the ‘“‘ Ray Society” that makes us set a value upon
it. Here it has placed before a great number, pictures of forms which
are novel and hitherto undreamt of by them ; and we, who have been
long familiar with the animals, can almost envy their new-born feel-
ings of delight at the contemplation of this now unveiled feature in
the portraiture of the Divine Mind. There is a great deal of good
done, were the effect of this monograph to stop at this; but we even
cherish the hope that it may induce some to taste a higher pleasure
in the personal study of these “‘ elaborate compositions’ of our and
their Creator. We cannot but wish all success to a Society which
affords so rich a treat at so small an expense.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
April 22, 1845.—Richard C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

“ Descriptions of new species of Heliz, in the cabinet of H. Cu-
ming, Esq.,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer.

Hexix ponperosa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tumidd,
solidd, ponderosd, leviusculd (striis incrementi et concentricis con-
fertissimis vix perspicuis), alba, basi epidermide nitidd, pallide
corned indutd ; anfractibus 44 conveviusculis, ultimo subangulato,
fasciis albis hydrophanis infra angulum obsolete notato ; columella
recta, lata, perobliqud ; aperturd subauriformi, intus albd ; peri-
stomate late reflexo.

Diam. long. 23 ; transv. 17; altit. 134 lin.

From Banguey, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon: found on

leaves of trees. (Cuming.)

254 Zoological Society.

Differt ab Hel. latitante magnitudine, colore et sculptura minutis-

sima.

Heurx semiciogosa, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, semiglobosd, tenui,
lutescenti-corned, supra minutissime granulatd; suturd vix im-
pressd ; anfractibus 6 planis, ultimo carinato, infra carinam levi-
gato, nitido, fascia diluta brunned notato ; umbilico angustissimo ;
aperturd lunari-ellipticd, intus fasciatd ; peristomate simplice,
acuto, margine columellari laté reflexo, umbilicum semitegente.

Diam. 22; altit. 13 lin.

From the isle of Zeyte: found on leaves of trees. (Cuming.)

3. Anfractu ultimo magis inflato, saturatius brunnescente (Catba-

longa, isle of Samar).

Hexrx osprusa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui, striis
incrementi et lineis impressis concentricis obsoletis subdecussata,
nitidd, lete castaned ; spird subelevatd, obtusd ; anfractibus 4 con-
vexis, ultimo inflato ; columella obliqud, acuta, albd ; aperturd dila-
tata, subauriformi, intus margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, ex-
paso.

Diam. 174; altit. 13 lin.

From Catanauan, province of Tayabos, isle of Luzon: found on

leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

3. Alba, minor (diam. 15; altit. 10 lin.). From Zigas, province of

South Camarines, Luzon: found on leaves of trees.

Hetrx riuaris, Valenc., Mus. Paris. Hel. T. imperforatd, depresso-
globosd, tenui, striis incrementi validis notatd, albidd, epidermide
pallide corned decidud munitd ; spird partm elevatd, obtusa ; suturd
lineari, albo-marginatd ; anfractibus 4 planiusculis, ultimo obtuse
ungulato ; columella obliqud, margine granulosd ; apertura dilatatd,
lunari ; peristomate nigro, subincrassato, pariim expanso.

Diam. 194; altit. 124 lin.

From the island of Marinduque: found on leaves of trees. (Cu-

ming. )

Intermedia inter Hel. Valenciennesii et virginem.

Hexix consrricra, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, semiglobosa, nitidd,
concentrice minutissime striata, flavo-albidd, fasciis 2 fuscis inter-
ruptis ad peripheriam ornatd ; anfractibus 44 convexiusculis, ul-
timo basi subplanato, ad aperturam subitd descendente, constricto ;
aperturd lunart, intus nitide flavd ; peristomate acuto, albo, late
refleco, margine basali subincrassato; ared columellari callosd,
subexcavata.

Diam. 114; altit. 65 lin.

From Calapan, island of Mindoro: found on leaves of trees. (Cu-

ming.) Affinis sequenti.

Hexix parapoxa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, globoso-depressd,
nitidd, concentrice subtilissime et confertissime striatd, virescenti-
flavd, apice nigro-violuceo, ared basali saturate castaned ; anfrac-
tibus 5 planiusculis, ultimo irregulari, lateraliter subcompresso,
prope aperturam tumido; aperturd lunari-ellipticd ; peristomate

pe

reer ae

i ae te

Zoological Society. 255

albo, acuto, late reflero, margine superiore intus callo castaneo mu-
nito, basi in dentem horizontalem incrassato.

Diam. long. 12}; transv. 10; altit. 7 lin.

From Sorsogon, province of Albay, isle of Luzon: found on leaves
of trees. (Cuming. )

Affinis H. Thersit., margine non carinato, colore et sculptura di-
versa.

Heuix ropiens, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, subglobosd, tenui, dia-
phand, rufo-corned, oblique cunfertim rugosd ; anfractibus 55 con-
vexis, ultimo subangulato ; umbilico pervio ; apertura suborbicu-
lari ; peristomate simplice, ad umbilicum late expanso.

Diam. 11; altit. 74 lin.

From Banguey, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon: found
partially buried in earth, uader stones. (Cuming.)

{. Minor, pallidior, anfractibus 5, diam. 94, altit. 6 lin.

From Cagayan, isle of Luzon. (Cuming.)

Differt ab H. frutico testa rugosa et apertura magis dilatata, ab
H. tourannensi rugis teste, spira non acuminata, et peristomate intus
non labiato.

Heuix succinea, Pfr. Hel. T. depressd, obsolete subperforatd,
tenui, pellucidd, nitidd, succined ; suturd mediocri; anfractibus 5
celeriter crescentibus, vix convexiusculis ; apertura lunari ; peri-
stomate simplice, acuto, margine columellart subreflexo, perfora-
tionem obsoletam tegente.

Diam. 5; altit. 3 lin.

From Sorsogon, province of Albay, isle of Luzon : found on leaves
of trees. (Cuming.)

Hetrx garuinvuna, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, lenticulari, acuté cari-
natd, solidd, flavescenti-grised, fasctis nonnullis rufis et epidermide
hydrophand, maculas triangulares pallidas formante, ornatd ; an-
Fractibus 45 planis, ultimo ad aperturam subitd deflero ; aperturd
horizontali, ellipticd ; peristomate simplice, marginibus callo tenui
junctis, basali reflero, ad umbilicum mediocrem pervium arcuato.

Diam. 13; altit. 43 lin.

From Bongabong, province of Nueva Ecija, isle of Luzon: found

on trunks of trees. (Cuming.)

8. Minor, testd basi oblique rugulosd, apertura lateraliter minus di-
latata.

From Mt. St. Cristoval, province of Batangas, isle of Luzon. (Cu-

ming. )

y. Testd utringue lineis impressis obliquis, circa umbilicum subcon-
centricis notatd, fasciis obsoletis.

From Daleguete, isle of Zebu. (Cuming.)

Hewix norizontatis, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, solidd,
oblique striatd, carinatd, luteo-corned, rufo-fasciatd ; fasciis 2
supra, | infra carinam ; anfractibus 5 planis, ultimo superné con-
vexo, basi planulato, ad aperturam subitd fere verticaliter deflexo ;
apertura horizontali, integrd, oblonga ; peristomate crasso, reflexo,
carneo, marginibus parallelis.

Diam. 153; altit. 7 lin.

206 Zoological Society.

From the island of Bantayon, Philippines: found on the trunks of
trees. (Cuming.)

Hewix raputa, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, sublenticulari,
solidiusculd, striis incrementi confertis et lineis acute prominenti-
bus concentricis exasperatd, pallidé corned, carinaté ; anfractibus
64 convexiusculis, lente crescentibus, ultimo basi inflato, lineis con-
centricis infra carinam obsoletis ; umbilico mediocri, pervio ; aper-
turd lunari-ellipticd ; peristomate simplice, vix incrassato, margi-
nibus callo lineari junctis.

Diam. 10; altit. 5 lin.

From Sinait, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon ; found under

stones in earth. (Cuming.)

Heurx acutrmareo, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, supra pla-
niusculd, basi convead, tenui, pellucida, pallide corned, acute cari-
natd, supra carinam striis nonnullis conferiis, concentricis notatd ;
anfractibus 6 lenté crescentibus ; umbilico mediocri, pervio ; aper-
turd securiformi ; peristomate simplice, acuto.

Diam. 8; altit. 3 lin.—An adulta?

From the mountains of the isle of Negros: found on the leaves of

bushes. (Cuming.)

Heurx piancunata, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, scaleformi, tenut,
corneo-rubelld, leviter striata, nitidiusculd ; anfractibus 7 lenté
crescentibus, ultimo bicarinato ; carind inferiore filari ad periphe-
riam, superiore per omnes anfractus adscendente ; apertura lunari-
ovali; peristomate simplice, acuto, perforationem angustissimam
fere occultante.

Diam. 8; altit. 43 lin.

From St. Frun, province of Cagayan, isle of Luzon : found in earth

at the root of bushes. (Cuming.)

Heurx excentrica, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, superné planiusculd,
basi inflatd, tenui, cered, nitidd, striis excentricis subcostulatd,
acute carinatd ; anfractibus 4 supra planis, rapide crescentibus ;
apertura securiformi ; peristomate simplice, acuto, ad perforatio-
nem angustissimam dilatato-reflexo.

Diam. 9; altit. 44 lin.

From the isle of Siquijor: found on the leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

Differt ab H. smaragdind, Grat., spira minus depressa, anfractu

ultimo minus inflato, et aperture forma.

Hexurx spectasiiis, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, depressd, solidd,
nitidissimd, corneo-luted, fascia 1 rufa percurrente ornatd ; spird
part elevatd ; anfractibus 54 convexiusculis, ultimo infra fasciam
angulato ; aperturd late lunari ; peristomate simplice, acuto, mar-
gine columellari subreflexo, perforationem tegente.

Diam. 9; altit. 5 lin.—An adulta ?—Nanine spec. ?

From Bangojon, isle of Samar: found on the leaves of bushes.

(Cuming. )

Heurx eximtra, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depresso-globosd, oblique
rugosd et confertissime granulosd, olivaceo-corned, fasciis 5 fusco-
viridibus ornatd ; anfractibus 44 convexiusculis, rapide crescenti-

LE oe ae UL el

=

Zoological Society. 257

bus, ultimo permagno, circa aream umbilicarem fuscam compresso-
inflato ; aperturd lunari-ovali, intus margaritaced, lilacea ; peri-
stomate simplice, anguste reflexo, umbilicum angustum semitegente.
Diam. 21; altit. 14 lin.
From Vera Cruz, province of Honduras, Central America: found
on leaves of trees. (Delatere.)

Hewix triconostoma, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforata, trochiformi, tenut,
oblique striatuld, lineis nonnullis concentricis impressis notatd,
albd, fasciis superne linearibus, basi latioribus, fusco-violaceis
ornatd; spird late conicd; anfractibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo
spiram superante, obsolete angulato; columella brevi, callosd ;
aperturd subtriangulari; peristomate simplice, margine supero
parim expanso, columellari refleco, adpresso.

Diam. 14; altit. 9 lin.

From Vera Cruz, province of Honduras, Central America: found

on leaves of trees. (Delatere.)

Affinis H. tenere, Sow. Differt spira minus elevata, anfractibus

planis, columella brevi et aperture forma.

Heurx tenuis, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui, fused,
rufo-zonatd, lineis obsoletis impressis, concentricis notatd, epider-
mide tenuissima, sericind indutd ; spird obtusiusculd ; anfractibus
5 celeriter crescentibus, viz convexiusculis, ultimo magno, inflato,
ad columellam obliquam, subtortam excavato ; aperturd lunari-

ovali ; peristomate recto, simplice, bast subincrassato.
Diam. 16; altit. 11 lin.
Patria ignota. (E collectione Cumingiana.)

Hexrx pivararta, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, solidd,
pallide luted, lineis confertissimis brunneis, interruptis supra et
infra fasciam concolorem medii anfractis ultimi pictd, apice albida ;
spird parvd, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 4 rapide crescentibus, ul-
timo amplissimo ; columella albo-callosd, arcuatd ; aperturd maxi-
md, oblique ovali, intus lacted ; peristomate recto, intus incrassato.
Diam. 174, altit. 12 lin.
Patria ignota. (E collectione Cumingiana.)
Guanpina optusa, Pfr. Glan. T. ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, apice
| obiusd, soliduld, pellucidd, pallide carned ; anfractibus 54 vix con-
| vexiusculis, ultimo spiram pauld superante; suturd crenulato-
| . marginata ; aperturd latiusculd ; columelld verticali, basi subitd
: truncata ; peristomate simplice, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis,
| dextro medio vix dilatato.
Long. 93; diam. 5 lin.
From the Real Llejos, province of Nicaragua, Central America :
found on leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

May 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

}
.
|
}
}
‘‘ Descriptions of eighty-nine new species of Mitra, chiefly from
the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,” by Lovell Reeve, Esq. :—

Mirra Fasticgium. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, subventricosd,
solidiusculd, spird brevi, acuminatd ; levigatd, basim versus eviliter

258 Zoological Society.

sulcatd ; luted ; columella quadriplicatd, basi truncatd ; labro sim-
plici, superneé sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 221.

Hab. ?

A small, solid, compact cupola-shaped shell.

Mirra Buuimorpes. Mitr. testa elongatd, basi subtruncatd, spird
acuminatd ; tenuiculd, subpellucidd, quasi corned ; albido-fuscescente ;
columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 224.

Hab. ?

A smooth transparent horny shell.

Mirra ruopia. Mitr. testa elongatd, spird acuminata ; leviusculd,
transversim subtilissime striatd ; nigerrimo-fuscd; columelld tripli-
catd, aperturd brevi.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 225.

Hab. ?

Not much unlike the preceding species in form, but of a different

colour and texture.

Mirra caticena. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd, suturis
profundis ; transversim sulcatd, sulcis subpunctatis ; luteo-fusces-
cente, albipunctatd, anfractuum parte superiori balteo angusto
lutescente cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. [con., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 226.

Hab. ?

The entire surface of this species is speckled with small white spots.

Mirra Avricuuoipes. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassd, solidd, basim
versus striatd, spird brevi, obtusd; rubido-castaned, anfractuum
parte superiori, balteo unico albo angusto cingulatad; columelld
quinqueplicatd ; labro intus superneé sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 228.

Hab. .

A dark chestnut-brown Auricula-shaped shell, encircled with a

conspicuous narrow white belt.

Mirra pupLitirata. Mitr. testd elongatd, spird valde acuminata,
angustd, tereti, basi tortuoso-recurvd ; transversim subtiliter du-
pliliratd, liris interstitiisque granulosis.; albidd, aurantio-fusco hic
illic concentrice flammatd ; columella quadriplicatd, basi subcana-
liculatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 229.

Hab. ?

This species has a peculiar tapering form, and by the aid of a lens

it may be observed that the transverse ridges are all duplicate.

Mirra piscotoriaA. Mitr. testd ovatd, basi granulatd, spird acu-
minato-turritd ; anfractibus superne prominentibus, longitudinaliter
conspicue cosiatis, costis latiusculis, obtusis, transversim impresso-
lineatis ; fascis roseis et albis alternatd, fasciis roseis inter costas
ustulato-nigricantibus ; columella quadriplicatd, aperturd pared.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29, f. 230.

we
Or
ie)

Zoological Society.

Hab. ?
An extremely prettily painted species.

Mirra coriacea. Mitr. testd ovata, utrinque attenuatd, spird bre-
viusculd, acute acuminatd ; anfractibus superne rotundatis, trans-
versim impresso-lineatis, interstitiis granosis ; anfractuum parte
superiori albidd, infra fuscescente ; columella quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 231.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand

at the depth of five fathoms) ; Cuming.

A species of very peculiar character.

Mirra verrucosa. Mitr. testa ovatd, subventricosd, spird brevi-
usculad, acuminatd ; longitudinaliter concentriceé plicatd, plicis tu-
berculis parvis prominentibus mucronatis undique armatis ; albd,
Juscescente pallide fasciatd ; columella quinqueplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 232.

Hab. {sland of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud in deep

water) ; Cuming.

The tubercles with which the entire surface of this shell is covered

are quite sharp and prickly.

Mirra ELEGANS. Mitr. testa oblongo-ovatd, spird acuminata, su-
turis subprofundis ; longitudinaliter subtilissimé costatd, costis
angustis, interstitiis eleganter clathratis ; albicante, aut pallidis-
sime carneo-fuscescente, lined rubrd unicd aut pluribus cingulatd,
apice fusco ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 233.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found among coral sand and

shells at the depth of four fathoms) ; Cuming.

This species is well characterized by the very elegant style of its

sculpture and by the sharp red lines with which it is encircled.

Mirra pecora. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, basi contractd, spird
acuminato-turritd, suturis profundis; transversim impresso-sulcatd,
liris intermediis granulosis, plicisque angustis concentricis subdi-
stantibus longitudinaliter ornatd ; alba, balteo aurantio-fusco, an-
Fractu ultimo balteis duobus, cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd,
umbilicatd, subcanaliculata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 234.

Hab. ?

The form, colour and sculpture of this species are each of peculiar

interest.

Mirra muraBitis. Mitr. testa abbreviato-fusiformi, spird turrita,
interdum elevatd, interdum breviusculd, suturis subprofundis ; an-
fractibus superne depressis, longitudinaliter concentricé costatis,
costis angustis liris subtilibus transversis clathratis ; albidd, oli-
vaceo-viridi fasciatd, apice fusco ; columella quadriplicatda.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 235.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low water,

and at the depth of about ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

An extremely variable species both in form and colour.

260 Zoological Society.

Mirra miuitaris. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, basi contractd, spird
acuminatd, suturis subprofundis ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis
obtusiusculis, interstitiis transversim impresso-lineatis ; anfractibus
superne luteis, ultimo zond latd coccineo-rubrdé cingulato; colu-
melld quadriplicatd, umbilicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 236.

Fab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

Distinguished in part by the rich, broad, crimson-red band which

encircles the last whorl.

Mirra tTuBERosa. Mitr. testd obtuso-conicd, crassd, obesd, spird
brevi, basi truncatd ; longitudinaliter plicato-costatd, costis rudibus,
subdistantibus, superné tuberculato-nodosis ; transversim lineari-
sulcata, sulcis pertusis ; luteo-olivaced, aut fuscd, superné albd, basi
Suscd, albipunctata ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 237, a and 6.

Hab. Island of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

A small stout species, somewhat after the form of the Mitra pa-

triarchalis.

Mirra Forticostata. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, spird sub-
turrita ; anfractibus superné angulatis, infra angulum longitudina-
liter costatis, costis solidis fortissimis, distantibus, basim versus
subobsoleté granosis ; nigerrimo-fuscd ; columellad quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 238.

Hab. New Holland.

Resembling Mitra ficulina, but of a much more solid and angular

structure.

Mirra Lota. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spire suturis impressis,
transversim subtilissimé impresso-striatis, longitudinaliter concen-
trice costatd, costis basim versus granosis ; rufulo-aurantid, viridi-
JSusco variegatd ; columella triplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 239.

Hab. Island of ‘Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

The painting of this species is of very irregular character.

Mirra consaneuinea. Mitr. testa ovatd, solidiusculd, obesd, basim
versus contractd, spird obtuso-rotundatd ; transversim subtilissime
punctato-striatd, longitudinaliter confertim plicato-costatd, costis
inferne granosis; rubidd, anfractibus maculis parvis rotundis in
medio uniseriatim cinctis ; columella quadriplicatda.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 241.

Hab. ——?

Allied in some measure to the Mitra pardalis.

Mirra cremMans. Mitr. testd obeso-ovatd, spird brevi, suturis
subimpressis ; levi, basim versus granosd, longitudinaliter subob-
lique plicatd ; nigerrimd, flammis rufo-aurantiis hic illic variegata ;
columella triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 242.

Zoological Society. 26]

Hab. St. Nicolas, island of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones
at low water); Cuming.
This species may be known by its confused flame-like painting.

Mirra LeucopesMa. Mitr. testd obeso-ovatd, spird brevissimd,
longitudinaliter plicato-costatd ; levi, apice crenulatd, basi granu-
lata ; nigerrimo-fuscd, anfractibus macularum albarum zond unicd
in medio cingulatd ; columella quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 243.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

Painted in a manner similar in some degree to the Mitra microzo-

nias, from which it is materially distinct in form.

Mirra tauta. Mitr. testa obeso-ovatd, solidiusculd, spira obtuso-
rotundatd, longitudinaliter subobsolete plicato-costatd, costis levi-
bus, interstitiis impresso-striatis ; costis, aurantio-rufis, interstitiis
nigerrimis, anfractuum medio albo ; columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 244.

Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

A stout, very prettily painted species.

Mirra LtucuLenta. Mitr. testd ovata, levi, longitudinaliter sub-
obsolete plicato-costatd, costis basim versus granosis ; anfractibus
zonis ceruleo-nigris et albis alternatim conspicu® pictd, columella
triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 245.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

This species may be recognized by the decided character of the

painting, which consists of alternate blue-black and white zones.

Mirra avenaces. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, transversim undique
liratd, liris angustis, elevatiusculis ; flavescente-spadiced, juxta
suturas albicante subindistincté maculata ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 246.

Hab. Islands of Burias, Ticao and Capul, Philippines (found on the

reefs and in sandy mud at the depth of about six fathoms) ; Cuming.

A solid, cylindrical, closely-ridged shell.

Mirra pica. Mitr. testd ovatd, tenuiculd, subventricosd, spird
breviusculd, acuta ; anfractibus levibus, aterrimis, superné et in-
ferne niveis ; columella triplicutd ; aperturd subampld.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 247.

Hab. ?

May be distinguished by the jagged white band with which its

black whorls are encircled next the sutures.

Mirra citnara. Mitr. testa ovatd, crassiusculd, suturis impressis ;
longitudinaliter creberrimeé costatd, costis angustis, obtusis, inter-
stitiis transversim clathratis ; purpureo-plumbed, zonuld pallida
angustd cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 248.

Hab. ?

Of a peculiar purple lead-colour.

262 Zoological Society.

Mirra nympuHa. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, spird acuminatd ; an-
Fractibus transversim punctato-striatis ; incarnato-fuscescente,albo
maculato-variegatd, anfractu ultimo fascid albidd subindistinctd
cingulato ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 51. f. 249.

Hab. ?

A solid punctured shell, of a fleshy-brown or pale salmon-colour,

varieyated with white spots, particularly around the sutures.

Mirra catyosa. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird breviusculd, su-
turis subimpressis ; levigatd, basi liratd ; plumbeo-fusca, punctis
fuscis hic illic variegata ; columelld fuscd, quinqueplicatd, callosi-
tate albd superné armatd, plicis albis ; labro subflexuoso.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 251.

Hab. Pasacao, island of Luzon, Philippines (found on the sands) ;

Cuming.

Distantly allied to the Mitra ebenus.

Mirra aera. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminatd, transversim
undique crebriliratd, liris levibus, interstitiis puncturatis ; fusces-
cente, roseo-albicante pallide et indistincté fasciatd et maculata ;
columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 252.

Hab. i

Like the Mitra cylindracea in form, but of a different sculpture.

Mirra mopesta. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, basi contractd,
spird turritd ; anfractibus rotundatis, longitudinaliter costatis, in~
terstitiis transversim cancellato-impressis ; nived, rosaceo basim
versus pallidissime tinctd ; columella quadriplicatd, aperture fauce
rosaced.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 254.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water);

Cuming.
A chaste pink-white shell, with a highly-relieved lattice sculpture.

Mirra sEMEN. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, levigatd, po-
litd ; castaneo-fuscd lineis albidis undatis longitudinaliter pictd ;
columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 256.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the

sands at low water) ; Cuming.

Covered with characteristic longitudinal waved lines.

Mirra mitium. Mitr. testd ovato-fusiformi, crassiusculd, lineis
elevatiusculis undique creberrime decussatd ; rufescente-fuscd ; co-
lumelld quadriplicatd ; aperturd subangustd, labro incrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 257.

Hab. ?

Belonging to a small group of a peculiar narrow contracted struc-

ture, with thickened lip, of which the Mitre gratiosa, recurva, exilis
and mirifica may be quoted as examples.

Mirra tacuryma. Mitr. testd ovatd, utringue attenuata, tenuiculd,

Zoological Society. 263

spird brevi, subobtusd ; anfractibus superne longitudinaliter subti-
lissime costatd, transversim obsolete elevato-striatd ; albd, maculd
grandi aurantio-fuscescente dorso peculiariter pictd ; columelld
bi- vel tri-plicatd, plicis fere obsoletis, labro effuso.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 258.

Hab. ?

A small white transparent-looking shell, which may be immediately

recognised by the large brown stain on the back of the last whorl.

Mirra cimetium. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, spird turrita,
longitudinaliter costata, costis superné tuberculatis ; albd, costis
infra tuberculis lineis brevibus nigerrimo-fuscis transversim vivid?
pictd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 260.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The lower portion of the ribs of this species are crossed in a very

peculiar manner with short brown parallel lines.

Mirra turRicEeR. Mitr. tesid fusiformi, spird angulato-turritd ;
anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis an-
gustis, ad angulum muricato-tuberculatis, interstitiis transversim
impressis ; albidd, fascid castaned latiusculd inter costas pictd,
columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 262.

Hab. {sland of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth

of six fathoms) ; Cuming.

A prickly sharply-turreted species, encircled with a brown band,

which only appears in the interstices between the ribs.

Mirra ca#iata. Mitr. testa cylindraceo-ovatd, basi contractd,
paululim elongatd, spire suturis subprofundis ; anfractibus longi-
tudinaliter costatis, costis angustis, crebris, interstitiis impresso-
cancellatis ; lutescente-fusca, subindistincté albifasciatd ; columella
triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 265.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip-
pines (dredged from sandy mud at the depth of thirty fathoms) ;
Cuming.

The upper portion of this shell has a peculiar cylindrically short-
ened structure, whilst the base is inclined to become elongated.

Mirra tucipa. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird turritd, basi subelon-
gato-contractd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter costatis, costis supern?
tumidis, transversim elegantissimeé liratis ; lucido albicante ; colu-
melld quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 266.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Cuming.

A delicate transparent. species, of a peculiar elongated fusiform

growth,

Mirra typHa. Mitr. testd subelongatd, spird acuminatd ; transver-
sim subtilissime striata, corned, translucidd, fascid lata ferrugined
cingulatd ; columelld triplicatd.

264 Zoological Society.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 267.

Hab. Loay, island of Bohol, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

A minute horny-looking shell, encircled with a conspicuous orange-

brown band.

Mirra Tornata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird acutd, anfrac-
tibus convexis, transversim undique liratis, liris tribus supremis
minoribus ; lutescente-fuscd, epidermide fuscd indutd ; columella
quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 269.

Hab. Island of Guimaras, Philippines.

The ridges of this species are remarkable for their close regularity

and precision.

Mirra vuttuosa. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviuscula ; anfracti-
bus convexis ad suturas depresso-planis, transversim costatis, cos-
tis crebris sulcis longitudinalibus angustis exsculptis ; aurantio-
Suscd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 270.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

The longitudinal grooves impart a nodulous character to the trans-

verse ribs.

Mirra Granata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassd, transversim
undique liratd, liris parvis subtiliter granatis ; lutescente-fuscd,
apice albicante ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 271.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

Crossed with finely-grained ridges.

Mirra Pacirica. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassiusculd, spird
turritd ; anfractibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter liratd, liris
numerosis, angustis, transversim impresso-sulcatis ; alba, fascid
Suscd inter liras solum cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicatd, plicd
supremd valde maximd, aperturd breviusculd,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 272.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island ; Cuming.

Ailied in form to the Mitra exasperata.

Mirra tureipa. Mitr. testd ovoided, medio turgidd, basi contractd,
spird brevi, acuminatd ; transversim undique liratd, sulcis subir.
regularibus longitudinaliter impressd ; columelld triplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 273.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.
The sculpture of this species is of a somewhat similar character to

that of the Mitra tornata.

Mirra amasitis. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, spird obtuso-
depressd; anfractibus subrotundatis, longitudinaliter costatis,
transversim impresso-sulcatis ; cinereo-grised varie albifasciatd ;
columella quadriplicatd ; aperturd breviusculd, intus fuscd.

Zoological Society. 265

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 274.

Hab. Islands of Ticao and Philippines (found under stones at low
water) ; Cuming.

A pretty species, banded alternately with white and ashy grey.

Mirra purpurata. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spird
breviusculd, subturritd ; anfractibus ad suturas plano-angulatis,
longitudinalter costatis, costis numerosis, angustis, prominentibus,
interstitiis impresso-cancellatis ; fusco-purpured, zond angustd
albd cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 275.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The whorls of this shell being flatly angulated at the sutures, give

a turreted character to the spire.

Mirra purtita. Mitr. testd rotundato-ovatd, spird brevi, subob-
tusd, suturis impressis ; anfractibus transversim subtilissim? stri-
atis, anfractis ultimi parte inferiori minut? nodiferd ; aterrimd,
anfractuum parte superiori maculis niveis pyriformibus, concentrice
dispositis, conspicue ornatd ; columelld triplicatd ; labro intus den-
ticulato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 276.

Hab. Island of St. Thomas, West Indies ; Gruner.

The pyriform white spots which encircle the upper portion of each

whorl exhibit a striking contrast with the jet-black ground of the
shell.

Mirra Gratiosa. Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, liris pro-
minentibus minutis creberrime decussatd ; fuscd; columella quinque-
plicatd, labro subincrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 277.

Hab. Gallapagos Islands (found among coral sand at a depth of

about seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

A narrow cylindrical shell, with beautifully decussated sculpture,

and of an uniform brown colour.

Mirra miririca. Mitr. testd elongatd, gracili, subcylindraced,
basi recurvd, liris minutissimis creberrime decussatd ; rosaced,
subpellucidd, zonuld angusta albidd cingulatd ; columella sexplicatd,
labro subincrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 278.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The general aspect of this shell is very similar to that of the pre-
ceding species; upon examination it will be found however of a
thinner and more slender structure, whilst the sculpture is of a
smaller pattern, and the colour altogether different.

Mirra 1neRMIs. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, longitudinaliter cre-
berrimé plicatd, basi sulcatd ; rufescente-fuscd, fascid albidd, fusco
subtilissime undulata, cinetd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 279.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. U

266 Zoological Society.

Hab. Puteao, province of Albay, island of Luzon (found on the
sands); Cuming.

Encircled with a white band, traversed with fine brown zigzag
lines.

Mirra Brumatis. Mitr. testd elongata, subcylindraced, undique
subtilissime decussatd ; lutescente, aurantio-fusco pallidissime hic
illic tincta ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 280.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

A solid obtuse shell, with the lip slightly effused.

Mirra pz#paLta. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, spird turrita ;
longitudinaliter costatd, costarum interstitiis fortiter clathratis ;
cinereo-viridescente, zond albaé conspicud cingulatd; columella
quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 281.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the

depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming.

The colour of this shell is a peculiar livid ashy grey.

Mirra suturata. Mitr. testa elongato-ovat’, basi subrecurva,
spire suturis profundé impressis ; transversim undique angisulcatis,
sulcis profundis, puncturatis, liris intermediis subgranosis ; pallideé
stramined ; columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 282.

Hab. Gindulman, island of Bohol, Philippines (found under stones

at low water) ; Cuming.

The entire surface of this shell is encircled with close finely granu-

lated ridges, the interstices between which are deeply grooved and
punctured.

Mirra tusa. Mitr. testd ovatd, spire suturis profunde impressis,
longitudinaliter subtiliter costatd, transversim impresso-striatd ;
anfractuum parte superiori albidd, maculis grandibus subquadratis
Suscis ornatd, parte inferiori totd fuscd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pi. 34. f. 283.

_ Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the
sands at low water); Cuming.

Distinguished by the dark chocolate-brown spots upon the upper

part of the shell, whilst the lower part is entirely stained with the
same colour.

Mirra micans. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, levigatd, politd,
eburned, aurantio pallidé fasciatd, columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 285.

Hab. South Pacific Ocean.

A small white orange-banded shell, with a surface as hard and

shining as polished ivory.

Mirra arMIGER. Mitr. testd elongatd, subfusiformi, spird turritd ;
anfractibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis ad
angulum nodosis, inferne evanidis, transversim impresso-striatis ;
rubidd, albizonatd, costis superne albis ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Zoological Society. 267

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 288.

Hab. :

A pretty species, the sculpture of which is of a very decided cha-
racter.

Mirra cHELonta. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd, acutd ;
levigatd ; nigricante-fuscd, zonula luted unicd, cingulatd ; colu-
melld triplicatd, labro superne sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 289.

Hab, Island of Burias, Philippines (dredged from sandy mud at the

depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

Belonging to that well-known division of the genus of which the

Mitra ebenus is the type.

Mirra scutpritis. Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, basi pau-
lulim recurvd, spire suturis subimpressis ; longitudinaliter crebri-
liratd, interstitiis transversim fortiter clathratis ; albicante, fusces-
cente pallidé maculatd, anfractis ultimi parte inferiori fuscescente
basi albicante ; columella quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 290.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Distinguished by its very closely latticed sculpture.

Mirra spicata. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminato-turritd ;
anfractibus longitudinaliter crebricostatis, superné acutangulis,
costis ad angulum tuberculato-nodosis, anfractu ultimo medio exi-
liter noduloso, costis fere obsoletis ; pallide fulvd ; columelld qua-
driplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 291.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

The upper whorls of this species are longitudinally finely ribbed,

but there is very slight indication of ribs upon the lower.

Mirra Hees. Mitr. testa fusiformi, spird acuminatd, lineis pro-
Sunde impressis transversis et longitudinalibus undique creberrime
decussatd, albicante, columelld quadriplicatd.,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 292.

Hab. ?

The entire surface of this species is decussated with narrow deeply-

cut lines.

Mirra anatocica. Mitr. testd ovato-oblongd, basi contractd, sul-
catd ; spire anfractibus longitudinaliter plicato-costatis, anfractu
ultimo levigato ; nigricante fuscd, zonuld luted cingulatd ; colu-
mella triplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 293.

Hab. H

This species has very much the appearance of a gigantic Mitra

Savignii, from which it however differs in its proportions.

Mirra BiLiInEATA. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, spird acuminata ;
longitudinaliter subobsoleté plicatd, levigatd, politd ; nigerrimo-

U2

268 Zoological Society.

fuscd, apicem versus albicante, lineis duabus luteis cingulatd ; co-
lumelld quinqueplicata.
Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 294.
Hab. ?
A hard polished blackish brown shell, encircled with two distant
yellow lines.

Mirra recurvA. Mitr. testd fusiformi, basi attenuatd, subrecurvd ;
longitudinaliter granoso-liratd, transversim impresso-striatd ; ro-
saceo-purpuraseente, fusco minutissime hic illic punctatd ; columelld
quadriplicatd ; labro incrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 26. f. 297.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The minute granules with which the surface of this shell is longi-

tudinally sculptured have a semitransparent pearl-like appearance.

Mirra 1ncarnata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird breviusculd,
transversim elegantissime crebriliratd, longitudinaliter angisulcatd ;
incarnatd ; columella sexplicatd, apertura longiusculd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 299.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip-
pines (dredged from sandy mud at the depth of five and twenty
fathoms) ; Cuming.

The sculpture of this delicately tinted shell is very elaborate.

Mirra articutata. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, subventri-
cosd; anfractibus levibus, longitudinaliter subobsoleté plicatis,
medio leviter tuberculatis ; pallidé rosaceo-coccined, zonuld albd
Susco articulatd cinctd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 302.

Hab. ?

I have found no specimen approaching comparison with the one

above described, from the collection of Thomas Norris, Esq.

Mirra Festa. Mitr. testd pyramidali-ovatd, longitudinaliter ob-
tuso-costatd, costarum interstitiis transversim cancellatis ; eburned,
anfractu ultimo fascid latd olivaceo-cinered, fusco indistincté punc-
tata, cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon. Mitra, pl. 36. f. 303.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the

sands) ; Cuming.

A solid ivory-white shell, encircled with a dark band, which is

concealed in the upper part of the shell by the superposition of the
whorls.

Mirra pineuris. Mitr. testd subobeso-ovatd, longitudinaliter sub-
oblique noduloso-costatd, transversim impresso-striatd, striis cre-
berrimis, anfractis ultimi parte inferiori sulcatd ; albidd, fascid
unicd fuscescente cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 304.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines ; Cuming.

The last whorl of this shell exhibits a peculiarity of structure

Zoological Society. 269

which is worthy of observation; above the brown band it is very
closely impressly striated across; below it, it is merely distantly
grooved. A difference between the transverse sculpture of the upper
and lower portions of the whorls is rarely met with.

Mirra pecuniaRis. Mitr. testd elongatd, anfractibus levibus, con-
cavis, carind unicd prominente superne ornatis ; albidd, fascid latd
luteo-fuscescente cingulatd ; columella biplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 305.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found under

stones at low water) ; Cuming.

This species may be easily distinguished by the hollow character

which is imparted to the whorls by the very prominent keel round
the upper part.

Mirra rozorea. Mitr. testd pyramidali, spird acuminatd ; nigri-
cante-fuscd, liris albidis angustis undique funiculatd ; columelld
biplicatd, plicis subindistinctis ; aperturd parva.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f.306.

Hab. ?

An interesting dark pyramidal shell, encircled throughout with

white cord-like ridges.

Mirra ravivus. Mitr. testd gracili-fusiformi, spird acuminatd, basi
contractd, subelongatd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter concentricé
plicato-costatis, interstitiis cancellatis ; pallideé carned, anfractu ul-
timo fascid fuscescente basim versus cingulato ; columeild biplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 309.

Hab. Island of Corregidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand

at the depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

A light elegant shell, in which the ribs are of a peculiarly concen-

tric growth.

Mirra GLanpirorMis. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spire
suturis profundé impressis ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis levibus,
interstitiis profunde clathratis ; cinereo-griseo alboque variegatd,
basi albicante ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 310.

Hab. ?

In most examples of this species the white rather predominates.

Mirra cINERACEA. Mitr. testa pyramidali-ovatd, spird turritd,
basi subrecurvd ; anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter
costatis, costis ad angulum subnodosis, interstitiis liris parvis
transversis cancellatis ; cinereo-grised, fascid albidd subinterruptd
cingulatd, basi albidd ; columella quadriplicatd, aperturd parvd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 311.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip-

pines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming.

A sharply turreted shell, in which the prominent parts of the ribs

are white upon a dark ashy ground.

Mirra timata. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, spird mediocri ;
levigatd, politd, transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis puncturatis ;

270 Zoological Society.

albidd, fascid fuscescente albifloccatd cingulatd ; columella quadri-
plicatd.
Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 312.
Hab. Island of Bohol, Philippines (found under stones on the reefs
at low water) ; Cuming.
The grooves of this species are more deeply punctured towards
the upper part of the whorls.

Mirra Exiuis. Mitr. testd elongatd, ‘gsi subrecurvd, spird sub-
obtusd ; liris minutis undique granoso-decussatd ; pallidé violaceo-
purpurascente, anfractu ultimo fascid latd saturatiore cingulato,
infra albicante ; columelld quadriplicatd, plicis parvis ; labro in-
erassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 313.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

An interesting small species, with a decussated granular surface,

like that of a thimble.

Mirra mica. Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, basim versus
contracta; liris granulosis undique creberrimé decussatd ; fused,
zond albidd cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 314.

Hab. Island of Guimaras, Philippines (found in coarse sand at the

depth of six fathoms); Cuming.

The colour of this shell is a dull earthy brown.

Mirra armityatTa. Mitr. testd pyramidali, spird turritd ; anfrac-
tibus superné plano-angulatis, longitudinaliter concentrice costatis,
costis angustis, numerosis, ad angulum nodosis, transversim im-
pressis ; purpureo-fuscd, zonuld lutescente cingulataé; columelld
quadriplicatd, aperturd brevi.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 315.

Hab. Island of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

A prettily sculptured species, in which the ribs are disposed some-

what concentrically.

Mirra TornatELnorves. Mitr. testd rotundato-ovatd, spird brevi,
obtusd ; transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis subindistincté punctu-
ratis ; sanguineo-fuscescente, zonuld transversd strigisque longitu-
dinalibus undatis albis vivide notatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 316.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

The general aspect of this shell is very like that of a well-known

species of Tornatella.

Mirra Gausapata. Mitr. testa ovatd, spird subacuminatd; an-
Ffractibus superne plano-compressis, tuberculato-costatis, trans-
versim undique liratis; nigerrimo-fuscd, anfractuum ared superd
luted ; columella triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 317.

Hab. Gallapagos Islands (dredged from the depth of about ten

fathoms) ; Cuming.

Zoological Society. — 271

The whorls are characterized by a peculiar narrow depression
round the upper part, beneath which they are for a short distance
tubercularly ribbed.

Mirra amanpa. Mitr. testd subpyramidali, spird acuto-turritd ;
anfractibus longitudinaliter crebricostatis, transversim impressis ;
fasciis angustis rubido-fuscis albisque undique cingulata ; columella
quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 318.

Hab. Islands of Burias and Negros, Philippines (found among coral

sand at the depth of four fathoms) ; Cuming.

Encircled throughout with narrow white and reddish brown bands.

Mirra crocea. Mitr. testd ovatd, spire suturis impressis ; an-
Sractibus superneé plano-angulatis ; longitudinaliter crebricostatis,
transversim basim versus sulcatis ; pallidé croced, aperture fauce
aurantio tinctd ; columella quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 320.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Of a beautiful clear yellow colour, with orange mouth.

Mirra rosacea. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculad; liris gra-
natis undique cingulatd ; nived, maculis grandibus pallide rosaceis
bifasciatim ornatd ; columelld quinqueplicata ; apertura oblongo-
ovata ; labro crenulato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 321.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coral sand at

the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

An extremely delicate semitransparent pink-stained white shell.

Mirra masta. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, transversim sulcatd, le-
vigatd ; fuscescente, anfractuum parte superiori pallide luted ;
columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 323.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (dredged among coral sand

at the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

The columella and mouth of this species are brightly enamelled.

Mirra Attruiors. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassd, spird acutd, liris
parvis transversis et longitudinalibus, concentricis, undique decus-
satd ; nigerrimd, vel olivaceo-nigrd ; columella planatd, quadri-
plicatd, callositate superné munitd ; labro planato, intus denticulato,
superne sinuato. .

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 324.

Hab. Islands of Ticao and Luzon, Philippine Islands (found under

stones at low water) ; Cuming.

Belonging to that interesting group of which the Mitre Ziervogel-

tana and Woldemarii form part.

Mirra zeLtotypPa. Mitr. testa ovald, anfractibus superneé rotunda-
tis, longitudinaliter costatis, transversim fortiter cancellato-liratis ;
luteo alboque undique fasciatd ; columelld quadriplicatd, aperture
Ffauce violascente.

272 Zoological Society.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 325.

Hab. .

A very distinct species, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,
concerning which he possesses no information as to its locality.

Mirra inrausta. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter
subundato-costatd, transversim impresso-striatd ; incarnato-stra-
mined, lineis impressis rubido-fusco hic illic exiliter tinctis ; colu-
melld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 326.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The transverse impressed striz are chiefly stained with reddish

brown where they pass over the ribs.

Mirra Grata. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidd, spird brevi, acuminatd ;
levigatd, albd, opacd, epidermide luted indutd ; columelld triplicatd.
Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 327.
Hab. Island of Paros, Grecian Archipelago ; Miller, R.N.
A stout solid shell, of a peculiar opake marble-white, covered with
a yellow epidermis.

Mirra canpipa. Mitr. testd ovatd, subfusiformi, transversim
crebriliratd, lirarum interstitiis longitudinaliter subtilissimé stri-
atis ; candidd ; columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 328.

Hab. La Guayra, South America.

A white closely-ridged species, in the collection of His Majesty the

king of Denmark, by whose permission it has been forwarded to me
for illustration.

Mirra rustica. Mitr. testa oblongo-ovatd, spird turritd ; anfrac-
tibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis subdistan-
tibus, ad angulum muricato-tuberculatis, transversim puncturatis ;
albidd, inferné cinered ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 329.

Hab. ?

The upper edge of the ash-colour is slightly marked between the

ribs with one or two brown dots.

Mirra coratuina. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, politd, basi subre-
curvd ; anfractibus transversim obsolete striatis, longitudinaliter
plicato-costatis ; electro- vel corallio-rubrd, costis albicantibus ;
columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 330 a and 8.

Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

This is a beautiful species, some examples having the appearance

of bright amber, whilst others resemble red coral.

Mirra LuBens. Mitr. testd elongatd, subfusiformi, basi con-
tractd, spird turritd; anfractibus superne angulatis, liris parvis
longitudinalibus et transversis creberrime clathratis ; albidd, apice
basique rosaceis ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 331.

Entomological Society. 273

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low
water) ; Cuming.

The ridges of this very delicate and pretty shell are slightly nodu-
lous, and prickly on the angle.

Mirra patuta. Mitr. testd ovatd, tenuiculd, ventricosiusculd, le-
vigatd ; cinered, fusco hic illic variegatd et nebulatd ; columella
quadriplicatd ; aperturd ampld ; labro tenui, superne sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 333.

Hab. ?

Very distinct from any form of the genus I have met with.

Mirra atveotus. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, spire suturis pro-
Sunde impressis ; longitudinaliter subtiliter plicato-costatd, bast
transversim sulcatd ; anfractibus inferné aterrimis, superné albis,
nigro tessellatis ; columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 354.

Hab. ?

A characteristic tessellated species, from the collection of Thomas

Norris, Esq.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January Ist, 1844.—The President in the Chair.

An extract from a letter addressed by the Rev. Mr. Savage to the
Rev. F. W. Hope was read, giving an account of the capture ofa
new species of Goliath Beetle on the west coast of Africa, Mecyno-
rhina Savagit (Harris, Journ. of Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. iv. pl. 21;
Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. pl. 81. f. 1, 2).

Extracts were also read from two letters addressed to Mr. Hope by
C. D. E. Fortnum, Esq., giving some account of the entomology in the
neighbourhood of Port Adelaide, and mentioning some particulars
respecting the reproduction of the limbs in a species of Phasmide,
Diura violascens, Gray, a larva of which (about one inch long and
having much the appearance of a Bacillus) had its left intermediate
leg broken off when captured. It fed on the young leaves of the gum-
tree, Eucalyptus, and grew very fast. On the first moult after the
accident a small leg appeared on the old stump, but with a withered
appearance, and apparently the joints were not formed. At the se-
cond moult the leg had grown to half its natural size, with all the
joints perfect. The third moulting produced the pupa with the leg
about two-thirds of the original size. On the change to the imago
the limb had regained its full size. Mr. Fortnum adds, that the
young Phasmide invariably eat the old skin after moulting. He also
mentions the capture of aspecies of Mantispa and one of Ascalaphus.
In a subsequent communication he mentions the capture of several
apparently new species of Phasmide, and states that Diura violascens
and roseipennis are the sexes of the same species, having reared several
from the larva. He had collected a great many species of ants, and
several new predaceous beetles (including a beautiful Harpalus with

274: Entomological Society.

the head and thorax splendid green) ; likewise several new aquatic
beetles and Buprestide, and two new species of Onthophagus ; but he
had met with no Necrophaga. ‘The little insect allied to Elaphrus
is exceedingly abundant, and he had collected three species of Adelo-
topus, one described by Mr. Hope in Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. i., and two
others; he had also seen one or two more, and had collected another
species of Scarites, a species of Trox (very abundant), nine Melolon-
thide, three species of Mantispa and seven of Myrmeleon.

In reference to the Phasmide noticed by Mr. Fortnum, the Presi-
dent stated that he considered Mr. Fortnum’s communication to be
one of great interest, as affording a further proof that reproduction
of the limbs takes place in true insects. He also stated that he is
equally sure that reproduction of lost parts takes place in the Myria-
poda, as he formerly expressed his belief when exhibiting an instance
of what he regarded as the first noticed occurrence of this fact in a
Scolopendra, at the meeting of this Society in November 1839. In
consequence of the suggestions made by Mr. Westwood on that oc-
casion, that the limb in the specimen in question had not been re-
produced, but was only an instance of retarded development of the
original limb, and at a subsequent meeting of the Society (November
2, 1840), Mr. Newport had instituted a series of experiments on the
fulide and Lithobii, in which reproduction both of the antenne and
legs had taken place, and in one instance the reproduction of some
of the legs was repeated a second time in the same individual Litho-
bius. He stated also that reproduction of lost parts does not take
place after the individual has acquired, or has very nearly attained
its adult size.

Mr. Marshall also stated that he had observed a specimen of the
common species of Blatta, one of the legs of which was much smaller
than the rest.

Mr. Yarrell mentioned, in reference to the continued growth of
the limbs in the Crustacea, that it appeared to have its limits, as he
had observed lobsters several years old which had certainly not lately
cast their shells, which they did not fill.

An extract was also read from a letter addressed by Colonel
Hearsey to Mr. Westwood, giving an account of the habits of a mi-
nute species of the genus Diopsis, in India.

This species is very closely allied to Say’s D. brevicornis*, and
was captured by Colonel Hearsey in different months and various
localities ; some on window-panes in June, some on orange and ci-
tron leaves in gardens in July, and some in the middle of August on
cucumber leaves ; they appear to feed either on the sweet deposit of

* It may be thus characterized :

Diopsis Hearseiana, W. Brevis, robusta ; capite fulvo, nigro vario, cor-
nubus oculiferis abbreviatis crassis, apice nigris ; thorace griseo-nigro,
spind brevi utrinque sub basin alarum aliisque duabus, apicalibus albidis
longé setigeris ; abdomine nigro nitido ; pedibus flavescentibus, femori-
bus anticis intis fusco maculatis, tibiisque anticis nigris, alis hyalinis.
Long. corp. lin. 2; expans. alar. lin. 4.

Entomological Society. 275

the Aphis, or on the Aphides* themselves. The different kinds of
Diptera which he had collected in the latter situation were numerous,
some very curiously marked, and others very minute and of brilliant
colours.

A memoir, containing descriptions of two species of Sacred Beetles
from Southern Africa, was read by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. &c.

Srzasteos, Westwood.
Typus Scarabzeorum sacrorum Heliocantharo magis affinis.

Antenne articulis 3 et 4, 5to duplo longioribus, 5to et 6to brevibus ;
clypeus radiatus, subtis tridentatus. Tibie antice angulate,
extis 4-dentate, dentibus 2 apicalibus inter se remotis, intis ser-
rulate, denteque medio armate. Tarsi 2 postici articulis subcla-
vatis.

Species unica, Scarabeeus (Sebasteos) Galenus, Westw. Niger,
nitidus ; capite magno varioloso-punctato, pronoto punctato, mar-
gine postico levi; elytris strid suturali alterisque 5 tenuibus sub
lente punctatis. Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. in Africa meridi-
onali. D. Burke.

Scerraces Hrprias, Westw. Niger, nitidus ; capite sub lente tenuis-
sime punctato, clypeo cornubus 2 mediis porrectis, pronoto fereé
levi, elytrisque sublavibus et minus nitidis, singulo striis 6 vir
discernendis; tibiis anticis haud in medio angulatis, extiis 4-dentatis
et serrulatis, metasterno antice producto. Long. corp. lin. 8.—
Hab. cum precedente.

February 5th.—-George Newport, Esq. (who had been re-elected
President of the Society at the Anniversary meeting on the 22nd
January ), in the Chair.

The President exhibited a specimen of Hypena rostralis, which had
continued alive in a state of hybernation since the lst of September
last.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited a large box of North American
Lepidoptera, collected by Mr. Barnstone near the Albany River, in
a climate nearly corresponding with that of Lapland, and remarkable
on account of a very large proportion of the species being apparently
identical with those of this country. Some species and even genera
were however quite unlike any of those known in Europe, amongst
which was avery large species of Hepialus, two new species of Alypa,
&c., whilst some of the species were evidently identical with those of
Florida, thus exhibiting a very wide geographical range.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a specimen of Pontia Rape, evidently but
recently disclosed from the chrysalis, which he had captured during
the month of January. Mr. Walton exhibited a monstrous specimen

* Col. Sykes’s observations on the predaceous habits of D. Sykesii might
lead to the opinion that it was upon the dphides themselves that the Dio-
psts feeds.

276 Entomological Society.

of Otiorhynchus picipes, each antenna having only four joints in the
funiculus instead of the ordinary number.

The following memoirs were read :—

«Description of a genus and species of Syrphideous Diptera new

to Britain.” By P. Desvignes, Esq.

DrpEa, Macquart (Enica? Meigen). Antenne porrecte, articulo
3tio elliptico, compresso, intus attenuato, setd tertid parte longitu-
dinis insertd, nudd; oculi nudi; abdomen oblongum, valde depres-
sum, limbatum ; cellula marginalis alarum aperta, submarginalis
pediformis.

Didea fasciata, Macq. Face and forehead yellow ; antenne inserted
on a prominence, black ; thorax metallic green with yellow hairs
on the sides; scutellum yellowish ; abdomen with two large lateral
yellow spots on 2nd segment, 3rd and 4th segments with a broad
yellow band posteriorly crescent-shaped ; four anterior thighs black
at base; tibie yellow ; hind legs and all the tarsi black, the former
yellow at the knees; wings hyaline, with a faint tinge of yellow ;
submarginal and mediastinal cell brown. (Syn. Enica Foersteri ?)

This genus approximates to Kristalis in having the submarginal

cell pediform, and to Syrphus, Macq., in having the marginal cell
open ; but differs from both in its antenne.

It appears very rare abroad. ‘Taken in October 1841 at Birch

Wood. In Mus. Desvignes.

‘Descriptions of some new species of the Lamellicorn genus Pa-

rastasia, Westw.” By Professor Erichson of Berlin.

Parastasia scutellaris, Erichs. Supra lutea, capite scutelloque nigris,
infra nigra, abdominis lateribus luteis. Long. ln. 7.—Hab. in
insula Riouw, prope Sumatram. Mus. Reg. Berol.

Parastasia dimidiata, Erichs. Nigra, nitida, elytris posticé luteis,
pygidio rufo. Long. lin. 45.—Hab. in insula Riouw. Mus.
Reg. Berol.

Parastasia nitidula, Erichs. Nigra, nitida, elytris fusco-eneis politis.
Long. lin. 4.—Hab. in insula Bintam, prope Sumatram. Mus.
Reg. Berol. Omnes sunt genuine Parastasie.

«Descriptions of some new exotic species of Lucanide.” By J.
O. Westwood, F.L.S.

gus platycephalus, Guérin MSS. Niger, tenuissime punctatus,
capite et pronoto latissimis ; mandibulis capite longioribus, apice
falcatis, intus ante medium dente valido, suberecto, obtuso, instruc-
tis; pedibus et elytris piceis, his 6-striatis ; tibiis 4 posticis in
medio 1-dentatis.—Long. corp. mand. excl. lin. 16. Mus. Guérin.

gus equalis, Hope MSS. Piceo-niger, capitis et pronoti lateribus
magis piceis, levis, oblongus, elytris 6 punctato-striatis ; capite
lato; mandibulis capite parim longioribus falcatis, singuld ad
basin dente supero armatd. Long. corp. mand. excl. lin. 114.

/fgus Malabaricus, Hope MSS. Niger, elytris opacis punctatis-
simis, singulo 7-striato ; striis alternatis, profundioribus ; capite
angusto, laieribus angulatis, pronoto fere quadrato ; mandibulis

Entomological Society. 270

depressis, capite duplo brevioribus, subtriangularibus, intus dente
armatis. Long. corp. (mand. excl.) lin. 10.—Hab. in Mala-
baria.

/Egus distinctus, Hope MSS. Niger, nitidus, capite et pronoto
elytrorum latitudine ; mandibulis falcatis, basi supra dente acuto
armatis ; pedibus et elytris piceis; his 7-striatis, lateribusque
punctatis. Long. corp. (mand. excl.) lin. 124.

A correspondence between Messrs. Melly and Westwood on the

extent of the detrimental effects of insects in dissipating the active
principle of vegetable manure was also read.

March 4th.—The President in the Chair.

The President announced the terms and subjects of the Essays for
two prizes of £5 each, offered by the Rev. F. W. Hope, one being
upon the natural history and medical properties of vesicatory insects,
and the other upon the natural history and early stages of the genus
Stylops.

The Secretary announced that the Address delivered by the Pre-
sident at the last Anniversary Meeting had been printed for distri-
bution among the Members.

Mr. Evans exhibited a monstrosity in the common moth, Arctia
Caia, in which the antennz and wings of the left side of the body
were much smaller than those of the other side, without however
showing any appearance of gynandromorphism.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a remarkable variety of Melitea Euphro-
syne, taken at Darenth Wood; likewise varieties of Fidonia atomaria
and Cidaria fluctuata; also a fine specimen of the rare Chareas nigra,
taken at Leith Hill in September last.

Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited a specimen of a new and large species
of Polyommaius from the Missouri, being the fifth species of that
genus which inhabits North America.

Mr. Westwood exhibited four hitherto unfigured Assamese species
of the genus Papilio, which he had received from Major Jenkins
(since published in the ‘ Arcana Entomologica’).

He also exhibited a specimen of Cresus septentrionalis with one
of the hind feet much smaller than the other, which he regarded as
a case of arrested development; and also a large apterous Phasma
from Mexico, collected by Mr. Coffin, one of the hind legs of which
was also rather smaller than the other, but destitute of the small
foliaceous appendages of the femur, tibia and basal joint of the tarsus,
and which he regarded as a case of reproduction in consequence of
the details given by Mr. Fortnum at the meeting of the Society on
the lst of January last ; stating at the same time his opinion, that in
those orders of insects which ndergo an incomplete metamorphosis
(having active larve and pupz similar to the imago), reproduction of
limbs alone takes place, those insects which undergo a complete
metamorphosis being considered by him as incapable (so far at least
as hitherto observed) of undergoing such a reproduction ; and which
opinion seemed to be confirmed by the remarks of M. Schneider upon
the genus Raphidia, recently published in his elaborate monograph

278 Entomological Society.

of that genus. The President, however, was unwilling to admit that
the case mentioned by Mr. Westwood was an instance of retarded
development, and contended that reproduction was capable of occur-
ring throughout all the orders of insects, as it was now proved to
be throughout the Crustacea, Arachnida and Myriapoda; and Mr.
Desvignes mentioned the fact recorded by Reaumur, that the hairs
of caterpillars, when shaven off previously to moulting, were repro-
duced on the shedding of the skin. [See the account of Mr. New-
port’s subsequent experiments on this subject given at the meeting
of the 7th October 1844. ]

A memoir was read ‘‘On the Economy of the genus Palmon, Dalm.”
By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

After alluding to the singular economy by which the female Jch-
neumonide are enabled to introduce their eggs into various substances,
within which are contained the insects upon which their larve are
destined to feed, and giving an extract from an anonymous writer in
the Entomological Magazine respecting the production of specimens
of one of the Chalcidide from the egg-cases of the Mantide, the
author states that the latter insect evidently belongs to the genus
Palmon of Dalman (Swed. Trans. 1825), founded upon a species
observed in gum copal, and that the Priomerus pachymerus of Walker
is another species of the genus; and then illustrates the genus in
detail, and describes the following species, the majority of which
possess the same singular habits.

Sp. 1. Palmon bellator, Dalm.

Sp. 2. Palmon clavatellus, Dalm.

Sp. 3. Palmon pachymerus (Priomerus pach., Walker).

Sp. 4. Palmon religiosus, Westw. Niger, subeneus ; thorace te-
nuissimé punctato; antennis nigricantibus, articulo basali luteo ;
abdomine piceo, subtis magis luteo, dorso eneo tincto nitido ; pe-
dibus luteis, coxis posticis, dentibusque femorum posticorum nigris,
oviductu corpore fere dimidio longiort (). Long. corp. lin. 14.
—Hab. in ovis Mantidis religiuse. D. Kollar. Mus. Hope.

Sp. 5. Palmon insularis, Westw. Cupreo-nigricans, vix tenuissime
punctatus, collari magis cuprescenti ; antennis nigricantibus, basi
fuscis ; abdomine chalybeo-nitido, basi subluteo, oviductu vix cor-
poris longitudine ; pedibus anticis albidis, femoribus in medio in-
Sumatis, coxis et femoribus posticis cupreo-eneis, apice tarsis-
gue albidis (?). Long. corp. lin. 13.—Hab. in ovis Mantidis ex
“Tle de France.” D. V. Audouin. Mus. Westwood.

Sp. 6. Palmon fraternus, Westw. Ceruleo-viridis, tenuissime punc-
tatus ; antennis crassiusculis luteis, apice fuscescentibus ; abdo-
mine purpureo nitidissimo, subtis luteo, oviductu abbreviato ; pe-
dibus luteo-fulvis ; coxis et femoribus posticis eneis vel chalybeis,
apice extremo luteis ($9). Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. cum
precedente. Mus. Westw.

Sp. 7. Palmon obscurus, Westw. Niger, eneo vir tinctus, fere levis,
opacus ; antennis nigris, basi articuli \mi luteo, articuloque api-
cali albido ; abdomine nigro, submetallico, nitido, oviductu corpore
fere dimidio longiori ; pedibus 4 anticis piceo-luteis, posticis ni-

Miscellaneous. 279

gricanti-eneis dentibus validis, tarsis luteis (2). Long. corp.
lin. 14.—Hab. King George’s Sound. D. Dr. J. Hooker.
Mus. Westwood.

Sp. 8. Palmon melleus, Westw. Let? aurato-viridis, punctatis-
simus ; abdomine melleo ; antennis crassis, melleis, apice fuscis ;
pedibus melleis, coxis posticis, basi viridibus, spinisque femorum
posticorum nigris (g). Long. corp. feré lin. 2.—Hab. in ovis
Mantidis Brasiliz. D. Klug. Mus. Westwood.

Subgenus novum Pacuytomus, Westw.

Palmoni congruit nisi abdomine maris plano depresso-elongato, spi-
nis femorum posticorum tantum 4, articulo basali tarsorum omnium
dilatato, necnon economid, habitanti in ficubus more Blastopha-
garum.

Sp. 1. Pachytomus Klugianus, Westw. Cupreo-eneus, tenuissime
punctatissimus ; antennis basi tantum luteis ; abdomine piceo-fulvo
apice nigricanti ; pedibus 4 anticis pallide flavescentibus, posticis
piceis, geniculis luteis. Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. in ficubus
ZEgypti. D. Klug. Mus. Westwood.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE GENUS SACCOPTERYX OF ILLIGER.

ScureBeEr, in his work on Mammalia, described and figured a bat
from Surinam under the name of Vespertilio lepturus, remarkable for
having on the end of the fore-arm-bone nearest the elbow a peculiar
sac. Illiger, from the description (for it does not appear that he ever
saw a specimen of the species), as was his habit, formed for this bat
a genus which he called Saccopteryr. Geoffroy, who had never seen
the species, referred it with doubt to his genus Taphozous, which is
peculiar to the old world; and Temminck has followed him, and
appears to doubt the accuracy of Schreber’s description and figure.
Among a most interesting collection of bats, birds and other animals
lately sent to the British Museum (collected in various parts of the
Brazils by the late Mr. Graham, who with his family was so dis-
tressingly lost at Para, just as he was returning home with his very
extensive collections and notes elucidating their habits), are two
specimens which exactly agree with Schreber’s figure. The pouches
are about half an inch long, and are convex and bag-like on the lower
side of the fore-arm-bone, a short distance from the elbow-joint ;
they have a slit-like opening on the upper edge of the upper side of
the same bone about half an inch long, and the inner surface of the
bag is plaited, and appears to secrete an unctuous fluid. From the
side of the neck there is a rather thick band which extends to the
middle of the bag, and there is another lesser one from the other side
of the bag to the edge of the membrane on the front of the wing.

I may observe that Saccopteryx is more nearly allied to Embalo-
nura than Taphozous, and that Cuvier (Rég. Anim. i. 121) considers
the existence of this bag in the wing as one of the characters of
Taphozous ; for he observes, ‘‘ Un petit prolongement de la membrane

280 Miscellaneous.

de leur ailes forme une sorte de pouche pres du carpe” (should be
elbow). ‘‘ C’est ce qui avait fait nommer par Illiger Saccopteryz, celui

de ces genres qui comprend les Taphiens.”
J. E. Gray.

ON THE OFFICINAL SPECIES OF PEPPER. By M. Mique.

Miquel, like Jussieu, De Candolle and Endlicher, places the Pipe-
racee among the Dicotyledons, as the embryo in germination exhi-
bits two regular seed-lobes, which are uncommonly small, and so
difficult to discover while the embryo in the ripe seed is enclosed in
the permanent embryo-sac, half sunk in the apex of the albumen,
that very recently this was regarded as the only cotyledon.

The Piperacee belong to the imperfect Dicotyledons, and stand
best among Endlicher’s Juliflores, somewhere near the Betulacee, and
in the vicinity of the Uréecacee, with which indeed Jussieu united
them. The family is evidently quite tropical, the species being
dispersed universally over the torrid zone of the earth; the indivi-
duals are most abundant in the hot parts of America, and propor-
tionally rare in tropical Africa. ‘The American are almost all gene-
rically, or, with the exception of one truly cosmopolitan species, at
least specifically different from those of the Old World.

Miquel divides the Piperacee into two tribes, the first of which,
Piperomiee, comprehends the herbaceous with axillary catkins, an-
drogynous flowers and anthers one-celled in dehiscence. ‘They are,
with very few exceptions, American, and none are employed offi-
cinally.

The second tribe, Pipere@, contains the shrubby and arborescent
species. Their catkins are situated opposite the leaves; flowers
mostly dicecious, the female exhibiting several distinct stigmas, the
males with two-celled anthers. ‘To the first division, characterized
by permanent stipulz and numerous sessile catkins, belong the genus
Pothomorphe, Miq., of which many species, especially Pothomorphe
umbellata, Miq., have pungent aromatic roots, which, under the name
of Caapeba, are used in Brazil as stomachics and sudorifics.

The root of Macropiper methysticum, Miq., possesses similar qua-
lities. It is used in the South Sea islands in the preparation of an
intoxicating drink (highly pernicious in its effects), called Awa or
Kawa, and has lately been made use of in medicine in England
under the name of Radix Awe.

Of the true Piperee, which are separated from the preceding
division by deciduous stipule and solitary catkins, two genera in
this first volume are to be noticed here :—Chavica, Miq. and Cu-
beba, Miq.

I. Genus Chavica, Miq.—Flowers dicecious. Bracts of the male
like those of the female catkins, shortly stalked, almost four-angled,
shield-shaped. @ Stamens 2, with two-celled anthers. 9 Style
very short or wanting. In the latter case the 3-6 thick stigmas are
immediately sessile on the ovate ovarium. The berries unite with
the permanent bractez and the thickened axis of the catkins into a
fleshy fusiform fruit. Seeds longish or almost lenticular, with scaly,

Miscellaneous. 28]

finely-pitted testa. Albumen mealy, often horny at the outer part.
Species all Asiatic.

Chavica Betle, Miq., and Chavica Siriboa, Miq., are frequently
cultivated throughout the East Indies ; their sharp aromatic leaves,
with chalk and areca nuts, furnish the material for the habit of betel-
chewing, universal in those countries.

The three following species are to be named as the plants fur-
nishing the officinal Piper longum :—

1. Chavica peepuloides, Miq.—The younger branches, as well as
the leaf- and flower-stalks, are clothed with fine hairs; the leaves
smooth, membranous, and with transparent dots; the lower ovate,
seven-nerved, rounded at the base, attenuated at the apex ; the upper
unequal, lanceolate, with an attenuated apex, five-nerved. Male
catkins shortly stalked, slender, with circular bracts ; the female also
shortly stalked and cylindrical.

Synonym, Piper peepuloides, Roxb.

2. Chavica Roxburghii, Mig.—A forked-branched, trailing shrub,
only erect during the flowering period, with stems at first finely
hairy, afterwards smooth, and thick membranous leaves at first
clothed with fine hair on the nerves, afterwards smooth, covered
with fine transparent dots. The lower leaves have long stalks, are
roundish, with broadly-cordate base ; the upper are sessile, of a more
elongated form, and with an unequally-cordate base embracing the
stem. The male catkins filiform, cylindrical, with their stalk as long
as the leaf; female scarcely half as long, but thicker than the male ;
the stems as long as the catkins.

Synonym, Piper longum, L. Z. Thl. Abbildg.; Nees, Plant. Me-
diec., tab. 23.

This species, growing wild in damp thickets throughout the fron-
tier of India and cultivated frequently in Bengal, yields like the
preceding the Piper longum coming from the English colonies, which
is gathered in January, and consists of the fruit-catkins dried in the
sun. In India they use instead of these the roots and stem of the
plant cut in small pieces.

3. Chavica officinarum, Miq.—A climbing shrub, with coria-
ceous leaves covered with fine transparent dots, smooth and paler
below ; the lower are longer-stalked, 3—5-nerved and ovato-cordate ;
the upper more shortly stalked, more elongated, with an unequal
rounded or attenuated base and an attenuated apex. The stalks of
the catkins are longer than the leaf-stalks. The female catkins are
short and cylindrical, slenderer towards the apex.

Synonym, Piper longum, Rumph, Blume, Linn. in part.

This species grows wild in the Philippines, the Sunda Islands
(perhaps also in Bengal), and is cultivated particularly in the island
of Java, in the neighbourhood of the sea. It yields the Piper longum
coming from the Dutch colonies. The dried catkins smell strongly
aromatic, and have a sharp burning aromatic taste, stronger than
black pepper. They are of a grayish-brown or graytsli-cinnamon
colour; their stalk is roundish, compressed, somewhat woody, curved,
1} eentim. long, and almost smooth. They are thick, cylindrical,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. ps

282 Miscellaneous.

somewhat attenuated towards the apex, obtuse, 2-4 centim. long,
straight or slightly curved, 5-8 millimet. thick at the base, with an
almost cylindrical axis, and facetted with a sort of net-work of the
projecting apices of the berries. The berries are very thickly planted
in spiral lines, so that about ten are always seen in a transverse sec-
tion. The persistent bracts situated between the berries are shield-
shaped, with compressed membranous-winged stalks, which adhere
in some degree to the surrounding berries and to the coriaceous,
round or roundly-triangular scutellum, which usually coheres very
firmly with the three bracts enclosing it, and is of a blackish-brown
colour, with a membranous, somewhat incurved border. The dried
berries are about 2 millimet. long, obovate, and from the base to
two-thirds of their height mostly five-angled through compression,
as they are in contact with one another to that point. The remain-
ing upper part projects out beyond the shields of the bracts, is
smooth, compressed below, hemispherical, with an obtuse apex. The
dried pericarp is thin, the seed about 14 millimet. long, obovate or
rather spherical, somewhat angular beneath, and with an inconspi-
cuous umbilicus ; slightly pointed above. The testa or outer seed-
membrane is crustaceous, black, shining, and under the lens presents
groups of dots; the inner seed-membrane (£/ndopleura) is whitish ;
both adhere firmly, in the scarcely-ripe seed, to the cellular albumen,
in the apex of which is imbedded the embryo, enclosed in the conico-
circular embryo-sac.

II. Genus Cubeba, Miq.—Flowers dicecious. The male catkins
are smaller, and have unstalked bracts overlapping one another, be-
hind which stand 2—5 stamens, with ovate or reniform two-celled
anthers. The bracts of the female catkins are almost sessile, roundly
shield-shaped, often hairy beneath and persistent. Ovarium sessile,
ovate, with 3-5 sessile, recurved, short stigmas. The berries are,
from their contracted base, apparently stalked (pseudo-pedicellate).
Fruit-membrane thin. Seeds roundish, with coriaceous or horny
testa and mealy albumen.

Climbing shrubs from the East Indies and hotter parts of Africa.
The female plant is often distinguished from the male by habit and
the form of the leaf, but always by the catkins being thicker, and
presenting at maturity an almost clustered appearance on account of
the stalked berries.

Cubeba officinalis, Miqg.—A climbing shrub with smooth leaves ;
the lower cordate at the base, ovate, and with a short point; the
upper ovate, but more elongated, with a rounded base and smaller.
Those of the male plant are 5-, those of the female 5-9 nerved. The
catkins grow on stalks of the length of the leaf-stalks ; the male are
slender, the female thicker; the bracts coarsely hairy, the berries
globular, and their stalks longer than themselves.

Synonyms, Peper Cubeba, Linn. fil., Blume, Abbildung. ; Miquel,
Comment. Phytogr., tab. i. et i1.

This species, the only one furnishing the true cubebs, grows wild
in Bantam, the west part of Java, as well as in the neighbouring
small islands. [t is cultivated now only in the lower parts of the

Miscellaneous. . 283

island of Java, whence an extraordinary quantity is annually ex-
ported.

The cubebs, the dried ripe fruit of this species, are globular, with
a stalk (which is more properly the contracted base of the berry)
thicker at the upper part, and exceeding them in length. Their
colour is a sometimes brighter, sometimes duller, dark brownish- -gray,
with a grayish ring. Their surface is wrinkled as their succulent
flesh shrinks into folds in drying, which form 20 or 30 regular 5-, 6-
or more angled planes. The largest are about 5 millimet. in diameter ;
length of the stalks 5-8 millim., more rarely 1 centim. The seed
adheres firmly to the dried flesh of the berry; its outer membrane
(testa) is grayish-white; the inner (/ndopleura) is shining, some-
times grayish or dull yellow, sometimes reddish. The nucleus is ex-
ternally brownish or yellowish, internally whitish and comes into
view on fracture, as the seed-membranes adhere closely to the fruit-
membrane.

This cubeb-plant has very often been confounded with an allied
species, namely—

Cubeba canina, Mig. = Piper caninum, Rumph., Blume; Piper
Cubeba, Vahl; Nees, Plant. Med., tab. xxii.fig.1. This is distinguished
by its flexible, rooting stem, by its leaves being hairy beneath, the
lower 5-nerved and somewhat unequally cordiform, while the upper
or younger are 7-nerved and regularly cordate. The berries are
more ovate than the genuine cubebs, somewhat pointed, and a little
longer than their stalk.

This species grows in the Sunda Islands aud the Moluccas. The
figures 2, 4 and 5 of Nees’s plate xxii. represent another species,
erroneously taken for the plant yielding genuine cubebs; this Mi-
quel calls Cubeba costulata. It is a native of the Mascarenhas
Islands, and is easily distinguished by its lower, distant, soft-haired
leaves, the midribs of which send off 10 nervures; by the stalks
of the catkins, which are twice as long as the leaf-stalks, and lastly
by the elongate-ovate fruit.

Cubeba borboniensis, Miq. = Piper Cubeba, Linn., is also an
allied species. Cubebs have also been obtained lately from the Cape
of Good Hope and Guinea. Miquel, however, holds that the plants
furnishing both are specifically different from Cubeba officinalis, and
calls the former Cubeba capensis, the latter Cubeba Clusii (= Piper
e Guinea, Clusius). He believes that, besides the fruit of Cubeba
officinalis, the very similar one of Cubeba sumatrana, and occa-
sionally the two Indian species, named C. Neesii and C. Wallichit,
are met with in commerce.—From Miquel’s Systema Piperacearum.

OBITUARY.

Professor Graham of Edinburgh.—It is with sincere sorrow that we
announce the death of this distinguished individual. The mournful
event took place at Coldoch, in Perthshire, on the 7th of August,
after a painful and protracted illness, which he bore with calmness
and Christian fortitude.

Robert Graham, M.D.,F.R.S.E., Professor of Botany and Medicine

X 2

28 4. Miscellaneous.

in the University of Edinburgh, the third sen of Dr. Robert Graham,
afterwards Moir of Leckie, was born at Stirling on 7th Dec. 1786.

In the first part of his career he practised in Glasgow, where he
was highly respected and very popular. In 1818 he was appointed
Professor of Botany in the University of that city. Previous to that
time, there was no separate chair of Botany in Glasgow. The Pro-
fessor of Anatomy, by his commission, was also Professor of Botany :
he was bound to lecture on Anatomy during the winter, and on
Botany during the summer session. Dr. Jeffray, the present Professor
of Anatomy, lectured occasionally on Botany; but subsequently a
separate lectureship was established. Dr.’ Thomas Brown of Langfine
held this office for some time. Before retiring, he asked Dr. Graham
to lecture for him, which Dr. Graham declined to do, urging as an
apology the inadequacy of his botanical knowledge; but ultimately
he was prevailed on to read Dr. Brown's lectures. On the resigna-
tion of Dr. Brown, the Crown instituted a distinct chair of Botany,
and conferred it upon Dr. Graham, who was in the habit of referring
to this appointment as an unexpected event, on which his future
success in life depended. He held this office till his translation to
the chair of Botany in the University of Edinburgh in 1821*. From
this time, Dr. Graham devoted himself assiduously and successfully
to botanical pursuits. To his exertions Edinburgh is in no small
degree indebted for the excellent Botanical Garden which it now
possesses. By his enthusiasm and energy, as well as by his affable
and pleasing manners, he did much to promote a taste for his favourite
science among the pupils of his class.

Under his auspices, the Edinburgh school became famous for the
number of accomplished and zealous cultivators of botanical science
which it sent forth, many of whom now occupy the most distin-
guished places as professors, teachers, and collectors. One of the
chief circumstances which tended to bring about these results, was
Dr. Graham’s practice of taking excursions with his pupils, not
merely in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, but in various districts
of Scotland, England, and Ireland—excursions to which, as we well
know, his pupils look back with feelings of the highest satisfaction
and delight. ‘The first long excursion was made in 1826, when
Sutherlandshire was the district explored. In 1827 he paid another
visit to the same county, accompanied by several pupils. ‘These
excursions were continued annually in the month of August; and
in this way were explored the floras of various parts of Scotland,
such as Clova, Glen-Isla, Braemar, Ben Lawers, the Breadalbane
districts, Wigtonshire, Ross-shire, &c. The floras of Cunnemara
in Ireland, and of North Wales, were also, in this way, carefully
examined. In all these excursions, the Professor was ably assisted
by Mr. M‘Nab, the excellent superintendent of the Edinburgh Botanic
Garden. During the excursions several additions were made to the

* Dr. Graham was succeeded in Glasgow by Sir William Jackson Hooker,
(at that time Dr Hooker,) who upon his appointment to Kew resigned the
chair, which was bestowed upon Dr. J. H. Balfour, the present incumbent.

Miscellaneous. 285

flora of Scotland; among some of which may be mentioned, Astra-
galus alpinus, Lychnis alpina, Carex Vahlii and aquatilis, Thlaspi
alpestre, Luzula arcuata, and Ononis reclinata.

No one enjoyed these trips more than the Professor, and no one
was better able to endure their attendant fatigues and hardships.
His walking powers were unrivalled; his constitution seemed to be
one of the most robust; and by all who knew him, he was regarded
as one likely to enjoy long health, and attain a good old age.

Dr. Graham was long engaged in preparing a Flora of Britain ;
but he died without being able to give it to the world. His pub-
lished works consist chiefly of descriptions of new and rare plants,
which flowered in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. ‘These, as well
as notices of his excursions, appeared in the ‘ Edinburgh New Philo-
sophical Magazine,’ and ‘Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.’ He also
published in ‘Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ an
account of the Gamboge-tree of Ceylon, which he named Hebra-
dendron Cambogioides.

A genus of Chilian plants has been called Grahamia, by Gillies,
in honour of the deceased Professor; and several species of plants
have also been named in a similar manner, among which we would
particularly mention a new alpine species of Carex (allied to C.
saxatilis), found in Clova, the scene of many of Dr. Graham’s ex-
cursions, and designated Carer Grahami by Boott.

Some years ago, Dr. Graham began to experience some peculiar
sensations in his chest, which he attributed to incipient disease of
the heart, or great vessels: they gradually became more marked,
and were ultimately accompanied by severe pain and occasional
spasms. Itsoon became evident, from various symptoms—especially
from his diminished strength and increasing emaciation—that he
was the subject of organic disease; but cf what precise nature his
physicians were unable to decide, from the extreme obscurity and
ambiguity of some of the signs. ‘They were latterly of opinion, that
the symptoms were referable to a malignant tumour deeply seated
in the chest or abdomen.

Amid all his sufferings, Dr. Graham continued to the last to take
a lively interest in botany. At the beginning of May, he appeared
for the last time in his class-room in the Garden; upon which
occasion he introduced Dr. Hooker to the students, as his substitute
for the season.

Finding his end approaching, he expressed a wish to go to Perth-
shire, and was accordingly conveyed to Coldoch. He there breathed
his last, on the 7th of August. Upon examining the body after
death, an encephaloid tumour was discovered in the posterior me-
diastinum, lying close to the vertebre, pressing on the vessels,
thoracic duct, &c., and extending to the diaphragm. ‘Thus termi-
nated the career of one, who had contributed in a great degree to
advance the fame of the University of Edinburgh, by the numerous
enthusiastic students whom he sent forth to prosecute botany in
every region of the globe ;—one whose kindness and genuine frank-
ness of manner endeared him to all who came in contact with him,

286 Miscellaneous.

in the various relations of teacher, hospital physician, and friend ;—
one of whom it may be truly said, that while he was eminently
conspicuous as a successful and able Professor, he was not less di-
stinguished by his candour, straightforward conduct, scrupulous
honour, and unswerving rectitude._J. H. B.

Dr. J. W. Meigen.—This celebrated entomologist died in his 82nd
year, on the 11th of last July, at Stolberg, near Aix-la-Chapelle.—
Bot. Zeitung, Sept. 12. d

SHOWER OF DUST AT ORKNEY.
Sandwick Manse, Sept. 19, 1845.

On the morning of the 3rd inst. there was a fall of dust resem-
bling Roman cement over all Orkney, and probably Jutland also;
at least it extended as far as Lerwick, the capital of these islands, as
it fell on the sails of a French sloop-of-war which was in that bay at
the time ; and by all the intelligent people here as well as there, it
is thought to be of volcanic origin, and to be the produce of a burn-
ing mountain in Iceland.

We were disposed to ascribe it to Mount Hecla then, but the
French officers and savans, who had just returned from Iceland, think
it more probable that it is from another mountain, which, though
not so celebrated as Hecla, was threatening an eruption when they
left that country. I have not yet heard of its extending to other
counties in Scotland, but think there is little doubt of the fall of
some on the N.E. of Caithness, whether observed or not. Some
people in different parts of Orkney had clothes out bleaching on the
preceding night, and they were not a little distressed to find them
covered with the dust next morning; but it seemed so much like
common dust from a road, that they were more disposed to blame
their neighbours for the trick than Hecla, or any of its neighbours.
I am told that it was observed floating on the surface of the sea that
morning, and it could be collected from flag-stones, glass, or leaves
of cabbage, and other plants, for some days after. I do not know
the duration of the fall, but a medical man who had occasion to be
out between 3 and 4 o'clock that morning was much distressed with
the dust in his eyes and on his face, which could not have arisen from
the ground, as it was too wet at the time; and it also fell on board
of ships and fishing-boats, much to the annoyance of the fishermen.
Iceland lies about 500 miles N.W. of this, and the wind for some
days previous had been from that quarter. This may appear a long
way for the ashes to be carried through the air, but such cases are
not unprecedented, and Dr. Barry, in his ‘ History of Orkney,’ men-
tions a similar occurrence about eighty years ago, which was known
by the name of ‘‘ the black snow.” ‘The weather for several days
before was fine ; the barometer being high and steady, about 30°27,
and the daily average height of the thermometer from 57 to 52.
Some people observed a sulphureous smell in the atmosphere a few
days before. C. Clouston.

Meteorological Observations. 287

RAIN DURING THE PRESENT YEAR.

Mr. Luke Howard has furnished us with the following monthly
amounts of rain for this year up to the end of August inclusive :—

January .... 0°83

February 0°65 ; :

oT Eee Ma 1°85 4-69 first four months.
aE DL TEI 2 2 1°36

1 ea : 2°00

CUS Ct tee aa 3°09 ;

July... 3-95 13°40 last four months.

asec oa
August...... 4°36} 1809
18-09 in the eight months,
the usual average of a year being 26 inches.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUG. 1845.

Chiswick.—August 1. Fine: cloudy: overcast. 2. Very heavy rain. 3. Cloudy:
showery : partially overcast. 4. Cloudy: fine: clear. 5. Showery. 6. Very
fine. 7. Rain: thunder-showers in afternoon: clear. 8. Fine. 9. Rain:
boisterous, with rain. 10. Overcast. 11. Heavy showers: thunder. 12. Over-
cast. 13. Slight rain: cloudy: showers. 14. Densely clouded. 15. Cloudy:
clear and fine. 16,17. Cloudy. 18, Very fine: rain. 19. Foggy: heavy rain.
20. Very clear: cloudy. 21. Very fine. 22. Cloudless and very fine. 23. Over-
cast: rain at night. 24. Very fine. 25. Foggy: very fine: rain at night. 26,
27. Fine. 28. Clear: cloudy. 29,30. Bright sun and very fine. 31. Slight
haze: very fine: overcast-—Mean temperature of the month 2° below the
average.

Boston.— Avg. 1, Windy: rain yesterday (rain p.M.). 2. Fine: rain a.m. and
rem. 3. Cloudy. 4. Rain. 5, Cloudy: rain a.m.andr.m. 6. Cloudy. 7.
Cloudy : hail and rain, with thunder. 8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m.
10. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain a.m. 11. Cloudy: rainp.m. 12. Cloudy:
rain early a.m. 13. Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain a.m.andr.m. 15. Cloudy:
rain earlya.M.:raine.m. 16—18. Cloudy. 19. Rain: stormy p.Mm.: rain A.M.
and p.m. 20. Stormy. 21. Fine: rainr.m. 22. Fine. 23. Fine: rain P.M.
24, Fine. 25. Fine: rainrp.m. 26. Fine: rain y.m., with thunder and light-
ning. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Foggy. $1. Fine-—Notso much rain
in one month since August 1831, nor so cold an August since August 1833.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Aug. 1. Bright: clear. 2. Bright: cloudy. 3.
Rain: rain and cloudy. 4. Rain: showers. 5. Cloudy: fine. 6. Bright:
cloudy. 7. Damp: rain. 8. Muchrain: rain. 9. Bright: clear. 10. Bright:
damp. 11. Cloudy: drizzle. 12. Cloudy. 13. Cloudy: drizzle. 14, 15.
Showers. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Bright: damp. 18, 19. Showers: cloudy.
20. Rain: showers. 21. Bright: cloudy. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23. Bright:
showers, 24. Clear. 25. Rain: clear. 26. Muchrain: rain. 27. Bright:
clear. 28. Cloudy: clear. 29. Cloudy: damp. 30. Showers: drizzle. 31.
Fog : drizzle.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— Aug. 1—3. Showery. 4. Rain heavy a.m.
5, 6. Slight showers. 7. Fine and fair: a fewdrops. 8. Fine and fair. 9. Rain
allday. 10. Slight shower. 11. Fine: a fewdrops. 12—16. Fine. 17. Rain
from 11 a.m. 18. Shower. 19. Showers. 20. Fair, but cloudy. 21. Fair
and fine. 22, Fair, but cloudy: stormy and rain p.m. 23. Heavy showers.
24, Fine after one shower a.m. 25. Heavy rain: thunder. 26. Fine: one
shower, 27. Fairand fine. 28. Very fine and clear. 29. Fine, but cloudy.
30, 31. Very fine.

Mean temperature of the month ..........sseesseeeeeeeeees 56°°4
Mean temperature of Aug. 1844 ........0) scesseseeesee 54 °6
Mean temperature for 23 years ......cccovssesesssnsoveces 5,0

OlViOO-d |26°¥ OLO ee ae | ea Oak ea | ee ar | aE ee | ae | Le RO ee me ae eg em amr at he ns
sessseleessesesreeelervere] om | ea [unqeo| can | €¢ | LG | S| €Z| €9| FS | GL | PE-0€ |ZE-0€ | z-0F | 8z-0€ | £8.62 | 992-0£/887-08 "1e
TOM EST SPL Boe ep oma a er 2c a aN £o/| 9¢| LV | ZL |SG-0€ | 18-08 | 68-0€ | O£-0€ | 06-62 | 29Z-0£/S6z-0£ | “Of
sevebeleccees[eerseclereoee] eas | om |unpao| tants 2G | 19 ise £99 1G¢.z9| ob | 69 | Lz-0€ | 12-08 | LZ-0€ | $z-0€ | 06-62 | 1Lz-0£/€08-08 6%
veressfesseeelsoeeeelereeee] moa | cu funped| au | GG | 19 |FZ4h\¥Lo| 89} LP | 99 |G%-0€ | 12-08 | oz-.08 02-0€ | 18-62 | L1Z-0€|962-0£ | “gz
of. Igo. cre] tS | cm | tm | MOPS OG | $69 | 6) Com 6S cig | 1s ZZ-0£ |Z1-0€ | 91-0£ | £0-0£ | 09-62 | O80-0£/Z8T-0£ | *L%
PL. |e 60. [eee] ta | cm | tm Pm] ES | eS (EIS) zo} 69) oF | IL | 61-62 61-62 | 08-62 | 29-62% | 0£-62 | 0S8-62/0Z0-0£ | “9%
go. [rots PO. | ts |szpo] m | tus | Feo) PS | €9) 169 9-69] of | LS.6% | 69-62 | 0S-6% | L9-6% | ST-62 | 128-62/F00.0£ | “Sz
G0. ‘m | -m | Lp | 1S |¥9r| $09] 19| PH | ZL | $8.68 08-66 | 18-62) 81-60) PP.6z GL6-626L6-62| “vz D
1a: “m | ‘ms | 2G | 99 | £9] Fo] 89] 09 | OL | £9-6% | 09-62 | 02-62) 12-62 | 29-62 V00.0C/6E1-08 | “fz
pgenas | m [om 1 tes | So | IP) 29) 86 67 | ZL | 9L.6a |$6-62% | 88-62 86-62 | $9.62 | P81-0£)L07-08 | “7
servsiewersiers+*=) Pig. || PAwT| sine] eas | ak te BY £0S |For | %6S| gS| 6€ | 89 | 88-62 |£L-62 | 98-62 | 89-62 | 0£-66 768-60'090.08 | “1a
ge. [et pg. fe] cu | em | tm | ms | OS | €9 |f0S)t9S| 8S) SP | 99 | £5.62 ZV-6Z | PV.6% | 06-62 | 06-82 | ZS-62/G94.66 | “0%
sereealeewens ‘ass | U[vo | “MS 1S | $19 |%67| 69; 89) 6F | Lo | £%.6% 09-62 | 8%-6z| 6-62 | 76-8G | T11-62/1LE-62| “61
Sh G000| Gr) “ms | ‘M | ‘MS zo | £2S |€€9| Fo G-LS| ZG | IZ | 99-62% |99-6% | 09-62 | 15-62 2B-60 169-62 29L-62| *81
25d «date “ms | wyvo} ‘ms | $0G | 2S | 1h|49¢| Lo] eb | 69 | €2.6z |08-62 | L-6z | $2.60 | PP-6z LOL-66/106-62} *LIO
"183.0 | ‘u | ‘mu | “mu eh 6h | Pr) 09 S-FS| gh | 19 | 68.62 |£6-62 | 08-62 | 28-62 | 87-62 | LE8-60,116-60| “OF
Oona esl “a | mu | ema! Sep | zo /S8h! zo! 9S] PH | Zo | $6.60 |06-62 | 08-6z | L-62 | 90-62 82L-62'008.60) “SI
De ores ftangan jet | wpe | “au | 6b | 67 ig |f€q| 9¢9| 2G | zo |$8.6a |88-60 | €L-62| €8-62 | OF-62 | 618-62%56.60| “PI |
sereasleeererlorreeel oo. [mum | smo | “mu | ‘mu | ZG | $29 | gh) €9] 9S] OS | 99 66.62 | 86-6 | 16-6%| 26-62% | 06-62 €00-0£ 960.08 | “ET
sles} oo, (9, | sau | aua| au | cau] og | $19 |¥€9| zo] 9S] 67 | £9 | 00.08 |96.62 68-62 | 08:62 | GE-6% | 9Z8-62,626.62 | “ZI
Il [| Lt. [og. | ta | ouu| smu | cms | f0S | ¥€9 |f0S| Lo} 09; eS | o£ £6.62 |F8-6% | ZL-6%| 8S-6% | O1-6% | €%9-62,092.6z| “11
srreeleeretel oc, log, | ‘auu) wu | “ms | ‘as | £9) LG | 2G| €9; LG] ef | 89 91.62 |€L-6% | 8h-62| GE-6% | 6.8% | 9BS-62,LLS.6z | “01 ©
(fo WPCOOUAN CFS TO lle ais “m | *ms | “ms | $69 | gS |4e9 | f89|S-19| oF | 89 79-60 |ah-6% | SE-6%| OF-62 | L6.82 | LOV-6%.829-62 | °6
z9- lOl-1 0% |gz- |*Muu| mum) sa | *ms | F275 | 29 | FES) VO\S-19) SS | IZ 09-62 | 89-6% | 19-67 | 99-62 | 62-62 | 028-63 1£8-62 | °8
streecleereeslorveee/ bz, | ou |smuml tm | as | PG | LG} 2g} Lo} v9! LP 69 | PL.6z |ZL-6% | 29-62 | 69-62 | L1-62 | 804-62 982.60 | *L
secevsfocrrerl pp az. | ca [rmss | tm | tm | £69 | $09 |¥gh|¥r9| 69] 0S | EL |GL-62 |SL-60 | 09-62 99-62 | LZ-6@ | 8LL-62, 028.62 *9
ere h Coase." || AAS UBO!| 58 cg | £9 |S9r| 99] £9| SS | SL |8L.6z | L9-62z | $9.62} 89-62 | 02-6z L6S-62'cL9.62 | °S
seseel zg, feerees] tm | tos | tm | cms | £9 | PS | PS] £9} 09] SS | IL | 0.6% |92-66 | 25-62 ZV.62 | £1-62 | 189-62, F69-6c | *P
srl 7o lop, | ts | tos | ‘wm | cms] $19] €¢ |] 19] gS} 69) PS | 69 | 92-62 62-62 | Z€:62| 12-6 | L0-6z| 0£9-6a|F9L-6z| “€§ @
sel 69, | 19. | ‘2 | ‘os | ueo| “ms | SS} LG} 6P| €9| ¥9| sh | V9 | LP.60 19-62% | 62-62 | GE-6% | 00-6 OFE-62'815-62 G
srasdeereee] Qo. gg. | t2 | ‘as | ‘ms | ms] 3S} 69/419] PO} 19] ZF | 89 | €S-62 | £9.60 8£-6z | SE-6Z| P1-6% 815-62 £1.62 I
g a |g v ol tml =| 2 | 2 | -wad | -ure | -ucd | ‘ure ‘suy
CRSU er = SP See IN iets fae | el ee ml Cm et ea | | & a See ee | oe
pele] 2 |e [e281 °s| | PR] came [wae | Fe | mmnuo | apes |enuesramna| FP | wasn | ee
? un t | of
“ure *PpuLM *JOJIMLOW LIU J, *IOJOULOIe | = S

|

"RANYYUQO ‘asunpy younpungy 7 “uoysnNo]yD *—

ap ‘WRaA ‘aN Ag Suopuo'y nau SMOIMSIHD J Ajarv0g pounynayjaozy ayz fo Wapivy) ayy yD uosdwoyy, “4

*Aay ay) fg pup faulHs-saraawacy ‘asunyyy yensajddp yo ‘vequac *A\ *AdY 947 hq
IN 49 apn suoynasasg¢ 199280]0409}9

J

‘NOLSOG

THRE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 106. NOVEMBER 1845.

XXXI.—Anatomical and Physiological Observations on Sagitta
bipunctata. By M. A. Kroun*.

{ With a Plate. ]

Tux Sagitta bipunctata was first observed by MM. Quoy and
Gaimard in the Straits of Gibraltar, at the commencement of
their second voyage round the world}. Since that time the fauna
of the Mediterranean Sea has been often explored and described
by German and French naturalists ; but, to my knowledge, none
of these observers has again noticed this remarkable animal. It
is extraordinary therefore, that last autumn and winter, during
my stay at Messina, such a considerable number of these animals
were to be met with, that I was sure, whenever the sea was calm,
to perceive several carried along by the currents which prevail in
those latitudes. This favourable circumstance enabled me very
thoroughly to examine this animal, whose structure is still little
known by zoologists.

The rapid sketch of the form and external parts of the Sagitta,
given by MM. Quoy and Gaimard, was made from a young spe-
cimen four to five lines long. It is very conceivable that, from
the small size of this specimen, several of its most important
parts should have escaped the observers, and that they should
have had but a vague apprehension of some other organs.

The body of the Sagitta is transparent as crystal, cylindrical,

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for Feb. 1845.

¢ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Ist series, t. x. p. 232. I may also
state here, that I am obliged to the kindness of Prof. Eschricht for the in-
formation that Mr. Scoresby met with an animal in the Arctic zone which
has great analogy with the S. bipunctata, and which he has figured in his
work (Account of the Arctic Regions, t. ii. pl. 16. fig. | & 2.). The reader
will learn with pleasure that the researches of M. Eschricht on the Sagitta
of the North, made in company with MM. Lovén and Kréyer, are soon to be
published.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. %

290 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

almost regularly fusiform, growing narrow at its two extremities,
but particularly at its posterior extremity. At the anterior ex-
tremity of the body a head is readily perceptible. Five pro-
jecting appendages then strike the eye of the observer, extended
horizontally, and placed on the posterior half of the body:
these appendages have the form of leaflets or fins, and give
the animal, at first sight, some resemblance to a fish*. They
are attached to the body by a widened base, and diminish gra-
dually in thickness up to their margin, where they are very
soft and flexible. The hindmost of these fins, that which em-
braces the posterior extremity of the body, is an odd one: the
four others are arranged in pairs, that is to say, one opposite
another, on each side of the body. The posterior fin is triangular,
similar to the caudal fin of a fish, or rather, on account of its
horizontal position, comparable to the terminal fin of the Cetacea.
Kach leaflet of the anterior pair of fins, placed almost in the
middle of the body, has the form of a segment of a circle, whilst
the two laminz which constitute the following pair, longer and
wider than the lamine of the first pair, resemble, up to a certam
point, a segment of a rhomb.

The head is manifestly isolated from the body, and surrounded
by a kind of membranous hood, which the animal can draw
back, and which it does in fact draw back when it seizes its prey.
The upper surface of the head is placed on a level with the upper
plane of the body ; its lower surface, on the contrary, is oblique
from above downwards and from before backwards. When the
hood is in the state of the most complete expansion and brought
over the head, the latter is entirely enveloped in it, with the ex-
ception of its under surface, in the middle of which is seen the
mouth in the form of an elongated depression. When the animal
draws back this hood, the head, and particularly its sides, are ex-
posed, and the parts which I proceed to describe are perceived.
In front and on each side there is a simple row of horny hooked
prickles, arranged in a curved line, directed obliquely from above
downwards and from before backwards (these are the palpes striés
of MM. Quoy and Gaimard) ; they enable the animal to seize
and bruise its prey. Their number varies in different indi-
viduals from five to seven on each side. They differ from one
another in size; the upper or anterior hooks bemg most fre-
quently shorter than the lower or posterior ones, which in their
turn are shorter than the three or five middle hooks. They
are very much flattened, but present a decided curve and a
pointed end. The base by which they are attached to the skin

* For this reason the fishermen of Messina call this animal Spadella,—
the diminutive of spada, a sword.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 291

of the head is furnished at its edges with rather a broad ligula,
but growing narrow as it rises. If the hood covers the head,
and consequently the hooked spines, the latter, on both sides of
the head, approach and touch one another at their pomts, which
are turned towards the mouth. When the animal seizes its prey,
these hooks, by a simultaneous retraction of the hood, first pomt
upwards separating from one another, and are then lowered to-
wards the object which the animal wishes to seize. Besides these
spies, the head has two rounded prominences, situated on its
anterior margin, and asimple series of very small, straight, sharp,
and horny spines. Another similar series of spines is found on
two ligule situated on two prominences on the under surface of
the head. Nearly in the middle of the upper surface of the head,
two very small oculiform, blackish points are observed, which have
been already indicated by MM. Quoy and Gaimard.

It is well to remark here, that the apertures of the excretory
eanals, of the organs of generation and the anus are on the pos-
terior half of the body. The animal is evidently hermaphrodite,
for it possesses two ovaries, one on each side, and two cavities or
cells in the posterior part of the abdomen or tail, and which serve
for the secretion of the seminal fluid. The two apertures of the
excretory ducts of the oyaries are at the base of the pair of inter-
mediate fins, on the surface of the body, opposite to one another.
Immediately in front of the base of the caudal fin there exists, on
each side, a rounded and blackish prominence, which presents an
aperture in the form of a fissure, directed obliquely from above
downwards*. Fach aperture, as we shall observe im detail further
on, communicates with one of the seminal cavities above-men-
tioned, and assists in the seeretion of the semen. ‘The anus is
situated nearly at the same height as the apertures of the exere-
tory canals of the ovaries; but it is placed on the mesial ventral
line of the body.

The length of the most developed individuals is nearly two
inches and a half ; the smallest which I have observed were about
two lines and a half long; they were consequently only half the
size of those observed by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. They re-
sembled however, in all other respects, adult individuals.

This animal swims with great swiftness, and justifies the name
which has been given it by the French naturalists. When it is
touched after a long repose, it darts away suddenly with the ra-
pidity of an arrow. During these movements, the fins appear to
be wholly inactive. Indeed, from their structure, these parts do

* It is these two parts, these two blackish points, but not of this colour in
all individuals, which have caused its specific name to be given to our Sa-

gitta.
Y2

292 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

not seem adapted for swimming. Probably they facilitate the
suspension of the animal in the water by increasing the extent of
surface of the body.

I now proceed to consider the internal structure. I shall
commence by that of the teguments and of the subjacent fibrous
layer lying beneath : I shall then pass im review the organization
of the three sections of the body, the head, trunk, and tail*.
The study of the nervous system, followed by that of the eye,
will conclude our remarks on this animal.

Teguments.—With the exception of the head, the skin is
throughout, proportionally speaking, coriaceous and thick ; it is at
the same time smooth, and scarcely loses its transparency. When
immersed in spirits of wine, an epidermis appears to separate from
it; it is completely homogeneous and presents no peculiar ele-
mentary tissue. On animals which have been kept for some time
in alcohol, a great number of isolated, white, opake, and clearly
circumscribed spots are discernible ; these are probably mucous
follicles, more numerous and more pressed together on the ante-
rior part of the trunk. On examining the internal surface of the
skin, peculiar delineations, the nature of which I could not ascer-
tain, are easily discernible with a moderate magnifying power.
They are very clearly distinguishable on the lateral surfaces of
the trunk, where, as I shall observe presently, there exists no
subjacent muscular layer. With a higher power, these designs
appear to traverse a number of fields, the outline of which is
serrated in a zigzag manner by a large numbeg of incisions, the
denticulations of one space corresponding exactly to those of the
adjoming, so that in no part can any yoid be perceived. At
several points, very little extended, polygonal cells may be de-
tected, often very regular, and presenting a central nucleus.
Neither these cells nor the nuclei form any mdependent layer
which can be isolated from the skin.

Fins.—As the fins are intimately blended at their base with
the skin, the description of their structure will best follow here.
They are formed, Ist, of a fundamental very transparent sub-
stance, which does not in the least become opake in spirits of
wine, and presents no trace of either cells or fibres ; and 2ndly, of
a peculiar envelope, of the elementary structure of which the mi-
croscope may furnish some indications. Even with the naked eye,
loosened strize m the form of rays, directed from the base to the
margin of the fins, are distinguished; but, viewed thus, it is a very
coarse image compared with that which it presents under the
microscope. A number of very elongated, flexuous and delicate

* Every one will immediately understand that the division of the body

into trunk and tail is arbitrary, and that the only advantage it has, is its
being convenient and clear.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 295

fascicles of fibres are perceived, advancing parallel to one another
in the direction which I have indicated. These fibres, which, in
their course from the base to the margin of the fin, become more
and more slender as they advance, adhere so intimately to the
fundamental substance, that they cannot be detached by any
means, neither by compression nor by sliding one plate of glass
over another, between which a fin had been previously placed. I
must state here that these fibres in no manner resemble the
muscular fibres.

Muscular layer —The fascicles of muscular fibres, placed im-
mediately beneath the skm, and which aid the animal’s locomo-
tion, form two bands extending the whole length of the body,
but separated from each other by a considerable space. These
two bands are placed opposite to one another ; one on the dorsal
surface, and the other on the ventral surface of the animal. Hach
of them however occupies a small portion of the two lateral sur-
faces. From the isolation of these bands, a considerable interval
on each side results, where the skin is not furnished with a fleshy
layer,—a circumstance which it is not easy to perceive in the living
animal, on account of the transparency of all the tissues in their
normal state, but which becomes evident after the muscular
bands have been rendered turbid by their immersion im alcohol.
The width of these muscular bands diminishes in the same pro-
portion as the body recedes towards its two extremities. This is
equally true for the intervals between them. To speak strictly,
each band is resolved into two lateral halves, which remain closely
connected with one another ; so that the number of the muscular
bands properly speaking is four. They are composed solely of
fascicles of longitudinal fibres, arranged in several layers super-
posed and striated horizontally, like the primitive muscular fas-
cicles of Insects and Crustacea. For this reason the animal
is only capable of bending and extending the body ; any dimimu-
tion of the volume of the body in the direction of its transversal
diameter is impossible. From what we have said respecting the
direction of the muscular fascicles, it will be understood that all the
motions from above downward, or from below upward, are effected
by these animals with greater energy than the lateral motions.
The observations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard perfectly agree with
our own ; for they have seen the Sagitta, whilst swimining, strike
the water with its tail ike a Cetacean.

I. Head :—Hood.—The hood is formed by the duplicature of
the teguments of the head; the internal lamella appears to be
more delicate than the external. Its insertion on the head follows
the course of a line which, starting from the middle of the upper
surface of the head, is directed a little behind its anterior mar-
gin. This lme describes on each side a great curve, passing

294. M. Krokn on the Anatomy and

round the base of the hooks outside and behind, im proceeding
toward the lower surface of the head, behind the mouth. As we
have already said, the hood only covers a portion of the head,
leaving the lower surface almost completely exposed ; the result
is, that its lateral parts must be wider than its upper and lower
portions. Between the two leaflets composing it we observe very
evident slender fascicles of fibres, which have a parallel course to
the outline ; these fibres probably serve for the expansion of this
part, whilst a simple mechanical action, the straightening of the
hooks, and the swelling of the head, which is the consequence of
it, casts back this organ.

Hooks.—These are composed of horny fibres, excessively de-
licate, and having a longitudinal direction. Their base is hollow,
and contains a substance which becomes white and turbid in
spirits of wine; it is probably a kind of bulb destined to rege-
nerate the hook when this latter is worn or destroyed.

Muscular apparatus.—The principal mass of the head is com-
posed of muscles arranged symmetrically on the two sides of
the head; the most voluminous among them are those which
form its base, and on this account, these masses, seen in profile,
appear to be ‘obliquely truncated ; im fact, each of them consti-
tutes the corresponding half of ‘the head. When they are in
action, raising the hooks, they form two considerable emmences
which project beyond the two prominences which surround the
mouth. They are resolved into numerous fascicles, the direction
of which it is difficult to detect. We know however positively
that most of these fascicles are inserted at the base of the hooks,
and others on to a thin and hard plate, which I must here de-
scribe. This plate exists on each side, immediately beneath the
skin. It extends on the surface of the muscles in question, at
first between the bases of the hooks and the points of insertion
of the hood; it then forms a curve, following this insertion as far
as the anterior margin of the head ; and lastly, growing thinner,
enters into the eminences which bear the lttle spmes above-
mentioned.

With regard to the other pairs of muscles, I confess that I
have not been able to follow them m a satisfactory manner ;
their minuteness baffled my patience ; and if I were able to indi-
cate the origin and insertion of some of them, I should still find
it impossible to explain their action.

Pharynx.—The pharynx is a short duct, situated m the mid-
dle of the head, and only a little wider than the stomachal swell-
ing. Liaterally, it is limited by the two muscles of the hooks,
and, as it seems also, by walls furnished with very decided mus-
cular fibres, crossing one another.

II. Trunk.—The cavity of the trunk is filled, durmg the life

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 295

of the animal, with a soft, translucid, apparently mucous sub-
stance, which is coagulated and rendered flocculent by the addition
of alcohol; it contaims no other organs than the stomachal swell-
ing and the ovaries ; it is isolated, as well from the head as from
the tail, by transversal partitions.

The stomachal swelling is a somewhat considerable canal, which
extends through the whole length of the cavity of the trunk ; it 1s
a little compressed laterally, but its width is throughout the same.
After having reached the last transversal partition, itthere describes
a small curve, taking a direction toward the anus, and during this
short passage it becomes funnel-shaped. _ It is difficult to detect
the structure of its walls, and what I shall here advance must not be
regarded as proved. ‘These walls appear to be composed of three
layers. The outer one is formed of excessively minute annular
fibres, close together, and readily detected under a high mag-
nifying power. I have only been able to distinguish longitudinal
fibres m two limited spots, that is to say, only on the central line
of the walls. They form, in fact, upon the upper central line, as
well as on the lower line, two filaments isolated from one another
throughout the extent of the stomachal swelling, and are placed
exteriorly to the annular fibres, The central layer is formed of
_ polygonal cellular spaces, above or beneath which is perceived a
number of round bodies, produced by the union of very small
and nowise polygonal cellules. These are apparently glands,
which, perhaps, are destined to secrete the hquid necessary for
digestion. The internal layer is a homogeneous epithelium,
furnished with long and thin cilia possessed of a lively vibratory
motion. Above, the stomachal swelling is attached by a simple
ligament, tolerably resistmg, extending throughout its length, to
the upper wall of the cavity of the trunk; inferiorly, numerous
slender fibrous filaments are perceived, mostly ramified, attached
to the wall opposite to the cavity of the trunk, and which are
fixed to the stomachal swelling, on the other side of the superior
ligament. I have often taken these last for vessels. On this
point, as I shall not return to it, I may observe that I have never
been able to distinguish the least trace of a vascular system. The
observation of very young individuals, under a convenient mag-
nifymg power, has furnished me with no result in this respect,
any more than the dissection of larger individuals ; but I do not
intend by this to affirm that there is a complete absence of the
vascular system.

Most frequently the stomachal swelling is found in a state ap-
parently quite empty; I have only observed it to be filled with
solid nutritive matter, such as fragments of small fishes and crus-
tacea, in a few instances. When several of these animals were

296 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

kept in the same vessel, I rarely remarked that they devoured
one another, or that they were inclined to do so.

The ovaries have been already described by MM. Quoy and
Gaimard. Each ovary is a pouch terminated anteriorly m a cecum,
and fixed by a slender ligament to the inferior wall of the cavity
of the trunk; it extends in a straight line from anteriorly back-
wards, parallel to the corresponding margin of the inferior mus-
cular band, and lastly forms a loop, on rising towards the dorsal
surface of the animal. There it opens exteriorly between the
upper muscular band and the base of the last fin. I fancied that
I perceived in the sides of the ovarian pouch, under a strong
magnifier, thin fibres, which, where the germs of ova (stroma)
occurred, appeared to form two interlaced layers. The stroma,
which may be detected throughout the whole length of each ova-
rian pouch, only exists im the half of this organ, in relation with
the ligament.

The length and the width of the ovaries, very variable accord-
ing to the age of the individuals, are in direct relation, as may
easily be conceived, to the number and development of the eggs
contained in them. In individuals of two lines and a half in
length, only feeble rudiments of them are seen; the ovules are
then extremely small. These ovaries increase more and more im
length and breadth up to the adult age, that is to say, up to the
moment of coition, at which period they are seen to project
above the first pair of fins*. All the eggs, the smallest as well
as the largest, exhibit a germinal vesicle; but no circumscribed
germinal spot can be discovered in them. The vesicle appears of
a relatively very considerable volume in the youngest ovules ; it
increases at first a little in size in proportion as the vitellus di-
minishes ; but it remains at length stationary,—relations which
exist in all known animals. When we examine very developed
ovaries, we find that the youngest ovules are appended to the
stroma by a short pedicel, whilst the most advanced ovules, which
are surrounded by a very visible chorion, are not provided with
this pedicel.

III. Tail :—Seminal cells —The cavity of the tail is divided
throughout its length by a vertical partition attached to the
transversal septum, which limits posteriorly the cavity of the
trunk, and is thus divided into two cells perfectly independent of
one another. It is in these cells, as we have already stated, that

* There are however exceptions to this rule: the ovaries are sometimes
less developed in the large individuals than in other smaller ones. I re-
member in particular an individual the length of which was only three-
quarters that of a norma] adult, and in which the fecundation nevertheless
took place in the interior of the ovaries, which were highly developed.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 297

‘the seminal fluid is elaborated. The Sagitta therefore presents
no seminal gland organized in the manner of a testicle.

The apparatus destined to contain and to convey the mature
seminal fluid is very singular. It is already known that each cell
opens exteriorly, before the caudal fin, by an aperture situated on
a rounded promimence. This prominence is excavated and com-
municates with a canal hollowed in the thickness of the skin of
the tail, and which goes finally into the cell of the corresponding
side. In fact, if we open each cell inferiorly, by a longitudinal
section, and examine the interior surface of the upper wall thus
exposed, after havimg removed with the greatest care all the vis-
cous matter, we distinctly observe, with a magnifying power of
ten to twelve diameters, that at a small distance from each pro-
minence there is a rounded aperture with swelled margins. This
cavity leads into the canal above-mentioned, which extends pos-
teriorly, followmg the margin of the upper muscular band, and
describing a slight curve. At first somewhat broad, it gradually
becomes more and more narrow, and opens into the cavity of the
prominence. ‘This cavity is relatively very large, and appears,
for this reason, to serve to collect and preserve the seminal fluid,
before its final exit. The internal sides of the two excretory ca-
nals, and the apertures with swelled sacculated margins are
covered with a fine membrane furnished with very numerous long
cilia close together and very vibratory.

Seminal fluid—The mature fluid is of a chalky-white colour,
thick, and formed solely of spermatozoids. It is often found on
the external aperture of the seminal cells in the form of flakes or
drops. When one of these drops is observed with the microscope,
the phenomenon known by the name of total movement of the
seminal mass is instantly observed. The spermatozoa are capil-
liform, much elongated, and evidently narrowed toward their two
extremities, where they are pointed; they have an undulatory
or serpentine movement.

The results of my researches on the development of these bo-
dies are very limited ; I believe however that they agree generally
with those of Dr. Koelhiker on certain Annelides, and in parti-
cular on the Branchiobdella parasita or Pontobdella spinosa. {See
his memoir entitled “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Geschlechts-
verhaltnisse und der Samen-flussigkeit wirbellosen Thiere,” pp. 18
and 24.| In all the individuals except those in which the period
of fecundation is near, and even in those which are only two lines
and a half long, bodies resulting from the agglomeration of a
great number of vesicles, or of small and spherical cells, are per-
ceived in the limpid seminal fluid ; these are the bodies known by
the name of aggregations of cells (Zellenhaufen), or by the still
more recent name of seminal globules (Samenkugeln) : it isin these

298 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

ageregations that the spermatozoa are subsequently developed.
Their size varies in the different individuals, and they are more
numerous in proportion as they are younger. In the greater
number of individuals, below or little above the mean size, only
these aggregations of cells are met with; when the animals merease
in size their number visibly diminishes, by their transformation
into spermatozoa. Lastly, the seminal cells of the adult individuals
contain, shortly before fecundation, only spermatozoa. The cells
which compose the seminal globules are all of the same size, do
not adhere together by any apparent means of union, and contain
numerous small granules, rarely a voluminous nucleus, which is
immediately rendered perceptible by the addition of dilute acetic
acid ; by this means also the sides of the cells containmg them
become visible. The spermatozoa, which, as I have already stated,
become more numerous in proportion as the animal is developed,
appear under a variety of forms. Sometimes they are bodies split
in their middle into two prolongations or tails, more or less long,
following the same direction, receding more and more, termina-
ting in a pomt and forming amongst themselves an angle more
or less open ; at other times these tails extend in a straight line ;
at others again a third tail is added, which is directed laterally,
starting from the middle part, &. The result of an attentive
examination is, that these varicd forms may be attributed to the
differences which each of the successive phases of development
presents : thus we see a great number of very small tails deve-
loped upon a seminal globule, which may be compared to spurs ;
these prolongations, the first rudiments of the spermatozoa, al-
ready exhibit, at their base, traces of organization at its com-
mencement, which extends more and more, becomes general,
and advances in the same proportion as the volume of the sper-
matozoon increases. During these metamorphoses, the primor-
dial cells are very considerably modified ; they become smaller,
lose their granular contents, and, at a certain period, appear only
as simple appendages,—filaments : these are the spermatozoa in
the process of formation. ‘The masses formed principally of sper-
matozoa in the mature state are easily distinguished by thei in-
tensely white colour, whilst the masses of less-developed sperma-
tozoa may be recognised by their faint white aspect. Probably
the spermatozoa become disaggregated at the period of their ma-
turity ; then, being free, they pass into the excretory canals, and,
propelled by the currents produced by the movements of the
vibratory cilia, they finally reach the hollow prominences.

I should here mention a very remarkable phenomenon which
occurs in the interior of the seminal cells. This consists in
slow, very manifest movements of the seminal globules and masses
of spermatozoa, which take place in a greater or less extent, and

Phystology of Sagitta bipunctata. 299

which are frequently effected by a sort of rotation, and resemble
a true circulation. In fact, in this latter case, one or several of
these bodies progress along one of the sides of the seminal cell,
then pass to the opposite side of the same cell, proceed along it
m a direction reverse to the first, and soon. [This circulation is
far more active and more general in individuals less developed. |
In other cases these bodies have very little motion, being some-
times attracted and sometimes repulsed by the walls. Frequently
indeed the majority of these bodies remain immoyeable, until, at
a given moment, each begins to move, as if its turn had arrived.
Generally these movements do not extend beyond the posterior
part of the seminal cells. The cause of this phenomenon is due
to the existence of very minute and at the same time very trans-
parent vibratile cilia on the posterior wall of the cells, and which
by their motion produce currents in the seminal fluid.

The seminal globules move also in the same manner in the
testicular vesicle of the leech, that is to say, describing a con-
tinual circle along the sides of that vesicle. Professor Henle ob-
served it several years ago (see his observations on the Branchio-
bdella im the ‘ Archives’ of Miiller for 1835, p. 586), and recently,
in speaking of the same phenomenon in his beautiful work on
the tissues of animals (Allgem. Anatom. p. 211), he states that
the cause of it is not well known. But, in all probability, this
rotation is equally produced by these vibratory cilia.

The maturation of the seminal fluid advances in each indivi-
dual parallel to that of the eggs, which might be presumed from
what has been ‘said on these two products. In a young or
m an adult animal, the products of the male and female gene-
rative organs are always at an equally advanced period of their
development. The result of this is, that at a determined period,
the ova and the seminal fluid have acquired a simultaneous ma-
turity, and that the fecundating fluid is introduced into the ova-
rian pouch. In fact, in certain individuals the fecundation is
already effected. Their ovaries, filled with a great number of very
large eggs, which extend from two to three lmes below the first
pair of fins, contain, at the side of the ova, a considerable quan-
tity of seminal fluid, the spermatozoa of which exhibit very lively
movements, as is indeed the case with those of other animals at
the rutting period.

The question still remaims to be ascertained, whether the Sa-
gitte fecundate mutually, or whether they are androgynous. With
respect to this poimt, I must attribute great weight to a constant
phenomenon which strikes us when we examine the individuals
in question. In fact, the seminal cells in them are constantly
empty, without any trace of spermatozoa, which were before so
‘numerous, or at least only a very small number are found, almost

300 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

all im their state of maturity. According to this, it is scarcely
doubtful that the seminal fluid introduced into the ovarian cavi-
ties belongs to them, and that, consequently, the Sagztta fecun-
dates itself. But by what means is the seminal fluid transferred
from the male into the female apertures, and how does it pass
over so great a space? It is difficult to say; I can only offer
presumptions on this point. If we suppose that the water serves
as the vehicle, we are scarcely more advanced, as it is necessary
to explain how the seminal fluid is condueted into the ovary.
Shall we admit that it is propelled by currents produced by the
movements of the vibratory cilia, existing either toward the en-
trance into the ovaries or at the mouth of their excretory ducts ?
But I have never been able to perceive, in any part, these vibratory
cilia in the female genital apparatus. It is therefore probable
that the transference of the seminal fluid is effected by the alter-
nate approach of the male and female apertures; and this may
take place by means of the tail being curved under the body.

Nervous system :—Cephalic ganglion.—The principal ganglion
of the head, or the cephalic ganglion properly so called, is si-
tuated in the middle of the upper surface of the head and at a short
distance from its anterior margin, immediately beneath the skin
and above the pharynx. It is flattened, nearly hexagonal, and,
in adult individuals, it is about a quarter of a millimetre in ex-
tent. It sends out two pairs of nerves, one anterior, one poste-
rior, and communicates with the trunk or ventral ganglion by
two strong and elongated cesophagian commissures.

Each of the anterior cephalic nerves is detached from the an-
terior margin of the ganglion, remains at first almost parallel to
its congener, is then directed toward the prominence furnished
with bristles already mentioned, penetrates into the fascicles of
some muscles, and finally loses itself in the muscle of the hooks
of the corresponding side, after having become swelled into a
kind of ganglion, in the vicinity of this muscle. From this
swelling several filaments radiate, which divide themselves in the
muscle.

The two posterior cephalic nerves, which spring from the pos-
terior margin of the ganglion, exhibit remarkable peculiarities.
They are larger and more elongated than the anterior ones, re-
main, throughout their course, just beneath the skin of the upper
surface of the head, and extend to the limits of the trunk. They
diverge considerably from thew very commencement, and curve
finally into a circle toward the median line of the head, where
they anastomose, forming a kind of nervous arcade. At a little
distance from their or igin, each of these small trunks furnishes an
optic nerve, which will be considered hereafter.

Ventral ganglion. —This ganglion is situated in the middle of

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 301

the ventral surface of the trunk, and like the preceding one, just
beneath the skin; it must be sought for between the head and
the first pair of fins, but nearer to the latter. It is ovoid, elon-
gated, swollen, and in adult individuals is nearly a millimetre
and a half long. It consists of a medullary substance or intense
white nucleus, and of a cortical layer of a fainter white. This
last layer is composed of a multitude of ganglionic globules.
This nerve furnishes four principal branches, which, in their
course, proceed along the ventral surface of the animal. Of these
branches two are anterior ; these are the pharyngeal commissures ;
the two others are posterior. Beside these branches, this gan-
glion furnishes a great number of nervous filaments, which de-
tach themselves from it on all sides.

The two pharyngeal commissures proceed from the anterior
extremity of the ganglion, at first diverging from it; but they
soon proceed in a straight line and parallel to the head. They
attach themselves strongly to the skin, are very flattened through-
out their course, and become more and more narrow in propor-
tion as they approach the head. When they reach it, each of
them follows the lateral and upper insertion of the cephalic hood,
creeping immediately under the skin ; they form a kind of beau-
tiful arcade, and after becoming extremely delicate, unite with the
cephalic ganglon.

The two branches furnished by the posterior part of the ven-
tral ganglion are larger, but shorter than the pharyngeal com-
missures, for they scarcely pass the first pair of fins; they also
detach themselves from the ganglion, diverging from it, but soon
take a parallel course backwards. At their posterior extremity
they furnish a multitude of ramifications which at first remain at
the side of one another, but subsequently exhibit greater diver-
gence and assume something of the form of a horse-tail.

From the external margins of all the branches of the ventral
ganglion a number of nerves separate; these ramifications, like
those proceeding directly from the ventral ganglion, form all of
them a curve on ascending toward the dorsal surface of the ani-
mal, and during their course become more and more divided, and
furnish, by adhering and anastomosing, a fine and very compli-
cated nervous network beneath the skin of the trunk.

Eyes.—We have already said that the optic nerves arise from
the posterior cephalic nerves. Each optic nerve has its origin at
the external margin of the branch which furnishes it; it then
swells into a rounded ganglion, on which the eye is as it were set.
The ganglion and the eye are placed in a peculiar closed cayity,
hollowed in the skin of the head. The eye is much smaller than
its ganglion ; it is spherical, and enveloped in a pigment of a deep
colour. When this eye is examined with the microscope there is

302 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

seen in one spot a spherical prominence, transparent as glass, and
projecting beyond the pigmentary envelope; it is perhaps the
cornea or the crystalline lens. At the circumference of the eye
a very great number of short fibrils are perceived ; in all proba-
bility these are fascicles of delicate nervous fibres which spring
from the ganglion, and which seem to penetrate through the pig-
mentary envelope in the cavity of the eye.

Conclusions.—After having passed in review the structure of
the Sagitta, we come at last to the question as to what place it
should occupy in the animal series. MM. Quoy and Gaimard,
who first noticed this animal, leave us in doubt on this point, and
they admit that they did not sufficiently examine its structure to
be able to pronounce an opinion. But even at present, when the
organization of the Sagitta is better known, it 1s difficult to arrange
it in a positive manner in any of the classes of our present
systems. It is certain that the Sagitta is no mollusk; for al-
though its nervous system seems organized on the general plan
of these animals, most of the other parts of its organism and the
habits of the animal do not seem to justify this affinity. In
my opinion it can only be referred to the Annelides*. Here
again great difficulties present themselves ; for, not to mention
the absence of rings, and taking only a small number of the pe-
culiar characters of the Sagitta, where shall we find a genus of
Annelides provided with a hood and a similar cephalic armature,
fins, and so remarkable a disposition of the apparatus of genera-
tion? Nevertheless it seems evident to me that the Sagitia can-
not enter into any other class than that of the Annelides, and
that we must consider it as an anomalous genus, until we shall
discover other animal forms which may connect it by gradual
transitions of organization with some known genus of Annelides,
or which shall completely separate it from this class of animals.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. B.

In order not to encumber the figures with letters, we shall only indicate
a single organ or a single half of an organ, when there is a pair of them.
Figs. 3, 4,5 and 6 represent the head magnified from ten to twelve times

* Having had occasion to observe the Sagitta bipunctata during my last
voyage to Messina, I think I may say that I do not in any way share the
opinion of M. Krohn on the natural affinities ofthat animal. I find nothing
in its organization which can Jead me to consider it as an Annelide, and I do
not doubt that it is a mollusk, having in certain respects a great analogy to
he Firole. It seems to me that the part designated by the author under
the name of head is formed principally by the fleshy bulb of the mouth car-
rying the dental armature, and that it is the fold cailed hood in the prece-
ding memoir which represents the head. ‘The curious arrangement of the
organs of generation noticed by M. Krohn constitutes the chief anomaly in
the structure of this animal.—Mitne Epwarps.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 303

as seen with a lens. The other figures are drawn from the organs seen under
the microscope, and the determination of the magnifying power was made
from the calculation of a vision of 74 inches.

Fig. 1, The Sagitéa, a little larger than its natural size, —a view of its dorsal
surface: a, the head; 8, first pair of lateral fins ; c, second pair of
lateral fins ; d, caudal fin ; e, openings of the excretory duct of the
ovaries ; f, prominence of the seminal cavities.

Fig. 2. The same animal—view of its ventral surface: g, ventral ganglion
of the nervous system, seen by transmitted light; , anterior
branches of nerves, or pharyngeal commissures ; /, posterior
branches of nerves ; /, the ovaries seen by transmitted light (they
are here little developed) ; m, the anus.

Fig. 3. A view of the under-side of the head, with the hood in a state of
complete expansion: a, the hood; 4, inferior surface of the head ;
c, prominences furnished with bristles; d, the mouth; e, the hooks
seen through the lateral parts of the hood: they are closed together ;
Jf, commencement of the trunk,

Fig. 4. Profile view of the head in a young specimen ; the hood expanded :
a, prominence on the upper surface of the head, beneath which is
situated the right eye ; 6, the hooks of the right side in their state
of repose ; c, the trunk.

Fig. 5. Upper view of the head. The hood is retracted, and the hooks are
in their state of erection : aa, superior and lateral points of inser-
tion of the retracted hood; 6, the free margin of the hood ; c, the
superior and lateral parts of the head and the hooks exposed;
d, transparent view of the cephalic ganglion; e, the anterior ce-
phalic nerves; /, the nervous loop formed by the posterior cephalic
nerve ; g, the eyes.

fig. 6. Under view of the head, with the hood retracted and the hooks erect :
aa, portion of the hood; 8, the prominences furnished with bristles ;
c, the margin furnished with bristles ; d, the mouth; e, the muscles
of the hooks, forming a hemispherical projection.

Fig. 7. A ventral view of the posterior parts of the body, magnified five to
six times, and turned so as to exhibit a larger portion of the left
lateral surface: a, pair of posterior fins; 6, caudal fin; ¢, anus ;
d, ovary seen by transmitted light, exhibiting the curve which it
describes above; e, prominences of the seminal cells.

Fig. 8. Excretory apparatus of the seminal fluid; it is seen on two sides,
magnified from ten to twelve diameters, and exposed as has been
said in the text: a, the superior muscular band seen withinside ;
b, the two canals with their rounded apertures opening into the
seminal cells; c, the cavities, the prominences of which are hol-
lowed: at their bottom is seen the opening by which they commu-
nicate outwardly, in the form of a fissure. : :

Fig. 9. Excretory apparatus of the seminal fluid of the left side, more power-
fully magnified: a, the canal; 4, its opening, conducting into the
seminal cells; c, cavity of the prominence; 4, external opening
visible on the sides of this cavity.

Fig. 10. An aggregation of cells (seminal globule), which is subsequently
changed into spermatozoa (magnified more than seventy dia-
meters).

Fig. 11. Indication of avery common state of development of the spermatozoa,
and more advanced than the preceding; it is not mentioned in the
text. In the centre are seen the cells of the primitive seminal
globule diminished in volume (magnified ninety-five diameters).

Fig. 12. Mature spermatozoa, magnified 420 diameters.

304 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Fig. 13. Systematic arrangement of the nervous system: a, cephalic gan-
glion; 6, ventral ganglion; ce, anterior branch of nerves or pha-
ryngeal commissure; d, posterior branch; e, anterior cephalic
nerves, with their ganglionic protuberances; f, g, posterior cepha-
lic nerves describing a loop; h, optic nerves with their ganglions k.

Fig. 14. The eye, optic nerve and its ganglion, magnified ninety-five dia-
meters: a, optic nerve; b, ganglion; c, eye; d@, cornea or crystalline
lens, forming a rounded prominence; e, fibrils visible toward the
circumference of the eye ; f, excavation in the skin of the head, in
the interior of which the eye and the ganglion are inclosed.

XXXII.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal
Lepidoptera. By KEpwarp Dovs.iepay, Ksq., Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 236.]
Fam. PAPILIONID.

Genus PAPILio.

Tue description of P. Evan given in the last Number had scarcely
passed through the press, when the Museum received a large and
valuable collection of insects from Sylhet, amongst which were
specimens of this species, up to that time unique in Mr. Harring-
ton’s cabinet. One of these fortunately is a female, and I am
therefore able to pomt out the characters in which this sex differs
from the other. In size it is much larger, the expansion of the
wings being full an inch and a half greater; the anterior wings
are less faleate, their colour above much paler; the base is not
shaded with fuscous, the spot on the disco-cellular nervule is more
distinct, there are two or three irregular dark spots in the cell,
the dark border is narrower and not quite of so deep a colour, the
light fulvous spots are more distinct; the posterior wings are
paler, the dark margin much narrower, the inner row of spots
very distinct, the indentations and the tail pale fulvous, and the
under surface is much paler.

In addition to some species described by Mr. Westwood not
previously in the cabinets of the Museum, this collection con-
tained a new species remarkable for the form of its posterior
wings, and connecting P. Protenor and Rhetenor with P. Ganesa,
Bianor and the other species of that group which have some of
the nervules covered with down towards the extremities. For
this species I propose the name of P. Klephenor, under which it
will be found described below.

Whilst on the subject of the Indian Papiliones, I may remark
upon an error in regard to three Indian species into which Krich-
son, in his Report on Entomology for 1842, has fallen. I have
not troubled myself to do this so long as the report remained in

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 305

its original German, but now that it has been translated and widely
circulated by the Ray Society, it becomes almost imperative on
me to do so, and to put our English naturalists on their guard
against this and numerous—I am sorry to say very numerous—
similar errors, in this and other reports in the same volume. I am
the more surprised at the error im the case of these species, as I
believe the information relative to them was given to Erichson by
an English entomologist who well knew their distinction.

Erichson states that P. Ganesa is synonymous with P. Arc-
turus, P. Polyeuctes with P. Bootes, and P. Xenocles with P. Pol-
luz. Had he ever read the descriptions, he could not have fallen
into this error.

P. Ganesa is in both sexes destitute of the splendid blue patch
on the posterior wings so conspicuous in P. Arcturus, and is far
more nearly allied to P. Paris than to that species, but differs
from it in many points besides the downy nervures of the anterior
wings in the males.

P. Polyeuctes is much nearer to P. Philozenus than to P.
Bootes, and may possibly be only a variety of the former, though
I think its characters are too clearly marked for this to be the
case. Of the four species in this singular group, P. Polyeuctes
has the posterior wings by far the narrowest, P. Bootes by far the
widest. P. Bootes has a large red patch at the base of the wings
below, P. Polyeuctes has not; P. Bootes has the white spots on
the disc of the posterior wings of a totally different form, and in
a different position to P. Polyeuctes.

P. Xenocles bemg almost a white insect, P. Pollux almost en-
tirely brown; P. Pollux extending in extent of wing little less
than double the expanse of P. Xenocles, cannot very easily be con-
founded. The species nearest to P. Xenocles is P. Macareus ; but
this is a darker insect, the dark markings extending over a wider
space, the light colour not being nearly so white; it also wants
the orange spot at the anal angle of the posterior wings.

I am convinced that Erichson cannot have seen the descriptions
of these species, and has been misled by erroneous information
from England. Other mistakes in his report I shall hereafter
point out.

P. Elephenor. P. alis anticis elongatis, supra nigris, viridi irroratis,
nervulis tribus pubescentibus, subtus pallidis nigro lineatis, posticis
ovatis elongatis, angustatis, dentatis, nigris viridi irroratis, antice
cerulescenti nitentibus, lunula anali rufa, subtus nigro-ceruleis,
lunulis marginalibus rufis, ceruleo irroratis (¢). Exp. alar. 5 unc.
3 lin. vel 132 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings clongate, triangular, the outer margin about

two-thirds the length of the anterior, the inner bearing the same
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Zi

306 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

proportion to the outer margin ; black, irrorated with green at the
base of the discoidal cell and on each side of the nervules ; the
radial nervure, the fold between that and the first median nervule,
the first and second median nervules clothed with long hairs, as
in P. Bianor, &e. Posterior wings clongate-ovate, the abdominal
margin nearly straight, the outer quadridentate, black, irrorated
with green, the anterior margin shaded with blue as in P. Bianor ;
the anal angle marked with an ocellus mcomplete towards the
margin, the pupil jet-black, the iris purplish red, irrorated with
light blue. Cilia of the inner margin and of the indentations
pale. Below, the anterior wings are pale, more fuscous towards
the apex, the nervures and nervules, four streaks in the cell, and a
series of streaks between the nervules fuscous. Posterior wings
fuscous black, with purplish reflections, the anal angle with a large
rufous patch pupilled with black, irrorated with blue, surmounted
by an intense black cloud, and connected with a large lunule of
the same rufous colour, and also irrorated with blue; the outer
angle has an imperfect black pupilled ocellus followed by three
lunules, and in the interstice of the second and third median ner-
vule a cloud of scattered scales of the same colours; the black
ground-colour being more intense above all these markings.

Head buff, vertex and antenne black.

Thorax black.

Abdomen pale, marked down the back with a black streak.

In the collection of the British Museum.

Fam. SATYRID.
Genus Hartera.

H. Esmeralda. 4. alis omnibus hyalinis, pube tenuissima brunnea
vestitis, posticis fusco-fimbriatis ocello magno ad angulum exter-
num, punctis duobus marginalibus albis, plagaque lte ianthina in
qua maculie duz chermesine. Exp. alar. 2 unc. 6 hn. vel 65 millim,

Hab. Para.

All the wings diaphanous, the nervures and nervules brown,
the whole wing covered with delicate downy hairs of the same
colour, longest on the dilated portion of the costal nervure and
the anterior part of the cell of the anterior wmgs, which are im-
maculate. Posterior wings with a slender brown margin exter-
nally, the outer angle with a large purplish black spot, sur-
rounded by a yellowish and a brownish iris, and pupilled by a
pure white spot placed beyond the centre; this ocellus followed
by two pure white spots, beyond which, extending to the anal
angle, is a large patch of the most beautiful ultramarine, in
which are two slightly opalescent carmine spots. Below, the
markings nearly as above, the ocellus with a few white scales be-

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 307

fore the pupil, the spot at the anal angle brown, marked with
pale rose-colour in the place of the carmine of the upper surface.

Head dark brown, white posteriorly ; antenne pale brown;
palpi white.

Thorax brown above, paler below ; anterior legs white, posterior
pale brown.

Abdomen brown, pale below.

Tn the collection of the British Museum. Presented by Mrs.
J. P. F. Smith.

This beautiful species is closely allied to H. Andromeda, but is
readily distinguished by its immaculate anterior wings and the
brilliant blue patch of the posterior.

Genus ARGYROPHENGA.

Manxille rather long, slender.

Labial palpi long, porrect, divergent, the basal joint short, the
second joint very long, both densely clothed with long hairs ; third
joint not quite so long as, and slenderer than, the second, densely
clothed with hairs of moderate length.

Antenne short, gradually tapering to a compressed blunt club.

Anterior wings rather elongate, subtriangular, anal angle
rounded ; the subcostal, median and radial nervules slightly di-
lated at the base, the first median nervule thrown off at the end
of the cell. Posterior wings obovate.

This genus is closely allied to Hrebia, and from Mr. Earl’s ae-
count of its habits, they seem much to resemble those of the sub-
alpine species of that genus. The elongate palpi and short an-
tenne give it at first sight the appearance of Libythea, but there
does not appear to be any real affinity between them. The sil-
very markings below suffice alone to distinguish it from all the
other Satyride, giving it a resemblance to the Argynnide.

A. Antipodum. A. alis omnibus fusco-brunneis, plaga, magna pone
medium rufa, in qua in alis anticis ocellus niger albo bipupillatus,
in posticis tres vel quatuor unipupillati, posticis subtus ochraceo-
brunneis, vittis novem longitudinalibus argenteis (¢). Exp. alar,
2 unc. vel 50 millim.

Hab. Nova Zealandia.

Anterior wings fuscous brown, the base and costa thickly
sprinkled with paler scales and hairs, with a large fulvous patch
beyond the cell, oceupying the whole dise of the outer half of the
wings, and in some specimens almost attaining the inner margin,
in which, near the middle of its anterior margin, is a large black
ocellus with two snow-white pupils. Posterior wings coloured
as the anterior, the fulvous patch with a series near its outer mar-
gin of three or fowr black ocelli pupilled with snow-white. Be-

low, the anterior wings are much paler at the base and along the
Z2

308 Mr. J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleochete.

costa; the outer margin is ochraceous brown, bordered internally
with black, externally with a bright silvery line, and marked to-
wards the apex between the nervules with three or more silvery
vitte. Posterior wings ochraceous brown, margied externally
by a silvery line; a vitta in the cell, commencing above it at the
base of the subcostal nervure, a very slight one above the first
subcostal nervule, a long slender one below it, followed by four
very distinct ones in the interstices between the nervules, a longer
one extending to the base between the median and radial ner-
vures, and a similar one between the latter and the abdominal
margin bright silvery white, all except the two first-mentioned
connected with the marginal line. Cilia of the anterior wings
rufescent, darkest towards the anal angle ; of the posterior ochra-
ceous brown.

Head brown ; antennz brown above, white below ; palpi light
brown.

Thorax clothed with long brown hair ; legs very pale brown.

Abdomen black above, very pale brown below.

The female is smaller, much paler in colour ; the outer margin
of all the wings above, and of the anterior below, very pale brown ;
the apex of the anterior marked above with two silvery vitte,
their discoidal cell on both sides and that of the posterior above
with a fulyous vitta.

In the collection of the British Museum, Mr. W. W. Saunders,
&e.

The only specimens of this insect which I have seen were ob-
tained by P. Earl, Esq., who discovered them on a plain in the
southern island of New Zealand. The specific name was sug-
gested to me by Dr. Boisduval, who agreed with me in the opi-
nion that it was one of the most, if not the most, teresting spe-
cies of the family yet known. At present it is the only one from
New Zealand.

XXXITI.— On the Genera Spirulina and Coleochete. By Joun
Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance*.

{ With a Plate. ]
SprrvuLina, Turpin (Kiitz.).
Filaments collected into a mucous film-like stratum, simple,

spiral, oscillating, “inarticulate.”—Aiitz. Phycologia Generalis,
p- 182.

Spirulina has its filaments interwoven into a thin stratum of

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 12th, 1844, and
Jan. 9th, 1845.

Mr. J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleochete. 309

no determinate form, and by the naked eye cannot be distin-
guished from Oscillatoria, to which indeed it is nearly allied, as
its filaments are in like manner simple, oscillating and radiating.
Kiitzing describes them as inarticulate, and I have failed to de-
tect any joints or striz ; but as I haye also been unable to per-
ceive any granular matter, the apparent absence of striz may pro-
bably depend upon the extreme fineness of the filaments.

The close and regular spires formed by the filament are very
remarkable, and constitute, I believe, the only certain distinctive
mark between Spirulina and Oscillatoria.

1. S. tenuissima, Kiitz. <‘‘ Stratum very lubricous, eruginose, sub-
radiant ; filaments densely spiral, very slender, parallel, flexuose.”’
Kutz. Alg. xiv. no. 131!; Phycol. Gener. p. 183.

On decaying alge in a brackish pool near the Menai Bridge,
Anglesea. On sticks in brackish pools at Penman Pool near Dol-
gelley.

It forms at first a thin pellicle of a rich green colour, but in
an advanced state becomes somewhat skin-like and tinged with
brown ; filaments shortly radiate.

Under the microscope the filaments are extremely slender, of
a pale bluish green colour, elongated, straight when free, equal,
not attenuated at the extremities, vividly oscillating. Spires very
close, like the volutions of some shells, broader than long. There
is no appearance of granular matter, and the filaments are so fine
that I cannot ascertain whether they are jointed.

The oscillations of this plant are more vivid than those of any
species of Oscillatoria I have examined.

When I first gathered this plant in 1841, I suspected, not-
withstanding its different colour, that it might be the Oscillatoria
spiralis of Capt. Carmichael; but having communicated a speci-
men to the Rey. M. J. Berkeley, he informed me of its real name,
and sent me a specimen of Carmichael’s plant, which is a true
Oseillatoria, and cannot belong to this genus, as the filaments,
in the dried state at least, though somewhat distorted, are not
regularly spiral.

Through the kindness of Mr. Borrer I have been able to com-
pare our plant with the specimen in Kiitzing’s ‘ Alg. Aq. Dul.,
and am satisfied of thei identity, although his specimens were
gathered in fresh water, and I have always found mine in brack-
ish pools.

Prate X. fig. 1. Spirulina tenuissima.

CoLtrocu£tTE, Bréb.

Fronds minute, parasitic, green, disciform, appressed, composed

310 Mr. J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleocheete.

of series of cells radiating from a centre and connected together
by a hyaline substance ; spores imbedded in the frond*,

1. C. scutata, Bréb. Cells having on their upper surface a cylin-
drical truncate sheath, from which a bristle at length protrudes.
Bréb. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. série 3. vol. i, p. 29. tab. 2.

In ponds, parasitic on aquatic plants, especially on the under sur-
face of the leaves of Potamogeton natans and Nymphea alba when
verging to decay. Victoria Park, Manchester, and in Windermere,
Mr. Sidebotham; Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie; Henfield and near Tun-
bridge Wells, Sussex, Mr. Jenner; near Fleetwood, Mr. J. S. Ash-
worth; near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites; ponds at Singleton and Sketty
near Swansea, Mr. Moggridge ; also abundant in Cromlyn Bogs near
the same town. In several stations near Penzance and Dolgelley.

This parasite, I suspect, is not uncommon, but from its mi-
nuteness it is difficult to detect, especially when growing on leaves
which still remain slightly green. It was first gathered m this
country by Mr. Sidebotham, who kindly sent me specimens ex-
ceedingly well-mounted.

The very minute fronds, which to the naked eye seem mere
specks, are under the microscope found to consist of many series
of cells radiating from a centre and connected together by a co-
lourless substance, which is best seen at the margin. Hach series
of cells is repeatedly dichotomous ; the cells are longer than broad
and truncate, the four or five central ones somewhat irregular,
the others of equal length, forming concentric circles. These
circles vary from five to twenty in number. Endochrome green,
and usually contracted into a central spot in each cell.

After some time a cylindrical, colourless process appears on
the upper surface of each cell; it is directed outwards and is trun-
eate at the extremity; within it a bristle becomes visible, gra-
dually protrudes, and finally becomes much elongated. The
bristle sometimes contains pale granular matter, when it may be
traced even before it issues from the tube. Before the protrusion
of the bristle the sheath is always truncate, asif open at the end,
but afterwards it is sometimes conical, as if a membrane was
pushed out and then perforated.

Although the fronds are closely appressed, if care be used they
may generally be separated by a penknife from the leaf on which
they grow. The margin of the frond is well-defined ; in young
plants it is usually circular, but in the larger specimens often
slightly lobed.

The spores, which are imbedded in the frond, are suborbicular

* «Frons disciformis, adpressa filamentis e centro radiantibus szpius
coadunatis; formata filamenta articulata dichotomo-ramosa e dorso articulo-
rum vaginas cylindricas, truncatas longe setigeras passim prodeunt, Endo-
chromas viride.’—Bréb. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. série 8. vol. i. p. 29.

Messrs. Alder and Hancock on Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 311

and at first green, but finally brown; they are large compared
with the size of the plant, and are arranged in a circle near the
margin.

I am indebted to Dr. Dickie for determining the name of this
plant, which I had supposed was one hitherto undescribed, and
also for a specimen gathered at Falaise which he had received
from M. Lenormand.

Haying sent a British specimen to Professor Kiitzing, he in-
formed me, that as far as he could determine from the dried
specimen, it is his Phylactidium pulchellum; but although he
considers it distinct from Coleochete scutata, which he has also
gathered in Prussia, I believe that he has only described its
young state as Phylactidium pulchellum, for his figure well repre-
sents our plant before the appearance of bristles ; and as it is un-
doubtedly Brébisson’s plant, I have retained the present name*.

Piare X. fig. 2. Coleochete scutata: b, portion of a frond in fructifica-
tion ; ¢, portion magnified to show the processes.

XXXIV.—WNotice of a new genus and several new species of
Nudibranchiate Mollusca. By JosuHua AutpER and ALBANY
Hancock, Esqrs.

Genus EumMENIs.

Bopy elongated, quadrilateral ; head subinferior, with corneous
jaws ; veil very small or none. Tentacles two, dorsal, clavate and
laminated, with sheaths. Branchiz papillose, set on a waved
pallial expansion down the sides of the back. Foot lear. Ori-
fices of the generative organs and of the anus? on the right side.

Eumenis marmorata. Body nearly linear, tapering to an ob-
tuse pot behind; olive-brown, streaked and spotted with dark
chocolate-brown and white. Head with a few tubercular pro-
cesses in front. Tentacles clavate, broadly laminated on the
upper part and truncated at the apex; lower part plain, inclosed
in small and rather tight sheaths. The sides of the body are pro-
duced into a pallial expansion, which undulates into three or four
lobes, the margin set with irregular papillose branchiz of a fawn-
colour with pale edges. Interrupted dark brown markings run
down the centre of the back, streaked and spotted on each side
with brown and white. The sides of the body below the margin
of the cloak are also streaked with interrupted lines of dark brown

* « Phylactidium, Kiitz. Phylloma minutum, monostromaticum, orbicu-
lare,s. flabellatim conjuncta constituentibus compositum, Spermatia ignota.”
—Kiitz, Phycologia Generalis, p. 294.

“1. P. pulchellum, Kiitz. Orbiculare, ameene viride ; cellulis ezelogoni-
micis, demum transverse zonatis, centro globulo gonimico majori notatis,”
—Kiilz. l.c. p. 295. t. 16. f. 11.

312 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a new genus and

and white. Foot nearly linear, transparent white, the front trans-
versely slit and produced at the sides into tentacular points.
Length rather more than half an inch.

From deep water, Torbay.

This genus belongs to the family of Holidide, having a ramified
digestive system. In general appearance however it greatly re-
sembles a Tritonia. It has the same squared or prismatic form,
with a pallial expansion down the sides of the back bearmg the
branchie, which are papillose and not branched as in that genus.
The jaws are large and powerful, resembling those of Hols, but
rather shorter and flatter. The tongue is covered with numerous
rows of strong teeth denticulated at the edges. In most respects,
the anatomy, as far as it could be made out from a single speci-
men imperfectly preserved, agrees pretty nearly with that of Holis.
The principal trunk of the digestive system appears to be follicu-
lated and the branches much-divided. The foot, in the only known
species, has long tentacular processes, as in several of the Holides,
which it also approaches in the papillose branchie. We thus find
the external characters of the two typical genera of the Tritoniade
and the Holidide so united in this animal, that were it not for its
internal organization, we should have been at a loss in which fa-
mily to place it.

From this circumstance we see the impropriety of dividing these
families into separate orders. The anatomy of Dendronotus leads
to the same conclusion. This genus, which we have found it
necessary to establish in the first part of our ‘ Monograph of the
British Nudibranchiate Mollusca’ for the Tritonia arborescens of
authors, shows the ramifications of the digestive system peculiar
to the Holidide, with a remarkable modification approaching it
to the other two families of the order. The follicular portion,
instead of being entirely at the extremity of the branches as in
Eolis, is principally concentrated round the main trunk, thus re-
verting in part to the form of the true liver, and supporting the
views of those anatomists who consider the ramifications to be
merely modifications of the hepatic ducts. So far, therefore, as
the digestive system is concerned, there appears to be no good
reason for dividing the order as proposed by M. de Quatrefages ;
and respecting the vascular system, we have cause for believing
that we were correct when we hazarded an opinion that there
would be found less difference throughout the order than was
supposed.

We have recently discovered that the Dorides—even the most
spiculose—have the whole of the cloak covered with vibratile cilia.
From this circumstance alone it might be inferred that the Do-
ridide as well as the Holidide have the blood partially aérated
from the general surface of the body. This inference however is

several new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusea. 313

rendered still more probable from the fact that the skin isa tissue
of cells, or perhaps is rather composed of a sort of network of
vessels running in every direction and uniting in two large trunks
that pass along the sides and pour themselves into the posterior
angles of the auricle. The blood that comes from the skin con-
sequently never passes into the true branchize. Cuvier, we are
aware, states that these vessels empty themselves into the gills.
With all deference to his high authority, we have convinced our-
selves after repeated dissections that such is not the case, but
that they go at once, as above stated, to the auricle.

This fact is interesting, as it shows that even in those Nudi-
branchs which have the branchi most perfectly specialized, only
a portion of the blood passes through the gill; and when taken
in connexion with the anatomy of Dendronotus, and with the
peculiar form and internal organization of Humenis, goes far to
establish the unity of the order Nudibranchiata.

Doris diaphana. Body not much depressed, equally rounded
at both ends, transparent yellowish white: cloak covered with
rather large clavate tubercles. Tentacles nearly lmear, laminated
with eight oblique plates ; apertures without sheaths. Branchial
plumes eleven, simply pinnate, retractile within separate cavities,
set in an imperfect open circle. Head with a large veil. Foot
yellowish white, showing the liver through im a large dark patch.
Length nearly an inch.

Under stones near low-water mark on Meadfoot sands, Torbay.

This Doris approaches nearest to D. bilamellata, but has much
fewer plumes and is quite transparent and colourless.

Doris pusilla. Body ovate, much depressed: cloak yellowish
white, thickly freckled with dark brown spots, and having nume-
rous conical papilla obtusely pointed at the top. Tentacles long
and slender, pure white and finely lammated. Branchial plumes
nine, beautifully white, simply pmnate, set m an incomplete,
rather distant circle round the vent, and retractile within sepa-
rate cavities. Head with a broad veil. Foot rather broad. Length
about three lines.

Under stones between tide-marks, Torbay.

This pretty little species is not unlike D. depressa, but has the
papillee less slender. The plumes are fewer and form a smaller
circle, but are more conspicuous from their snowy whiteness con-
trasted with the darker colour of the cloak.

Doris subquadrata. Body rather elevated, white with a slight
yellowish tinge, semitransparent. Cloak small, scarcely covering
the head and foot, a little squared before and behind, with the
edge slightly raised, not very convex, thinly covered with small
papillary tubercles. Dorsal tentacles finely laminated, retractile
within short smooth sheaths. Branchial plumes seven, non-re-

314 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a new genus and

tractile, large and spreading, bipinnate, the central stem large
and lying flat on the back. Head covered by a broad veil, pro-
jecting frequently a little beyond the cloak in front. Foot large
and thick, rounded before, and extending to a blunt pomt consi-
derably beyond the cloak behind; the sides rather high. Length
nearly an inch.

One specimen was dredged near Berry Head in Torbay.

Doris oblonga. Body rather convex, oblong-oyate, tapering
behind. Cloak pale straw-coloured, freckled and spotted with
umber-brown, densely spiculose, covered with moderate-sized,
nearly equal conical papille. Tentacles rather thick and finely
laminated, without sheaths. Branchial plumes seven, shortish
and not much spreading, surrounded by a circle of large tubercles.
Head furnished with a large veil. Foot narrowish, straight and
slightly notched in front, not extending beyond the cloak behind.
Length nearly half an inch.

Obtained with the last.

Goniodoris castanea. Body ovate, rather broad and flattish, of
a reddish brown hue, covered with soft warty tubercles. Head
bilobed, deeply simuated im the centre, arched and terminating
in tentacular points at the sides. Cloak small, warty, the margin
reflected all round ; interrupted behind. An elevated waved ridge
runs down the centre of the back, intersected by a small trans-
verse one about half-way down. Dorsal tentacles small, very
broadly lamimated and truncated at the apex. Branchial plumes
eight or nine, rather large, purplish brown, bipmnate, forming a
complete circle round the vent. A waved tubercular ridge ex-
tends down to the tail, which is rather obtuse. Foot broad, ex-
tending much beyond the cloak, with a deep notch under the
mouth in front, and rounded at the sides ; yellowish with a tinge
of purple. The upper surface tuberculated like the rest of the
body, the prominent parts bemg blotched with opake white.
Length three-quarters of an inch.

Under stones at low-water mark near the ruins of Salcombe
Castle, Devonshire.

Holis glauca. Body rather depressed, oblong, tapering to a
fine point behind, of a pale brick-red, more intense towards the
head. Dorsal tentacles moderately long and rather slender, ta-
pering. Oral tentacles about the same length as the dorsal ones,
set wide apart, whitish with a tinge of red. Branchiz numerous,
rather stout, vermicular, tapering at the ends and depressed to-
wards the base; of a pale sage-green colour, speckled with brown
and opake white, and frequently with a reddish tinge near the
apex ; arranged in about fourteen transverse rows on each side,
leaving a bare space for about half-way down the back ; the front
rows divided into clusters of two or three rows each. Foot pel-

several new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 315

lucid, broadish in front, slightly arched and extending into broad
tentacular points at the sides; tapering to a fine pomt behind.
Length 13 inch.

One specimen of this fine species was dredged up in Torbay.

Kolis inornata. Body oyate-oblong, rather depressed, tapermg
to a fine point behind. Oral and dorsal tentacles rather short
and thick, nearly of the same length; the first white, the others
yellowish and slightly wrinkled. Back pale fawn-coloured or
nearly white. Branchiz cylindrical, tapering to an obtuse point,
set in eight or nine rows of four or five papille each; of a dull
brownish orange freckled with brown and white : apices for some
distance transparent white, with the ovate vesicle of a more opake
white seen distinctly through. Foot white, expanded in front,
curved and extended into points at the sides. Length ;4,ths of
an inch.

Under stones near low-water mark, Torbay. When in motion,
the branchiz nearly cover the whole of the back. This species
is allied to E. angulata.

Eolis punctata. Body yellowish, inclining to flesh-colour on
the back, covered with largish opake white spots. Dorsal ten-
tacles yellow, thickish, tapermg and truncated at the top; lami-
nated with twelve or thirteen oblique folds sloping downwards
behind as in Doris. Oral tentacles very long and tapering.
Branchiz nearly linear, tapering to a fine pomt; of a yellowish
brown colour spotted with white, arranged in five or six clusters
down the sides of the back, the first and second large, the rest
small and confluent, extending nearly to the tail. Foot nearly
hnear, the front bow-shaped and extending into tentacular points
at the sides. Length nearly an inch.

Dredged in deepish water, Torbay.

This Holis is peculiar from the shape of its dorsal tentacles
and the conspicuous white spots with which it is entirely covered.
It is allied to the Holis Drummondi of Mr. Thompson.

Eolis tenuibranchialis. Body fawn-coloured or yellowish, rose-
coloured near the head. Dorsal tentacles orange tipped with
yellow, and ringed with numerous small Jaminz. Oral tentacles
rather longish and thick at the base. Branchize small and very
slender, linear, of an olive colour tipped with opake white ; set in
seven clusters down the sides of the back, the first three distinct,
the others coalescing. The back in the region of the stomach is
of a dark purplish colour. Foot with a deep transverse slit in
front and extending into tentacular processes at the sides. Length
an inch and a quarter.

A single specimen in a sickly state was dredged in Torbay and
died very soon afterwards.

Alhed to EL. Drummondi.

316 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

Eolis amena. Body slender, greenish or yellowish white.
Dorsal tentacles wrinkled, long, linear, greenish with a band of
brown and spotted with white. Oral tentacles much shorter than
the dorsal ones, white. Branchiz linear or slightly elliptical, of
a warm green spotted with white, brownish towards the base, and
a faint yellowish white rmg near the apex. They are set in eight
transverse rows ; each row has three, sometimes four papillz on
each side: the three anterior rows are placed close together, the
rest wide apart. The back has rich brown markings near the
region of the heart. Foot rather slender, rounded in front, and
not produced at the sides. Length about three lines.

Two specimens of this beautiful httle Holis were dredged up at
different times in Torbay.

Allied to E. viridis of Forbes.

Eolis elegans. Body slender, subpellucid, yellowish white.
Oral tentacles long, tapering. An opake white line runs down
each, and is continued across the front of the head. Dorsal ten-
tacles not above half the length of the oral ones, stoutish, erect,
tapering at the top and wrinkled, pale fawn-coloured or buff.
Branchiz numerous, slender, nearly linear, set in about seven
dense clusters on each side : the first cluster large and approach-
ing very near the dorsal tentacles ; the remaining diminish gra-
dually and extend very close to the tail. They are of a deep rosy
flesh-colour, terminated above and below by a dark patch of pur-
plish brown approaching to black, above which, on the apex, is
aring of white. Foot slender, produced into longish angles at
the sides. Length half an inch.

One specimen dredged up near Berry Head, Torbay.

The contrast of the dark spot with the white and red on the
papille gives this species a very elegant appearance.

Elis amethystina. Body yellowish, slightly depressed. Oral
and dorsal tentacles of a yellowish tinge, the latter twice as long
as the former, bases approximating, points fine and spreading.
Branchiz elliptical, much inflated one way and somewhat de-
pressed the other, set m nine or ten rows of four papillz each ;
the gland linear, purple, granulated ; apices with a broad ring of
pale orange-red. Foot transparent, lmear, rounded im front, aud
a little widened for a considerable way backwards. Length three-
eighths of an mch.

Under stones at low-water mark, Cullercoats.

This species comes near to E. tricolor, but differs from it in
the shape of the anterior portion of the foot, in the length of the
tentacles, and in the size and character of the branchie.

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some Heteromerous Coleoptera. 317

XXXV.— Descriptions of some new genera and species of Hetero-
merous Coleoptera. By G. R. Wareruovuss, Esq.

PLATESTHES, noy. gen.

Head rather short, the lateral lobes or ridges protecting the base
of the antennze, less prominent than the eye.

Clypeus separated from the head by a distinct transverse impres-
sion, and by two less distinct lateral grooves ; the anterior mar-
gin slightly emarginated.

Eyes transverse, convex, rather large and distinctly emarginated
in front.

Labrum prominent, transverse, distinctly emarginated in front.

Mandibles moderate, bidentate at the apex.

Mazille with the outer lobe entirely uncovered by the mentum :
the maxillary palpi moderate, the terminal joint triangular.

Labial palpi short and stout, the terminal joint truncated.

Mentum broader than long, four-sided, the hinder margin di-
stinctly shorter than the front, which is obscurely emarginated,
but nearly straight.

Labium transverse, corneous, exposed.

Throat-plate* with a narrowish oblong polished and transversely
grooved area in the middle, joming the mentum by a straight
margin.

Antenne rather long and slender ; if extended backwards would
nearly reach the base of the thorax ; the joints, most of them,
of a long obconic form ; the second joint short, the third scarcely
longer than the fourth ; the three terminal joints distinctly
broader than the rest, the last of a short ovate form and equal
to the penultimate.

Thorax large, very nearly equal in width to the elytra, and nearly
quadrate, but slightly narrower in front, the outer edge emar-
ginated, the posterior margin very nearly straight, and not
closely apphed to the elytra; the angles nearly right angles,
but slightly rounded ; the upper surface slightly convex in the
middle, but the lateral margins are recurved ; the whole dorsal
surface however is pretty nearly flat.

Scutellum very broad, but rather short, and obtusely pointed be-
hind.

Elytra soldered together at the suture; oblong; the dorsal sur-
face nearly flat, the sides parallel, but on the posterior third
gradually contracted, so that the outline of that region would
form half an oval ; the apex however is produced, recurved and

* This part, which I term throat-plate, often furnishes somewhat import-
ant characters : it is the mesial part of the head beneath, below (or behind)
the mentum.

318 - Mr.G.R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

rounded ; the lateral keel is very distinct, acute, and remote

from the lateral mar gins of the elytra.

Legs moderate ; the anterior tibie but little compressed, and very
little dilated at the extremity: they are provided with a short
spine on the inner side at the apex, and the outer angle is
somewhat prominent. Tarsi moderate as to thickness and
rather long, those of the middle and hind legs being equal to
the tibize in length, and those of the anterior pair of legs but
little shorter than the tibie from which they spring: claws
rather large.

Presternum not produced posteriorly.

This genus, to which I have given the name Platesthes in allu-
lusion to its flat covering, the whole back of the insect being de-
pressed and nearly on the same plane, evidently approaches closely
to the genera Gyriosomus and Praocis, near to which should also
be placed, in my opinion, the genus Physogaster. The last-men-
tioned genus, M. Le Comte de Castelnau says, is closely allied to
Pimelia ; but in making this assertion he must entirely have over-
looked the structure and position of the labium, a part of the
mouth which furnishes good characters for the sections of the
Heteromera. On this subject I cannot enter at present, but I
will merely remark, that in the Pimelide, Akiside, Tentyriide and
Erodiide the labium is attached to the back part of the mentum
in such a manner as to be totally hidden, or, at most, to leave ex-
posed the points only of the paraglosse*; to these we may also
add the Adesmia and Hpitragus group}. In the genus, the affi-
nities of which I wish to determime, as well as the genera with
which I have associated it, the labuatiy 3 is attached to the anterior
extremity of the mentum, and is completely exposed and com-
bined with a great similarity in the structure of other parts of
the mouth ; they all have the throat-plate marked with the pecu-

* The term paraglossz is applied by Kirby and Spence to the lateral lobes
of the labium of the bees, and as the same parts exist in beetles, I think it
well to call them by the same name; they lie for the most part behind the
tongue, and are nearly always fringed with hairs in the Heteromera; but in
the ‘latter groups (according to Dejean’ s arrangement of the order), Taxi -
cornes and Tenebrionites, where the tongue is narrower, the outer margins
of the paraglossze are distinctly exposed ; ; In some eases where the tongue is
broad, as in Bolitophagus, the paraglosse are still very distinct (viewing the
jabium from its outer surface), projecting as they do considerably in the
lateral direction.

+ Why should not these groups, in which the tongue is hidden, be asso-
ciated together? We might commence with Epitragus, and continue
through the other groups, Tentyriide, Erodiide, Adesmia, &c., where there
is no separate emargination for the maxilla, and where the mentum covers
that organ, to the Pimelide, Akiside and Nyctelide, where there is a sepa-
rate notch in the throat-plate for the maxillee, which are exposed—at the base
at least.

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 319

liar transverse rugze in the middle, and the part thus marked is
more or less distinctly separated from the other under parts of
the head by an oblong furrow on each side. Near to these in-
sects are the Nycteltde, also a South American group, in which
the throat-plate presents a more striking peculiarity,—that of
having a distinct and deep mesial groove immediately under the
mentum, and extended more or less in the longitudinal direction ;
they however have the labium almost entirely hidden.

Platesthes silphoides. Piatesth. ater, nitidus, corpore oblongo, late-
ribus fere parallelis; capite distincte punctatis ; thorace crebre
punctatis, lateribus piceis ; elytris punctis distinctis adspersis, sin-
gulo tricostatis; antennis tarsisque piceis.—Long. corp. 6 lin. ;
lat. 3 lin.

This insect was found by Mr. Darwin at Port Desire, Patagonia :
in general aspect it greatly resembles a St/pha. The head has large
punctures scattered on its upper surface, but on the fold covering
the base of the antennze and under surface they are smaller, more
dense, and for the most part confluent. The thorax is very thickly
punctured, the punctures distinct and of a triangular form; on
and near the lateral margins, however, they are less numerous
and more delicate: on the anterior portion of the thorax the la-
teral margins are scarcely reflected, but they become gradually
more so towards the posterior margin, where the reflected portion
is broad; a slightly impressed line runs parallel with, and close
to the lateral margm. The elytra have the dorsal surface nearly
flat, but on each elytron are two sharp longitudinal ridges, be-
sides a third, which forms the lateral keel: between the ridge on
each elytron which is nearest the suture, the space is flat, but
the other interspaces are concave, and the whole surface has di-
stinct, and widely, and irregularly scattered punctures : the ridges
themselves have a few punctures. The produced apical portion
of the elytra is pitchy ; distinct scattered punctures are observable
on all the under parts.

Scotobius Akidoides. Scot. ater, obscurus ; corpore supra fere plano,
punctulato ; thoracis marginibus lateralibus reflexis ; elytris carina
laterali distincta.—Long. corp. 9lin.; lat. 44 lin.

This species, brought by Mr. Darwin from Port Desire, Pata-
gonia, is remarkable for the produced and reflected lateral keel
of the thorax, the distinct lateral keel to the elytra, and the
absence of any distinct sculpturing on the upper parts of the
body, to which peculiarities we may add, the very slight convexity
of the dorsal surface of the thorax and elytra. In size it is nearly
equal to the Scotobius pilularius ; its thorax, however, is larger in
proportion to the elytra than in that insect, and the anterior tibise
are stouter. The head is distinctly punctured; the thorax is

320 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

strongly emarginated in front, much broader than long, and but
little narrower than the elytra; it is contracted in front and be-
hind, and broadest rather behind the middle ; the lateral margins
are greatly produced and distinctly curved upwards ; the dorsal
surface is slightly convex and thickly but finely punctured. The
elytra are but slightly convex above, have a distinct lateral keel,
which is slightly reflected, and towards the apex of the elytra this
keel is indistinctly broken up into some small tubercles; the
whole surface is finely punctured, and there are some extremely
faint traces of striz ; the apex of the elytra is slightly produced.
It is the distinct lateral keels to the thorax and elytra which
gives the flatness to the back of this insect, and imparts to it the
aspect of an Akis.

Family TENTYRIIDA.
Genus Turtnoxpatis, Eschscholtz.

Thinobatis rotundicollis. Thin. piceo-rufa, pilis minutissimis ad-
spersis ; thorace transverso subrotundato, supra convexo ; elytris
breviter ovatis, postice subacutis, indistincte striatis, interstitiis
paulo convexis; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis.— Long. corp.
12 lin.

This species, as it would appear (judging partly from Esch-
scholtz’s description and partly from his figure*), is of smaller
size than the Th. ferruginea, the thorax more transverse, and
more boldly rounded at the sides, and the posterior angles must
be more obtuse; indeed the hmder margin is almost evenly
rounded, the angles bemg scarcely perceptible.

The characters of the genus Tinobatis, as drawn up by M. So-
lier}, are taken from an insect which evidently differs in several
respects from the type of the genus (Thinobatis ferruginea), and
more especially in having distinct posterior angles to the thorax,
the humeral angles of the elytra prominent, and, I strongly sus-
pect, in the form of the mentum. Unfortunately Eschscholtz is
silent on this last point ; but m the sect above described, which
approaches most nearly to the Th. ferruginea, the mentum is either
truncated in front or most indistinctly emarginated, and not deeply
emarginated as in the figure and description of M. Soher. Again,
the elytra are of an ovate form in the two species of Thinobatis
with which I am acquainted, and not subparallel. The terms
“ corps filiforme, déprimé,”’ used by the Comte de Castelnau { in
his definition of Thinobatis, will by no means apply to the type
of the genus.

* See Eschscholtz’s Zoologischer Atlas, part 4. pl. 18. fig. 3. p. 8.
+ Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, tom. iv. p. 406.
t Cours complet d’ Histoire Naturelle, Insectes, tom, ii.

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 321

Genus MrGALoPpurys*,

Head large, but little narrower than the thorax, strongly trilobed
in front, the mesial lobe the largest, nearly semicircular, but
having an indistinct angle in the middle: the lateral lobes very
prominent, recurved and descending posteriorly, so as partially
to inclose the base of the antenna, and indistinctly encroaching
upon the fore part of the eye, above which is a longitudinal
ridge. The eye lateral, tolerably promiment, with the vertical
diameter the greatest, slightly emarginated in front.

Labrum small, obtusely poimted in front ; hidden when the jaws
are closed.

Mandibles short and stout, very broad at the apex, which is
strongly notched, and thus divided into two lobes, of which the
lower one is the largest and longest and truncated at the extre-
mity, and the upper one is pointed.

Mazillary palpi moderately long ; the terminal joint securiform,
and obliquely truncated at the apex.

Mentum broad, hidmg the maxillz, truncated in front : it may be
described as hexagonal, with the hinder margin by far the
longest, and the remaining sides nearly equal to each other.

Antenne moderately long and slender ; the joimts, most of them,
of a longish obconic form; the second Joint nearly equal in
length to the fourth or fifth, the third about half as long again
as the fourth : from the fourth to the tenth the joints become
gradually and successively shorter ; the penultimate jomt pre-
sents a nearly triangular outline, and the last is of a short
ovate form, and smaller than the preceding ; the terminal joints
are of equal width, or very nearly so, to the other joints.

Thorax rather narrow, but little convex above, the width im front
exceeding the length ; contracted behind and with the angles
acute: its posterior margin is bisinuated, and applied to the
base of the thorax : a delicately impressed line is observed close
to the lateral and posterior margins, which are acute.

Scutellum small, and rounded behind.

Elytra soldered together at the suture, distinctly broader than
the thorax, convex, and of an oblong-ovate form, sinuated at
the base so as to present an outline corresponding to the
hinder margin of the thorax ; the humeral angles obtuse, and
the apex somewhat pointed: they are simply rounded at the
sides, the lateral keel being only represented by a line situated
close to the lateral margin, and which can scarcely be said to
be raised excepting at, and near the humeral angle.

Legs moderately long and slender, the tibize cylindrical or nearly

* This name is suggested by the great projection of the lobes of the head,
which are situated in front of the eye.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2A

822 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

so: tarsi slender; the hindermost but little shorter than the
tibize.

Presternum rather narrow, with a longitudinal groove, and not
produced posteriorly beyond the hinder margin of the anterior
COXxe.

In having the scutellum distinct, the eyes not crossed by the
lateral keel of the head, the tibize Alifor m, the thorax contracted
behind, and the clypeus rounded in front, this genus approaches
Tentyria ; it has the head proportionately larger, the thorax more
strongly margined at the sides, the antenne longer, and the se-
cond joint not so distinctly shorter than the rest ; its more direct
affinity I believe to be with Hylithus, Thinobatis, Evaniosomus and
Melaphorus. Megalophrys evinces its affinity to these insects in
having the eye nearly round, more convex (as compared with Ten-
tyria), , and with the lenses very large (they appear to be positively
larger and more distinct in the small insect, Megalophrys patago-
nica, than in a Tentyria of at least five or six times the bulk) : the
lateral lobes of the head, or folds which cover the base of the an-
tenne, are more produced, and separated from the clypeus by a di-
stinct notch in all these genera with the exception of Thinobatis.
None of these insects have the comparatively hard wing-cases
which we find in Tentyria and its approximate genera. The prin-
cipal distinctive characters of the South American genera above
alluded to, may be thus expressed :—

I, Antenne cylindrical, the terminal joint smaller than the others.

A. Antenne with the three basal joints equal or very nearly so; the
head elongated ; thorax without lateral keel.

dus, Melaphorus, Guerin.
a. Bye minute.s..........c00.csceeeee Le {eee Solier.
Ds, OVE NALD C: eenaaspeagrccnscensaneee 2. Evaniosomus.

B. Antennz with the second joint shorter than the first or third, and
the third the longest ; head as broad or broader than long ; thorax
with a distinct lateral keel ............ Megalophrys.

IJ. Antenne incrassated at the apex, the last joint as large, or larger than
the penultimate.

A. Antenne with the three basal joints nearly of equal length ; clypeus
truncated in front; anterior tibiz short and distinetly dilated at
PRC. DDEX. wana og ins cgabhasasoskmaspeanbees Thinobatis, Eschsch.

B. Antenne with the second joint short, the third longer than the other
joints; clypeus rounded in front .., Hylithus, Guerin.

Megalophrys patagonica. Megaloph. picea; antennis pedibusque
piceo-rufescentibus ; capite thoraceque crebre punctatis ; thorace
subquadrato, postice angustiore, marginato, angulis anticis posti-
cisque acutis, supra subconv exo; elytris elongato-ovatis, convexis,
seriatim punctatis interstitiis subseriatim punctulatis ; corpore
subtus punctato.—Long. corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 1? lin.

In general form this insect somewhat resembles a Tagenia, but

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 323

its body is rather less narrow in proportion, and the elytra are
more convex; they are considerably broader than the thorax.
The thorax is rather broader than long, broadest in front, and
considerably contracted behind. The elytra have the punctures
forming the ordinary striz rather small, and there are some very
minute punctures between these rows, and these have a tendency
to a linear arrangement, there being two irregular rows of them
on the fore part of the elytra, and one row on the hinder part.
Mr. Darwin found this insect at Port Desire in Patagonia.

Family TAGENIID/A.

GRAMMICUS, noy. gen.

Head with obtuse posterior angles, which are rather remote from
the thorax (the head bemg furnished with a long neck, which
however is but little seen), longer than broad, the sides straight
and parallel and with a lateral keel; the part in front of the
eye as long as the hind part ; the clypeus contracted and trun-
cated in front ; the fold coverimg the base of the antenne but
little prominent, not produced laterally beyond the outline of
the head, its margin somewhat reflected: cheek-plate consi-
derably produced in front ; the space between it and the men-
tum, for the maxilla, narrow.

Hye small, nearly round ; situated entirely above the lateral groove
of the head, its vertex directed upwards.

Antenne about equal in length to the head and thorax taken
together ; very thick, the jomts equal to each other, with the
exception of the last two, and presenting a square outline ;
each joint is jomed to the next by a narrow neck ; the penul-
timate jomt longer than the rest ; the last very small, some-
what pointed, and so joimed to the last that the line of separa-
tion is with difficulty perceived.

Mandibles short and stout, very broad and bidentate at the ex-
tremity.

Mazaillary palpi vather long and with the joints moderately stout ;
the first and second obconic; the third rather the longest, of
an elongate-ovate form, the broadest part however rather be-
yond the middle.

Mentum moderate ; transverse, hexagonal, slightly emarginated
in front, not covering the maxille.

Thorax fully as long as broad, slightly trisinuated in front; the
hinder margin straight (or very nearly so), the lateral margins
parallel on the fore half of the thorax, and from the middle
gradually contracted to the hinder angles; the angles right
angles ; the sides keeled. .

Scutellum very small.

2A2

324 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some Heteromerous Coleoptera.

Elytra elongated, but little broader in the middle than at the base,
rounded at the extremity; distinctly broader at the base than
the thorax at the same part, and with a transverse ridge; the
humeral angles prominent ; lateral keel distinct.

Legs moderate ; the tibize simple ; tarsi rather shorter than the
tibiee.

Grammicus chilensis. Gramm. rufo-piceus; corpore elongato, sub-
depresso ; capite thoraceque rugoso-punctatis; thorace bicostato ;

elytris singulis quadricostatis, seriatim punctatis, subtransversim

ruyosis.—Long. corp. 13 lin.

This little insect was found by Mr. Darwin at Valparaiso. It
is exceedingly lke a Tagenza, having the small, narrow, elongated
form, and in having the thorax and elytra furnished with distinct
longitudinal ridges it will bear a still closer comparison with
M. Solier’s genus Microtelus ; from both these genera, and indeed
all the Tageniide, it differs in having the eye situated entirely above
the lateral groove of the head*; from Tagenia it may moreover
be distinguished by the antennz being of equal width throughout,
the joints being less transverse, and mdeed presenting a nearly
square outline, though rather broader than long,—by the penul-
timate jot beimg distinctly longer than the rest, and longer
than broad, and the terminal jomt smaller and confounded with
the penultimate, to which differences may be added that of the
mentum not being notched at the side. The long head and equal
joints of the antennz (if we except the last two) at once distin-
guish the present insect from Microtelus ; the epistoma or clypeus
moreover is not emargimated in front, and in the genus last men-
tioned we do not find the penultimate joint of the antenne longer
than the rest.

The two longitudinal keels on the thorax divide its dorsal sur-
face into three equal parts, and the imterspaces are flat : the keels
or ridges of the elytra are nearly equidistant, sharp and distinct ;
and in the interspaces are two rows of distinct punctures, each
row being placed close to a ridge; and there are moreover some
irregularly transverse ruge, but these are by no means strongly
marked.

* In Leptinoderes I find the nearest approach, in the extremely con-
tracted condition of the eye, to the present insect.

Mr. H. D.S. Goodsir on new species of Crustaceans. 325

XXXVI.—On several new species of Crustaceans allied to Saphi-
rma. By Harry D. 8. Goopstr, M.W.S., late Conservator
of the Museum of the Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinburgh, Assist.
Surgeon in H.M. Arctic Exploring Ship Erebus.

One of the most striking features in the structure of this pecu-
har form of Crustacean is the double eye in a single dark spot.

The antenne are similar in form to those of the Jsopoda, being
either filiform or almost truncate, the general form of these or-
gans in the Jsopoda, and by no means like those of the Monoculi,
which are setaceous and very often dilated in the middle. As in
the Isopoda, they are short, being generally about as long as one-
half of the breadth of the body.

The animals here referred to have a projection from the me-
sial line of the carapace, analogous to the rostrum, generally
found in the Monoculi, and in the extremity of this rostrum the
eye is generally situated.

The first segment of the body is in all cases longer than the
remaining segments combined, and in some instances the lateral
edge is curved inwards and downwards, so as to give it the ap-
pearance and form of a carapace. The remaining segments of
the body are small, gradually decreasing from the second to the
terminal.

In several species the terminal abdominal segment is provided
with a jomted pedicle on each side, which is armed at the extre-
mity with spines, and in some species this structure is exactly
similar to Monoculus. The anterior extremities are very short,
so much so as not to be seen extending beyond the edge of the
body ; generally however one or more joints of the last pair of
legs are seen posteriorly.

The most striking character in this order of animals is the
double extremities, a character common to the Stomapoda and
Monoculi as well as this form of Crustaceans. As in Stomapoda
the two terminal filaments arise from one common pedicle, the
external one being much longer than the internal ; the former
also is chelate and three-jointed, the latter four-jomted. The
number of joimts however in these legs varies. The legs arising
from the carapace (first thoracic legs) are not double, or if so, one
of the terminal filaments is obsolete.

These animals are very active in their habits, and swim about
in company with the other forms of the family Pontia.

Body depressed as in the Isopoda; posterior thoracic legs
double.

Sterope ovalis. Plate XI. fig. 11.

Rostrum not prominent; antennz unarmed, three- or four-

826 Mr.H.D.S8. Goodsir on new species of Crustaceans.

jointed. Eye situated behind the rostrum, rhomboid, transverse.
Posterior pair of legs showing only one joint from the posterior
and lateral edge of the body, armed on the lateral edges with
strong spines, the two terminal spines being strongest.

Description.— Body ovoid, rather dilated, anteriorly quite
smooth. The anterior segment of the body as large as the
whole of the remaining segments, and having the lateral edges
surrounded with a narrow border, This animal is very active and
swims about with great rapidity. It is exceedingly minute, not
being larger than a mere point.

Sterope armatus. Plate XI. fig. 9.

Rostrum very prominent, rounded, and one-third the whole
breadth of the body ; antennze six-jointed, and armed at the ex-
tremity and on the anterior edge with a series of robust long
spines. Eye not apparent.

Carrillus oblongus. Plate XI. fig. 12.

Rostrum one-eighth the breadth of the whole body, prominent,
rounded at the extremity, with the eye very small, and situated
almost upon the anterior edge ; anterior edge of body hollowed
out on either side of the rostrum. Antenne clavate and eight-
jointed, very little ionger than half the breadth of the body, un-
armed, last joint pointed. Abdominal legs delicate, and armed
at the extremities only with one or more spines. Abdominal
segments of body taper gradually.

Sterope interruptus. Plate XI, fig. 10.

Rostrum prominent, one-tenth the breadth of the whole body,
poimted. Eye large, and filling almost the whole of the rostrum.
Anterior edge of the body hollowed out on either side of the
rostrum. Posterior thoracic legs strong, spined, and serrated on
the external edges. Three strong short spines arise from each
side of the abdominal portion of the body, and a strong pedicle
armed with three spmes arises from the posterior edge of the
last abdominal segment on each side of the mesial line.

Zaus spinatus. Plate XI. fig. 1.

Antenne three-jointed. <A spine arises from the anterior edge
of the carapace on each side of the mesial line, one from the base
of each of the antennze. Abdominal pedicles three-jomted, distal
one armed at its extremity with three robust strong spines, the
central ones longest.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Fig. 1. Zaus spinatus, magnified.
Figs. 2, 4, 5, 7, 8. Organs of locomotion.
Fig. 6. One of the first antenne.

On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and Phallus. 327

Fig. 9. Sterope armatus.

Fig. 10, Sterope interruptus.

Fig. 11. Sterope ovalis.

Fig. 12. Carrillus oblongus.

Fig. 18. Second thoracic leg of Carrillus oblongus.
Fig. 14. First abdominal extremity of Carri/lus.
Fig. 15, Second abdominal extremity.

XXXVII.—On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and
Phallus. By M. Maurice Luspravutr*.

Tue Rey. M. J. Berxetey, in a notice published in 1839+,
described the fructification of Phallus caninus, Huds. (Cyno-
phallus caninus, Fries) ; he demonstrated by delicate observations,
that, in this genus, until then wrongly separated from the Hyme-
nomycetes, or rather the Basidiospore of Léveillé, the spores were
supported on basidia, as in the Boleti, the Agarici, and other
mushrooms of the same class. Mr. Berkeley thence presumed
that an analogous organization must be found in all the Phal-
loidee, but no further recent observations had as yet supported
this hypothesis.

M. Corda, whose analyses have thrown so much light on the
intimate structure of Fungi, denies the existence of the basidia in
the genus Phallus : “ Spore in strata congeste, muco primum firmo
dein diffluente immerse, simplices, basidia nullat.” (Anleitung,
ps 119))

The investigations of botanists on this subject have not gone
further ; the fructification of the genus Clathrus is still more im-
perfectly known. Nor can we be surprised, when the analysis of
these mushrooms presents such great difficulties.

It is, in fact, not sufficient to. subject to examination indivi-
duals little developed or inclosed in their volva; the substance
which contains the fructiferous organs must be firm and of an
almost fleshy consistence. As soon as it has begun to soften, the
spores are displaced, and the basidia disappear. It is moreover
very difficult, even with the aid of a perfectly fine-pointed lancet,
to remove very thin sections of a mucilage which yields to the
slightest pressure: we are therefore obliged, in order to obtain

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for July.—The
position which Clathrus cancellatus should occupy in the class of the Ba-
sidiospore, aud the mode of insertion of the spores of this curious plant,
have been already established by Mr. Léveillé, but, notwithstanding the
priority and accuracy of the observations of M. Léveillé, we think the me-

moir of M. Lespiault , who has extended his researches to other plants of
the group of the Phalloidea, will be read with interest.—(£d. Ann. des Sci,

Nat.)
+ Annals of Natural History, vol. iv. p. 155.
} There is no question here of the Phallus caninus, which has become the

type of a new genus.

328 On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and Phallus.

some transparency, to wet the substance subjected to examina-
tion ; but then the action of the water detaches a cloud of spores,
which immediately obscure the field of the microscope. All these
circumstances suffice to explain how the observations of botanists
have remained so long without result.

If a Clathrus cancellatus still undeveloped is cut vertically, we
remark at first externally, a volva composed of two membranes
separated by a thick gelatmous layer; immediately under the volva
and applied to its interior surface are seen the branches, almost
in a rudimentary state, which are subsequently developed, to form
the most brilliant part of the mushroom. The interior of the
space circumscribed by this network is occupied by a greenish
matter, in the centre of which is a small cavity filled with a co-
lourless and gelatinous liquid.

A microscopical examination is necessary to ascertain the in-
timate structure of these various parts of the mushroom. The
gelatine of the volva is formed of or intermingled with a great
number of anastomosed filaments, sometimes articulated, and
terminated by small swellings ; it is divided by a thin membrane
into parts completely isolated from one another, and susceptible
of separating like the sections of an orange. This arrange-
ment makes the volva appear, on the outside, barred into small
polygons. The substance of the trellis, of a rose-colour, is solely
composed of large, round and perfectly distinct cells: some bo-
tanists, deceived by a superficial examination, have imagined
that these cells contained a liquid which carried along with it the
seeds ; but the branches of the Clathrus are m reality only a sup-
port analogous to the stem of the Phallus, and serve solely to
prop the greenish substance, the structure of which we proceed
to examine.

This substance, at first fleshy, then mucilaginous, is composed,
as in the Lycoperdons, of sinuous cavities, variously anastomosed,
separated from one another by a colourless zone, and strewed with
greenish spores, supported, to the number of four to six, on club-
shaped basidia. These basidia, scarcely refracting the light,
should be observed with attention to be seen distinctly ; they are
sometimes furnished with, and at other times deprived of, sterig-
mata, and as they do not rise to the same height, the greenish
layer of spores which surrounds the hymenial cavities appears to
have a certain thickness.

Allthis fructiferous mass speedily softens, tears into shreds,by
the development of the anastomosing branches to which it ad-
heres, and deliquesces. The liquid which carries the seeds dif-
fuses a well-known cadaverous odour*.

* The volva of Clathrus, on the contrary, exhales a delicious aroma,—a
remarkable singularity hitherto unnoticed.

Botanical Notices from Java. 529

In the Phallus impudicus, the type of the genus Phallus, there
exists, as in the preceding genus, a gelatinous volva, inclosed in
two thin membranes, hymenial cavities whose agglomeration
forms a mucilaginous mass, and lastly a central axis, which serves,
like the branches of the Clathrus, to support the hymenium.

The analogy is perfect, and to dilate further on the structure
of Phallus would merely be to repeat what we have already said.

The organs of fructification deserve however particular notice.
The hymenial cavities do not at all differ from those of Clathrus,
but they are furnished with spores at least twice as large ; these
spores are grouped in fours, fives and sixes, and are undoubtedly
supported on basidia, which it is very difficult to isolate and to
see distinctly, but the existence of which is evident. The fruc-
tiferous substance undergoes the same modifications as in Clathrus;
at first adhesive, it afterwards becomes mucilaginous, and in the
end deliquesces, forming a liquid of a very disagreeable odour.

An identical organization already observed in the genus Cyno-
phallus ought necessarily to exist in the rest of the Phalloidee
and of the Clathracee ; it doubtless extends also to the Lysuroidee
and to the genus Battarea, which forms a point of transition with
the Trichogastree.

We hope that further observations will confirm these hypo-
theses, and throw some light on the structure, so imperfectly
known, of the mushrooms belonging to these various groups.

XXXVITI.— Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography
and Natural History. By Dr. Fr. Junenuun*.

Tue present work, by the well-known botanist Dr. Junghuhn, fur-
nishes us with the results of the author’s great labours in natural
history in Java. ‘They are the more interesting, as his descriptions
(as might be expected from a botanist) relate especially to vegeta-
tion. They are also the more important to the phytographer, as the
author has shown himself capable of connecting intimately these de-
scriptions with the other natural features of the country ; and thus to
present to our minds picturesquely all the details of natural history,
and at the same time in a strictly scientific manner. We may also
infer, from the ability of the author, that his geognostical and phy-
sical investigations possess the greatest accuracy ; from which cir-
cumstance, we have in this work a valuable mass of observations in
natural history, corresponding to the magnificence of the natural
features of Java.

It is our intention to give a sketch of this journey as far as our
limits will allow, which will be the more easy, as the author charac-
terizes episodically every distinct subject in all its relations to na-
tural history.

* From the Botanische Zeitung, Aug. 29th, 1845.

330 © Botanical Notices from Java.

Sketch of the environs of Weltevreden and Batavia lying adjacent on
the north.

Two leagues distant from the sea-coast, these two places lie on a
plain scarcely 50 or 60 feet high, covered with the richest vegetation,
which appears like one large continuous forest when viewed from
a height. This large wood consists of a varied mixture of fruit-
trees, under whose thick foliage are concealed the buildings and
kampongs. If any one expects to see a wilderness or a primitive
forest, he finds himself deceived when he enters it and goes amongst
the wide-spreading stems of lofty fruit-trees ; one while hemmed in
by bushes of the pisang or the sirip plantations (Piper Betle), which
creep up the slender stems of the Hyperanthera Moringa, W., or by
coffee- bushes and shrubs of Ananas (Bromelia Ananas).

Of these trees the most plentiful are Garcinia Mangostana, Man-
gifera indica, and other species of this genus, Artocarpus incisa and
integrifolia, Nephelium lappaceum, numerous species of Citrus, Aver-
rhoa Bilimbi, Morinda citrifolia, many Eugenie (Jambos), Anona mu-
ricata and tuberculata, Persea gratissima, Lansium domesticum, Durio
Zibethinus, Carica Papaya, and innumerable cocoa-palms, which are
partly scattered among the former, and partly form groups in small
copses. More scattered among the rest are Areca communis and the
Areng-palms (Gomutus Rumphii), the stem of which is covered by
numerous ferns. In the neighbourhood of Weltevreden are also
found Tamarindus indica, Citrus decumana and Canarium commune,
which form lofty and noble alleys; on many roads are planted the
Morus indica and Hibiscus tiliaceus, a small tree, whose large yellow
flowers captivate the eye. The Musa paradisiaca and bamboo bushes
(Bambusa arundinacea) may also from their dimensions be reckoned
trees. The latter is especially found at the entrance to villages in
large clusters and on the banks of rivers, to which it imparts a
peculiar physiognomy, uniting the expression of beauty and light-
ness with strength. Its slender stalks, as thick as an arm, shoot up
to a height of 40 to 50 feet, and interlace themselves into a foliage
which forming a vaulted top gives the most agreeable shade. On
the sides of the road leading toward Buitenzorg (as on many other
roads in Java) is planted the Biva Orellana, small round trees covered
with red hairy fruit, which at a distance give it the appearance of
rose-bushes in bloom.

The Casuarina equisetifolia is an ornamental garden-plant ; its
slender branches are divided like our fir-trees, and here and there
are seen upon the tall rounded foliage the beautiful lilac-coloured
blossoms of the Lagerstremia Regine, Rxb.: species of [vora, Dra-
cena terminalis, Jatropha multifida, &c. adorn the sides of the road.

The whole appearance of this luxuriance of thick groups of trees
affords an enjoyment which can better be expressed by the pencil
than the pen. Let the reader transport himself for example to the
shade of a high vaulted Mangifera, drink in the perfume which the
flowers of the Uvaria odoratissima, the Michelia Champaca, or the
Plumeria obtusa, spread around; and let him cast a glance upon the

Botanical Notices from Java. 30]

wood which rises on the other side of the small river :—A young
bamboo-bush, crisp and round, borders the water’s edge ; then are
seen upon a dark ground the light green of the gigantic Pisang-
leaves, which rise up from their spongy stems and are slowly moved
by the gentle breezes. Behind these the view is closed by the inter-
woven foliage of the trees, among which are distinguished by their
brilliant foliage numerous species of Citrus,—the Artocarpus incisa
by its large serrated leaves, and Bombaxr pentandrum by its horizontal
branches ; among these rises up the bluish green foliage of the Areng-
palm ; but all these trees are surmounted by the crowns of the cocoa-
palms, whose gray stems, covered with lichens, rise perpendicularly
out of the dark arborescence, and majestically overtop with their lofty
summits the rounded foliage of the other trees. Golden fruit, as
large as gourds, glitter among their long feathery branches, which
rustle gently in the wind.

In the woods and plantations of this kind there remain here and
there small open spaces and irrigated rice-fields, lying in the lovely
enameled fields of young grass; here the Pontederia vaginalis unfolds
its azure blossoms. The streets in the town and the arid grass-plots,
which occur here and there among the houses, are overgrown with
the weeds of species of Sida (S. acuta, retusa, elongata, &c.), by Urena
lobata, by some Composite, also by species of Mercurialis, Celosia,
Achyranthes, and by Portulaca oleracea, L.; between which are here
and there hidden upon sandy and stony places the small Portulaca
quadrifida, C. In fertile spots, on the borders of the ditches, is found
the Heliotropium indicum. ‘The small bushes which above Welte-
vreden enliven by their green the margin of some rivulets, consist of
species of Psidium and Melastoma Malabathricum ; with which are
mingled the Mussenda glabra, V., whose fiery yellow blossoms and
milk-white yellow calycine bracts attract the eye of the traveller.
{The author here only refers to those plants which characterize
the physiognomy of the country and attract attention from their
masses.] Woods, properly so called, are no longer found in the im-
mediate environs of batavia; but we meet with them on the moist,
inhospitable sea-shore (even at Anjol), stretching along a great por-
tion of the north coast.

What the author says of the occurrence of the Fungi in the tro-
pics (p. 99) is interesting: They appear under the tropics to be
limited to no fixed season of the year. The difference between the
temperature in the wet and dry half-year is very small, at least in
the mountains, where also in the dry season frequent rains fall.
Heat, the first impulse of production of all vegetable life, is there-
fore always present; moisture of the ground, the second thing of
importance which the formation of spongy plants requires, also ob-
tains from year to year in these primeval forests, whose thick foliage
is never penetrated by the sun’s rays. The rich, brown soil, abound-
ing in humus, is always soaked and loose and spongy ; the watery
particles of the atmosphere, which are precipitated by the coolness
at night, and the amount of the exhalated carbonated water, moisten
with their dew-drops all the leaves, so that a person can scarcely go

332 : Zoological Society.

into the wood in the middle of a dry day without being wetted
through. Added to all this is the quantity of fallen branches, sticks
and whole trunks of trees, which rot upon the ground, and the in-
side of which is frequently already converted into rich earth, even if
their outer bark has been preserved as a thin and light fragile crust.
Thus the outer conditions requisite for the growth and origin of the
fungi (heat, moisture, and abundance of decaying organic sub-
stances) are always present in the tropical woods; and indeed we
find these woods decorated with manifold forms of fungi throughout
the whole year, without its being possible to observe at any parti-
cular time a more frequent occurrence, as in the autumn of the tem-
perate zones. Even the individual species are limited to no time, and
the occurrence of the same species is uninterruptedly continued. On
the other hand, the fungi are not found in the tropics in such groups ;
they are less sociable than in our climate, where in autumn they
principally enliven the woods. They here occur more scattered and
isolated, although found at every period of the year; and it is the
parasitic Polypori, which are especially numerous on the branches
of the trees, that delight the eye by their brilliant colours. In cen-
tral Europe the Agarici terrestres prevail, and determine the physi-

ognomy of an autumnal wood.
(To be continued. }

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 13, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
«‘ Descriptions of new species of Land Shells, from the collection

of Hugh Cuming, Esq.,”’ by Dr. Louis Pfeiffer :—

1. Hewix eranpis, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-turbinatd,
solidd, ponderosa, striatd, nigricanti-rufd, epidermide griseo-
fuscescente fasciatim obductd ; spira conicd, apice pallidd ; an-
fractibus 6 vir conveviusculis, ultimo spird breviore, basi inflato,
fortius striato ; columelld verticali, brevi, subtortd ; aperturd late
lunari, intus margaritaced ; peristomate nigricante, late expanso,
margine basali incrassato, refleco, cum columellari valde dilatato,
albido angulum obtusum formante.

Diam. 68; alt. 58 mill.

Found at Bangui, province of North Ilocos, island of Luzon, by

H. Cuming, Esq.

2. Hevrx Gmexiniana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-
depressd, soliduld, irregulariter rugoso-malleatd, carinatd, nitidd,
pallidé viridi, ad suturam et infra carinam albo-cingulata ; spird
subelevatd, apice obtusd, albidd ; anfractibus 45 vir conveciusculis,
sensim accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, basi planiusculd ;
aperture angulato-lunari ; peristomate subincrassato, margine su-
pero breviter expanso, antrorsum arcuato, basali reflexo, columel-
lari declivi, dilatato, albo-calloso.

Diam. 23; alt. 13 mill.

Found at Bayambong, island of Luzon, by H. Cuming, Esq.

Zoological Society. 333

3. Hexix Linnmana, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, utrin-
que convexiusculd, acute carinatd, pallide fulvd, superne rugoso-
malleatd, basi minute et oblique rugulosd ; anfractibus 54 lente ac-
crescentibus, planulatis, ultimo basi subinflato, antice vix descen-
dente ; umbilico majusculo, cylindrico ; aperturd angulato-lunari,
ad carinam canaliculatd ; peristomate incrassato, carneo, margini-
bus callo junctis, supero brevi, expanso, basali arcuato, reflezo,
columellari breviter descendente, subdilatatd.

Diam. 62; alt. 28 mill.

Locality unknown. Mus. Cuming.

4. Hexix Cuemyirziana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd,
solidd, superne radiatim plicato-malleatd, undique granulosd, sub
epidermide olivaceo-rufd, acute carinatd ; spird subelevatd, obtusa ;
anfractibus 5 planis, ultimo basi convexo ; apertura subtriangulari,
intus nitidd, carned ; peristomate carneo, margine supero subex-
panso, basali reflero, dente unico valido instructo, columellari
stricto, dilatato, adpresso, inequaliter pluridentato.

Diam. 57; alt. 26 mill.

Locality unknown. Mus. Cuming.

5. Hexix Barnprineu, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, sub-
discoided, solidd, striata, undique granulatd, cinnamomed, basi
pallida ; spird vix elevatd, obtusd ; anfractibus 53 planis, ultimo
rotundato, basi vix convexo ; apertura perobliqud, lunato-subtrian-
gulari, intus nitidd, carned ; peristomate subincrassato, carneo,
marginibus callo junctis, supero late expanso, basali reflexo, dente
unico, valido, complanato instructd, columellari perdilatato, umbi-
licum mediocrem semi-occultante.

Diam. 64; alt. 26 mill.

Found at Demerara by Mr. Bainbridge. Mus. Cuming.

6. Hexrx Marrtrniana, Pfr. Hel. testd obteste perforatd, discoided,
acute carinatd, solidd, striata et minutissimé granulatd, olivaceo-
fusca; spird depressd ; anfractibus 5 planulatis, ultimo non de-
scendente, basi inflato, antice profunde scrobiculato ; apertura
depressd, late angulato-lunari, intus lacted ; peristomate albo, in-
crassato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, supero expanso, basali
refleco, dentibus 2 conjunctis, columellari dilatato, dentibus 2 in-
equalibus armato.

Diam. 34; alt. 14 mill.

From the island of Jamaica. Mus. Cuming.

7. Hevix Scurorrerrana, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd,
lenticulari, acute carinatd, solidd, obsolete granulatd, luteold,
utringue rufo-latefasciatd ; spird subelevatd ; anfractibus 5 planu-
latis, ultimo antice deflexo, basi inflato, antice profundé scrobicu-
lato ; aperturd subhorizontali, ellipticd ; peristomate incrassato,
late expanso, reflexo, fusco-carneo, marginibus callo junctis, supero
leviter arcuato, basali dilatato, umbilicum angustum semitegente,
intus 3—4-dentato ; dentibus 2 majoribus basi junctis, 1-2 minori-
bus prope columellam.

334 Zoological Society.

Diam. 31; alt. 14 mill.

From the island of Jamaica; Mr. P. Gosset. Mus. Cuming.

Intermediate between H. tridentina, Fér., and H. Martiniana, Pfr.
The position of the teeth is the same, but from the former it is at
once to be distinguished by the sharp keel, from the latter by the
deflexion of the last whorl.

8. Hextix Brucuiertana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, turbinato-
globosd, solidd, nigro-castaned, epidermide hydrophand, fusca stri-
gatd, sursum pallescente obductd; spirdé conoided, apice obtusd,
purpured, nitidd ; anfractibus 5 conveaiusculis, ultimo non descen-
dente, basi vie convexo, denudato; columelld intrante, obliqud,
strictiusculd, planatd, alba ; apertura lunato-ovali, intus lacted ;
peristomate simplice, brevissime reflexiusculo, intus nigro-margi-
nato.

Diam. 29; alt. 24 mill.

Collected on the island of Tablas by H. Cuming, Esq.

9. Butimus e1Lvus, Sow. Bul. testa imperforatd, ovata, soliduld,
striatd, sub epidermide gilvd rufescens ; spird apice obtusd, nudd,
pallida ; anfractibus 6 conveais, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; colu-
melld strictiusculd, albd, subexcavatd ; aperturd obliqua, lunaio-
ovali, intus lacted ; peristomate subincrassato, breviter reflexo,
margine dextro arcuato, columellari adpresso.

Long. 54; diam, 38 mill.

Collected in several varieties on the island of Bohol, by H. Cu-

ming, Esq.
GEOMELANIA, nov. gen.

Testa imperforata, turrita ; apertura integra, effusa ; peristoma sim-
plex, reflecum, ad basin appendiculo porrecto instructum.

10. GEOMELANIA JAMAICENSIS, Pfr. Geom. testd truncatd, turritd,
arcuatim costatd, nitidd, albd; anfractibus 6 convevis, ultimo 4
longitudinis subequante ; aperturd ovali, intus nitidd; peristo-
mate simplice, margine dextro sinuoso, basi in appendiculum lingui-
formem porrecto, columellari adpresso.

Long. 12; diam. 4 mill.

Found at Jamaica, ‘‘ Savanah la Mar,’

M. Attanasio. Mus. Cuming.

J

under stones in earth, by

11. Tomocreres TURBINATUS, Pfr. Tom. testd rimatd, compresso-
turbinata, tenui, levissime striatuld, pallid? corned, nitiduld ; spird
turbinatd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5 convevis, ultimo spiram vir
@quante, & latere compresso, basi subangulato, antic? adscendente,
subtis constricto, scrobiculato; aperturd verticali, subauriformi,
fere clausd; peristomate late expanso, tenui, margine dextro ar-
cuato, intern? lamind validd, superne bifidd, munito, basali oblique
descendente, tridentato; pariete aperturali lamellis 3 inequalibus
armato,

Diam, maj. 11, min, 74; alt. 10 mill.

Hab. In Brasilia.

This interesting shell is nearly allied with Tomogeres clausus, Spix,

Zoological Society. 335

but easily to be distinguished by the substance of its shell, by the
raised spire and the thin peristome, characters quite constant in all
specimens known.

May 27.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting four new species of Birds
from Australia, which he characterized as follows :—

ArpeA (Heronpias) picata. Ard. capite superiore, occipite, plu-
mis occipitalibus, corpore superiore, caudd, alisque ceruleo-nigris ;
mento, nuchd, pectore, et quibusdam plumis a pectore dependentibus
albis.

Upper part of the head, occiput, occipital plumes, the whole of the
plumage of the body, wings and tail bluish slaty black; chin, neck,
chest and some of the lanceolate feathers dependent therefrom white ;
some few of the lanceolate feathers on the neck and breast have one
web white and the other web bluish slaty black; the remainder of these
lanceolate feathers are the same colour as the body; irides yellow;
bill, legs and feet greenish yellow. In young specimens the whole
of the under surface is white. :

Total length, 17 inches; bill, 31; wing, 10; tail, 3}; tarsi, 34.

Hab. Port Essington.

CoLLURICINCLA PARVULA. Col. corpore superiore, caudd, alisque
olivaceo-brunneis ; subtis pallide cervind ; medio plumarum gule
et pectoris vittd lata brunned ornato.

All the upper surface, wings and tail olive-brown; a faint line
over the eye and the chin white; all the under surface pale buff, the
feathers of the throat and breast with a broad stripe of brown down
the centre ; irides dark brownish red; bill blackish grey ; tarsi bluish

ey.
or Total length, 7 inches; bill, 1; wing, 4; tail, 34; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Port Essington.

This is the smallest species of the genus yet discovered.

MELITHREPTUS MELANOCEPHALUS. Mel. toto capite, guld, et ma-
culd semilunari apud latera pectoris saturat® nigris ; corpore su-
perne flavo-olivaceo pectore albo.

The whole of the head and throat, and a semilunar mark on either
side of the chest, deep glossy black; all the upper surface yellowish
olive, becoming brighter on the rump ; wings and tail brownish grey,
with lighter margins; breast white; remainder of the under surface
greyish white ; bill black; irides reddish brown; feet brown; bare
skin over the eye pearly white, slightly tinged with green.

Total length, 5 inches; bill, °,; wing, 3; tail, 25; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

HeEMIpopIvs scInTILLANS. Hem. corpore superne pallidé castaneo,
singulis plumis fasciis latis brunneo-nigris ornatis ; marginibus
plumarum cinereis ; intra margines lineis angustis nigris et albis
ornatis ; tectricibus alarum et tertiariis pallide castaneo-rubris
balteis irregularibus ziczac fasciatis ; interspatiis balteorum cine-
reo-albis ; mento genisque albis maculd semilunari brunned ad

336 Zoological Society.

apicem singule plume ; pectore et corpore inferiore pallide cervino-
albis ; plumis pectoris ordine macularum saturate grisearum ad
marginem ornatis.

Upper surface light chestnut-red, all the feathers crossed by broad
bars of brownish black and margined with grey, within which are
two narrow lines of black and white; wing-coverts and tertiaries
light chestnut-red, crossed by irregular zigzag bars of black, the in-
terspaces margined externally with greyish white; chin and sides of
the face white, with a narrow crescent-shaped mark of brown at the
tip of each feather ; sides of the breast chestnut, each feather tipped
with white, within which is an indistinct mark of deep black ; chest
and under surface pale buffy white, the feathers of the chest with a
row of dark grey spots on each margin, giving that part a speckled
appearance; primaries brown, narrowly edged with white; irides
reddish orange ; feet yellow; bill horn-colour.

Total length, male, 5 inches; bill, 15; wing, 31; tarsi, 1}. Fe-
male, 6 inches; bill, #; wing, 34; tarsi, 3.

Hab. Houtmann’s Abrolhos, off the western coast of Australia.

Remark.—Like the rest of the genus, the male is much inferior in
size to the female. ‘The species is very nearly allied to, but much
smaller than, Hemipodius varius.

«‘ Description of twenty-two new species of Land-Shells, belong-
ing to the collection of Mr. H. Cuming,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer :—

1. Hexix Gruner, Pfr. Hel. testa umbilicatd, depressd, superne
planiusculd, minutissime punctato-striatd, rufa; anfractibus 5%
sensim crescentibus, planiusculis, ultimo rotundato, antice vix de-
flexo; umbilico angusto, pervio; aperturd subverticali, depressa,
late lunari ; peristomate incrassato, reflexo, marginibus callo tenut,
superne dentem arcuatum, validum, callosum formante junctis.
Diam. 38, alt. 18 mill.
Locality unknown. A beautiful shell, next allied to H. unguicula,
De Férussac, differing by the strong and arcuated tooth on the body
of the penultimate whorl.

2. Hexrx Oxentana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, orbiculari,
utringue convexiusculd, obtuse carinatd, undique regulariter gra-
nulatd, superne fuscd, basi pallidd; anfractibus 54 rotundato-
planatis, ultimo antice deflexo, basi profunde biscrobiculato ; aper-
turd subhorizontali, ellipticd, coarctatd ; peristomate carneo-fusco,
incrassato, marginibus callo junctis, supero expanso, basali reflexo,
tridentato ; dentibus equidistantibus, 2 minoribus prope columellam,
tertio majore superne sulcato.

Diam. 37, alt. 17 mill.

Found on the island of Jamaica at Savannah la Mar, by M. Atta-

nasio. To be distinguished from H. lucerna, Miill., by having three
teeth at the basal margin of the aperture.

3. Herx NEoGRANATENSIS, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd,
carinatd, tenui, undique minute granulosa, saturate rufa; spird
vie elevatd ; anfractibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo basi convexo, an-

Zoological Society. 337

tice deflexo, constricto; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-rotundatd ;
peristomate carneo, simplice, expanso, reflexiusculo, marginibus
callo tenui junctis, basali obsoletissimé unidentato, columellari
brevi, dilatato, adpresso.

Diam. 34, alt. 15 mill.

Found in the mountain Quendeu at New Granada.

4, Hevrx crnerascens, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-tur-
binatd, tenuiusculd, stramined, fasciis 2 latis et ared basali nigri-
cantibus ornatd, epidermide tenui, hydrophand, cinered, obducta ;
spird breviter turbinatd, apice obtusa ; anfractibus 54 convexius-
culis, ultimo basi inflato; columelld subarcuatd, carneo-fuscd ;
aperturd rotundato-lunari, intus alba; peristomate breviter ex-
panso, subincrassato, castaneo-limbato.

Diam. 41, alt. 37 mill.

Found by H. Cuming, Esq. at the island of Masbate.

5. Hexrx Turso, Pfr. Hel. testa imperforatd, turbinatd, solidius-
cula, distincte striata, sub epidermide tenuissimd, decidud, flaves-
cente albd, medio rufo-fasciatd ; spird brevi, conoided, obtusa ;
anfractibus 5 conveais, ultimo obsolet? angulato, basi vir convexo ;
columella strictd, dilatatd, albidd ; aperturd irregulariter lunari ;
peristomate expanso, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo, rimam
Sormante, cum basali angulatim juncto.

Diam. 43, alt. 35 mill.

Hab. Isle of Mindoro.

6. Hexix unicotor, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, acute cari-
natd, tenui, fuscd, superne subtiliter striata, subtis lineis nonnullis
spiralibus elevatis munitd ; spird depresso-conoided ; anfractibus 5
planiusculis, sensim accrescentibus, ullimo antice non descendente,
basi convexo, ad umbilicum angustum abrupte angulato ; aperturd
rhomboided ; peristomate saturate fusco, marginibus callo tenuis-
simo junctis, supero dilatato, expunso, basali ascendente, stricto,
columellari brevi, dilatato, umbilicum semi-occultante, cum basali
angulatim juncto.

Diam. 32, alt. 16 mill.
Locality unknown. Constantly distinguished from H. Xystera,

Valenc., by its narrow umbilicus, elevated spire, and the number of
its whorls,

7. Hexix ompnatopes, Pfr. Hel. testd late umbilicatd, depressd,
solidd, leviter striatuld, sub epidermide flavescente, decidud albd,
ad peripheriam et suturam rufo-cingulatd ; spird vie convexd ; an-
Fractibus 5 planiusculis, ultimo antic vix descendente, basi pauld
convexiore, circa umbilicum magnum, spiralem, intus castaneum
subcompresso ; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-ovali ; peristomate bre-
viter reflexo, fusco, marginibus conniventibus.

Diam. 41, alt. 16 mill.

Locality unknown.

8. Hexix invoxnura, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd, su-
perne convexiusculd, basi planiusculd, medio impressd, tenuissimd,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2B

338 Zoological Society.

striatuld, nitidissimd, corned, fusco-radiata ; anfractibus plane in-
volutis, ultimo antice oblique depresso ; aperturd depressd, lunato-
oblongd; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus utringue centro
teste insertis, dextro antrorsum arcuato-dilatato.

Diam. 18, alt. 75 mill.

Found on the mountains of Quendeu in New Granada.

9, Hetrx camPANULA, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, globosd, solidd,
subtiliter et regulariter oblique striatd, castaned ; spird semiglo-
bosd, apice obtuso, pallido; anfractibus 45 convexiusculis, ultimo
antecedente vix latiore, antice vix descendente, medio pallide cin-

_gulato ; aperturaé perobliqua, lunato-ovali, intus livescente ; peri-
stomate fusco, subincrassato, breviter reflexo, marginibus callo
junctis, basali introrsum obsolete albo-unidentato, extrorsum dila-
tato, umbilicum angustum, profundum semi-occultante.

Diam. 27, alt. 21 mill.

Locality unknown.

10. Hexrx tapiata, Pfr. Hel. testd aperte perforatd, depressd,
tenui, striatuld, superne lineis concentricis obsolete decussatd, basi
levigatd, nitidd, fulvd; spird planiusculd ; anfractibus 6 subpla-
nulatis, ultimo dilatato, depresso ; aperturd late lunari; peristomate
acuto, intus calloso-labiato, margine supero antrorsum rotundato,
basali plane arcuato, columellari vix reflexiusculd.

Diam. 40, alt. 20 mill.

Locality unknown. Distinguished from H. citrina, Linn., by the

concentrical striz, the number of its whorls, and the callus within
the aperture.

11. Hexrrx Hanuryi, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressa, len-
ticulari, acute carinatd, tenui, subtilissimé decussatd, nitidd, sul-
phured, ad suturam et carinam albo-fasciatd ; spire partiim elevatd ;
anfractibus 4 subplanulatis, ultimo antice angulatim deflexo, con-
stricto ; aperturd parvuld, horizontali, oblongd ; peristomate sim-
plice, undique expanso et reflevo, marginibus fere contiguis.

Diam. 19, alt. 9 mill.

B. Testd superne nigricanti-purpured, ad aperiuram albo-fasciatd,
basi albidd, infra carinam castaneo-fasciatd.

Found by Mr. Cuming at Sinait, island of Luzon, ‘This fine shell
is not unlike some varieties of the Hel. bifasciata, Lea, but constantly
to be distinguished from that species by the angular deflection of its
last whorl and by the shape of its small aperture.

12. Herix Amana, Pfr. Hel. test imperforatd, globoso-depressd,
lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus suh lente decussatd, albidd,
fascia unicd spadiced supra peripheriam et lined rufd, suturali
ornatd ; anfractibus 4 vie conveaiusculis, ultimo obsoleté angulato,
antice deflexo, basi pariim converd ; aperturd transverse lunari-
oblonga, intus concolore; peristomate simplice, marginibus sub..
parallelis, dextro expanso, basalt antice reflexo, ad columellam
dilatato, adpresse reflexo.

Diam. 18, alt. 105 mull.

Found by Mr. Cuming at Catanauan, island of Luzon. This spe-

Zoological Society. 339

cies is likewise similar to several unkeeled varieties of Hel. bifasciata,
but by examining a large number of specimens of this and the other
ones, I found the above characters to be invariably constant.

13. Hexix Mercarri, Pfr. Hel. testd lat? umbilicatd, depressd,
discoided, acuté carinatd, striatuld, pallide vel rufescenti-corned,
utringue juxta carinam albam castaneo-unifasciatd ; spird vie ele-
vatd ; anfractibus 6 vie convexiusculis, ultimo antice vix descen-
dente ; aperturd subtriangulari ; peristomate simpiice, margine
supero antrorsum arcuatim dilatato, depresso, basali ad columellam
leviter arcuato.

Diam. 21, alt. 7 mill.

(). Minor, flavida, lineis angustis nigricanti-rufis juxta carinam.

Diam. 17, alt. 54 mill.

y- Unicolor, fusco-cornea. Diam. 15, alt. 5 mill.

Found by Mr. Cuming on the Philippine Islands and at Sibonga,
island of Zebu; /5. at Tanhay, island of Negros; y. on the island of
Siquijor. Distinguished from all species belonging to the same
group by its flattened shape.

14. Hexrx tristis, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, ovato-globosd,
tenui, striatd, lineis concentricis obsoleté decussatd, olivaceo-fuscd,
rufo 5-fasciatd ; spird parvuld, conoided ; anfractibus 4 convevi-
usculis, ultimo infiato ; aperturd lunato-ovali, intus nitidd ; peri-
stomate simplice, recto, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo, ad-
presso.

Diam. 21, alt. 18 mill.

This species is said to be found in Sicily, but there may be a

mistake.

15. Hexrx Apamsu, Pfr. Hel. testa imperforatd, orbiculato-con-
vexiusculd, leviter striatuld, nitidissimd, fulvescenti-luted, unicolore
vel fascis saturate fulvis et castaneis multimod? ornatd et radiata ;
spird conveviusculd, obtusd ; anfractibus 34-4 vix conveviusculis,
ultimo basi planiore ; aperturd rotundato-lunari ; peristomate sim-
plice, acuto, margine columellari subobliquo, dilatato, albo.

Diam. 12, alt. 64 mill.

Hab. Pitcairn’s Island and Opara. Collected by Mr. Cuming.

The late patriarch of the island pointed out this shell to Mr. Cu-

ming, and at his request I have the pleasure to dedicate it to the
venerable man’s memory.

16. Hevix sanamensis, Pfr. Hel. testa anguste umbilicatd, de-
pressd, tenui, corned, costulato-striatd ; spird brevi, convexiusculd ;
anfractibus 45 vir convexiusculis, ultimo antice deflexo ; apertura
subhorizontali, transverse ovali ; peristomate simplice, tenui, mar-
ginibus approximatis, supero breviter expanso, basali reflexo, intus
dente triangulari, valido munito, columellari dilatato, reflexo, um-
bilicum angusium, pervium semitegente.

Diam. 17, alt. 73 mill.

Hab. Bahamas.

17. HeLix BerRMuDENSIS, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, lenticulari,

2B2

340

Zoological Society.

tenuiusculd, carinatd, leviter ruguloso-striatd, pallide fulvescente,
cingulo castaneo supra et latiore infra carinam ornatd ; anfractibus
7 vix convexiusculis, lente accrescentibus ; umbilico angusto, pervio ;
aperturd subtrapezid ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine colu-
mellari verticali, brevi, reflexiusculo, cum basali angulum rectum
Sormante.

Diam. 19, alt. 103 mill.
Hab. Bermuda.

18. Herix PennantiAna, Pfr. Hel. testd angusté umbilicatd, or-

biculato-conoided, acute carinatd, tenui, striatuld, irregulariter et
leviter malleatd, unicolore carned, apice rufescente ; anfractibus
54 viv conveviusculis, ultimo antic? vie descendente, basi planius-
culo ; apertura perobliqud, angulato-lunari, intus alba ; peristomate
roseo, late expanso, margine basali reflexo, columellari brevi,
strictiusculo, dilatato, umbilicum feré tegente.

Diam. 37, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Philippine Islands ?

Nearly allied to H. labium, Fér., from which it may easily be di-
stinguished by its sharp keel and sculpture.

19. Butrmus Leoparpus, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovatd, soli-

diusculd, longitudinaliter conferiim costulato-striata, fulvd, strigis
et maculis albidis epidermidis hydrophane eleganter variegatd ;
spird brevi, conoided, sursum pallescente ; anfractibus 5 convevis,
rapide accrescentibus, ultimo spiram superante ; columella elongatd,
introrsum acutd ; aperturd amplissimd, rotundato-ovali, intus albd ;
peristomate late expanso, reflexiusculo, castaneo-limbato.

Long. 47, diam. 30 mill.
Hab. Isle of Mindanao, Philippine Islands.

20. Buirmus rcrectius, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, fusiformi, soli-

duld, striis longitudinalibus confertis et lineis spiralibus remotio-
ribus subdecussatd, nitidd, flammis castaneis pellucidis et fulvis,
opacis egregit pictd ; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spi-
ram turritam equante, basi compresso; columelld subangulato-
arcuatd ; aperturd oblongd, utrinque acutd, intus lividd ; peristo-
mate vivide rubro, late expanso, breviter reflexo, basi canaliculato,
marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 41, diam. 15 mill.
Locality unknown. Distinguished from B. goniostoma, Sow., by
its size, colouring and widely expanded peristome.

21. Bunimus canauicuuatus, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, oblique

Susiformi, ruguloso-striatd, nitidd, albido, carneo et spadiceo mar-
moratd ; spird turrito-conicd, acuta; anfractibus 7 vin convexius-
culis, ultimo spird vie longiore, basi valde constricto-carinato ;
columella arcuatim antrorsum elongaté ; aperturd ovali, basi cana-
liculatd ; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dextro vix expansi-
usculo, columellari dilatato, reflexo.

Long. 37, diam. 14 mill.
Hab. Bolivia.

22, Butimus castaneus, Pfr. Bul. testd vix perforatd, ovato-

Zoological Society. 34]

acuminatd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter confertim striatd, lineis
spiralibus distantioribus decussatd, unicolore castaned ; spird brevi,
conicd, acutiuscula ; anfractibus 44 vie conveviusculis, ultimo in-
flato, 2-3 longitudinis subequante ; columelld tenui, subsimplice ;
apertura ovali, intus saturate fuscd, nitidd ; peristomate vir in-
crassato, brevissime reflero, marginibus callo tenui junctis, colu-
mellari vix dilatato.

Long. 70, diam. 39 mill.

Hab. Nova Granada; Vegas on the river Quendeu.

Nearly allied to Bul. Gibbonius, Lea; distinguished by its trans-

verse striz, closed umbilicus, peristome, etc.

“« Description of a new species of Amphipeplea,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer.

The shell I am describing belongs to the genus of freshwater
shells distinguished by Nilsson from Limneus under the name of
Amphipeplea, and sufficiently characterized by the shape and habits
of its animal, perfectly agreeing with our new species, according to
Mr. Cuming’s information, who first discovered it, and by whose
name I am pleased to illustrate the species.

AMPHIPEPLEA CuminaiAna, Pfr. Amph. testd ovato-globosd, tenu-
issimd, longitudinaliter confertim striatuld, nitidissimd, pellucidd,
pallide corned; spird brevissimd, mucronulatd, callo tenui semi-
obtectd ; columella nulld; margine anfractuum interno arcuato,
appendice membranaceo (deciduo) munito ; aperturd amplissimd,
semi-ovali, margine supero breviter arcuato, patente.

Long. 30, diam. 22 mill.; apertura 26 mill. longa.

Found at Naga, province of South Camerines, island of Luzon, by

H. Cuming, Esq.

June 10.—Rev. John Barlow in the Chair.

«* Descriptions of twenty-two new species of Helix, from the col-
lections of Miss Saul, — Walton, Esq., and H. Cuming, Esq.,” by
Dr. Louis Pfeiffer :—

1. Herx pacuystyta, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globosd, solidd,
ponderosd, striatd, lineis concentricis decussatd, albd, epidermide
sordideé viridi, nigricanti-radiatd indutd ; spird brevi ; anfractibus
5 celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo globoso, antice breviter deflexo ;
columeild obliqud, dilatatd, callosd, alba, obsolete et late uniden-
tatd ; aperturd irregulariter lunato-rotundatd, intus lacted ; peri-
stomate recto, intus subincrassato, margine basali reflexiusculo.

Diam. 43, alt. 37 mill.

Locality, New Zealand.

Similar to H. pomum, Pfr., from which it may be distinguished by

its transverse striz, and by being quite imperforate. (Coll. Metcalfe.)

9, Hetrx “wuRYomPHALA, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, orbiculato-
converd, tenui, pellucida, virenti-corned, superne regulariter costu-
lato-striatd, lineis concentricis obsolete decussatd, basi remotius
striata, nitidissimad ; spird pariim elevatd, obtusa ; anfractibus 6
convexiusculis, ultimo dilatato, subdepresso, antice non descendente ;

342 Zoological Society.

umbilico magno, pervio ; aperturd oblique lunato-ovali, intus mar-
garitaced ; peristomate recto, simplice, marginibus conniventibus.
Diam. 37, alt. 17 mill.
Locality, Cuba.
To be distinguished from H. larata, Fér., by the number of its
whorls, forming a more elevated spire, by the last whorl not deflected
and less dilated, &c. (Coll. Cuming.)

3. Hexix micans, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globosd, tenui,
Sragili, striatuld, lineis confertissimis obsolete decussatd, diaphand,
albidd ; spird parvuld ; anfractibus 4 planiusculis, rapide accres-
centibus, ultimo inflato ; columella tenut, intrante, eacavatd ; aper-
turd rotundato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine deatro
antrorsum subarcuato.

Diam. 28, alt. 19 mill.

Found at 8. Juan, province of Cagayan, island of Luzon, on bushes,

by H. Cuming, Esq.

This shell might easily be taken for an enormous species of Vitrina,

4. Heuix Forsesit, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, discoided, tenut,
oblique confertim striatd, unicolore rufa; spird planiusculd ; an-
fractibus 5 convexis, ultimo basi convexiore, antice vie descen-
dente, obtuse angulato, superne obsolete impresso ; umbilico magno,
spirali ; aperturd perobliqud, rotundato-lunari ; peristomate sim-
plice, acuto, albido-carneo, intus subincrassato, margine supero late
expanso, basali reflexo, columellari subdilatato.

Diam. 41, alt. 14 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

5. Hexix rupicunna, Pfr. Hel. testd perforatd, depresse turbi-
natd, rugoso-striatd, obsolete et minutissime granulutd, subepider-
mide corned, decidud rubicundd; anfractibus 53 subplanulatis,
ultimo medio obtuse angulato, basi convexiore ; aperturd oblique
lunari; peristomate simplice, recto, margine dextro antrorsum
subdilatato, columellari dilatato, refleco, perforationem semi-occul-
tante.

Diam. 27, alt. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

6. Hexrx Sautia, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, globoso-depressd,
solidiusculd, oblique striatd, fulvidd, medio fascid unica albd,
utringue rufo-marginatd ornatd ; spira brevi, obtusd ; anfractibus
4 viz conveviusculis, ultimo basi subplanato, antic subitd deflexo,
circa umbilicum angustum, pervium rufo; aperturd perobliqud,
lunato-ovali ; peristomate breviter reflexo, marginibus conniventi-
bus, callo tenui junctis, columellari castaneo, valde dilatato, umbili-
cum fere occultante.

Diam. 32, alt. 20 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Cuming. et Saul.)

7. Hez1x ruomsostoma, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, trochiformi,
tenuiusculd, oblique striatuld, lineis confertissimis concentricis
subdecussatd, nitiduld, albido-fulvescente, fasciis castaneis plurimis

Zoological Society. 343

ornatd ; spird brevi, conicd, apice acuta; anfractibus 5 planius-
culis, ultimo acuté carinato, basi vix convexo, antice pariim deflexo,
a latere subcompresso ; aperturd rhombed ; peristomate violaceo,
margine supero expanso, superné impresso, columellari stricto, di-
latato, plano, adpresso.

Diam. 28, alt. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Saul. et Metcalf.)

8. Hexrx pranissima, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressissimd,
lenticulari, tenui, utrinque oblique rugoso-costatd, albidd, subtis
interdum corneo-fasciatd ; anfractibus 53 convexiusculis, acute
carinatis (carind compressd, prominente, serrata), ultimo antice vir
descendente, basi convexiore, circa umbilicum mediocrem, spiralem
subangulato ; apertura depressd, angulato-lunari ; peristomate sim-
plice, margine basali plane arcuato, reflexo.

Diam. 113, alt. 43 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

Similar to H. amanda, Rossm., from which it may be distinguished

by its thin and flattened shell, its umbilicus, and the peristome not
thickened.

9. Hexrx riticosta, Pfr. Hel. testd subobtecte perforatd, depresso-
globosd, reqgulariter costatd (costis filiformibus), tenuiusculd, car-
neo-albidd, lineis fuscis obsoletis cinctd ; anfractibus 45 convezis,
ultimo antice defleco; aperturd lunato-orbiculari ; peristomate
acuto, intus subincrassato, labiato, marginibus conniventibus, callo
introrsum diffuso roseo junctis, dextro vix expanso, columellari
dilatato, reflexo, roseo.

Diam. 14, alt. 9 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Saul.)

10. Hetrx rerirera, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, obtuse trochi-
formi, striato-plicatuld, lineis nonnullis concentricis elevatis reti-
culatd, carinatd, diaphand, pallide corned ; spird elevatd, obtusd ;
anfractibus 64 planiusculis, ultimo basi subplanulato, striato ;
umbilico mediocri, pervio; aperturd depressd, securiformi ; peri-
stomate simplice, acuto, margine supero brevi, basali plane arcuato.

Diam. 7, alt. 4 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Metcalf.)

11. Burimus Grayanus, Pfr. Bul. testd gracili, turritd, soliduld,
longitudinaliter subtilissime striatd et lineis impressis spiralibus
subdecussatd, cinnamomed; spird turrita, apice valde attenu-
atd; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo % longitudinis sub-
equante, antice defleco, soluto, dorso et basi carinato, lateribus
scrobiculato ; aperturd angustd, oblongd, basi canaliculatd ; peri-
stomate simplice, undique expanso, dentibus 7 marginem non attin-
gentibus armato ; 3 in latere deatro, 4 in sinistro, summo tuber-
culiformi, secundo valido, lamelliformi.

Long. 35, diam. 11 mill.

Locality, Brazils.

Nearly allied to Bul. odontostoma, Sow., but quite distinct from

the two varieties figured by Férussac. (Coll. Cuming.)

344: Zoological Society.

12. Buxtrmus coarcratus, Pfr. Bul. testa rimato-perforata, ovato-
acutd, solidd, albidd, lineis interruptis, fuscis cingulatd ; spird
conicd, acutd ; anfractibus 63 planulatis, ultimo convexiore, spiram
equante ; aperturd angustd, oblongd, coarctatd ; columella incras-
satd, tuberculatd ; peristomate late expanso, margine deatro in-
trorsum incrassato, acute prominente, medio sinuolato, cum colu-
mellari dilatato, reflexo, patente angulatim juncto.

Long. 34, diam. 17 mill.

Locality unknown.

Nearly allied to B. signatus, Desh.

13. Butimus Desuayesi, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, turritd, so-
lidd, striatuld, violascenti-albd, strigis et maculis violascenti-fuscis
irregulariter signatd ; suturd subcrenulatd ; anfractibus 9 vie
convexiusculis, ultimo x longitudinis subcequante ; columelld sub-
recta ; aperturd ovali, intus violaced ; peristomate simplice, recto,
margine columellari dilatato, fornicatim reflexo, rimam umbilica-
rem non occultante.

Long. 45, diam. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Cuming.)

14, Buxtimus TuHompsont, Pfr. Bul. testa imperforatd, ovato-
oblongd, soliduld, longitudinaliter striatd, fusco-olivaced ; spird
conicd, apice obtusd, rubra; anfractibus 6, supremis planulatis,
purpureo-strigatis, ultimo spiram equante ; suturd albo-marginatd,
crenulatd ; columella rectd (non tortd), leviter arcuatd ; aperturd
oblongo-ovali, intus livida ; peristomate subincrassato, recto, intus
nigro-limbato, marginibus callo castaneo junctis, basali cum colu-
mella basin attingente subangulatim juncto.

Long. 70, diam. 31 mill.

Locality, Quito. (Coll. Cuming.)

Nearly allied to B. Taunaysii.

15. Butimus Siquisonensis, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovato-
oblongd, tenui, fulvd, epidermide pallide fusca elegantissime mar-
moratd et flammatd ; spird conicd, obtusd, apice nudd, rufescente ;
anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spird vix breviore, sub-
angulato ; columella subtortd, longitudinaliter biangulatd, intror-
sum acutd; aperturd oblongo-subpyriformi, intus albidd ; peristo-
mate tenui, breviter expanso, margine dextro deorsum dilatato,
basali cum columellari angulum obsoletum formante.

Long. 52, diam. 25 mill.

Locality, island of Siquijor (Philippines). Collected by Mr. Cu-

ming.

16. Acnatrna semiscuLpra, Pfr. Achat. testd tenui, ovato-elongatd,
longitudinaliter regulariter striata, fuscescenti-albidd, strigis ful-
gurantibus rufis pictd; spird conicd, apice obtusiusculd, lineis
confertis concentricis regulariter granulosd ; anfractibus 74 con-
veviusculis, ultimo spiram subequante, usque ad peripheriam lineis
impressis distantioribus decussato; columella subrectd, abrupte
truncatd ; apertura ovali-acutd ; peristomate simplice, recto.

Zoological Society. 345

Long. 55, diam. 23 mill.
Locality, Africa, Loanda, coast of Benguela. (Coll. Cuming.)

17. Acuatina ReETIcULATA, Pfr. Achat. testd oblongo-acutd, so-
lidd, ponderosd, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, sulcis concen-
tricis profunde reticulatd, albidd, castaneo-marmoratd et maculata ;
spird elongatd, acutd, superne minuté granulatd ; sutura subcrenu-
latd ; anfractibus 8 pariim convexis, ultimo + longitudinis sub-
equante ; columelld crassa, albd, arcuatd, abrupte truncatd ; aper-
turd utrinque attenuatd, oblongo-ovali.

Long. 160, diam. 70 mill.

Locality, Africa. (Coll. Cuming.)

18. Acwatina papyracea, Pfr. Achat. testd ovato-oblongd, tenui,
striis longitudinalibus et concentricis obsolete decussatd, diaphand,
Sulvd, castaneo obsolete marmoratd ; spird conicd, apice obtusd ;
suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 54 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spi-
ram vix superante ; columella subrectd, basin aperture fere attin-
gente, oblique truncatd, lined purpured ornatd; apertura ovali,
intus margaritaced.

Long. 66, diam. 30 mill.

Locality, banks of the river Nun in Africa. (Coll. Cuming.)

19. Acwatina Frusirormis, Pfr. Achat. testd ovato-fusiformi, tenui,
longitudinaliter confertim costulald, lineis transversis minute reti-
culatd, fulvidd, saturatius strigatd ; spird conicd, acutiusculd, apice
rubescente ; suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 7-8 convexiusculis,
ultimo spiram paulo superante, basi attenuato ; columella leviter
arcuatd, abrupte truncatd, rubelld; aperturd angusta, oblonga ;
peristomate simplice, repando, margine rubicundo.

Long. 87, diam. 35 mill.

Locality, mountain of Coban, Vera Cruz, Central America. (Coll.

Cuming.)

This species, as well as the next following, may perhaps belong to

the genus Glandina.

20. Acuatina costuLaTa, Pfr. Achat. testa ovato-fusiformi, tenui,
longitudinaliter confertim et regulariter costulatd, diaphand, fulvo-
rubella, strigis parvis saturatioribus ornatd ; spird pyramidali,
acutd ; suturd sulco parallelo crenulato-marginatd ; anfractibus 8
vie convextusculis, ultimo spiram vix equante ; columella subrecta,
abrupte truncata; aperturd oblongd, utringue attenuaid, intus
margaritaced.

Long. 72, diam. 31 mill.

Locality, mountains of Quendeu, New Granada. (Coll. Cuming.)

21. Guawnpina nierRicans, Pfr. Glan. testd ovato-oblongd, solidi-
usculd, minutissime striatuld,nitidissimd, nigricante, strigis remotis
angustis fulvis ornatd, basi corneo-luted ; spird conicd ; suturd
virenti-marginatd ; anfractibus 7 planulatis, ultimo 2 longitudinis
equante ; columella arcuatd, callosd, oblique truncatd, basin aper-
ture non attingente ; aperturd angustd, semiovali, intus concolore.

Long. 35, diam. 16 mill.

Locality, Vera Cruz, in Central America. (Coll. Cuming.)

346 Microscopical Society.

22. Guanpina moniuireRA, Pfr. Glan. testa fusiformi-ovatd, tenui,
pellucida, regulariter costulato-striatd, costulis in medio anfractis
ultimi evanescentibus, fulvo-rosed, lineis remotis rufis pallide mar-
ginatis ornatd ; spird brevi, conicd; suturd eleganter et confer-
tim granulosd ; anfractibus 7 planiusculis, ultimo * longitudinis
subequante, ventroso ; columelld vix arcuatd, basi abrupte trun-
catd; apertura angustd, semiovali.

Long. 29, diam. 144 mill,

Locality, mountains of Coban, Vera Cruz, Central America, (Coll.

Cuming.)

A number of Birds’-skins from Australia were presented to the
Society by Jeremiah Olive, Esq.

The Secretary exhibited to the Meeting a specimen of Sand Grouse,
Tyrrhaptes paradozus, and five specimens of Mammals (all of which
were new to the Society’s collection), from the Altai Mountains of
Siberia, viz. :—

Meriones opimus,
Aspalax Zokar,
Mustela Altaica,
Dipus Jaculus,
Mygale moschata.

Mr. Gould laid upon the table a series of ‘Terns, and characterized
a new species :—

STERNA GRAcILIS. St. summo capite et nuchd posteriore saturate
nigris ; lateribus nuche et parte inferiore seriaceo-albis ; pectore
et abdomine leviter rosaceis ; rostro carnicolore, apice brunneo-
nigro ; pedibus aureo-fuscis.

Crown of the head, nape and back of the neck deep black; sides
of the neck and all the under surface silky white, with a blush of rosy
red on the breast and abdomen; back, wings and tail light grey,
becoming darker on the primaries; irides brownish red; bill flesh-
colour, except at the tip, where it is washed with blackish brown ;
feet orange-red.

Total length, 13 inches; bill, 21; wing, 83; tail, 64; tarsi, 3.

Hab. The Houtmann’s Abrolhos, off the western coast of Australia.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

Oct. 15, 1845.—J. 8. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S. &c., in the Chair.

A paper by H. Deane, Esq., being a continuation of a former com-
munication, read at the last meeting of the Society, ‘‘ On Fossil
Xanthidia found in Chalk,” was read.

After a brief summary of the former paper, in which he stated that
various species of the genus Xanthidium had been found by him in
the Folkstone chalk, Mr. Deane went on to state that this discovery,
by affording the means of isolating and mounting these bodies in
various ways for examination, suggested to him the possibility of
ascertaining their true nature. Their minuteness and other obvious

Microscopical Society. 347

circumstances prevented their chemical examination, and conse-
quently they could only be operated upon mechanically. Their shape
is that of a flattened sphere, the major part of them closely resem-
bling some of the gemmules of sponges, most of them having a cir-
cular opening. The arms of all appear to be closed at the ends and
not tubular, as has been supposed, from the examination of some of
the flint specimens under pressure in water between two pieces of
glass: they were torn asunder in the same manner as a horny or
cartilaginous substance would be, and the arms in contact with the
glass were bent; some, after maceration in water for several weeks,
became quite flaccid, thus entirely disproving their siliceous nature.
On the contrary, there is every reason to suppose them to have been
of a horny or cartilaginous nature. Some other bodies resembling
the husks of peas were also observed, which appear to be identical
with the Pividicule in flints ; but these, although agreeing in colour,
he does not consider to have any relation to the Xanthidia, but, from
their close resemblance to sponge-gemmules, to be some animal or
animals in a progressive state of development.

Another paper by the same gentleman, ‘‘ On a mode of isolating
the siliceous shells of Infusorial animals found in the Ichaboe
Guano,” was also read. After premising that the guano from Ichaboe
was soon found to contain siliceous shells of microscopic animals,
allied to those brought from Richmond in Virginia, and from Ber-
muda, he stated that the extreme difficulty of finding them in the
ordinary mode induced him to try whether, by decomposing the
guano by means of nitric acid, more satisfactory results might not
be obtained. The experiment was successful, and the following is
the method he employed. Take any quantity of pure Ichaboe guano,
and wash it by repeated ablutions of distilled water until the water
is no longer coloured, observing after each addition of water that it
must be well-stirred two or three times and allowed to settle for
some hours. When sufficiently washed, a small quantity of hy-
drochloric acid is to be added to the water last used. This dis-
solves some portion of the guano with effervescence, and causes a
more perfect subsidence of that portion which it does not act upon.
After this, allow sufficient time for the deposit to become well-settled
down ; then the clear liquor being poured off as closely as possible
without loss of the sediment, a quantity of strong nitric acid in the
proportion of two acid ounces to every ounce by weight of the guano
employed is to be added; a strong effervescence results, which is to
be assisted by its being placed in a warm situation at a temperature
of about 200° for six hours, during which time the greater part of
the guano will be dissolved. After allowing it to stand in a cool
place for twenty-four hours, pour off the acid liquor and wash the
sediment with plenty of distilled water. The fine portion of this
sediment will contain all the siliceous shells of the guano, perfectly
freed from extraneous matter.

348 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON A FISH ALLIED TO LEPIDOSIREN ANNECTENS.

Art the sitting of the Berlin Academy on the 5th of December 1844,
Prof. Muller presented a communication from Dr. Peters, ‘‘ Ona fish
from the Quellimane marshes provided with both lungs and gills, re-
lated to Lepidosiren annectens.”

This animal, which resides during the dry season in a cavity
formed in the earth and lined with leaves, resembles the Lepidosiren
annectens so completely in many points of its external and internal
organization, that Dr. Peters is inclined to regard these two animals
as identical, and to consider the distinguishing characters of the
latter as consequent on our still imperfect knowledge of it. The
composition of the skull, the vertebral column, the arches furnished
with and those not furnished with gills, the lungs, alimentary canal,
the generative organs, the brain, heart, external form, scales, and the
teeth are exactly as in the Lepidosiren annectens. The pectoral and
ventral fins, the labial cartilages, the perforated nostrils, and the
existence of external gill-filaments differ from what has been hitherto
described in the latter.

The pectoral and ventral fins do not consist of merely a single ar-
ticulated member or ray, but also of cartilaginous rays, which ema-
nate from the inferior margin of the main limb or principal ray of
the fin, and to which still finer cartilaginous filaments are attached.
These rays are not extensions of the main limbs of the fin, but are
attached to it ; the length of the rays diminishes towards the end of
the main limb or principal ray of the fin until it becomes inappre-
ciable ; the extremities of the rays do not lie loosely upon the skin,
but the whole fin is covered by a prolongation of the skin, which also
covers the principal ray of the fin. In the pectoral fins, the beard of
the fin is as long as its ray. In the ventral fins, one-third of the
length of the ray is free at the base of the fin; this then commences
very low and remains much lower than in the pectoral fins. In the
latter the beard of the fin external to the ray is 3 lines broad in
its widest part. This kind of formation of the fins, in which the rays
arise laterally from a main ray, is quite peculiar, and we have no other
example of it amongst fish except in the dorsal fin of Polypterus.

The nostrils are double, and the posterior lies on the palatal side
of the upper lip, as in Lepidosiren paradoxa, the labial cartilage of
which is similarly placed.

There are three gill-filaments above the thoracic fin behind the gill-
aperture ; they are not branched, and consequently appear like ten-
tacles ; they are placed closely together, one above the other. Two
are of equal length, being 4 lines long; the third is the lowest, and
is much shorter. They are not present in the young specimens only,
but in all, even those which have attained the length of 2 feet.

These filaments, which are somewhat broad and pointed at the ex-
tremity, are composed at their fore-part of a continuation of the
external skin of the animal; the posterior part exhibits fine feathery
ramifications of blood-vessels. In the middle line of the posterior

Miscellaneous. 349

part this surface is smooth ; its lateral surfaces have a colourless, soft,
velvety aspect, and with a lens, crowded, small, shaggy prolongations
are perceptible, in which the arteries and veins of the gills ramify.
These vessels are elongations of the vessels of the inner gills ; we find
them also at the posterior part of the gill-aperture, between the upper
end of the gill-arches and the external gills beneath the skin cover-
ing the gill-aperture: they are five, three arteries and two veins.
One of the arteries arises from the second aortic arch ; the two others
are the continuation of the extremities of the gill-arteries of the first
and middle of the three posterior and internal gills. The two other
vessels, which return the blood from the external gills, terminate in
the gill-veins of the first and second of the three internal and poste-
rior gills, after they have separated from the superior extremity of
their gill-arches. The most anterior gill, at the anterior margin of
which the gill-cavity is situated, and is separated by a cleft from the
most anterior of the two gill-arches which are unfurnished with gills,
is a true respiratory gill, and thus represents the supernumerary
respiratory gill of the cartilaginous fishes, not the pseudo-branchia
of other fishes. It receives a branch of the gill-artery and gives off
superiorly a gill-vein, which eorresponds to the carotis anterior. It
is however remarkable that the artery of the most anterior gills, al-
though it arises in the same manner as the other gill-arteries, yet
before it enters the gill gives off a branch for the nutrition of the
body, which is distributed to the inferior aspect of the most anterior
part of the head, to the skin and muscles of this part; a fact which
is unique in ichthyology, and can only be explained from the gill-
arteries of the heart conveying not only dark red but also partly
bright red (arterial) blood, which is transmitted from the lungs to
the heart. The auricle of the heart is single. The spleen of the
Lepidosiren has hitherto been overlooked. It is large, and lies be-
hind the stomach and commencement of the intestinal canal, beneath
the peritoneal coat of the tractus intestinalis. It must be separated
from the black pigment which forms a copious substratum beneath
the peritoneal covering of the intestines. The lateral anus is not
always situated on the same side, being in some on the right, in
others on the left.

Should Lepidosiren annectens and the fish of Quellimane belong to
different genera, which is not probable, Dr. Peters proposes Rhino-
cryptis amphibia for the name of the latter. A circumstance which is
much in favour of their identity, and renders it probable that we are
not perfectly acquainted with Lepidosiren annectens, is, that this has
been lately observed by Jardine* also to have filaments on the pectoral
fins ; these were mistaken by Jardine for accessory fin-rays.

The next point to be determined is, whether the cartilaginous fin-
rays found in the fish of Quellimane are present in Lepidosiren an-
nectens. ‘Then comes the question, whether these and the external
branchial filaments are also present in Lepidosiren paradova. Upon
this will depend whether the African fish, although identical in genus,

* Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 24.

350 Miscellaneous.

is generically different from the American genus Lepidosiren, and
whether the generic name Protopterus proposed by Owen for the
Lepidosiren annectens should be restored or not.

On the African Musk, Moschus aquaticus, Ogilby.

Some time ago Mr. Ogilby, in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society for 1840, described an animal in the collection of the Earl of
Derby under the name of Moschus aquaticus, which was very inter-
esting as being an African species of a genus which had hitherto
only been found in Asia and its islands. The general form and
colouring of the animal are so similar to that of the Mouse Deer, or
Traguli, from Java, Ceylon, and India, that it was natural it should
be placed with them in the same genus. But the Earl of Derby
having kindly sent a specimen with its skull to the British Museum,
the examination of the bones of the head have at once proved, that
instead of being a species of an Asiatic genus, it is the type of a pe-
culiar genus as yet only found in Africa, and therefore not, as has
hitherto been thought, an exception in the geographic distribution of
Mammalia.

The skull is short with short broad nasal bones, which are dilated
and rather truncated behind; the intermaxillaries are also short and
truncated behind, not extended behind the base of the upper ca-
nines. The ear-bones are large, vesicular, and produced beyond
the surface of the bones of the skull, while in the genus Moschus the
nasal bones are narrow, linear-elongate, and produced nearly to the
front edge of the orbit; the intermaxillaries are large, dilated behind,
and produced behind between the maxillaries and the front of the
nasal bones, and the ear-bones are small and inclosed in the base of
the skull: from these characters and the pig-like habit of the animal,
I propose to form for it a genus under the name of Hyemoschus. The
skull is much more like that of the genus Tragulus than of Moschus, as
it agrees with it in the large size and vesicular form of the ear-bones;
but the Traguli are easily known from the Hyemoschi by the large size
and triangular form of the hinder part of their intermaxillaries, which
reach to the nasals and form the front part of the cheek in these
animals.

1. Moscuus.—Nasal bones linear-elongate; ear-bones small, in-
closed; intermaxillaries large, produced behind, narrow, and extended
far beyond the base of the uppercanines. MM. moschiferus, M. leuco-
gaster, M. chrysogaster.

2. TraguLus.—Nasal bones elongate, rather dilated and truncated
behind; ear-bones large, vesicular ; intermaxillaries large, triangular,
broad, oblique, truncated behind, hardly produced beyond the base
of the upper canines between the maxillaries and the nasal bones.
T. javanica, T. Stanleyanus (M. ecaudatus, Temm. MSS.).

3. Hyremoscuus.—Nasalbones short, dilated,and truncated behind.
Ear-bones large, vesicular; intermaxillaries small, short, scarcely
dilated behind on the front of the maxillaries, and not extended be-
yond the base of the upper canines. H, aguaticus.—J. E. Gray,

Miscellaneous. 351

OCCURRENCE OF AQUILA N#VIA IN IRELAND.

Clonmel, Oct. 7, 1845.
To Richard Taylor.

Dear Friznv,—At the request of my friend William ‘Thompson
of Belfast, I write to inform thee of the occurrence in the south of
Ireland of an eagle new to these countries, Aquila nevia (Linn.). I
need enter into no description of the bird, as of course it is well-de-
scribed in works on continental ornithology, but will just remark,
that it is in the immature or spotted stage of plumage ; in contour it
closely resembles the golden eagle, but is much smaller.

This specimen (which is now in my possession on loan) was shot
on the estate of the Earl of Shannon, and was in a fallow-field in the
act of devouring a rabbit at the time; this was in lst month (Jan.)
1845 ; and another said to be similarly marked, but of rather a lighter
colour, is stated to have been shot in the same place a few days be-
fore : both had been observed in the neighbourhood (between Castle-
martyr and Clay Castle near Youghal, co. Cork) for several weeks
previous, sweeping over the low grounds there.

It at present belongs to my friend Samuel Moss of Youghal, who
had it from the gamekeeper who killed it, but I think it is probable
that before long it will be placed in the Museum of ‘Trinity College,
Dublin.

I have made a rough coloured drawing of it which I sent to Wm.
Yarrell *, with similar information to what this note contains.

I am, thy friend,

Ropert Dass, Jun. ie

ON MOUNTING MINUTE ALGH FOR THE MICROSCOPE.

In describing the method pursued by Mr. 'Thwaites in the prepa-
ration of algze for microscopical observation, I stated that the cells
were made of gold-size. As this is however liable to be softened
and redissolved by the gold-size employed in fastening down the
piece of thin glass, he found it advisable to look out for some more
convenient substance.

He now uses two compositions, one suitable for very shallow, and
the other for somewhat deeper cells. For the former he takes equal
measures of finely-powdered lamp-black and litharge; a portion of
this is rubbed down with equal parts of gold-size and black japan,
and the cells immediately formed on the glass slides with a camel’s
hair pencil. As the composition hardens very rapidly, the cells
should be made as quick as possible, and to save time and trouble, a
good many should be made at once. If the mixture becomes too
thick for use before all the intended cells have been made, a little
more gold-size may be rubbed down with it, and this may be repeated
if necessary, but the last-made cells will take longer drying than the
first. Before the walls are quite hard, they may be flattened by
pressing them with a piece of wet glass. If this is not done, it takes

* For insertion in his 2nd edition of ‘ British Birds,’ expected to appear
next month.

352 Miscellaneous.

a longer time to grind down the irregularities of the surface, which
is best effected by rubbing them upon a piece of wet unpolished
marble.

For the deeper cells Mr. Thwaites finds nothing so good as marine
glue, which must be melted and dropped on the slip of glass, like
sealing-wax, then warmed and flattened with a piece of wet glass:
what is superfluous must be cut away with a knife, so as to leave
only the wall of the cell; should this become loose, it ean easily be
fixed by heating the other side of the slip of glass over a spirit-lamp
and gently pressing. Before these cells are used, it is desirable to
flatten them by rubbing gently upon a piece of wood and then upon
the wet marble.

In using the cells, as small a quantity as possible of gold-size,
of a thick consistence, should be laid on the wall of the cell, and also
on the edge of the piece of thin glass ; and in covering up the cells,
gentle pressure should be employed in order to squeeze out the su-
perfluous fluid.

It would be a very useful thing for travellers to take with them
the proper ingredients for preparing the two solutions for fresh and
marine algee. A portion of each species of alga might then be pre-
served in small phials carefully sealed and ticketed, which may be
mounted and observed at leisure. The benefit of such a practice has
been strongly impressed upon me during the examination of some
highly curious foreign alge which have lost many of their distinctive
characters in drying. M. J. BerKELey.

On the Discovery of a Fossil Frog and Butterfly in the Gypsum Deposits
of Air. By M. Coquann.

Among the fossils in my possession from the gypsum formation of
Aix, a remarkable and very distinct impression of a reptile belonging
to the order of the Batracians, and to the family Anoure, has par-
ticularly caught my attention: M. Boué (Guide du Géol. vol. ii.
p. 259) notices indeed, in the tertiary formations, the presence of
some reptiles, such as salamanders, frogs and ophidians ; but as
he does not enter into any details, either of their description or the
localities in which they have been found, the palzontologist will
perhaps read with interest some details respecting the species in my
possession. Its dimensions are as follows :—

Millimetres Millimetres
Total length of the body, inclu- Cubitus and radius ...........0606
dune the Weg oo escossstess 32 truncated in part...sc2sci2e.&
Great diameter of the head ... 13 | Femur ............ devcumaseeee donee
Transversal diameter ...scc..sees Srl SED a cee ns aacceat Siaecaa heeeaSe agit 9)
Diameter of the sternum at the TATSUSieswoscsessa nate eee 7
origin of the anterior feet .... 9 | Toe of the posterior foot ......... 5
Length of the humerus ......... 6

The body of this species, which I shall name Rana aquensis, is not
so plump as that of the common frog; its head, although as flat, is
more elongated, and is terminated by a snout which describes an al-

Miscellaneous. 353

most perfect oval. The bones of the hind feet are proportionably
longer, although less strong; lastly, its form is much more slender
than that of the other Anourous Batracians, and may belong as well
to the Frogs properly so called as to the Tree- frogs (Hyla), which
differ from the former only in the extremity of each of their toes,
which is enlarged and rounded into a kind of viscous swelling. But,
as may be imagined, this character has not been preserved. The
Rana aquensis has preserved a portion of its skin; there is scarcely
any part but the feet which has been deprived of it, and these are
represented by the bones which form their skeleton. As may be
judged by its dimensions, this fossil frog is small, and its form is far
from corresponding to the idea which we may form of the tertiary
fauna of Aix, if we imagine it among the palm-trees, the crocodiles
and other animals which have left their remains in the gypsiferous
marls.

It is well known, that when the discovery of a diurnal lepidopterous
insect in the same formation was announced to the Entomological So-
ciety of Paris, M. Boisduval, one of the most celebrated entomologists
in Europe, considered the fact as so novel, that he would not credit it
until he had examined the specimen. As this discovery has passed,
we may say, unnoticed, I shall be pardoned for entering into some
details on the almost miraculous occurrence which enabled M. Bois-
duval not only to recognise the genus to which this butterfly be-
longed, but also to determine its species with the greatest ease. As the
opinion of this naturalist perfectly agrees with the ideas which I have
previously entertained and published on the probable temperature of
the globe at the period of the deposit of the gypsums of Aix, I can-
not resist supporting my opinion by such an authority, especially as
M. de Serres (Géognosie des Terrains Tertiaires, p. 220, &c.) states
that the genera of fossil insects of that locality are mostly identical
with those which now inhabit Provence and more southern climates,
as Sicily and Calabria ; and as M. Boué ( Guide, ii. p. 286) says that
it is well-known that the fossil plants and fishes of Aix are most nearly
related to the vegetables and marine fishes of Provence, whilst it has
been proved that the gypsiferous marls of Aix are essentially of a la-
custrine origin, and that no maritime plant or animal has ever been
discovered there. Mr. Curtis (Edinburgh New Phil. Journal, Oct.
1829) in the same manner refers all the specimens from Aix to still
existing forms. Now as the gypsums of Aix are inferior to the ma-
rine molasses of the central beds, containing animals the greater part
of whose genera only live in the tropical regions, the occurrence in
a lower stratum of species still existing in the country or in the ad-
joining countries, established a fact of anomalous distribution, and a
contradiction, not only to almost all known facts, but also to the
presence in the same stratum of crocodiles, palm-trees, and other
species of warm climates. We must therefore consider the conclu-
sions advanced by the naturalists whom we have cited as the result
of erroneous determinations, into which the specialty of M. Boisdu-
val has prevented his falling. That entomologist discovers, ‘ that
the most common species of insects of the gypsiferous beds of Aix

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2¢

354 Miscellaneous.

are aspecies of Diptera of the genus Bibio or Cecidomya, several spe-
cies of Tipularie, large Curculionites allied to the Otiorhynchus, larvee or
nymphs of Libellule, Blatte, Ichneumonide, Formicide and Arach-
nida. All these fossils belong to extinct species, but their genera,
which still exist, do not occur in Europe.

«‘ The diurnal lepidopterous insect belongs to one of those genera
the species of which are not numerous, and are at present confined to
the islands of the Indian Archipelago or the warmest countries of the
Asiatic continent. According to M. Blum of Leyden, they hover
around the palm-trees, on which perhaps they feed in the state of
caterpillars. The individual which has been named sepulta, to recall
its antediluvian origin, belongs to the genus Cy/lo, and is allied to
the Rohria, Camnus, and other neighbouring species ; but it cannot
be referred to any of those known at the present day.

“‘ The outline and form of this insect are so well-preserved, that one
might imagine it lithographed on a schist: only the right side is
alone preserved, which is perfectly untouched, with a portion of the
thorax and a slight impression of the abdomen. The upper wing is
in great part hidden by the under one, and it is impossible to say
whether it presents other delineations than an apical ocellus sur-
mounted by a white point; the other, the whole surface of which is
seen, is of a brownish gray colour, as in the allied species, with a
white costal spot, a sinuated, median transverse band, of the same
colour, followed by two black ocelli bordered in white, connected
exteriorly with two white spots. The extremity of this same wing
is rather paler, almost whitish, and divided, as in most of the living
species, by two parallel brown marginal lines. The caudal appendix
is rather longer than in the Rofria, but situated in the same manner.
The preservation of the specimen admits of distinguishing the out-
line, and probably the true colour of the butterfly as it was before
its incrustation.”

I am not sufficiently acquainted with the species of exotic frogs
to be able to compare them with the Rana aquensis, but I can assert
that it differs entirely from those which exist in Europe. 1 await a
favourable opportunity to allow me to describe and publish the fossil
insects which for the last ten years I have collected in the gypsiferous
beds of Aix; the number of the species I possess at the present time
amounts to more than sixty.— Bulletin de la Société Géologique de
France, April 21st, 1845.

On a curious appearance presented by the contents of the Capsules of a
Moss from Chili, extracted from a Letter to the Rev. M. J. BrERKE-
LEY, by Dr. Montaene.

‘“‘T was engaged in describing for the Cryptogamic flora of Chili
a new genus allied to Weissia, and in consequence was desirous of
ascertaining the form and structure of the spores in the species which
I had before me. What was my surprise to find, instead of spores
in every capsule which ] opened, a kind of gemmz analogous to those
which occur in the cups of Marchantia! They have not indeed the

Miscellaneous. 355

same form, but their structure is the same, or at least appeared to
me to be so. They are wedge-shaped or parallelogrammic, about
;isths of a millimetre in length, and from ;4,ths to ,$,ths in breadth.
It is very difficult to ascertain their thickness, but I believe it to be
about a third of their length. They are composed of at least two
layers of two or three rows of broad cells on either surface, as vi-
sible under the microscope. Their colour is a deep green verging
on bistre. I know of nothing at all similar in the family of Mosses,
and at least in a physiological point of view, the fact is not unim-
portant. It must be observed that the capsules were quite ripe,
having already lost their opercula, so that the question is not one of
unripe spores. The species in which this curious structure was ob-
served is Hucamptodon perichatialis, Mont.”

Dr. Montagne kindly accompanied his observations with speci-
mens, which has enabled me to confirm their correctness.—M. J. B.

M. Aeassiz on the Geological Development of Animal Life.

The Zoophytes, Mollusca and Articulata existed in the earliest pe-
riod of the earth’s development, although all their classes were not
numerously represented in the oldest members; but they do not al-
low of our supposing that any progressive perfection to the present
creation occurred. This is the case with the Vertebrata only, among
which fish appeared in the first period, reptiles in the second ; mam-
malia and birds did not appear for a long time after the former ; lastly
came man, as lord of all: hence M. Agassiz denominates the corre-
sponding periods, those of fish, reptiles and mammalia.

The greatest change in the fish occurred at the end of the Jura
period. All fish which existed prior to the chalk have a peculiar
aspect and belong in general to extinct families; those of the later
epochs resemble those now living, and many of them belong to fa-
milies and genera at present in existence; but they all differ speci-
fically, just as all Vertebrata in different geological epochs differ in
species. —Jahrbuch fiir Mineralog. Geolog. &c., Part 3. 1845.

EXPLORATIONS OF DR. SCHRENK.

The extreme limits of the wild and remote regions of south-eastern
Siberia and along the Chinese frontier have been successfully ex-
plored by an able and enterprising botanist, Dr. Schrenk, who has
recently returned to St. Petersburg. Remote and unfriended, this
ardent naturalist has passed four years in a country, the greater part
of which was never before trodden by an European foot. In addition
to copious materials with which he will soon enrich botany, geology,
and other branches of science, he has made most important obser-
vations on the eastern extension of the mass of land which forms a
portion of that vast depressed area so vividly brought before our con-
sideration by Humboldt, and which is now found to extend eastward
from the shores of the Aral to the Saissar and Balkash lakes ; though
in approaching the latter region the ground rises to a few hundred
feet above the sea. Thence penetrating to the lake of Issikul, sur-
rounded by lofty mountains considerably south of the range of the

202

356 Miscellaneous.

Altai chain, and obtaining from one of them a view of the Thian-
Chan, whose height he estimates from 16,000 to 17,000 feet, neariy
one-half being covered with eternal snows, Dr. Schrenk won for him-
self the proud title of being the first European who had pushed his
researches to the northern foot of the “celestial mountains” of the
Chinese empire. It is indeed quite clear, from what I already know
of them, that Dr. Schrenk’s researches must materially change all
earlier maps ; for though the lake Balkash is laid down, the Issikul
does not appear, at least not by that name. Again, the sources of
the Tchu river, and its course into the Telekul lake, and the occa-
sional communication between that lake and the Jaxartes (Sir Daria);
the true course of the latter stream is the country watered by the
upper streams of the Sara Su-a-Ishein, where alone the beautiful
mineral “ dioptase”’ is found.—From the Anniversary Address of the
President of the Royal Geographical Society.

Description of three new species of Bivalve Shells, of the genera Cy-
therea and Venus, by Sytvanus Haney, Esq.

Cyturrea Ovum. Cy. testd ovatd, solidissimd, equivalvi, ventri-
cosd, nitidd, levigatd, albidd, epidermide fulvad indutd ; margine
ventrali integro, arcuato; dorsali, utringue convexiusculo et sub-
declivi; latere antico rotundato ; postico obtuse subangulato, su-
perne glauco-cineraceo; natibus recte incurvatis, se@pe erosis ;
lunuld obsoletd ; superficie interna albida, postice livido-purpuras-
cente infectd; dente postico leviter crenulato; sinu palliari vix
wlio. Long. 0°90; lat. 1-20 poll.

Index Test., sup. t. 15. f.21. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

Hab. ?

Remarkable for its peculiar solidity and the equality of its sides.
It bears a slight resemblance to the true castu of Chemnitz, but is a
more ovate shell.

Venus Brueuirrt. Ven. testd oblongd, solidiusculd, subnitidd, con-
vead, valdé inequilaterali, aut pallide brunned, radiis paucis albis
ornatd, aut fusco-cineraced, radiis saturatioribus angustis remotis
interruptim pictd ; radiatim sulcatd ; sulcis in medio subimbricatis,
utrinque subdecussatis, et postice in costellas (plerumque subgra-
nosas) mutatis ; margine ventrali subrecto aut pauld convexiusculo;
dorsali, posticé vix declivi, subrecto aut convexiusculo, antice sub-
declivi et convexiusculo ; extremitate anticd rotundata ; latere pos-
tico producto, obtuse et oblique biangulato ; margine postico magis
minusve convero; natibus curvatis et radio brevi livido postice
ornatis ; lunuld subobsoletd ; ligamento subinfosso ; margine cardi-
nali intus purpureo ; dentibus angustis, recurvis, parallelis. Long.
0°85; lat. 1°40 poll.

Index Test., sup. t. 15. f.59. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

Hab. ?

Belonging to the section Pullastra, and allied to decussata, but
easily distinguishable by its shape and peculiar sculpture. It has how-
ever been figured for that species in the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique,’
pl. 283. f. 4.

Miscellaneous. 357

Venus macnirica. Ven. testd suborbiculari, subcordatd, tumidd

aut ventricosd, solidissimd, valde inequilaterali ; margines versis
purpurco tinctd, umbones versis albidd brunneo sparsim maculaté ;
lineis concentricis, sulcisque radiantibus decussatd ; lineis, antic
undosis et pauld elevatis, postice obsoletis, medio planulatis et sur-
sim spectantibus ; sulcis frequentibus, profundis ; margine vea-
trali arcuato, intusque crenato; dorsali, antice convezo et declivi,
postice convezo et vix declivi ; latere postico majore, obtuso ; nati-
bus maxime curvatis; pube, lunuldque prominente cordiform?,
livido-purpureis ; ligamento infosso ; superficie internd albidd, im-
maculatd ; dentibus ut in VY. puerpera. Long. 5°; lat. 5 poll.

Hab. Ticao, on the sands; Cuming. Mus. Cuming.

This splendid shell is most closely allied to puerpera, but the ces-
sation of the concentric ridges on the posterior side, the tinge of
purple which environs the whole margin, and the absence of any
coloured rays, enable us at once to separate them. The concentric
lines gradually become less elevated and more distant towards the
lower margin, and finally (in the adult) entirely disappear. The ra-
diating sulci in aged specimens are so broad at their extremity as to
give the interstitial spaces the appearance of costelle.

ON THE LARUS CAPISTRATUS, TEMM.

At the meeting of the Zoological Society, May 27, Mr. W. Thomp-
son read a paper to prove that the Larus capistratus, 'Temm., is not
a distinct species from L. ridibundus, and exhibited a series of speci-
mens of both forms in different states of plumage obtained in the
neighbourhood of Belfast. ‘The differences between these supposed
species are—

Ist. In size; but a female specimen of L. ridibundus, with black
hood, bill and legs arterial blood-red, was exhibited, agreeing in the
size of body, tarsi, &c. with L. capistratus.

2nd. The colour of the tarsi and toes attributed to L. capistratus,
and as distinguishing it from L. ridibundus, is a mere transition shade,
through which all individuals of the latter pass before the arterial
blood-red hue is attained.

3rd. The disposition of black or brown on the head, its taking the
form of a mask, as in L. capistratus, or as a hood, as in L. ridibundus,
is either transitional or accidental*, and the shade of colour com-
monly varies from the “‘ broccoli-brown”’ of the former to the deeper
tint of the ordinary L. ridibundus.

A specimen of the L. capistratus, purchased at the sale of Bullock’s
collection by Dr. Leach, and believed to have been one of the first
birds seen by Temminck, to which he gave this name, is now in the
British Museum. By the kindness of Mr. George R. Gray, the au-
thor was enabled to make a critical comparison of this bird with the
specimens exhibited, and, excepting in the smaller size of the toes and
webs of feet, there was no difference between it and some of them ;

* Mr. Thompson stated that he had known it to be both transitional and
accidental, i.e. for birds to exhibit the mask the first summer of their attain-
ing adult plumage, and others the hed in their first assumpticn of the black
hood.

358 Miscellaneous.

and from the adult female, L. ridibundus, in full summer plumage it
differed in the most trivial manner only.

ON THE DISEASE OF POTATOES. BY PROF. KUTZING.

The diseases of potatoes have of late years attained so unusual an
extent of diffusion, that their investigation must become of universal
importance, especially when we recollect that this is the only means
of ascertaining the cause of the disease.

During the present year a disease has appeared in the potatoes grow-
ing around Nordhausen with which the author of this communication
was not previously acquainted; nor is it mentioned in the writings
which have in modern times treated of the diseases of potatoes.

It is of a totally different nature from the so-called dry-rot (caries
of the tubers), in which the starch granules become so altered as to
exhibit minute brown fungi similar to those of corn-smut, and the
cellular tissue which surrounds these bodies becomes destroyed or
dissolved at a subsequent period only. In the disease of the present
year an alteration and solution of the cellular tissue alone is visible,
the starch granules remaining within it in a sound and unaltered
state. For this reason I have called it cell-rot.

The cell-rot at first appears just beneath the cuticle of the tubers,
and always extends from thence towards the interior. It constantly
commences with a brownish discoloration of the substance, which
at first is still firm and solid, but gradually assumes a lighter and
darker colour until it is dissolved and forms a greasy, soft, dark brown
(sometimes verging to violet) mass, which possesses a foetid odour.

On microscopic examination perfectly healthy starch granules
may be detected in all the stages of the disease, a proof that the
true nutritious ingredient is not destroyed by this change. But the
cells, which contain these starch granules, and which in the healthy
substance are clear, colourless and extraordinarily transparent, even
in the earliest stage of the disease appear of a yellowish colour, and
the membrane exhibits a finely granular structure which impairs their
transparency. As the disease progresses the colour and granular
structure of the surface of the cells increase, until at last they are
either partially or completely dissolved, the starch granules pass out
of them and become mixed with the decomposed mass. At this pe-
riod we find in the fluid decomposed cellular mass a fine filamentous
fungus, which frequently extends to the surface of the diseased cells,
and is diffused through the soft mass in a ramified form or united
into bundles. Its formation, as I have satisfactorily observed, is a
consequence of the decomposition of the cells, for it is not present
in the earliest stage of the disease.

The cause of this disease appears to depend partly upon too great
an amount of moisture, partly on too copious a supply of manure to
the soil: both induce too rapid a growth of the tubers, which renders
the formation of a strong and durable cellular membrane impossible.
Moreover, all the potatoes which have experienced the cell-rot con-
tain a much lerger amount of aqueous constituents than the sound
ones. It may be expected that the disease of the tubers which are
laid up for winter store will extend itself and finally destroy them,

Meteorological Observations. 359

if care be not taken to preserve them in a dry place, whereby a por-
tion of the excess of moisture may be removed. The author has
found that the disease remains stationary when they are dried; at
least at the end of several weeks it had not attacked the neighbour-
ing parts. These diseased potatoes might be used to obtain potatoe-
starch, as also for distillation, without there being any necessity for
throwing away the diseased portions or even those which have be-
come putrid; in the preparation of starch, however, the washing
must be continued longer than usual. They may also be used with-
out injury, after having been boiled, to feed cattle upon, but the
water in which they are boiled should be thrown away. They are
perfectly useless for planting, for the disease is found generally to
extend from those points at which the young buds are situated; the
germ is also frequently destroyed.—Bot. Zeitung, Oct. 10, 1845.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1845.

Chiswick.—September 1. Thick haze: fine. 2, 3. Overcast. 4. Dense dark
clouds: clear. 5. Cold and overcast. 6. Hazy: fine. 7. Cloudless and very
fine, 8. Foggy: clearand fine. 9. Foggy: clear. 10. Foggy: uniformly
overcast: slight rain. 11. Overcast throughout. 12. Slight haze: clear. 13.
Thick fog: very fine. 14. Densely overcast: showery. 15. Hazy: very heavy
rain: clear at night. 16, Thickly overcast: heavy rain: boisterous at night.
17. Overcast: rain: boisterous throughout. 18. Very boisterous, with showers :
clear at night. 19. Boisterous. 20. Fine: rain at night. 21. Densely overcast:
rain. 22. Clear: partially overcast and fine. 23. Cloudy: frosty at night.
24, Clear and frosty: very fine, with bright sun: clear. 25. Densely overcast :
drizzly. 26. Slight haze: cloudless and fine. 27. Uniformly overcast: slight
drizzle: rain at night. 28. Cloudy throughout: clear. 29. Densely overcast :
rain. 30. Cloudy and fine.—Mean temperature of the month 4-8,° below the
average.

Boston.—Sept. 1—5. Cloudy. 6—9. Fine. 10,11. Cloudy. 12. Fine.
13. Foggy. 14. Rain: rain early a.m. 15. Cloudy: rain, with thunder and
lightning v.m. 16. Fine: rainearly a.m. 17. Rain: rain earlya.m. 18, Cloudy.
19. Windy. 20. Fine. 21. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raine.M. 22. Cloudy:
rainearly a.m. 23, 24. Fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine. 27, Cloudy: rain a.m.
28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1. Haze: clear. 2. Clear. 3. Cloudy*: clear.
4. Cloudy. 5. Clear. 6. Fog: cloudy. 7. Bright: cloudy. 8. Rain. 9.
Damp. 10. Fine: clear. 11. Bright: clear. 12. Cloudy. 13. Bright: cloudy.
14, Damp: clear. 15. Cloudy: clear. 16. Bright: clear. 17. Bright: cloudy.
18. Rain: clondy. 19. Bright: clear. 20. Bright: cloudy. 21,22. Showers:
cloudy. 23. Bright: cloudy. 24. Cloudy. 25. Rain: clear: aurora borealis,
26,27. Showers. 28. Hail-showers : showers : sleet. 29. Showers. 30. Cloudy :
showers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Sept. 1—4. Fine, though cloudy. 5. Fine,
but clear. 6. Fair, but cloudy. 7. Fair and clear: raw frost. 8. Fair, but
cloudy. 9. Rain all day. 10, Fair, but cloudy. 11. Fair and fine. 12. Very
fine. 13. Moist andcloudy. 14. Showers. 15. Hoar-frost: showera.m. 16.
Fair, but cloudy. 17. Heavy rain. 18, Very heavyrain. 19, 20. Rain p.m.
21. Fair and drying. 22, 23, Very fine: hoar-frost. 24. Wet a.m.: cleared up.
25, 26. Fair and clear. 27, 28, Heavy rain. 29, 30. Showers p.m.

Mean temperature of the month .........secsesssseeseesees 5§2°°4
Mean temperature of Sept. 1844 .......cceccevseeves ei ASO
Mean temperature of Sept. for 23 years ..........esceeees 53 ‘0

* This morning there was a fall of ashes over all Orkney apparently volcanic,
and supposed to be wafted from Iceland.

seeore

purg
410

“YOM
‘fou

| L-¥S leo.0P LG-P9 |29L-66

LEL-66 |19L-62 | SV-6%

*UBaTA]

9@-1 | LL-1 8SL-62 £28-6% 196-62
10. |.ems | cms |urjeo) “ms | Sh | f6h | 9) SS} 0G) Ih | zg | €z-60 | Lz-60 | ZP-62 | OF.62 00-66 arr 09
“99/99. |emss | «ms | ujeo| “ms | OF | fop | fv | 799 /G-gh| sb | 72O | ZE-6z | €P-6z | SP-60) 09-62 | LP-6G £92.62 646-62) “6%
sere eg. [rete] om | ems | urea] “™ | Lb | ¥gh [PV | FPS| 9G) 9€ | £9 | LE-6z | 72-62 | 09-62 | 08.60 ££-6% PSe.6c LE6.64) ‘87
rereesieseree’ 2, | om | eg | ueo| ‘ms | 0G | zG |¥97| 09] 09] 8b | 09 | 80-62 | 21-62 | SV.60| OF-62 | S7-6% 061-62 16-62) ‘Lz
sence es eeeees) gg “s | urea) “a gb | es | fpr) f9S| 6r| oF | So | 9S-6z | LV.6z | 99-62 |. £S-6z | 08-62 OPL-6 $76.62 | “92
‘mss | *m | Wye} °S er | $0¢ | $27) $89} 19] g& | 29 | 6£-6% | 8&-6z | 8V-6%| 67-62 | EP-60 269-62 258-60) “Se
*s | ms |wyeo| ‘@ | 0G | 19] 2€| SSG.sh| LE | 79 | 89-60 | 66-62-| 8-62 | OT-0€ | $8-66 910.08 2hZ.08 | “Tz
sersesleseeeel’ ou | sag | urea] ‘ou | £09 | Ph | FE) FES| gh! OF | FS. |S1-0€ |90.0€ | 8I-0F | 80-0€ | 99.62 |110.0€ €22-0€ "ez
68. er] smu femum}] om | “A trp | sb |fer) 9S) 19) 2b | Fo | $8-6% | 99.6% | 88-62 | 89-62 | S9-6% 289.62 976.6%) *7%
60- | 31. |*auu|mum| woo! *s | Pp | $Sh | 19/469) SS) GP | So |%9.6z | EV.6e | O£-66| PE-60 | 60-66 S1E-6c 8ES-66) “1G
6z- | cau |tasozs| mea} Ss ep | 9p | $26) $89! 2o| 29 | z9 | 99-60 | 8L.6z | 6P-62% | FL-62 | 0S-6% 069.62 286.62 | ‘0%
trees mumemum| cm | cas | tpp | LP | Le] gS] 99] TE | So | LL-6% |9P-6c | GL.6Z| LE-62| 00-62 |189-62 966.60) “61
‘eel to. | Zo. | auu| ‘a | wyeo| ‘ms | £6p |. 2G | 429! 8S| 09] Sh | So | $z-6% |PT1-6z | F0-62| 16-8z | 8L-8% |1L2.6z 867.62 | “BI
“| DC. 61. | ‘a [803 a; wyeo| ms | Zo | 9G | 2G} 09} 09) SS | 9 | 90.6% PE.6z | L6.8%| PI-6% | 06-82 'L6E.62 9LV.6z| “LI
sess bz. | Lp. [eseee | cm foupeo | ‘as | ¥6h | f9G | of fo9, S| PS | FO | 1P.62 |PP-6z | ZE-60| PP.6c | 61-60 LeP.6z 669-62 “OI
seers] 10, | Gh. | ms | *s | wyeo| ‘au |: of | 2G | 9£| 19| a9} €P.| LG. | OV-62% | 0P-6z | 8E-62.| SE-6z £6-8% €S£.6z |119-6z |. “S10
S1.0'90. |Z0-. | -mu |'msm|uujeo| “ms | 1G | $G¢ | €G| LG] L9| 6€ | IZ | 9£-6z |8E-6z | 1£-60| 8£-6z |. S0-6c OLb.6z 665-62 |. “71
Seceesitrreee HQ, | sag | «s | upeo| ‘as | PS | €¢ | $19) 499 \9-09| €S | 1Z.| 19-60 |$8-6z | 99-62 | 08-62 | 0S-62, |0S2.6z 0€6-62 |, “ET
seseesiereees eevee! os | emu | upeo| om | 6p | $e¢ | 67) So} 19] Zh | OL | £0.0€ |80-.08 | 16.62 | £6-6z | SP-6% FE6-60 $56.62 | “OI
saceariereesieaceeel egg | eau | upea| ‘au |’ OG | $19 | LV) 09) 99| VS | 19 | 80-0F |£1.0€ $6.62 | 0-08 | $5.62 996-62 8£0-0€ | “11
sesseeleseree! 7g, | caso | cou | cou | ‘ou | gh | €¢ |¥19/ 69) 79] €S | OL-|.Ps-0€ |€2-0€ | 11-0€| O1-0€ | 49-62% |126.6c |S80-0€ | “OT
‘a | +s |uqeo| ‘ms | 19] [9 | 19| 69| 89] OF | gL |00-08 |PL.6z'| $8-6z| 06.62 | £9-62/Z00-0€ 201-08 | °6 ©
sesseeeeeel omg | sg | uuqea| ‘ou | 9G | zG |fgh| 29| LG} LE | 1L-|88-6z | £6.62 | 10-0€| F0-0F | 04-62./860-0€ |S11-0€ | *8
ssseesiaceees| oovene] eg | ca |. cau | OG | $99 /F2h| zo] 09] OF |. 69 |CI-0F (£20 | O1-0€ | 02-0 | SL-60-/261-0€ |LET.O€ |. “2
teseesisreeeel og | ems | ca | tou | 19 | ZG |for) ¥8S| 6S} BE | €9 |8Z-0F |PZ-0€ | 61-0€ | 61-0€ | SLOG |ILT-0€ OPT.0F | “9
tered 7g, [eeeeee| ca | uneo| cou | 6P | €¢ |§Zh! zo G-7S| 0G | 09 | P2-0F |P2-0€ | 91-0€ | 9T-0€ | 84-62 €0T-0F |OPL.O€ | °S
ereeel overs | cou | unpva | ‘ou zo | #61 0G| 19| #9] EF | FO |2z-0€ |9-0€ | LI-0€ | LT.0€ | 08.62 jOSI-0€ |S0z.08 | “V
sees] ouu | cou fuyeo| ‘au | $1¢ | €¢ |fer| Po] LS| 1h | €9 |3z-0€ |Lz-08 | V1-0€ | 0-0€ | 62-60 |SgT-0£ |10z.08 | “€
sever! emu | cou joufea |. caus] 29 | $29 | 499] 99] 6S) LY | FO |9%-0€ {22-08 | 8I1-0€| 91-08 | 62-62 |89T-0€ 621-08 | “%
seers] emu {sem | cau | -ou-| 19 | $5 |¥7S/¥69| 6S] OS | 99 |Lz-0€ |Lz-0€ | 61-08) Lz-0€ | 64-62 008-0€ |g2z.08 | “1 @
omne re eee alles a 2 ‘urd ‘ure ‘urd “ule : oes “ydag
1s Salto a a= ie] kesh fetal ea = = nets ES : wel cs He} vine Sh lan ae
Rie ee Pree eR ye | ae Tuto |-soujuing 2S | -yormsryg uno. | ouusssenguina | + > somnsy | St
: i oe
“uIey “PUT AN -JoOWOUULDY, “JOJOULOIVG S

*KANWUQ ‘asunpy younpung 70 “uoysNo[D "OD

wo Fea, “al 49 SuopuoT uvau

‘MOIMSIHD 70 hjars0g yD

"aay 947 Ag pup SaUIHS-saruswac ‘asunpyy Yunsayddy yo ‘equa * Ay “Ady 9/7 fig {NoLsog

ingnoyopy ayy fo uapiny ayz qv uosdwoyy, IN 49 apo suoymasasge 7v980;0L09j9 AT

7

teh ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 107. DECEMBER 1845.

XXXIX.—Remarks on some forms of Rubus. By T. Bev
Sater, M.D., F.L.S. &c.*

Tue object of the present communication is to bring forward the
results of some extended rather than any very elaborate obser-
vations on several forms of the fraticose Rubi, as well as to make
some general observations on the group itself. With the latter
considerations my remarks more naturally commence.

It is not a little striking, and it has already called forth many
strmgent and some severe remarks, that out of what was so long
considered as one, two or three species, so many new ones should
in such quick succession be enumerated; that—while all admit the
difficulty of distinguishing species and estimating the value of
their characters, and agree as to the fact of many different forms
appearing to pass into “each other »—yet every one who comes to
the work should appear thus ready and eager to add new species,
and with them, it may be thought, new difficulties to the task.

That in this eager endeavour to distinguish forms and esta-
blish them by definite names, an undue value—that of enume-
rating mere forms as species—has been given to many of them,
there can be no doubt ; and it is one of the objects of this paper
to reduce some of these to their respective species. In some cases,
where the enumerated so-called species are rather numerous and
the forms variable, it has required a careful analysis to arrive at
anything like a satisfactory conclusion. The reason of the diffi-
culty in this kind of analysis, is one which applies fundamentally
to the study of the group, and which has cast the greatest slur
on the labours of its students. It is this :—

That the different characters are often not coincident ; that while
some several observed characters have been assumed to consti-
tute one species, and other several characters another,—certain
of these in other forms are found otherwise combined, and this in

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Nov. 13, 1845,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2D

362 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

almost endless variety. Where such can be distinctly proved to
be the case, we consider that all these forms mest be received as
constituting one species, and the former so-called species be con-
sidered as varieties merely, with their former names as convenient
synonyms. True, there will yet be the parallel difficulty, that all
of the forms cannot always be referred to one of these named
varieties, without presenting some characters which would rather
indicate them as belonging to another ; in other words, there will
yet be intermediate forms ; but we hold that while these interme-
diates im varieties prove the species, imtermediates in species are
the very opprobrium of classification.

We cannot leave this pomt without adding, that we wish to
make no reflection on the work of those who may, and we think
have, thus too much divided ; their labours have done’ too much
to assist their followers to admit of this ; and we would add, while
we agree with those who believe tik there yet remain many,
separated as species which should be united, that it is only the
part of sound philosophy, where distinctions have been made, to
receive them as they stand, until by further observation we can
satisfactorily prove them to be erroneous.

Independently of, and quite different from, on the one hand the
gradual development and growth, and the final assumption of the
adult form in both the animal and vegetable kmgdoms ; and on
the other hand equally distinct from the changes of form known
as metamorphoses in some tribes of the former, is a certain other
development consisting of successions of arrested minor deve-
lopments, some of ‘which though not final, inasmuch as they are
in some sort mature or even adult, may occasion and have occa-
sioned difficulties in the distinguishing of species. This fact, as
referring in the animal kingdom to some tribes of birds, is suffi-
ciently familiar. An analogous case is afforded in the Polypo-
diacee, many species of w hich, in addition to the few successions
of early fronds which mature and perish, each succeeding one de-
veloping itself to a greater degree than its predecessor, produce
some so far adult as to fructify and appear in every respect per-
fect plants, before the existence of that form which is more pro-
perly the adult and permanent form of the plant,—a fact which
has in that natural family been the cause of some confusion*.

The above remarks are introduced in this place to illustrate
what appears to be the course of development in the Rubi. The
surculi from young roots, like fronds from young rhizomata, have
very little the appearance of those of the same species which are
truly adult ; indeed so little, that, as in them, the species cannot
with certainty be determined. The analogy holds further ; for

* Newman’s British Ferns, p. 208. Phytologist, ii. p. 194.

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 363

anteriorly to the appearance of shoots of the final form, are yet
some which even flower and mature their fruit, and it is these
which may be most apt to mislead. There is reason too to believe
that in some instances, the plants, from local causes, become ar-
rested permanently at this stage of their development. [ shall
have an instance of this nature to record in one of the forms I
propose describing in this paper.

On the subject of the growth and development of Rudi I hope
ere long to have more certain information, as through the kind-
ness of Mr. Lawrence of St. John’s, Isle of Wight, I already have
numerous species under cultivation, many of which are raised
from seed. By this means also I have the advantage of perceiving
the effect of situation on these plants. Already some, which
coming from different situations were in some degree varieties,

have acquired the same form.
' For observations on the effects of soil and situation, I may
refer to some remarks of my own which have appeared in the
‘Phytologist’?*. Observation in St. John’s Garden has already
proved the identity of R. leucostachys (Sm.) and R. vestitus
(W. and N.), since these extremes planted together last year are
this year nearly identical.

To the remarks on the effects of soil and situation I may now
add, that I have since observed that these plants are also much
modified by season.

All the preceding remarks tend rather to point out the diffi-
culties to be met with in distinguishing the species of this group,
than to offer any method by which to meet them. As regards
any general rule for distinguishing species, applicable to the whole
group, or even to the single sections of it, I regret to say that I
have none to offer. An habitual observation of them accus-
toms the eye to recognise the various forms, and I am sanguine
that it has also enabled me, to some extent, correctly to unite
many of these as single species ; but as regards the artificial cha-
racters by which to define them, and especially such as shall
render them easy to be recognised by others, it must be ad-
mitted that in this there is much difficulty. It is on this ac-
count that good figures are so truly valuable for illustrating Rudi,
a fact which has rendered the elaborate and well-executed ‘ Rubi
Germanici ’ of Weihe and Nees of such essential service.

The clothing of the barren shoot and every character pre-
sented by the calyx appear to be hitherto those mostly depended
on. Most of the other parts afford some characters of more or
less value ; doubtless however some might be very much more
employed than they have been, such as the form of the petal and

* Vol. ii. pp. 105, 106.
2D2

364 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

their degree of expansion ; also the form and surface of the seed,
and that of the form of the fruit. This latter has, | am aware,
been employed in the descriptions of many ; but in this genus, as
in Rosa, it 1s desirable to describe the primordial fruit, it having
been pointed out to me by Mr. Thomas Meehan, that the form
of it is far more characteristic, and frequently differs very cons1-
derably from the other fruit.

The date and duration of the flowering period afford somewhat
characteristic distinctions ; some species flowerimg much earlier
and some much later than others ; ; some also passing very quickly
out of flower, while others contmue im bloom durmg nearly the
whole fruiting season, or till actually cut off by the early frosts.

With respect to the value of the characters depending on the
calyx, it may not be out of order to mention im this place, that
though in general constant as to form and vestiture, there 1s one
particular in which it is by no means so, and that is in the foli-
aceous point, in the species in which this appendage exists. When
this is found in any species, as in the genus Rosa, so also in
Rubus, it is extremely variable in degree, “sometimes being little
more than rudimentary, while at others it 1s developed extremely.
This remark applies to some of the forms we shall presently have
to notice.

The leaves, though often presenting a form highly character-
istic m certain species, are yet unfortunately by no means con-
stant, and this both as respects the number of the leaflets and the
form of the latter. With respect to form, there are two kinds of
change to which they are peculiarly lable ; changes which I have
seen In so many species, that I can believe that a// may be subject
to them. And they are, moreover, such complete removes from
what may be considered the normal form of the leaflets, that
several supposed species have been built on these characters. The
one of these alterations is that of beimg laciniated. This some-
times takes place to a very considerable degree, so as almost
completely to mask the species. - The other alteration is one I
have been in the habit of calling the abrupt form of leaf: it con-
sists in the leaflets, the terminal one more particularly, being
abruptly contracted below the point, or nearly truncated with a
slender acuminated point. This latter variation has led to the
naming of several mere varieties as species.

Having premised these general observations, I would proceed
to notice several forms, some of which are now described for the
first time, others as British for the first time ; and notices of others
are introduced for the sake of expressing what appears to have
been misunderstood respecting them, and to refer them to their
true position either as species or as varieties only. The majority
of the forms, eighteen im number, are of the value of varieties

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 365

only, and where this is the case it does not appear needful to give
any description of the character of the species, but only of those
points in which the variety differs from the normal form. This
applies to the first six plants ; for the description of the species
to which these belong I would refer to Babington’s ‘Manual.’ The
last two forms constitute a species which I have long observed in
the Isle of Wight; and the ten intermediate ones, which now ap-
pear grouped as three species, are plants about which the greatest
confusion has existed, both as to the number of species they really
constitute—each being by many held to be a species—and also
as to the naming of them, their names having been transposed
in almost every supposable change.
The forms noticed are numbered continuously.

1. Rubus ideus (l.), var. trifoliatus—Stem polished. Prickles
few. Leaves ternate.
Hab. Morton Lane, Isle of Wight.

This form of Rubus is deserving of notice as a distinct variety.
In addition to the difference of the leaves, it is remarkable for the
extreme freedom from prickles and the bright polish of the stem.
It is mostly interesting from its analogy to the form next to be
noticed.

2. Rubus suberectus (And.), var. trifoliatus—Stem polished.
Prickles very few, small and straight. Panicle lax. Fruit bright
red.

Hab. Apse Castle Wood, Isle of Wight.

A most beautiful form of this variable species, growing abun-
dantly in the wood above-named, and with extreme luxuriance,
sometimes attaiming the height of eight or ten feet. The stem is
almost entirely destitute of prickles and highly polished. It is
very rarely that the /eaves divide so as to be quinate, but this oc-
casionally occurs. Were it not that I have been enabled to trace
a complete series from the occasionally quinate specimens of this
variety to the ordinary form, it would be almost impossible to be-
heve that the extremes of this species could possibly belong to
the same ;—that the Isle of Wight plant with its smooth polished
stem and ternate flaccid leaves could be of the same species with
the vastly prickly plant with stiff pmnate leaves which is found
in the north. There is however almost as much difference in the
extremes of R. zdeus, and it is from the analogy of the form of
it above-mentioned to the present one, that I was so much inter-
ested in meeting with it.

3, Rubus plicatus(W. and N.), var. carinatus— Prickles uncinate.
Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, carinated and

366 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

strongly veined beneath. Panicle simple, peduncles very long.
Fruit deep red.

Hab. Boggy ground at Burnt House, Isle of Wight.

This plant at the first glance has a very distinct appearance,
being considerably smaller than the ordinary forms of R. plicatus,
to which its narrow leaves afford a very strong contrast. The
panicle is very lax, the peduncles remarkably long, and the flowers
large and white, so that when in bloom, with its showy long-
stalked flowers among the shining simple leaves of its racemed
panicle, it has very much the appearance of Prunus Cerasus. The
fruit is of a claret- or blood-red.

Distinct as this appears from the other extremes of R. plicatus,
I have yet traced a continuous series of specimens.

4. Rubus leucostachys (Sm.), var. argenteus.—Stem clothed with
athick,short tomentum. Prickles strong, silky. Leaflets abrupt
or orbicular-acuminate. Panicle tomentose, branched, often
corymbose.

Hab. Near Albourne and Cowford, Mr. Borrer; hedges, Isle
of Wight.
Syn. R. argenteus, Borrer, Herb.

Though this variety passes insensibly into the ordimary form
of leucostachys, yet in its most marked state it is sufficiently re-
markable to deserve notice. It wants the loose shaggy hairs
of the ordinary R. leucostachys, which are replaced by a dense
silvery tomentum. The /eaf is not jagged and very silvery white
beneath. The panicle is ordinarily a branched corymb with large
showy rose-coloured flowers.

Intermediate forms approaching to this variety are extremely
common.

5. Rubus discolor* (W. and N.), var. macroacanthus.— Stem
clothed with scattered, patent, silky hairs. Prickles very strong.
Panicle branched, pubescent.

Hab. Quarr Wood, Isle of Wight.

Syn. R. macroacanthus, WV. and N. Rubi German. p. 44.
tab. 18.

The stem im this variety has not the close glaucous silkiness of
the common &. discolor, nor the absence of hairs like the variety
thyrsoideus+, but a few scattered weak hairs which still leave the
stem a shining appearance. The clothing of the panicle also is

* For the description of the species in Babington’s ‘ Manual’ see 2. fru-
ticosus (L.).
+ Phytologist, ii, p. 104.

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 367

looser than in the ordinary forms of this plant, not being, as it
usually is, a close tomentum, but a loose pubescence. The leaves
are not recurved as in the common form, but are coriaceous and
acuminate, rather abrupt, pale, but not white beneath. The
panicle is much broader than in the normal plant. Still however
the forms are osculant.

6. Rubus discolor (W. and N.), var. argenteus.—Stem with scat-
tered patent hairs. Prickles weak, straight. Panicle branched,
pubescent.

Hab. Bog at Burnt House, Isle of Wight.
Syn. R. argenteus, W. and N. Rubi Germ. p. 45. tab. 19.

This variety very nearly resembles the last. The stem is more
silky, the panicle weaker, the /eaves narrower and less coriaceous.

We now come to the consideration of several forms, including
Nos. 7 to 13, which are very nearly allied, but the arrangement
and naming of which have hitherto been very contradictory. They
have been generally known of late as constituting the “ Rudis or
Radula group,” which is characterized by a stem, hispid with nu-
merous short broad-based aciculi, and by poimted, and usually
jagged leaves. This group has by most been divided into as
many species as it contains forms, while on the other hand the
opinion has been hazarded that all might be united as forming
but one.

The following analysis, after some considerable observation, is
offered with the belief that it will be found the correct grouping
of the forms, and prove available for reference.

7. Rubus rudis (Weihe).—Stem arched, angled. Prickles strong,
decurved, equal, mostly confined to the angles of the stem.
Hairs, sete and aciculi numerous, equal. Leaves quinate; leaflets
obovate, acuminate, doubly and coarsely serrated, green and
plain above, white beneath. Panicle large, branched and leafy,
hairy and very setose, with numerous long straight prickles.
Calyx lanceolate, prickly and setose, strongly retlected in fruit.
Flowers in July.

Hab. Hedges and sunny places in the south.

Syn. R. rudis, W. and N. p. 91. tab. 40. Bell Salter in
Phytol. 11. p.137. RK. Radula, Leighton, Fl. Shrop. p. 282. R.
Radula, y. Hystrix, Bab. Man. p. 96.

8. B. Leightonii.—Leaflets abrupt. Prickles of the panicle stout.

Hab. Almond Park, Shropshire, Mr. Leighton.

Syn. R. Leightoni (Lees), Leight. Fl. Shrop. p. 233.

368 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

9. y. Reichenbachii.—Aciculi and sete few on the barren stem.
Leaflets suborbicular.
Hab. Spring Vale near Ryde, Mr. Thomas Meehan.

Syn. R. Reichenbachii (Adhler), Rubi German. p. 87. tab. 37.

This is a very remarkable bramble, characterized generally by
the darkness of the stem, which may be described as of a fusco-
ater tint, and except in the form y. by the extreme jaggedness of
the leaves, which are of a deep dark green above; also by the
length of the pedicels of the leaflets, in some cases little less
than that of the leaflets themselves. The prickles are pungent,
generally clothed with silky hairs, nearly equal, not passing into
setee or aciculi. Aciculi short, equal both among themselves and
to the dense clothing of hairs and sete. The panicle is extremely
large, much-branched and leafy. The prickles of the panicle are
long, and except in @. slender and nearly horizontal. Rachis very
setose. Leaves of the panicle ternate below, passing by means of
broad simple leaves with large stipules into leafy ternate bracteas.
Bracteas hairy, upper ones very setose. The calyx has a few
prickles, is thickly clothed with dark-coloured sete, and has most
generally a leafy point, is much reflected, and even strongly re-

_pressed on the peduncle when in fruit. This long reflected calyx
gives a decisive character to the plant. The fruit is oblong, large
and shining. The flowers are small, usually white.

The var. 8. Leightonii is characterized by that form of leaflet
spoken of in the general observations above as the abrupt form.
The prickles of the panicle have broader bases, and are falcate or
decurved, and those of the barren shoot, which is not so dark as
in the other forms, are slightly unequal. Though these differ-
ences in the well-marked variety are considerable, yet I have spe-
cimens, collected in the Isle of Wight, which I scarcely know
whether to refer to the first form or to 8. The descriptions of
both, in Leighton’s ‘ Flora,’ under the synonyms above given,
are excellent.

The var. y. Reichenbachii is the most distinct form, and regard-
ing only the barren shoot, might appear, from the different shape
of the leaf, which is of a corylifolius form, and from the paucity
of sete, to be a separate species. All the parts however of the
inflorescence and fructification accord with the normal form, and
there are intermediate states.

10. Rubus Radula (Weihe).—Stem arched, slightly angled and
striated. Prickles with thick bases, unequal, declining, passing
insensibly into setee. Aciculi, sete and hairs numerous and
unequal. Leaves quinate ; leaflets obovate, acuminate, finely
and unequally serrated, green and channeled above, pale and

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 369

strongly nerved beneath. Panicle leafy below, branched. Rachis
tomentose, sparingly prickly. Calyx ovate, tomentose, reflected
in fruit. Flowers July and August.

Hab. Hedges near Poole in Dorsetshire.

Syn. R. Radula, W. and N. p. 89. tab. 39.

ll. 8. Hystriv— Glands and sete fewer. Leaves less channeled
above, and less strongly nerved beneath.

Hab. Shady woods in the south.

Syn. R. Hystrix, W. and N. p. 92. tab. 41. RB. Koehler, var.
pallidus, Borrer.

12. y. pygmeus.—Stem terete, slender. Prickles slender, de-
clining.
Hab. Killarney, Kerry, Mr. Babington. Leigh Wood near
Bristol, Mr. H. O. Stephens.

Syn. R. pygmeeus (Weihe), W. and N. p. 98. tab. 42.

13. 6. foliosus.—Panicle more leafy with simple leaves.

Hab. Glen Falloch, Perthshire, and Braid Hills near Edin-
burgh, Mr. Babington.

Syn. R. foliosus (Wethe), W. and N. p. 74. tab. 28.

This bramble may be distmguished from the last species, with
which however it has been often confounded, by the more slender
stem, which is of a pale colour, either green or purplish green; by
the gradual transition of the prickles into sete ; by the pale green
of the leaf, which is less jagged; by the calyx, which is broader
and shorter than in rudis, has never as in that species the leafy
point, and is clothed with a whitish tomentum instead of the dark
setee; there are however on the calyx a few scattered glands.
Other points of difference are, that the panicle is less branched,
leafy only below, except in 6, with ternate leaves. Rachis sparingly
prickly and not setose; the peduncles however are glandulose.
The petals are large and of a bright rose-colour. The first form
is the R. Radula of the author of the species. It is that of ex-
posed situations, and has the characters of the species best de-
veloped. It is the most glandulose, and has the beautiful chan-
neling of the leaves in the course of the ramifications best
marked,—a character pointed out to me by my friend Mr. Ba-
bington.

The var. 8. Hystriz is the form of shaded woods, and is the
most common. ‘The glands are much fewer, and the leaves less
grooved and less pale beneath.

The var. y. pygmeus is altogether a more feeble plant.

The var. 6. foliosus, which was first brought under my notice

370 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

by Mr. Babington, appears to be the northern form of the spe-
cies, and though quite distinct in appearance, possesses no re-
markable artificial character by which to distinguish it from the
other forms. The following are probably the readiest :—the
leaves are nearly concolorous on both sides ; terminal /eaflet sub-
cordate, much-acuminated; panicle leafy to the summit with simple
leaves ; petals smaller and paler.

It is a matter of doubt whether further observation will not
unite R. Lingua (Weihe) and R. scaber (Weihe) to this species.

The next three forms I was originally disposed to consider as
so many distinct species, and with that opimion recorded two of
them in my remarks on the “ Rubi of Selborne,” in the second
volume of the ‘Phytologist.’ My reasons for now coming to a
different conclusion, that they are but so many forms of one, I
will mention after describing them.

14. Rubus glandulosus (Bellardi).—Stem arched, terete or slightly
angular, prickly with small straight unequal prickles, hairy
and very setose. Leaves ternate ; leaflets oval, cuspidate, green
on both sides, pilose above, hairy and rather paler beneath.
Panicle branched, leafy below, densely setose. Calyx lanceo-
late, reflected or patent, often with a leafy point. Flowers July
and August.

a. Bellardi.—Stem terete. Prickles small, straight, nearlyequal,
declinng. Leaflets finely and evenly serrated.

Hab, Terrington Car, Yorkshire, Mr. Borrer.
Syn. R. glandulosus (Bellardi), Borrer in Eng. Bot. Suppl.

2883. R. Bellardi (Giint.), W. and N. p. 97. tab. 44:

15. B. Lejeunii.—Stem slightly angular. Leaflets obovato-lan-
ceolate, unequally but finely serrated. Whole plant less glan-
dulose.

Hab. Temple near Selborne, Hampshire, and near Guild-
ford, Isle of Wight. Near Twycross, Leicestershire, Rev. A.
Bloxam.

Syn. R. Lejeuni (Weihe), W. and N. p. 79. tab. 89; Bell
Salter in Phytol. u. p. 135,

16. y. rosaceus.—Stem angular. Prickles unequal, larger ones
hooked and decurved. Leaflets obovato-lanceolate, cuspidate,
unequally and coarsely serrated.

Hab. Selborne, Hampshire ; South Molton, Devonshire, Mr.

Borrer. Channel Islands, M7. Babington.

Syn. R. rosaceus (Weihe), W. and N. p. 85. tab. 86; Bell
Salter in Phytol. nu. p. 183. R. Lejeuni, Bad. Man. p. 97.

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 371

In all its forms this is a most beautiful plant. It is one of
very elegant growth, while the lively green of the foliage, which
is veined with purple, and the bright red of the almost moss-like
clothing of glands, add much to its beauty of appearance. The
forms marked . and +. are those published as distinct species, in
the account of “Three days’ botanizing at Selborne,” published
in the ‘ Phytologist’*. The discovery of the form @. in the Isle
of Wight this year, and the opportunity of seeing the forms a.
and y. growing together in St. John’s Garden, have since enabled
me to become better acquainted with these plants. These two
last-named forms, now they are growing in the same situation,
have become considerably approximated, and I cannot longer do
otherwise than consider them as varieties of the same species,
while @, which is the least glandulose, is in all other points the
connecting link. The distinctions made in the ‘ Phytologist’ are
still applicable to these as varieties; I would add, however, that
the 8. of Selborne, having grown in the shade, was, as I then sup-
posed, deficient in vestiture. In all the varieties the leaves are
sometimes quinato-pedate—more often in f. than the other forms,
but in this too it is the exception. The calya is variable in all
the forms, both in respect to the amount of foliaceous appendix,
and also as to its direction, which is reflected or erecto-patent in
various degrees.

The remaining two forms are those which constitute the spe-
cles appearing now for the first time as British.

17. RubusWahlbergii (Arrhenius).—Stem arched, round. Prickles
numerous, with thick bases, very unequal, hairy. Hairs on the
stem and glands very few. Leaves quinato-digitate. Leaflets
subrotund, cordate acuminate, pale green beneath. Panicle
branched, leafy, tomentose and prickly. Prickles of the panicle
numerous, very strong and decurved. Calyzx broadly ovate, to-
mentose and glandular, patent in fruit. Fruit of few large
grains.

Hab. Eastern parts of the Isle of Wight in hedges.
Syn. R. Wahlbergu (Arrhenius), Monogr. Rub. Suec. p. 43.

18. 8. frustratus.—Stem suberect.

Hab. St. Helens and Bembridge, Isle of Wight.

This is a very remarkable plant, which has attracted my notice
for many years as one of very peculiar appearance. I had thought
it an undescribed one, until Mr. Babington pointed out to me
the description of Arrhenius in his excellent ‘ Monograph’ under

* Vol. ii. pp. 183-137.

372 Dr. Cantor on the Fetus of Zygzena laticeps.

the name above given. The Isle of Wight plant appeats cer-
tainly to be the same as that of Sweden, and as in that country,
so in this, it 1s a very variable one. Its nearest alliance appears
to be with R. cesius and R. dumetorum, but it is very much
stouter than either of those, having, in its strongest state, a stem
of about an inch in diameter, and so thickly set with prickles on
very dilated bases, that they may be said to be actually confluent.
In the hollows between the bases or on the latter are a few scat-
tered hairs and glands, with an occasional aciculus. The stem is
occasionally slightly glaucous. The /eaves are very large and ru-
gose, and soft with haus beneath. The flowers are on long,
branched and excessively-armed panicles, are very large and of a
beautiful deep rose-colour. As far as I have hitherto observed,
they seldom mature their fruit, which is composed of a few large
grains, of an acid taste, black and slightly glaucous. As observed
by Mr. Babington, the prickles on the summer growth of the
plant are nearly horizontal, while those on the autumnal portion
are more slender and much-hooked. 3

In the weaker states of the plant, the prickles are far less nu-
merous than described above.

The young plants are suberect, and before arriving at the fully-
developed arching form, flower and mature their seed, quite as
freely as the stronger plants. In some instances, where light or
nutriment is deficient, it does not become developed beyond this
point, when it constitutes the var. 8. above enumerated. In this
form the panicle is very short, with large leaves among the
flowers.

XL.— Notice of the Fetus of Zygzena laticeps, Cantor. By
Dr. Canzvor, Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales Island.

Library, East India House, Noy. 5, 1845.

[Dear Sir,—Dr. Theodor Cantor, who has for several years zealously
prosecuted his researches relating to the zoology of Penang and the
opposite Malayan coast, has entrusted to me a notice on the Zygena
laticeps, Cantor, to which Dr. John Richardson has, at my request,
added an explanatory note, giving an account of the history of this
fish, since the period of Dr. Cantor’s departure from England, with a
remark on the most important points of this communication. Should
you find it a proper subject for the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ I
wish to leave it at your disposal.

Yours very truly,
Tuomas HorsFiz.p. |

Richard Taylor, Esq.

Or the genus Zygena two species occur in the Malayan seas :
Z. Tudes, Valenciennes (“ Koma Sorra,’ Russell), which is but

Dr. Cantor on the Fetus of Zygzena laticeps. 373

seldom seen, and attains to about eleven feet in length, and
Z. laticeps, which is exceedingly numerous, and apparently of
smaller size than the former. On the 15th of September 1844,
some Chinese fishermen captured off Prince of Wales Island a
gravid female Z. laticeps, by far the largest which has come under
my observation, of the following dimensions :—

Entire length of the fish ............ssscsceees . 4ft. 4in.
Breadth of the head (the anterior margin)... 2 ft. 1} in.

On being opened there appeared eighteen living young ones,
of which number seven were males, distinguishable by the anal
appendages, and eleven females. All eighteen were of nearly
equal size, and of the followimg dimensions :—

Entire length of the body .........ccccecessccseceees 1 ft. 13 in.
Breadth of the head (anterior margin) ............ 6 in.

The relative proportions of the head and body consequently re-
main nearly the same in every stage of growth. The lateral pro-
cesses of the head were in the foetus considerably bent in a back-
ward and inward direction, imparting to the head the shape of a
broad arrow, whereas these processes after birth form with the
body a right angle, which makes the fish resemble a double ham-
mer, or the letter T. In the foetus the lateral processes are en-
tirely membranous, except a narrow cartilaginous cylinder which
encases the optic nerves, and which is so pliable that it does not
prevent each lateral process from lying in close contact with the
sides of the body, and thus they take up but comparatively small
room, and offer no obstacle under parturition. None of the foetuses
were provided with branchial filaments. The teeth, in the adult
fishes comparatively small, were barely perceptible to the touch.
The colours were pr ecisely similar to those of the adult. Zygena
laticeps in its foetal state, and shortly after birth, answers in every
respect to the description, and resembles so exactly the deli-
neation of Z. Blochi, represented by M. Valenciennes, Mém.
du Mus. ix., that i all probability the original of Bloch, pl. 117,
and of M. Valenciennes, which has afterwards been copied by
myself and lately by Mr. Yarrell, was a foetus or very young spe-
cimen of Z. laticeps. As neither Bloch nor M. Valenciennes ap-
pear to have given the dimensions of the fish figured, it is impos-
sible to decide the question till the actual size of their original
has been ascertamed. The smallest specimen which I have ob-
served of Z. daticeps in its perfect state—I mean in which the
lateral processes of the head form a right angle with the body—
measured 13 ft. in total length. From this I infer, that the
lateral processes of the head, which in the foetus branch off from
the head under a sharp angle, pomting backwards, change their
position and acquire firmness at no remote period from the birth.

374 Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cypreea.

If therefore no specimen of Z. Blochii exists exceeding 13 ft. in
length, little doubt can remain that this species is Z. daticeps in
its foetal or very young state.

In the principal part of this paper, viz. in the remarks on the
identity of Sphyrna Blochii with the foetal state of /aticeps, Dr. Cantor
has been forestalled by Miiller and Henle, who quote Dr. Cantor’s
Zygena laticeps as a synonym of their Sphyrna Blochii. In another
point noticed in the commencement of the paper, viz. the identity of
the Koma sorra of Russell with the Zygena Tudes of Valenciennes,
Dr. Cantor differs from Muller and Henle, who refer Russell’s figure
to the Sphyrna Zygena or the malleus of Valenciennes, and their
authority is deservedly the highest as to Malacopterygian fish. ‘The
fact however of the foetal fish with the head doubled back being
taken from the mother shark with the long transverse head of Jlati-
ceps is worth recording, as is also the habitat, for the range of
Sphyrna Blochii is not well known.—J. R.

XLI.—On the Dissolution and Re-calcification of the Shell in
Cypraea, a genus of Pectinibranchiate Mollusca. By Lovuu.
Reeve, A.L.S. &c.*

Tur formation of a new shell in the Cowry at an advanced period
of its existence is a pheenomenon which modern naturalists have
hesitated to receive. Bruguiére first introduced the fact, but in
a manner which appeared to savour of the marvellous ; and even
Lamarck says, “I possess observations which tend to prove that
the Cowry, arrived at the power of forming a complete shell, has
still the faculty of enlarging its habitation, and is then obliged
to quit the shell in order to form a new one. It results from
this, that the same individual has the power of forming a suc-
cessive number of shells during both the second and third stages
of growth; and which accounts for our often meeting with so many
different sizes of the same speciest ” !

M. Deshayes, after furnishing us with an excellent account of
the zoological characters of Cyprea, derived mainly from the ob-
servations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard (Zoologie, Voyage de
V Astrolabe), argues against the possibility of any re-modelling of
the shell taking place, and regards the statement of Lamarck as
a theory opposed to the common laws of organization. To the
supposition of Bruguiére that the Cowries cast their shells after
the manner of Crabs, M. Deshayes very properly replies, that
there can be no analogy between them. ‘The new shell of the
Crustacea is formed by a secretion of equal consistency from

* Written for a forthcoming monograph of the genus Cyprea in the
‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ and communicated by the author.
+ Animaux sans Vertébres (Deshayes’ edit.), vol. x. p. 482.

Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cyprea. 375

every part of the body; whereas the Mollusca have a muscular
attachment to the columella, and increase the growth of their
shell by an exudation, not from the whole body, but from a
particular organ ;—the mantle bemg the sole agent charged
with that faculty. It is further ar gued by the same distinguished
naturalist that the Cowry must lose the power of forming the
inner chambers of the columella anew, after having once passed
that early process of development which induces their formation.
How is it possible, asks M. Deshayes, that the animal can, under
the circumstances of its nature, secrete a new shell from all parts
of the body at once, and with all the different phases of colour
exhibited in the original, when it has reached to an advanced
condition of its existence ?*

It is however certain that the Cyprea is paapied to effect a
very important change in the shell during one or more periods of
its life; and I think that the fact may be fully established with-
out prejudice to the excellent arguments of my illustrious con-
temporary. From the testimony cf a gentleman who worthily
employs the opportunities afforded him as a Naval Officer to the
advancement of science, whose veracity is beyond all question,
and whose communication (given verbatim+) contains nothing
more than a simple narrative of the phenomena of which he
was himself an eye-witness, it may I thmk be deduced that it is
the outer wall of the shell only which is re-constructed, the
columella with its spiral compartments remaining undisturbed.

* Animaux sans Vertébres (Deshayes’ edit.), vol. x. p. 486.

; Lieut. Hankey, R.N., to Lovell Reeve.

H.M.S. Collingwood, Aug. 6th, 1844.

My pear Sir,—Will you allow me to offer you a as Peenee on the
habits of the Cyprea as regards the fact of its making a new shell at an ad-
vanced age, of which process I have been, myself, in more than one instance
an eye-witness? I have seen the Cowry craw] into some hollow or sheltered
place evidently for some predetermined purpose. The growth of the animal
appears to increase too large for its cell ; it gradually swells and cracks the
shell, and I think that some powerful solvent or decomposing fluid is dis-
tributed over the outer surface by the mantle of the fish, for it gets thinner
in substance and the colours duller in appearance. The shell then entirely
disappears, the Cowry becomes to all Beecranee A naked mollusk, with no
other covering than its membranous mantle, and in a short time secretes
a thin layer of glutinous matter which in a few days obtains the fragile con-
sistency of shell-lac. From this step its growth is more rapid, and it be-
comes more and more consolidated into the adult shell. When in the first
stage of renewal it has the appearance of shell-lac it is always of the Cyma
form, but I have never succeeded in preserving any specimens in this state
on account of their extreme fragility.

Trusting that you may make some use of these notes, and that (as I have
a good dredge with me) I may, like your friend Mr, Cuming, succeed in
bringing lome something worthy of notice, I shall conclude myself, my dear
Sir, yours very truly, Joun B, Hankey,

376 Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cyprea.

The animal does not quit the shell as Lamarck supposed, but dis-
solves the outer portion with its acetous juices. All visible trace
of the shell may be thus removed without weakening M. Deshayes’
proposition, founded on the circumstance of the mantle being the
only organ charged with the secretive fluid. The mantle 1s always
capable of extension over the shell; and the same power which
furnishes the adult with its last coating of enamel can be exerted
to the formation of as many superincumbent layers as may be
necessary to replace all that has been decomposed. That a dis-
solution takes place there can be no doubt ; the shell gradually
swells, says Lieut. Hankey, and cracks, becomes thinner and
duller in colour, and finally disappears; a circumstance which
may be easily credited when it is remembered that the Murex
possesses the faculty of removing spines, or any similar obstacles
to its advancement of growth, and that the Pholades and other
terebrating mollusks exercise a power of absorbing which enables
them to penetrate the hardest limestone rocks. The microscopical
structure of the Cowry shell is, moreover, of a nature peculiarly
tenacious of absorption; it 1s composed of a large quantity of
carbonate of lime in proportion to the amount of membranous
substance; and this accounts for its surface becoming vitrified,
as it were, to such a highly polished state of enamel, in contact
with the acidity of the soft parts.

There is another circumstance in Lieut. Hankey’s narrative to
which attention should be given, respecting the formation of the
new shell:—the glutmous matter which has the appearance of
shell-lac, and is so fragile that it yields to the touch, does not
assume the narrow cylindrical Bulla form,—it does not follow the
original plan of revolving round a columellar axis, but is of the
wide ventricose shape of a Cymba, and rapidly consolidates into
the adult shell. :

With these generalizations I think it may be assumed that
the Cyprea possesses the faculty of decomposing, during one or
more periods of its existence, any portion of the shell that is
liable to resist its advancement of growth; that the renewal of
the shell is accomplished withm a comparatively short space of
time ; and that the columella with its imternal spiral partitions
remains undisturbed. It may, however, be inferred that it is an
operation of extremely rare occurrence, and one which only hap-
pens under peculiar conditions.

Nore.

Since writing the above, I have observed that Mr. Gray’s opi-
nion on the subject at the time of the publication of his “ (tei:
graph on the Cypreidee ” ran as follows :—

“Tn this family I have often observed full-grown specimens of

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 377

C. arabica from one to three inches long; this peculiarity is at-
tempted to be explamed by Lamarck and others, who assert that
when the animal has formed a complete shell, as it has not the
faculty of enlarging its size, it is obliged to quit its shell and
form a new one, in the same manner as the Annulosa cast their
skins, and by that means the same animal forms many shells ;
but I believe there is not the slightest ground for this notion,
for these several reasons: 1. If it happens in this genus, it cer-
tainly should do so in several of the other genera, as the Strombi
and Pterocerata, where the mouth is fully formed in the small
shell, and there is no appearance of varices in the large specimens.
2. The muscular attachment of the shell to the animal is one of
the best conchological characters that distinguish this class of
animals from the shelly and sandy cases of the Annulosa; as the
Dentalia and Sabelle, where the animals can withdraw themselves
at pleasure ; but in the Mollusca I do not think it possible to be
done, but by such force as would destroy the individual. 3. There
is no analogy between the crust of the Crustacea and Annulosa,
and the shells of Mollusca; so that it is false reasoning to judge
of the possibility of one from the other.”’—Zoological Journal,
vol. i. p. 73.

XLII.— Researches on the Primary Modifications of Organic
Matter, and on the Formation of Cells. By M. Cosrn*.
(Part the Ist.)

Every ONE is acquainted with the celebrated experiment of Du-
hamel, who, after having bent the summit of a tree towards the
earth, inserted the extremities of its branches into the soil, and
afterwards turned the trunk so that the roots projected exter-
nally, found that these same roots, which had become aérial, shot
out branches, whilst the branches which had become terrestrial
sent off roots.

This experiment, the result of which a host of experiments
known to agriculturists would have enabled us to foretell, since
it was an established fact, that a root which was exposed by any
inequality of soil produced a shoot, and that a stem which had
been sliced off produced a root, provided that the wound was
sheltered from exposure to the air and surrounded with moist
earth ; this experiment, I say, furnished so decisive a proof of the
identity of the roots and stems, that the objections which were
at first made to it have neither prevented our taking advantage
of the fertile idea which it reveals, nor arrested the progress of
the revolution which the development of its consequences intro-
duced into the science of organization.

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus for October 20, 1845.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

378 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

Thus, as soon as the demonstration of this identity was appa-
rently obtained, and, under the influence of this conviction, natu-
ralists sought for the explanation of so remarkable a phenomenon,
science seemed to acquire fresh vigour, and all those facts which
now form the base of phytogeny appeared to emanate from the
attempts which were made to solve this interesting problem,

In fact, how could it happen that the same part of a vegetable,
under the influence of external circumstances, produced organs
which then appeared so different as a stem, a root, a bud, or a
leaf? To what structural cause could the possibility of so re-
markable a metamorphosis be attributed? Such was the idea
which observers entertained, and which directed their researches
im the new path opened to them.

Success speedily crowned their endeavours, and their earhest
labours in unveiling the true structure of plants led them to the
important result, that a vegetable, be the complication of its or-
gans ever so great, 1s essentially nothing more than a collective
being, composed of an assemblage of vesicles, utricles or cells,
which are so many living individuals, originally identical, enjoy-
ing the power of growth, multiplication and capability when oc-
casion requires of reproducing the plant of which they form the
constituent materials. If these vesicles, utricles or cells are not
excited to any further development, they continue simply to form
part of the tissue of the plant they constitute; or they may be
absorbed to serve for the nutrition of those cells, which, being
more advantageously placed, are destined for new transformations :
but if, on the contrary, the influence of more favourable cireum-
stances is felt, we then find that their original aptitude is aroused,
and is called into action under the most varied forms ; without
however ever exceeding the assigned limits of the species to which
they belong.

The original identity of vegetable cells, and the power attri-
buted to them of beimg transformed in so varied a manner, is
not an hypothesis created by the necessity of any theory ; it is a
fact confirmed by experiment, and which can be reproduced at
pleasure ; but this is not the place for studying the mechanism
by which such metamorphoses as these are to be accomplished.
It is sufficient to know at present that vegetable tissue is exclu-
sively composed of cells, to understand how physiologists, guided
by analogy, when direct observation had put them in possession
of this fact, were necessarily led to inquire whether the animal
organization was not similarly placed as regards structure.

This problem was much more difficult of solution, for the or-
gans in animals are capable of attaining so great a degree of
complication, that it frequently becomes impossible to penetrate
into their structure as observed in the adult; but if precaution

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 379

be taken to study the tissues in the germ itself, and at the time
of their earliest origin, we can then clearly recognise that their
structure is for the most part composed, like those of vegetables,
of cells, which are so much the more easily recognised the less
their forms are obscured by development.

Now, from the moment at which it was demonstrated that the
cell constitutes the base of all the organic tissues, that it is as it
were the integral molecule, we could not fail to attach the utmost
value to the discovery of the mechanism of its formation. This
was, in fact, one of the most curious and most secret phenomena
im nature which direct observation could unfold; for by this new
conquest science extended the limits of its dominion so far as to
observe living matter, still diffuse, commencing to individualize
itself in one of the most simple forms which organization is ca-
pable of assuming, that is, in that of a vesicle, utricle or cell.

The honour of the commencement is due to M. Mirbel. This
physiologist first investigated the origin of the cell from the
cambium, and the formation of its walls at the expense of this
mucilage. In fact, in the large interstices which the vegetable
utricles leave between them, or even in the cavity of these utri-
cles, there exists a mucilagimous matter comparable to gum-
arabic, in which the most perfect instruments cannot recognise
any trace of visible organization, but which becomes the gene-
rating element of every organic form. ‘This diffused matter,
which Grew discovered more than 150 years ago, and the use of
which he surmised, has been traced by M. Mirbel through the
principal modifications which it undergoes in certain vegetables,
and the following exhibits the succession of phenomena through
which he has seen it pass in producing the cells of which vege-
tables are composed.

In a series of sections of the extremity of a root of the date-
tree, consequently at the point of that root where the cambium is in
progress of increasing elaboration, he saw in the mucilagimous sub-
stance a multitude of irregularly-spheroidal homogeneous masses,
evidently resulting from a concentration of the mucilage, which in
each condensed mass already exhibited the earliest rudiments of
future organization. In the centre of each mass a cavity is soon
formed, which gradually enlarges, and accumulates around it the
matter by which it is bounded ; and this matter, thus moulded,
being expanded into a membrane by the dilatation of the cen-
tral cavity, finally represents a hollow sphere, which is nothing
more than a vesicle moulded by the cavity which it circumscribes.
In this manner, by a kind of eccentric condensation of the mu-
cilaginous cambium, the walls of the vegetable cells are formed,
and the amorphous matter passes, under the observer’s eye, from
the state of diffusion into active life, and thus becomes suscep-

2H2

380 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

tible of playing a more or less active part in the organization of
plants. But this mode of formation of the walls of the cells not
being the only one observed by M. Mirbel, this physiologist has
been induced to admit, that in vegetables nature attains her ob-
ject by different means.

However, this manner of viewing and judging of the phzno-
mena of which the cambium is the seat was soon accompanied by a
diametrically opposite system, the exclusive foundation of which
does not admit of the possibility of an exception. This system,
contrived by Schleiden to explain the formation of the vegetable
tissue, and applied by Schwann to the organization of animals, as
we shall presently see, is essentially no more than a generalization
a priort of Purkinje’s theory of the development of the egg in
the ovary,—a theory, a large part of which has unfortunately lost
much of its value from new discoveries which have diminished
its importance, or even reduced it to the level of the most rare
exceptions.

Purkinje, after havmg recognised that the germinal vesicle,
among all the component parts of the bird’s egg, was that which
from its origin had a proportionately more considerable develop-
ment, supposed that it was first formed, and considered it as a
centre around which were successively deposited, first the vitellus,
and then the vitelline membrane, which, in its turn, coagulated
at the periphery of the yolk to complete the ovarian egg, and to
inclose its elements in an enveloping membrane. This successive
union of concentric parts, mechanically superadded around each
other, so that the most external are the most recent, having ap-
peared to Schleiden and Schwann the most simple means of con-
ceiving the formation of the vesicular walls, these naturalists
formed it into a general theory of the development of the cell;
and with them the enunciation of the special fact, modified as we
shall presently show, has become the foundation of a universal
principle.

Consequently they admitted, that in the diffuse and structure-
less homogeneous substance, the cytoblastema, by means of a
concentration of this substance, corpuscles were formed; these
were so extremely minute, that even the highest powers of the
microscope did not allow of their always being detected. These
corpuscles, called nucleoli, are so many centres around each of
which a layer of finely-granular matter is deposited, which is not
at first distinctly limited in its circumference, but which finally
becomes more clearly outlmed, and forms more or less regularly
spheroidal, elliptical or lenticular agglomerations.

Each of these minute accumulations of amorphous matter
around one or even several nucleoli, which they unite, is called
a cytoblast or nucleus, and forms the second phase of the process

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 381

of organization, which, according to this theory, prepares the
way for the cell-wall, of which all the anterior phenomena are
indispensable precursors.

Lastly, when the cytoblast or nucleus is formed around the
nucleolus, and the total mass represented by their assemblage
has assumed a certain volume, we find deposited on its ex-
terior a new layer of substance, the fragile margins of which, at
first vaguely defined, are soon consolidated and strengthened by
the addition of new molecules. This more or less thin and de-
licate mass, which is sometimes homogeneous and gelatinous,
sometimes granular, is nothing more than the cellular wall which
is developed on the surface of the cytoblast, as it were around a
temporary frame-work, the presence of which becomes useless as
soon as the structure which it supports is completed.

But, when deposited around the cytoblast or nucleus, the new
cell does not inclose this cytoblast in the centre of the cavity
which it is about to circumscribe, as we should suppose ; on the
contrary, it fixes it between the molecules which are about to
form its generating wall, retains it inclosed amongst these mole-
cules, and forms of it an integral part of the parietal membrane.
This incorporation renders the cell-wall much thicker at that
part which the cytoblast occupies than in any other part of its
extent ; and it is for the purpose of expressing the appearances
produced by this inequality of thickness, that the statement has
arisen that the new cell resembled a watch-glass placed upon its
dial. In this comparison, the watch-glass represents the thin
and diaphanous portion of the wall; the dial corresponds to that
part which the presence of the nucleus renders thicker ; and the
space comprised between these two parts, which must be consi-
dered as continuous, is intended to give an idea of the cellular
cavity which is forming.

When the new cell has acquired sufficient solidity, the per-
sistence of an internal frame-work not bemg any longer neces-
sary to support the strengthened walls, the cytoblast or the
nucleus, attached to one point of the thickness of the parietal
membrane, has no longer any part to play, and hence it should
be atrophied and disappear. Then, in proportion as the cell en-
larges, a peculiar liquid is introduced into its cavity and entirely
fills it. This liquid, m which more or less abundant granulations
may arise, forms the cell-contents, properly so called. But the
cellular contents have nothing in common with the cytoblast or
nucleus, and would in no case be required to fulfil the generating
function which theory attributes to this same nucleus, since, ac-
cording to this theory, the appearance of the cellular contents
is always subsequent to the production of the parietal mem-
brane. Now we shall show, in opposition to this view, that the

382 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

cellular contents, in a great number of cases, have a direct in-
fluence, and that the vesicle which incloses them is generally
developed around them.

Finally, when the phases of a first generation are accomplished,
new cells are formed in the cellular contents by the same me-
chanism by which the maternal cells are developed from the pri-
mitive cytoblast. In this manner, by an incessantly-renewed re-
petition of the same phenomenon, the organic tissues, according
to this theory, prepare the materials of their growth and multi-
plication.

Such is the theory, deprived of the vagueness and the obscu-
rities which manifestly arise from the uncertainties which a defi-
ciency of precise observations leaves in the minds of its authors ;
such is the theory which it is proposed to elevate to the rank of
a universal principle. Let us see how far an attentive exami-
nation of the facts will authorize the pretensions of such a doc-
trine. The fundamental character of this doctrine consists, as
we have seen, in the succession of four distinct periods, of which
the evolution of each cell should always consist.

The first is represented by the appearance of the nucleolus,
which is the basis of the structure, and itself results from a
simple agglomeration of the molecules of the cytoblastema.

The second corresponds to the deposit and to the coagulation
of the cytoblast or nucleus around the nucleolus, considered as
the unique and exclusive centre of all cell-formation.

The third, to the deposition and coagulation of the cell-wall
around the cytoblast, which it grasps at one point of its sub-
stance, and on one side of which it appears at first applied hke a
watch-glass upon its frame.

The fourth is expressed by the absorption of the nucleus and
by the admission of cellular contents, which, being subsequently
introduced, cannot consequently have taken any part in the for-
mation of the parietal membrane.

Now if this is the sole mechanism by means of which all
organic cells are developed,—if it be true that the four funda-
mental modifications which prepare the way for thei walls are
always produced in the order of succession which we have
pointed out, it should result that wherever there are cells in the
course of formation,—the cytoblastema should present in the
metamorphoses of its substance, each of the material modifica-
tions which constitute the terms of this essential succession. If
then the theory is to aspire to the rank of a general doctrine, it
will be necessary that in the self-organizing mucus we should
always be able to meet with the free nucleolus, the nucleolus in-
closed by the cytoblast, the cytoblast at the moment at which
the cell-wall is deposited on its periphery; and finally the cyto-

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 383

blast, inclosed in the thickness of the parietal membrane, disap-
pearing in proportion as the cell-contents are introduced into the
cavity of the latter.

But when we search for the facts upon which so radically ex-
clusive a theory is founded, we experience the twofold astonish-
ment of not meeting, in those authors who originated it, with a
single example the value of which we cannot seriously contest,
and of not finding in nature those abundant proofs which cause
a system to prevail, or at least allow the formula to remain, as the
most faithful expression of the most numerous category. Thus,
m examining the proofs cited by Schwann in support of this
hypothesis, we find that they may be reduced, as M. Vogt has
remarked*, to a single observation directly made on cartilage ;
and yet this observation, presented by Schwann himself as very
doubtful, has been shown to be false by the researches of M.
Vogt on the cartilage of the accoucheur-toad. In fact, in a very
large number of cases, the nucleolus, to which the theory attri-
butes the exclusive privilege of causing the amorphous matter to
produce the cell-walls; im a very large number of cases, I say,
the nucleolus never appears free and isolated in the midst of the
cytoblastema. On the contrary, we always find that this cor-
puscle, even from the first commencement of its appearance, is
still inclosed in the cavity of the cell, which is previously formed,
frequent instances of which we find in the tissues of the embryo
of osseous fishes ; it is evident that in these cases at least the nu-
cleolus has taken no part in the formation of the cell, as it was
not in existence when the latter was produced. In other cases, this
corpuscle did not appear at any period of the existence of the
cells, and consequently we should have no motive for making it
intervene as a determing cause, since it does not leave to the
theory even the pretext of co-existence. This may be easily veri-
fied by studying the development of the large cells which form
the internal expansion of the umbilical vesicle of serpents.

Hence the tardy appearance of the nucleolus in certain cases,

* “Tn examining the proofs cited by Schwann in support of his opinion,
we find,” says M. Vogt, ‘‘ that they resolve themselves into a single obser-
vation made upon cartilage; and moreover it ust be remarked that M.
Schwann himself presents it to us as very doubtful. In fact, I believe that
I have shown in my researches on the accoucheur-toad, that this opinion is
probably erroneous, and that an old cellular cavity almost closed, or the
half-absorbed nucleus of an old cell, had been taken for the nucleolus of a
eell in process of formation. I have then no doubt, from the observations
which we now possess, that the nucleolus, far from being the primitive ru-
diment of the cell, is, on the coutrary, nothing more tlian a formation result-
ing from one of the last metamorphoses which the cells undergo. .. . . These
various facts could not fail to excite doubts in my mind regarding Schwann’s
theory, and I concluded by considering that it was based upon few facts only,
and these were mostly susceptible of another interpretation.”

584: M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

and its total absence in others, form a serious impediment to the
theory which locates the exclusive determining cause of all cell-
formation in the pre-existence of this corpuscle. This also shakes
the very foundations of the doctrine, and tends at the least to
restraim its application.

As regards the cytoblast or nucleus, M. Vogt has alread
shown that it has no mfluence on the formation of the cell-walls
of the embryo of the osseous fishes: I have been enabled to con-
vince myself that the large diaphanous vesicles in the spinal cord
of the Batrachia do not appear until after the production of the
parietal membrane of these vesicles.

But because the intervention of the nucleolus is not always
necessary for the formation of the cells, and because the cyto-
blast or the nucleus does not itself, im a certam number of cases,
retain the function assigned to it by theory, must we necessarily
conclude that the cells are never developed around a centre
upon which the forming walls would mould themselves? Un-
doubtedly we shall have frequent opportunities of observing
limited masses of matter becoming coated with an envelope, and
thus constituting the contents of the pouch which is formed at
their periphery ; but we shall then remark, that in most of these
cases this happens im a very different manner from what the theory
supposes; for the matter which has constituted the centre, in-
stead of being absorbed by the parietal membrane, to make room
for the cellular contents subsequently introduced, itself forms
the cellular contents, fills the cavity of the new cell, may there
be applied to different prolonged functions, may live longer than
the cell itself, or remain in reserve in the cavity of the latter, to
serve the further purposes of nutrition or generation of new
cells. The egg, im the two united vesicles of which it is com-
posed, presents us with striking examples of a survival of the
matter which has served as a generating centre, because we there
see the germinative corpuscles persist when the parietal mem-
brane which incloses them is dissolved, and take part in the new
formations after it has been completely absorbed. The yolk
there survives the vitelline membrane, and whilst the latter is gra-
dually destroyed from the earliest period of its development, we see
the yolk continue to nourish the embryo until after its birth.

Such are the grave, numerous and decisive objections which
arise against a doctrme, which must rather be considered as a
bold invention of the mind than the carefully-considered expres-
sion of satisfactory observation ; but although the bases of this
doctrine are uncertain, it has not the less rendered an eminent
service to science, because in the commencement it gave rise
@ priori to the conception of the possibility that cells might
be developed around a centre; and its influence has been very

On the Anatomy and Physiology of some Zoophytes. 385

great in directing observers in a fruitful path and in exciting
important researches, among which we may mention those of Va-
lentm, Vogt, Bergmann, Reichert, Bischoff, Barry, Lebert and
Henle. In my turn [ shall make known the result of the observa-
tions which I have made upon so disputed a subject—observations
which during several years have been many times detailed in the
course of mstruction which I give m the College of France.

XLIUI.—Anatomical and Physiological Observations on some
Zoophytes. By Joun Rerp, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., and Chandos
Professor of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of St.
Andrews.

{ With a Plate. ]

In the following observations upon the structures and actions of
some of the Zoophytes obtained from the shore of the bay of
St. Andrews, I have confined myself to those points which are
either new, or which appeared deserving of additional illustration.
In using the terms superior and inferior, upper and lower in re-
ference to the relutive position of different parts of the polypidom,
in the descriptive parts of this paper, the polypidom is supposed
to be in the erect position, so that these terms correspond to an-
terior and posterior when the polypidom is placed horizontally.
In using the term anterior surface, 1 mean the surface on which
the apertures of the polype-cells are placed, so that this corre-
sponds to the upper surface when the polypidom is laid hori-
zontally for examination.

Cellularia reptans. ‘This polype grows im considerable abun-
dance close upon low-water mark, on the exposed surface of a stra-
tum of clay-slate and conglomerate, interposed among strata of
sandstone belonging to the carboniferous series. Growing along
with it, but in much smaller quantities, are Cellularia scruposa,
Crisia chelata, C. eburnea, Pedicellina echinata, Vesicularia spi-
nosa, Valkeria imbricata and Plumularia falcata, none of which
have I hitherto found adhering to the surrounding strata of
sandstone.

The polypidom of this polype possesses some structures which
as far as J am aware have not yet been described. At the external
and upper angle of the cell, and posterior to the two spines at-
tached to this angle (PI. XII. fig. 1 a, fig.2c, a, 6), three of these
structures are found*. The uppermost of these is a hollow pro-
cess (fig. 2 6), the superior extremity of which is free, looks out-
wards and a little forwards, and has an aperture notched on the

* Part of this process is seen on looking at the anterior surface of the
polypidom, as is represented in Plate XII. fig, 3b.

386 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

lower and upper edges, but more deeply in the former than the lat-
ter. From this aperture a hair-like prolongation (fig. 2 d), about
the length of the cell, and slightly curved, projects. The mterior
of the process is filled with a fibrous contractile substance which
moves this hair-like prolongation. Its movements occur at irre-
gular, occasionally very short intervals, and it sweeps downwards
over all the posterior surface of the polypidom within its reach. It
then turns back upon its former track, ascending upwards until
it reaches again the outer edge of that part of the polypidom
lying above the process to which it is attached ; it now descends in
the opposite direction over the outer part of the polypidom, and
places itself along the outer edge of that portion of the polypidom
lying below it. From this it re-ascends in the course just de-
scribed. The extent of these movements is increased by the pre-
sence of the notches in the edges of the aperture through which
the hair-like prolongation passes. ‘These movements are perfectly
independent of the polype and continue for days after its death.
The upper and outer edge of the polype-cell is prolonged into a
process (fig. 1 a, and fig. 2c) mucronated at its external and up-
per angle. This process is hollow and 1s filled with a pale fibrous
contractile substance, which I have frequently seen become elon-
gated and rise in the form of a short conical eminence above the
upper edge of the process, and then after a while it contracted
suddenly and retired within the process. This process was in
some cells metamorphosed into a strong spime (fig. 1 6), and in
such cases three spines were attached to the external angle of the
cell instead of two the normal number. It has an affinity with
the tooth-lhke process of Cellularia scruposa, as both contain a
similar contractile substance. Placed between the bases of the
above two processes and overlapping the latter, is a rounded small
cavity with a distinct circular aperture (PI. XII. fig. 2a). In some
cells all these three appendices are wanting; in others only one
of the two former is present. The polype protrudes itself through
a small aperture directed outwards and upwards, placed at the
upper end of the cell and towards its outer edge, and immediately
in front of the process bearing the hair-like prolongation (fig.3 a).
This aperture is crossed anteriorly by a pretty strong rim which
forms the upper edge of the anterior surface of the cell, and pos-
teriorly by the still stronger rim forming the upper edge of the
posterior surface of the cell. Below this aperture there is a
considerable portion of the anterior wall of the cell formed by a
transparent membrane, and bounded by a thick edge, constitu-
ting the large oval opening in the anterior wall of the cell in dead
or dried specimens. In the greater number of cells this space is
crossed by bars of calcareous matter, growimg from its imner
margin by one stem which generally divides dichotomously into

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 387

four, and these increasing in length reach its outer margin
(fig. 3 a). These bars are hollow, are lined internally by a fine
membrane, and almost entirely disappear when the polypidom is
immersed in dilute muriatic acid. Neither these bars nor the
three appendices to the cells above described, present themselves
until the body of the cell and its containing polype have been
fully formed. The spines attached to the cell are almost always
four in number,—two to each superior angle of the cell,—are
hollow, and the external two are longer and stronger than the in-
ternal. The two former are of considerable thickness, and are
oa, as long, sometimes more than twice as long, as the
cell.

The polype has from fourteen to sixteen ciliated tentacula, of a
hght orange-colour, rather more than three-fourths of the lengthof _
the cell. The animal when retracted within its cell is folded up as
in Flustra foliacea. Fig. 5 is a representation of the polype when
expanded, and fig. 4 represents its appearance as seen from the
posterior surface when it withdraws and folds itself within the
cell. In this polype the part marked a in the figures had more
of the appearances of an appendix of the stomach (6), or of a se-
parate organ, than in some of the other ascidian polypes*. Its
inner surface is so thickly covered with reddish brown granules,
or more properly speaking, minute cells, that it is quite opake.
Similar granules also adhered to the inner surface of the ceso-
phagus (d) and stomach, and sometimes in greater number to
the former than the latter. The inner surface of the pharynx
(f), the cesophagus, the stomach, and a portion of the intestine
(c) next the stomach are covered with cilia. A mass of dark-
coloured egesta, apparently principally composed of the cells and
granules thrown off from the inner surface of the digestive tube,
is frequently observed about or above the middle of the intestine,
and this part of the intestinal tube presents a dilatation fre-
quently considerably larger than what is necessary to contain
the inclosed mass. The polype in protruding itself first pushes
out a short flexible tube attached to the inner margin of the aper-
ture through which the tentacula pass. The muscles by which
it withdraws itself within its cell are two in number,—one pro-
ceeding from the lower and outer part of the cell, and dividing
into two bundles as it passes upwards, which are attached to the
sides of the lower part of the pharynx; the other arising from
the lower part of the cell and attached to the lower end of the
appendix of the stomach (fig.5@). The muscular bundles by which
it protrudes itself cannot be distinctly traced from their proximity

* From the contractility of these parts the form is not uniform, and in

some individuals we find the stomach less and the appendix larger than they
are here represented.

388 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

to the tentacula and intestine, but are seen passing downwards
from the upper part of the cell along the sides of the tentacula
to reach the gullet, and probably also the upper edge of the sto-
mach. The flexible tube or operculum is retracted by two mus-
cular bundles, one on each side, arising from the inner sides of
and a little below the aperture of the polype-cell, and are in-
serted into the inner surface of the flexible tube. The young
polype-cells, formed at the upper end of the branches, grow
from the posterior surface of the polype-cells last formed a little
below their upper margin. Their first appearance is that of a
rough transverse line occupying the inner portion of that surface.
Several specimens presented the bodies frequently termed oper-
cula, but which we shall call ovary-capsules, placed as usual at
the upper end of the polype-cells, and were here somewhat nearer
their inner than their outer margins. The contents of these we
shall describe in a subsequent part of this communication.
Cellularia scruposa. This polype is found,as I have already men-
tioned, in the same locality with C. reptans, and it is also thrown
ashore from deep water, sometimes in considerable quantities and
of more luxuriant growth, chiefly adhering to Flustra foliacea and
F. truncata. A perpendicular hollow process springs from the
upper and outer edge of the cell immediately above the already
well-known tooth-like process, and adheres to the lower part of
the outer edge of the cell immediately above (fig. 6 a, and fig. 7 6).
The aperture of this process is pretty deeply notched before and
behind, and its interior is filled with a contractile fibrous sub-
stance which moves a curved hair-like prolongation (fig. 7 5)
about the length of the cell, which sweeps at intervals over both
the anterior and posterior surfaces of the polypidom within
its reach. It rises up slowly over the anterior surface, makes a
sudden jerk over the outer edge of the polypidom, and proceeds
slowly downwards over the posterior surface as far as the notch
in the aperture permits, and after remaining at rest for a longer
or shorter time, it returns along the same course to the position
from which it started. In this movement it performs a slight
rotatory motion, so that its concavity is always directed towards
the surface of the polypidom. This hair-lhke prolongation, in this
as in Cellularia reptans, tapers gradually towards its free extre-
mity, and is not rounded but flattened. In the C. reptans I
never observed this hair-like prolongation cross the anterior sur-
face of the polypidom, except when placed at the angle of the
bifureation of a branch. The use of these hair-like prolon-
gations may probably be to keep the surface of the polypidom
clear of substances which would otherwise adhere to it. Their
motions are executed with more force than we should at first
suspect. J have seen one of them in its course encounter the

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 389

stalk of a Pedicellina echinata, and press it aside. The tooth-like
process (fig. 7 c) is hollow, has an aperture in its upper edge,
and in several specimens I have observed it filled with a fibrous
contractile substance which expands and rises upwards through
the aperture, and after remaining stationary for a time it re-enters
the process. It rises only a short distance above the aperture,
and when expanded presents the appearance of the upper and
outer angle of the containing process with the curve turned in
the opposite direction. When expanding it moves from without
inwards, gradually rising above the edge of the aperture, and it
re-enters the process by a sudden jerk in the opposite direction.
These movements of expansion and contraction commonly occur
after long intervals, and it is in general only by watching a portion
of the polypidom for a considerable time under the microscope that
they can be detected. More rarely these movements occur in ra-
pid succession. I can form no conjecture regarding the function
of this curious contractile substance. At the root of the process
bearing the hair-hke prolongation there is a small rounded ca-
vity with an aperture in its posterior wall, exactly like that de-
scribed in the corresponding position in C. reptans (fig. 7a). Each
cell has four small hollow spies attached to its upper edge, two
adhering to each angle. These spines are very considerably
smaller than those in C, reptans, and in old specimens are gene-
rally broken off. The position of the aperture in the cell through
which the polype protrudes is similar to that in C. reptans, and is
also provided with a short flexible tube, which acts as an operculum
when the polype retires within its cell. Many specimens are pro-
vided with ovary-capsules placed as in C. reptans. The polype
has generally twelve tentacula of a light orange-colour, and has
in other respects a great resemblance to that in C. reptans, and is
provided with the same muscular bundles for effecting its move-
ments and closing the operculum.

Cellularia avicularis. 1 lately obtained a large and very per-
fect specimen of this polype. The shape of the polype-cell, as
Dr. Johnston remarks, is similar to that in Flustra avicularis.
The bird-process is also exactly alike in both. It can, however, be
readily distinguished from the latter by all the branches being
composed of two rows of semi-alternate cells, and each cell having
only two conical spines directed upwards or in the line of the
long axis of the cells, and a little outwards and forwards, and at-
tached to the angles of the superior margin of the cell. Ina
small number of cells an additional small spine, making three in
all, projected from the outer angle in the same direction as the
normal one. On the other hand, almost all the cells in Plustra
avicularis have four spines, which differ in appearance from those
of Cellularia avicularis. This specimen when dried assumed

390 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

only a very faint ash-colour, very different from the much deeper
ash-colour in all the dried specimens of Flustra avicularis I have
seen.

These two polypes ought certainly to be classed as two differ-
ent species of the same genus, and not under two different genera.
A new genus should perhaps be instituted for their reception, as
their general character, and more especially the possession of
those remarkable appendices, the bird-head processes, separate
them from <Acamarchis, Flustra and Cellularia, the genera to
which they are most allied.

Pedicellina echinata. This polype is found in considerable
quantities in front of the Castle of St. Andrew and near low-water
mark, adhering to Cellularia reptans, to Sertularie, and to the sur-
face of stones. It is more hardy than most of the other ascidian
polypes, and can be kept alive at home for along time. The
number of tentacula varies from fourteen to twenty. In some spe-
cimens the stalk is nearly smooth, in others several spinous-look-
ing processes project from it, and in others both stalk and body are
covered with a long, fine and sparse down. In the young animal
the body is relatively longer and narrower, The body in the older
animal is very decidedly compressed from before backwards and
elongated transversely, and is considerably narrower and more
bulgmg at the edge in which the intestine lies (fig. 8 d) than at
. the edge next the gullet (fig. 8a). The upper part of the body
is bounded by a slender rim to which the tentacula are attached.
This rim slopes slightly from the narrow towards the broad end
of the body. The tentacula at the extremity of the narrow end
are shorter than the others, and all of them become considerably
broader as they approach the rim. They are connected together
at their lower third by a contractile membrane, partly composed
of cireular fibres. The body itself is not contractile. The imner
surface of the edges of the tentacula and the inner surface of the
rim are provided with strong cilia, and in the older animals the
external surface of the tentacula is frequently covered with a layer
of pretty large granules or cells. On examining the animal under
the microscope when placed in water containmg a quantity of
carmine, the movements of the currents of water produced by the
cilia can be more distinctly observed. The two rows of cilia at-
tached to each tentaculum do not produce currents in opposite
directions, but both strike downwards and towards the mesial
line of the tentaculum to which they are attached, and cause a
current down the centre of its internal surface, by which the
particles of carmine are carried downwards to the rim. When all
the currents carried down the tentacula arrive at the rim, they are
rapidly conveyed along its upper edge by the action of the cilia
with which this portion of the imner surface is so abundantly

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 391

provided, towards the mouth (fig. 8a). At this part all the cur-
rents converge, and thus produce an upward central current, by
which the particles of carmine are carried outwards. None of
the carmine, as far as I could observe, entered the cesophagus.
The particles of carmine sometimes collected im considerable
masses around the mouth before they were floated outwards. As
the termination of the intestine opens near to the mouth, and at
a point within the influence of this outward central current, the
egesta when voided are rapidly carried away. It would thus ap-
pear that when substances not fitted for the nourishment of the
animal are conveyed towards the mouth, the walls of this aper-
ture are endowed with a specific property of irritability by which
they are thrown into contraction and prevent its entrance. Such
substances on the other hand as are capable of nourishing the ani-
mal do not act as excitants to this property of contractility, and
they may be carried inwards. The possession of such a property is
probably necessary for the existence of the animal. In this ani-
mal, as is well-known, the whole digestive tube and the ciliary
motions on its inner surface can be distinctly seen through the
transparent body. The walls of the stomach (fig. 84) and the
first portion of the intestine (duodenum *) (fig. 8 c) are very much
thicker than the rest of the digestive tube, and were never ob-
served to contract ; and this last circumstance, viz. the non-con-
tractility of these parts of the digestive tube, does not exist, as far
as [ am aware, in any other ascidian polype. A slight contractile
movement was observed in a few cases at the upper part of the
gullet. The last part of the intestine (fig. 8 d), which is not pro-
vided with cilia, contracts and expels the egesta which have pre-
viously accumulated there, frequently in considerable quantity.
Brownish masses, apparently chiefly composed of the granules and
eells which so abundantly line the inner surface of the stomach,
are frequently seen in rapid rotatory motion in the stomach and
duodenum.

The life of the body is of shorter duration than that of the
stalk, and I have observed in several specimens the body fade and
fall off, and a new one reproduced in its place, A few days be-
fore this takes place, the tentacula are permanently bent inwards
and the membrane surrounding their lower part remains con-
tracted, so as to completely, or nearly completely, cover the upper
surface of the body, presenting in fact the appearance which the
animal temporarily assumes when disturbed. The body then
becomes more opake and at last falls off. After this the stalk
retains its property of alternately contracting and relaxing its
different surfaces at intervals, upon which its movements depend.
After the lapse of a few days the top of the stalk enlarges, and a
minute head presents itself in which the different parts of the

392 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

body are developed. In the beginning of October I procured
several specimens in which a large mass of cells (ova) was placed
im the space between the gullet, intestine and upper edge of the
stomach (fig. 84), extending downwards to the entrance of the
gullet into the stomach, and depressing the stomach and forcing
it considerably downwards. In two of these this mass of cells
projected into the interior of the gullet near its lower part, and
exceedingly minute ciliated ova were seen escaping from the
upper part of the cellular mass, and several were also seen swim-
ming in the interior of the eullet and stomach. Portions of this
mass of cells were after a time extruded outwards, and were com-
posed of the ciliated ova, and of very minute nucleated cells con-
nected together by a structureless substance. Many of these ova
formed a single cell, broader at one end than at the other, witha
circle of cilia longer than the cell placed around the margin of
the broad end (fig. 9 a), while others presented one, two or more
very minute cells attached to its lower or narrow extremity
(fig. 94 &c). The nucleated cells consisted of a cell-membrane
with two or more nuclei, and appeared to be undeveloped ova.
The ciliated ova swam actively about, sometimes bending all
their cilia in the same direction, forming a curved bundle and
striking in the same line for some time together, at other times
spreading their cilia and moving them in different directions.
These ova are so minute as to require very high magnifying powers
for their examination. It would thus appear “that this polype, sup-
posing all the individual animals whose stalks are attached to the
same creeping stem to form one aggregate animal, extends and
prolongs the life of the individuals composing it in two ways ; viz.
by renewal of the individual bodies after they have dropt off, and
by offsets of new individuals from the creeping stem; and that it
reproduces and extends the species, or forms new aggregate ani-
mals, by the formation of ciliated cells. I have never been able
to detect any circulation of nutritious juices in the stalk, though
examined under the most favourable circumstances.

Crisia chelata. This polype when extruded affords a good
view of the membrane connecting the outer surface of the pha-
rynx and rectum together (fig. 10a). It would be more correct
to say, connecting the supporting part of the tentacula and rec-
tum together, for the pharynx, as in the other ascidian polypes,
lies loose, and can be seen contractmg, within this supporting
part. It protrudes itself through a small opening at the upper
margin of the cell, and the large opening seen in the dead spe-
cimen on the anterior surface of the cell, is m the living speci-
men covered in by a membrane. The polype has from ten to
twelve ciliated tentacula about half the length of the cell. The
dilatation of the digestive tube (stomach) at the termination of

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 393

the gullet and commencement of the intestine is smaller, and that
part marked a in fig. 4 and 5 is relatively larger in this polype
than in Cellularia reptans and C. scruposa, and has less the ap-
pearance of an appendix of the stomach*. Its mner surface, how-
ever, is covered with a greater number of brownish granules than
any other portion of the intestinal tube.

Campanularia dumosa. I have procured some live specimens
of this polype thrown ashore after a storm attached to Mustra
foliacea.. The polypes and pith of the stalk are of a yellow
colour. The polypes were sluggish, had twelve short tentacula
not ciliated, and presented all the characters of the Zoophyta hy-
droida. Dr. Johnston writes me that he has also some time ago
procured live specimens, so that he must be now aware that
this polype cannot be a Cornularia as he once supposed (British
Zoophytes, p. 192, 1838), and that the characters of the poly-
pidom separate it from the genus Campanularia.

Alecyonidium parasiticum. Abundance of this polype is occa-
sionally thrown ashore chiefly adhering to Sertularia argentea. I
have procured several specimens alive, and have satisfied myself
that it consists of cells composed of animal and calcareous mat-
ter, and that the polype resembles the ascidian polypes m every
respect. Mr. Hassall (Annals of Natural History, vol. vii. p. 3870)
first satisfactorily ascertained the true nature of this polype. On
placing a portion of the polypidom under the microscope, and
then bringing a quantity of dilute muriatic acid in contact with
it, Imumerable bubbles of gas are seen rising from all parts of
its surface. On immersing another portion in aqua potasse so
as to destroy the animal matter, it lost its dirty brown colour,
and the form and arrangement of the cells were then distinctly
observed. Figure 11 is a magnified view of a few of the cells in
the portion of the polypidom thus treated. Hach cell is pro-
vided with a flexible tube attached to its margin, which the po-
lype extrudes before it emerges from the interior of the cell, and
retracts when it re-enters, thus serving the purpose of an oper-
culum. The first portion of this operculum extruded, forms a
small conical eminence with the apex truncated. When the po-
lype withdraws itself within its cell, it frequently does not retract
this portion of the operculum, so that the surface of the polypi-
dom occasionally presents under the microscope a papillose ap-
pearance. The next stage in the protrusion of the polype is the
elongation of this conical emmence by the eversion through it of
a second portion, surmounted by pretty long sete. The tenta-

* As has already been stated, I have observed individual polypes both in
Cellularia reptans and scruposa, bat more especially the latter, where the
difference between the size of the stomach and appendix was less marked
than in figs. 4 and 5.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2F

394 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

cula, by the upward motion of which the eversion of this flexible
tube is effected, are now seen lying within it. The third stage
in the protrusion of the polype is the passage of the tentacula
and pharynx through the upper aperture of the flexible tube.
The greater part of this tube appears to be composed of sete
connected together by a membrane. The polype has fifteen or
sixteen tentacula. By breaking up a number of the cells I pro-
cured two of the polypes nearly entire, and the stomach and its
appendix had nearly the same relative size as in Crisia chelata.
Several bodies, each composed of reddish brown nucleated cells
inclosed in a membrane (ova), were seen among the broken-
down cells.

Flustra avicularis. This polype is thrown ashore in great
quantities after storms, chiefly adherig to the roots of Flustra
foliacea and F. truncata. The cells have almost always four hol-
low spines, adhering to the upper margin of the cell, two to each -
angle. The two superior spmes are pretty long and project up-
wards and outwards, and the two inferior, which are placed close
to the two superior at their origin, are considerably shorter and
less thick, and project generally inwards, forwards and a little
downwards. In a few cells I have seen five spines attached to
the superior margin, three of these adhering to the outer angle.
The bird-head processes attached to the outer edges of the
branches of the polypidom are generally very considerably larger
than those nearer their centres. Each bird-head process may
be described as being composed of a body (fig. 12 f), of a hinge-
process (fig. 12 e), and of a pedicle (fig. 12 6). By the pedicle
it is attached to the interior of a round hollow process projecting
slightly from the anterior surface of the polypidom (fig. 12 a).
The body of the bird-head process* is very convex along the
lower edge, and it is elongated from below upwards and some-
what flattened transversely. It 1s divided by an oblique ridge on
its interior surface into two chambers (fig. 12 d), which com-
municate freely at the superior and middle parts at least. The
hinge-process is articulated to the superior or concave surface of
the body by a hinge-joint, along the line of the superior termina-
tion of the internal ridge which divides the body into two parts.
The edges of the concave surface are thickened at this part, and
present a slight depression on each, for receiving the two articular
processes of the hinge-process. The body of the bird-head pro-
cess is hollow, and its concave surface presents three apertures ;
the largest of these is the uppermost, and is separated from the
middle by a bar stretched across between the articular cavities

* Jn describing this moveable bird-head process, I have supposed the

polypidom to be erect, and the concave surface of this process to be looking
upwards in the direction of the long axis of the cells.

~

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 395

for receiving the hinge-process; and the smallest is placed at the
lower end, and affords a passage to the posterior part of the
pedicle into the interior of the body. The hinge-process is con-
cave on its upper surface, and terminates below in a curved point.
Its superior wall forming its concave surface is deficient in two-
thirds of its length at the upper part or that next the articulation,
and its inferior or convex wall is very thin over the same extent.
It is hollow, and communicates with the body through the upper
and middle apertures seen in its concave or upper surface. Its
upper or articulating end is bounded by a thickened portion or bar
passing between the edges of the superior surface, and a similar
bar passing between the edges of the inferior or convex surface.
The articulating processes are placed upon the superior of these
bars, at its junction with the edges of the superior surface. I have
described, with what may appear very unnecessary minuteness,
the skeleton of these bird-head processes, because it would be im-
possible to understand their movements without a previous know-
ledge of the different parts described. The lateral portions of the
lower chamber of the body are occupied by two radiating muscles,
presenting somewhat of the appearance of the temporal muscle in
the human species, which converge at the articulating or upper
edge of the hinge-progess, and terminating in a denser, thicker
and narrower structure, which | shall call tendons, are attached
to and move this process (fig. 12c). One of these muscles, which
is the stronger, terminates in a tendon which runs above the
transverse bar which separates the upper from the middle aperture
in the concave surface, and running down the centre of the hinge-
process is inserted into the inner surface of its inferior or convex
wall a little above its apex or free extremity. When this muscle
contracts, the hinge-process is tilted up. The other muscular
bundle, which is strongest at the upper and lower edges, terminates
in a tendon which passes beneath the bar, and is inserted into
the hinge-process close to and a little above the tendon of the
other muscle. When this muscle contracts, the hinge-process,
if elevated, is drawn down. ‘The first-described muscle is the
elevator, the second is the depressor muscle of the hinge-process.
The movements of the hinge-process are in general slight, but I
have frequently observed it to be tilted up with considerable
force, and closely applied over the superior surface of the anterior
chamber, so that its concave, which was before its superior, be-
came its inferior surface, and its convex became its superior sur-
face. In this state it may remain for hours, and affords an ex-
cellent opportunity for observing the arrangement of the fibres
of the two muscles, especially that of the elevator, as its lower
fibres run more directly upwards, and its tendon is raised and
separated from that of the depressor muscle. In dead specimens

2F2

396 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

the hinge-process is not unfrequently found in the position into
which it is brought by the action of the elevator muscle. These
muscular fibres present no transverse strie, can contract and relax
with rapidity, and become shorter and thicker during their con-
traction. ‘The movements of the body upon the polypidom are
effected by the pedicle, and are as follows:—Suppose it to be
attached to one of the edges of the polypidom, and the concave
or upper surface to be looking upwards in the line of the long
axes of the cells, it can turn “Slow ly outwards over the edge of
the polypidom until its concave surface looks directly outerward,
and it then returns to its former place: it may also turn in-
wards until the concave surface looks across the cells. This
movement being suspended, it exhibits at intervals a nodding
motion, the concave and convex surfaces being alternately de-
pressed towards the anterior surface of the polypidom. When
the concave surface is carried downwards, the hinge-process is
slightly separated from the body; but when the convex surface
is depressed, it 1s again approximated. These last movements
of the hinge-process are probably in a great measure mechanical,
and occasioned by it rubbing over the surface of the polypidom
during the downward motion of the concave surface. The pedi-
cle consists of two parts: a posterior and dense portion which is
attached to the internal surface of the inferior edge of the pro-
cess of the polypidom to which it is fixed, and passes inwards
through the inferior aperture in the concave surface of the body
to be inserted into the lower part of the imternal surface of the
convex surface of the body; and an anterior portion, more trans-
lucent and less dense, which is prolonged downwards into the
process, and forwards to the middle aperture in the concave sur-
face of the body and the attached end of the hinge-process. In
the noddmg movements when the convex surface is moved down-
wards, the ‘posterior edge of the pedicle contracts and becomes
bent so as to form an acute angle; and it relaxes while the con-
cave surface of the body is moved downwards, resembling the
contractile movements of the stalks in Pedicellina echinata. 1
have never had an opportunity of observing the changes in the
pedicle durmg the other movements of the body under a high
magnifying power, as this can only be done under certain condi-
tions not easily to be obtained. ‘The anterior portion of the
pedicle has more of the appearance of a membranous than a con-
tractile structure, and contains several small nucleated cells. A
similar structure is found in the upper chamber of the body,
and is prolonged through the upper aperture in the concave sur-
face into the hinge-process. I have not been successful in ob-
serving contractile movements in this structure, if it really pos-
sesses this function, and I believe that it is more connected with the

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 397

nutrition of these bird-head processes than with their movements.
It would be very interestmg to ascertain the functions of these
complex appendices to the polypidom. Their movements are
quite independent of the polypes, and continue for days after
these are dead. The hollow processes of the polypidom, at least
those next the outer edges, to which these bird-head processes
are attached, sprig from the upper surface of canals which
communicate with the interior of the spines, the ovary-capsules,
and also by lateral apertures with the interior of the cells next
them. Can these organs assist in circulating water along these
canals 2%

The body of the polype is very small when compared with
the length of the cell, so that when it enters the cell, the gullet
and intestine are not folded upon themselves as in Cellularia
reptans and so many other of the ascidian polypes, but are sim-
ply thrown into a curve. It has fifteen or sixteen ciliated tenta-
cula considerably longer than the body: the cilia are short, thick
and numerous. In this polype, as in the Crista chelata and
Alcyonidium parasiticum, there is not so marked a division be-
tween the stomach and the part which has been termed the ap-
pendix, as in Cellularia reptans and C. seruposa. Brownish gra-
nules and minute cells are observed on the inner surface of the
stomach, the gullet and commencement of intestine. Ciliary move-
ments are distinctly seen in this as m the other ascidian polypes
examined on the inner surface of the pharynx, gullet, stomach and
first portion of intestine. In some specimens the polypes were
very active, darting back into their cells when disturbed, and
immediately after agam protruding themselves. When left un-
disturbed, they at short intervals partially withdrew into their
cells, and immediately after again emerged and spread out their
tentacula. The movements of the cilia attached to the tentacula
appear to be in this, as in other ascidian polypes, under the con-
trol of the animal. They remain quiescent when the tentacula are
withdrawn within the cell; and even when extruded their move-
ments are occasionally for a time suspended. There can be no
doubt that they can act also involuntarily, for they may be seen
in full action upon detached portions of the tentacula. Very ex-
tensive contractile movements were very frequently observed in
the pharynx, gullet and stomach. The arrangement of the mus-
cles, by the action of which the polype protrudes and withdraws
itself within the cell, appears, as far as I could trace them, similar
to those in Cellularia reptans and scruposa. The greater number
of specimens were provided with ovary-capsules, placed upon the
thickened superior margin of the cells. In some specimens pro-

* This is a mere conjecture thrown out for future investigation.

398 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

cured about the middle of October, these ovary-capsules were
more or less filled with opake bodies (ovaries) of a slightly yel-
lowish colour. Each of these bodies was composed of small
nucleated cells inclosed in amembrane. The external surface of
this membrane was in many of them provided with cilia in mo-
tion, causing some of them to perform a rapid rotatory motion
within the ovary-capsules. These ova in the first stage of their
growth adhere to,the upper end of the lining membrane of the
capsule. This ining membrane stretches across the aperture in
the capsule, and also sends a reflection across the cell imme-
diately below the ovum so as to inclose it ma kind of sae, leaving
however, in the young ovum, a space between them. In the more
advanced ova, this membranous partition was much thickened,
especially at the central part, forming a considerable projection
in the direction of the aperture in the capsule, and contained a
number of nucleated cells.. When the ovum enlarges so as to
fill the interior of the capsule, it pushes this membranous parti-
tion before it. This membrane was observed in a few instances
where the ova were fully formed to contract and relax at in-
tervals, and in this way it may assist in the escape of the ovum.
On detaching some of the ovary-capsules with the view of ex-
amining their contents under a high power, one of the ova was
seen partially extruded from the aperture in the capsule. It
was divided by a deep fissure into two unequal parts, the
largest of which was nearly entirely outside the capsule (fig.
13 a). The extremity of the largest portion (fig. 18 ¢) was di-
stinctly prolonged, more translucent than the rest of the ovum,
and presented along its free edge a row of hairs resembling
cilia, which, however, remained quite motionless, while along the
whole of the rest of the external surface of both portions, exeept
upon the edges of the fissure, cilia were in such vigorous action
that it was impossible to distinguish them imdividually, and they
produced the appearance of the rim of a wheel in very rapid
rotation. After the lapse of an hour the fissure had extended
through the whole body of the ovum, and the larger portion (fig.
13 b) being set free, swam about very actively in the water; but
all this time the hairs attached to the prolonged anterior portion
remained motionless. The smaller portion continued in the cap-
sule, and performed very rapid rotatory movements. This was
the only ovum I observed in the act of escaping from the inte-
rior of the capsule, but I had an opportunity of watching three
other bodies exactly similar to the larger portion of the ovum
already described, when examining other portions of the same
polypidom. One of these had become fixed, by the hairs attached
to the anterior extremity, to a minute portion of sea-weed, and
the cilia were in active motion. When examined ten hours after,

Physiology of same Zoophytes. 399

the cilia were acting very languidly. I saw another while swim-
ming about become entangled by its cilia to the sete projecting
from the body of a small annelide. During the movements of
the annelide, the hairs on the prolonged anterior extremity came
in contact with some small fragments of sea-weed, and the an-
nelide after some struggles detached itself from the ovum, which
continued to adhere to the sea-weed. In all of these I never
observed the least movement of the hairs attached to the anterior
extremity. I was not able to ascertain that the smaller portion
of the ovum left in the capsule underwent any change, as I pre-
sume it does, before it escaped from its interior. Several bodies,
having one portion of their surface ragged and devoid of cilia,
and in every other respect resembling the smaller portion of the
ovum, and also other bodies exactly similar to the entire ovum,
were observed swimming about; but as in all these cases the
portions of the polypidom had been injured immediately before,
and some of the ovary-capsules broken, it was presumed that
these had been mechanically displaced from the capsules. The
larger portions of the ova were, like the entire ova, composed of
minute nucleated cells, and did not, as far as I could discover,
possess any internal cavity.

In several specimens of Cellularia reptans and C. seruposa, and
one specimen of C. avicularis procured at the same time, the
ovary-capsules were filled with ova; in the two former of a deep
orange colour, composed of nucleated cells, having the same
number and arrangement of membranes and provided with cilia
as in Flustra avicularis. Some of these ova were in rapid rota-
tory motion; others, as in Flustra avicularis, were motionless,
though the cilia were acting, being kept quiescent by the more
close apposition of the inclosmg membrane. I did not succeed
in observing the escape of any of these ova from their vapsules.
In many of the polype-cells of all of the above-mentioned
polypes, dark ved bodies composed of nucleated cells inclosed in
a membrane were present. These nucleated cells are generally
considerably larger than those entering into the formation of
the ova in the ovary-capsules. The greater number of polype-
cells contained one only of these bodies, and it was connected
to the inner surface of the cell by a membrane having a num-
ber of detached nucleated cells of a light colour adhering to it.
These bodies occupied different positions between the bottom
and aperture of the cells, but in none were distinct ciliary mo-
tions observed. These bodies are also probably ova, and it is
possible that more extended observations may enable us to de-
tect cilia on their surface at a more advanced stage of develop-
ment, though none in the present case were seen even on those
lying at the aperture of the polype-cells. I have satisfied my-

400 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

self that in the polypes mentioned above, the mner surfaces of the
polype-cells, of the appendices of those processes described in the
Cellularia reptans and scruposa, of the bird-head processes, of
the spines, and of the canals running along the lateral surfaces
of the polypidom in Flustra avicularis, ave all lmed by a fine
membrane. This membrane in old specimens, and when the
polypes are dead, often presents numerous and pretty large cells,
generally of a pale colour, at other times having a slightly yel-
lowish or brownish tinge, adhering to its free surfaces. In one
specimen these cells had accumulated in such quantities within
some of the spines in Flustra avicularis, as to produce consider-
able bulgings and excrescences. The growth and nutrition of the
hard parts of the polypidom must be chiefly due to this mem-
brane.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Magnified view of the posterior portion of the upper end of a branch
of the polypidom in Cellularia reptans. It is slightly elevated on
the left side, so that the polype-cells of that side are better seen
than on the other.

Fig. 2. Three appendices to the cells in Cellularia reptans.

Fig. 3. Magnified view of four polype-cells of Cellularia replans seen on the
anterior surface.

Fig. 4. Magnified view of polype in Cellularia reptans when folded up in
its cell.

Fig. 5. Magnified view of this polype when expanded.

Fig. 6. Magnified view of the anterior surface of the upper part of one of
the branches of the polypidom in Cedlularia seruposa. ‘The polype-
cells are in this drawing also more distinctly seen on one side than
on the other.

Fig. 7. Magnified view of three appendices to the polype-cell in Cellularia
scruposa; b, b, bis, views of the process bearing the hair-like pro-
longation in two different positions.

Fig. 8. Greatly magnified view of head and upper part of stalk in Pedicel-
lina echinata.

Fig. 9. Greatly magnified view of the ciliated ova of Pedicellina echinata,

Fig. 10. Magnified view of polype in Crista chelata.

Fig. 11. Magnified view of polype-cells in Aleyonidium parasiticum.

Fig. 12. Magnified view of bird-head process in Flustra avicularis.

Fig. 13. Magnified view of ova in Flustra avicularis.

XLIV.— Observations on the Spongiadee, with descriptions of some
new genera, By J. 8. Bowrrzann, F.R.S., L.S8. &e.

[ With two Plates. ]

Tue microscopical examination of several hundred species of the
Spongiade has led me*to believe it possible that a series of cha-
racters may be obtamed from the anatomical structure of the
skeleton, which, from their constancy and striking peculiarities,
will enable us to establish genera, based upon more certain cha-

with descriptions of some new genera. 401

racters than those which have hitherto designated the numerous
and extraordinary species of these singular animals.

Lamouroux, in his ‘Histoire des Polipiers Coralligénes Flex-
ibles,’ has described 163 species of Spongiade under the common
generic designation of Spongia, basing his descriptive characters
principally upon form and colour. It is almost unnecessary for
me to say, that there is scarcely one of these descriptions which
can be applied with any degree of certainty when we attempt to
identify specimens of recent sponges.

Dr. Fleming, in his ‘ History of British Animals,’ taking ad.
vantage of the valuable labours of Dr. Grant, has divided the
Spongiade into a series of genera founded, to a certain extent,
upon their anatomical structure, and takmg the common officmal
sponges as his type, has described the characters of the genus
Spongia mm the following words :— Porous, the cartilagimous
skeleton simple or destitute of earthy spicula.”

Dr. Johnston, mm his admirable ‘History of the British Sponges
and Lithophytes, has added considerably to these characters,
and has thus designated the genus :—“ Body multiform, very
porous, elastic, composed of a network of corneous fibres inos-
culating in every direction, and traversed by tortuous canals
opening on the surface by ‘wider orifices ; the fibres often con-
tain imbedded spicula: gelatine fugacious: marine.” This se-~
ries of characters would perhaps be sufficiently definite if we
had to consider the British species of the Spon giade only, but
when we launch into the wide field of exotic species, it ceases to
be sufficiently descriptive and definite to enable us to hope to
arrange these extraordinary and protean forms of animal life in
such a manner as to allow the student to recognise a species, or
to refer it to its proper genus with anything approaching to the
same degree of certainty that we find the constant practice in
the science of botany.

It is true that in the latter science we have a much more ex-
tended series of determinate structural characters than we can
ever hope to find among the Spongiade, and that among plants
these characters are of such a nature as to be readily available
either to the unassisted vision or by the aid of a low microsco-
pical power; while among the Spongiade, from the minuteness
of many of the most essential organs, we can scarcely hope to
make any great degree of progress in the knowledge and deve-
lopment of such characters without the aid of the best modern
microscopical powers ; but with such assistance there is little doubt
in my own mind, from the great and permanent varieties of the
structures of the skeleton especially, that we shall be enabled to
establish such a series of well-defined new genera, and to subdi-
vide and arrange those already established, as very materially to

as

402 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

lessen the now almost insuperable difficulty that exists under the
present circumstances, in determining species by description.
I therefore propose in the first place to limit the genus Spongia
to such species only as strictly agree in the anatomical structure
of the skeleton with the two well-known species of the sponge of
commerce.

In January 1841* I had the honour of reading before the
Microscopical Society of London, a paper “On the keratose or
horny Sponges of commerce,” m which [ have proved the soli-
dity of the fibre and the occurrence of spicula in certain portions
of it; but at that time I had not been able to obtain the sight of
a specimen of either the Mediterranean or West Indian species,
im the precise condition in which they are, immediately after
being taken from their native element. Since then I have been
furnished by my friend Dr. Veronge with specimens of the West
Indian sponges of commerce, which were undoubtedly alive when
taken by him from the sea in the harbour at Bermuda, and some
of which were immediately immersed in spirit to prevent the rapid
discharge of the gelatinous interstitial matter.

In addition therefore to my former observations on these ani-
mals, I may state, that in a living condition the West Indian
sponge is furnished with a thin, simple, and pellucid investing
membrane, in which there is imbedded, without any definite ar-
rangement, numerous simple single-pointed and simple double-
pointed spicula, among which triradiate spicula are occasionally
to be seen.

In one of the specimens obtained by my friend Dr. Veronge
and preserved in spirit, the interstitial fleshy matter is very abun-
dant and of a considerable degree of density. It abounds with
siliceous simple single-pointed, simple double-pointed, triradiate
and other forms of spicula agreeing precisely in character with
those I have described in my paper published in the Microsco-
pical Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ as occurring imbedded in the large
flattened fibres of the sponge. There is no definite arrangement
of these bodies, but they appear thickly and irregularly dispersed
amid the gelatinous matter which fills up the whole of the inter-
stices of the fibre, excepting those spaces which form the tortuous
canals of the sponge.

With this additional information regarding their anatomical
structure, I propose that the genus Spongia shall be limited to
those species only which shall strictly agree with the well-known
and legitimate types of the true Spongie, and that the followmg
characters be adopted to limit and distmguish the members of the
genus.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibres

* Transactions of the Microscopical Society, vol. i. p. 32.

=

with descriptions of some new genera. 403

inosculating in every direction without order. Fibre solid, cylin-
drical, without spicula, with the exception of a few large com-
pressed fibres, which contain them in the centre. Investing
membrane thin, pellucid and simple. Interstitial substance ge-
latinous, containing siliceous spicula.

There are many of the Spongiade which approach very closely
to the true Spongia in the external appearance of the skeleton
and in many of the prominent generic characters, but which
nevertheless vary in their structural peculiarities in so marked
and decided a manner as to render it advisable to arrange them
in other genera, and foremost among these stands the group of
which Spongia fistularis, Lamarck, is the type, and which I pro-
posed in my former paper to make the type of a new genus, and
to designate it Fistularia; but upon reconsideration I find, that
although a most appropriate designation for the proposed genus,
it has already been apphed as a generic term in botany, so that it
were better to abandon it altogether and to adopt another name,
which, although it may not be so expressive of the leading cha-
racter of the genus, will be more distinctive as regards other ge-
nera; and as I have been in a great measure indebted to my
friend Dr. Veronge for a correct knowledge of this very inter-
esting natural group of the Spongiade in the condition in which
they exist in their native element, I shall be domg but an act of
justice in commemorating his exertions in the cause of science by
naming it in honour of him, and the following I propose as the
characters of the genus

VERONGIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibres
inosculating im every direction without order. Fibre cylindrical,
continuously fistular, without spicula. Cavity of the fibre simple.

The external character of the fibre of this group is widely dif-
ferent from that of the great mass of the true Spongia. While
in the latter they are usually flexible, fine in texture, and of a
colour approaching to light amber ; in the former, on the con-
trary, the fibre is rigid, coarse in texture, and very deeply co-
loured. The great central cay ity of the fibre usually occupies
about one-third of its diameter, but in some species it 1s of much
larger dimensions. It is generally nearly uniform in its size in
all parts of the same species, but occasionally it dilates consider-
ably for a short space and then resumes its original diameter. It
is also usually somewhat increased in its dimensions at the ana-
stomosing portion of the fibre, as shown in PI. XIII. fig. 7, which
represents a piece of the fibre at one of the anastomosing points,
seen with a power of 100 linear.

The great central cavity is lmed with a thin pellucid mem-

404 Mr. J.S. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

brane, thickly overspread with minute semi-opake granules : such
is its appearance in specimens which have been preserved i in spirit
immediately on being removed from the sea ; but after havmg been
dried, the membrane and its granulated coat is usually fractured
in every direction, and then presents an appearance as if the cavity
were lmed with irregular, minute flocculent masses, or the mem-
brane separating from the surface of the canal may ‘be seen repo-
sing in it in the form of a contracted tube. Portions of it may
also be occasionally seen projecting from the fractured ends of
the fibres, especially in the examinations of dried specimens.

I have been unable to detect any communication between the
great central cavity and the outer surface of the fibre, the pro-
jecting ends of which are always naturally hermetically sealed.

I have been favoured by my friend Dr. Veronge with a very
beautiful species of this genus which was immersed in spirit im-
mediately on being removed from the sea, This specimen is in
the form of a cluster of cylindrical tubes about twelve mches in
height and two in diameter, the thickness of the tube being about
half an inch.

The whole of the external and internal surface of the sponge
is closely covered with a strong investing membrane, and I have
observed the remains of a similar tissue upon several other dried
species of this genus in my possession. In all the cases the mem-
brane was simple in structure, semi-opake, and had the internal
surface abundantly furnished with tessellated cellular structure.

The interstitial fleshy matter of the specimen presented to me
by Dr. Veronge exhibits a high degree of organization. When a
section was made at right angles to the axis of the sponge, it cut
as firmly, and presented as close a texture as a section of the
liver of a quadruped does.

When minute fragments were examined by transmitted light
and a microscopic power of 300 linear, it was found to consist of
closely compressed tessellated cellular structure, varying some-
what in its general aspect in different parts of the specimen, but
in the best-defined portions it presented the appearance repre-
sented by Pl. XIII. fig. 8.

A few minute vessels were observed in the most transparent
portions of this tissue meandermg amid the cells, but in other
species in which portions of the remains of the interstitial fleshy
matter were found, they were observed to exist in a much greater
abundance.

I have been unable to detect more than a few accidental spi-
cula in the investing membrane of any of this family, and I be-
heve that they do not naturally exist im any part of any one of
the species of this group.

The Verongie have existed at former periods in great abun-

with descriptions of some new genera. 405

dance, as by far the larger number of the fossilized Spongiade
are composed of this description of tissue, especially in the agates
of the neighbourhood of Oberstein, and in the green agates, mis-
called in commerce jaspers, from India. The boulder formation
of the Yorkshire coast and the shmgle of the Sussex coast also
produce siliceous pebbles, containing perforated spongeous fibre
in abundance, and I have similar specimens from various other
localities.

In the fossilized state the remains of true Spongia are very
much less common than those of Verongia, but this difference in
their comparative numbers in this condition may possibly arise
in some measure from the greater degree of strength and rigidity
of the fibre of the latter tribe enabling them to resist the effects
of accident and decomposition until they were imbedded in the
silt of the ancient ocean and ultimately fossilized.

AULISKIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibre.
Fibre cylindrical, rigid, continuously fistular, having minute
cecoid canals radiating from it in every direction.

The external characters of the fibre of the skeletons of this
genus are exceedingly like those of Verongia. The colour, the de-
gree of rigidity and the mode of inosculation agree pr ecisely with
each other, and it is only when submitted to a careful microsco-
pical examination by transmitted light with a power of 100 linear
that the distinguishing character becomes apparent. Under these
circumstances we find that the fibre is furnished with a conti-
nuous central canal as in Verongia; but in addition to this organ,
which permeates every fibre of the skeleton, there are numerous
minute ceecoid canals, radiating at irregular distances from all
parts of the great central cavity, as represented by Pl. XIII.
fig. 1. with a linear power of 100, and by figure 2 with a power
of 300 linear.

These secondary canals are given off at nearly right angles to
the great central one. They are very unequal in length, few, com-
paratively, reaching to near the external surface of the fibre, and
none that I have been able to discover perforating it. The greater
portion of them pursue nearly a straight line from the axis of the
fibre, a few have a tortuous direction, and a still fewer number
bifurcate or branch.

Within the great central canal there were frequently to be
observed one or two long simple vessels, which might be seen
traversing the cavity for a considerable distance, as represented
in Plate XIII. fig. 1. a and 0.

When there are more than one, as represented at b, they do
not appear to unite, but run side by side until they reach one of

406 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiadee,

the anastomosing points of the fibre into which one of them will
pass, while the other pursues the direct course of the great
canal. They appear to be invested by a gelatinous coat or sheath,
as seen at c in fig. 3, which represents a portion of the great
central cavity of a fibre and its contents by transmitted light and
a power of 800 linear. The cavity within the vessel is small
compared with its external diameter, the parietes being so thick
that it does not exceed a third or a fourth of the whole diameter,
as represented by Pl. XIII. fig. 4. with a linear power of 1020.

I have never found a similar tissue in such a situation m any
other recent sponge; but it is a remarkable circumstance, that
the first indication of the existence of such vessels in the interior
of sponge fibres was afforded me in the sponge tissues which
abound in the moss agates of the neighbourhood of Oberstein,
and which I have described and figured in a paper “On the
Spongeous Origin of Moss Agates and other Siliceous Bodies,”
in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for September
and October 1842.

The external surface of the fibre is frequently covered with a
complex reticulated vascular tissue, a small portion of which is
represented by Pl. XIII. fig. 5. with a power of 800 linear. It
is probable, if the fibre were m its natural condition, that this
tissue would be found to surround the whole of the fibrous
skeleton.

A few minute portions of the remains of the fleshy interstitial
substance were found adhering to some of the fibres. Upon im-
mersing these in water, and submitting them to examination
with a power of 300 linear, they proved to consist of a series of
well-developed regular cells, represented by Pl. XIII. fig.6. The
parietes of the greater portion of them were thickly coated with
deep amber-coloured, fleshy or gelatimous matter, and im some
of them there was a large round or oval mass of the same de-
scription of substance, which in many cases nearly filled the
whole of the interior of the cell.

It is much to be regretted that the specimen from which these
details are drawn is but a fragment. It has evidently been part
of a series of tubular bodies, cemented together by approxima-
tion, or of a series of tubular branches; the outer diameter of
the tubes being about three-fourths of an inch, and the imner
diameter about half an inch, so that the parietes do not exceed
one-eighth of an inch in thickness.

STEMATUMENIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of solid, compressed, kera-
tose fibre, in which siliceous spicula and grains of sand are occa-

with descriptions of some new genera. 407

sionally imbedded. Interstitial substance fibro-membranous.
Investing membrane simple.

S. scyphus. Sponge sessile ; when immature massive, when adult
cup-shaped; surface coriaceous, spinous. Excurrent oscula
large, usually dispersed over the interior of the cup.

The fibres of the skeleton of the members of this genus are
rigid when dry, but in a wet condition they possess a consider-
able degree of elasticity. The smaller ones are nearly cylindrical,
and are usually without either spicula or grains of sand; but the
larger and more mature fibres are considerably compressed, and
have frequently grains of sand and spicula cubed in the sub-
stance of the horny structure.

The most remarkable character in this tribe is the singular
nature of the interstitial matter of the sponge, which is con-
structed of a beautiful mterlacement of elongated fibres with
httle or no gelatinous substance intervening, as represented by
Pl. XIV. fig. 1, and these are covered by others similarly dis-
posed with thew axes in a different direction, the mass being
bound firmly together by other fibres running in tortuous direc-
tions sc as to cement the whole into a membrane, as it were, of
great strength and tenacity. Each fibre is of considerable length,
but from their matted condition I have been unable to separate
an unbroken one from the mass. They appear usually to have
obtuse terminations without any attenuation towards the ends,
but occasionally fibres are observed with large cytoblastic termi-
nations, as represented by Pl. XIV. figs. 3 and 4.

The origin of this description of tissue appears to be similar
to that of the sacculated tissue of Cellepora pumicosa, which I
have described and figured in a paper “On the Crganic Tissues
in the Bony Structure of the Corallidee,” published in the ‘ Philo-
sophical Transactions of the Royal Society, part 1. 1844, p. 220,
pl. 17. figs. 3 and 4, and also to the mode of the production of the
primary vascular tissue in the new basement membrane of So/en
vagina, described in a paper “ On the Structure of the Shells of
Molluscous and Conchiferous Animals,” in the ‘Transactions of
the Microscopical Society of London,’ vol. 1. p. 144, and figured
in pl. 18. fig. 4. a and 0.

The fibres have usually a number of gelatinous-looking mole-
cules, imbedded in the surface, which vary much in their size
and form, as seen in Pl. XIV. fig. 5, which represents a portion
of one of them examined by transmitted light with a linear power
of 1020; and the cytoblastic terminations also are thickly studded
with them, as represented in Pl. XIV. fig. 4.

This description of fibrous tissue is the more remarkable when
we view its occurrence among the Spongiade in connexion with

408 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

its production in other and higher orders of the animal king-
dom. Thus we find it in the foliated portions of a coral (Pavonia
lactuca) when deprived of its earthy matter by dilute hydrochloric
acid. In this case, the tissue occurs in the form of shorter and
stouter filaments than in the sponge, and there is an attenuation
of the fibre towards each of its ends; nor are the fibres so closely
matted together as in the sponges, but on the contrary, there are
frequently but a few filaments irregularly disposed amid the de-
calcified tissues of the coral. I have also found it in the remains
of a fleshy mass of what appeared to be an Ascidian, which was
attached to a group of zoophytes. from Algoa Bay. It has also
been shown, by Dr. Carpenter, that the decalcified shell of the
common egg, and its membrana putaminis, are entirely com-
posed of this peculiar tissue. In the latter instance the similarity
is so great, both in the form of the structure and the mode of
disposition, that it would be exceedingly difficult to distmguish
between that derived from the sponge and the tissue of the mem-
brana putaminis, if it were not that the fibres of the latter are
somewhat less in diameter than those of the former.

The imvesting membrane is generally exceedingly thin and
pellucid, and without any trace of fibres or other forms of or-
ganisation.

CARTILOSPONGIA.

Gen. Char. Fibre cartilaginous, imperforate, contaiming oat-
shaped cavities thickly dispersed, from each of which numerous
minute canals radiate to unequal distances.

C. rigida. Sponge free, compressed, discoid. Fibre rigid, com-
pressed ; longitudinal fibres radiating from the centre towards
the circumference; lateral fibres at right angles to the longi-
tudinal ones, forming square or oblong interstices. Excurrent
canals, on the marginal edge of the sponge, few and irregularly
disposed.

The general aspect of the fibre of this sponge is very like that
of decalcified foetal human bone from the cranium, but the fibre
is somewhat more compressed.

When a few fibres, immersed in water, are examined by trans-
mitted light with a power of 100 linear, it is seen that every
part of their substance contains minute oat-shaped cavities, re-
presented by Pl. XIV. fig. 7, and which correspond exactly, im
form and mode of disposition, with the analogous minute cavities,
miscalled corpuscles, which abound in such quantities, and are
so well known to every anatomist as peculiarly characteristic of
true animal bone. In the latter, when viewed with a high micro-
scopic power, there may be observed a profusion of exceedingly
minute radiating canals, which are said to communicate with the

with descriptions of some new genera. 409

Haversian canals. In the sponge, these minute radiating canals
are also present, but they are much fewer in number, and re-
quire a power of 1000 linear to render them distinctly apparent.
Under these circumstances they are seen, as represented in PI.
XIV. fig. 6, radiating from the oat-shaped cavities, and usually
decreasing in diameter until they terminate at unequal distances
from the parent cavity, in exceedingly minute points. In many
cases, the commencement of these mimute canals is expanded in
the form of a funnel, so as beneath a power of about 500 linear
to cause the oat-shaped cavities to appear fringed with a series
of projecting points.

The surface of the fibre is covered with nucleated cytoblasts
and tessellated cellular structure in various stages of development,
and in the centre of some of the more fully-developed of these
cells, in place of their being entirely filled up by the secretion of
cartilaginous matter, there is frequently an elongated cavity re-
maining, which probably becomes one of these peculiar organs,
after having been immersed in the cartilaginous substance of the
fibre by successive layers of cellular structure. Occasionally, but
by no means frequently, there are small patches of ramifying ca-
nals situated immediately beneath the surface of the fibre, as re-
presented at Pl. XIV. fig. 7 a, as seen with a linear power of 100.
It is difficult to imagine what office these canals perform in the
ceconomy of the animal, as they do not appear with the same de-
gree of constancy or regularity as in other sponges where similar
tissues occur in like situations.

In some of the expanded portions of the fibre, there are often
small round or oval holes, and around these the oat-shaped cavi-
ties are arranged in a series of concentric rings, exactly repre-
senting the mode of arrangement of the corresponding organs in
true bone, in the vicinity of the Haversian canals.

It is much to be regretted that there are no remains whatever
of spicula or of fleshy interstitial substance to be found in this
interesting specimen, nor am I aware of the part of the world of
which it is a native, as it was procured from a dealer in natural
curiosities, who could afford no clue to its previous history. The
specific characters, therefore, must be considered as provisionally
given, until other specimens may be found from which fuller and
better characters may be established.

The form of the sponge is that of a thick disc, the diameter
being five and a quarter inches, and the thickness, one inch and
three quarters. The two broad surfaces correspond exactly in
form and structure; a portion of one of them is represented by
Pl. XIV. fig. 8.

There is no appearance, at any part of the sponge, of a point
of attachment or base.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2G

410 Bibliographical Notices.

The fibre in the dry state is exceedingly rigid and brittle, and
preserves much of its rigidity even after having been soaked
many hours in water. The radiation of the fibres from the centre
of the sponge towards the outer surface is in a series of straight
lines, and the interstices rarely exceed half a line in length.

The great excurrent canals are found only on the extreme edge
of the sponge; they are few in number, and are disposed im a
single line at unequal distances throughout the whole of the
circumference of the sponge, the largest not exceeding two lines
in diameter.

This sponge is remarkable for its approximation, in the struc-
ture of its skeleton, to the highest orders of animal organization.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of the British Freshwater Algae, including descriptions of
the Desmidex and Diatomacee, with upwards of 100 Plates. By
A. H. Hassall, F.L.S. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1845.

We consider the publication of this work as likely to promote in a
great degree the study of the freshwater Algee of Britain; a tribe
which, owing to its great obscurity and the want of good magnified
figures, has been almost universaJly neglected by our botanists.
Whilst the Mosses, the Lichens, the Fungi, and even the marine Algze
have had valuable and elaborate works devoted to their elucidation,
we are not acquainted with any extensive English work on the fresh-
water tribes since that of Dillwyn, which, although highly valuable,
having appeared before the structure of the Algze was much under-
stood, cannot be considered as supplying the deficiency. The figures
contained in Mr. Hassall’s work will be found of the utmost value to
the student of this curious tribe of plants, as they appear in most
cases to have been carefully drawn and to be faithful representations
of the species. It is unfortunate that the author has not pointed out
the cases in which his figures are not the result of his own observa-
tions, but copied from published plates. ‘The appearance of ‘‘ Hass.
delt.” at the bottom of all the plates leads us to suppose that they
are all of them original, but a more careful examination shows that
not a fewarecopies. We shall notice some of these as we proceed,
previously however reminding our readers that the parts of the book
which it falls to our lot to blame are only a small portion of the
whole. As a whole, there can be no doubt that it is a proof of its
author being possessed of very considerable abilities ; more especially
of extensive powers of discrimination, although not of definition.
We consider these powers as quite distinct and frequently existing
separately, although both are essential to a writer on descriptive
natural history.

In the preface we find it stated that ‘ the characters developed
in the state of reproduction are relied upon in the framing not merely
of the families and genera, but also in the definition of species” in the

Bibliographical Notices. 41]

present work. ‘There cannot be a doubt that the best, perhaps the
only certain characters, are obtainable from those parts, and we wish
that Mr. Hassall had universally followed the plan which he appears
to have laid down for himself; but in several of the families the spe-
cific characters are almost wholly derived from the relative diameter
of the filaments. The size of the filaments would doubtless be a
valuable and most convenient mode of distinguishing the plants if it
could be described in such a manner as to be always determinable,
but comparative size can at no time be depended upon, unless the
object with which the comparison is made be previously known. To
show the absurdity of such comparative characters, and how totally
useless a considerable portion of Mr. Hassall’s definitions of nume-
rous species becomes, we will take a single series of species of the
genus Zygnema.

Species 41 of the genus Zygnema is Z. dubium (Hass.); it has the
“filaments rather more slender than those of Z. Jenneri,” in which
they are slenderer than in Z. vesicatum, when they equal those of
Z. diductum, in it equalling Z. intermedium, and so on through twelve
species to Z. orbiculare (Hass.), in which their diameter and length
is “very considerable.” ‘This is not a selected instance, but the first
which occurred to us, and might be backed by numerous others. It
is true that this forms only a part of the character, but to our mind
the remainder is not much better defined, and, at any rate, these
useless expressions ought not to have occupied so conspicuous a
position. ‘

We have felt it our duty to point out the very great fault just no-
ticed, and must now, in justice to our author, call attention to the
excellent mode in which he has divided that same genus Zygnema
into sections, by the “‘ truncated,’”’ not inverted, and “‘ inverted ex-
tremities of the cells: even here the figures are not all quite cor-
rect; the dissepiments of the separated and connected cells being
figured similarly—the latter quite correctly ; but when the cells are
separated the central part is always protruded, not inverted, as re-
presented on these plates.

In many cases, such as in the genera Vaucheria, Draparnaldia, Rivu-
laria, &c., where the magnified figures seem well-deserving of praise,
the want of a small portion of the plant represented of the natural
size is very observable.

Algologists will be much struck by the union of the long-known
Conferva glomerata and C. egagropila under the name of Cladophora
glomerata. Mr. Hassall’s theory of the formation of the latter is, that
**a specimen by the force of some mountain stream swollen by re-
cent rains becomes forced from its attachment ; as it is carried along
by the current, it is made to revolve upon itself, until at last a per-
fect ball is formed of it, which finally becomes deposited in some
basin or reservoir.’". We cannot deny that this may be a correct
view of the facts—indeed it may be doubted if any person is qualified
to do so; but we may observe, that the very still lakes and pools
in which C. egagropila is usually found are not all of them supplied
by swift streams, and that therefore some doubts may be allowed,

2G2

412 Bibliographical Notices.

The figure of Botrydium granulatum is evidently a reversed copy of
part of Dillwyn’s plate of Conferva multicapsularis, and yet Mr. Hassall
quotes that synonym doubtfully ; thus allowing that, even in his own
opinion, his figure may not represent B. granulatum. Why not state
this ; and also why not copy Greville’s figure, which certainly repre-
sents the true plant ?

We now come to the Desmidee, to our mind the least satisfac-
tory part of the book, for we suspect that here the author is far
less at home than in the preceding families. A more prominent
reference might have been made to the very successful labours of
Mr. Ralfs upon this family, and also the Diatomacee, which have ap-
peared in our pages, and are now published in a collected form in the
‘ Transactions’ of the Edinburgh Botanical Society. From these
papers Mr. Hassall has avowedly transcribed the remarks on several
of the species, and has apparently copied by far the greater number
of the figures of the Desmidee. He does state that “several of the
figures of this family, especially those of the genera Huastrum and
Cosmarium”’ are so obtained, but might have added, that nearly if not
quite every figure of Staurastrum, Scenedesmus, Pediastrum, Xanthi-
dium and Tetmemorus have the same origin. We do not blame him
for copying these beautiful drawings, but he ought to have taken
better copies, and also acknowledged his obligation to their author.
Nearly all the figures of Closterium we think are derived from Ehren-
berg ; the figure named CZ. Junula is not that species, but a variety of
Cl. Khrenbergi. In this case an acknowledgement was the more
necessary, since it is more than probable that some of the figures do
not represent British species; for instance, our Cl. margaritaceum
differs from Ehrenberg’s figure in not being granulated, and is
perhaps distinct ; Ehrenberg’s Cl. digitus is not the same as the spe-
cies so called in Britain.

We cannot however afford time or space to hunt out and record
all these errors, nor indeed the very many erroneous references to
synonyms, but merely observe that Mr. Ralfs is frequently made to
have used a nomenclature quite different from that which really
exists in the ‘ Annals’ and ‘ Transactions’ ; and that the references
to Mr. Jenner’s ‘ Flora of Tunbridge Wells’ are incorrect in nume-
rous cases. This is really too bad, as a very little ordinary care would
have prevented it. We readily forgive an author for mistakes, for to
them we are all liable; but carelessness of this kind and to this ex-
tent is unpardonable.

Mr. Hassall justly remarks, that our knowledge of these plants is
far from being complete. We believe that the number of Closteria is
much greater than is supposed by him, and know of many additional
species in some of the other genera.

In the present infancy of our knowledge, much difference of opi-
nion may exist as to the characters which should constitute genera ;
many may agree with Mr. Hassall in considering Desmidium, for ex-
ample, to have been too much dismembered by previous writers ; and
some will probably think that he has himself introduced unnecessary
divisions, as for example, Arthronema (p. 238) and Hassallia, origi-

Bibliographical Notices. 413

nally proposed by Mr. Berkeley but relinquished by that eminent
algologist as ‘‘frustrated by Kiitzing’s genus Sirosyphon,” which
Mr. Hassall remarks (p. 231), ‘‘ I cannot think it is.”

We have not space to allow of our noticing Mr. Hassall’s peculiar
views upon the cytoblast and its uses as a ‘‘ laboratory or stomach
in which the materials necessary for the growth and vitality of the
cell and its contents are received and digested ”’ (p. 5), or as an or-
gan of fertilization (p. 6), or on the ‘‘ vegetable structure which se-
cretes the raphides ;”’ but this is of less consequence, as they have
been remarked upon in rather strong terms of reprobation in the
‘Botan. Zeitung’ for Aug. 25, 1843; that reviewer considers them
to be made up of ‘“ phantasies and absurdities.”

In conclusion, we would again remind our readers, that although
we have found much to censure, that in a much greater number of
instances praise is due. It is unfortunately our duty to point out the
errors rather than the beauties of such a work as the present, which
with all its faults is an acquisition to the British botanist.

British Libellulinze or Dragon-flies. By W. F. Evans, M.E.S.
8vo. London, 1845.

A little book containing characteristic figures of all the known
British species of Libellule, but devoid of that artistical beauty to
which we are accustomed in entomological works. The figures seem
sufficient by which to identify the species and are apparently very
accurate. ‘The letter-press is very little more than an explanation of
the plates, not containing the generic and specific characters—a very
great omission. Neither do we see any reference to the labours of
M. Selys de Longchamps in this tribe of insects.

A Flora of Tunbridge Wells, being a List of Indigenous Plants within
a radius of fifteen miles around that place. By Edw. Jenner, A.L.S.
8vo. Tunbridge Wells, 1845.

The most perfect local flora that we have seen, if we take that term
as describing a mere list of plants. It is very full in the department
of flowering plants, but peculiarly so in that of the cryptogamic tribes.
Mr. Jenner’s well-known acquaintance with those obscurer tribes had
led us to expect a very valuable list, and we have not been disap-
pointed.

Circumstances over which the author had no control have de-
layed the publication of this volume so as to make some of the
earlier pages appear rather obsolete ; this will not however be found
so much the case as to affect the convenient use of the book, which
we can strongly recommend.

414 Linnean Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
LINNZAN SOCIETY.

May 6, 1845.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Il Cavaliere Giambattista Amici, M. G. P. Deshayes, and Prof.
Karl Friedrich von Ledebour, were elected Foreign Members.

Read the conclusion of Prof. Kélliker’s memoir on the Hectocotyle
of Tremoctopus violaceus and Argonauta Argo.

In this paper Prof. Kolliker gives a detailed description of the
external form and anatomical structure of two remarkable parasites
referable from their characters to the genus Hectocotyle of Cuvier,
and bearing much resemblance to the Hect. Octopodis of that author.
Of one of these, that which is parasitic on the Argonaut, Delle Chiaje
has given an unsatisfactory account in his Memoirs on Comparative
Anatomy, under the name of Trichocephalus acetabularis ; and Costa
has endeavoured. in the sixteenth volume of the second series of the
‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ to prove that it is only a separated
portion of the animal on which it is found. But this opinion is, ac-
cording to Prof. Kolliker, quite erroneous, all its characters indica-
ting beyond a doubt that it is a distinct animal. The two species
described were found by Prof. Kolliker at Messina, and are severally
named by him Hect. Tremoctopodis and Hect. Argonaute, from the
animals on which they parasitically live.

Prof. Kélliker enters into a particular statement of the reasons
which have induced him to believe that these Hectocotyle are in
reality the males of the Cephalopods on which they are found ; of
which reasons he gives the following summary :—

1. The Hectocotyle have arteries and veins, a heart and branchie ;
and hence it is improbable that they should be Epizootic
Worms.

2. Hect. Argonaute and Hect. Tremoctopodis bear a close relation to
the Cephalopoda in general, and more especially to the genera
on which they are found ; inasmuch as they have—

a. 'The same spermatozoa ;

b. Contractile pigment-cells ;

c. Similarly formed and similarly organized suckers ;

d. ‘The same remarkable arrangement of the muscular fibres
—the Hectocotyle in the muscular envelope of the body,
the Cephalopoda in their arms.

3. Among 280 Argonauts examined not a single male was found.

4. Nevertheless the males must be very numerous, inasmuch as
nearly all the Argonauts carry impregnated ova.

5. The Hectocotyle live in the neighbourhood of the female sexual
organs of their Cephalopods, and are all males.

6. The eggs of the Argonaut contain, according to Madame Power
and Maravigna, embrycs perfectly similar to the Hect. Argo-
naute.

Linnean Society. 415

If this last statement be correct, adds Dr. Kolliker, there can be
no doubt that the Hect. Argonaute is the male of the Argonaut.

Read also a continuation of Dr. J. D. Hooker’s ‘‘ Enumeration of
the Plants of the Galapagos Islands.”

Anniversary Meeting.
May 24.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

The President opened the business of the Meeting, and the list of
the Members whom the Society had lost during the past year having
been first read, the Secretary proceeded to read the following notices
of some among them.

The deaths among the Fellows amounted to thirteen. The first
name is that of

Francis Baily, Esq., one of the founders and the first Secretary
of the Astronomical Society, of which he was afterwards four times
President ; and in everything connected with that Society and with
its objects he took a leading, an active, and a most efficient part.
His labours in these departments were multifarious, and demanded
both intense thought and incessant application. They are too little
connected with natural history to admit of detailed consideration
here; but a summary of them has been given by Sir John F. W.
Herschel in an eloquent memoir of their author, published in the Phi-
losophical Magazine for January 1845, which contains an ample
record of the life, character and labours of this eminent man.

Mr. Baily became a Fellow of our Society in 1817: he was also
a Fellow of the Royal, Geological and Geographical Societies, an
Honorary Member of the Royal Irish Academy, and a Correspondent
of the Academy of Sciences of the Institute of France and of various
other Foreign Academies. In 1835 the University of Dublin con-
ferred on him the honorary title of D.C.L., and the same honour
was awarded to him by that of Oxford in 1844. He died on the 30th
of August last in the 71st year of his age.

Charles Cordeaux, Esq., M.D.

The Very Rev. Edmund Goodenough, D.D., F.R.S., Dean of Wells,
was the son of the Right Rev. Samuel Goodenough, Bishop of Car-
lisle, an original Member of this Society, for many years one of its
Vice-Presidents, and well-known by his memoirs on British Carices
and British Fucz, published in early volumes of our ‘ Transactions.’
Dr. Goodenough the son was himself much attached to the study of
natural history: he was for many years head-master of Westminster
School.

William Griffith, Esq., the youngest son of the late Thomas Grif-
fith, was born on the 4th of March 1810, at his father’s residence at
Ham Common, near Kingston-upon-Thames, in the county of Surrey,

He was educated for the medical profession, and completed his
studies at the London University, where he became a pupil of Prof.
Lindley, under whose able instructions, assisted by the zealous
friendship of Mr. R. H. Solly, and in conjunction with two fellow-
pupils of great scientific promise, Mr. Slack and Mr. Valentine, he

416 Linnean Society.

made rapid progress in the acquisition of botanical knowledge. The
first public proofs that he gave of his abilities are contained in a mi-
croscopic delineation of the structure of the wood and an analysis of the
flower of Phytocrene gigantea, in the third volume of Dr. Wallich’s
‘Plante Asiaticee Rariores’; and in a note on the development and
structure of Targionia hypophylla, appended to M. de Mirbel’s Disser-
tation on Marchantia polymorpha, both published in 1832. So highly
were his talents as an observer appreciated at this early period, that
Dr. Wallich speaks of him as one ‘‘ whose extraordinary talents and
knowledge as a botanist entitle him to the respegt of all lovers of the
science ;” and M. de Mirbel characterizes him as “‘ jeune Anglois, tres
instruit, trés zélé et fort bon observateur.”

His note on Targionia is dated Paris, April 2nd, 1832, and in the
month of May of the same year, having finished his studies at the
London University with great distinction, he sailed from England for
India, which was destined to be the scene of his future labours. He
arrived at Madras on the 24th of September, and immediately re-
ceived his appointment as Assistant-Surgeon in the service of the
East India Company.

His first appointment in India was to the coast of Tenasserim ; but
in the year 1835 he was attached to the Bengal Presidency, and was
selected to form one of a deputation, consisting of Dr. Wallich and
himself as botanists, and Mr. MacClelland as geologist, to visit and
inspect the Tea-forests (as they were called) of Assam, and to make
researches in the natural history of that almost unexplored district.

This mission was for Mr. Griffith the commencement of a series of
journeys in pursuit of botanical knowledge, embracing nearly the
whole extent of the East India Company’s extra-peninsular posses-
sions, and adding large collections in every brafich of natural history,
but especially botany, to those which, under the auspices of the In-
dian Government, had previously been formed. He next, under the
directions of Capt. Jenkins, the Commissioner, pushed his inyestiga-
tions to the utmost eastern limit of the Company’s territory, tra-
versing the hitherto unexplored tracts in the neighbourhood of the
Mishmee Mountains which lie between Suddiya and Ava. Of the
splendid collection of insects formed during this part of his tour, some
account has been given by Mr. Hope in the Transactions of the En-
tomological Society and in the eighteenth volume of our own Trans-
actions.

His collection of plants was also largely increased on this remark-
able journey, which was followed by astill more perilous expedition,
commenced in February of the following year, from Assam through
the Burmese dominions to Ava, and down the Irawaddi to Rangoon,
in the course of which he was reported to have been assassinated.
The hardships through which he passed during the journey and
his excessive application produced, soon after his arrival in Calcutta,
a severe attack of fever, on his recovery from which he was appointed
Surgeon to the Embassy to Bootan, then about to depart under the
charge of the late Major Pemberton. He took this opportunity of
revisiting the Khasiya Hills, among which he formed a most exten-

Linnean Society. 47

sive collection ; and having joined Major Pemberton at Goalpara, tra-
versed with him above 400 miles of the Bootan country, from which
he returned to Calcutta about the end of June 1839. In November
of the same year he joined the army of the Indus in a scientific ca-
pacity, and penetrated, after the subjugation of Cabool, beyond the
Hindoo Khoosh into Khorassan, from whence, as well as from Aft-
ghanistan, he brought collections of great value and extent. During
these arduous journeys his health had several times suffered most
severely, and he was more than once reduced by fever to a state of
extreme exhaustion ; but up to this time the strength of his consti-
tution enabled him to triumph over the attacks of disease, and the
energy of his mind was so great, that the first days of convalescence
found him again as actively employed as ever.

On his return to Calcutta in August 1841, after visiting Simla and
the Nerbudda, he was appointed to the medical duties at Malacca ;
but Dr. Wallich having proceeded to the Cape for the re-establish-
ment of his health, Mr. Griffith was recalled in August 1842 to take,
during his absence, the superintendence of the Botanic Garden near
Calcutta, in conjunction with which he also discharged the duties of
Botanical Professor in the Medical College to the great advantage of
the students.. Towards the end of 1844 Dr. Wallich resumed his
functions at the Botanic Garden. In September Mr. Griffith mar-
ried Miss Henderson, the sister of the wife of his brother, Captain
Griffith, and on the 11th of December he quitted Calcutta to return
to Malacca, where he arrived on the 9th of January in the present
year. On the 31st of the same month he was attacked by hepatitis,
and notwithstanding every attention on the part of the medical of-
ficer who had officiated during his absence and who fortunately still
remained, he gradually sunk under the attack, which terminated
fatally on the 9th of February. ‘‘ His constitution,” says his at-
tached friend, Mr. MacClelland, in a letter to Dr. Horsfield, ‘‘ seemed
for the last two or three years greatly shattered, his energies alone
remaining unchanged. Exposure during his former journeys and
travels laid the seeds of his fatal malady in his constitution, while
his anxiety about his pursuits and his zeal increased. He became
care-worn and haggard in his looks, often complaining of anomalous
symptoms, marked by an extreme rapidity of pulse, in consequence
of which he had left off wine for some years past, and was obliged
to observe great care and attention in his diet. In Affghanistan he
was very nearly carried off by fever, to which he had been subject in
his former travels in Assam. No government ever had a more de-
voted or zealous servant, and I impute much of the evil consequences
to his health to his attempting more than the means at his disposal
enabled him to accomplish with justice to himself.”

The most important of Mr. Griffith’s published memoirs are con-
tained in the ‘Transactions of the Linnean Society. Previous to
starting on his mission to Assam, he communicated to the Society
the first two of a series of valuable papers on the development of the
vegetable ovulum in Santalum, Loranthus, Viscum, and some other
plants, the anomalous structure of which appeared calculated to

418 Linnean Society.

throw light on this still obscure and difficult subject. These papers
are entitled as follows :-—

1. On the Ovulum of Santalum album. Linn. Trans. xvii. p. 59.

2. Notes on the Development of the Ovulum of Loranthus and Vis-
cum ; and on the mode of Parasitism of these two genera. Linn.
Trans. xvi. p. 71.

3. On the Ovulum of Santalum, Osyris, Loranthus and Viscum. Linn,
Trans. xix. p. 171.

Another memoir, or rather series of memoirs, “‘ On the Root-Pa-
rasites referred by authors to Rhizanthee, and on various plants re-
lated to them,” occupies the first place in the Part of our Transac-
tions which is now in the press, with the exception of the portion
relating to Balanophoree, unavoidably deferred to the next following
Part. In this memoir, as in those which preceded it, Mr. Griffith
deals with some of the most obscure and difficult questions of vege-
table physiology, on which his minute and elaborate researches into
the singularly anomalous structure of the curious plants referred to
will be found to have thrown much new and valuable light.

In India, on his return from his Assamese journey, he published in
the ‘ Transactions of the Agricultural Society of Calcutta,’ a “ Re-
port on the Tea-plant of Upper Assam,” which, although for reasons
stated avowedly incomplete, contains a large amount of useful infor-
mation on a subject which was then considered of great practical im-
portance. He also published in the ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ in the
‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ and in the ‘ Transactions
of the Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta,’ numerous valuable
botanical papers ; but the most important of his Indian publications
are contained in the ‘ Calcutta Journal of Natural History,’ edited
jointly by Mr. MacClelland and himself. Of these it may be suffi-
cient at present to refer to his memoir “On Azolla and Salvinia,”
two very remarkable plants which he has most elaborately illustrated,
and in relation to which he has entered into some very curious spe-
culations ; and his still unfinished monograph of ‘‘ The Palms of Bri-
tish India,” which promises to be a highly important contribution to
our knowledge of a group hitherto almost a sealed book to European
botanists.

But the great object of his life, that for which all his other labours
were but a preparation, was the publication of a General Scientific
Flora of India, a task of immense extent, labour and importance. To
the acquisition of materials for this task, in the shape of collections,
dissections, drawings and descriptions, made under the most favour-
able circumstances, he had devoted twelve years of unremitted ex-
ertion. His own collections (not including those formed in Cabool
and the neighbouring countries) he estimated at 2500 species from the
Khasiya Hills, 2000 from the Tenasserim provinces, 1000 from the
province of Assam, 1200 from the Himalaya range in the Mishmee
country, 1700 from the same great range in the country of Bootan,
1000 from the neighbourhood of Calcutta, and 1200 from the Naga
Hills at the extreme east of Upper Assam, from the valley of Hook-

Linnean Society. 419

hoong, the district of Mogam, and from the tract of the Irawaddi
between Mogam and Ava. Even after making large deductions from
the sum-total of these numbers on account of the forms common to
two or more of the collections, the amount of materials thus brought
together by one man must be regarded as enormous. ‘The time was
approaching when he believed that he could render these vast col-
lections subservient to the great end which he had in view. He
had some time since issued an invitation to many eminent botanists
in Europe to co-operate with him in the elaboration of particular
families; and he purposed after a few years’ additional residence in
India to return to England with all his materials, and to occupy
himself in giving to the world the results of his unwearied labours.
But this purpose was not destined to be fulfilled, his collections
have passed by his directions into the hands of the East India Com-
pany, and there can be no doubt, from the well-known liberality of
the Directors, which this Society in particular has so often expe-
rienced, that they will be so disposed of by that enlightened body as
to fulfil at once the demands of science and the last wishes of the
faithful and devoted servant by whom they were formed. It is hoped
too that the most important of his unpublished materials, both in
drawings and manuscripts, will be given to the world in a manner
worthy of the author and of the rank in science which he filled.

John Lewis Guillemard, Esq., was well known to this Society as a
very amiable and worthy man, who took considerable interest in the
pursuits of science. In early life he resided in America, and was
chosen as their umpire by the British and American Commissioners
for the arrangement of the debts due by American citizens to British
subjects. He died at his house in Gower-street in December last at
a very advanced age.

Robert Hills, Esq., was an artist of great and original talent,
especially in the delineation of deer and antelopes; and some of his
labours in this department of his art have ornamented our own
Transactions and those of the Zoological Society.

Joseph Hurlock, Esq.

Sir John Jamison, M.D.

John Leonard Knapp, Esq., one of the oldest Fellows of the Society,
was born at Shenley in Buckinghamshire, of which parish his father,
the Rev. Primatt Knapp, was rector, on the 9th of May 1767. He
was educated at the grammar-school of Thame in Oxfordshire, but
being destined for the navy, left school at an early age. ‘The sea,
however, disagreeing with his health, he left the navy and after-
wards served both in the Hereford and Northampton Militia, in the
latter of which he commanded a troop. Previous to the death of his
father he resided principally at Powick near Worcester, from which
place he usually made botanical excursions during the summer
months, one of which extended into Scotland, where, in company
with the late Mr. George Don, he collected several of the rarer
grasses figured in his ‘ Gramina Britannica, or Representations of
the British Grasses, with Remarks and occasional Descriptions,’ pub-
lished in 4to in 1804. This volume contains coloured figures of 119

4.20 Linnean Society.

species or remarkable varieties ; and offers many useful observations
on the agricultural and other properties of the grasses figured. It
was printed by Bensley, and the whole impression, with the ex-
ception of 100 copies in the hands of the binder, was destroyed by
the fire which consumed the establishment of that printer soon after
its completion. ‘To this accident Mr. Knapp alludes in a poem, en-
titled “Progress of a Naturalist,’’ printed at the end of the third
edition of his ‘ Journal of a Naturalist,’ and in the preface to a new
edition of the ‘ Gramina Britannica,’ which he issued in 1842, with
little alteration of the original text and no addition of species.

In 1818 Mr. Knapp published anonymously a poem in 8vo, en-
titled «‘ Arthur, or the Pastor of the Village,”’ and between 1820 and
1830 he contributed a series of articles called ‘The Naturalist’s
Diary ” to ‘'Time’s Telescope.’ In 1829 he also published with-
out his name a little work entitled ‘The Journal of a Naturalist,’
which gives a pleasing idea of the pursuits by which a country gen-
tleman imbued with a taste for natural history may amuse his leisure.
Of this work a second and a third edition have since appeared.

In 1804 he married Lydia Frances, the daughter of Arthur Free-
man, Esq., of Antigua, by whom he had seven children, three only
of whom, two sons and a daughter, survive. Shortly afterwards he
took up his residence at Llanfoist near Abergavenny, where he con-
tinued until 1813, when he removed to Alveston in the neighbour-
hood of Bristol, at which place he died on the 29th of April in the
present year. His latter years were spent almost entirely in the
pursuit of his favourite study of natural history and in the cultiva-
tion of his garden. His unpublished drawings of British Fungi oc-
cupy five 4to volumes. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society
in the year 1796, and was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries.

The Earl of Mountnorris (more generally known by the title of his
youth, Lord Valentia) was born at Arley Castle, Staffordshire, on
the 7th of December 1770, and educated at Oxford. In 1789 he
visited France and Germany ; and in 1802, accompanied by Mr. Salt
as his draughtsman and secretary, he commenced the interesting
journey, of which he subsequently published an account, in three
volumes 4to, under the title of ‘ Voyages and Travels in India, the
Red Sea, Abyssinia and Egypt,’ 1802-6. He sat for a short time
in parliament, and succeeded to the earldom on the death of his
father in 1816. His own death took place at the seat of his birth
on the 28rd of July last, in the 74th year of his age.

His lordship became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1796, and
of the Royal Society also in the same year. During his travels he
paid some attention to natural history and made a small botanical
collection.

The Marquis of Sligo.

John Smirnove, Esq.

John Wedgewood, Esq., of Seabridge, Staffordshire, was conversant
with various branches of natural history, and especially botany. He
was also much attached to chemistry and horticulture, and contri-
buted several papers to the ‘’Transactions of the Horticultural So-

Linnean Society. 421

ciety,’ and the ‘ Gardener’s Chronicle.’ Mr. Wedgewood was held
in great esteem as a man of high moral worth and amiable and ge-
nerous disposition. He was born about March 1766, and died on
the 26th of January 1844.

‘The Society has also lost by death three of its Foreign Members.

Richard Harlan, M.D., was of Quaker parentage and born in the
city of Philadelphia about the year 1795. He studied medicine under
Dr. Joseph Parrish, one of the surgeons of the Pennsylvania Hospital,
whose anatomical assistant he became, dissecting extensively him-
self and directing the dissections of the younger pupils. In 1817, at
which time he was settled in practice, he had already commenced
the study of comparative anatomy with zeal and success; and there
is reason to believe that his devotion to natural history interfered
greatly with the brilliant prospect that was opened to him as a me-
dical practitioner. But he had made his choice, and was quite pre-
pared to sacrifice fortune and professional eminence to his favourite
pursuit. As early as 1819 he delivered a course of lectures on Com-
parative Anatomy at the Philadelphia Museum (Peale’s), where he
had amassed a considerable stock of materials for demonstration, but
the attendance was small, and he gave up lecturing in disappoint-
ment.

About this period the return of MacLure to the United States,
accompanied by Lesueur, gave a new stimulus to the eultivation of
natural history, and the complete establishment of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia under the Presidency of MacLure
brought together the most distinguished names in tle science that
America had produced. Among Dr. Harlan’s claims to remembrance,
not the least are derived from his zeal in the early constitution of
this Society, and from his example of sedulous devotion to its pur-
suits. To the pages of its Journal he contributed numerous yalu-
able papers.

In 1825 he published his ‘ Fauna Americana ; being a Description of
the Mammiferous Animals inhabiting North America,’ a work partly
compiled from Desmarest’s ‘ Mammalogie’ and from other less-
known publications, but containing in addition much useful original
matter.

In 1832, when the Asiatic cholera made its first appearance at
Quebec and Montreal, considerable apprehension was excited in the
public mind, and Dr. Harlan was appointed by the City Councils of
Philadelphia one of a Commission of three, consisting of himself, Dr.
Jackson and Dr. Meigs, to proceed to Canada, ‘‘ to inquire into the
origin, nature, progress, &c. of the prevailing epidemic.” After making
extensive inquiries, the Commission returned to Philadelphia with
such a mass of information on the subject as enabled them to give to
the people of that city ample warning of the nature of the premonitory
symptoms and of the precautions to be adopted, and thereby greatly
to mitigate the severity of the disease and to reduce the number of
its victims. For his tripartite share in this service Dr. Harlan re.
ceived a handsome gratuity from the municipal authorities, together
with a piece of silver plate bearing an inscription in record of its

422 Linnean Society.

object ; and he was also appointed to the charge of one of the local
hospitals, in the conduct of which he was most successful.

He subsequently married the daughter of a Quaker merchant in
Philadelphia, by whom he had several children. His first visit to
England was made about this time; but he afterwards returned to
Europe with the design of establishing himself in practice in Paris.
In this object, however, he was disappointed, and he once more
sought refuge in his native city. Here again he was doomed to dis-
appointment, and he was at length led to believe that a better chance
of success was opened for him at New Orleans, in which city he fell
a victim to disease when there was just reason for thinking that he
was on the point of meeting with that success which his talents and
acquirements so well deserved. He became suddenly hemiplegic, and
died in the course of a few days from the time of his attack in the
autumn or late summer of 1844.

He was elected a Foreign Member of the Linnean Society in 1835 ;
and in the same year he collected his various scattered memoirs into
an 8vo volume, entitled ‘ Medical and Physical Researches; or Ori-
ginal Memoirs in Medicine, Surgery, Physiology, Geology, Zoology
and Comparative Anatomy.’ The greater part of this volume con-
sists of papers previously published; but it also contains several not
before given to the world. Those relating to natural history occupy
a very considerable portion of the work, and contain much valuable
information.

Etienne Geoffroy St. Hilaire was born at Etampes on the 15th of
April 1772, and destined for the ecclesiastical profession ; but an
early introduction to Haiiy, whose pupil he became, entirely changed
the character of his pursuits, and for a time he gave himself up almost
entirely to the study of mineralogy. When, in consequence of the
events of the 10th of August 1792, Haiiy was thrown into prison,
and placed, in common with so many others, in extreme peril of his
life, young Geoffroy ardently exerted himself to procure the libera-
tion of his teacher, which he succeeded in accomplishing, and was
repaid for his exertions by the zealous friendship of the great mine-
ralogist. On the warm recommendation of Haiiy, Daubenton pro-
cured for him on the 13th of March 1793 the appointment of Assist-
ant Keeper and Demonstrator of the Museum of Natural History,
vacated by the resignation of Lacépéde ; and on the 10th of June in
the same year, when the Jardin des Plantes was re-organized in con-
formity with a decree of the Convention, Geoffroy, then only 21 years
old, was appointed to the Professorship of Zoology for the Verte-
brated Animals, the duties of which he afterwards shared with La-
cépéde, From this period he devoted his whole attention to zoology,
and several valuable papers which he published in the ‘ Décade Phi-
losophique’ and ‘ Magazin Encyclopédique’ attest the rapidity of his
progress in his new pursuit.

In 1798 he was appointed one of the scientific Commission which
accompanied the French army into Egypt, and whose labours have
added so much celebrity to that expedition. Of these labours M.
Geoffroy contributed an important share, and to his firmness science

Linnean Society. 423

in all probability owes their preservation. When the French army
were about to evacuate the country, the papers and drawings belong-
ing to the Commission were demanded by the English general; but
a resolute intimation of their determination to commit the whole to
the flames, if the demand were persisted in, delivered through the
mouth of M. Geoffroy, had its proper effect—Lord Hutchinson with-
drew his orders, and the Commission were left in possession of the
fruits of their researches.

On his return to Paris from this expedition M. Geoffroy resumed
his lectures at the Jardin des Plantes, and occupied himself assi-
duously in adding to the zoological collections of the museum and
in improving their arrangement. He was elected a Member of the
Institute in 1807 ; and in 1810 was again despatched on a mission
to Portugal. After encountering great dangers on his road through
Spain, arising from the excited state of the country, he arrived in
Portugal, where he succeeded in accumulating large collections of
minerals and animals, chiefly obtained from the cabinets of the Palace
of Ajuda and of the Academy of Lisbon. In pursuance of the capi-
tulation for the evacuation of Portugal by the French, the restora-
tion of these collections was demanded by General Beresford and
Lord Proby ; but M. Geoffroy claiming them as his private property,
and the conservators of the collections from which they were ob-
tained declaring that they had been given to him in exchange for
other specimens and in return for services, he was suffered to retain
them, and in 1815 they were not reclaimed by Portugal. In this
last-named year M. Geoffroy was elected Member of the Chamber of
Deputies for his native town. He had been a Member of the Legion
of Honour from the establishment of the order; and became gra-
dually associated with a large number of scientific Societies through-
out the world. His election as a Foreign Member of the Linnean
Society took place in 1824, and he died on the 19th of June 1844.

A mere list of his zoological writings would occupy a considerable
space. Besides a number of important papers in the ‘ Annales’ and
‘Mémoires du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle,’ in the ‘ Bulletin de la
Société Philomathique,’ in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ in
the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ and in other scientific
miscellanies, he published separately several works which have con-
tributed in no small degree to the progress of zoological and anato-
mical science. Among these the most important is his ‘ Philosophie
Anatomique,’ in two vols., published in 1818 and 1823 ; the first en-
titled ‘ Des Organes Respiratoires sous le rapport de la détermina-
tion et de lidentité de leurs pieces osseuses,’ the second ‘ Des Mon-
struosités Humaines.’ In this work he endeavours to demonstrate
throughout the animal kingdom a uniform plan of organization, re-
cognizable by the existence, not of the same organs, but of the mate-
rials of the same organs in all. From the period of the publication
of his ‘ Philosophie Anatomique,’ this ‘‘ unity of composition ”’ be-
came the leading idea of all his writings. It was the subject of a
lengthened discussion between him and Cuvier; and presides over
his ‘Systéme Dentaire des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux,’ published
in 1824, his ‘ Considérations Générales sur les Monstres,’ in 1826,

4.24, Linnean Society.

his ‘ Cours de l’Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes,’ of which only
one volume appeared in 1829, as well as over numerous notes and
memoirs on the structure of Marsupialia and Monotremata, published
at various times. To him, conjointly with Cuvier, France is indebted
for the elevated position in zoology which she has occupied for the
last half century. Following up with equal zeal and success the
career of anatomical investigation opened for them by Daubenton,
Vicq d’Azyr and others, and adding to the habits of minute inves-
tigation of those excellent observers a spirit of philosophical genera-
lization, these two great zoologists created a school in which the
study assumed a really scientific character. From this school have
emanated the most valuable contributions that zoology has received
in our times, and it will long continue to exercise a salutary influ-
ence over the labours of succeeding generations.

Karl Bernhard von Trinius was born at Eisleben on the 7th of
March 1778. He devoted himself at an early age to the study of
botany, and especially of the grasses, on which he published nume-
rous highly important works. Of these the principal separate pub-
lications are: ‘ Fundamenta Agrostographiz, sive Theoria construc-
tionis Floris Graminei, adjecta Synopsi Generum Graminum hucus-
que cognitorum,’ 8vo, Viennx, 1820 ; ‘ Clavis Agrostographiz Anti-
quioris, Coburgi, 1822; ‘De Graminibus unifloris et sesquifloris
Dissertatio Botanica,’ 8vo, Petropoli, 1824; and ‘ Species Graminum
Iconibus et Descriptionibus illustrate,’ in three vols. folio, Petropoli,
1828, 1829 and 1836. His contributions on the same subject to the
Memoirs of the Academy of St. Petersburgh were numerous and im-
portant, including a revision of the genera and species of Panicee in
the restricted sense of that tribe, of Stipee, of Bambusee, &c.

In these works he propounded a theory of the structure of the
gramineous flower, which although supported with much ingenuity,
has met with little acceptation among botanists. But his systematic
labours on the family have contributed in no small degree to its elu-
cidation, and his patient and elaborate investigations will ensure him
a distinguished position among that valuable class of observers who
devote themselves to the study of a single family of large extent.

M. Trinius had long been resident at St. Petersburgh, where he
became a Corresponding Member of the Academy in 1810, and an
Effective Member in 1823. He was also for many years Director,
as indeed he was in a great degree the founder, of the Botanical
Museum ; with which in 1843 he incorporated his own collection of
grasses, estimated by M. Meyer to contain from 35,000 to 40,000
specimens belonging to 5000 species. ‘These numbers may well be
regarded as enormous, when we reflect that M. Kunth’s Enumera-
tion of the family, including a great number of doubtful species,
scarcely exceeds 3000. With such vast resources at his disposal,
we may expect from M. Ruprecht, who has been associated with
M. Trinius in several of his later memoirs, and who has attached
himself particularly to the study of the Grasses, large contributions
to our knowledge of this important family.

M. Trinius was, as we are informed, an intimate friend of Chamisso,
and like him mingled a genius for poetry with his botanical pursuits.

Zoological Society. 425

He was admired for his varied accomplishments and for his depth of
intellect, and loved for his amiable disposition and agreeable manners.
He died at St. Petersburgh on the 12th of March 1844.

And lastly we have to lament the death of one Associate.

Thomas Charles Hope, M.D., F.RS., V.P.R.S.E. &c., Professor of
Chemistry in the University of Edinburgh.

His earliest contribution to the Transactions of the Royal Society
of Edinburgh was ‘‘ An Account of a Mineral from Strontian, and of
a peculiar species of Earth which it contains,” published in the third
and fourth volumes. But his most important researches were on the
subject of Heat, and on the Phenomena of Freezing, an object which
occupied his attention almost to the period of his death, his last com-
munication to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, read on the lst of
May 1843, being “An Attempt to explain the Phznomena of the
Freezing-cavern vat Orenburg.’’ On the 3rd of April in the same
year he ‘had laid before the same Society a paper entitled ‘‘ Chemical
Observations on the Flowers of the Camellia Japonica, Magnolia
grandiflora and Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum; and on three proxi-
mate principles which they contain,” thus connecting his later che-
mical with his earlier botanical pursuits.

Dr. Hope was the oldest surviving Member of the Linnean Society,
having been elected an Associate « on the 18th of March 1788. In
the same year he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edin-
burgh, and in 1810 of the Royal Society of London. In 1843, he
found himself unequal to the continuance of his lectures, which were
delivered for him by Dr. Traill, and he shortly afterwards resigned
the Chemical Chair. He died on the 13th of June 1844, having nearly
completed his 78th year.

At the election which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop of
Norwich was re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer ;
John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and Richard Taylor, Esq.,
Under-Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected into the
Council in the room of others going out : viz. C. C. Babington, Esq.,
Secretary of the Cambridge Philosophical Society; Thomas Bell,
Esq., Professor of Zoology in King’s College, London ; Bracy Clark,
Esq. ; Edwin John Quekett, Esq. ; and Richard Horsman Solly, Esq.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 8, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting five new species of Mam-
mals :—

Mus uineoxtatus. WM. vellere longo, molli fusco-cinereo corpore

subtis cinerascenti-albo indistincte fiavo-lavato ; auribus mediocri-

bus extus pilis nigris posticé cinerascentibus vestitis ; pedibus albis ;

caudd albd supra nigrescentibus. une. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 5 4
CRITE «aap a a el lata Se eo 4 5
ab apice rostri ad basin auris | Re -

GMIIS. o-5:6 am,» a a a G hd ean QO 74

tarsi digitorumque . Tate aslo elev Tea aRCT 1 23%

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2H

426 Zoological Society.

Hab. Open plains, Darling Downs, New South Wales.

Fur long and very soft ; the hairs of the back of a deep slate-erey,
with the exposed portion of a dirty yellowish hue, and the points
black; long interspersed black pointed hairs are abundant on the
back, and give a deep general tint to that part; sides of the body
greyish yellow, under parts grey-white, faintly suffused with yel-
lowish; the hairs on these parts of a deepish grey, excepting at the
point ; hairs of the moustaches rather small and black ; eye encircled
with black ; ears of moderate size and well-covered with minute hairs ;
those on the outer side black, excepting on the hinder part, where
they assume a greyish white tint, like those on the inner side of the
ear; feet rather small and white; the fore-ones greyish at the wrist,
and the tarsi indistinctly suffused with yellowish; tail about equal
in length to the head and body, well-clothed with smallish hairs,
which do not perfectly hide the scales; those on the upper surface
chiefly brownish black, slightly pencilled with whitish in parts; on
the sides and under part white.

Mus eraciticaupatus. MM. vellere longo molli cinerascenti-fusco ;
corpore subtis albo, indistineté flavo-lavato ; auribus parvulis pilis
obscuris plerumque obsitis ; pedibus sordidé albis ; caudd fusca-
nigrd, subtis sordide albd.

une, lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 5 O
coud 7s Sha GPR By

ab apice rostri ‘ad basin a autisl S551 hae
UUPIST Nive Sonn eee, a tenet Or 5

———- tarsi digitorumque.. .. BAG

Hab. Oakley Creek, Darling Downs, east coast of Australia.

This species greatly resembles the Mus lineolatus, but differs in
having the ears smaller, and clothed internally with dusky hairs in-
stead of white; the incisor teeth rather broader; the tarsi smaller ;
the fore-feet much smaller; the tail more sparingly clothed with
hairs, which are of a less pure white on the under side, and the darker
hairs of the upper surface extending somewhat on to the sides of
the tail, and in not presenting that strongly-marked line of separa-
tion between the colouring of the upper and under surface. The fur
is rather less soft, less tinted with yellow on the upper parts, and
more so on the sides of the body.

Mus atpocinerEus. JM. vellere longo permolli, pallide cinereo, in
dorsum pallide fusco tincto; corpore subtis, caudd, pedibusque
albis ; caudd supra indistincté nigro penicillatad ; auribus medio-
cribus pilis albescentibus vestitis.

une. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 9
Caudle NOEL SS ee 3. 6
ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 13
CURES oo" Gite cabs eee amie oe ee Oy ae
tarsi digitorumque ...-......5+-- 0 10

Hab. Moore’s River, in the interior of Western Australia,
This mouse is rather larger than the Mus musculus, and consider-
ably stouter in proportion; has the head large, the ears moderate ;

Zoological Society. 427

the tail nearly equal to the head and body in length; the tarsi very
slender; the fur very long and soft, and its general hue pale ashy
grey ; on the hinder part of the back a slight brownish tint, produced
by a very fine and indistinct pencilling of dusky or pale greyish yel-
low; the lower part of the sides of the body and the whole of the
under parts white, but not quite pure, having a faint greyish hue ; the
head grey-white, pencilled with black ; the sides of the muzzle white ;
the ears well-clothed with minute greyish white hairs ; the feet white,
and if we except some scattered blackish hairs on the upper surface,
the tail also white.

Hapatoris murinus. Hap. vellere permolli, corpore supra pallidé
flavo, nigroque penicillato, lateribus corporis flavis ; guld abdomi-
nis, caudd, pedibusque albis ; caudd supra indistincte nigro peni-
cillatd ; auribus magnis, subovatis, pilis minutis albis vestitis.

une. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 5 6
COME (Facet 1- ella swash: evens 2 yu
ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 3
Era. Saeco 5 ise es ee ee cick ooh OLD
tarsi digitorumque........ seers te 1 02

Hab. Plains near the Namoi, New South Wales.

This animal is remarkable for the extreme softness and delicate
colouring of its fur, which on both the upper and under parts of the
body is of a slate-grey tint next the skin, but on the under parts of a
pure white colour externally, except on the mesial line of the abdo-
men, where there is a slight yellow tint; on the upper parts and
sides of the body the exposed portions of the hairs are of a delieate
ochreous yellow, but on the back there is a considerable admixture
of black, the points of the hairs being of that colour ; ears rather large
and nearly of an oval form, tolerably well-clothed with small hairs,
of a white colour, excepting on the fore-part of the outer surface,
where they assume a dusky greyish hue; tail nearly equal in length
to the body, tolerably well-clothed with hairs, but not so thickly as
to hide the scales ; these hairs, though short, are longer, more nume-
rous and much less harsh than is usual in the true Rats; on the sides
and under part of the tail they are pure white, and on the upper
surface some are white and others blackish, but chiefly white on the
apical portion ; sides of the muzzle white; hairs of the moustaches
moderate, black at the root, but greyish at the point.

Popasrus MAcrourus. Pod. cinereus nigro penicillatus ; lateribus
corporis flavescentibus, guld, abdomine pedibusque albis ; capite
supra lined nigrd longitudinal notato ; oculis nigro cinctis ; auri-
bus mediocribus intus pilis flavis, extus nigrescentibus obsitis ;
caudé crassissimd ad apicem attenuatd, pilis minutis, supra nigro
flavoque variegatis, subtis albescentibus, vestitd.

une. lin
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 9
CMB TN, Sp eee Raat: 3 2
ab apice rostri ad basin auris 1 of
UPORY. CMD eae Oe ce Hine tw 0 0 5
tarsi digitorumque .............. 0 8i

428 Miscellaneous.

Hab. Open plains, Darling Downs, New South Wales.

Fur very soft, and both on the upper and under parts of the body
of a slate-grey colour next the skin; general hue of the upper parts
of the body ashy grey, much pencilled with black; on the sides of
the body there is but little of the black pencilling, and hence the
general hue is paler; and on these parts, as well as on the sides of
the head, is a faint yellow tint; under parts of the body white, very
indistinctly suffused with yellow on the mesial portion of the abdo-
men; between the white of the under parts and the greyish hue of
the sides of the body is a narrowish space of an almost uniform pale
yellow hue, and the same tint is observable on the outer side of the
legs; feet white, obscurely tinted with pale yellow; on the upper
surface of the head is a mark, narrow on the muzzle, but becoming
expanded behind, which is almost entirely black, and immediately
around the eyes the hairs are also black ; ears of moderate size, their
posterior margin nearly straight, clothed internally with small pale
yellowish, and externally with black hairs, excepting on the hinder
part, where they are pale; tail very thick at the base (about 34 lines
in diameter), becoming gradually slender to the apex, and clothed
throughout with very minute hairs, between which the scaly skin is
visible ; those un its upper part and sides partly black and partly
yellow, and on the under surface dirty white. The specimen de-
scribed is a male.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Existence of Tetraspores in a genus of Alge, belonging to the
Zygnemata. By M. Monraenz.

“ Repropuctive bodies of two kinds have for a long time been
observed in those Algze which are denominated Floridee. Those
which constitute the spores are inclosed in variable but distinct con-
ceptacula, which are especially remarkable from the place which they
occupy in different individuals. The others, nestling in the cortical
stratum, or placed in rows in the transformed branches, are at first
entire, globose or ellipsoidal, but at maturity separate into four spores,
either crucially or horizontally.

*« Messrs. Cronan of Brest, during the course of the last year only,
observed in the spores of certain Fucacee, and amongst other species
Fucus nodosus, where they had never been before ascertained to be
otherwise than simple, that they also at maturity separated into four
distinct spores. Dr. J. D. Hooker and Dr. Dickie in Great Britain,
and Messrs. Decaisne and Thuret in France, not only confirmed this
fact by their own observations, but studied it in some other species.
We have then the two first families of the great class of Alge pro-
vided with spores divided quaternally.

«« Amongst the hydrophytes of Algiers there is one of great interest
gathered by M. Durieu in the marsh of Ali-Labrack near La Calle.
It belongs to the little tribe of Zygnemata distinguished by the co-
pulation of the threads. At first it does not seem to differ from
other species, but examined under the microscope it exhibits the

Miscellaneous. 429

spores, which in other individuals of the family are simple, divided cru-
cially into four distinct spores, precisely as in Floridee. The family
then of Zoospermee, like the two others, exhibits this peculiarity.”

The Alga of course belongs to a new genus, and Dr. Montagne
has in consequence dedicated it to Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, who has
facilitated the study of Algze so much by his admirable mode of pre-
paring specimens. M. J. B.—From a Letter presented to the French
Academy, October 20, 1845.

HASSALL’S ‘ FRESHWATER ALG.’
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—I beg to call your attention to an omission in the
preface of the ‘ History of the British Freshwater Algz,’ of which
I was not conscious until the work was placed in my hands ready
bound, and which I much regret.

In making my acknowledgments to those gentlemen who kindly
afforded me assistance in the preparation of the work, I have, most
unfortunately and unaccountably, omitted all reference to the re-
spected name of Mr. Dillwyn, one of the earliest and most success-
ful cultivators of a knowledge of the Algz.

In a future issue of the book I will take care that this error be rec-
tified, and in the meantime I should feel obliged by your insertion
of these few lines in explanation of what might seem a strange omis-
sion to many, and to Mr. Dillwyn a slight, the commission of which
never entered into my thoughts.

I remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servant,
Artuur H. Hassatt.
Norland Villa, Addison Road North, Sept. 10, 1845.

NATURAL HISTORY IN IRELAND.

Among the signs of good times for natural history, one of the
most promising is the encouragement given to that science in the
University of Dublin, and which contrasts favourably with the apathy,
and even opposition shown towards it by Oxford and Cambridge, and
the indifference displayed by the senators of the University of London,
a body too fondly attached to the traditions of the older universities.
In a printed notice of the present state of the natural-history collec-
tions in Trinity College, Dublin, now under the charge of one of the
first among British zoologists, Mr. Robert Ball, we find that the uni-
versity professors give courses of lectures, free to the public, on com-
parative anatomy, botany, mineralogy and geology, besides demon-
strations in their respective departments by the keepers of the bota-
nical and zoological collections. When we read the name of Harrison
in connexion with comparative anatomy, of Allman and Harvey with
botany, of Ball with zoology, and of Apjohn and Oldham with mine-
ralogy and geology, it is very evident that Dublin possesses the only
university in the British empire which can boast of a complete school
of natural history, conducted by competent professors and freely open
to al] who wish to learn. Honour, then, to the Provost, Fellows and
Professors of Trinity College! Their museums, too, are thrown open

430 Miscellaneous.

at proper times to all who wish to enter,—all members and students
of the university having power to admit visitors, and all strangers,
without introduction, on entering their names. That the public are
not ungrateful for such generous privileges, is evident from the long
list of valuable donations recorded in the document which has given
rise to these remarks. When a great and learned college thus sets
so konourable an example, the spirit of science is sure to diffuse
itself far and wide. We find it at work in Ireland among those who
are to instruct the poor as well as among the educators of the higher
classes. One of the many active naturalists of Belfast, Mr. R. Pat-
terson, has just been delivering a course of lectures on the Inverte-
brate animals to a class of 200 masters of the national schools—
more than all the members of natural-history classes in London col-
lected together! Yet there is no want of either zeal, ability or elo-
quence on the part of our English professors.

Occurrence of the Belted Kingfisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Linn., in Ireland.

I have the pleasure to record the occurrence of this North Ame-
rican bird in Ireland; a specimen, as I learn by letter from T. W.
Warren, Esq. of Dublin, dated Nov. 21, 1845, having been shot by
Capt. Smith at Annsbrook, county of Meath, about the first of the
present month. It has fortunately been preserved, and on being
shown to Mr. R. Ball (from whom also a letter respecting it has
been received) was at once identified as 4. Alcyon. Mr.Warren adds,
that when at Mr. Glennon’s, the well-known bird-preserver, on the
day before the date of his letter, the gamekeeper of Mr. Latouche of
Luggela (county of Wicklow) called to mention that he had lately
seen a very large kingfisher at a stream connecting two lakes in that
neighbourhood. He saw the bird very well, as it admitted of his
approach within twenty yards: his description agreeing with the
A. Alcyon, the specimen was shown to him, which he at once identi-
fied as being of the same species as that which he had seen.

This kingfisher—said to be the only species inhabiting North Ame-
rica—is migratory there, and like other birds from the same conti-
nent which have visited Ireland and Great Britain, has appeared here
about the migratory period. As an American bird it is fully treated
of by Wilson*, Audubon and Richardson}. The last author states
that in summer ‘‘ it frequents all the large rivers in the fur countries
up to the 67th degree of latitude.” It retires to winter in the South-
ern States and the West India islands (Wilson and Richardson).
Audubon remarks that “it is extremely hardy, and those individuals
which migrate northward to breed, seldom return towards our
Southern States, where they spend the winter, until absolutely forced
to do so by the great severity of the weather,” vol. v. p. 548. This
is I believe the first notice of the species being met with on the
eastern side of the Atlantic.

Belfast, Nov. 22, 1845. Wa. Tuompson.

* Sir W. Jardine’s edit., vol. i. p. 348. + Orn. Biog. vols. i. and v.
+ Fauna Bor. Amer. p. 339.

Meteorological Observations. 431

MR. GOADBY.

It will be in the recollection of the Fellows of the Royal Society,
and of those distinguished persons present at the evening parties of
the Marquis of Northampton during the last season, that great ad-
miration was excited by Mr. Goadby’s beautiful anatomical prepa-
rations of the lower classes of animals, preserved in fluids discovered
by him after years of laborious and expensive experiments, and dis-
played in glass cases, also of his own invention and manufacture,
admitting the full examination of every part of the animal, either by
the eye or microscope. These preparations, on more than one occa-
sion, attracted the especial attention of His Royal Highness Prince
Albert, whose knowledge of natural history enabled him to appre-
ciate their value. They were also seen and much admired by Sir
Robert Peel, and it is with the utmost satisfaction we are able to
state, that, with the discriminating patronage of science and its cul-
tivators, which distinguishes him, and which he lately evinced in re-
gard to Mr. Peach, he has recently presented Mr. Goadby with one
hundred and fifty pounds from the Royal Bounty Fund as a reward
for his labours in this department of natural history.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR ocT. 1845.

Chiswick.— October 1. Very fine. 2,3. Rain. 4. Cloudy and fine. 5. Cloudy
and fine: clear. 6. Foggy: cloudy: rain. 7. Rain: cloudy: clear. 8. Foggy:
fine. 9. Rain: clear. 10. Heavy rain. 11. Rain, with fog: showery: clear:
slight frost. 12. Dense fog: cloudy: fine. 13—16. Very fine. 17—19. Over-
cast and fine. 20. Densely overcast: clear and fine. 21,22. Fine. 23. Fine:
clear and frosty at night. 24. Dense fog: very fine. 25, 26. Foggy : partially
overcast. 27. Overcast: clear. 28—30. Very fine. 31. Overcast—Mean tem-
perature of the month 3° below the average.

Boston.—Oct. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain early a.m. 3. Cloudy: rain a.m. and
pM. 4. Fine: raine.m. 5. Fine. 6. Fine: rainr.m. 7. Rain: rain early am. :
rain a.M. 8,9, Fine: raine.m. 10. Fine. 11. Rain: rain early a.m. 12.
Fine. 13. Cloudy: rain earlyam. 14—16. Fine. 17, 18. Cloudy. 19.
Cloudy: rain a.m. 20. Cloudy. 21. Fine. 22—24, Cloudy. 25, 26. Fine.
27. Cloudy. 28. Fine. 29. Cloudy. 30,31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1. Showers. 2 Bright: clear. 3. Cloudy:
drops. 4. Showers. 5,6. Bright: clear. 7. Rain. 8. Rain: damp. 9, 10.
Rain. 11. Showers: rain. 12. Bright: cloudy: halo large. 13. Rain. 14.
Cloudy: rain. 15. Cloudy. 16. Showers. 17. Showers: sleet: cloudy. 18.
Showers: clear. 19. Cloudy: rain. 20. Rain: showers. 21. Cloudy: damp.
22. Damp: drizzle. 23. Damp: cloudy. 24. Bright: rain. 25. Bright:
cloudy. 26. Showers: rain. 27. Showers: bright: cloudy. 28. Rain. 29.
Drizzle: cloudy. 30, 31. Showers: clear.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Oct. 1. Fair, but threatening. 2. Dull:
rain, 3. Deluge of rain: flood. 4. Soft rain aliday. 5,6. Fair and clear:
hoar-frost. 7. Fair, but cloudy. 8, Fair am.:raine.m. 9. Rain early a.m. :
cleared. 10, Slightshowersr.m. 11. Fine: rain, 12. Fair, but cloudy: halo.
15. Rain. 14. Fairand fine. 15. Wet a.m.: cleared. 16. Fair and clear.
17. Rainallday. 18. Frequentshowers. 19. Rain. 20, Bitter showers. 21.
Moist, but no fall. 22. Fairand fine. 23. Fairand fine: cloudy. 24. Drizzling
p.m. 25. Beautiful day: one slight shower. 26. Fair, but chilly : rain p.m.
27,28. Wet. 29. Wet: very wet p.m. 30. Wet early a.m.: fine pm. 31, Fair
and fine.

Mean temperature of the Month ........sceeseseeeere 49°°6
Mean temperature of Oct. 1844 —...seeseee weceieisctate 47 -2
Mean temperature of Oct. for twenty-three years . 46 *4

Z9-L|6L-P 68-1 68-1 6S-LV 8&-sh LPP \6-SS |8-6P |06-6€ |€0-09 |€12-62 |L69-6z oSb.62/08L:62 19-6 116.60, 6¢0.0 wen
Ole ope | sm [emo | wayeo| “ou | 6h | of | SE) EPS) Eh) VE | SE | Lg-6%| LL-62) 00-06 | 00-0€ | HL-62 | SIT-0€|6S1-08| “1€
EL. (€g-0 [ye | emsm | um) wypeo| “ms | 6P | oF | OS |1PS| 0G) CF | CO | 18-60) €9-62/ £6.62 | 59-62 OV-62 | 788-62,996-62| ‘0f @
“Frc |S fel aie ed nC ce Ga oS | 2G | 0G | f€S\9.19| 9€ | 6G | 69.62} S9.6G| $S9.6z | 12-62% | 29-62 | 698-62/0L6-62| *6%
QP. [ooetftecpreee| cms | sms |upeo] sms | 2G | LV | 2G} 99) 29} 8h | og | SS.6%| 69-62] 82-62 | 82-62 | LS.6z | 9£0-0£/690.0€ | “8%
€G. pagece “ms | ta | tm | SLE | €b | eri tes) Lp} ob | PS | 62-62) 01.62) 02-62 | SL-62 | 09-62 | 090-0£/ELT-0€ | “Le
Oe ‘ms | wyvo} “MS oy | €or |fLE) 20S) se] SE | oG | 2S-6%| VL-6%! L8.6z | £0-0€ | 06-62 | O€2-O€|1ZE-0£ | *9%
Ble feet msm| cm fuego} u | FLp | Sv lige) S| VV) 6% | LG | 06-63] €0-08/ 81-08 €1-0€ | 64-62 | OLL-OF 81-08 | “Sz
teeteclesesericescesieeeeer! om | sms | wpe) “s | &Lb | $19 |¥eh) FES! Bh) 6% | 6S | 69-62) 96-60) 16.62 | €T-08 | 96-62 | PH1-0€|207-0€ |. “vz
Poe frst fees] ams | cm | oupeo] oa 1S | $1¢ |¥or| 9S] oS| Lz GS | 00-0€| 80-08! Sz-0€ | gz-0£ | 00-08 | LLV-o€|01S-08| *€z D
Que \eeese verre] om | cm | oeo] “MM | OG | oS | ShlP7S| oS! HH | LG | 11-08] 60-08) O£.0€ | 7Z-0F | €6-62 | Gov-0€|LLP.0€ | “zz
[ays [kSoefoy |RSS SOCIO FOr Yh Care| Cay | GaN oS | 6f |£1V| 2S| 90! FE | LS | 80.08! 00.0£) gt-o€ | €1-0€ | LL-6% | 7Sz-0£€|1PE-0€ | “1%
ga. |r| Lo. fo] emu tum) tm | a | Gh | 67 |f9V| 99) PS) SE | 19 | 84-60) 64-82] 16-62 | 99-62 | 66-62 | 00.0£/8F1.08 | “0%
Og. foe fet|| cas | cm | cm | tm | Seb | gh |For) F909) 9G] 19 | 19 | £9.6%| 46-62] 08.62 | 96-62 | 89-62 | £71-0€ £2.08 | “61
gz. [recess seers] car fomsa | ta | tak gh | ¥09 |$€S| 09 S-9G| gh | 09 | $8-6%} 86-60} £6.62 | 94-66 | S9-62 | 111-0£812-0£ | “I
PZ. freerecjccceejeeees] om | ems | pea! cms | gh | gh | 0S) 99 S-8h| 8h | g¢ | £9.60) PS-6z| $9.62 | £L-62 | 69-62 | 180-06 921-08 | “LI
Gz. [rere ser] sms |emsm| tyro} a | 6F | 6P |f07| SG) 1S} LE | zo | Sh-6%| 19-62) 18-62 | 88-62 | 69-62 | 660-0£:961-08 | “OI
61e [oceeeiteee| to. | omss frasm | tus | *s oS | £¢ |€€¢! 09| 19] 1S | 99 | 04-62] 28.62] 68-62 | 06-62 | ZL-62 | O£0-08 Zhz-08 | “S1O
2g. lec.o(crelee| cs | cms | cm | cs GG | Go| PS\t€9| 7S) 9E | OL | L860) £0.08} Z0-0€ | F1-0€ | 06.60 | FOE-0f SEP.0€ | “VI
Ble tt") GO. [ere| cass | *s | wea] cms | OG | 6h |FOP | FLS| oS} Bf | Lo | F6-6Z} $6.6Z| 90-0€ | 16-62 | 98-62 | Z8Z-0£ 61F-0£ | “ET
0S. fee] Zt. [oe] ca | cms | uyea} ‘ms | Lp | gh! ob} SS] LP] 6€ | 19 | €0-0€| L8-6%| L6-62 | 28-62% | ZL-62 | €80-0F C12-0€ | “ZT
1Z- |""""""|90- | 60. | ‘ase | “ws fwyes| “a | oF | 6F | Sh) PS G.0G| 62 | 8S | 69-62} LS.6z)| $9.62 | 93-62 | 90-62 | 66€-62/198-62| “IT
of fei tt. (ep. | ce | cs | wmyeo| cms | fgh | gh | 1P|F€S| Sh} g€ | 8G | B9-6%/ Bb-62) LI-62 | 61-62 | 20-62 | 68-62)1E7-60) “OI
§9--|°*2"""|.90. |SE. | 72 ‘s juyeo| *s | f6p | Le | €| SS\S.gh) C€ | ZG | CP-60| 8-60) 02-62 G1-6G | 6-82 | $6-62|/768-62| °6
ZO. "71 go. | 10. | ‘a | ‘ass | wyeo| “ms | Fgh | 6€ | gf] SS} Sh} FE | 19 | 6£-6z| SE-6%} L0.6z | €Z-6| VO-62 | 6E€.6z/0SF-62| *g C
“191.3 |98- | 10. | ‘2 ‘| ‘ass | Wed) “ms gy | ov | Shri SeS| €¢| LP | Go | 38-62) €L-6%| 12-6 | 8E-6% | €6-82 | SE7-62)167-62| *L
trreeelessree/oerseei zz, | sag [taszga) W]e | “9 gh | oS | PE] SS| PH! OF | Zo | 64.6%) 78.6%) £9.62 | 94-62 | 05-62 | FOV-62)148-62| “9
Zo. |e] Co. fee] cas | tw | wapeo| “ms | 6 | Lh | ZE| ZS] 0G} 6% | 09 | Lg-6z| 92.62] 08-62 | PL-6z | 6€-62 | L68-67/696.60 | *S
sresedecreeel OO. [eoeeer] emu | cou | “ma | ms | Zbl PP | FSV) 167 |S.99| LV | So | 69-60) 19.62! SV-6z OF-62 | 0-62 | 8%S-62|89S-62 | “V
secrerlecarseleeseesl fr, | cou | ca | wpeo| °s cy | for |$er|f6r| 19| Sh | Lo | ZL-6%| £8.62) SE-6Z | OF-6% | 80-62 | O19-62/F6S-62| *f
1€- |""""| go. | Zo. | *u | “ms | ues] «ms ey | 9v | 8V ag €¢| 8S | Po | SL-6z| 19-62) 29-62 | 39-62 | £2-62 | 089-62/PVL-62| *%
“reel OQ, | sm | cms juujeo]| “ms | gh | 19 | €P|f9S| 0G}; OF | 19 | SH.6z| SE.6z) 19-62 | 09-62 | 05-64 brg-6c:9r6-6c| “1 @
a a /1]2 is) fay || SS es Bas aS Wes = 2 ‘urd ‘ure ‘urd ‘ule ; 3 “yo
Se eee ese 2 ee Peis orl olee) se ee |e) fe lee ee ee erat
SIFe es | 2 lege [ee] Ss | §2i>-—— Be 3 5S
pa|Pe | P |B | e2 | PR] F | PR | RRS [oidng| PP | commu | MESS oaussommma | PF | some | ee
: ine
“mrey “PULA -J9}9ULOWIOY J, “JajouIOINg ee

*KINWAGC ‘asunpy younpuny 7 Suoysno[Q *—Q “Ady 247 Ag puy {aAIHs-sarurwag ‘asunyy Ypuvsajddy yw ‘requag ‘AA *AeyY 277 Ag fNoLsog

4D

“UPA

“IN hg fuopuo'y «pau

“YOIMSIHY Jv Ajar20g jounyjnaysopy 94] fo uepanyy ayy qv vuosdwoyy, ‘AIK 29 apou suouwasasg” JoG0p040a]a

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XVI. JANUARY 1846.

XLV.—An Index to the British Annelides. By Grorce Joun-
ston, M.D., LL.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons

of Edinburgh.
[ With a Plate. ]

Class ANNELIDES *.

VeERs a SANS ROUGE, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iil. 182.

ANNELIDES, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 274; 2nde edit. v. 499. Flem.
Phil. Zool. 11.599. Latr. Fam. Nat. 235. Aud. et M. Edw.
Hist. Nat. du Litt. de la France, ii. 1. Stark, Elem. ii. 127.

Vermes, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 450.

Awneipa, M. Edwards in Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. i. 164. Roget,
Bridgew. Treat. 1. 269. Grant, Outl. Comp. Anat. 31. Jones,
Anim. Kingd. 188—223. Griffith’s Cuvier, xiii. 6.

Annutata, MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.

Order 1. APODA.
(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Tribe NEMERTINA.
(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Family Gorpiusipz£f.

Les Dragonneaux, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iii, 217.—Enterobranchia fili-
formia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 246.

Gordius.

Gordius, Linn. Syst. 1075. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ili. 219; 2nde edit.
iii. 671. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605. Schweigg. Handb. 590.

1. G. aquaticus.

Seta aquatica, Merr. Pin. 207.

Gordius aquaticus, Linn. Syst. 1075. Turt. Gmel. iv. 57. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 130. Stew. Elem. ii. 353. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.
Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605. Baird in Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. 23.

* The true limits of this class were first indicated by Pallas in his ‘ Mis-
cellanea Zoologica,’ p. 74, Lugd. Bat. 1778. Lamarck conferred upon it the
name Annelides in 1812.

+ This family should be referred to the class Entozoa. See Reports on
Zoology and Botany, translated for the Ray Society, p. 292.

A worm, presumed to be identical with the Mermis nigrescens of Dujardin,
has been found in great abundance at Fairford in Gloucestershire. An ac-
count of it will be soon published, we have reason to believe, by the Rev.
L. Jenyns.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 21

434 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236. Drummond in ibid.
ix. 241. Johnston in ibid. ix. 355. fig. 52. Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226.

2. G. argillaceus.

Gordius argillaceus, Linn. Syst. 1075. Turt. Gmel. iv. 57. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 130. Stew. Elem. ii. 353. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.
Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605.

Obs. Dr. Fleming says this “is only a variety’ of the preceding.
I know of no description of it taken from British specimens. Species
of Filarie have been frequently described as Gordit.

Family PLanariaD&.

Des Planaires, Cuv. Reg. Anim, iii. 266.—Mollusca Parenchymata,
Swainson, Malacology, 35.

Subfamily Linine.
Borlasia.
Borlasia, subgenus, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 536.

1. B. rufifrons.

Nemertes B. rufifrons, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 538. pl. 18.
fig. 5.

2. B. purpurea.

Nemertes B. purpurea, Johnston in hb. cit. 1. 537. pl. 18. fig. 3.

3. B. alba.
Borlasia ? alba, W. Thompson’s Report, p. 271 ; and in Ann. Nat.
Hist. xv. 320.

4. B. octoculata.
Nemertes B. octoculata, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 537. pl. 18. fig. 2.
Planaria octoculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

5. B. olivacea.
Nemertes B. olivacea, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 536. pl. 18. fig. 1.
Planaria bioculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

6. B.? filiformis. Plate XV. fig. 1, a, b.
Planaria filiformis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

Desc. Body very slender, elongate, about the thickness of common sewing
thread, of a uniform white or yellowish white colour, soft, smooth, con-
tractile, thickest in front and subcylindrical, tapered insensibly backwards
and flattened : mouth terminal, sometimes protruded like a papilla: eyes
none: anus terminal. Under a magnifier the sides appear minutely cre-
nulate: the skin is transparent, and the centre dusky from a straight intes-
tine which runs from one extremity to the other, and has on each side of it a
series of oblong cells so closely approximated that they might seem almost
to be formed by the convolutions of a single vessel.

When lying at ease and contracted, this worm is from 1 to 2 inches in
length, but it can, and does often voluntarily, extend itself until it is upwards
of 6 inches, when it becomes a mere thread-like white line. In this state,
the anterior extremity, from being obtuse, is thrust out into a needle-like
point. It lives under stones, in muddy places, between tide-marks.

e

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 435

7. B.? flaccida.
Planaria flaccida, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 488.

Obs. Not Planaria flaccida of Muller.

8. B.? unicolor.
Planaria unicolor, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 488.

Lineus.

Lineus, Sowerby, “ Brit. Misc. tab. 8.” Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605,.—
Borlasia, Oken in Schweigg. Handb. 591.—Nemertes, Cuv. Reg.
Anim. ill. 259.—Notospermus ? Huschke in Edin. Journ. Nat. and
Geogr. Se. iii. 305.

1. L. longissimus.

Lineus longissimus, ‘‘ Sowerby, Brit. Misc. tab. 8.’ Jameson in
Wern. Mem.i. 557. ‘Turt. Brit. Faun. 130.

Gordius marinus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 74. Montagu in Linn. Trans,
vii. 72. Davies in Linn. Trans. xi. 292.

Borlasia Anglie, Schweigg. Handb. 591.

Nemertes Borlasii, Cuv. Reg. Anim. i. 259. W. Thompson in
Charlesw. Mag. ii. 21. Griffith’s Cuv. xii. 468.

Boriasia longissimus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236,

2. L. gracilis.
Nemertes, H. D. S. Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 378. pl. 20. fig. 3.

Serpentaria.
Serpentaria, H. D. S. Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 377.

1. S. fragilis.
Serpentaria, Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 377. pl. 20. fig. 1, 2.

Meckelia.
Meckelia, Leuckart = Carinella, Johnston.

1. M. trilineata.
Gordius annulatus, Montagu in Linn. Trans. vii. 74. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 130. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.

Carinella trilineata, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vi. 232. fig. 24.

W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.

Obs. As this is distinct from the Meckelia annulata of Grube
(Actin. &c. p. 58. pl. 1. fig.7.), I have changed the specific name of
Montagu.

Prostoma.
Prostoma, Dugés: v. Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 471.—Nemertes, John-

ston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1. 534.

1. P. gracilis.
Nemertes gracilis, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 534. pl. 17.

fig. 1. .W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.

2. P. lactiflorea.
Planaria lactiflorea, Johnston in Zool. Journ. ui. 489.
Nemertes lactiflorea, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 535. pl. 17.
fig. 2. W. Thompson in Ann, and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.
212

436 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

3. Pl.? rosea.

Planaria rosea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod.221. Zool. Dan. 11.31. tab. 64.
fig. 1,2. W. Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. xv. 321.

Fasciola rosea, Mull. Verm. ii. 58.

4. P. quadrioculata.

Planaria quadrioculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

Nemertes quadrioculata, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 535.
Dla ks: digs A.

5. P. melanocephala.

Nemertes melanocephala, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1. 535.
pl. 17. fig. 5

6. P. pulchra.

Nemertes pulchra, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1. 536. pl. 17.
fig. 6.

7. P.armatum.

Prostoma armatum, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.
fig. 29. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. iil. 379.

Subfamily Planarine.

Planaria, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. xxviii. ese ame Flem. Phil.
Zool. i. 604,
Planaria.

Planaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. iti. 176. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.
Schweigg. Handb. 593 (v. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. ul.
380).

* Marine.

1. P. vittata.

Planaria vittata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 25. tab. 5. fig. 3.
W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. v. 247.

2. P. atomata.

Planaria punctata, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2706.

atomata, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 37. tab. 32. fig. 3,4. Turt.
Gmel. iv. 65. Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. vill. 297.

3. P. cornuta.

Planaria cornuta, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2681. Zool. Dan. i. 37.
tab. 32. fig. 5-7. Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. v. 344.
fig. 79. W. Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. xv. 320.

4. P. tremellaris.

Planaria tremellaris, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 36. tab. 32. fig. 1, 2. W.
Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. v. 247.

5. P. subauriculata.

Planaria subauriculata, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 16.
fig. 2

6. P. flevilis.

Planaria flexilis, Dalyell on Planarie, 5. pl. 1. fig.1, 2. Johnston in
Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 17.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 437

7. P. stagnalis.
Fasciola stagnalis, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 53.
Planaria stagnalis, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 221. Templeton in Loud.

Mag. N. Hist. ix. 239.

8. P.macrocephala, oblonga, fusca, antice dilutior truncata, postice
attenuata; oculis ocellisve nullis; long. corp. 2lin. Pl. XV. fig. 2, a,b.

Hab. Amongst Conferve in Berwick bay.

Desc. Body brown, oblong, truncate before and paler coloured, narrowed
posteriorly ; no eyes nor eye-like points. The anterior extremity, in some
positions, appears marked with a pale subcircular spot, while in others a
light-coloured line runs down the centre, while the margins seem folded in
so as to form almost a tube, as is well represented in our figure 6. From
this circumstance I conclude that the worm is thin with involute margins,
but I never saw it spread itself out. There are two ventral pores, similar
to those of the genuine Planarie.

I have named this species macrocephala because of the bluntness of its
head, for the enlarged end is the anterior one, a fact which the mere exami-
nation of the figure would never resolve, since the part is distinguished by
none of its usual appendages or organs: it has neither mouth, eyes, nor ten-
tacula. But all unfurnished as it is, there is no species of its genus that I have
met with that excels it in activity. Ever-restless, it glides along the sur-
face of the vessel with great celerity, varies its course with ease, and some-
times leaving the bottom, it swims in the bosom of the water, but with a
tardier pace. With the obtuse anterior end, which is in constant motion
and change, it feels the way, and pushing aside the floating particles that
annoy it, it guides itself with as much safety, and appears as careful of ob-
stacles as if indeed eyes and feelers were sentinels in front.

9. P. Hirudo, lineari-elongata, fusca, antice puncta lineaque nigra
signata; maculis supra caudam orbicularem duabus pallidis. Long.
corp. 4 lin. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Hab. The sea amongst Conferve.

Desc. Body linear, lengthened, brown, marked in front with a black point
and line; two pale spots above the circular tail. Length 4 lines.

This little worm was also found in Berwick bay, and it is little less active
than the preceding. It glides along in a continuous motion, and when in-
clined to turn or change the direction of its course, it forms the tail into a
disc-like sucker to give itself the advantage of a fixed point. The body is
of a uniform light brown colour excepting the two pale spots near the tail,
and, when fully stretched, is of a narrow linear figure, slightly tapered in
front. There is asmall black dot about haif a line behind the anterior end,
and a dark line runs from it forward to the tip. These are not formed by
an eye, or a cluster of eye-like points, but the line seems rather to be pro-
duced by some internal tube, and the dot by some harder, perhaps horny,
substance.

This worm is of a doubtful genus. The black stria at the anterior end
may perhaps indicate the existence of a proboscis; and the soft disc at the
tail has some resemblance to the sucker of a leech. I retain it in the genus
Planaria because the body is smooth without trace of wrinkles or rings, and
because there are two obvious pore-like spots near the posterior extremity.
The specific name, however, may serve to mark its affinity to some of the
leech tribe.

** Freshwater.

10. P. nigra.
Planaria nigra, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 221. Zool. Dan. iu. 48.

438 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

tab. 109. fig. 3,4. ‘Turt. Brit. Faun. 128. Dalyell on Planariz,
98. fig. 3-5 and 15.

Planaria fusca, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 68.

Fasciola nigra, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 54.

Hirudo nigra, Kirby in Linn. Trans. ii. 317.

Pee syusce.

Planaria fusca, Pallas, Templeton in Mag. N. Hist. ix. 239.

Fasciola torva, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 62.

Planaria torva, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2688. Zool. Dan. iii. 48.
tab. 109. fig. 5, 6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 64.

Planaria fusca, Turt. Gmel. iv. 64. Stew. Elem. i. 855.

Planaria Arethusa, Dalyell on Planariz, 85. fig. 11-14.

Obs. I have reduced Pl. fusca and torva to one species on the
authority of Dugés.

12. P. lactea.

Fasciola lactea, Mull. Verm. i.ii. 61.

Planaria lactea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2687. Zool. Dan. iii. 47.
tab. 109. fig. 1,2. Turt. Gmel.iv.64. Stew. Elem. ii. 355. Edin.
Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. ili. 242 and 243.

Hirudo aiba, Kirby in Linn. Trans. 11. 316.

Planaria alba, Turt. Brit. Faun. 129.

13. P. panniculata.
Planaria panniculata, Dalyell on Planariz, 37. fig. 6, 7.

14. P. felina.
Planaria felina, Dalyell on Planariz, 42. fig. 8.
Dalyellia.
Dalyellia, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605.
1. D. graminea.
Hirudo viridis, Shawin Linn. Trans. i. 92. Johnson on Med. Leech, 19.
Planaria viridis, Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii. 355.
Planaria graminea, Dalyell on Planarie, 114. fig. 16.

Obs. Distinct from the Pl. viridis of Muller, but surely identical
with his Pl. Helluo.

2. D. velox.
Planaria velox, Dalyell on Planariz, 127. fig. 17.

3. D. edinensis.
Planaria edineénsis, Dalyell on Planariz, 133. fig. 18.

Tribe Htrupina.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Les Hirudinées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 289. Flem. Phil. Zool. ti
603-4.
Family PuyLurnipz.

Udonella.
Udonella, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 498.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 439

1. U. caligorum.
Udonella caligorum, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 497.
fig.45. W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xv. 320.
Obs. Closely allied to, but distinct from, the Nitzschia elegans of
K. E. vy. Baer in Nov. Act. Acad. Ces. Nat. Cur. xiii. pl. 32. fig. 1-4.

Malacobdella.
Malacobdella, Blainville in Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 217.

1. M. grossa.

Hirudo grossa, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2668. Zool. Dan. i. 21.
tab. 21. fig. 1-5, copied in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 52. fig. 6-10.
Turt. Gmel. iv. 70.

Phylline grossa, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vii. 587. fig. 67.

Tristoma.

Tristoma, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 265.

1. T. coccineum.

Tristoma coccineum, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 265. pl. 15. fig. 10. Yar-
rell, Brit. Fish. 2nd edit. ii. 468. vign. Griffith’s Cuv. xii. 473.
pl. 9. fig. 10.

Phylline coccinea, Schweigg. Handb. 474.

Phylline.
Phylline, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 295 ; 2nde edit. v. 526.

1. Ph. Hippoglossi.
Lernee species, Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 138. pl. 8. fig. 11.
Phylline Hippoglossi, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. i. 431. pl.15. fig. 1-3.
W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.
Obs. The synonyms will be found in the ‘ Annals.’ Muller’s figures
are copied in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 52. fig. 11-14.

Family Hirvupinip2.
Hirudo, Linn. Syst.1079.—Les Sangsues, Cuv. Rég. Anim. ii. 212.—
Hirudinea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 246.—Annelides suceuses, Aud. et
M. Edwards, Litt. de la France, ii. 50.

Erpobdella.
Erpobdella, Blainville in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 296; 2nde edit. v.
527.—Nephelis, Savigny: v. Lam. 2nde edit. v. 527.—Heluo, Oken :
v. Schweigg. Handb. 593.

1. E. vulgaris.

Hirudo octoculata, Linn. Syst.1079. Turt.Gmel.iv. 69. Turt. Brit.
Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71.

Hirudo vulgaris, Mull. Verm.i. ii. 40. Stew. Elem. ii. 356. John-
son on the Med. Leech, 33. Furth. Obs. 29, with a plate.

Erpobdella vulgaris, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit.v. 528. D. Chiaje,
An. s. Vert. Nap. i. 49.

Nephelis vulgaris, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13. pl.1.
fig. 9-14.

Nondescript Leech ? Ure’s Rutherglen, 236.

440 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

2. E. tessulata.

Hirudo tessulata, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 45. Johnson on the Med. Leech,
33. Fleming in Wern. Mem. iii. 400.

Erpobdella tessulata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Nephelis tessulata, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13. pl.t.
fig. 15-17.

3. EH. lineata.

Hirudo lineata, Mull. Verm. i. 11. 39. Johnson on the Med. Leech,
34. Fleming in Wern. Mem. iii. 400.

Erpobdella lineata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Glossopora.

Glossiphonia, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 25.—Glossopora, John-
son, Furth.Obs. 48.—Clepsine, Savigny.—Glossobdella, Blainville :
see Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 528.

1. G. complanata.

Hirudo complanata, Linn. Syst. 1079. Mull.Verm.i.ii.47. Turt.
Gmel. iv. 69. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii. 357. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 72. Ure’s Rutherglen, 233.

Hirudo crenata, Kirby, Linn. Trans. ii. (his description is copied in
Johnson, Med. Leech, p. 21). Turt. Gmel. iv. 71. Penn. Brit.
Zool. iv. 71. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129.

Clepsina crenata, Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226. pl. 276. fig. 13.

Glossiphonia tuberculata, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 25.

Glossopora tuberculata, Johnson’s Furth. Obs. 49. pl. 17. fig. 1-10.
Stark, Elem. ii. 142. W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist.
vil. 482.

Erpobdella complanata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v.528. Tem-
pleton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Erpobdella crenata, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Glossopora complanata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Clepsina complanata, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 14.
Plats fie Tero:

2. G. bioculata.

Hirudo stagnalis, Linn. Syst. 1079. Turt. Gmel.iv.69. Turt. Brit.
Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71.

Hirudo bioculata, Mull. Verm.1.ii. 41. Stew. Elem. ii. 357. Ure’s
Rutherglen, 234.

Glossiphonia perata, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 26.

Glossopora punctata, Johnson’s Furth. Obs. 50. pl. 17. fig. 11-13.

Erpobdella bioculata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 528.

stagnalis, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.
Glossopora bioculata, Flem. Phil. Zool. 11. 604.
Clepsina stagnalis, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 14.

3. G.? circulans.

Hirudo circulans, Sowerby : see Johnson on Med. Leech, 27. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 72.

4. G.? hyalina.

Hirudo heteroclite, Linn. Syst. 1080. Johnson on Med. Leech, 34.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 44)

Un ver plat et blanc, Tremb. Polyp. 147. pl. 7. fig. 7.

Hirudo hyalina, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 49. Stew. Elem. ii. 357.

Clepsina hyalina? Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 15.
pl. 1. fig. 20.

Piscicola.

Piscicola, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 525.—Hzmocharis, Sa-
vigny. (See Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 11.)

1. P. geometra.

Hirudo geometra, Linn. Syst. 1080. Turt. Gmel. iv. 70. Turt. Brit.
Faun. 129. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 35. Brightwell in Ann.
and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 11. pl. 1. fig. 1-8.

Hirudo piscium, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 43. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 70. pl.21.
fig.3. Stew. Elem. ii. 357.

Piscicola piscium, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 525. Stark, Elem.
ii. 142.

Piscicola geometra, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

2. P. Perce.
Ichthyobdella Perce, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.
fig. 28.

3. P.marina. Plate XV. fig. 4-6.
Hab. Parasitical on the Aspidophorus cataphractus.

Desc. Body one inch in length and a line in diameter, slightly tapered
forwards, terminated at each end with a plain circular sucker, of a uniform
chestnut-brown colour, or red and mottled (for the colour varies according
to the intestinal contents), smooth, rather soft and compressed ; the margins
minutely crenulate under a magnifier.

Fig. 4. P. marina of the natural size. 5. The same magnified. 6. An out-
line figure drawn from an individual which had the genital organs extruded,

Obs. Mr. W. Thompson has, in his Catalogue of the Irish Worms,
a Piscicola marina (Rep. p. 272), but no description of it has been
published.

Pontobdella.

Pontobdella, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 451. Lam. Anim.s.
Vert. v. 293.

1. P. muricata.

Hirudo piscium, Bast. Opusc. Subs. i. 82. tab. 10. fig. 2.

Hirudo muricata, Linn. Syst.1080. Turt. Gmel.iv. 71. Turt. Brit.
Faun.130. Stew. Elem.u.357. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71. pl. 21.
fig. 4. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 38. Dalyell in Edin. New
Phil. Journ. 1827, p. 391. Grant in Edin. Journ. of Science,
no. 14.

Hirudo verrucosa, Fleming in Wern. Mem. i. 245. Johnson on the
Med. Leech, 39.

Pontobdella muricata, Lam. Anim.s.Vert. v. 293; 2nde edit. v. 524.
Stark, Elem. ii. 142. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.

Albione muricata, D. Chiaje, An. s. Vert. Nap. 1. 49.

442 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

2. P. spinulosa.

Pontobdella spinulosa, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. tab. 65; and in Suppl.
Encyclop. Brit. i. 451. pl. 26. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 294; 2nde
edit. v. 525. Stark, Elem. ii. 142.

Obs. I doubt the distinctness of this from the preceding.

Hemopsis.

Hemopsis, Savigny in Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.520. Ency-
clop. Brit. xi. 226. pl. 176. fig. 15.

1. H. voraz.

The Horse-Leech, Sibb. Scot. i. 3, 34. Quekett in the Zoologist,
i. 17 and 88.

Hirudo Sanguisuga, Merr. Pin. 207. Linn. Syst. 1079. Turt. Gmel.
iv. 68. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii. 356. Penn. Brit.
Zool. iv. 70. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 30. Mull. Verm. i. ii.
38. Stark, Elem. 11. 356. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.
ix. 235. Ephem. Acad. Leop. c. vill. 346. tab. 5. fig. 4. D. Chiaje,
An. s. Vert. Nap. i. 48.

Hirudo sanguisorba, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 521.

Hirudo vorax, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 62.

Hemopsis sanguisorba, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag, N. Hist. ix. 12.
Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226.

2. H. nigra.
Hirudo nigra, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 32.

Obs. In the last edit. of Lamarck this is considered as identical
with the preceding.
Hirudo.
Sanguisuga, Savigny in Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 520, En-
cyclop. Brit. xi. 225.

1. H. medicinalis.

Hirudo medicinalis, Linn. Syst. 1079. Mull. Verm. i. ii. 37. Turt.
Gmel.iv. 68. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. 1. 356. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 69. Stark, Elem. ii. 143. Leach in Suppl. Ency-
clop. Brit.i. 451. pl.26. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 29. Lam.
Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 520. Home, Comp. Anat. iv. pl. 39.
fig. 3; ibid. ii. 70. Ephem. Acad. Leop. cent. vili. 338. tab. 5.
fig. 1, 2,3. D.Chiaje, An. s. Vert. Nap. ies rte

Sanguisuga medicinalis, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13.
Encyclop. Brit. xi. 225. pl. 176. fig. 14.

Tribe LuMBRICINA.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Annelides abranches setigeres, Cuv. Reg. Anim. ii. 209.—Lombricini,
Latr.Fam.Nat.246.—Annelides terricoles, Aud.et M. Edwards, Litt.
de la France, ii. 50; and in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 513.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 443

Family Naipes.
Les Naides, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iii. 211.—Vers hispides, Lam. Anim.
s. Vert. ili. 221. (See Rep. trans. by Ray Society, p. 282.)

Nais.
Nais, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. xxviii. Verm,i.ii. 20. Turt. Gmel.

iv.91. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. iti. 222. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop.
Brit. 1. 451.

1. N. vermicularis.

Nais vermicularis, Mull. Verm. 1. ii. 20. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde
edit. 11. 674. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235. (Vide
Zool. Journ. v. 380.)

2. N. serpentina.

Nais serpentina, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 20. Mull. Wurm. 84, tab. 4.
fig. 1-4. Turt. Gmel. iv. 91. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Stew.
Elem. i. 390. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 97. Templeton in Loud. Mag.
Nat. Hist. vii. 130. fig. 26; and ix. 235.

3. IN; Lurco:
The Lurco or Glutton, a diaphanous species of Nais, Pritchard,
Micros. Cabinet, 78. pl. 8. fig. 1.

4. N. digitata.

Nais digitata, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 22. Wurm. 90. tab. 5. fig. 1-4.
Turt. Gmel. iv.91. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Stew. Elem. i. 391.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 98. Bosc, Vers, i. 239.

Stylaria.
Stylaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ili. 223.

1. S. lacustris.

Mille-pied a dard, Trembl. Polyp. 144. pl. 6. fig. 1.

Nereis lacustris, Linn. Syst. 1085.

Nais proboscidea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2649. Wurm. 14. tab. 1.
fig. 1-4. Verm.i. ii. 21. Turt. Gmel.iv. 91. Turt. Brit. Faun.
137. Stew. Elem. i. 390. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 97. Baker, Em-
ploym. Micros. 317. pl. 12. fig. 24.

Stylaria paludosa, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. ill. 675.

— lacustris, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Tubifex.
Tubifex, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ili. 224. Schweigg. Handb. 590.

1. T. rivulorum.

Vermes minimi rubri aquam stagnalem colore sanguineo inficientes,
unde vulgus dira portendit, Merr. Pin. 207.

Vers qu’on trouvent souvent rassemblés en grande quantité au fond
de Yeau, Trembl. Polyp. 98, 99 and 147. pl. 7. fig. 2.

Small red Water-worms found plentifully in the mud of the river
Thames, Baker, Polype, 62.

Lumbricus tubifex, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2605. Wurm. 62. Verm.
1. ti. 27. Zool. Dan. iii. 4. tab. 84. Bosc, Vers, i. 255.

44.4, Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Tubifex rivulorum, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. iii. 676. Tem-
pleton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Family Lumsricip2z.

Lumbricus, Linn. Syst. 1076.—Les Lombrics, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iil.
209.—Les Echiurées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 297.

Lumbricus.

Lumbricus, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 209. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 298.
Schweigg. Handb. 590. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 451.

* Marine.
1. L. lineatus.
Faden-Wurm, Mull. Wurm. 118. dritte taf. fig. 4, 5.
Lumbricus lineatus, Mull. Verm.i. ii. 29. Johnston in Zool. Journ.
ii. 829 ; and in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 259. fig. 24.

2. L. capitatus.

Lumbricus capitatus, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 258.
fig. 23.

Lumbricus littoralis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 328.

3. L. minutus.
Lumbricus minutus, Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 281. pl. 1. fig.4. Lam.
Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 583. Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 328.

4. L. rufescens.
Lumbricus rufescens, Johnston in Zool. Journ. ili. 327.

** Subaquatic.
5. L. vermicularis.
Lumbricus vermicularis, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 26. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii.
603. Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 421.

6. L. variegatus.
Lumbricus variegatus, Mull. Verm.1. ii. 26. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 603.
Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 326. Bosc, Vers, i. 255.

7. L. pellucidus.
Lumbricus ? Clitellio? pellucida, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.
vil. 131. fig. 27.
Clitelis minutus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.
Obs. The Lumbricus pellucidus (Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 327.
comp. with iv. 421) is probably a larva.

*EX Terrestrial.
3. L. omilurus.
Lumbricus omilurus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

9. L. lividus.
Lumbricus lividus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

10. L. gordianus.
Lumbricus gordianus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 445

11. L. xanthurus.
Lumbricus xanthurus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

12. L. annularis.
Lumbricus annularis, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

13. L. terrestris.

Earth-Worm, Sibb. Scot. ii. 3, 33.

Vermes terrestres majores, Merr. Pin. 206.

Lumbricus terrestris, Willis, Oper. Omn. ii. 18. tab.4. Linn. Syst.
1076. exclus. y. Mull. Verm.i.ii. 24. Turt. Gmel.iv.58. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 128. Home, Comp. Anat. iv. pl. 40. fig. 4, and pl.145,
146, 147, 148, 149. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 63. pl. 20. fig. 1, and
fig.2. var. minor. Stew. Elem. ii. 354. Stark, Elem. ii. 141.
Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 1.451. pl. 26. Templeton in Loud.
Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Common Earth-Worm, White’s Selborne, ii. 14and 279. Edin. Phil.
Journ. ili. 412. Loudon’s Suburb. Hortic. 94. Gray in Ann. Nat.
Hist. i. 479.

“ De Lumbrici terrestris historia naturali necnon Anatomia tractatus.
Auctore Carolo-F.-A. Morren.” Bruxellis, 1829. In reference to
this excellent work, see Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. iii. 375 ;
Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 240.

Cirratulus.

Cirratulus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 300. Aud. and M. Edwards, Litt.
de la France, ii. 268. Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 71.

1. C. medusa.
Cirratulus medusa, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 71. pl. 3.
fig. 7-12.

2. C. tentaculatus.

Terebella tentaculata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. ix. 110. pl. 6. fig. 2,
copied in Encyclop. Brit. xi. pl. 276. fig. 4. Penn. Brit. Zool. iy.
REL.

Cirrhatula tentaculata, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Cirrhatulus tentaculatus, Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 73 ; and Encyclop.
Brit, x1..221,.

Trophonia.

Trophonia, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 371.
1. T. Goodsirii.
Trophonia Goodsirii, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 371. pl. 11.
fig. 1-10.
Travisia.
Travisia, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 373.
1. T. Forbesii.

Travisia Forbesii, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 373. pl. 11.
fig. 11-18.

446 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Order II. POLYPODA.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)
Gymnobranchia, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 450.

Tribe SERPULINA.
(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)
Les Tubicoles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 189.—Annelides sédentaires, Lam.
Anim. s.Vert.v. 332.—Cephalobranchia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 241. (See
Pallas, Misc. Zool. 114.)

Family AuricoMID&.
Les Amphitrites, Cuv. Rég. Anim. i. 194.

Pectinaria.

Pectinaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 248.—Cistena, Leach in Suppl.
Encyclop. Brit. 1. 452.

1. P. belgica.

Nereis cylindraria belgica, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 122. pl. 9. fig. 3-18.

Sabella granulata, Linn. Syst. 1268. Mont. Test. Brit.544. Stew.
Elem. ii. 423. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 369. Turt. Brit. Faun. 202.

Sabella tubiformis ? Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 372. pl. 95. fig. 2.

Nereis pectinata, Sowerby. Turt. Br. Faun. 134.

Sabella belgica, Turt. Gmel. iv. 611.

Amphitrite auricoma, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2622. Zool. Dan. 1.
26. pl. 26. fig. 1-6. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 289. Cuv. Rég. Anim.
iii. 195. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 91. Stew. Elem. i. 389. pl. 12.
Hie. 1,2.

Pectinaria belgica, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.602. Templeton
in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 234.

Cistena Pallasii, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 1. 452. pl. 26.

2. P.? arenaria.
Sabella arenaria, Mont. Test. Brit. 552. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 371.
Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.

3. P.? subcylindrica.
Sabella subcylindrica, Mont. Test. Brit. 552. Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.
Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 371.

4. P.? setiformis.
Sabella setiformis, Mont. Test. Brit. 558. Turt. Br. Faun. 208.
Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 371.
Sabellaria.
Sabellaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 350.

1. S. alveolata.

Tubularia arenosa anglica, Ellis, Corall. 90. pl. 36.

Sabella alveolata, Linn. Syst. 1268.

Amphitrite alveolata, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 195.

Sabellaria alveolata, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 605. Stark,
Elem. ii.138. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 447

2. S. crassissima*.

Sabella alveolata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 368. pl. 95. fig. sup. Mont.
Test. Brit. 540.

Sabellaria crassissima, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 605. Tem-
pleton in Loud. Mag. ix. 234.

Flemingia.

1. Flemingia plumosa.

Amphitrite plumosa, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2621. Fabr. Faun.
Groenl. 288. Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 16. tab. 90. fig. 1, 2. Turt.
Gmel. iv. 83.

Flemingia muricata, Johnston in Berw. Trans. i. 15 (1832).

Obs. I do not know where to place this singular worm. My spe-
cimen was sent to the British Museum.

Desc. Body an inch long, cylindrical, tapered at the posterior end, of a
dirty light brown colour, annulose, rough with numerous papille and hairy.
No head nor eyes. Tentacula projected from the anterior extremity, com-
pletely retractile, of two kinds ; for two of them are filiform, equal, yellowish
and fleshy ; and eight of them—placed above and within the first—-are seta-
ceous, bristle-like, and of a bright grass-green colour. There are likewise
about the anterior end numerous long bristles in indistinct fascicles, which,
when magnified, appear distinctly jointed similar to a Conferva. Along
each side a row of about sixty feet, one pair to each ring. The feet are pa-
pillary, each bearing about four unequal bristles, not retractile : those of the
two or three anterior pairs are longer than the others. Anus terminal,
simple. The animal can inject a green-coloured liquid into a central vessel
of the fleshy tentacula.

One specimen found amongst the entangled roots of Laminaria digitata.

Family TEREBELLID&.
Terebella.
Terebella, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iii. 193. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 353.

1. T. conchilega.

Nereis conchilega, Pall. Misc. Zool. 131. tab. 9. fig. 14-22. “Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 47.”

Terebella conchilega, Turt. Gmel. iv. 84. Turt. Brit. Faun. 132.
Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 112. Lam. Anim.s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 607.
Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. ii. 244. Templeton in Loud.
Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Sabella rudis, Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 368.

— conchilega, Mont. Test. Brit. 547. Stew. Elem. ii. 423,

Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.

2. T. chrysodon.
Sabella chrysodon, Mont. Test. Brit. 546. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 370.
Turt. Brit. Faun. 202. Hogg’s Stockton, 29.

* Sabella alveolata—Turt. Gmel, iv. 610.—Turt. Brit. Faun, 202.—Stew.
Elem, ii. 423.—embraces both species.

448 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

3. T. lumbricalis.
Sabella lumbricalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 549. Turt. Brit. Faun. 203.
Stew. Elem. ii. 423. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 370.

4. T. cristata.

Amphitrite cristata, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2620. Zool. Dan. ii. 40.
tab. 70. fig. 1-4. Jameson in Wern. Mem. i. 558. Stew. Elem.
i. 389. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 91.

Terebella cristata, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.607. Templeton
in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233. ;

5. T. cirrhata.

Terebella cirrhata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 342. tab. 12. fig. 1.

Sabella cirrata, Mont. Test. Brit.550. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 370.
Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.

6. T. nebulosa.
Terebella nebulosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 345. tab. 12. fig. 2.

7. T. constrictor.

Terebella constrictor, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 343. tab. 13.
fig. 1.

8. T. venustula.

Terebella venustula, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 344. tab. 13. fig. 2.

9. T. gigantea.
Terebeila gigantea, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xu. 341. tab. 11.

Family SaBELLIDz.
Les Sabelles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. ii. 191.

Othonia.
Fabricia, Blainville.—Othonia, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vii.
183.
1. O. Fabricii.
Tubularia Fabricia, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 254. Fabr. Faun. Groenl.
440. fig. 12. Turt. Gmel. iv. 668.
Tubularia stellaris, Sars in Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2nde sér. vil. 274.
Othonia Fabricii, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 181. fig. 19.

Sabella.
Sabella, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iii. 191. Schweigg. Handb. 599.—Amphi-
trite, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 354.
*

1. S. amena.
Sabella amcena, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vi. 406. fig. 53.

**K

2. S. reniformis.
Nieren-formige Amphitrite, Mull. Wurm. 194. tab. 16.
Tubularia penicillus, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod.3063. Zool. Dan.tab. 89.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 449

-fig. 1,2. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 438. Fleming in Edin. Phil.
Journ. vili. 295.
Amphitrite reniformis, Turt. Gmel. iv. 82.
penicillus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 356; 2nde edit. v. 610.

3. S. infundibulum.
Amphitrite infundibulum, Montagu in Linn. Trans. ix. 109. tab. 8.
Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 89. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 611.

4. S. vesiculosa.
Amphitrite vesiculosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 19. tab. 5. fig. 1.
Stark, Elem. ii. 133. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 610.

5. S. Penicillus.

Scolopendra major tubularia, Bast. Opusc. Subs. i. ii. 77. tab. 9. fig. 1.

Sabella penicillus, Linn. Syst. 1269. Mont. Test. Brit. 541. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 369.

Nereis lutaria, Pall. Misc. Zool. 116. tab. 10. fig. 1.

Amphitrite ventilabrum, var. 2, Turt. Gmel. iv. 82. Jameson in
Wern. Mem.i.558. Turt. Brit. Faun. 136. Stew. Elem. i. 389.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 90. Dalyell in Edin. New Phil. Journ, xvii.
415. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 610.

6. S. carnea.
A Sabella resembling the Penicillus, Mont. Test. Brit. 544.

KEK

7. S. tubularia.

Serpula tubularia, Mont. Test. Brit. 513, and Suppl. 171. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 202. Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67. pl. 204.
fig.9. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 362. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1083. Fleming
in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243. Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.
vii. 126. fig. 23. Berkeley in ibid. vii. 421. Laskey in Wern.
Mem. i. 413. Brown, Illust. pl. 2. fig.9,10. Turt. Conch. Dict.
154. fig. 84.

Serpula arundo, Turt. Conch. Dict. 155. Berkeley in Zool. Journ.
Hi 229;

Sabella tubularia, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 426.

8. Serpula Cordineri.

Serpula Cordineri, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 244.

kK

9. S. volutacornis.

Amphitrite volutacornis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. vii. 80. tab. 7.
fig. 10. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 611. Turt. Brit. Faun.

136. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 89. Stark, Elem. ii. 133. Leach in
Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. pl. 26.

Sabella curta, Mont. Test. Brit.554. Penn. Br. Zool. iv.372. Turt.
Brit. Faun. 203.

Sabella compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. 555. Turt. Br. Faun. 203.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 372.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 2K

450 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Amphitrite rosea, Sowerby. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 90. Turt. Br.
Faun. 136.

Family SerPuLipz.

Serpula, Linn. Syst. 1264.—Les Serpules, Cuv. Reg. Anim. ili. 190.
—Les Serpulées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 357.—Serpulea, Latr.
Faun. Nat. 242. (See Philippiin Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. xiv. p. 153.)

Obs. In this family (Serpulide) | incline to arrange all the Den-
talia included in the genus Brochus of Brown, the C@calium of Fle-
ming, the microscopic or minute Orthocera, and the greater part of
our multilocular shells arranged in the genus Nauéilus.

Lobatula.
Lobatula, Flem. Phil. Zool. 11. 602. Flem. Brit. Anim. 232.

1. L. vulgaris.

Nautilus lobatulus, Turt. Gmel. iv. 307. Turt. Brit. Faun. 166.
Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 248. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 343. Turt. Conch.
Dict. 120. Fleming in Encyclop. Edin. vii. 85.

Serpula lobata, Mont. Test. Brit. 515, and Suppl. 160. Lowe in
Zool. Journ. ui. 78.

Lobatula farcta, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602.

Lobatula vulgaris, Flem. Br. Anim. 232.

Discorbis vesicularis, Clark in Zool. Journ. iii. 341.

Truncatulina tuberculata, Morris, Cat. Br. Foss. p. 64.

2. L. concamerata.

Serpula concamerata, Mont. Test. Br. Suppl. 160. Penn. Br. Zool.
iv. 366. Lowe in Zool. Journ. i. 79.

Nautilus concameratus, Fleming in Edin. Encyel. vil. 85.

Lobatula concamerata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 233.

Spirorbis.

Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 358.
Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 1. 452. Schweigg. Handb. 601.

*Spirorbis, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602. —

1. S. communis.

Vermiculus exiguus albus nautiloides alge fere adherens, List.
Conch. 553. 5.

Planorbis minimus, Petiv. Gazophy. tab. 35. fig. 8.

Serpula spirorbis, Linn. Syst. 1265. Da Costa, Brit. Conch. 22.
tab. 2. fig. 11. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 377. Mull. Zool. Dan.
iii. 8. tab. 86. fig. 1-6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603. Mont. Test. Brit.
498. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown in ibid. n. 534.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 358. pl. 94. fig. 1. Stew. Elem. 1. 422.
Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. Turt. Conch. Dict. 149.

Spirorbis communis, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in
Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

Spirorbis nautiloides, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 613. Stark,
Elem. ii. 132. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233. Brown,
Illust. pl. i. fig. 45. Griffith’s Cuv. xii. pl. 8. fig. 6.

_Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 451

2. S. spirillum.

Serpula spirillum, Linn. Syst.1264. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 376. Mont.
Test. Brit. 499. Turt. Gmel. iv. 602. Turt. Brit. Faun. 200.
Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown in ibid. ii. 534. Stew.
Elem. ii. 421. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 358. Turt. Conch. Dict. 150.

Spirorbis spirillum, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.
Phil. Journ. xii. 245. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 614.
Stark, Elem. ii. 132. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N., Hist. ix. 233.
Brown's Illust. pl. 1. fig. 41, 42, 53 and 54.

3. S. granulatus.

Serpula granulata, Linn. Syst. 1266. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 380.
Mont. Test. Brit. 500. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown
in ibid. ii. 534. Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1074.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 359. Turt. Conch. Dict. 150.

Serpula sulcata, Adams in Linn. Trans. iii. 255.

Spirorbis granulatus, Flem. in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.
Phil. Journ. xii. 244. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233.
Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 47.

4. S. carinatus.

Serpula carinata, Mont. Test. Brit. 502. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1074.
Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 360. Turt. Conch. Dict. 151. ‘urt. Br.
Faun. 201.

Spirorbis carinatus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.
Phil. Journ. xii. 244. Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 48.

5. S. corrugatus.

Serpula corrugata, Mont. Test. Brit.502. Penn. Brit. Zool, iv. 360.
Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. ‘Turt. Conch. Dict.151. Dillw. Rec. Sh.
1075.

Spirorbis corrugatus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. pl. 204.
fig. 13; and in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245. Brown’s IIlust. pl. 1,
fig. 46.

6. S. Montagui.

Serpula, new species, Mont. Test. Brit. 502.

Spirorbis Montagui, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ, xii. 245.

7. S. incurvatus.

Serpula incurvata, Turt. Gmel. iv. 609. Turt. Conch. Dict. 156.
Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1071.

Vermiculum incurvatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 518. Turt. Br. Faun,
192.

Spirorbis incurvatus, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

8. S. pervius.

Vermiculum pervium, Mont. ‘Test. Brit. 518.

Spirorbis pervius, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

Obs. By Turton and Dillwyn this is registered as a variety of the
preceding.

9. S. retortus.

Serpula retorta, Turt. Gmel. iv. 609 Turt. Conch. Dict. 158.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 365.
2 Kee

452 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Vermiculum retortum, Mont. Test. Brit. 524.
Spirorbis retorta, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

10. S. annulus.
Spirorbis annulus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 44.

11. S. heterocliticus.
Spirorbis heterocliticus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 57.

12. S. striatulus.
Spirorbis striatulus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 59.

**Heterodisca, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602.

13. S. heterostrophus.

Serpula heterostropha, Mont. Test. Brit. 503. Turt. Brit. Faun. 201.
Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1075. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 359. ‘Turt. Conch.
Dict. 151.

Spirorbis heterostrophus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. pl. 205.
fig. ]. Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 55.

Heterodisca heterostropha, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

14. S. minutus.

Serpula minuta, Mont. Test. Brit. 505. Turt. Brit. Faun. 200.
Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1072. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 359. Turt. Conch.
Dict. 150.

Spirorbis minutus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68.

Heterodisca minuta, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xi. 247.

15. S. conicus.

Spirorbis conicus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. pl. 205. fig. 3.
Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 58.

Heterodisca conica, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

16. S. lucidus.

Serpula lucida, Mont. Test. Brit. 506. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i.
412. Brown in ibid. ii. 534. Turt. Br. Faun. 201. Penn. Br.
Zool. iv. 360. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1075. Turt. Conch. Dict. 151.

Serpula reflexa, Adams in Linn. Trans.

Spirorbis lucidus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. Brown’s
Illust. p. 1. fig. 56, 60.

Serpula sinistrorsa, Mont. Test. Brit. 504.

Heterodisca lucida, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

Obs. The Serpula sinistrorsa is made a variety of Serp. spirillum by

Turton, Dillwyn and Pennant.

17. S. reversus.

Serpula reversa, Mont. Test. Brit.508. Turt. Br. Faun. 201. Penn
Brit. Zool. iv. 361.

Spirorbis reversus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 69. Brown’s
Illust. pl. 1. fig. 52.

Heterodisca reversa, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 248.

Ods. Dillwyn and Turton make this a variety of their Serpula ver-
micularis.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 453

Serpula.

Serpula, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67.—Serpula et Verwilia,
Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 360 and 368.—Vermilia, Fleming, Phil.
Zool. ii. 601 ; and in Edin, Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

1. S. intricata.

Serpula intricata, Linn. Syst. 1265. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603. Stew.
Elem. ii. 422. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1073.

Serpula vermicularis, Mull. Zool. Dan. iii. 9. tab. 86. fig. 9. (animal.)
Mont. Test. Brit. 509. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 413. Brown
in ibid. ii. 534. Stew. Elem. ii. 422. Turt. Brit. Faun. 201.
Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67. Turt. Conch. Dict. 152.

Vermilia intricata, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

Serpula Mulleri, Berkeley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 421.

2. S. vermicularis.

Tubus vermicularis, Ellis, Corall. pl. 38. fig. 2.

Serpula vermicularis, Linn. Syst. 1267. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 361.
Stark, Elem. ii. 132. Berkeley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 421.
Templeton in ibid. ix. 233, Turt. Gmel. iv. 605. Brown’s Illust.
pl. 2. fig. 2, 3.

Serpula triquetra, Bast. Opusc. Subs. i. ii. 79. tab. 9. fig. 3. Mont.
Test. Brit. 511. Stew. Elem. 11. 422. Fleming in Edin. Ency-
clop. vil. 67. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 413. Brown in ibid. ii,
534. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 361. Turt. Brit. Faun. 202.

Serpula contortuplicata, Cuv. Reg. Anim. iii. 190. Griffith’s Cuy.
ma, 1): pli8. fies 1.

Vermilia vermicularis, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

Vermilia triquetra, Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 1.

Amphitrite campanulata, Sowerby. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Penn.
Br. Zool. iv. 91.—Amphitrite penicillus, Gmel. fide Cuv.

3. S. triquetra.

Serpula triquetra, Linn. Syst. 1265. Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 157.
Sowerby, Gen. tab. fig. 2. (opt.!) Turt. Conch. Dict. 152. Berke-
ley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. 421. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603.

Vermilia triquetra, Lam. Anim, s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 633. Stark,
Elem. ii. 131. Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233.
Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 5.

Var. a. Lid testaceous and conical. Vermilia conica, Fleming in
Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243.—Patella extinctorium, Turt. Conch.
Dict. 138.

Var. 8. Lid testaceous, armed with two or three spines. Serpula
vermicularis, Zool. Dan. tab. 86. fig.8. Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 191.
—Vermilia armata, Fleming, sup. cit. 243.—Patella tricornis, Turt.
Conch. Dict. 139.

Var. y. Lid with a produced central forked process. Mont. Test.
Brit. Suppl. 157. No. 4. Vermilia triquetra, Fleming in Edin.
Phil. Journ. xii. 242.—Serpula triquetra, Sowerby, Brit. Mise. i.
63. tab. 31.

454 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Var. 6. Lid smooth and slightly concave. Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl.
1572 No.1:

See also the observations of J. B. Harvey in Charlesw. Mag. i. 477.

4, Serpula contortuplicata, Linn. Syst. 1266. Templeton in Loud.
Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233. Turt. Gmel. iv. 604.

Obs. Turton makes this his var. B. of Serpula vermicularis. The
character of it given by Linnzus is very applicable to some varieties
of S. triquetra.

Serpula contortus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 4. S. spiralis, ibid. fig. 6,
and S. perversa, ibid. fig. 7, are common states of Serpula trique-
tra, found on Sertularie and other corallines.

5. S. serrulata.

Serpula serrulata, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vi. 67. pl. 204. fig. 8,
copied in Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 8.

Vermilia serrulata, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243.

Vermilia tricuspidata, Morris, Cat. Br. Foss. p. 67.

6. Serpula filiformis.

“Serpula filiformis, Rees, Cyclop. vol. 10." Templeton in Loud.
Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233. Mr. Morris mentions a fossil Serpula
filiformis, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 66. The species intended by Tem-
pleton may be Filograna impleza ?

7. Serpula rugosa.
Serpula rugosa, Turt. Conch. Dict. 154.

Filograna.
Filograna, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 427.—Filipora, Flem. Brit.
Anim. 530.

1. Filograna impleza.

Filograna, Plane. Conch. 46.

Serpula corallifica, Pall. Elench. Zooph. 239.

Serpula filograna, Linn. Syst. 1265. Berkeley in Zool. Journ. iii.
230.

Serpula complexa, Turt. Conch. Dict. 153.

‘Lubipora fascicularis, Stew. Elem. ii. 426.

Filipora filograna, Flem. Brit. Anim. 530.

Filograna implexa, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 427.

Serpula minima? Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v.625. Temple-
ton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233.

Ditrupa.
Ditrupa, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 426.
1. D. subulata.
Dentalium subulatum, Deshayes in Zool. Journ. iv. 194.
Ditrupa subulata, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 425-6. Morris, Cat.
Br. Foss. p. 65.
Obs. Mr. Berkeley, at one time, was led to refer the Dentalium

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 455

gadus of Montagu to this genus (Zool. Journ. v. 425), but this loca-
tion remains to be proved. Vide Corrigenda ad finem of the above
vol. of the Zool. Journal.

Family ARENICOLIDA.
Les Arenicoles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 197.—Telethuse, Latr. Fam.
Nat. 244.—Arenicoliens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii.
282.—Arenicolide, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 566.

Arenicola.

Arenicola, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 335. Schweigg. Handb. 594.
Aud. and M. Edw. sup. cit. 283. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit.
452.

1. A. piscatorum.

For the synonyms see Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 567; and add
Arenicola piscatorum, Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. iii. 245.
Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, i. 285. pl. 8. fig. 8-12.

Arenicola marina, Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 234.

Lumbricus marinus, Rathke in Zool. Dan. iv. 39. pl. 155. fig. B.
1-4.

2. A. ecaudata.

Arenicola ecaudata, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 566.
fig. 54.

Tribe NEREIDINA.
(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Nereides vage, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 113.—Dorsibranches, Cuy. Reg.
Anim. ii. 197.—Annelides antennées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 302.—
Notobranchia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 238.—A. errantes, Aud. and M.
Edwards, Litt. de la France, ii. 27. (See also Johnston in Ann.
Nat. Hist. i. 424.)

Family Eunicz.

Les Eunices, Cuv. Rég. Anim. ili. 199.—Eunice, Lam. Anim. s,
Vert. v. 320.—Eunicea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 239.—Euniciens, Aud.
and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 131.

Eunice.

Leodice, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 322.—Eunice, Schweigg. Handb.
597.—Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, il. 137.

1. E. sanguinea.

Nereis sanguinea, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 20. tab. 3. fig. 1.

Leodice sanguinea, Lam. Auim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. vy, 563. Stark,
Elem. ii. 137.

Eunice sanguinea, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, il. 147,

2. E. pinnata.
Nereis pinnata, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 31. tab. 29. fig. 4-7. Aud. and
M. Edw. Litt. ii. 145. Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ, ix, 254.

456 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Onuphis.
Onuphis, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, 11. 151.
1. O. tubicola.
Nereis tubicola, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2625. Zool. Dan. i. 18.

tab. 18. fig. 1-6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 87. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt.
de la France, 1. 154,

Onuphis tubicola, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 6.

Obs. “The first British specimens of the species recognised were
dredged off Sana Island by Mr. G. C. Hyndman from forty fathoms.
I exhibited the specimens at the Cork meeting of the British Asso-

ciation 1843.”—W. Thompson.

Family NEREIDES.

Nereides, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 310. Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist.
iii. 289.—Nerezdea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 240.—Nereidiens, Aud. and
M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 179.

Nereis.

Nereis, Linn. Syst. 1085. Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 201. Aud. and M.
Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 184. Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iii.
289, and v. 168.—Lycoris, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 311.

1. N. brevimanus.

Nereis brevimanus, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 170.
2. N. viridis.

Nereis viridis, Johnston in loc. cit. 171.

3. N. pelagica.

Nereis pelagica, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 172.

4, N. bilineata.

Nereis bilineata, Johnston in hb. cit. i. 295.

5. N. Dumerillii.

Nereis Dumerillii, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 174.

6. N. fucata.

Nereis fucata, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 175.

7. N. renalis.

Nereis renalis, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 176.

8. N. longissima.

Nereis longissima, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 178.

9. N. margaritacea.

Nereis margaritacea, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. in. 294.
10. N. pulsatoria.

Nereis pulsatoria, Montagu. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France,
ii. 194. pl. 4. f. 8-18.

1. Nereis iricoler, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 82. Penn. Brit. Zool.
iv. 94. Turt. Br. Faun. 135.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 457

2. Nereis margarita, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 82. Penn. Brit.
Zool. iv. 94. Turt. Brit. Faun. 135.

3. Nereis lineata, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 83. Penn. Br. Zool.
iv. 95. Turt. Br. Faun. 135.

4. Nereis maculosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi, 21. pl. 3. fig. 4.
5. Nereis rufa.

Nereis rufa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 96. pl. 27. fig. 2,3. Hogg’s Stock-
ton, 29.

6. Nereis mollis.
Nereis mollis, Linn. Syst. 1085. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Jameson in
Wern. Mem. i. 557. Penn. Br. Zool.iv. 96. Bosc, Vers,i. 168.

7. Nereis octentaculata.
Nereis octentaculata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. vii. 84. Penn. Brit.
Zool. iv. 95. Turt. Brit. Faun. 135.

8. Nereis punctata.
Nereis punctata, Encyclop. Méthod. Vers, tab. 56. fig. 19, 20!

Desc. Body +8;ths long, 4th broad, linear, nearly equal at both extremi-
ties. Back rounded, brown, marked with three rows of light-coloured cir-
cular spots arranged longitudinally, and with eight similarly coloured trans-
verse lines placed at unequal distances. The middle series of these spots
is the faintest; and besides the three dorsal there is another series on each
side placed on the foot-like processes. Head small, quadrangular, corneous,
pale, with four black eyes, two on each side and approximate. Anterior
margin of the head furnished with five conical setaceous two-jointed tenta-
cula, two on each side and one in the centre, which is the shortest and infe-
tior. Mouth terminal, with a large projectile proboscis unarmed with any
teeth. Feet forty on each side. Each foot is divided at the apex into two
processes ; the superior terminated with a very long setaceous filament, and
furnished with a retractile brush of fine hairs; the inferior has three short
setaceous filaments, and a large brush of equally fine hairs. The filaments
are not retractile. Ventral surface brownish. Tail abrupt, terminated with
two setz like the lateral filaments. Anus terminal.

This is a beautiful worm, and often glows with a metallic lustre of a light
blue reflected from its pale spots. Its motions are very rapid. I have seen
only one specimen, and this was many years ago. 1 had no doubt of its
being the Nereis punctata figured in the work referred to, but it is not the
Nereis punctata of Muller. The species is not noticed by Audouin and
Milne-Edwards ; nor am I able to refer it to any defined genus.

Syllis.

Syllis, Savigny in Cuv. Rég. Anim. i. 203. Lam. Anim. s. Vert.
v. 317. Aud.and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 204. (Vide Ann,
Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 235.)

1. S. armillaris.

Nereis armillaris, Mull. Wurm. 150. tab. 9. fig. 1-5 ; copied in En-
cyclop. Méthod. pl. 55. fig. 13-17. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Bosc,
Vers, i. 168. Johnston in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. 145. pl. 9.
fiz, 1, 2.

2. S. prolifera.

Nereis prolifera, Mull. Zool. Dan. mi. 15. tab. 52. fig. 5-9 ; copied

458 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 56. fig. 12-15. Turt. Gmel. iv. 90.
Bosc, Vers, i. 174. Aud. and M. Edw. in Ann. des Sc. Nat. xxix.
231. note 3; and Litt. de la France, 1.209. Johnston in lib. cit,
146. pl. 9. fig. 3, 4

3. S.? noctiluca.

Nereis noctiluca, Linn. Syst. 1085. ‘Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Penn. Brit.
Zool. iv.93. Turt. Br. Faun. 134. Stew. Elem. i. 390. Abild-
gaard in Zool. Dan. iv. 31. tab. 148. fig. A. 1-3. Aud. and M.
Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 209.

Myriana.
Myriana,.Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 216.
1. M.? pennigera.

Nereis pennigera, Montagu, Linn. Trans. ix. 111. tab.6. fig.3. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 95. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, i. 219.

Phyllodoce.

Phyllodoce, Cuv. Reg. Anim. ii. 202. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 316.
Aud. and M, Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 219. Johnston in Ann.
Nat. Hist. iv. 224.

1. P. lamelligera.

Phyllodoce lamelligera, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 225. “i 6.
fig. 1-6.

2. P. maculata.

Phyllodoce maculata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 227. pl. 7.
fig. 1-3.

3. P. bilineata.

Phyllodoce bilineata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 227. pl. 6.
fig. 7-10.

4. P. viridis.

Phyllodoce viridis, Johnston in hb. cit. iv. 228. pl. 6. fig. 11-15.

Psamathe.
Psamathe, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 14; and in Ann,
Nat. Hist. iv. 229.

ie aablis 78 7
Psamathe fusca, Johnston in Loud. Mag. ix. 15. fig. 1; and in Ann.

Nat. Hist. iv. 230. pl. 7. fig. 4.
Toida.
loida, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 231.

1. I. macrophthalma.
Ioida macrophthalma, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. iv. 231. pl. 7. fig. 5.

Nephtys.
Nephtys, Cuv. Reg. Anim. 203. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 313. Aud.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 459

and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 232. Johnston in Loud. Mag.
N. Hist. viii. 341,
1. N. margaritacea.
Nephtys margaritacea, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 341.
fig. 33.
Pollicita.
Pollicita, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 4.

1. P. peripatus.

Bebryce peripatus, Johnston, Mr. Thompson’s Rep. 273.

Pollicita peripatus, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 5. pl.2.
fig. 1-6.

Glycera.

Glycera, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. vy. 314. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. dela
France, ii. 241.

1. G. alba.

Nereis alba, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 217. Zool. Dan. ii. 29. tab. 62.
fig. 6, 7. Turt. Gmel. iv. 89. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. ii. 243.
Bosc, Vers, i. 172. Johnston in Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. xv.
147, pl. 9. fig. 1-9.

Family Ariciap2.

Ariciens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 252.—Ariciade,
Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 63.

Leucodore.
Leucodore, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 66.

1. L. ciliatus.
Leucodore ciliatus, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 67. pl. 3.
fig. 1-6.
Obs. In Griffith’s ‘ Cuvier’ (vol. xiii. Annelida, pl. 4. fig. 2) there is
a figure of our Leucodore ciliatus under the name of Spio seticornis.
It is not said from what work this figure is copied. I cannot re-
concile the description of the Spio seticornis of authors in general
with the worm before us.

1. Spio seticornis.

Nereis minima tentaculis longissimis, Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 134.
tab. 12. fig. 2.

Spio seticornis, Turt. Gmel. iv. 81. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 92. Stark, Elem. ii. 138.

2. Spio crenaticornis.

Spio crenaticornis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 199. tab. 14. fig. 6.

Spio quadricornis, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 559. Stark, Elem.
ii. 138.

3. Spio calcarea. Z

Spio calcarea, Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist, ix. 234. fig. 27,
Obs. Probably the same as Spio seticornis.

460 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Nerine.
Nerine, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 68.
1. N. vulgaris.

Nerine vulgaris, Johnston, Mag. Zool. and Bot. 11. 70. pl. 2. fig. 1-8.
Spio vulgaris, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 335 and 487.

2. N. coniocephala.
Spio viridis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 486.
Nerine coniocephala, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 70. pl. 2.
fig. 9-13.
Obs. This species is nearly allied to the Lumbricus cirratulus of
Delle Chiaje, Anim. s. Vert. Nap. iv. p. 196. tab. 64. fig. 16.

Family APHRODITACE.

Aphrodite, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 75.—Les Aphrodites, Cuv. Rég. Anim.
ili. 206.— Aphrodite, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 304.—Aphroditea,
Latr. Fam. Nat. 239.—Aphrodisiens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de
la France, il. 58.—Aphroditacee, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. ii.
424.

Spinther.

Spinther, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 8.
1. S. oniscoides, Johnston, lib. cit. 9. pl. 2. fig. 7-14.

Sigalion.
Sigalion, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. 11.103. Johnston in Ann. N. Hist.
11. 428 and 438.

1. S. Boa.
Sigalion Boa, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 439.

Pholoé.
Pholoé, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 428.

1. P. inornata.
Pholoé inornata, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 437.

Polynoé.

Polynoé, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 808. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de
la France, ii. 74. Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 428 and 431.—
Lepidonotus, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452.

Obs. Dr. Leach’s name has the claim of priority.

1. P. squamata.

Polynoé squamata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. 432; and
v. 307. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Lepidonotus clavatus ? Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452.

2. P. cirrata.
Polynoé cirrata, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 434; and v. 307. (Ann.
N. Hist. xvi. 183.)

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 461

Obs. Halithea clava, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234,
may not be distinct from this species.
3. P. impar.
Polynoé impar, Johnston in lib. cit. ii. 436.
4. P. viridis.
Polynoé viridis, Johnston in lib. cit. ii. 437.
5. P. scolopendrina.
Polynoé scolopendrina, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 307.

Aphrodita.

Aphrodita, Linn. Syst. 1084. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France,
ii. 63. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. Johnston in
Ann. N. Hist. ii. 427.—Halithea, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 306.

1. A. aculeata.
Aphrodita aculeata, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 429; and v. 305.
—Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

2. A. hystriv.
Aphrodita hystrix, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. v. 305; and iv. 370.

3. A. borealis.
Aphrodita borealis, Johnston in lib. cit. iv. 370. pl. 10. fig. 1-13.

Species of Doubtful Place.

Campontia.

C. eruciformis.

Campontia eruciformis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 325; and iv.
421; and in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 179. fig. 18. M. Edwards
in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. vy. 575 ; and in Lift. de la France,
ii. 290.

Obs. MacLeay first suggested that this might be theilarva of a
dipterous fly,—a suggestion which Mr. Green thinks he has con-
verted into a certainty (Charlesw. Mag. i. 279). But Mr. Green
has evidently never seen our Campontia, and his conclusion is hence
of no weight.

Branchiarius.
Branchiarius, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 202.

1. B. quadrangularis.
Branchiarius quadrangularis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 202. pl. 14.
fig. 1.
Diplotis.
Diplotis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 203.

1. D. hyalina.
Diplotis hyalina, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 203. pl. 14. fig. 5.

462 Botanical Notices from Java.

Derris.
Derris, Adams in Linn. Trans. ii. 67.
1. D. sanguinea.

Derris sanguinea, Adams in Linn.Trans. ii. 67. tab. 13. fig. 1, 2. Turt.
Gmel. iv. 108. Turt. Brit. Faun. 132. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 101.

XLVI.—Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography and
Natural History. By Dr. Fr. JuNcHuUHN*.

{Continued from p. 332.]

Journey to the Merapi.

We ascended from the Sawungang towards Andong, and at a
height of 3000 feet came to a district which was covered with
Saccharum Klaga growing to a height of from 15 to 20 feet. The
forests then again appeared which had already been passed lower
down. Here begins a frightful wilderness: high vaulted trees,
covering the whole country far and wide, rose up from the deepest
clefts and pressed against the steepest acclivities: climbers and
densely interwoven shrubs filled up all the interstices between the
stems. One while we came to a narrow mountain ridge scarcely
two feet broad, between steep disrupted masses of rock covered
with trees; then we mounted up these steep acclivities, climbing
from the stem of one tree to another; then, again, we found
ourselves in deep, moist, rocky clefts, vaulted over by the foliage
of the trees and shrubs so thickly that not a ray of the sun
could penetrate to us. The clouds had settled low on the moun-
tains, and enveloped us in their damp and cold mists, which brought
with them a peculiar odour. These deep forests are formed of
hundreds of species of trees, which belong to the most various fami-
lies. Preeminent are the species of Ficus, easily distinguished by
their white, tenacious, milky sap, which flows from the injured
bark; and next to these, the Magnoliacee and Urticee. In the
thicket which fills up the spaces between their gigantic stems, the
beautiful flowers of species of Medinella and other Melastomacee
shine forth; and Scitaminee (Amomum, Zingiber, &c.) raise their
luxuriant leaves to a height of 20 feet, whilst their variegated cones
of blossoms only half appear above the moist ground. Urtica? di-
chotoma, Bl. ‘ Bydragen,’ a small tree with beautiful leaves which
on their under surface have white and parallel veins, adorns these
thicketst. A little higher up occurs a beautiful social Lycopodium,
which attains a height of scarcely three feet, and covers the moist
parts of the woods, like our mosses, as a kind of coherent cushion.

* From the Botanische Zeitung, Sept. 5th and 12th, 1845.

+ Arbor est elegans, trunco gracili, 30—40 pedes alto, cinereo, ramisque
gracilibus ; foliis in ambitu ramulorum collectis,—Silvulas constituit visu
singulares, declivia montis Merapi ex altitudine 4000 pedum ad 6000 te-
gentes.—Trunci, quo magis in altum montis adscendunt, eo humiliores eva-
dunt, denique vix 20 pedes alti, Usneis tecti, e ramis longe dependentibus.

Botanical Notices from Java. 463

But its beautiful green did not long refresh our eyes, for it soon dis-
appeared, and species of oaks, especially Qu. pruinosa, Bl., began to
predominate in the woods. These are immense trees, 100 feet high,
whose branches are thickly covered up to the highest tops with succu-
lent parasites, Orchidee, mosses, Usnee, and numerous other lichens.
The whitish Usne@ hang down many feet long from the branches. In
company with the oaks we find the Areca humilis, W., a palm with
slender stems scarcely as thick as an arm, whose red bunches of
fruit adorn the steep acclivities. Here were seen on every side the
beautiful umbrella-shaped, palm-like foliage of the tree-ferns upon a
little stem 30 feet high, which grow at this elevation most luxuriantly
(Chnoophora glauca, Bl.).

The oaks gradually become less frequent, and another kind of tree,
Kaju-Angring (a species of Celtis), by degrees becomes more and more
predominant, and at last exclusively constitutes the woods. These
are trees of a moderate height, with gray slender stems and slender
branches, which are only partially clothed with scanty foliage. With
these occur species of Rubus, whose red berries reminded us agreeably
of Germany and our own Hartz forests. The mists became thicker
and the cold more piercing (60° F., 12° R.), and the rocky clefts
thickly overgrown with weeds became more frightful. In one of
these clefts we met with a cavern (rather a fissure in the rock) in
which species of Rubus (R. javanicus, Bl., R. lineatus, R. moluccanus,
L.) grew most luxuriantly ; we here noticed the last stems of the
Musa paradisiaca, which up to the present time had accompanied
us. The steepness of the acclivities, the rocks of which rise in steps,
increased. ‘he angring-trees became lower, and their stems more
thin and slender; but the Usnee, which hang down from their
branches, were more frequent. Here began to appear a small fern
( Polypodium vulcanicum*), and higher up it became more numerous,
It grew luxuriantly from the crevices of the boulders of rock, which,
cemented by a softer earth, cover the groundt. The luxuriant climb-
ing plants and tropical shrubs had now disappeared ; but plants suc-
ceeded which reminded us more of the flora of the temperate climate
of Europe, especially bushes of red-berried species of Rubus, and the
Hypericum javanicum, Bl., a shrub covered with yellow blossoms.

We now arrived, all the while enveloped in thick mists, at a rocky
headland overgrown with the before-mentioned ferns and with grass ;
here blackish gray masses of trachyte of very various sizes projected
from the soil, and many little channels descended straight down the
mountain’s side four feet broad and four to six feetdeep. It was already
3 o'clock; I doubted of being able to reach the top of the mountain
that day, especially as the Javanese had lain down and lighted some
fires, for which the dry leafless branches of the angring-trees yielded

* Described and figured under this name by Prof. Blume in the Flora
of Java.

+ It is peculiar to all the high mountains in Java, and characterizes all
acclivities situated at above 5000 feet, covered with boulders of rock : I found
it at a later time, just as plentiful as upon the Merapi, on the mountains in
Cheeribon and in the Preangerlanden (West Java).

464 Botanical Notices from Java.

a useful fuel. In the whole circuit of this small headland (or less
steep acclivity) the trees were barren and killed by the former ac-
tion of fire. Our Kapola Gunong told me, that he had fired them
on a former journey.

Ata short distance eastward of this spot, one of the deep clefts in
the rock, which are generally dry and only after rain form thunder-
ing torrents, descends the mountain. On the steep mountain-wall
which rises on the other side of the cleft, I noticed the last tree-
ferns; I also still saw here Melastoma malabaricum, L.,—a shrub
which occurs in similar luxuriance on the sea-shore. The small
stems of the angring-tree are here already very slender and narrow,
hung with Usnee and divided above into slender twigs, between
which the transparent loose foliage expands.

The height above Djocjokarta amounts to 5231 feet; the thermo-
meter stood at 64° F.,a temperature at which the Japanese trembled
and shook with cold; but after they had warmed themselves by the
fire, they were merry again, to which some opium and brandy, which
last they do not despise in the cold climate, contributed. They
boiled some coffee, ate rice, and urged me, after I had put in order
the plants I had collected, to continue our journey at once. I
agreed, and all arose with renewed strength.

The angring-trees became gradually smaller, and in a short time
we lost them altogether. But there still grew here small young
shrubs of the Acacia montana (the Kamalandingan of the Japanese),
for a short distance higher up, and then they also disappeared to
make place for another beautiful and very peculiar vegetation, which
gives to the barren rocky mountain-walls a more northern aspect.
This consists in small bushes, a few feet high, which take root in
the clefts of the rocks, and some of which appeared also lower down
in the woods, but only isolated, whilst here they are the only plants
which cover the gray rock with an uninterrupted clothing. Most
prominent is a Gnaphalium with pale blossoms (G. javanicum, Bl.?),
and the Gaultheria punctata, Bl., from whose sweet-smelling leaves
the Japanese prepare an oil which fetches a high price in the mar-
ket. With these are associated Polygonum paniculatum, Bl., Thi-
baudia varingiefolia, Bl.*, Hypericum javanicum, Bl., Rhododendron
tubiflorum, Bl., with scarlet umbelliform flowers, and several other

Ericacee. Gaultheria repens, Bl., whose black berries my compa- °

nions ate, and several species of Lycopodium, clothe the rocks luxu-
riantly, from which they often hang down in festoons; out of their
clefts, filled with Orthotrichum and other mosses, grows plentifully
the Polypodium vulcanicum, Bl., whilst a crust-like lichen witha yel-
lowish thallus and reddish apothecia covers the smoother parts.
Continuing to climb, we soon came to the heights of the ridge,
where boulders of stone of all sizes lie strewn about, only imper-

* Thibaudia varingiefolia, Bl. The normal form of the leaves is ellip-
tico- (broad-) lanceolate. But they pass over (generally on one and the
same bush) into the elongate- (narrow-) lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate, obo-
vate, and even into the cuneiform; nor is the hairiness of the calyx more
constant (7. floribunda, Varingiefolia cuneifolia, and mystoides, Bl.).

Botanical Notices from Java. 465

fectly held together by a little earth and moss ; not unfrequently they
rolled away from under our feet and struck those who were climb-
ing lower down. We were soon obliged to descend in the deep bed of
the torrent itself, the rocky bottom of which is frequently so steep
and smooth, that, although with naked feet, we often lost our footing
and slid down for many yards. ‘The mountain became gradually
more naked, barren and steep; the little shrubs were more and more
scattered and apart; and soon the ash-gray naked mountain wall
lay before us, sterile and destitute of all verdure, and interrupted
only by green fissures. Only Gaultheria repens and climbing Lyco-
podia accompanied us still higher up; the above-mentioned lichens,
some mosses, and the Polypodium vulcanicum reach in fact to the rim
of the crater.

Ascent of the Mud-Volcano Galungung.

On the flatter and smoother tract spread out between the hills and
the foot of the mountain, commences a frightful jungle. Everything,
as far as the eye can reach, is covered with Saccharum Klaga, a jun-
caceous species of grass, which reaches a height of fifteen feet, and
the stalk of which is so thick that it is only possible to make a way
through it with the greatest effort. ‘Ihe intermediate spaces are
filled up with a species of Hquisetum, which rises ten feet high, and in
the midst of which some species of Vanilla and other Orchidee
unfold their blossoms. At the same time all the ground is soaked
with moisture, so that at every moment one steps into little puddles
or black channels of mud, which diffuse a mouldy smell, or into
brooks and little ditches, which with a depth of severai feet are often
scarcely a foot wide, and which cross the jungle in all directions.
These communicate with larger rivulets, which wind slowly, and
often quite hidden by the jungle, through this lower tract, and are
only discovered by their noise. They quickly overflow their banks,
when more water falls down the mountains after a heavy rain than
can flow off in a short time from the slightly inclined rush-covered
soil, which moreover is shut in by some low hills in front.

An idea may be formed of the impenetrability of such a thicket,
from the fact, that since yesterday more than three hundred Japanese
have been engaged in cutting a small path for us, not wider than
one or two feet. We here found a fresh proof of what we had al-
ready previously experienced, that such jungles in Java are much
more impassable than the thickest primitive forests. At one time we
were obliged to make our way along little furrows or ditches, filled
with water; at another, to wade through deep rivulets covered with
loose masses of rock ; at another, to wade through boggy parts, which
were only covered with spongy layers of klaga; again, at another
time, we had to follow the path just before hewn out, where we ran
the risk, from an insecure footing, of being impaled on the sharp
cut-off stems of the klaga.

The little paths which had been formed by the tigers and rhino-
ceroses in the klaga were very serviceable to us, so that towards
eleven o'clock we had passed the most wearisome and boggy portion
of the thicket, and came to a more open tract, where we were most

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 2L

466 Botanical Notices from Java.

agreeably surprised by the appearance of a European species of
rush. It was Typha angustifolia, in appearance quite identical
with the European narrow-leaved Typha, which grows here in luxu-
riant abundance between the klaga, and whose light brown heads
waving to and fro reminded us forcibly of home. The Japanese,
who give a particular name to every small plant, had none for this
one; they had never seen it, and only a few, who lived in villages in
this district, appeared to know it. How does this European plant come
here upon the volcanic district which has only been formed fourteen
years, and over which no traveller has since that time passed ?

The ground now rose gradually steeper, became drier, and was
covered with layers of loose stone and rocks, which were here and
there covered with groups of young angring-trees (Celtis montana, J.).
Tree-like Urticee also grow here, and alternate with patches of klaga,
which had as yet not lost any of their luxuriance. At that part
where, at the entrance to the large crater, the land rises remarkably,
there commences a. peculiar forest vegetation, filling the entire cavity
(several miles in breadth), which gradually rises and becomes more
narrow towards W.N.W. It consists of young trees, seldom ex-
ceeding thirty feet in height, of the families of Urticee, Artocarpee,
Magnoliacee, and others, which occasionally alternate with bamboos,
forming a leafy vaulted shade. Numerous tree-ferns, thirty feet
high, are scattered among them, and Arotdee, Musacee and Sci-
iamineé blossom in their shade. But there are still many patches
of klaga which interrupt the continuous extent of the little woods,
and reach high up into the crater. Thus the thicket is composed
of young trees, shrubs and species of reeds, which fill up the hilly
uneven ground of the crater, intersected with numerous clefts, and
only become thinner and more scattered beneath a hill which runs
like a wall straight across the highest point of the crater.

It is interesting to see what giant steps vegetation has made in
the short space of fourteen years. We find this new volcanic tract,
from the plains at Tassik-malayo up to the hollow of the crater, a
height of 3700 feet, overgrown with the most luxuriant and dense
vegetation, formed of Typha angustifolia (?), Saccharum Klaga, and
a species of Eguisetum in the lower region, but higher up of tree-
ferns and trees of the families of Urticee and Artocarpee, interlaced
with numerous Scitaminee (Hlettaria, Amomum, &c.) and Liane.
Some trees have already attained a height of fifty feet. This luxu-
ylance is the more striking, when we compare other mountains ; for
example the Merapi, the higher parts of which (although more than
fourteen years have elapsed since its last eruption) are not yet clothed
with vegetation. But these tracts lie at a greater height than 5000
feet, whilst those (of the Galungung) belong to the warmer region,
where nature is more luxuriant and active; these consist of debris of
bare rocks, covered with lapilli of trachyte and pumice-stone, whilst
those of the Galungung were flooded with a fruitful blackish mud.

In the rhinoceros-paths mentioned above, the Japanese are accus-
tomed to kill these animals by fixing in the earth sickle-shaped
knives, so that the belly of the animal, sliding along the ground, is
ripped up by them when it passes that way.

46

INDEX to VOL. XVI.

ACALEPHA, on the occurrence of an
intestinal worm in a species of, 88.

Accentor, new species of, 204,

Achatina, new species of, 344.

Acipenser Huso, notice respecting the
capture of, 213.

Actzon, on the anatomy of, 145.

Adolias, new species of, 179.

igus, new species of, 276.

Agassiz, M., on the geological develop-
ment of animal life, 355.

Alcedo Alcyon, on the occurrence of, in
Ireland, 430.

Alder, J., on new genera and species of
nudibranchiate mollusca, 124, 311;
Monograph of the British Nudibran-
chiate Mollusca, reviewed, 252.

Algz, on the spores of some, 141; on
mounting minute, for the microscope,
351; on the existence of tetraspores in
a genus of, 428.

Allman, Prof. G. J., on a monstrosity oc-
curring in Saxifraga Geum, 125; on
the anatomy of Actzon, with remarks
on the order Phlebenterata, 145.

Amblygnathus, new species of, 22.

Ammophorus, new species of, 30.

Amphipeplea, on a new species of, 341.

Anchonus, new species of, 39.

Animalculites of certain tertiary and mo-
dern deposits, remarks on the, 73.

Animals, marine, notes on some, 238.

Annelides, on the British, 4; on the de-
velopment of the, 183; index to the
British, with descriptions of new spe-
cies, 433.

Apatura, new species of, 178.

Aphroditacez, new genera of, 8.

Aquila nzevia, notice respecting the oc-
currence of, in Ireland, 351.

Arctic expedition, account of the, 163.

Ardea, new species of, 335.

Argonauta Argo, on the Hectocotyle of
the, 414.

Argyrophenga, characters of the new ge-
nus, 307.

Artamus mentalis, description of, 174.

Artemis, new species of, 56.

Asiatic Society, proceedings of the, 137.

Astur, new species of, 227.

Athene, new species of, 228.

pee, characters of the new genus,

Babington, C. C., on some species of
Cuscuta, 1; on Ranunculus Lenor-
mandi, 141.

Bzomyces anomalus, observations on, 90.

Baily, F., notice of the late, 415.

Ball, Mr., on the sounds produced by one
of the Notonectide, 129.

Barneoud, J. M., on the group Schizope-
talez, 66.

Bats, new species of, 49.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on mounting mi-
nute algee for the microscope, 351.

Berkeleya, on the British species of, 110.

Bettington, A., on certain fossils related
to the Sivatherium and giraffe, 137.

Birds, new genera and species of, 48, 60,
61, 174, 198, 227, 335; found in the
vanity of Tunis and Biserta, list of,

Blood-corpuscle, on the development of
the, 131.

Boisduval, M., on a fossil diurnal lepid -
pterous insect, 353.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-
ings of the, 139.

Botanical travellers, notices respecting,
113, 189, 248, 829, 462.

Bowerbank, J. S., on the Spongiade,
with descriptions of some new genera,
400.

Brachypteryx, new species of, 228.

British Association, proceedings of the,
123.

Brongniart, A., on the organogeny of the
flower of the Malvacez, 240.

Buch, M. von, on the Cystidez, 213.

Bulimus, new species of, 334, 340, 343.

Buteo, new species of, 207.

Butterflies, descriptions of new, 176, 232,
304.

Butterfly, fossil, description of a, 353.

Calamoherpe, new species of, 64.

Calicium, remarks on some British spe-
cies of, 91.

Callirhipis, new species of, 209,

Cantor, Dr., on the foetus of Zygzena la-
ticeps, 372.

odie

468

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the microsco-
pical structure of shells, 128.

Carrillus, new species of, 326.

Cartilospongia, characters of the new
genus, 408.

Cells, vegetable, on the formation and de-
velopment of, 130, 377.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 212.

Chalk, of the south-east of England, mi-
croscopical examination of, 73 ; on fos-
sil Xanthidia found in the, 346.

Chelidorynx, new species of, 202.

China, on the ichtlyology of, 123.

Clathrus, on the fructification of, 327.

Claussen, M., on some Mexican fossils,
212:

Clouston, C., notice of a shower of dust
at Orkney, 286.

Coal, on the microscopic constituents of
the ash of, 69.

Coleocheete, on the British species of,
309.

Coleonyx, characters of the genus, 162.

Coleoptera, descriptions of new, 19, 208,
317.

Colluricincla, new species of, 335.

Copelatus, new species of, 23.

Coquand, M., on the discovery of a fossil
frog and butterfly in the gypsum depo-
sits of Aix, 352.

Corbis, on the organization of, 41.

Corvus, new species of, 48.

Coste, M., on the primary modifications
of organic matter and on the formation
of cells, 377.

Creophilus, new species of, 24.

Crustacea, descriptions of several new
species of, 325.

Cubeba, on the officinal species of, 282.

Cuculus, new species of, 61.

Cucurbitacez, on the tendrils of the, 70.

Curculionide, on the synonymy of the
British, 217.

Cuscuta, on some species of, 1.

Cyprza, on the dissolution and re-calcifi-
cation of the shell in, 374.

Cysticola, new species of, 63.

Cystidez, observations on the, 213.

Cytherea, new species of, 356.

Davis, R., on the occurrence of Aquila
neevia in Ireland, 351.

Davy, Dr. J., on the temperature of man,
133.

Deane, H., on the fossil Xanthidia of the
chalk, 64, 346 ; on a mode of isolating
the siliceous shells of infusorial animal-
cules, 347.

Dendrocopus, new species of, 229.

Dendronotus, notice respecting the new
genus, 124.

Desmidiez, descriptions of the British, 10.

INDEX.

Desvignes, P., on a genus and species of
Syrphideous Diptera new to Britain,
276.

Diadema, new species of, 180, 232.

Diatomacee, descriptions of the British,
109.

Didea, new species of, 276.

Didymoprium, on the British species of, 10.

Dimorpha, characters of the genus, 196.

Dinornis, observations on the genus, 142.

Diopsis, new species of, 274.

Diptera, new British, 276.

Donax, new species of, 58, 61.

Doris, new species of, 313.

Doubleday, E., on new or imperfectly de-
scribed diurnal Lepidoptera, 176, 232,
304.

Dromicia, new species of, 49.

Drummond, H. M., list of birds found in
the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta, 102.

Duchartre, P., on the organogeny of the
flower of the Malvacee, 240.

Ehrenberg, Prof., on the microscopic con-
stituents of the ash of fossil coal, 69.

Emberiza, new species of, 205.

Encyonerma, on the British species of,
111.

Entomological Society, proceedings of the,
65, 208, 278.

Eolis, new species of, 514.

Epidermis, on the growth and develop-
ment of the, 133. A

Erichson, Prof., on some new species of
lamellicorn insects, 276.

Erpornis, new species of, 194.

Eumenis, description of the new genus,
31].

Eupromera, characters of the new genus,
209.

Evans’s, W.F., British Libelluline, noticed,
413.

Eyton, T. C., on some new species of
birds from Malacca, 227.

Feronia, new species of, 21.

Fire-flies, account of some, 209.

Flint, microscopical examination of, 73.

Forbes, Prof. E., on the endemic distribu-
tion of plants, 126; on the geology of
Lycia, 136.

Forster, J. R., Descriptiones Animalium
que in itinere ad Maris Australis terras
collegit, noticed, 46.

Fortnum, C. D. E., on the reproduction
of lost parts in a species of Phasmide,
273.

Fossil infusoria, 213.

Fossils, related to the Sivatherium and
giraffe, observations on some, 1387 ; ac-
count of some, 212.

Fraser, Mr., on some new species of birds,
60.

INDEX.

Frog, fossil, on the discovery of a, 352.

Fulica, new species of, 49.

Geoffroy St. Hilaire, notice of the late,
422.

Geological Society, proceedings of the,
135

Geomelania, characters of the genus, 334.

Glzoprium, on the British species of, 10.

Glandina, new species of, 257, 345.

Glyceria fluitans, observations on, 230.

ee strigirostris, observations on,
75

Goadby, Mr., notice respecting, 431.

Goniodoris, new species of, 314.

Goodsir, H. D. S., notes on some animals
brought up by deep-sea dredging 163 ;
on several new species of crustaceans
allied to Saphirina, 325.

Gould, Mr., on some new species of birds
from China, 48; on new species of
mammals, 49, 425; on a new grallato-
rial bird, 49; on new species of birds
from South America and Australia, 61,
335 ; on a new species of tern, 346.

Graham, Prof., notice of the late, 283.

Grammicus, characters of the new genus,
323.

Gray’s, G. R., Genera of Birds, reviewed,
45

Gray, J. E., on a new genus of night
lizards, 162 ; on a new species of Afri-
can monkey, 212; on the howling
monkeys, 217; on the genus Sacco-
pteryx, 279; on the African musk, 350.

Griffith, W., notice of the late, 415.

Heetera, new species of, 306.

Haltica, new species of, 39.

Hancock, A., on new genera and species
of nudibranchiate mollusca, 124, 311;
‘ British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,’ re-
viewed, 252.

Hankey, Lieut., on the dissolution and
re-calcification of the shell in Cypreza,
375.

Hanley, S., on some new species of Ar-
temis, 56; on new species of Donax,
58, 61; on new species of Cytherea
and Venus, 356.

Hapalotis, new species of, 427.

Harlan, Dr. R., notice of the late, 421.

Harpalidz, new species of, 22.

Hassall’s, A. H., History of the British
Freshwater Algz, reviewed, 410, 429.

Hectocotyle of Tremoctopus violaceus
and Argonauta Argo, observations on
the, 414.

Helix, new species of, 253, 332, 336,
341.

Hemichelidon, new species of, 203.

Hemipodius, new species of, 335.

Hemipus, new species of, 203.

469

Henfrey, A., on the development of vege-
table cells, 130.

Heterura, new species of, 203.

Hodgson, B. H., on Nepalese birds, 193.

rae on the British species of,

Honey-bee, remarks on the, 131.

Hooker, J. D., on some marine animals
brought up by deep-sea dredging during
the Antarctic voyage of Capt. Sir James
C. Ross, 238.

Hope, Rev. F. W.,.on new species of exo-
tic Coleoptera, 208.

Hope, Dr., notice of the late, 425.

Horornis, new species of, 201.

Howard, L., on the fall of rain during the
present year, 287.

Humphreys, J., on the capture of Aci-
pensor Huso, 213.

Infusoria, on the origin of, 214; of the
chalk and flint, observations on the, 75.

Insects, notices respecting the occurrence
of rare British, 65, 210, 277; new, 19,
274, 317.

Ixodes, observations on a British species
of, 64.

Ixos, new species of, 228.

Ixulus, new species of, 194.

Jardine, Sir W., Hore Zoologice, 174.

Java, account of the flora of, 329, 462.

Jenner’s, E., Flora of Tunbridge Wells,
noticed, 413.

Jenyns, Rey. L., on the turf of the Cam-
bridgeshire fens, 125,

Johnston, Dr. G., Miscellanea Zoologica,
4; an index to the British Annelides
with descriptions of new species, 433.

Jones, T. W., on the development of the
blood-corpuscle, 131.

Junghuhn, Dr. Fr., on the topography
and natural history of Java, 329, 462.

Knapp, J. L., notice of the late, 419.

Kolliker, Prof., on the Hectocotyle of
Tremoctopus violaceus and Argonauta
Argo, 414.

Krohn, M. A., on the anatomy and phy-
siology of Sagitta bipunctata, 289.

ae: Prof., on the disease of potatoes,

58.

Lamellicorns, new, 276.

Lankester, Dr. E., on Phytelephas macro-
carpa, 130.

Larus, new species of, 60.

Larus capistratus, remarks on, 357.

Leaves and petals, on the colours of, 16.

Lecidea, remarks on some British species
of, 93.

Lepidoptera, descriptions of new, 176,
232, 304,

Lepidosiren annectens, on a fish allied to,
348.

470 INDEX.

Lespiault, M., on the fructification of the
genera Clathrus and Phallus, 327.

Lichens of the neighbourhood of Os-
westry and Ludlow, list of the, 90; of
Wales, 99.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the, 414.

Lizards, on a new genus of, 162.

Lorius, new species of, 60.

Loxia, new species of, 206.

Lucanidz, descriptions of new, 208, 276.

Lucinz, on the organization of, 41.

Lyell, Mr., on the geology of Virginia
and South Carolina, 133.

Magdalis, on the British species of, 224.

Malacopteron, new species of, 228.

Malvacee, on the organogeny of the
flower of the, 240.

Mammalia, new, 49, 425; fossil, of Au-
stralia, on the, 142.

Man, on the temperature of, 133.

Mantell, G. A., microscopical examination
of the chalk and flint of the south-east
of England, with remarks on the ani-
malculites of certain tertiary and mo-
dern deposits, 73.

Megalophrys, characters of the new genus,
321

Meigen, Dr. J. W., notice of the late, 286.

Melithreptus, new species of, 335.

Mergus, new species of, 48.

Meteorological observations, 71, 143, 215,
287, 359, 431.

Microscopical Society, proceedings of the,
64, 346.

Milne Edwards, M., on the affinities of
Sagitta, 302.

Miquel, M., on the officinal species of
pepper, 280.

Miscellanea Zoologica, 4.

Mitra, new species of, 257.

Mitten, W., on Carex montana, 141.

Mixornis, new species of, 194.

Mollusca, nudibranchiate, new genera and
species of, 124, 311; on the grouping
of the, 161.

Monkeys, new species of, 212, 217.

Montagne, Dr., on a curious appearance
presented by the contents of the cap-
sules of a moss from Chili, 3854; on
the existence of tetraspores in a genus
of Algz belonging to the Zygnemata,
428.

Moore, T., on the Glyceria fluitans and
G. plicata, 230.

Moschus aquaticus, observations on the,
350.

Moss, on a curious appearance presented
by the contents of the capsules of a
species of, 354.

Mucor, on the origin and development of,
214,

Miinter, J., on the surface of the stem
and contents of the medullary cells of
Nuphar lutea, 236.

Mus, new species of, 425.

Muscisylvia, characters of the genus, 197.

Mycetes, on the species of, 217.

Mylodon, observations on the genus,
100.

Nemura, new species of, 198.

Nereis, new British species of, 457.

Notaphus, new species of, 23.

Notonectidz, on the sounds produced by
the, 129.

Nourse, W. E.C., on the colours of leaves
and petals, 16.

Nuphar lutea, on the surface of the stem
and contents of the medullary cells of,
236.

Oligura, new species of, 195.

Onuphis tubicola, description of, 6.

Ormiscus, characters of the genus, 37.

Orthotomus, characters of the genus, 199.

Oryctes, new species of, 26.

Otiorhynchus, new species of, 38.

Owen, Prof., reply to some observations
of Prof. Wagner on the genus Mylo-
don, 100; on the extinct mammals of
Australia, with additional observations
on the genus Dinornis of New Zea-
land, 142.

Oxystoma, on the British species of, 221.

Oyster, on the cilia and ciliary currents of
the, 124.

Pachycephala, new species of, 63.

Palezornis, new species of, 60.

Palmon, on the ceconomy of the genus,
278.

Papilio, new species of, 176, 235, 304.

Parastasia, new species of, 276.

Parmelia, remarks on some British species
of, 96.

Payer, M. J., on the tendrils of the Cu-
curbitacee, 70.

Pedinide, on the various genera of, 34.

Pedoneces, description of the new genus,

2

Peltidea, remarks on some British spe-
cies of, 95.

Pepper, on the officinal species of, 280.

Perdix, new species of, 230.

Perreymondia, characters of the new ge-
nus, 68.

Petals and leaves, on the colours of, 16.

Peters, Dr., on a fish related to Lepido-
siren annectens, 348.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new species of
Helix, 253; on new species of land
shells, 8332, 336, 341 ; on anew species
of Amphipeplea, 341,

Phallus, on the fructification of, 327.

Phasmide, on the habits of the, 273.

INDE X.

eae) characters of the new genus,

29.

a eral, remarks on the order,

45.

Pholiodotus, new species of, 209.

Physorhinus, new species of, 25.

Phytelephas macrocarpa, notice respect-
ing the, 130,

Picus, new species of, 48, 229.

Piscicola, new British species of, 441.

Planaria, descriptions of new British spe-
cies of, 437.

Plants, on the endemic distribution of,
126; rare British, notices respecting
the habitats of, 141; from the shores
of Davis’s Straits, observations on, 166.

asin characters of the new genus,
317.

Pnoepyga, new species of, 195.

Podabrus, new species of, 427.

Pollicita, characters of the new genus, 4.

Polynoé cirrata, on the development of,
183

Polypes, anatomical and physiological
observations on some, 385.

Potatoes, on the disease of, 358.

Pycnonotus, new species of, 228.

Pyctoris, characters of the genus, 194.

Pyrrhulinota, new species of, 206.

Ralfs, J., on the British Desmidiex, 10;
on the British Diatomacee, 109; on
the genera Spirulina and Coleochete,
308.

Rallus, new species of, 230.
Rana aquensis, description of, 352.

Ranunculus Lenormandi, notice respect-

ing, 141.

Reade, Rev. J. B., on the cilia and ciliary
currents of the oyster, 124.

Reeve, L., on some new species of Mitra,
257 ; on the dissolution and re-calcifi-
cation of the shell in Cyprea, a genus
of pectinibranchiate mollusea, 374.

Reid, Prof. J., anatomical and physiolo-
gical observations on some zoophytes,
385.

Richardson, Dr., on the ichthyology of
China, 123.

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 131.
Rubus, description of a new species of,
114; remarks on some forms of, 361.
Saccopteryx, observations on the genus,

279.

Sagitta bipunctata, anatomical and phy-
siological observations on, 289.

Salmon, on the migrations of, 141.

Salter, T. B., on some forms of Rubus,
361.

Salwey, Rey. T., list of the lichens found
in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and
Ludiow, 90. -

471

Saperda, new species of, 209.

Sars, M., on the occurrence of an intesti-
nal worm in an acaleph, 88; on the
development of the Annelides, 183.

Saxifraga Geum, notice respecting a mon-
strosity occurring in, 125.

es Irish, notice respecting the,

Sceliages, new species of, 275.

Sr eee observations on the group,

Schomburgk, Sir R., on the Murichi or
Ita palm of Guiana, 125.

Schrenk, Dr., explorations of, 355.
Schulz, Dr. F., on the microscopic con-
stituents of the ash of fossil coal, 69.
Scolex Acalepharum, observations on, 88.

Scotobius, new species of, 319.

Scymnus, new species of, 41.

Sebasteos, on a new species of, 275.

Sedgwick, Prof., on the fossiliferous slates
of North Wales, 135.

Selenophorus, new species of, 22.

Seller, Dr. W., on some plants obtained
from the shores of Davis’s Straits, 166.

Shadbolt, G., on a British species of
Ixodes found upon cattle, 64.

Shells, new, 56, 58, 61, 128, 253, 332,
336, 341, 356.

Spain, observations on the flora of, 113,
189, 248.

pp imewrras on the British species of,

3.

Sphenceacus, new species of, 63.
Spinther, characters of the genus, 8.
Spirulina, on the British species of, 308.
Spongiadz, descriptions of some new
genera of, 400.
ee Lieut., on the geology of Lycia,
36.

Stachyris, characters of the genus, 193.

Stark, Dr. J., on Tetrao medius, 57.

Stematumenia, characters of the new
genus, 406.

Sterna, new species of, 346.

Sterope, new species of, 325.

Stomion, description of the new genus,

Taphozous, new species of, 55.

Tarsiger, characters of the genus, 198.

Temnoris, new species of, 202.

Tetrao medius, notice respecting, 57.

Tetrastoma, observations on, 88.

Thaumantis, new species of, 234,

Theron, new species of, 230.

Thinobatis, new species of, 320.

Thompson, W., on Larus capistratus, 357;
on the occurrence of the belted king-
fisher, Aleedo Alcyon, Linn., in Ire-
land, 450; on fossil infusoria of the
county of Down, 218.

473

Thuret, G. M., on the spores of some
Alge, 141.

Thwaites, Mr., on mounting minute Alga
for the microscope, 351.

Tomogeres, new species of, 334.

Tribura, characters of the genus, 201.

Trinius, K. B. von, notice of the late,
424,

Tripsurus, new species of, 229.

Trogon, new species of, 61.

Trombidium, on the proceedings of a
species of, 211.

Valenciennes, M. A., on the organization
of Lucine and of Corbis, 41.

Venus, new species of, 356.

Verongia, characters of the new genus,
403.

Vespertilio, new species of, 50.

Wagner, Prof., on the genus Mylodon,
100.

Walton, J., on the genera of insects Oxy-
stoma and Magdalis, 221.

Waterhouse, G. R., on coleopterous in-
sects collected by C. Darwin, Esq., in
the Galapagos islands, 19; on some
new species of bats collected in the
Philippine islands, 49; on some new
genera and species of heteromerous
Coleoptera, 317.

INDEX.

Westwood, J. O., on the ceconomy of the
honey-bee, 131; on a new genus of
longicorn beetle, 209; on some new
species of sacred beetles, 275 ; on some
new species of Lucanide, 276; on the
ceconomy of the genus Palmon, 278.

Willkomm, M., botanical notices from
Spain, 118, 189, 248.

Wilson, E., on the growth and develop-
ment of the epidermis, 133.

Wilson, G., on the proceedings of a spe-
cies of Trombidium, 211.

Woolmer, G., on the fire-flies observed
near Lucca, 209.

Worm, intestinal, on the occurrence of
an, in an acaleph, 88.

Xanthidia, on some fossil species of, 64,
346.

Zaus, new species of, 326.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,
48, 193, 253, 332, 425.

Zoophytes, anatomical and physiological
observations on some, 385.

Zygzena laticeps, notice of the foetus of,
372.

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

ALERE

FLAMMAM,-

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. Vol 16. PUL

LC £pithynaum., 3. CLrifolic

Clu scitta. he
IDC Sowerby. del et sculp?

+ ha ee ie:
Teh achat Uiuges
aves wae

ay ;
: " es, | ipl etee .
’ Puchi a a M"S gets *
*, ASt tn és; Bet ode it i :
s “a! MR OCS MF “fg
aires te
; _— —
* a7
t
ae
~~.
y a \
: <a
a 5 °
7 - b ily
a |
™ o*
» * ay ec! ~*~
-
=»
i — : :
. ‘ -
h~ ay
\ ‘ ’ *
‘
‘ x - if
‘ i 4, -
> é
“
a
bi cy Ce Fe I y
eg ‘
ey - Nhe + .
4 fas s.
‘ wt
‘ ’ ie ae .
r ' Pome >
eeliah Ae, eM
Sekar 1% 8
re
7" P + S
i *é bs
* be ‘
. ° ‘St ic ats
4cch cy wa : 7
“
rs © l
fab aay
z d
t f 5 rae |
‘ ohed per naa Nie. bh aeee |
— — 2 ~ ry Py —

4nn.& Mag. Nat. Host. Vol 6. PLL

ae

British Annelides.

JID.CSowerby. s

J del.

Didvmeprium

S |
elt a
oar
Sah hh

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist Nol 16 7/ TT.
Z
a
6
Berkleva
Shr avoz0ss0.

3
ye

é
=
Lnevonema
é

(| @ |G] 9) @) @) SS) @) @ |e] 8] @ @)0a) @] 6)

S. sculp.

SPC.

WRillis & SHabfs. del

Gli eoprium

y re é ‘. ane
= u
¢ Hag) Cha at
uly , }
E , ' \ if
4 i
af is \ .
4 , i r a
A Hi f
1 ALO ae Wee »
~ iM 6
= 3 ‘ ’ ‘
x ’ t
e >
K ' aa
e
i 4
~ aes an 7
AG
i ;
“4
AS
r ry
ih rs t eee
\ j
x
r
"
’ ea ry
eS
‘ i
ri ‘ A
i
¢
v i
D a. K :
‘
ory ‘
-
i. i
( ta
Leh
at =
i ‘ j
\
‘
a
i
4 i
'
a Shs
4 ,
tess

i

oo

e
=
S
e
:
Si
:
§
<

J.Basire. lith.

Ani & Mag. Nat. Hist. Vole. P01

Anatomy of Acton.

liman del. JDES. scul

ree
Ties ed A

Ann.& Mag. NatHist
VoL16. PLV/.
ID.CS. sente

%

79
ideo
C

ee ee lOO mL
i} of Actwon

Anatainv

del.

=> : ar ee ee
. >

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist Vols. PLD

Anatomy of Achkeon.
M Alinman de. 1s JDCS. seutlp

i)
i

I

"Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 16. PL. Vy.

SS.

me

ARTAMUS MENTALIS.

ir Wr Jardine delt

= le i
— <S SS NE
ws SS

SS ‘ S = — == = — =

>=

SS

~ WHiizars Se.

—

——

+

(aa | &) \
_-AlgEe ‘Che, , ESN 9
KG WW» a8 J] AG 0 Bey, SL) \ “gy
lng © P| j
SOX Vine KO
SRO OAs
TISIOSOR ULAR OA,

Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. VAG. PLX.

Ly
sel 3
ed)
HIFY =
LT
] Ua)
LI
e°
GB
SI
CS<
ry
a
2%
3%
&

* ||

wee) OF ag = = 13 C=
pysteS ae = w

~
DO

g a cL ) Seg |e
DHE OSS]
CA oy
AJL oon

me

ewe
U

ee
Cee

ee

ee

%

pe or Ci @

Ss

Se ~.
eX 8

XN Co 8

WW Ny

S

i

S

®

owe

f
ss

aay ee

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. VAl6. £247.

erby. Se.

SEC Sow

HU S§. Coodsir. dealt

\
\
\
\

13

nn. Mag. Nat. Hist. VAG? 77.

/

/
p=
+

Di

aK
é

i

\

fj

4
st

\
\
r.
pe
14

SD. C Sowerby. wt.

Fret! Heid. del?

Ex. 500

th,

Lens Ald: Da ct

ee at Ba et ~y — = — «2

St}
Anz, Not His VoLlé AX

1.300 | a

CRASS

~

tees

444300

ree ey

ox 1020

ee TS te ¥ 4
; SSNS Sn OF Le

re
ay

Anné Mag. Nat. Hist: Vol l6. PF

f Say

é

> Up}

L* Johnston. delt IDC Sowerb

=
a
.
1
ha

ery tae
»
‘

ee nae

‘

- ; . ‘
EP LT yo

eirsenties sa &

ene 27

|
ifs
‘ i

ig J

: a ty

uy ny Sha i
he

7) en Ni:

( i hf
+f : be

Be oid Re iy ie

BINDING SECT. JUN 12

QH The Annals & magazine of
if natural history

A6

v.16

Siclagice)
& A Teen?
ee.
“Sliaks

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

ict 3S a hes

cy;

> | bas
t os a Mes .

Mis at

ay, a i